Published Date: September 7th, 2026
This Weekly Alternative News briefing gathers the independent reporting, suppressed stories and underreported signals that shaped the week. Every edition of our Weekly Alternative News series follows the same discipline: track the pressure, connect the threads, and show the pattern before it reaches the headlines.
WEEKLY REPORT
TRUTH///AWAKENING///DISCLOSURE
AWAKENING THE SLEEPING GIANT SERIES | WEEKLY ALTERNATIVE NEWS
THE PRESSURE IS TRANSMITTING — FOLLOW THE CONNECTIONS
The Convergence Phase: Separate Global Pressures Are Beginning to Interact, Reinforce and Amplify One Another
War • Shipping • Energy • Crops • Weather Wars • Food • Inflation • Debt • Markets • AI • Climate
“The defining signal is no longer the individual crisis. It is transmission. War moves into shipping. Shipping moves into energy. Energy moves into inflation. Inflation moves into rates and debt. Debt moves into markets and capital. At the same time, AI and climate add new demands to an already stressed system. The question ahead is whether these pressures remain manageable—or begin accelerating together.”
WEEKLY SIGNAL BRIEF
THE PRESSURE IS TRANSMITTING
War • Energy • Debt • Markets • AI • Climate
AUGUST 31–SEPTEMBER 6, 2026
SYSTEM STATE: SYSTEM STRESS → EARLY CASCADING STRESS
The global system is still functioning, but this week’s evidence strengthens the case that pressure is no longer remaining confined within individual sectors. Middle East conflict pushed directly into oil and shipping markets; higher energy prices reinforced inflation concerns; those concerns pushed government bond yields higher; and higher yields immediately altered expectations for Federal Reserve policy and equity valuations. At the same time, AI’s enormous capital requirements are beginning to interact directly with global credit markets.
The dominant signal remains TRANSMISSION, but the intensity has increased. The important question is no longer whether these pressures are connected. It is whether enough of them begin deteriorating simultaneously to create self-reinforcing stress.
WAR → ENERGY → INFLATION → RATES → DEBT → MARKETS
1 | HORMUZ — PRESSURE RETURNS TO THE ENERGY SYSTEM
The temporary Hormuz shipping corridor has not resolved the underlying confrontation. Shipping remains constrained, and the situation deteriorated again after an attack on a Saudi-owned tanker and renewed U.S.-Iran military exchanges. Ship-tracking data also suggests traffic through the Strait remains well below normal levels despite efforts to restore passage.
Oil briefly moved back above $92 during the week as renewed Middle East tensions collided with inflation concerns. By September 6, however, markets were again showing an ability to absorb part of the shock as alternative supplies and transportation routes reduced Iran’s ability to generate the global energy panic Tehran might have expected. This is an important stabilizing signal—but not a resolution.
GAR SIGNAL: Hormuz remains the fastest geopolitical transmission mechanism into the global economy.
HORMUZ → OIL → INFLATION → RATES → BONDS → MARKETS
2 | THE MIDDLE EAST SECURITY MAP IS BEING REDRAWN
The Saudi Arabia–Turkey–Pakistan defense relationship moved from agreement into institutional structure this week. On August 31, the three countries agreed to establish a permanent secretariat in Saudi Arabia under the Mecca Joint Defence Agreement, initially led by a Pakistani secretary-general.
This matters beyond the three participants. Discussion is already shifting toward possible expansion and deeper cooperation involving defense production, technology, energy corridors and regional security. The emerging pattern is increasingly clear: major Middle Eastern powers are developing security structures that complement—but are less dependent upon—the traditional U.S.-led architecture.
GAR SIGNAL: The geopolitical story is moving from individual alliances toward regional strategic autonomy.
3 | UKRAINE — ESCALATION AND DIPLOMACY COLLIDE
The Russia-Ukraine conflict again demonstrated the paradox GAR has been tracking: military escalation and negotiations are occurring simultaneously. Russia launched another large drone campaign, while Ukrainian unmanned systems struck deeper into Russia’s Black Sea infrastructure and temporarily disrupted operations at major Moscow airports.
At the same time, U.S.-mediated diplomacy accelerated. American envoys Steve Witkoff and Jared Kushner held discussions with Ukrainian officials and traveled to Moscow for further talks, while both sides signaled limited willingness to restrain attacks on major cities during negotiations.
GAR SIGNAL: Escalation may increasingly become leverage for negotiation rather than evidence that negotiations have failed.
4 | BONDS — THE WARNING LIGHT IS GETTING BRIGHTER
The week’s most consequential financial signal may have come from the bond market. Government borrowing costs from the United States to Germany and Japan moved toward multi-year or multi-decade extremes as investors confronted the combination of persistent inflation, enormous sovereign debt issuance and the possibility that interest rates will remain higher for longer.
This is exactly the transmission mechanism GAR has been watching. Higher sovereign yields do not remain inside the Treasury market. They move outward into mortgages, commercial real estate, corporate borrowing, private credit, government budgets and equity valuations. Norway’s giant sovereign wealth fund is even considering significantly reducing its U.S. Treasury exposure, another signal worth monitoring.
GAR SIGNAL: The bond market is becoming the bridge between inflation pressure and systemic financial pressure.
DEBT → YIELDS → CREDIT → REAL ESTATE → BUSINESS → MARKETS
5 | THE FED — SEPTEMBER BECOMES A KNIFE-EDGE DECISION
Federal Reserve policy became considerably more complicated this week. Chair Kevin Warsh’s inflation-focused Jackson Hole message initially pushed markets toward expecting another rate increase. But Governor Christopher Waller and New York Fed President John Williams subsequently emphasized that the decision remains dependent on incoming inflation data. Markets moved from leaning toward a hike to treating the September decision as approximately a coin flip.
Then Friday’s stronger-than-expected employment report changed the equation again. August job growth accelerated and unemployment remained at 4.1%, pushing Treasury yields higher and putting another rate increase firmly back into consideration.
GAR SIGNAL: The Fed is being squeezed between persistent inflation and increasingly expensive financial conditions.
ENERGY + JOBS + INFLATION → FED → RATES → CAPITAL
6 | AI — THE CAPITAL REQUIREMENT IS EXPLODING
AI demand remains extraordinary. Dell raised its annual outlook again because of AI-server demand, Foxconn expects AI-related strength to lift its third quarter, and Flex announced a $4.4 billion acquisition of EPC Power specifically to expand its position in data-center power infrastructure.
But the deeper signal is financing. ByteDance secured a massive $29.6 billion bank loan largely supporting AI expansion, while American technology companies are increasingly tapping European bond markets to finance data centers and AI infrastructure. Reuters reports that U.S. hyperscalers have issued roughly €40 billion of euro-denominated debt, raising concerns that technology borrowing could eventually compete with European governments and corporations for capital.
GAR SIGNAL: AI is evolving from a technology story into a global capital-allocation story.
AI → COMPUTE → POWER → INFRASTRUCTURE → DEBT → GLOBAL CAPITAL
7 | MARKETS — THE INDEXES ARE HIDING THE ROTATION
Markets still do not confirm a systemic collapse. Strong AI earnings continue supporting technology valuations, and investors repeatedly bought weakness during the week. But the underlying capital flows are becoming more defensive as higher oil prices, Treasury yields and geopolitical uncertainty compete with AI optimism.
U.S. equity funds recorded their second consecutive weekly outflow, losing approximately $11.1 billion in the week through September 2 after roughly $22.7 billion exited the previous week. Meanwhile, almost $48.8 billion flowed into money-market funds, their strongest weekly inflow in four weeks.
GAR SIGNAL: Capital is not fleeing the financial system. It is becoming more selective and defensive.
RISK ASSETS → CASH → SHORT-TERM DEBT → WAIT FOR CLARITY
8 | EL NIÑO — CLIMATE PRESSURE ENTERS THE FOOD SYSTEM
The climate signal strengthened materially this week. The World Meteorological Organization now expects El Niño to intensify into 2027 and says the developing event could potentially become one of the strongest—or even the strongest—on record, increasing the probability of significant weather disruptions across multiple regions.
The economic transmission is already becoming visible. India’s weak monsoon is threatening rice, corn, soybean, cotton and other crops, while drought conditions are worsening elsewhere. At the same time, global food prices climbed in August to their highest level since 2022, reflecting both adverse weather and war-related supply risks.
GAR SIGNAL: EL NIÑO → WEATHER → CROPS → FOOD → INFLATION → SOCIAL PRESSURE
THE BIG PICTURE
This week’s signals strengthen the Convergence Thesis.
Hormuz remains disrupted. Oil again tested higher levels. Global bond yields rose. The Fed’s September decision became more uncertain. Investors moved additional capital toward cash. AI companies accelerated borrowing. El Niño strengthened while food prices climbed.
Individually, none of these developments constitutes systemic collapse.
Together, however, they demonstrate something more important: the major systems are increasingly interacting with one another.
War affects energy. Energy affects inflation. Inflation affects central banks. Central banks affect bonds. Bonds determine the cost of capital. Capital determines what governments, corporations, property owners and AI companies can finance. Climate disruption then enters the same chain through agriculture and food.
There are still meaningful stabilizers. Hormuz has not completely closed. Alternative energy routes are functioning. Diplomatic channels remain open in both the Middle East and Ukraine. Corporate earnings remain strong in important sectors. Investors continue providing enormous amounts of capital to AI infrastructure.
The system therefore remains resilient.
But resilience is becoming increasingly expensive.
GAR OUTLOOK | SEPTEMBER 2026
The next two weeks may provide one of the clearest tests of the Convergent Pressure thesis this year. GAR should concentrate on the same five indicators—but the relationships between them now matter more than their individual levels: Hormuz shipping, Brent crude, long-term Treasury yields, Federal Reserve policy expectations and El Niño/food conditions.
A sixth indicator should now be added:
CAPITAL FLOWS.
Watch whether money continues leaving equities for cash and short-duration bonds, and whether long-term borrowing costs continue climbing.
If oil, inflation expectations and bond yields rise together while capital becomes more defensive, the system would be moving closer to:
SYSTEM STRESS → CASCADING STRESS
If energy stabilizes and yields retreat, the transmission chain could weaken again.
GAR BOTTOM LINE
Last week, the story was transmission.
This week, we can see transmission occurring.
The critical September question is whether those connections remain manageable—or whether one pressure begins amplifying the next.
SOCIAL PRESSURE SYSTEM STATE: SYSTEM STRESS → EARLY CASCADING STRESS → WAR → ENERGY → INFLATION → RATES → DEBT → MARKETS → AI → POWER → INFRASTRUCTURE → DEBT → CAPITAL → EL NIÑO → CROPS → FOOD → INFLATION
NEXT STATE TO WATCH: SELF-REINFORCING CASCADE
“The defining risk is no longer a single crisis becoming unmanageable. It is several manageable crises becoming connected—transmitting pressure through energy, inflation, debt, capital, technology and food faster than the global system can absorb it.”
ORIENTATION BRIEF — WEEK AHEAD
FOLLOW THE PRESSURE
Energy • War • Debt • Food • AI • Markets
SEPTEMBER 7–12, 2026
SYSTEM OUTLOOK: SYSTEM STRESS → EARLY CASCADING STRESS
The global system enters the second week of September functioning, but the connections between major pressure points are becoming harder to ignore. Iran and Hormuz, energy prices, inflation, sovereign yields, Black Sea disruptions, food, AI infrastructure and capital markets are increasingly transmitting pressure into one another.
The week ahead can again be reduced to one question: Does the system absorb these pressures—or do several begin reinforcing each other simultaneously?
CONVERGENCE RISK: 🟠 HIGH & RISING
THE CENTRAL SIGNAL — WATCH ACCELERATION
Last week confirmed that transmission is occurring. The next question is whether it accelerates.
Three chains now deserve particular attention:
WAR → SHIPPING → ENERGY → INFLATION → RATES → MARKETS → AI → ELECTRICITY → INFRASTRUCTURE → DEBT → CAPITAL → EL NIÑO → CROPS → FOOD → INFLATION → HOUSEHOLDS
The objective is not predicting one dramatic event. It is watching whether multiple systems begin moving in the same direction.
1 | HORMUZ — STILL THE PRIMARY TRIGGER
Hormuz remains GAR’s most immediate geopolitical transmission point. Renewed U.S.–Iran exchanges have increased uncertainty, while Iran continues threatening stronger retaliation if additional attacks occur. Iran also claimed it struck a U.S. unmanned vessel in the Strait on September 6; the U.S. denied the claim.
There is an important counter-signal. Oil markets have proven more resilient than Tehran may have anticipated as alternative supplies and routes reduce Iran’s ability to translate Hormuz disruption into sustained global energy panic. That makes actual shipping volumes and oil prices more important than rhetoric.
WATCH: Hormuz traffic • Brent crude • U.S.–Iran exchanges • Negotiations
2 | BONDS & FED — INFLATION DATA BECOMES THE TEST
The Treasury market remains the financial pressure point. August’s stronger-than-expected employment report strengthened the case for another Fed rate increase and pushed yields higher.
The next major test arrives with August CPI on September 11, the final major inflation reading before the Fed’s September 16 meeting. With energy costs elevated and Chair Kevin Warsh maintaining a tougher inflation posture, a hot CPI report could reinforce expectations for higher rates.
WATCH: CPI • 10-year Treasury • Fed expectations • Dollar • Gold
INFLATION → FED → YIELDS → CREDIT → MARKETS
3 | UKRAINE — INFRASTRUCTURE WAR INTENSIFIES
Ukraine continues targeting Russian energy infrastructure while Russia attacks Ukrainian logistics, industrial and energy assets. Ukraine reported striking the major Ust-Luga oil-processing facility, part of an expanding campaign against Russian refining and export infrastructure. Russia has extended diesel-export restrictions through September amid domestic fuel pressures.
The danger is transmission beyond the battlefield. Energy facilities, ports and transportation networks connect the war directly to global fuel and commodity markets.
WATCH: Refineries • Black Sea • Ports • Fuel supplies • Negotiations
4 | FOOD — BLACK SEA PRESSURE IS NOW VISIBLE
Food moves higher on the GAR watchboard. Reciprocal attacks around the Black Sea are complicating Ukrainian and Russian commodity exports, while low Danube water levels are creating additional pressure on alternative Ukrainian grain routes.
Wheat prices have responded sharply, reaching multi-year highs during the recent escalation. The region remains responsible for a substantial share of global grain exports, making prolonged disruption important far beyond Eastern Europe.
WATCH: Wheat • Grain vessels • Black Sea ports • Fertilizer • Alternative routes
5 | TAIWAN — PRESSURE WITHOUT A BREAKING POINT
Taiwan remains a strategic pressure point rather than an immediate crisis. Taiwan reported Chinese aircraft crossing the Strait’s median line again this week, while analysts continue tracking Beijing’s expanding ability to mobilize civilian resources for military purposes.
GAR should distinguish persistent coercive pressure from preparations indicating imminent conflict. The stronger warning would be several indicators appearing together: large sustained deployments, maritime restrictions, unusual logistics mobilization and disruption to commercial aviation or shipping.
WATCH: PLA deployments • Shipping • Airspace • Semiconductors • Mobilization
6 | AI — FOLLOW THE MONEY AND POWER
AI remains a powerful economic stabilizer because investment and corporate spending remain extraordinary. But its enormous infrastructure requirements increasingly connect AI to electricity, debt and global capital markets.
The question is changing from How fast will AI grow? to How much infrastructure and financing will that growth require? Data centers, generation, transmission, cooling and semiconductor facilities increasingly compete with governments and other industries for capital.
WATCH: AI borrowing • Data centers • Power • Chips • Credit spreads
AI → POWER → INFRASTRUCTURE → DEBT → CAPITAL
7 | MARKETS — WATCH FOR CORRELATION
Markets remain resilient. The critical warning would therefore not be an ordinary equity correction.
The signal to watch is correlation—stocks, bonds and credit deteriorating simultaneously while oil and inflation expectations rise.
STOCKS ↓ + BONDS ↓ + CREDIT STRESS ↑ + OIL ↑
September CPI could become the week’s principal catalyst. A hotter reading could push yields upward, strengthen rate-hike expectations and pressure highly valued growth assets. A softer reading could interrupt the transmission chain.
WATCH: S&P 500 • Nasdaq • Treasury yields • Credit • Volatility
THE NEW WILDCARD — EL NIÑO MOVES CLOSER
El Niño is moving from a distant climate risk toward an economic watchpoint. The WMO has warned governments to prepare as the developing event strengthens, with potential consequences including drought, flooding and extreme heat across different regions.
The key question remains agriculture. If major producing regions begin reporting simultaneous crop stress, climate enters the inflation chain directly.
EL NIÑO → WEATHER → CROPS → FOOD → INFLATION
THREE PATHWAYS | WEEK AHEAD
🟢 STABILIZATION — 25%
Hormuz tensions ease, oil retreats, CPI is manageable and Treasury yields stabilize. Black Sea disruption remains contained. Outcome: transmission weakens.
🟠 CONTINUED SYSTEM STRESS — 50%
Oil and yields remain elevated, geopolitical conflicts continue and markets absorb the pressure without significant credit deterioration. Outcome: expensive but manageable instability.
🔴 CASCADING PRESSURE — 25%
Iran escalates, oil rises sharply, CPI surprises higher, Treasury yields accelerate or Black Sea disruption pushes commodities higher. Outcome: multiple transmission chains strengthen simultaneously.
GAR analytical scenarios—not statistical forecasts.
THE FIVE INDICATORS THAT MATTER
For September 7–12, reduce the GAR watchboard to five measurements:
1. HORMUZ — Is commercial shipping improving or deteriorating?
2. OIL — Does Brent break higher or retreat?
3. CPI/BONDS — Does inflation push Treasury yields higher?
4. FOOD — Do Black Sea disruptions continue lifting grain prices?
5. MARKETS — Do equities, bonds and credit weaken together?
A sixth secondary indicator now deserves attention: AI CAPITAL.
DON’T WATCH THE HEADLINES. WATCH THE TRANSMISSION CHAINS.
The world is not presently in systemic collapse. But several major systems are now drawing upon the same limited resources: energy, capital, infrastructure, food, political attention and financial resilience.
There are still stabilizers. Energy markets continue adapting. Diplomatic channels remain open. Financial markets function normally. Corporate investment remains substantial. AI continues generating economic activity.
The danger emerges if those stabilizers begin weakening simultaneously.
Last week demonstrated that pressure is transmitting.
This week determines whether transmission begins accelerating.
SYSTEM OUTLOOK: SYSTEM STRESS → EARLY CASCADING STRESS
NEXT STATE TO WATCH: SELF-REINFORCING CASCADE
“The defining risk is no longer one crisis. It is the point at which war, energy, inflation, debt, food and capital begin amplifying one another faster than governments and markets can absorb the pressure.”
GAR WATCHBOARD | SEPTEMBER 7–12
HORMUZ • BRENT CRUDE • CPI • TREASURY YIELDS • FED • BLACK SEA • WHEAT • UKRAINE • TAIWAN • AI CAPITAL • EL NIÑO • EQUITIES
A Call to Patriots
Let this moment be remembered as a time of clarity, not chaos—when citizens chose discernment over outrage and responsibility over fear. The republic is not reclaimed through force or noise, but through truth, accountability, and lawful restoration.
Patriots are defined by their ability to remain coherent under pressure, to reject deception, and to stand firm as systems are rebuilt. This is not a call to conflict, but to orientation, integrity, and justice allowed to function.
History will remember who stayed steady when it mattered most.
THE PRESSURE IS TRANSMITTING | FOLLOW THE CONNECTIONS | SEPTEMBER 7, 2026
The Great Civilization Near Death Event | NDE
“Be Strong Enough to Stand Alone / Be Yourself Enough to Stand Apart / And When the Time Comes, Be Wise Enough to Stand Together”
The Great Reset of Everything
We have entered a window of time where everything we have learned, experienced and known to be true is about to dramatically change. We are Awakening to a great truth, “That Everything We Were Taught Is A Lie”. The lives we once knew, lived and experienced prior to January 2020 are now gone forever. We are witnessing the total collapse of not just a few, but all of our statured institutions; The US Government Senate/Congress; through the NSA, DOD, CIA, DIA, ATF, ONI, US Army, US Marine Corp, FEMA and DHS have spent in excess of 12 trillion dollars building the massive, covert infrastructure for the coming One World Government and New World Religion over the past 40 years. Along with other industries; Wall Street Markets & Finance, Banking Industries, Big Tech, Big Insurance, Pharma, Oil, Education, Hollywood Industries, US Military, Medical AMA, Military and Energy Industrial Complexes, all are embroiled in corruption scams and human trafficking.
Given the monolithic corruption and evil encrusted within all these institutions, We are now Witnessing in Real Time a Global Everything Collapse. What has been described and depicted as The Storm! and “The Great Civilization Near Death Experience”. The fallout of which could last anywhere from 2 to 5 years based on geographic locations.
We will then have a choice and chance for “A New Beginning to Reset Everything as We Rebuild America”.
The following report is a compilation of different sources. We found a number of overlapping and crossover warnings presented by each of our sources. We formatted this Weekly Report based on a timeline tied to dates and information posted entirely in May 2023. We believe these sources align with each other to create a very rare picture of what is happening behind the scenes. We encourage each of you to use your own discernment and rational, critical, logical thinking in reviewing this information. Preparation going forward is 80% mental and 20% physical, so we hope this will assist you in your education and in being mentally prepared for the coming Storm.
Updates: This Report Will Be Updated on a Weekly Basis. We designed this format as a living document so we can update you directly on all breaking news and events. Please keep this link close by, so you can easily return to this Weekly Report for all the latest alternative uncensored news reports.
“We The People”: If we the people, as a nation, do not work together to restore our founding father’s visions for our Constitutional Republic, our children could be lost and our nation will be destroyed. We all have a part to play in this peaceful, faithful, informed, prayer-filled participation and with forgiveness in our hearts for the corruption of this nation that we have been a party to, either knowingly or unknowingly.
A Message From the Hopi Elders
Written By Maira Horta LMFT
You have been telling the people that this is the Eleventh Hour.
Now you must go back and tell the people that this is The Hour.
Here are the things that must be considered:
Where are you living?
What are you doing?
What are your relationships?
Are you in right relation?
Where is your water?
Know our garden.
It is time to speak your Truth.
Create your community.
Be good to each other.
And do not look outside yourself for the leader.
This could be a good time!
There is a river flowing now very fast.
It is so great and swift that there are those who will be afraid.
They will try to hold on to the shore. They will feel like they are being torn apart, and they will suffer greatly.
Know the river has its destination.
The elders say we must let go of the shore, push off toward the middle of the river, keep our eyes open, and our heads above the water.
See who is there with you and celebrate.
At this time in history, we are to take nothing personally, least of all ourselves!
For the moment we do, our spiritual growth and journey comes to a halt.
The time of the lonely wolf is over.
Gather yourselves!
Banish the word struggle from your attitude and vocabulary.
All that we do now must be done in a sacred manner and in celebration.
We are the ones we have been waiting for.
-The Elders, Oraibi, Arizona, Hopi Nation
NEW! Editor’s Notes: The Trump Enigma | Separating Signal from Noise
Since its founding in 2018, The Great Awakening Report has maintained an intentionally apolitical position, focusing on signals, patterns, independent research, and emerging narratives rather than allegiance to any political party, public figure, or movement.
In recent months, few individuals have generated more speculation, contradictory narratives, and competing interpretations than President Donald J. Trump. Social media posts, policy reversals, public appearances, conflicting reports, and countless online theories have fueled ongoing debate surrounding what is genuine, what may be strategic messaging, and what may simply be misinformation amplified through the modern information environment.
Claims involving hidden operations, body doubles, staged appearances, and broader narrative deception and manipulation continue circulating throughout alternative media circles, while mainstream sources largely dismiss such assertions outright. Whether any of these claims contain truth, disinformation, psychological operations, selective perception, or intentional narrative engineering remains difficult—if not impossible—to independently verify with certainty.
What has become increasingly clear is that the information environment surrounding President Trump has grown extraordinarily fragmented, emotionally charged, and saturated with competing narratives. For truth seekers, the lesson is not to rush toward certainty, but to recognize the growing difficulty of separating verified facts, speculation, perception management, political storytelling, and algorithm-driven amplification in an era where information itself has become a battlefield.
GAR will continue bringing readers developing stories, emerging signals, and multiple perspectives as events unfold. Our role is not to tell readers what to believe, but to encourage discernment, critical thinking, and conscious awareness. We encourage every reader to evaluate information carefully, trust their intuition, question assumptions, and arrive at their own conclusions.
Alert – AI Driven Disinformation
Disinformation in the current environment is no longer limited to misleading headlines or biased reporting—it has evolved into highly sophisticated, AI-driven content that can convincingly mimic real people, real events, and real broadcasts. As highlighted in the alert, fake news, AI-generated videos, and fabricated content are now being produced and distributed at scale, often faster than traditional verification systems can respond. These tools allow bad actors to create entirely false narratives—complete with realistic visuals, voices, and “live” reporting—that appear credible to the average viewer. The result is a rapidly accelerating information environment where deceptive AI content spreads quickly online, blurring the line between reality and fabrication.
At a deeper level, this is not just about misinformation—it is about programming perception. When manipulated images, videos, and narratives are repeated across platforms, they begin to shape how people interpret events, form opinions, and react emotionally. This is why the guidance in the alert matters: think critically, verify sources, and question everything. The goal of AI-driven disinformation is not always to convince you of one specific lie, but to create confusion, division, and uncertainty at scale. In this environment, discernment becomes a critical skill. Not everything seen or read online is true, and maintaining clarity requires slowing down, cross-checking information, and resisting the impulse to react before verifying.
Breaking Intelligence News | Monday, September 7th, 2026 Edition
“Last Warning: Prepare for something that you never expected to see in your lifetime. The Media will never let you know! The things around us could change very fast.” – QAnon Telegram
“Ye shall hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that ye be not troubled, for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet.” – Matthew 24:6
Flashpoints Multiply | Systems Flood | Narrative Warfare Intensifies
When pressure rises across domains, confusion is not accidental—it is instrumental. Those who track only events experience overwhelm. Those who track structure recognize exposure. What appears as chaos is often compression. What feels like loss of control is frequently the erosion of concealment.
Independence is not granted by institutions in moments of strain. It is maintained by individuals who remain coherent as systems destabilize. Awakening is not belief or branding. It is orientation—remembering how to see, when to move, and when to hold.
GAR will continue bringing readers developing stories, emerging signals, and multiple perspectives as events unfold. Our role is not to tell readers what to believe, but to encourage discernment, critical thinking, and conscious awareness. We encourage every reader to evaluate information carefully, trust their intuition, question assumptions, and arrive at their own conclusions.
“Stand firm. Be the signal. The light always breaks through.”
Weekly Updates
WATCH THE SEQUENCE OF SEPTEMBER EVENTS
The Date Matters — How Timelines, Documents and Receipts Reveal the Patterns Hidden Behind the Headlines
TIMESTAMPS • DOCUMENTS • ORDERS • APPOINTMENTS • RESIGNATIONS • COURT FILINGS • MONEY FLOWS • SEQUENCES
“Never start with the theory. Start with the receipts. Document the event. Record the date. Build the timeline. Then watch what happens next. The strongest patterns are not created by speculation—they emerge when independent facts begin moving in the same direction and the evidence survives scrutiny.”
Most people experience the news as a continuous stream of disconnected headlines. A war erupts. An executive order is signed. An official resigns. A corporation changes leadership. A court filing appears. Billions of dollars suddenly move. Each development is reported, discussed and quickly replaced by the next story. But serious research requires a different perspective. Instead of asking only “What happened?”, begin asking “When did it happen—and what happened immediately before and after it?” The date can transform an isolated fact into part of a much larger sequence.
This is why THE DATE MATTERS. A government document can remain publicly available for years without attracting significant attention. An obscure regulation, contract, patent, appropriations bill or executive action may initially appear insignificant. Then circumstances change. New officials arrive. Funding begins moving. Agencies change direction. Investigations open. Policies suddenly align with language written years earlier. The original document itself hasn’t changed—but its position within the emerging timeline has. Historical context can turn yesterday’s overlooked paperwork into today’s important research lead.
The discipline begins with one fundamental rule: NEVER START WITH THE THEORY. START WITH THE RECEIPTS. Establish what can actually be documented before deciding what it means. Find the original order. Locate the court filing. Record the announcement. Verify the appointment. Identify the transaction. Preserve the source and timestamp. Only after building that factual foundation should researchers begin comparing events. This prevents investigation from becoming confirmation bias—where evidence is selected simply because it supports a conclusion already reached.
Then comes the second discipline: WATCH THE SEQUENCE. One resignation may mean nothing. One investigation may be routine. One financial transaction may simply reflect ordinary business. But when multiple independently verified events begin occurring within the same period—and especially when they repeatedly move toward a common outcome—the timeline deserves closer examination. ORDER → APPOINTMENT → FUNDING → INVESTIGATION → RESIGNATION → POLICY CHANGE can tell a fundamentally different story from any one event viewed alone. Sequence does not automatically prove coordination, but it can identify where deeper investigation is justified.
The third discipline is learning to WATCH WHAT MOVES WHEN EVERYONE IS DISTRACTED. The loudest story is not necessarily the most consequential development. Major breaking news can dominate television, social media and public attention while quieter institutional changes occur elsewhere. Watch appointments, resignations, regulatory filings, court records, executive actions, contracts, legislation, capital movements and organizational restructuring. These developments often create durable records, making them considerably more useful for long-term analysis than anonymous claims, viral posts or predictions.
But pattern recognition requires restraint. NOT EVERY DOT CONNECTS. Two events occurring close together do not establish causation, and correlation does not prove coordination. A strong research model should therefore separate FACT → TIMING → CORRELATION → INTERPRETATION → HYPOTHESIS. Each stage requires a different level of confidence. The goal is not to force events into a predetermined narrative; it is to determine whether a proposed pattern becomes stronger or weaker as additional evidence arrives. Real patterns should become clearer under scrutiny—not require weaker standards of evidence to survive.
This is ultimately the value of timeline intelligence within the GAR research model. Keep the receipts. Preserve the timestamps. Compare what was announced with what subsequently occurred. Watch where people move, where institutions move and where capital moves. Then return to the timeline as new information arrives. Signals become threads. Threads reveal patterns. Patterns reveal convergence. The objective isn’t predicting every event or connecting every headline. It is developing the discipline to recognize meaningful change while it is unfolding—and having the documented record necessary to demonstrate afterward exactly what happened, when it happened, and how the sequence developed.
RESEARCH PRINCIPLE: DOCUMENT IT → DATE IT → VERIFY IT → SEQUENCE IT → COMPARE IT → WATCH WHAT HAPPENS NEXT
THE SIGNAL ISN’T FOUND BY GUESSING.
IT’S FOUND BY COMPARING WHAT WAS SAID WITH WHAT ACTUALLY HAPPENED.
KEEP THE RECEIPTS.
Gasoline Prices Have Never Been Higher On Labor Day Weekend, And The Cost Of Diesel Has Soared To Absurd Heights
As you enjoy your Labor Day weekend, you may notice that gasoline and diesel are unusually expensive right now. As I will document in this article, gasoline prices have never been this high on Labor Day weekend, and the cost of diesel is now the highest that it has ever been in the entire history of our country. Needless to say, the soaring cost of diesel is really bad news for our economy, because most of our trains, most of our tractors and most of our trucks run on diesel. In addition, approximately 90 percent of the 500,000 school buses in the United States run on diesel. Unfortunately, this is only just the beginning. The war in the Middle East is not going to end any time soon, and neither is the war in Ukraine. In fact, I am convinced that a lot more war is ahead of us.
Normally, gasoline prices are trending downward as the summer comes to an end.
But that hasn’t happened this year.
In fact, the average price of a gallon of gasoline is above four dollars on Labor Day weekend for the very first time in U.S. history…
American motorists are buying $4 gas on Labor Day weekend for the first time in history, a fuel analyst reports.
A gallon of regular unleaded gas cost an average of $4.15 nationwide on Sept. 6, AAA reports.
There have been moments when the price of gasoline has been higher than this, but it has never been this high so late in the calendar year…
“Gasoline, while not at all-time records, is at its highest level ever recorded this late in the calendar year,” said GasBuddy analyst Patrick De Haan, writing in a recent post on X.
We are experiencing the consequences of the historic events that are taking place on the other side of the planet.
The war in the Middle East has greatly reduced the flow of oil out of the Middle East, and Ukraine’s relentless attacks on Russian refineries are having an enormous impact on global energy markets.
As a result, we are forced to pay much more for gasoline…
In a normal year, gas prices follow a seasonal cycle, bottoming out in the depth of winter, when people drive less, and rising steadily through spring and summer, when temperatures are warmer, days are longer and Americans drive more.
But this is not a normal year. The Iran war has driven up global oil prices for months. On top of that, Russia has lost capacity in its refineries, De Haan said, amid ongoing attacks in its war with Ukraine. Together, those forces have pushed U.S. gas prices to their highest levels on record for this time of year.
What is happening to diesel prices is an even bigger story.
On Friday, the average price of a gallon of diesel in the United States set a brand new record high…
The national average price for a gallon of diesel now sits at $5.85, according to the AAA motor club. That figure represents a 55 percent jump since the start of the war with Iran, and the price for a gallon of diesel has now overtaken the previous peak, which occurred four years ago following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine.
Then on Saturday, the average price of a gallon of diesel went even higher…
Diesel fuel prices set a new record high Saturday for a second day in a row.
The national retail average for a gallon of diesel reached $5.8819 Saturday, according to AAA’s daily fuel prices report. That’s up from $5.85 on Friday.
This is not good at all, and the situation is particularly dire on the west coast.
In California, the average price of a gallon of diesel has nearly reached eight dollars…
The most expensive state to buy diesel fuel is California, where a gallon on Saturday averages $7.7770. Prices have not exceeded $7 per gallon in any other state, but six other states have per-gallon averages above $6: Hawaii, Washington, Nevada, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Alaska.
Russia is normally the second largest exporter of diesel fuel in the entire world. But thanks to months of Ukrainian drone strikes, that is no longer true.
So now global inventories of diesel fuel are starting to get “very, very, very tight”…
“Normally we’d be building up a lot of diesel inventory this time of year, and then we’d draw that back down in October and November. We’re not seeing that inventory build, so folks are looking out and saying ‘wow, inventories are going to be very, very, very tight,’” Miller said.
Miller said the capacity taken offline in Russia could make it a long road to return the average cost of diesel to under $4 a gallon.
“Diesel’s not going below $4 a gallon, oh for a very long time, if possibly ever again,” Miller said.
It would be extremely difficult for me to overstate the seriousness of this crisis.
The crack spread for diesel has skyrocketed to levels that were once believed to be unthinkable…
Diesel is used to produce the food that you eat every single day.
This year, much higher diesel prices are hitting our farmers like a sledgehammer…
Dale Hemminger runs a dairy and cabbage farm in Seneca Castle, N.Y. “Diesel is our fuel,” he says. “We have to run tractors and harvesters and trucks, and they almost exclusively run on diesel. So, diesel and the price of diesel is a major factor.”
So far this year, Hemminger says, fuel has cost him close to $45,000 for a tank of 10,000 gallons. Last year, it was around $25,000 for a tank.
This is one of the reasons why many are forecasting that you will be paying significantly more for food in 2027.
Of course the cost of diesel is going to affect prices in nearly every other sector of our economy as well…
Soaring diesel costs are raising expenses for trucking, construction, agriculture and other industries that rely on heavy-duty vehicles and machinery.
High diesel prices can stoke inflation by raising the cost of transporting goods across the U.S., thereby pushing up consumer prices.
“The everyday consumer will see higher diesel prices in the consumer goods they purchase,” said Susan Bell, senior vice president of downstream research at Rystad Energy. “Think of the groceries that get shipped around the nation, and fruits and vegetables that come from California and move by truck or rail. It’s inflationary.”
Many pundits are hoping that the war in the Middle East and the war in Ukraine will both end within the next 12 months. Wouldn’t that be wonderful? But do you think that will actually happen?
In fact, I believe that the military conflicts that we are witnessing will only intensify as we roll into 2027. So don’t get too accustomed to the painfully high energy prices that we are experiencing now, because I believe that they will soon go even higher
THE FASCIA NETWORK
The Body-Wide Web Modern Medicine Is Beginning to Understand
CONNECTIVE TISSUE • MECHANOTRANSDUCTION • INTERSTITIAL FLUID • ACUPUNCTURE • PAIN • MOVEMENT • WHOLE-BODY COMMUNICATION
“The emerging fascia story challenges the idea of the body as a collection of isolated parts. Connective tissue forms an integrated mechanical and biochemical environment—and science is still discovering how much information moves through that environment.”
For generations, fascia was often introduced in basic anatomy as the connective tissue surrounding muscles, organs, nerves and blood vessels—important structurally, but far less glamorous than the brain, heart or nervous system. That picture has changed dramatically. Researchers now study fascia as a biologically active tissue populated with fibroblasts, sensory nerve endings, extracellular matrix, fluid and collagen networks capable of responding to mechanical forces. Rather than merely holding the body’s components in place, connective tissues participate in mechanotransduction: the conversion of physical forces into cellular and biochemical responses. This gives the fascia story genuine significance without needing to claim that scientists only recently discovered fascia itself.
One frequently cited milestone came in 2018, when researchers described fluid-filled spaces within interstitial connective tissues using advanced microscopy and proposed the interstitium as a previously underappreciated anatomical structure. The study generated headlines describing a “new organ,” but it did not establish fascia as a newly discovered organ or prove that it is larger than the skin. What it did reinforce was something increasingly important: tissues once represented as relatively solid connective structures contain dynamic fluid spaces that may participate in fluid movement, cellular signaling and disease processes. The modern picture of our internal connective architecture is becoming considerably more dynamic than the old textbook diagrams suggested.
The deeper concept is whole-body mechanical communication. Pull on connective tissue in one location and forces can be transmitted through surrounding collagen and extracellular matrix. Cells embedded within that matrix detect stretching, compression and shear forces and can alter their behavior in response. This does not mean fascia has been demonstrated to transmit information “faster than the nervous system” in the neurological sense; nerve impulses and mechanical force propagation are fundamentally different phenomena. But it does mean that the nervous system is not the body’s only signaling environment. Mechanical, biochemical, electrical and neurological processes operate simultaneously, producing a much more interconnected biological system than a simple collection of independent organs.
This is where the story intersects intriguingly with traditional Chinese medicine. In 2002, researchers Helene Langevin and Jason Yandow investigated whether acupuncture points and meridians might correspond anatomically with connective-tissue planes. Their study of the human arm reported approximately 80% correspondence between examined acupuncture-point locations and intermuscular or intramuscular connective-tissue planes. The authors proposed that the traditional acupuncture network might therefore be viewed, at least conceptually, as a representation of an interstitial connective-tissue network. Importantly, they presented this as a hypothesis and anatomical model, not proof that every meridian is literally a fascial pathway.
That distinction actually makes the finding more interesting. Traditional Chinese medicine developed its meridian system through centuries of observation without microscopes, MRI scanners or modern histology. Langevin and Yandow proposed that ancient practitioners may have empirically identified locations where needles could interact with greater concentrations or intersections of connective tissue. They compared acupuncture points to intersections in a network of roads, where mechanical stimulation might produce stronger downstream effects. Their paper also noted that connective tissue surrounds muscles, bones, nerves, blood vessels and organs, making it anatomically plausible that this network could play an integrative role across multiple physiological systems.
The emerging science also changes how we can think about movement, stiffness and pain. Fascia and other connective tissues adapt to mechanical loading, injury and inflammation. Adhesions, fibrosis and changes in extracellular-matrix organization can alter how tissues glide and distribute forces. Pain appearing in one area can sometimes involve structures or mechanical relationships elsewhere, although it would be too broad to conclude that distant pain is generally caused by a “blocked” fascial pathway. What matters is the larger shift: clinicians and researchers increasingly recognize that musculoskeletal function cannot always be understood by examining one muscle or joint in isolation.
There is also an intriguing bridge between acupuncture and mechanobiology. Langevin’s research proposed that manipulating an acupuncture needle winds connective tissue around the needle, producing a mechanical stimulus that can influence fibroblasts and surrounding tissues. The researchers suggested that such cellular responses might propagate through connective-tissue planes and contribute to acupuncture’s physiological effects. That remains an active area of investigation, but it offers something more useful than either dismissing ancient medicine outright or declaring ancient meridian theory scientifically proven: a testable biological mechanism through which traditional observations and modern anatomy can be compared.
For GAR, the larger story is about integration. The human body increasingly looks less like a machine assembled from independent components and more like a nested network in which nervous, vascular, immune, connective, mechanical and biochemical systems continuously interact. Ancient medicine may have observed aspects of this interconnectedness through a very different conceptual framework, while modern science now has the instruments to investigate those observations at cellular and molecular scales. The fascinating question is therefore not whether modern research has suddenly “proven the meridians.” It is whether connective tissue represents one of the biological bridges through which ancient observations of whole-body relationships can finally be investigated scientifically.
THE BODY IS NOT JUST A COLLECTION OF PARTS. IT IS A NETWORK OF NETWORKS.
FASCIA → MECHANICAL FORCE → CELLULAR SIGNALING → MOVEMENT → NERVOUS SYSTEM → WHOLE-BODY RESPONSE
Ancient medicine mapped relationships. Modern science is investigating mechanisms. The frontier lies where the two can be compared without confusing possibility with proof.
A ONE-TIME GENE THERAPY FOR AGE-RELATED BLINDNESS ENTERS PHASE 3
OCU410 Could Challenge the Chronic-Injection Model—If the Pivotal Trial Confirms Its Promise
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
Something potentially important happened in retinal medicine on September 1, 2026. Ocugen announced that the first patient had been dosed in its global Phase 3 ArMaDa3 trial of OCU410, an experimental gene therapy for geographic atrophy associated with dry age-related macular degeneration. Unlike currently approved therapies that require repeated injections into the eye, OCU410 is being studied as a single subretinal treatment intended to produce a durable biological effect. The 237-patient trial represents the first pivotal gene-therapy study in geographic atrophy, according to the company.
Geographic atrophy is a serious and irreversible cause of central vision loss, affecting an estimated 2–3 million people across the United States and Europe. The disease progressively destroys retinal cells responsible for detailed central vision. Medicine has recently made meaningful progress: approved complement-inhibitor treatments can slow progression, but they do not restore vision that has already been lost. One FDA-approved option, Izervay, is administered by intravitreal injection approximately once every month. That makes treatment burden a genuine clinical issue—but describing these medicines simply as a deliberate pharmaceutical “subscription” goes beyond what the evidence establishes.
OCU410 represents a fundamentally different strategy. It uses an AAV5 viral vector to deliver a human RORA modifier gene into retinal cells. Ocugen’s hypothesis is that increasing RORA expression can influence several processes implicated in geographic atrophy, including complement overactivation, chronic inflammation, oxidative stress and lipid dysregulation. In other words, rather than repeatedly inhibiting one component of the disease process, researchers are testing whether a single genetic intervention can modify several underlying pathways for an extended period. That is an ambitious proposition, and Phase 3 is designed to determine whether it actually translates into clinically meaningful benefit.
The early results are encouraging enough to warrant serious attention. Ocugen reports that its randomized Phase 2 study found a 31% reduction in geographic-atrophy lesion-growth rate at 12 months at the dose selected for Phase 3 compared with the untreated control group. Researchers also reported a 27% reduction in loss of the ellipsoid-zone area, an important retinal structure associated with photoreceptor integrity. No OCU410-related serious adverse events or adverse events of special interest had been reported in those data. These findings are promising, but the Phase 2 study contained only 51 participants; they should therefore be regarded as evidence supporting a larger trial, not proof that OCU410 already prevents blindness or constitutes a cure.
The FDA has nevertheless given the program an important regulatory boost. On July 29, 2026, OCU410 received Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy (RMAT) designation. That designation provides closer interaction with FDA officials and can make a therapy eligible for mechanisms including accelerated approval and priority review when applicable. It does not mean OCU410 has been approved, nor does it guarantee that the Phase 3 trial will succeed. Ocugen currently anticipates a potential Biologics License Application filing in 2028 if development proceeds successfully.
What makes this development particularly significant is the broader medical model it represents. Gene therapy increasingly raises the possibility of replacing some forms of chronic treatment with durable or potentially one-time interventions. Instead of repeatedly treating a downstream biological consequence, researchers may sometimes be able to alter an upstream pathway responsible for disease progression. If approaches such as OCU410 succeed, the implications extend beyond ophthalmology: healthcare economics, insurance reimbursement, pharmaceutical development and patient care all have to adapt when a treatment’s cost and benefit are concentrated into a single intervention rather than years of recurring medication.
That does not, however, establish the claim that the “monthly injection industry is panicking,” nor does it provide evidence that effective one-time treatments have intentionally been withheld to protect recurring pharmaceutical revenue. Developing safe gene therapies is exceptionally difficult, and the technology required to deliver genes reliably into human tissues has advanced enormously over the past several decades. Likewise, comparisons with “MedBeds” should remain metaphorical: OCU410 is an actual experimental biomedical therapy with a defined vector, molecular target, dosing procedure, clinical-trial protocol and regulatory pathway. It is not evidence that speculative MedBed technologies exist.
The larger story is still remarkable without those claims. We may be watching an important transition from chronic disease management toward durable biological intervention. If ArMaDa3 confirms the efficacy and safety suggested by the smaller Phase 2 study, OCU410 could potentially reduce an enormous treatment burden for people living with geographic atrophy and provide another demonstration of how gene therapy is changing medicine. The milestone worth watching is therefore not whether an old business model is “panicking.” It is whether scientists can demonstrate, in hundreds of patients and under rigorous regulatory scrutiny, that one carefully engineered intervention can safely accomplish what previously required treatment again and again.
The Persecution Of Christians In America Has Reached A Whole New Level
A lot of people out there never thought that things would get this far. In America today, churches are burning to the ground all over the country. This is happening because we have imported large numbers of people that are extremely hostile to Christianity from foreign nations and because multiple generations of our young people have been raised in our overtly anti-Christian public school system. From kindergarten all the way through college, kids are trained to view the Christian faith through a hostile lens. Meanwhile, they are brainwashed by anti-Christian propaganda in our music, in our television shows and in our movies. In such an environment, the fact that Christian persecution is increasing should not come as a surprise to anyone.
The legal system is one of the primary tools that is being used to persecute the Christian faith in the United States.
On Monday, the Maine Supreme Court unanimously ruled that a mother can be banned from taking her daughter to church and reading the Bible to her…
The Maine Supreme Court unanimously upheld a custody order on Monday giving a father veto power over a mother’s decisions to take their daughter to church or read her the Bible, largely barring the child’s religious upbringing.
As covered last year by LifeSiteNews, the dispute is between Emily Bickford and Matthew Bradeen, the unmarried, separated parents of a 13-year-old girl. The father maintains that their daughter has displayed panic attacks since the mother started taking her to Calvary Chapel of Portland, stemming from fears that the rapture is drawing near and her father and sister will not make it to Heaven.
He produced a witness whose assessment of Calvary Chapel’s sermons claimed that they were potentially psychologically harmful, prompting the court to transfer full control of the child’s religious upbringing from Bickford to Bradeen.
This is absolutely insane.
The couple was never married, and the mother has custody of the daughter. But now she has been permanently banned from taking her daughter to church because that is what the father wants.
Are we still living in America?
The attorney that represented the mother says that he plans to take the case to the U.S. Supreme Court…
Liberty Counsel Founder and Chairman Mat Staver, who argued Bickford’s case before the Maine SJC, said he plans to appeal to the U.S. Supreme Court.
“This opinion rejects the First Amendment right of a fit parent to raise her child consistent with her Christian faith,” said Staver in a statement, calling the opinion “disappointing” and “a serious threat to religious freedom.”
“This opinion goes against other state court decisions involving custody in the context of religious free exercise rights and ignores precedent from the U.S. Supreme Court. We will ask the High Court to take this case and overrule the decision.”
Hopefully the U.S. Supreme Court will be receptive. But there is no guarantee that they will even be willing to hear this case. I really detest what has happened to our legal system.
All over the nation, we are seeing outrageous ruling after outrageous ruling. The far left completely and utterly dominates our courts, and that is not going to change any time soon because our law schools are absolutely packed with radical leftists.
I want to switch gears and talk about all of the church burnings that are occurring in 2026. Churches are burning to the ground over and over again, and yet the big national news networks barely pay any attention to this phenomenon.
Sometimes, authorities catch those who are responsible. For example, a 19-year-old man was just arrested for his role in the burning of a historic church in Ohio…
A man was arrested after a historic church in Ohio went up in flames.
A 19-year-old man is facing a felony arson charge in connection with a fire that destroyed a historic vacant church on Cleveland’s east side.
Court documents show John McManamon was arraigned Wednesday morning. He is being held on a $10,000 bond.
But most of the time the arsonists are never caught.
Last Friday night, a “massive fire” suddenly consumed a Presbyterian church in Florida…
Crews battled a massive fire at Buckingham Presbyterian church on Buckingham Road in Buckingham on Friday night.
According to the Lehigh Acres Fire Control and Rescue District, the fire went through the roof of the church, and crews are still at the scene working to extinguish the fire.
The fire district said the cause of the fire will likely be handled by the Bureau of Fire, Arson, and Explosion Investigations because it is at a church.
A large law enforcement presence was in the area and Buckingham Road was shut down for hours before re-opening on Saturday morning.
Hopefully they will catch whoever did that. The way churches are erupting in flames this year, you would think that they must be the most flammable buildings in our entire society.
In Mississippi, a fire that suddenly spread like wildfire absolutely gutted the activity building of a local Baptist church…
Rocky Creek Baptist Church will hold its first service Wednesday night after a fire heavily damaged part of its campus a day earlier.
Firefighters responded to the Lucedale church around 9:30 a.m. Tuesday, after a fire broke out on the property on Rocky Creek Road.
The blaze gutted the church’s activity building, which houses the gym, kitchen and classrooms.
We have been witnessing incidents such as this from coast to coast, but things have been particularly bad in Michigan.
In Grand Rapids, four firefighters recently got hurt trying to fight a gigantic fire that suddenly roared to life at LaGrand Avenue Christian Reformed Church…
Four firefighters were injured while responding to a fire overnight at LaGrand Avenue Christian Reformed Church in downtown Grand Rapids.
A spokesperson for the Grand Rapids Fire Department told News 8 that the fire started around 11 p.m. Wednesday night on Oakes Street and Sheldon Boulevard. On social media, LaGrave Avenue CRC confirmed the fire happened at the former Seventh Day Adventist building on their campus and there was no risk to the church’s main building.
This sort of thing has been occurring so frequently all over the state of Michigan.
Here is another recent example…
A west Michigan church suffered major damage early Monday morning after fire broke out just before 4 a.m., destroying the gymnasium and causing extensive smoke and water damage throughout the building.
A passerby spotted the flames and called 911 at 3:41 a.m. Byron Township Fire, along with multiple mutual aid departments including Wyoming Fire, responded to the scene.
Pastor Chad DeJong of Byron Center Bible Church arrived around 6 a.m. and immediately knew the damage would be severe.
It doesn’t take a lot of imagination to figure out why there are so many church fires in the state of Michigan. Of course the same thing could be said about the dramatic increase in church fires in western Europe.
The big media outlets don’t seem to care, but if a mosque suddenly caught fire it would be front page news everywhere. In this day and age, it is open season on Christians.
In Idaho, when the owner of a coffee shop discovered that a group of customers had gathered to discuss pro-life issues, he kicked them out…
The founder of a well-known pro-life organization has gone viral in recent days after reportedly being kicked out of an Idaho coffee shop after the owner learned she was holding a meeting there.
Kristan Hawkins, president of Students for Life of America, shared a video of what purportedly took place at Wydaho Roasters last month — and that video went viral.
Hawkins told CBN News that coffee shop owner Jim Sheehan made his displeasure known after she, her son, and others met to discuss pro-life issues inside Wydaho Roasters. Her son’s goal has been to rally people against Proposition 1, an abortion measure that will be on the ballot in November.
This happened in supposedly “deep red” Idaho. In blue states, the level of hostility toward Christian beliefs can be far worse.
Even if you don’t say anything, you can still get persecuted if you just try to live out your faith.
In Missouri, a Christian grandmother decided that she was going to serve her community by feeding people breakfast for free…
Kathy Kite, a resident of Harrisburg, Missouri, began welcoming locals into her home for breakfast back in May after the community’s convenience store stopped serving breakfast following COVID.
Kite works at H-Town, the local convenience store and gas station, and said residents had repeatedly expressed interest in finding a new place to have breakfast. She lives nearby, so she decided to offer an alternative by cooking for her friends and offering up the food for free.
“I told the old guys that come in there in the mornings that like to play cards, and drink coffee, and eat breakfast, and say they didn’t have any more — I’m like, ‘You guys can come to my house and I’ll do it,’” Kite told CBN News.
People that are willing to make hard sacrifices like that to serve others are the backbone of our nation.
Eventually, approximately 20 to 25 people (including young kids) started to come to her house for breakfast…
At first, it was just a few people. But others soon began to come after her loving act was advertised on social media, with 20-25 people regularly coming to her home in the morning; some parents even brought their kids to her house for food before school. Kite gets up at 3:30 a.m. to prepare for the day.
“And it just kind of exploded from there,” Kite said.
In the old days, going to grandma’s house for breakfast was a cherished tradition. But now it is a crime.
The control freaks that run things in the area soon sent her a letter insisting that she needed to obtain a commercial kitchen license to continue feeding people breakfast…
But Kite’s breakfast gatherings eventually caught the attention of government officials, with Columbia city officials from the Columbia/Boone County Public Health and Human Services Department reportedly sending a letter telling her she needed a commercial kitchen license to continue operating.
This is a perfect example of what is wrong with this country. In other parts of the U.S., authorities have literally made it illegal to feed the homeless.
Those that have made such laws should be ashamed of themselves. Nobody is going to stop me from having compassion on a fellow human being. And nobody is going to stop me from worshipping God the way that I choose.
I am sure that the legal system will continue to be extremely hostile to us, I am sure that more churches will go up in flames, and I am sure that the entertainment industry will continue to mock us in thousands of different ways.
But they will not win, because the God that created all things can never be defeated.
Is There A Possibility That A Hurricane Could Make Landfall In Southern California Next Week?
Last week, we were closely watching another storm named Karina.
Karina has now developed into a very powerful category 4 hurricane over the eastern Pacific, but the path of the storm is taking it in a westward direction far away from land.
But now Tropical Storm Marie threatens to become the third in a historic trio of hurricanes in the eastern Pacific…
The eastern Pacific is doing something remarkable. By the end of this week, three hurricanes could be active at the same time, an extraordinary burst of tropical activity being driven by a historically strong El Niño and very warm ocean temperatures.
Hurricane Karina rapidly intensified into a Category 4 major hurricane over the weekend, over 1000 miles west of Baja, California. Tropical Storm Lowell is expected to reach hurricane strength as early as Monday night and could move toward Hawaii.
According to the National Hurricane Center, Tropical Storm Marie is expected to turn into Hurricane Marie soon.
And the San Francisco Chronicle is admitting that “some forecast models” are projecting that the storm could end up “slowly moving northward into southern California next Monday”…
At least some forecast models showed that storm intensifying into a hurricane over the weekend and then slowly moving northward into southern California next Monday.
Wow.
I want to emphasize that this is far from certain. But it could happen.
Thanks to the Super El Niño of 2026, water temperatures off the coast of Southern California are much warmer than normal right now…
The storm potential is fueled by a “super” El Niño brewing in the Pacific Ocean. The climate pattern creates warmer ocean temperatures in the Eastern Pacific. The El Niño is currently causing a marine heat wave. Southern California is currently seeing sea surface temperatures 5 to 10 degrees above normal for this time of year, NWS data shows. According to the latest reports, ocean temperatures are at 74 to 76 degrees across Los Angeles County beaches.
Water temperatures near Los Angeles aren’t supposed to be that high.
But skeptics are pointing out that they still aren’t high enough to sustain a tropical storm or a hurricane…
Tropical storms and hurricanes need ocean water temperatures to be at least 80 degrees Fahrenheit (26.5 degrees Celsius) to maintain tropical storm strength and 82 F (28 C) to intensify.
Ocean temperatures are not at those levels off the coast of California.
So we shall see what happens. As I covered on Friday, if a hurricane actually makes landfall in California it will have enormous implications. But we are being assured that it probably won’t happen.
Only one tropical storm has made landfall in California. That was in 1939. And no hurricane has ever made landfall in the entire history of the state.
In 2023, Hurricane Hilary approached California, but it was no longer a named storm once it reached land.
However, it did cause an immense amount of damage…
Although L.A. was spared a direct hit from Hilary, it did cause around $900 million in damage in the U.S. and at least $14 million in damage in Baja California Sur (there were no estimates for Baja California). There were two deaths in Baja California — two people who drowned after their vehicles were swept away by floodwaters — and a woman in California presumed dead after her mobile home was washed away in flooding along the Santa Ana River in San Bernardino County.
Elsewhere, Tropical Storm Edouard is rapidly strengthening and is poised to make landfall near the Louisiana-Texas border…
The National Hurricane Center (NHC) warned that Edouard is ‘poised to significantly strengthen’ before striking near the Texas-Louisiana border.
Landfall will likely occur near the Louisiana-Texas border around 1pm CT (2pm ET).
Meteorologists warned that communities in its path face a life-threatening storm surge, torrential rain, flash flooding and the threat of tornadoes.
Yes, this is definitely a life-threatening storm. If you live in that area, please take it very seriously.
It is expected to dump an enormous amount of rain in the Gulf region, and the flash flooding that it creates could catch a lot of people by surprise.
Sadly, the sudden flooding that just occurred in the Grand Canyon area caused at least two deaths…
It’s a breathtaking refuge unlike any other: a remote enclave tucked at the bottom of Arizona’s Grand Canyon, nestled between towering cliffs. Suddenly, those majestic slopes turned into raging waterfalls.
With little to no warning, hikers and campers near Bright Angel Canyon and the Phantom Ranch lodging area started running for their lives Saturday as torrential rainfall funneled down the canyon and idyllic creeks morphed into violent torrents.
At least two people were killed and one person remains unaccounted for after flash flooding washed out footbridges and campgrounds on the canyon floor. Many more were imperiled by muddy water racing through the narrow ravines, sparking frantic rescue missions for dozens.
We have been experiencing so many extremely violent storms in 2026.
What we are witnessing is not normal.
Speaking of not normal, Mount Sinabung in Indonesia just sent a column of volcanic ash 11,500 feet into the air…
The U.S. Embassy in Indonesia has issued a natural disaster alert after renewed volcanic activity at Mount Sinabung, as Indonesian authorities warn that further eruptions are possible in a region that includes popular tourist destinations.
The embassy issued its Natural Disaster Alert on September 1, a day after Mount Sinabung erupted in Karo Regency, North Sumatra, sending a thick column of ash about 3,500 meters, roughly 11,500 feet, above its summit. There have been no immediate reports of casualties, evacuations or disruptions to flights in the region.
Indonesia’s Geological Agency said visual and instrumental monitoring showed increased volcanic activity and warned that the August 31 event was an “initial eruption,” meaning a larger eruption could follow. It raised Mount Sinabung’s alert level from II to Level III, or Siaga, the second-highest level in the country’s four-tier system, effective as of Monday afternoon.
Volcanoes are roaring to life all over the planet, and there have been so many major earthquakes this summer. But most of the experts continue to insist that this is just temporary and that conditions will soon return to normal. Of course my perspective is that much more chaos is ahead of us. So many of the things that I warned about years ahead of time are now playing out right in front of our eyes.
Now we will watch Tropical Storm Marie.
If it becomes a hurricane and it actually slams into Southern California, that will be a truly historic event.
Is There A Possibility That A Hurricane Could Make Landfall In Southern California Next Week?
Last week, we were closely watching another storm named Karina.
Karina has now developed into a very powerful category 4 hurricane over the eastern Pacific, but the path of the storm is taking it in a westward direction far away from land.
But now Tropical Storm Marie threatens to become the third in a historic trio of hurricanes in the eastern Pacific…
The eastern Pacific is doing something remarkable. By the end of this week, three hurricanes could be active at the same time, an extraordinary burst of tropical activity being driven by a historically strong El Niño and very warm ocean temperatures.
Hurricane Karina rapidly intensified into a Category 4 major hurricane over the weekend, over 1000 miles west of Baja, California. Tropical Storm Lowell is expected to reach hurricane strength as early as Monday night and could move toward Hawaii.
According to the National Hurricane Center, Tropical Storm Marie is expected to turn into Hurricane Marie soon.
And the San Francisco Chronicle is admitting that “some forecast models” are projecting that the storm could end up “slowly moving northward into southern California next Monday”…
At least some forecast models showed that storm intensifying into a hurricane over the weekend and then slowly moving northward into southern California next Monday.
Wow.
I want to emphasize that this is far from certain.
But it could happen.
Thanks to the Super El Niño of 2026, water temperatures off the coast of Southern California are much warmer than normal right now…
The storm potential is fueled by a “super” El Niño brewing in the Pacific Ocean. The climate pattern creates warmer ocean temperatures in the Eastern Pacific. The El Niño is currently causing a marine heat wave. Southern California is currently seeing sea surface temperatures 5 to 10 degrees above normal for this time of year, NWS data shows. According to the latest reports, ocean temperatures are at 74 to 76 degrees across Los Angeles County beaches.
Water temperatures near Los Angeles aren’t supposed to be that high.
But skeptics are pointing out that they still aren’t high enough to sustain a tropical storm or a hurricane…
Tropical storms and hurricanes need ocean water temperatures to be at least 80 degrees Fahrenheit (26.5 degrees Celsius) to maintain tropical storm strength and 82 F (28 C) to intensify.
Ocean temperatures are not at those levels off the coast of California.
So we shall see what happens.
As I covered on Friday, if a hurricane actually makes landfall in California it will have enormous implications. But we are being assured that it probably won’t happen.
Only one tropical storm has made landfall in California. That was in 1939. And no hurricane has ever made landfall in the entire history of the state.
In 2023, Hurricane Hilary approached California, but it was no longer a named storm once it reached land. However, it did cause an immense amount of damage…
Although L.A. was spared a direct hit from Hilary, it did cause around $900 million in damage in the U.S. and at least $14 million in damage in Baja California Sur (there were no estimates for Baja California). There were two deaths in Baja California — two people who drowned after their vehicles were swept away by floodwaters — and a woman in California presumed dead after her mobile home was washed away in flooding along the Santa Ana River in San Bernardino County.
Elsewhere, Tropical Storm Edouard is rapidly strengthening and is poised to make landfall near the Louisiana-Texas border…
The National Hurricane Center (NHC) warned that Edouard is ‘poised to significantly strengthen’ before striking near the Texas-Louisiana border.
Landfall will likely occur near the Louisiana-Texas border around 1pm CT (2pm ET).
Meteorologists warned that communities in its path face a life-threatening storm surge, torrential rain, flash flooding and the threat of tornadoes.
Yes, this is definitely a life-threatening storm. If you live in that area, please take it very seriously.
It is expected to dump an enormous amount of rain in the Gulf region, and the flash flooding that it creates could catch a lot of people by surprise.
Sadly, the sudden flooding that just occurred in the Grand Canyon area caused at least two deaths…
It’s a breathtaking refuge unlike any other: a remote enclave tucked at the bottom of Arizona’s Grand Canyon, nestled between towering cliffs. Suddenly, those majestic slopes turned into raging waterfalls.
With little to no warning, hikers and campers near Bright Angel Canyon and the Phantom Ranch lodging area started running for their lives Saturday as torrential rainfall funneled down the canyon and idyllic creeks morphed into violent torrents.
At least two people were killed and one person remains unaccounted for after flash flooding washed out footbridges and campgrounds on the canyon floor. Many more were imperiled by muddy water racing through the narrow ravines, sparking frantic rescue missions for dozens.
We have been experiencing so many extremely violent storms in 2026.
What we are witnessing is not normal.
Speaking of not normal, Mount Sinabung in Indonesia just sent a column of volcanic ash 11,500 feet into the air…
The U.S. Embassy in Indonesia has issued a natural disaster alert after renewed volcanic activity at Mount Sinabung, as Indonesian authorities warn that further eruptions are possible in a region that includes popular tourist destinations.
The embassy issued its Natural Disaster Alert on September 1, a day after Mount Sinabung erupted in Karo Regency, North Sumatra, sending a thick column of ash about 3,500 meters, roughly 11,500 feet, above its summit. There have been no immediate reports of casualties, evacuations or disruptions to flights in the region.
Indonesia’s Geological Agency said visual and instrumental monitoring showed increased volcanic activity and warned that the August 31 event was an “initial eruption,” meaning a larger eruption could follow. It raised Mount Sinabung’s alert level from II to Level III, or Siaga, the second-highest level in the country’s four-tier system, effective as of Monday afternoon.
Volcanoes are roaring to life all over the planet, and there have been so many major earthquakes this summer. But most of the experts continue to insist that this is just temporary and that conditions will soon return to normal.
Of course my perspective is that much more chaos is ahead of us.
So many of the things that I warned about years ahead of time are now playing out right in front of our eyes. Now we will watch Tropical Storm Marie.
If it becomes a hurricane and it actually slams into Southern California, that will be a truly historic event.
THE MONTAUK PROJECT — THE UNDERGROUND MACHINE THAT OPENED A DOOR IN TIME
At the eastern edge of Long Island stands Camp Hero, an abandoned military installation built to watch the Atlantic.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The public was told its radar towers protected New York from enemy aircraft during the Cold War. But beneath the sealed bunkers, behind concrete doors welded shut from the inside, another operation was allegedly taking place.
Survivors called it the Montauk Project—a continuation of the experiments that began with the Philadelphia Experiment. Its purpose was not conventional defense. It was the weaponization of memory, consciousness, and time itself. The radar dish above ground was only the antenna. The real machine was buried below it.
At the center of the underground complex stood a device known as the Montauk Chair. A selected operator would sit inside a network of electromagnetic coils while the facility’s radar amplified his thoughts. Images formed in the mind could allegedly be projected into physical reality. Rooms appeared where no rooms had existed. Objects moved without contact.
People reported seeing creatures assembled from subconscious fear. But the project directors wanted something more valuable than hallucinations. By focusing the operator on a specific date, frequency, and location, they believed the Chair could create a stable opening into another point in time—a tunnel through reality controlled by human thought.
The experiments reportedly escalated after technicians discovered that children produced stronger and less predictable signals than trained adults. Missing youths were allegedly transported into the lower levels, stripped of their identities, and subjected to trauma-based conditioning designed to fracture the mind into programmable sections. Some were used as “psychic amplifiers.”
Others were sent through the opening to describe what existed beyond it. Most returned with incomplete memories. A few returned speaking languages they had never learned. One subject reportedly came back carrying soil containing plant material that did not match any recorded species on Earth. The sample vanished. His medical file ended with two words: TIMELINE CONTAMINATION.
The “Alliance” narrative claims the Montauk program ended when the final experiment escaped the control of its operators. On August 12, 1983, the Chair was synchronized with another classified device operating decades earlier. The two signals connected—and something crossed through. Witnesses described alarms, collapsing corridors, and a massive shadow moving inside the underground chamber. Power was cut.
The entrances were filled with concrete. Personnel records disappeared overnight. But recent ground scans allegedly show electrical activity beneath Camp Hero, even though the facility has been disconnected for years. The last intercepted signal did not originate from the base. It came from forty years in the future and repeated a single warning: DO NOT OPEN THE SECOND DOOR.
CODE: MONTAUK-CHAIR / CAMP-HERO / TIME-TUNNEL / SECOND-DOOR
They told you the radar station was abandoned when the Cold War ended. They lied to hide the fact that the experiment beneath it never stopped—it only moved outside our time.
Some doors are locked to keep us out. Others are locked because something on the other side remembers the way back.
PROJECT SERPO — THE TWELVE HUMANS WHO LEFT EARTH AND THE ONE WHO CAME BACK WRONG
In 1965, twelve American military specialists allegedly disappeared from every public record on the same night. Their bank accounts were closed. Their service files were sealed.
Their families received carefully prepared explanations involving accidents, transfers, and classified overseas assignments. But none of them had been sent overseas. According to a hidden archive known as Project Serpo, the twelve were transported to a planet orbiting Zeta Reticuli as part of the first human exchange program with a non-terrestrial civilization.
The mission was scheduled to last ten years. The team carried medical supplies, scientific instruments, weapons, and enough classified equipment to document a world no human being was supposed to know existed.
The journey reportedly took nine months inside a craft that produced no sensation of movement. The crew described losing track of time, suffering disorientation, and watching the stars outside remain completely still. When they arrived, Serpo was not the paradise promised during the briefings. The planet orbited two suns. Its days were longer, its gravity was heavier, and its radiation slowly damaged the human body. The local beings lived inside windowless structures connected by underground passages.
They answered questions about technology but refused to explain the origin of the human species. One team member died after entering a restricted chamber. Another disappeared during an expedition beyond the settlement. The official mission log recorded both incidents as environmental accidents. A private entry contained a different warning: THEY ARE NOT THE FIRST ONES HERE.
As the years passed, the team discovered sealed ruins beneath the alien settlement—far older than the civilization hosting them. Inside were carvings of human figures surrounded by symbols matching those found in ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, and pre-Columbian America. The expedition leader concluded that Serpo had not recently discovered Earth.
It had been monitoring humanity for thousands of years. The exchange program was not first contact. It was the continuation of an agreement whose original human signatories had vanished from history. When the return craft was finally prepared, only eight members chose to leave. Two remained voluntarily. Two others were no longer medically cleared to return. The files do not explain what that classification meant.
The “Alliance” narrative claims seven team members reached Earth in 1978. Their bodies showed severe radiation damage, unusual cellular changes, and biological aging inconsistent with the mission timeline. The eighth passenger was isolated before landing and transferred to a facility that did not appear on the recovery manifest.
According to the final medical report, he possessed the memories, fingerprints, and voice of the missing officer—but his blood contained structures that reorganized whenever exposed to radio frequencies. During interrogation, he refused to answer questions about Serpo. He asked only whether the second team had already departed. Project command denied that another mission existed. Then investigators opened the sealed launch records. A second exchange group had left Earth six years earlier. No human authority had approved it.
CODE: PROJECT-SERPO / ZETA-RETICULI / EXCHANGE-TEAM / SECOND-MISSION
They told the families that twelve men had died serving their country. They lied to hide the fact that some of them were still serving—just no longer on Earth.
The first mission was sent to study another world. The second was sent because something on that world had already studied us.
THE DULCE BASE — THE SEVENTH LEVEL THAT DOES NOT APPEAR ON ANY BLUEPRINT
Beneath Archuleta Mesa, near the small town of Dulce, New Mexico, there is said to be an underground facility whose entrances were designed to look like natural fractures in the mountain.
The surface appears empty—rock, dust, radio silence. But local witnesses have described lights descending behind the mesa, military aircraft flying without identification, and deep vibrations rising from the ground long after midnight. The official maps show no major installation beneath the area.
The classified diagrams allegedly show seven levels connected by high-speed elevators, sealed transit tunnels, and a subterranean rail line extending toward other black facilities across the American Southwest. The first six levels were built to conceal the project. The seventh was built to conceal what the project had become.
The upper levels allegedly contained laboratories for advanced propulsion, surveillance, and biological research. Personnel entered through security zones marked by color and symbol rather than name. Each descent required a higher clearance, a new medical scan, and a psychological evaluation.
On Level Four, scientists reportedly studied recovered materials that reacted to human thought. On Level Five, genetic samples were catalogued inside chambers kept colder than any ordinary laboratory required. Level Six housed subjects whose files contained no birthplace, no nationality, and no recognized blood type. But the elevators approaching Level Seven had no internal controls. Once the doors closed, the passenger no longer decided where they stopped.
According to the hidden narrative, Level Seven was known as NIGHTMARE HALL. It contained rows of sealed tanks holding failed biological forms—human tissue fused with structures that did not belong to terrestrial life. Some subjects appeared unconscious. Others followed movement outside the glass. The project was supposedly created through an agreement: advanced technology in exchange for permission to conduct limited experiments.
But the limits were ignored. Missing civilians, unregistered children, and military personnel officially declared dead were allegedly transferred into the program. When security teams discovered how far the operation had expanded, a firefight erupted beneath the mesa. Sixty-six personnel entered the lower levels. Only nineteen returned. Their final report was sealed under a classification that did not officially exist.
The “Alliance” narrative claims the base was later abandoned and its deepest tunnels collapsed. But recent seismic readings allegedly show a repeating pattern beneath Archuleta Mesa—three pulses, a pause, then seven more. The sequence matches an emergency code found inside the testimony of a surviving security officer. It does not mean evacuation. It means containment failure.
A reconnaissance team reportedly entered through an old ventilation shaft and reached the elevator leading downward. The doors were already open. The corridor beyond them had no lights, yet something inside was casting shadows toward the entrance. On the wall, written from the other side of the sealed zone, were five words: LEVEL SEVEN IS ABOVE YOU NOW.
CODE: DULCE-BASE / NIGHTMARE-HALL / LEVEL-SEVEN / CONTAINMENT-FAILURE
They told you there was nothing beneath the mesa. They lied to hide the fact that the deepest level was never a laboratory—it was an entrance.
The facility was not abandoned because the experiment failed. It was abandoned because the experiment learned how to leave.
CONFIRMED — THEY JUST BUILT “TEACHER CELLS” THAT TRAIN YOUR BODY TO HUNT CANCER
CHEMO WAS NEVER SUPPOSED TO SURVIVE THIS
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Today, researchers published something that changes everything we know about fighting cancer.
They grew immune cells in a laboratory. Not to attack cancer directly. To TEACH your own T-cells how to find it.
They call them “teacher cells.”
Here is how it works:
They take pieces of a patient’s tumor. They extract the mutation signatures. Then they grow special immune cells in the lab that carry one single instruction:
Show the body’s T-cells exactly what the cancer looks like. Then let the body do the rest.
No chemotherapy. No radiation. No poisoning the entire body to kill one disease.
The immune system does the work itself — because it was finally given the instructions it needed.
In the lab, T-cells that had never encountered the tumor learned to recognize it. To hunt it. To destroy it.
Now think about what this actually means.
For decades, the MedBed community has described a technology that scans the body, identifies the disease, and instructs the body to heal itself.
This is not a machine. It is a laboratory procedure.
But the principle is identical:
SCAN → IDENTIFY → INSTRUCT → HEAL.
They are not calling it a MedBed. They are calling it “adoptive cell transfer.”
But the result is the same.
The body already knows how to destroy cancer. It just needed someone to show it where to look.
And the chemotherapy industry knows it.
Blue States Keep Putting Violent Criminals Back Into The Streets And Our Entire Society Suffers The Consequences
In the old days, a criminal that had committed an extremely violent crime would go to prison and stay there. That made society safer, and it deterred others that were thinking of doing the same thing. But now in many areas of the country things are completely different. Way too often, violent criminals with very long arrest records are put back into the streets over and over again. Of course what happens next is entirely predictable. Lots of extremely violent crimes are being committed by hardened thugs that have committed extremely violent crimes before. This is occurring far more frequently in blue states than it is in red states. Unfortunately, those that are in positions of power in our blue states never seem to see the error of their ways.
Earlier today, I came across a story that really upset me…
An Oregon leftist who wrote a manifesto, built Molotov cocktails, ordered an AR-15, and planned to stalk ICE agents home, murder them, and take their heads as trophies is going back into society.
Rayden Tanner Coleman, 19, of Columbia City, Oregon, pleaded guilty Tuesday to two counts of unlawful manufacture of a destructive device.
As part of the sweetheart agreement, prosecutors dismissed 13 other charges, including attempted first-degree domestic terrorism, second-degree domestic terrorism, attempted assault, and several destructive-device offenses.
If he had been convicted of all the charges, he would have been in prison for a really, really long time.
But instead he got an absolutely absurd sweetheart deal that includes no time in prison except for time that he has already served…
Coleman must continue receiving mental-health treatment, undergo evaluations, surrender the weapons seized by authorities, and pay $550 in fines and fees.
Judge Michael T. Clarke sentenced him to 36 months of supervised probation and 75 days in jail with credit for time already served. That means zero additional days behind bars.
That’s it.
He gets to walk about scot-free.
He won’t spend one more day behind bars even though authorities had a ton of evidence against him…
Investigators found Coleman in possession of surveillance equipment, tactical axes, military knives, shovels, and homemade explosive devices, including Molotov cocktails, which were located in his vehicle during his arrest. Coleman had also been making payments towards the purchase of an AR-15, according to court documents.
Coleman allegedly attempted to recruit his roommates to kill ICE agents and detailed his kill plot in a now-deleted manifesto released on the Discord App. “I will actively kill any ICE agents killing or kidnapping civilians,” wrote Coleman, according to a probable cause affidavit. The defendant detailed his intention to create a new country separate from the United States and recruit members to kill ICE.
Do you think that he will just forget about his vendetta against ICE?
No way.
He is probably sitting around with his leftist buddies having a good laugh about this tonight. Once someone starts going down a very dark road, it can be exceedingly difficult to turn your life around without any help. If you doubt this, just consider the mass shooting that we just witnessed in downtown Minneapolis.
Two people are now dead because officials just kept putting the shooter back into the streets. According to Crime Watch Minneapolis, the shooter had a history “of prior drug and domestic arrests”…
Multiple sources have confirmed to Crime Watch that the suspect from the active shooter incident in downtown Minneapolis was Carlton Johnson II, age 35.
Eviction papers were filed against him and all occupants of his unit by Loring Towers in late June.
Court filings indicate Johnson made concerning gun threats to security and others and flashed a gun in his waistband on multiple occasions.
History of prior drug and domestic arrests.
If a criminal keeps committing crimes over and over again, something should be done about it.
We all remember what happened to Iryna Zarutska…
A 23-year-old woman who escaped a war-torn Ukraine and relocated to the U.S. was killed during a vicious attack while she sat on a train in North Carolina.
Video circling online appears to show the moments Iryna Zarutska boarded the train before she was stabbed to death on August 22.
Soon after, the man sitting behind her pulled out what appeared to be a pocket knife and stabbed her several times.
She would still be alive today if Decarlos Brown, Jr. had been put in prison where he belonged.
When he killed Zarutska, he was already a repeat offender with 14 prior arrests…
The Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department identified the suspect as 34-year-old Decarlos Brown, Jr., a repeat offender who had 14 prior arrets. Police said Brown was charged with first-degree murder in connection to Zarutska’s death.
That case shocked the entire nation, and it should have resulted in meaningful reform. But it didn’t.
Blue states just continue to open the revolving door for violent criminals.
It appears that things are particular bad in Fairfax County, Virginia…
The Commonwealth’s Attorney’s Office has agreed to the release of another man accused of murder after another accused killer fled the U.S. on a weekend pass from a Fairfax County mental health facility.
Alexander Jahelka was accused of stabbing his 66-year-old father, Kenneth, to death in a Reston apartment in 2021. He was found not guilty by reason of insanity and committed to a mental health institution in Northern Virginia.
According to court records, Jahelka was granted conditional release into the community with agreement from the Commonwealth’s Attorney’s Office on July 16, ten days after Abdulloi Toshpulodzoda left on a one-way flight to Tajikistan.
I lived in northern Virginia when I was high school.
Today, it is completely unrecognizable. Of course the same thing is happening to communities all over this country. Neighborhoods that were once totally safe are now filled with danger.
We shouldn’t have to live this way.
THE SCIENCE OF MANIFESTATION
What We Know, What We Think We Know, and the Mystery That Remains
For thousands of years, spiritual traditions have proposed that consciousness participates in the creation of human experience. Prayer, visualization, intention, meditation, affirmation and ritual appear across cultures separated by enormous distances and periods of history. Modern manifestation teachings—from Neville Goddard and New Thought to contemporary Law of Attraction movements—take the idea further: change consciousness first, they suggest, and external circumstances eventually reorganize around that internal state. Science has not established this stronger proposition. Yet research into expectation, neuroplasticity, placebo effects, visualization, meditation and human performance increasingly demonstrates something important: what happens within consciousness can measurably influence what happens within our lives.
The strongest evidence begins with the brain and behavior rather than metaphysics. Human beings do not experience reality as passive recording devices. Our brains continually interpret incoming information through expectations, previous experiences, beliefs and predictions. Change what someone expects, attends to and believes is possible, and perception and behavior can change with it. A person intensely focused upon creating a business, finding a relationship or improving health may begin noticing information, people and opportunities previously filtered out. Their decisions change; persistence changes; conversations change; other people respond differently. What eventually appears to be “manifestation” may therefore sometimes represent a powerful feedback loop: INTENTION → ATTENTION → EXPECTATION → BEHAVIOR → OPPORTUNITY → OUTCOME.
Visualization provides another piece of the puzzle. Mental rehearsal has been extensively investigated in sports, rehabilitation and motor learning. Imagining an action activates some of the same neural systems involved in physically performing it, although visualization is not a substitute for actual practice. Elite athletes have understood this intuitively for decades: repeatedly rehearse the race, shot, movement or performance before executing it. The manifestation tradition applies essentially the same principle to life itself—construct a sufficiently vivid internal representation of the desired future and begin psychologically inhabiting it before it arrives. Science supports mental rehearsal as a tool capable of affecting subsequent performance; it does not establish that visualization alone causes unrelated external events to materialize.
The placebo effect makes the relationship between belief and physical reality even more fascinating. Expectations can influence pain, symptoms and physiological responses through measurable biological pathways. The reverse phenomenon—the nocebo effect—shows that negative expectations can also contribute to adverse experiences. This does not mean people can simply “think away” serious disease, and manifestation teachings become dangerous when they imply otherwise. But placebo research demolishes the simplistic idea that beliefs are biologically irrelevant. Meaning, expectation and physiology interact. Consciousness may not possess unlimited control over the body, but the boundary between mental experience and physical response is considerably more dynamic than people once assumed.
Then we reach the controversial frontier: Can intention influence something outside the person intending it? Researchers including Dean Radin and earlier investigators at Princeton’s PEAR laboratory have reported small statistical anomalies in experiments examining intention, random systems, presentiment and other purported mind–matter effects. The Global Consciousness Project has similarly investigated whether major events associated with synchronized human attention correspond with departures from randomness in distributed random-number generators. Supporters argue that accumulated statistical results suggest consciousness may possess properties not adequately explained by conventional models. Critics point to methodological choices, small effect sizes, analytical flexibility, replication difficulties and questions about interpreting statistical anomalies. The scientifically responsible conclusion remains: interesting evidence exists, but extraordinary mind–matter manifestation has not been established as scientific fact.
Quantum physics is where manifestation discussions frequently go off the rails. Quantum mechanics genuinely overturned classical assumptions about matter, measurement and predictability at microscopic scales. But statements such as “quantum physics proves thoughts create reality” go far beyond what experiments have demonstrated. The observer effect in quantum mechanics does not establish that human wishes collapse the universe into whichever macroscopic outcome we desire. Nevertheless, quantum theory does leave profound philosophical questions concerning measurement, information and the nature of physical reality. Those questions deserve investigation without converting unresolved physics into evidence for whichever spiritual proposition we prefer. Mystery should invite investigation—not become permission to declare certainty.
There is also a dimension that Carl Jung described through synchronicity: meaningful coincidences that seem extraordinarily connected despite lacking an obvious causal relationship. Nearly everyone has experienced some version of this—a person suddenly comes to mind moments before calling, an improbable encounter occurs at exactly the necessary moment, or a series of circumstances aligns around an intensely held intention. Conventional explanations include probability, selective attention, confirmation bias and our extraordinary ability to recognize patterns. Those explanations undoubtedly account for many experiences. But whether they account for all of them remains a more interesting question. Synchronicity occupies the borderland where subjective meaning, probability and consciousness meet—and where humility is more useful than either automatic belief or automatic dismissal.
Perhaps the greatest misconception about manifestation is therefore that it means wanting something hard enough until the universe delivers it. The deeper traditions teach something considerably more demanding: transformation of the individual. Neville Goddard emphasized assumption and identity; contemplative traditions emphasize disciplined attention; modern psychology emphasizes beliefs, habits and behavior. Viewed through this lens, manifestation becomes less about commanding reality and more about creating coherence between intention, emotional state, identity and action. You do not merely visualize becoming someone different—you progressively think, decide, behave and relate to the world as that person. The external result is never guaranteed, because reality contains other people, chance, biology and circumstances outside individual control. But the probability landscape of one’s life can change substantially.
The mystery that remains is whether this conventional explanation represents the entire mechanism. Does consciousness merely change the person, who subsequently changes their circumstances? Or does consciousness possess properties capable of interacting with information, probability or physical systems in ways science has not yet adequately characterized? At present, we cannot responsibly claim to know. And perhaps that uncertainty is precisely where the next frontier begins. The most productive position is neither unquestioning belief nor reflexive skepticism, but disciplined openness: practice intention, visualization, gratitude, meditation and coherent action where they demonstrably improve human functioning, while continuing to investigate extraordinary claims with equally extraordinary standards of evidence. What we know is that consciousness changes us. What we do not yet know is whether consciousness can also change reality in ways extending beyond us—and that may be one of the most important mysteries still waiting to be explored.
Hordes Of Liberal Women Are Going To Go Completely And Totally Nuts If Lindsay Clancy Is Found Guilty
The Lindsay Clancy murder trial has become a culture war phenomenon. It has been one of the hottest topics on social media for weeks, and now everyone is waiting for the verdict. Even though there are so many things of extraordinary importance that are happening in our world right now, much of the population is absolutely fixated on this case. This is particularly true for one particular demographic. Large numbers of liberal women have become obsessed with Lindsay Clancy, and they have been following this trial with a passion. If Lindsay Clancy is ultimately found guilty, those women will go completely and totally nuts.
After a third day of deliberations, a lot of us were shocked when the jury was still unable to come to a verdict and was dismissed until Tuesday morning…
The jury weighing Lindsay Clancy’s fate asked to go home for the evening and has been dismissed until Tuesday morning, ending another day of deliberations without a verdict.
The panel of nine women and three men, led by a female foreperson, must decide whether Clancy was criminally responsible when she strangled her three children, or whether, as the defense argues, she was in the grip of postpartum psychosis and could not appreciate the wrongfulness of her actions or conform her conduct to the law. Prosecutors contend she knew right from wrong and acted deliberately.
Jurors may find Clancy guilty of first-degree murder, second-degree murder or manslaughter, acquit her, or find her not guilty by reason of lack of criminal responsibility.
I think that it is pretty obvious that the jury is deadlocked. On Monday, two of the female jurors were wearing pink.
Of course wearing pink has become a way for liberal women all over the country to demonstrate that they support Lindsay Clancy. So that is really bad news for the prosecution.
The stakes are incredibly high, because if Clancy is found guilty she will go to prison for a very long time, but if she is found not criminally responsible she will continue to remain at Tewksbury State Hospital…
If Clancy is convicted of first-degree murder, second-degree murder, or manslaughter, she will go to prison.
If the jury finds she is not criminally responsible, Clancy will be required to continue her stay at Tewksbury State Hospital, where her case will be reviewed periodically.
Everyone agrees that she killed her three kids. The question is whether she understood what she was doing or not.
To me, the answer is obvious.
Prior to the murders, Lindsay Clancy conducted numerous web searches that clearly indicated what was on her mind…
Yeah, she definitely planned this in advance.
And when the day arrived, Lindsay Clancy “took each child to the basement and strangled them individually”…
The prosecutors called forensic psychiatrist Dr. Gregory Saathoff, who said Clancy took each child to the basement and strangled them individually. Clancy told doctors she felt like a puppet while she did it. Saathoff had an answer for that: “Children are not puppets.”
“You know, just like adults, children have a will to survive – a strong, strong will to survive. I think it’s just part of being human,” Saathoff said. “I mean, they … are active. They can walk. They can run.”
We are talking about evil on an unspeakable level.
She knew that her husband would try to stop her, and so she sent him out to run some errands…
I have no idea how anyone could possibly want to defend someone like that.
Sadly, we live at a time when murderers can become cultural heroes to those on the left.
Over the past several weeks, there have been countless videos circulating on social media where women have been sharing slogans such as “I am Lindsay Clancy” and “Same, Lindsay”…
On TikTok and Instagram, hundreds, if not thousands, of women are empathizing with or rallying around Clancy: from making statements like “I am Lindsay Clancy,” to posting videos of them holding their own children saying, “Same, Lindsay,” to show that they, too, commiserate, presumably, with the desire to kill their children.
We are not just talking about a handful of women on the fringes of society.
This has been happening in large numbers.
When a woman shares the slogan “Same, Lindsay” on social media, that suggests that she has thought about doing the same thing that Lindsay Clancy did…
Throughout the trial, huge crowds of Lindsay Clancy fans showed up to support her every day.
And over 31,000 liberal women have actually given money to a support fund for Lindsay Clancy. To date, that fund has now raised more than a million dollars…
Viral videos show large crowds of women rallying for Lindsay Clancy, with more than 31,000 now contributing more than $1 million to support a woman who methodically researched, planned, and then murdered her three children.
Making Lindsay Clancy into some sort of a folk hero doesn’t make any sense at all. But somehow it happened. And it is inevitable that there will be copycats.
In fact, during the trial a 22-year-old mother in North Dakota took a knife and cut the throats of her three children…
A 22-year-old Mandan, North Dakota mother is behind bars after police say she used a kitchen knife to cut the throats of her three young children on August 6. Two are dead. One survived. She told their father to “say goodbye to your kids” on video while holding a pistol at her hip.
Kailey Renae Erhart, 22, faces two counts of murder, attempted murder, aggravated assault, terrorizing, and domestic violence. Bond was set at $3 million cash. A judge cited the “extreme violence” and threat to the community, according to Law and Crime.
Her five-month-old and three-year-old children died from their injuries. Her one-year-old son survived after undergoing extensive surgery and is expected to make a full physical recovery.
I think that we are in far more trouble as a society than most people realize.
If Lindsay Clancy is found guilty, liberal women all over America will have an epic meltdown. But I don’t think that is going to happen, because it appears that at least a couple of Lindsay Clancy supporters are on the jury.
Sadly, it appears that there are supporters of Lindsay Clancy virtually everywhere. And that is one of the most alarming things about this case.
It is easy to lock up a single lunatic, but what can we do when there are vast hordes of them running around all over the place?
KEEPERS OF THE LIGHT
Faith Through the Storm
Resilience • Humanity • Courage • Awakening • Hope • Inner Strength
“There are many of us now who, despite the darkness, continue relentlessly to shine our light. We are better for it. We are stronger because of it. And perhaps we are becoming more beautiful in our humanness than ever before.”
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
The last several years have felt like an extraordinary passage through uncertainty, disruption and change. For many of us, the emotional range alone has been remarkable—hope and disappointment, confidence and doubt, connection and isolation, accomplishment and exhaustion sometimes arriving within days of one another. We have been challenged not simply by what is happening around us, but by what those experiences have revealed within us.
There are moments when it seems as though life itself has accelerated. Information arrives faster. Events overlap. Technology changes almost by the week. Political, economic and cultural narratives shift before we have completely processed the previous ones. Whether time itself is accelerating or our experience of change has simply intensified, the psychological effect can feel very real: more experiences, more decisions and more emotions compressed into shorter periods of time.
And so we ride the roller coaster. One day we feel strong; the next, exhausted. One morning the future appears filled with possibility; by evening the same world can seem uncertain and troubled. There are days when victory feels close enough to touch and others when the destination appears thousands of miles away. We can feel appreciated and forgotten, accomplished and defeated, completely certain and full of questions—sometimes all within the same week.
Perhaps one of the deepest lessons of this period is that awakening does not mean escaping those contradictions. It means learning how to remain centered while moving through them. Strength is not the absence of fear, grief, uncertainty or fatigue. Strength is developing the capacity to experience those emotions without allowing any single moment to define who we are or determine what tomorrow must become.
For me, the constant beneath all of this is faith. Faith in our Creator. Faith in humanity. Faith in ourselves and in the possibility that something meaningful can emerge from even the most difficult periods of transformation. Faith does not require us to know exactly what will happen next. It allows us to continue walking when the entire road has not yet become visible.
That faith becomes the fuel for our light. And light, in this sense, does not require grand gestures or perfect spiritual understanding. It appears whenever someone chooses compassion instead of cruelty, courage instead of surrender, truth instead of convenient deception, service instead of selfishness, or hope instead of despair. Every person who remains thoughtful, loving and grounded during difficult times becomes a small point of stability for everyone around them. Enough points of light eventually become a network.
This may ultimately be one of the most important dimensions of the awakening journey: realizing that changing the world and changing ourselves were never entirely separate projects. The outer turbulence forces us inward, where we confront our fears, assumptions, wounds, attachments and beliefs. We begin asking different questions—not simply What is happening? but Who am I becoming because of what is happening?
There will still be difficult days. There will be moments when we question the path, when progress appears to reverse and when the darkness seems louder than the light. But temporary darkness does not erase everything we have learned, and uncertainty does not invalidate the journey. Sometimes the most important evidence of transformation is simply that we respond differently than we once would have.
Humanity’s greatest strength has never been that we avoid hardship. It is that human beings repeatedly discover ways to create meaning, community, beauty, love and renewal within it. Every generation encounters moments when the future appears uncertain; what matters is what people choose to carry forward when they pass through those moments.
So we continue. Not because we possess every answer, but because we still believe there is something worth building, protecting and becoming. We keep learning. We keep serving. We keep loving. And when someone else’s light becomes faint, we carry a little more until they can carry it again.
Faith fuels the light. The light reveals the path. And step by step, we find our way forward together.
“We once were lost, but now we are finding our way. We once struggled to see, but now our eyes are opening. The darkness may still surround us—but it no longer determines the direction we travel.”
WHO OWNS HAWAII?
Billionaire Land, Housing Pressure & the Battle for the Islands
37 Billionaires • 218,000+ Acres • 11% of Private Land • Housing • Culture • Access • ʻĀina
“In Hawaii, land is more than real estate. It is home, history, culture, food, water and identity. The question is no longer simply who can afford to buy it—but who will still be able to live there.”
Something extraordinary has been happening across Hawaii, and one of the headline numbers is real. A major Forbes investigation of property records found that 37 billionaires controlled at least 218,000 acres—5.3% of Hawaii’s total land and 11.1% of its non-government-owned land, based on ownership records through December 2023. The investigation noted that the actual figure could be higher because some properties are held through corporations, trusts and LLCs that can make beneficial ownership harder to trace.
The names illustrate just how concentrated some holdings have become. Oracle cofounder Larry Ellison controls nearly all of Lānaʻi, while Oprah Winfrey has accumulated thousands of acres on Maui and other wealthy owners have established major estates across the islands. Mark Zuckerberg’s Kauaʻi holdings have expanded substantially since the original Forbes investigation; Wired reported in 2025 that another 962-acre acquisition increased his holdings to more than 2,300 acres, while more recent reporting places his Koʻolau Ranch footprint even higher.
Some of these properties are far removed from the conventional image of a vacation home. Zuckerberg’s Kauaʻi compound has drawn attention for its scale, privacy infrastructure and a reported underground shelter. Meanwhile, Ellison’s control of roughly 98% of Lānaʻi represents something much larger: one private owner possessing most of the developable land on an inhabited Hawaiian island. These examples inevitably raise questions about how concentrated private ownership can influence development, conservation, housing, infrastructure and community life.
But an important distinction needs to be made. It would be too simplistic to say that billionaires alone caused Hawaii’s affordability crisis or that one wealthy neighbor automatically causes nearby families’ property taxes to double. Hawaii’s housing problems involve decades of limited housing supply, high construction and labor costs, land-use restrictions, geographic constraints, investment demand, tourism, interest rates and broader economic pressures. Yet the state’s own housing research underscores the severity of the problem: Hawaii is the only state where the average mortgage costs more than half of median income, while Native Hawaiian households face particularly significant affordability challenges.
The deeper story is therefore land concentration. A 2025 Hawaii state economic report found that private owners holding at least 1,000 acres collectively account for 33.2% of the state’s entire acreage. The concentration varies dramatically by island: large private owners account for approximately 29.3% of Oʻahu, 38.6% of Maui, 39.2% of Kauaʻi and 58.9% of Molokaʻi, while Lānaʻi remains the extraordinary outlier. Billionaire ownership is therefore part of a much older Hawaiian land-concentration story rather than an entirely new phenomenon.
For Native Hawaiians, this debate carries an even deeper historical and cultural dimension. The Department of Hawaiian Home Lands administers lands originally set aside under the Hawaiian Homes Commission Act for Native Hawaiian homesteading, yet housing access and long waiting periods remain persistent concerns. Hawaii state materials have documented disproportionately high housing burdens among Native Hawaiians and noted that more Native Hawaiians now live on the continental United States than in Hawaii—a striking measure of the economic pressures affecting the ability of families to remain in the islands.
There is another side that deserves acknowledgment. Large private ownership does not automatically mean harmful development: billionaire landowners have funded conservation, philanthropy, affordable housing and environmental projects. Marc Benioff and his wife, for example, donated hundreds of acres for affordable housing, while some large estates preserve agricultural or undeveloped land. The legitimate public-policy question is therefore not whether wealthy people should be permitted to own property, but how Hawaii balances private property rights with housing affordability, environmental stewardship, cultural preservation and the long-term survival of local communities.
And this is where the Hawaii story becomes larger than Hawaii. Across America, farmland, ranchland and strategically valuable real estate are increasingly attractive stores of wealth for ultra-high-net-worth investors—a trend raising concerns that ordinary farmers and families may find themselves competing against capital they cannot possibly match. For Hawaii, where usable land is inherently finite, that competition carries unusual consequences. The central question is not simply “Who owns Hawaii?” It is whether one of America’s most culturally distinctive places can remain economically accessible to the people whose families, communities and traditions give the islands their identity.
GAR SIGNAL: When land becomes a global investment asset while local incomes remain tied to a local economy, ownership can gradually separate from community. Hawaii may be one of America’s clearest laboratories for what happens when extraordinary global wealth meets an extraordinarily limited supply of land.
THEY TOLD YOU TO WATCH THE BANKS
Wrong: Watch the rails underneath them.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
August 24, 2026. While most of America was watching headlines, the U.S. Treasury announced something with far bigger implications than its quiet rollout suggested: a Quantum-Readiness Task Force focused on preparing the financial sector for the transition toward post-quantum cryptography.
Read that again.
The Treasury isn’t talking about science fiction. It is talking about protecting the infrastructure beneath America’s financial system — financial institutions, payment systems, digital assets, cryptographic standards and the networks responsible for moving and securing money.
Now connect another date:
07.14.25 — Fedwire completed its migration to ISO 20022.
Fedwire isn’t some experimental payment app. It is one of the core settlement systems used by financial institutions to move enormous amounts of money across the United States.
ISO 20022 changed the language traveling across those rails.
Then came:
08.24.26 — QUANTUM READINESS.
Different announcement. Different technology. Same infrastructure.
Coincidence?
Maybe.
But this is where people keep making the same mistake. They are waiting for someone to walk to a podium and announce that the old financial architecture has ended and a completely new system has begun.
That isn’t how infrastructure transitions happen.
The rails are upgraded first.
ISO 20022.
Digital asset frameworks.
Cryptographic migration.
Quantum-resistant security.
Payment-system modernization.
Piece by piece.
The public sees separate technical announcements. Those watching the architecture see something else: the financial system is being prepared for a world that will operate very differently from the one built around legacy banking technology.
And there is another detail.
Quantum computers powerful enough to break today’s major public-key cryptography do not need to exist publicly tomorrow for governments to prepare today. Sensitive encrypted information can be collected now and potentially decrypted later. That is why migration toward post-quantum security has become a strategic issue.
So ask yourself:
Why are the language of money and the security protecting that money being upgraded during the same era?
ISO // 20022
PQC // MIGRATION
DIGITAL ASSETS // FRAMEWORK
QUANTUM // READINESS
Four pieces.
One architecture.
24 → 14 → 11, Q-24 // RAILS
Remember those numbers.
Some of you call the destination QFS.
Some are waiting for Tier 4B.
Others are watching for one historic monetary announcement.
I’m telling you to stop staring at the destination.
Watch what is being built underneath it. Because when a new train finally arrives, the most important work happened long before anyone saw it at the station. And there is still one piece missing from this sequence.
I know where to look.
Not yet.
Watch the rails.
THE NUMBER HIT $4,589. THE BANKERS DID NOT BLINK. THEY WERE WAITING FOR IT
On August 27, 2026, gold crossed $4,589 per ounce. One year ago it was $3,400. In January it touched $5,595. The financial channels called it a “rally.” They called it “inflation.” They called it “uncertainty.”
I call it a transfer.
Because here is what they did not tell you.
The same week gold crossed $4,589, the U.S. national debt crossed $40 trillion. Five months earlier it was $39 trillion. In 2021 it was $28.4 trillion. Eleven and a half trillion dollars in under five years. The interest alone now exceeds the defense budget.
And while the public watched the debt clock, the central banks bought 288.9 tonnes of gold in the second quarter of 2026. The strongest second quarter in recorded history. Up 62% from last year.
They are not buying gold as an investment. They are buying gold as insurance. Insurance against the system they built.
I have been told by a contact inside the Bank for International Settlements that the gold is not going into vaults in London or New York. It is going into Basel-approved vaults in undisclosed locations. The same vaults that will hold the asset-backed currencies when the transition happens.
The Quantum-Readiness Task Force was announced on August 24, 2026. Fedwire migrated to ISO 20022 on July 14, 2025. The rails are being upgraded. The language of money is being rewritten. The security is being hardened.
SEPTEMBER 15. The date the first public redemption window opens. Not for the banks. For Tier 4B. The people who held the currency the banks called worthless. The people who waited while the bankers accumulated.
The gold was never the investment. It was the collateral. The collateral for the system that replaces the one that is dying.
CODE: GOLD-4589 / DEBT-40T / BASEL-VAULTS / TIER-4B / SEPTEMBER-15
The rally was never about price. It was about position.
You are not a spectator. You are a holder. Share this until every patriot sees the transfer.
LINCOLN & KENNEDY
THE COINCIDENCES THAT REFUSE TO DISAPPEAR
History • Assassination • Patterns • Probability • Myth • Synchronicity
“History does not always repeat itself—but sometimes the parallels are strange enough to make us look twice.”
For decades, one of America’s most enduring historical curiosities has been the extraordinary list of apparent parallels between Abraham Lincoln and John F. Kennedy. The story has circulated through books, newspapers, chain letters and eventually social media, often ending with the provocative suggestion that “nothing happens by accident.” Some of the similarities are genuinely remarkable. Others have been exaggerated, distorted or invented over decades of retelling.
Start with the strongest coincidences. Lincoln was elected to Congress in 1846; Kennedy was elected to Congress in 1946. Lincoln won the presidency in 1860; Kennedy won it in 1960. Both presidencies became inseparable from America’s struggle over civil rights, although they confronted very different historical circumstances. Both men were assassinated while serving as president, both were shot on a Friday, and both suffered fatal gunshot wounds to the head.
The succession parallel is particularly striking. Lincoln was succeeded by Andrew Johnson, born in 1808; Kennedy was succeeded by Lyndon B. Johnson, born in 1908. Both vice presidents were Southern Democrats named Johnson who inherited the presidency following an assassination exactly a century apart in their birth years. Those details are historically real.
Then come the assassins. John Wilkes Booth and Lee Harvey Oswald are conventionally identified as the men responsible for the two presidential assassinations. Both are routinely referred to by three names, and each full name contains 15 letters when spaces are excluded. Booth shot Lincoln at Ford’s Theatre; Kennedy was riding in a Lincoln Continental manufactured by Ford Motor Company when he was shot. Both accused assassins also died before they could stand trial—Booth was shot by Union soldiers after a manhunt, while Oswald was shot by Jack Ruby while in police custody.
There are family parallels as well. Both presidential couples experienced the death of a child during the broader period surrounding their rise to national prominence, although the frequently repeated wording that both children died “while living in the White House” isn’t quite correct. Abraham and Mary Lincoln’s son Willie died in the White House in 1862. John and Jacqueline Kennedy’s infant son Patrick died in August 1963, but not in the White House.
And this is where the story begins demonstrating something equally interesting: how genuine coincidences gradually acquire invented ones.
One of the most famous claims says, “Lincoln had a secretary named Kennedy, while Kennedy had a secretary named Lincoln.” Only half is true. Kennedy’s longtime personal secretary really was Evelyn Lincoln. Abraham Lincoln’s principal White House secretaries, however, were John G. Nicolay and John Hay—a fact documented by both the Library of Congress and National Park Service. There is no corresponding presidential secretary named Kennedy.
Another popular version says that shortly before his assassination Lincoln visited Monroe, Maryland, while Kennedy had recently been with Marilyn Monroe. That comparison collapses completely. Marilyn Monroe died in August 1962—more than a year before Kennedy was assassinated in November 1963—and the supposed Lincoln visit does not withstand historical scrutiny.
The famous theater-and-warehouse symmetry is also embellished. Booth certainly shot Lincoln inside Ford’s Theatre, but he did not simply run from the theater to a warehouse; he escaped Washington on horseback and was eventually cornered at a Virginia tobacco barn. Oswald, meanwhile, worked at the Texas School Book Depository, and after Kennedy’s assassination he eventually entered the Texas Theatre, where police arrested him. The underlying theater/building coincidence exists, but the perfectly reversed wording was constructed afterward.
That distinction makes the Lincoln–Kennedy phenomenon more fascinating, not less. We are looking at three different layers operating simultaneously:
DOCUMENTED COINCIDENCE → EMBELLISHED PARALLEL → CREATED MYTH
The human mind is exceptionally good at discovering patterns. Given thousands of biographical facts about two presidents—dates, relatives, elections, offices, cities, associates, vehicles, speeches and circumstances—some unusual alignments become statistically inevitable. Once people discover several impressive examples, confirmation bias encourages them to keep searching for matching facts while ignoring the thousands that do not correspond.
But there is another way to interpret the phenomenon without claiming a hidden mechanism. Carl Jung famously explored the idea of synchronicity—meaningful coincidences that appear connected to the observer even when no conventional causal relationship can be demonstrated. From that perspective, the importance of a coincidence does not necessarily lie in proving that history was engineered. Its importance may lie in what the pattern causes us to examine.
Lincoln and Kennedy certainly occupy remarkably similar symbolic positions in American memory. Both became presidents during periods of profound national division. Both confronted major questions surrounding civil rights and America’s identity. Both were assassinated while still relatively close to the height of their political power. Both deaths immediately transformed political leaders into historical symbols.
GAR ANALYSIS | COINCIDENCE, SYNCHRONICITY OR SOMETHING MORE?
The Lincoln–Kennedy comparison works best when we preserve the coincidences that are actually true instead of weakening them with fabricated ones. There are enough legitimate parallels to make the story compelling without claiming that every viral comparison is historical fact.
Perhaps the deeper mystery isn’t whether some hidden force arranged every date and name. It is why human beings repeatedly discover patterns across history—and why certain patterns become culturally immortal.
THE QUESTION ISN’T WHETHER EVERY LINCOLN–KENNEDY COINCIDENCE IS TRUE.
THE QUESTION IS WHY THE REAL ONES CONTINUE TO FASCINATE US MORE THAN SIXTY YEARS LATER.
GAR SIGNAL: PATTERN → COINCIDENCE → SYNCHRONICITY → INTERPRETATION → DISCERNMENT
History sometimes rhymes spectacularly. The challenge for the truth seeker is knowing when we have discovered the rhyme—and when we have unconsciously written the next verse ourselves.
The Stage Is Set, The Fuse Is Lit, And 3 Global Conflicts Are On The Brink Of Detonation
CODE 🟨 YELLOW / POSSIBLE DISINFORMATION, QUESTIONABLE SOURCES, CONFLICTING REPORTS
We are facing one of the most dangerous chapters in human history. For years, I have been warning about 3 global conflicts which would collectively make up World War III. Unfortunately, the stage has now been set for a polycrisis of epic proportions. The war with Iran threatens to greatly escalate, the continuous bombardment of Kyiv has NATO on high alert, and China has decided to literally surround Taiwan with large numbers of ships. Tensions are running sky high, and events in Europe, the Middle East and Asia could all spiral out of control at any moment.
Last night, fighting in the Middle East erupted once again.
The U.S. conducted airstrikes on Iranian military targets on Larak Island, and in response the Iranians fired off at least 8 ballistic missiles…
On Sunday, the United States struck Iran’s Larak Island after the U.S. observed military personnel preparing to deploy rockets loaded with sea mines into the Strait of Hormuz.
Iranian state media said the attack killed and wounded several Iranian soldiers and civilians, and the country vowed to answer.
In response, Iran fired at least eight ballistic missiles toward U.S. forces in Jordan, according to Jordan’s armed forces. Trump told Fox News that U.S. forces intercepted all missiles but one, as it wasn’t going to hit anything.
It appears that the Iranian response really angered President Trump.
On Truth Social, he posted a message in which is declared Iran to be “DEAD” and “a Failed Nation”…
Later on Monday, we learned that Trump had told Trey Yingst of Fox News that the U.S. will “hit them hard” in response to the Iranian ballistic missile attack…
US President Donald Trump said the United States would respond to an Iranian missile attack on US forces overnight, according to Fox News correspondent Trey Yingst.
“We’re going to hit them hard,” Trump told Fox News. “There will be a response.”
That would seem to indicate that a large wave of airstrikes is coming tonight.
We shall wait and see what happens.
On the other side, the Iranians are warning that their response to any new U.S. airstrikes will be “dozens of times greater”…
Iran fired back with bold rhetoric Monday, vowing to respond to every U.S. attack with force “dozens of times greater,” according to a senior Iranian source who spoke with Reuters.
The source pointed to Iran’s retaliation following U.S. strikes on launchers on Larak Island, claiming it demonstrated that “no target in the region is beyond Tehran’s reach.”
Tehran also warned that conditions in the Strait of Hormuz would worsen for vessels that violate what it called Iranian rules, raising new concern for shipping through the vital energy chokepoint.
As long as Iran doesn’t hit Israel, the situation can probably be contained. But if Iran launches ballistic missiles at the Israelis, things will escalate very quickly.
In any event, it appears that there is no end in sight for this conflict. In fact, Fox News is reporting that the deployment of troops from the 82nd airborne division has been extended to a full year…
The deployment of the 82nd airborne in the Middle East has been extended to a full year, two U.S. Army officials tell Fox News.
About 2,000 soldiers from the 82nd airborne first deployed to the region in March. The extended deployment was announced Sunday by division Commander Maj. Gen. Brandon R. Tegtmeier.
The extension is due to “operational requirements,” according to a letter to military families obtained by Fox.
At the same time, the war in Europe is poised to escalate to a new level that we haven’t seen before.
Just hours ago, the Russians ominously warned that they are preparing for “massive strikes against facilities in Ukraine’s energy sector”…
Russia’s defence ministry says it is gearing up for large-scale attacks on Ukraine’s energy infrastructure in a tit-for-tat response to strikes by Kyiv. “Russian forces have begun preparations for massive strikes against facilities in Ukraine’s energy sector in response to the ongoing attacks by the Kyiv regime on civilian infrastructure and on Russia’s oil and energy complex,” it said on Telegram on Sunday. Last winter, Moscow repeatedly hit Ukrainian power plants, devastating the country’s energy sector and plunging millions of people into cold and darkness in sub-zero temperatures.
The Russians have totally lost patience with Ukraine. They are sick and tired of being hit by long-range drones and long-range missiles night after night.
Last night, the Ukrainians did it again.
So the Russians have decided to continuously bombard Kyiv until it stops. The following is an account from someone that actually lives in Kyiv…
The Russians are using tactics of continuous bombardment to paralyse life in Kyiv. The metro stops, traffic across the bridges is blocked, and administrative buildings and shopping complexes close.
I walk through the streets while drones are being shot down directly overhead. When I look up at the sky, I see only a threat. Yet it is impossible to put your daily affairs, and your very life, on hold. Paralysis is a forerunner of death. And we have chosen to live.
I know that many people abroad have grown accustomed to Russia’s constant strikes against the people of Ukraine. Yet the ability to “not think about it” is a privilege that reflects your position within the structure of reality.
Can you imagine trying to live your life normally in the midst of constant air raid alerts and constant explosions in the distance?
According to Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, the number of munitions used by the Russians over the past week is absolutely staggering…
“In total, this week alone, the Russians have launched nearly 2,000 strike drones, more than 1,600 aerial bombs, and 31 missiles of various types,” Zelenskyy added.
There is no way that the Russians will ever back down. As I explained late last week, Russian President Vladimir Putin feels compelled to escalate matters.
He is absolutely determined to be victorious, because he is reportedly concerned that he could be hanged if he does not win this war…
According to The Economist, discontent is even greater among Russia’s elites, with one insider claiming they are increasingly frustrated by the length of the conflict.
Mr Putin reportedly believes he could be at risk if he ends the war without achieving at least his minimum goal of capturing the entire Donbas region.
‘They will hang me,’ he reportedly said at one point during the war, according to an insider cited by The Economist.
While the U.S. is tied up in the Middle East and NATO is focused on the conflict in Ukraine, this could be a perfect time for China to make a move on Taiwan.
And the Chinese are starting to put on the squeeze a little bit.
Last month, the number of Chinese ships detected around Taiwan surged to an all-time record high…
China deployed a record number of coast guard, scientific research and other ships near Taiwan’s waters last month, the Coast Guard Administration (CGA) said, as Beijing dials up pressure on Taipei.
The coast guard warned of an increasingly severe situation, as analysts say the increased activity is part of China’s bid to map the region for submarine warfare.
The number of Chinese ships detected around Taiwan proper soared to a record 244 last month — an average of nearly eight every day, official data showed.
Approximately 60 percent of those ships belong to the Chinese coast guard.
That means that they are armed.
In addition, the Chinese warships that are constantly hovering near Taiwan are not even included in the figure given above…
About 60 percent were coast guard ships, with research vessels and other government boats making up the rest.
The figures do not include Chinese warships, which China’s military deploys around Taiwan on a near-daily basis.
When China ultimately decides to take Taiwan, a naval blockade will probably be the first step. And once a naval blockade of Taiwan is established, we will be at a state of war with China.
Of course we may not be able to do much to intervene because a lot of our naval assets have been deployed to the Middle East and we have run through large portions of our munitions stockpiles.
So we are in a very tenuous position at the moment, and our relations with China just continue to deteriorate. For so long, I have been writing about Russia, China and the Middle East.
Now all three theaters threaten to erupt all at once. If you wanted to live at one of the most “interesting” periods in all of human history, you have certainly gotten your wish.
163 CHILDREN. FIVE DAYS. ONE OPERATION
Florida officials did not release a theory. They released a number that should stop every American in their tracks.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
On August 25, 2026, Attorney General James Uthmeier and FDLE Commissioner Mark Glass announced the recovery of 163 missing children during Operation Statewide Shield — a five-day, statewide effort described as Florida’s first operation of its kind.
The children ranged from 2 months to 17 years old.
Read that again.
Some were infants. Some were teenagers. Every one of them had a name, a family, and a life waiting for them to come home.
The recoveries were not limited to one city:
Tampa Bay — 46
Miami — 41
Jacksonville — 32
Orlando — 21
Fort Myers. Pensacola. Tallahassee.
Six states. One U.S. territory. Twelve countries.
This was not a social-media rumor. It was a coordinated operation using real-time intelligence, field work, law enforcement, child-welfare professionals, medical providers and victim advocates.
Officials said many of the recovered children had experienced abuse, neglect, exploitation or exposure to other criminal activity — including human trafficking.
But understand the wording.
The official release does not say all 163 children belonged to one trafficking ring. It does not say every arrest in the video came from this operation. The facts are already powerful enough without adding a story that has not been proven.
There were multiple arrests. Cases included alleged crimes against minors and interference with child custody. The Attorney General’s Office and the Miami-Dade State Attorney’s Office are taking on three felony cases, and officials said more arrests are expected.
That means Operation Shield may have ended.
The cases have not.
The children were taken to recovery hubs for support. Not press conferences. Not political theater. Support — from people whose job was to help them begin again.
This is the part the internet often forgets:
Behind every number is a child who was missing from a bedroom, a classroom, a family photograph and someone’s prayers.
163 is not a statistic. It is 163 doors that can open again.
The date matters:
08.25 — the announcement.
163 — the children brought home.
5 — the days Florida searched.
And the next question is not whether the operation was real.
It was.
The next question is how many more vulnerable children are still waiting for someone to keep looking.
The shield is not a slogan.
It is a promise: find them, protect them, bring them home.
SHIELD-0825, 163-HOME, 5-DAY-SEARCH
Share this until everyone sees it.
THE VATICAN CHRONOVISOR — THE FORBIDDEN MACHINE THAT RECORDED THE PAST
Deep beneath the Vatican, behind corridors that do not appear on any public map, there is said to be a chamber built for a machine that was never designed to predict the future.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
It was designed to reopen the past. In the 1950s, Benedictine priest Father Pellegrino Ernetti allegedly assembled a secret team of twelve physicists, engineers, and clergy to construct a device known as the Chronovisor. Unlike a television, it did not receive signals from broadcasting towers.
It captured the electromagnetic residue left behind by human voices, violent events, and moments of extreme emotion. According to the hidden theory, nothing that happens truly disappears. Every word, every death, and every betrayal remains suspended inside the fabric of reality—waiting for the correct frequency to bring it back.
The operators reportedly witnessed scenes no living historian had ever seen. They observed ancient Rome before its ruins, heard speeches whose original words had been lost for two thousand years, and recovered fragments of a forbidden play believed destroyed after the fall of the Empire. But the most guarded session allegedly targeted the final hours of Jesus Christ.
Ernetti claimed the machine produced both the voice and image of the crucifixion. Soon afterward, a photograph appeared in the Italian press. The Vatican dismissed the story. Researchers attacked the image. Ernetti withdrew from public view. The machine vanished. Yet no complete laboratory record was released, none of the alleged scientists were permitted to testify together, and the chamber where the experiment supposedly occurred was sealed.
The Chronovisor was not buried because it could prove one religious event. It was buried because it could destroy the ownership of history itself. A government can classify documents. A church can lock an archive. A victorious empire can erase the names of the defeated. But none of them can control a machine capable of replaying the original moment.
Wars presented as accidents could be watched from the room where they were planned. Missing children could be traced to the final door they entered. Secret ceremonies, royal murders, false miracles, and agreements that shaped entire nations could be viewed without witnesses, confessions, or surviving paper. The past would no longer belong to whoever wrote the official record. It would become evidence.
The “Alliance” narrative claims the Chronovisor was dismantled and divided among three underground repositories so that no single faction could activate it. One component was hidden beneath Rome. Another disappeared into a military laboratory in South America. The final lens was transferred to a black archive known only as VAULT IX.
Recent intelligence suggests the three components have been reunited. But when the system was activated, it did not display ancient history. It displayed a recent room, a modern table, and twelve living figures watching events that had not yet been made public. The machine was not only reading the past anymore. Someone had changed the frequency—and the archive had begun recording the present before the world was allowed to see it.
CODE: CHRONOVISOR / VAULT-IX / TEMPORAL-SIGNAL / ERASED-HISTORY
They told you history was written by the victors. They lied to hide the fact that history was still broadcasting—and they had the only receiver.
The most dangerous secret is not what happened centuries ago. It is what happened yesterday that they have already taught you to forget.
Americans Hate Flock Cameras! So Why Is The Left So Silent About How They Are Being Used To Violate Our Constitutional Rights?
There is a growing national outcry to ban Flock cameras. We do not give up our constitutional rights when we get into our vehicles, and we do not want authoritarian control freaks watching us, monitoring us and tracking us everywhere that we go. This is an issue that is uniting people all over the country, and so you would think that politicians from both parties would be getting on board. Unfortunately, that is not the case at all. Many top Republicans are coming out against Flock cameras very strongly, but the silence from the left has been deafening. Yes, there are a few voices on the far left that appear to be concerned about our civil liberties, but most prominent Democrats have been eerily silent about Flock cameras. Why is that?
If you want cameras to watch you everywhere that you go, move to China.
Seriously.
We don’t want to live in a surveillance state, and our Constitution is supposed to protect us from that.
To me, it is exceedingly clear that these cameras are violating our constitutional rights, and there are some politicians that are taking action.
In fact, U.S. Senator Josh Hawley just initiated a major investigation…
Sen. Josh Hawley (R-Mo.), the chair of the Senate Judiciary Subcommittee on Crime and Counterterrorism, has launched an investigation into Flock Safety’s national surveillance network and is demanding to know who has access to the personal data of Americans captured on Flock cameras.
Hawley wrote in a letter to Flock CEO Garrett Langley that the company has “assembled an unprecedented national surveillance network” of more than 120,000 cameras across 49 states that conducts 20 billion vehicle scans every month.
“The overwhelming majority of Americans captured in those records did nothing wrong. Instead of serving discrete local investigations, as contemplated by our constitutional processes and safeguards, these camera networks harness artificial intelligence to pool what they capture into a national database that customers can search,” he wrote.
Good for him. This is the sort of thing that our elected officials are supposed to do. Flock cameras are being abused by law enforcement officers over and over again.
For example, a deputy in Richmond County, Virginia used the Flock system to track a woman that he was romantically involved with 1,639 times…
In one especially shocking incident, Former Deputy Jaquarius Yarbrough of Richmond County, Virginia, allegedly used the license plate tracking system to stalk a woman he was having an affair with 1,639 times over several months.
“What we’re talking about are cameras that are documenting everywhere your car goes,” Maass said. “There are databases where police can type in your license plate and see everywhere you’ve gone… The government shouldn’t be creating databases of movement.”
Sadly, that is not an isolated incident.
A police officer in Kentucky was recently arrested for using the system to track his ex-girlfriend more than 2,000 times…
A Kentucky police officer was arrested after authorities said he used the Flock Safety license plate reader camera system to track his ex-girlfriend over 2,000 times, marking the latest in a string of recent law enforcement officer resignations or arrests for alleged abuses of the controversial technology.
Things got so bad that the ex-girlfriend was eventually forced to file for an order of protection…
Investigators found Zahir had conducted 2,048 Flock searches from January into May to track two vehicles registered to the victim, his child’s mother, in Kentucky and Indiana, court records show.
During the period he conducted those searches, Zahir harassed the victim and made threatening comments, prompting her to file an order of protection against him, according to the court records.
This just keeps happening again and again.
According to CNN, throughout the country there have been “at least 47 instances of officers being disciplined in some way for alleged abuse of the Flock system for stalking romantic interests”…
The Institute for Justice, a nonprofit public interest law firm that has filed lawsuits against Flock on Fourth Amendment grounds, has tracked at least 47 instances of officers being disciplined in some way for alleged abuse of the Flock system for stalking romantic interests.
Of even greater concern is the fact that Flock cameras often create false positives that flag citizens that are completely innocent.
One police department in California actually discovered that a whopping 71 percent of its Flock alerts were errors…
Hawley said the surveillance notifications have also resulted in mistaken arrests, such as that of a Florida woman who spent 13 days in jail and faced multiple felony counts after investigators mistakenly arrested her based on a search of Flock’s network.
“Errors and false positives add insult to injury,” Hawley wrote.
He cited one California police department that found that 71 percent of its Flock alerts “were wrong” and noted the Los Angeles Police Department ended its Flock contract after an audit showed its officers had stopped 161 vehicles incorrectly flagged as stolen.
Do you want police officers coming to your door because some stupid Flock camera mistakenly flagged you?
But even if Flock cameras worked perfectly, they would still be violating our constitutional rights.
This is a point that Senator Hawley just made very aptly…
“Americans do not surrender their privacy rights when they drive to work, drop their kids off at school, or go to church,” Hawley wrote. “The Supreme Court has recognized that a comprehensive, retrospective record of a person’s movements is different in kind from ordinary observation in public.”
He is right on target.
We don’t give up our constitutional rights when we leave our homes.
But the CEO of Flock is telling us that Americans must “compromise” on their constitutional rights in order to feel more secure…
No way.
Even if Flock cameras could make us 100 percent safe, there is no way that I would ever be willing to give up my constitutional rights. Many respected Republican leaders are choosing to take a stand, but there has been silence from many prominent Democrats.
What is wrong with them?
Why won’t they stand up for the constitutional rights of the American people? The good news is that we are winning. In communities all over America, Flock cameras are being turned off.
One of the cities that just pulled the trigger on such a move is Tempe, Arizona…
Of course Tempe is far from alone.
This month, a bunch of other municipalities have also said goodbye to Flock cameras…
Cave Creek, also in Arizona; Bellingham, Massachusetts; and several Texas counties are among the other municipalities that said this month they’re ending their use of Flock cameras.
Bellingham Police Chief Kenneth Fitzgerald said in a statement that during a recent criminal investigation, officials learned that a Flock feature called Free Form, an artificial intelligence-powered tool that can search video information using plain language, was available through the cameras.
“Those features go beyond what most people would think of as a traditional license plate reader,” he said. “That concerned me because I had previously told the public, based on our understanding of the system, that our Flock technology was a license plate reader only.”
I love to see this.
Overall, more than 100 cities and counties have officially deactivated, canceled, or rejected contracts with Flock Safety.
I think that an official in Hood County, Texas said it very well when he stated that “permanent, warrantless tracking doesn’t belong in a free society”…
John Shirley, constable of a precinct in Hood County, Texas, said that after county commissioners voted to remove the cameras, he would be covering them until they could be removed.
“These cameras were constantly scanning and recording regular folks just going about their day. That kind of permanent, warrantless tracking doesn’t belong in a free society,” Shirley said in an Aug. 15 post on Facebook. “By unplugging and covering them, we’re making it clear: privacy isn’t optional, and mass surveillance isn’t how we do things here.”
Yes, if we get rid of all the Flock cameras it may be a little bit more difficult to catch criminals. But freedom always comes with a cost.
I would much rather live in a free society than a surveillance society like China where virtually everything that people do is watched, monitored and tracked by the government. I am for an immediate nationwide ban on all Flock cameras and any other devices that perform similar functions.
What about you?
THE BLACK KNIGHT SIGNAL — THE OBJECT THAT ANSWERED BEFORE HUMANITY TRANSMITTED
For more than a century, astronomers and radio operators have reported signals arriving from above the Earth that do not behave like natural noise. In 1899,
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Nikola Tesla detected strange repeating pulses during experiments in Colorado Springs and believed they might have come from an intelligence beyond the planet. Decades later, radio stations began recording “Long Delayed Echoes”—transmissions returning several seconds after they were sent, as if something in orbit had intercepted the message, studied it, and transmitted it back.
The official explanation blamed atmospheric reflection. But the delays were too long, the timing was too precise, and some echoes reportedly returned with patterns that had not been present in the original signal.
In the early years of the Space Age, tracking stations allegedly detected an unidentified object moving through polar orbit before any nation had publicly launched a satellite capable of following that path. It was dark, silent, and impossible to contact. The military classified the tracking data while newspapers were told that the object was ordinary debris.
Years later, astronauts photographed a black, angular structure near Earth. NASA identified it as a lost thermal blanket. Independent researchers gave it another name: the Black Knight Satellite. But the oldest classified diagrams did not describe it as debris. They labeled it OBSERVER-1 and estimated that it had been circling Earth for at least 13,000 years.
The “Cabal” did not fear the object because it was watching humanity. They feared what it was recording. According to the hidden files, Black Knight activates whenever civilization approaches a major transformation—nuclear war, planetary collapse, mass awakening, or contact with technology capable of breaking the control grid. Its signal contains compressed maps of human conflict, genetic changes, atmospheric damage, and every artificial frequency broadcast from the surface.
It was not placed in orbit to invade Earth. It was placed there to preserve evidence. Every empire, every secret experiment, and every erased event was being copied into an archive beyond the reach of governments. They could rewrite the history books, but they could not reach the witness above them.
The “Alliance” narrative claims that a classified listening array recently decoded the final layer of the transmission. The signal was not being sent toward Earth. It was being directed beyond the solar system—to a location hidden behind the frequencies surrounding Saturn. Then, without warning, the object changed position.
For the first time in the recovered tracking history, Black Knight abandoned its ancient orbit and aligned directly above a network of underground facilities linked to the global control system. The last decoded sequence contained no greeting, no coordinates, and no threat.
It contained only three translated words: RECORD COMPLETE. JUDGMENT PENDING.
CODE: BLACK-KNIGHT / OBSERVER-1 / 13000-YEAR-ORBIT / FINAL-TRANSMISSION
They told you it was a thermal blanket floating through space. They lied to hide the fact that something ancient had been documenting every crime committed beneath it.
The sky was never empty. It was holding the evidence until humanity was ready to look up.
Why Are There So Many People Living In Third World Conditions In The United States?
There are tens of millions of Americans that are currently living in third world conditions, and poverty, hunger and homelessness are growing all around us. Many of our most important urban areas have become rotting, decaying, drug-infested hellholes. Meanwhile, there are vast stretches of rural America that look like they have been totally left behind by the rest of our society. But if you live in the version of America that is still shiny and beautiful and clean, you may be wondering what all of the fuss is about because life still seems pretty good to you. For those at or near the top of the economic pyramid, it feels like the party will never end. Of course those that are impoverished can’t afford to live anywhere near those that are thriving. Today, 35.9 million Americans (including 10.4 million children) live below the official poverty line. Tens of millions of others make enough to be above the poverty line but are deeply suffering too.
We are a nation of contrasts. We are the wealthiest nation on the entire planet, and yet we have also piled up the most debt in the history of the world. We have more billionaires than anyone else, and yet poverty is rampant.
We have luxuries and electronic gadgets that previous generations could not have even imagined, and yet much of the population is living in almost unbelievable squalor and filth.
Let me give you an example.
Not too long ago, authorities in Ohio discovered sixteen children that were “found living in conditions that even livestock don’t live in”…
Sixteen kids, ranging from 1 year old to 18, were found living in conditions that even livestock don’t live in, described Vinton County Sheriff Ryan Cain.
The sheriff, along with Vinton County Prosecutor William Archer and Ohio Attorney General Andy Wilson, held a press conference Wednesday to discuss the arrests of four family members: Gary Siders Jr., Gary Siders Sr., Christina Siders, and Elizabeth Siders.
We should be so thankful that those children were rescued.
Apparently most of them had been isolated in a 12 foot by 12 foot area for the last four years…
Most of the kids were kept in a 12×12 area of the home for the past four years, Sheriff Cain said.
He called the area “disgusting,”adding that “our livestock were kept in better conditions than these children.”
AG Wilson said it looked like a “third-world” country inside the home. “It’s not the type of thing we’re used to seeing in America,” he said.
This isn’t how Americans are supposed to be living. Once upon a time, even impoverished people in this country tried to keep their homes clean and dressed nicely when they went out. But those days are long gone.
Just take a stroll through your local Walmart and observe how people are dressed.
And as far as keeping our homes clean, the truth is that in 2026 millions upon millions of Americans live in communities that are drowning in squalor and filth…
Earlier today, I came across an article about street food vendors in Los Angeles that made my stomach turn…
The proliferation of rogue street food vendors — largely run by illegal migrants — is not only hitting Los Angeles with third-world-like blight, Democratic leaders have decided to do nothing despite being aware of horrifying health hazards, their own previously unreleased records reveal.
“A dog eating meat out of a street vendor’s bag before it was served to customers. Cockroaches crawling out of a food truck. Mice scurrying beside open salsa. Raw meat baking unrefrigerated in the heat. People urinating around cooking equipment.”
Those are just some of shocking allegations listed in a staggering 662-page dossier of 9,746 public health complaints about street food vendors filed across Los Angeles County from 2023 until early 2026, according to the California Post, which obtained the list only after it made a public records request.
Los Angeles was once such a beautiful city. But now there are rats wherever you go.
According to Orkin, Los Angeles is now the “rattiest city in America”…
Historically, Chicago has occupied the No.1 spot every year that Orkin has released its annual rankings, which it has been reporting for over a decade. But this year, there is a new city being crowned the “rattiest” — Los Angeles.
Orkin cites that growing warm climates can help a rat’s survivability rate, so hotter cities are seeing themselves fly up the rankings, giving Los Angeles the slight edge over Chicago this year.
Chicago falls to No. 2 in the rankings, followed by New York and San Francisco.
I really detest rats. I also really detest dirty food.
Unfortunately, we have reached a stage where it is really difficult to know what is safe to eat and what is not safe to eat.
I want to share a story with you that I shared with my core supporters on Friday. All over the country, millions of Americans won’t eat lettuce right now because of the nationwide cyclosporiasis outbreak…
The massive cyclosporiasis outbreak linked to iceberg lettuce and thousands of illnesses has expanded to three new states, federal health regulators announced Thursday.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) said the outbreak, which has been linked to hundreds of hospitalizations and two deaths since illnesses were first reported in July, has now been detected in Georgia, Tennessee and Texas.
There have now been 11,458 illnesses reported across 20 states, according to the FDA.
I wish that I could tell you that this is an isolated incident. But I can’t. Almost every day, a new food recall is in the news. And there is a reason for that.
If you actually went inside many of the facilities where our food is made, it would make you sick. We shouldn’t have to live like this. Our schools are in deplorable condition as well.
In Richmond, Virginia an elementary school that was named after Barack Obama has been forced to shut down because mold is out of control and rodents are running all over the place…
Like its namesake, Barack Obama Elementary has something rotten under the surface.
The school of 285 students is now shut down for an undisclosed period after it was discovered that the buildings were testing positive for mold. The facility also had reports of rodents (mice or rats) in several rooms, alongside the more prominent mold health issue. The mold and rodent problems were noticed by staff as they prepared for the start of the new school year.
Officials say they hope to reopen the building in a week, though this has proven to be an overly optimistic goal after earlier “clear” air-quality tests were quickly contradicted by new visible mold discoveries (behind bulletin boards, on computers, in the art room, etc.), forcing repeated delays. A more realistic time frame is one month or more.
How did this happen?
We are supposed to be the wealthiest nation on Earth, but we can’t even keep our military installations in livable shape…
A new Government Accountability Office (GAO) report finds that the maintenance backlog for military installations has ballooned to more than $285 billion — leaving many facilities in disrepair, while risking readiness and service members’ quality of life.
This figure is a jump up from 2022, when the maintenance backlog was about $137 billion. But the backlog continues to grow, because the services only request about 80% of the funds they need for installation repairs and maintenance.
We spend about a trillion dollars a year on our military, and so this is inexcusable.
In many cases, mold issues and water damage go unaddressed for years…
Indeed, service members face a range of issues at the facilities where they work and live. Barracks at Naval Station Norfolk, for example, have had suspected mold since 2023. But the installation office declined requests to test the growth observed there “due to the cost of testing and potential remediation.”
Another highly used facility at that Naval station had evidence of asbestos and significant water damage, GAO found. While all the station’s piers require renovation, the Navy was “actively improving” only one — leaving the rest to operate in a “degraded condition.”
If conditions are this bad now, what will they be like once the economy really starts tanking?
Thanks to our seemingly endless cost of living crisis, our standard of living has been steadily declining throughout this entire decade.
Millions of Americans now live in their vehicles because they simply cannot afford homes any longer.
According to the Federal Reserve, approximately one out of every ten Americans is now missing meals because they can’t afford to buy enough food.
When I was growing up, many would mock the “third world conditions” in other countries, but the truth is that “third world conditions” can now be found all over the United States.
This is what societal collapse looks like, and if we do not take dramatic action our society will just continue to deteriorate.
THE BLACK KNIGHT SIGNAL — THE OBJECT THAT ANSWERED BEFORE HUMANITY TRANSMITTED
For more than a century, astronomers and radio operators have reported signals arriving from above the Earth that do not behave like natural noise.
In 1899, Nikola Tesla detected strange repeating pulses during experiments in Colorado Springs and believed they might have come from an intelligence beyond the planet. Decades later, radio stations began recording “Long Delayed Echoes”—transmissions returning several seconds after they were sent, as if something in orbit had intercepted the message, studied it, and transmitted it back.
The official explanation blamed atmospheric reflection. But the delays were too long, the timing was too precise, and some echoes reportedly returned with patterns that had not been present in the original signal.
In the early years of the Space Age, tracking stations allegedly detected an unidentified object moving through polar orbit before any nation had publicly launched a satellite capable of following that path. It was dark, silent, and impossible to contact. The military classified the tracking data while newspapers were told that the object was ordinary debris.
Years later, astronauts photographed a black, angular structure near Earth. NASA identified it as a lost thermal blanket. Independent researchers gave it another name: the Black Knight Satellite. But the oldest classified diagrams did not describe it as debris. They labeled it OBSERVER-1 and estimated that it had been circling Earth for at least 13,000 years.
The “Cabal” did not fear the object because it was watching humanity. They feared what it was recording. According to the hidden files, Black Knight activates whenever civilization approaches a major transformation—nuclear war, planetary collapse, mass awakening, or contact with technology capable of breaking the control grid.
Its signal contains compressed maps of human conflict, genetic changes, atmospheric damage, and every artificial frequency broadcast from the surface. It was not placed in orbit to invade Earth. It was placed there to preserve evidence. Every empire, every secret experiment, and every erased event was being copied into an archive beyond the reach of governments. They could rewrite the history books, but they could not reach the witness above them.
The “Alliance” narrative claims that a classified listening array recently decoded the final layer of the transmission. The signal was not being sent toward Earth. It was being directed beyond the solar system—to a location hidden behind the frequencies surrounding Saturn. Then, without warning, the object changed position.
For the first time in the recovered tracking history, Black Knight abandoned its ancient orbit and aligned directly above a network of underground facilities linked to the global control system. The last decoded sequence contained no greeting, no coordinates, and no threat.
It contained only three translated words: RECORD COMPLETE. JUDGMENT PENDING.
CODE: BLACK-KNIGHT / OBSERVER-1 / 13000-YEAR-ORBIT / FINAL-TRANSMISSION
They told you it was a thermal blanket floating through space. They lied to hide the fact that something ancient had been documenting every crime committed beneath it.
The sky was never empty. It was holding the evidence until humanity was ready to look up.
The Earth Is Being Hit By One Catastrophic Disaster After Another, And This Is Only Just The Beginning
The absolutely devastating floods and mudslides that we just witnessed along the border between Nepal and Tibet look like something out of a science fiction movie. It is a tragedy of epic proportions, and it has made us forget all of the other catastrophic disasters that have been hitting our planet recently. Unfortunately, the victims in Nepal and Tibet will also soon be forgotten because more catastrophic disasters are on the way. We live at a time when global weather patterns have gone absolutely nuts, giant earthquakes are occurring with alarming regularity, the northern hemisphere is experiencing the worst wildfire season in history, and our overheating oceans threaten to kill billions of fish.
I have never seen anything quite like the disaster that just occurred along the border between Nepal and Tibet on Wednesday.
The footage that one camera captured is particularly horrifying…
Those people didn’t have a chance.
One moment they were normally living their lives, and the next moment they were gone.
Many that were swept away by the rushing waters didn’t even live in the region. In fact, we are being told that “hundreds of tourists” are missing…
Devastating flash floods and mudslides have wiped out buildings and bridges along the Nepal–Tibet border – with hundreds of tourists still missing.
In Nepal, houses and roads were swept away by rushing water and mudslides.
Meanwhile, officials in China–controlled Tibet said they feared ‘major casualties’.
We have seen flooding in Nepal and Tibet before, but this was different.
As the wall of water and mud rushed forward, it came slamming into homes and bridges…
Harrowing footage from the scene showed fast-flowing floodwater ripping through the streets and destroying everything – including homes and bridges – in its path.
River banks burst as walls of water came rushing through the densely populated areas, sweeping people underwater as others sought safety on higher ground.
Aerial footage showed floodwater completely consuming land near the Nepal-Tibet border, sending people running for their lives as buildings collapsed in seconds.
In the end, the final death toll will probably be in the thousands.
Originally, experts were telling us that a magnitude 4.4 earthquake triggered a gigantic ice avalanche which caused the sudden flooding…
But later reports claimed that a landslide that occurred at 8:37 local time triggered the avalanche that created the flooding.
Apparently the huge earthquake that was detected was actually caused by the landslide…
Though the horrifying disaster is still unfolding, initial reports suggested the floods could be the result of an avalanche triggered by an earthquake, Nepal’s foreign minister Shisir Khanal told the country’s parliament Wednesday.
The United States Geological Survey (USGS) reported recording a 4.4 magnitude quake around the time the security footage was taken at the border.
However, USGS hours later clarified that the trembling detected was not an earthquake, but caused by the landslide itself, registering as the equivalent of a 5.2 magnitude quake.
But no matter how it started, nobody can deny that this was truly a historic disaster.
Meanwhile, we just witnessed a series of 13 eruptions at Mount Anak Krakatau…
The Center for Volcanology and Geological Hazard Mitigation (PVMBG) recorded 13 eruptions from Mount Anak Krakatau in South Lampung Regency, Lampung Province.
The height of the eruptions varied from 50 to 300 meters from the summit of Mount Anak Krakatau, from 12:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. Jakarta time.
Suwarno, Head of the Mount Anak Krakatau Monitoring Post in Hargopancuran, Rajabasa District, stated on Wednesday that the volcano remains volatile, so further eruptions are still possible.
This should deeply concern all of us, because one of the largest volcanic eruptions in recorded history occurred there in 1883…
Between 19 May and 21 October 1883, the volcanic island of Krakatoa (located in the Sunda Strait, then part of the Dutch East Indies—modern-day Indonesia) began erupting, lasting more than five months. On 27 August, the island had its most significant eruption, which destroyed over 70% of the island and its surrounding archipelago, the island collapsing into a caldera. The eruption of 27 August had an estimated volcanic explosivity index of 6, and is one of the deadliest and most destructive volcanic events in recorded history; the third explosion of that day, that occurred at 10:02 a.m., remains the loudest-known sound in history.
The explosion was heard 3,110 kilometres (1,930 mi) away in Perth, Western Australia, and Rodrigues near Mauritius, 4,800 kilometres (3,000 mi) away.[3] The acoustic pressure wave circled the globe more than three times.[4]: 63 At least 36,417 deaths are attributed to the eruption and the tsunamis it created. Significant additional effects were felt worldwide in the days and weeks after the volcano’s eruption. Additional seismic activity was reported until February 1884, but any reports after October 1883 were dismissed by Rogier Verbeek’s subsequent investigation into the eruption.
That gigantic eruption caused a volcanic winter that lasted for about a year.
Our oceans could actually use a cooling trend right now, because they are hotter than ever.
In fact, average global ocean temperatures just hit the highest level ever recorded…
As a record-breaking El Niño builds in the Pacific and large swaths of the globe’s oceans are affected by marine heat waves, a significant record has fallen.
According to data from the Copernicus Climate Change Service, average global sea surface temperatures have reached a new high, rising to nearly 70 degrees Fahrenheit late last week — potentially for the first time in millennia.
This mark surpassed the previous record set in March 2024.
This is crazy.
On August 22nd, we broke the record that had been established in March 2024…
The daily average sea surface temperature across the extra-polar global ocean, between 60°S and 60°N, reached 21.1°C (70°F) on August 22, 2026, the highest value in the Copernicus Climate Pulse record beginning in 1979. The reading exceeded the previous daily record of 21.09°C (69.96°F), set in March 2024, and came in August, although temperatures across the domain normally reach their annual maximum in March and April.
If global ocean temperatures are going to set an all-time record, it is supposed to happen in either March of April. For it to happen so late in the year is extremely strange.
Many want to blame humans for what is occurring, but scientists have discovered that the warming of our oceans actually gets worse the deeper than you go. That suggests that whatever is warming our oceans is coming from underneath.
Currently, 42 percent of the Earth’s oceans are experiencing unusual marine heat waves…
According to NOAA data, 42 percent of the planet’s oceans are currently experiencing marine heat waves.
In the Pacific Ocean alone, marine heat waves cover an area that’s equivalent to nine times the size of the contiguous United States — greatly contributing to the new global sea surface temperature record.
So why is this important?
When the oceans get warmer, we tend to experience hotter temperatures, intense droughts, enormous storms and massive wildfires…
Hotter oceans exacerbate the sea level rise and extreme storms that threaten billions of people, as well as driving marine heatwaves that decimate sea life and undermine coastal livelihoods, scientists warned.
The northern hemisphere summer has already been hit by record-breaking heatwaves, drought and wildfires in Europe and North America, and intense rain and typhoons in Asia.
The ocean heat spike is being intensified by a fast developing El Niño event, which is set to be the hottest in at least a century. El Niño events are natural climate variations that raise global temperature and change weather patterns, with serious impacts around the world. The new El Niño has already delivered low monsoon rain in India, major wildfires in Indonesia and heightened fire concerns in Australia.
More importantly, when ocean temperatures rise to unusual levels, fish start dying in very large numbers.
One expert has warned that “the faster the ocean floor warms, the faster we lose fish”…
Chronic ocean heating is fuelling a “staggering and deeply concerning” loss of marine life, a study has found, with fish levels falling by 7.2% from as little as 0.1C of warming per decade.
Researchers examined the year-to-year change of 33,000 populations in the northern hemisphere between 1993 and 2021, and isolated the effect of the decadal rate of seabed warming from short shifts such as marine heatwaves. They found the drop in biomass from chronic heating to be as high as 19.8% in a single year.
“To put it simply, the faster the ocean floor warms, the faster we lose fish,” said Shahar Chaikin, a marine ecologist at the National Museum of Natural Sciences in Spain and the study’s lead author.
As our oceans warm, we could lose billions upon billions of fish. That is really bad news, because the world is already facing very serious food shortages in the months ahead.
In 2026, global food production is being hammered from so many different directions. We really are facing a “perfect storm”, and for those of us that live in the western world that means that food prices will soon go up even higher.
But for many of those that live in impoverished nations around the globe, a dramatic drop in global food production could be the difference between life and death.
107 MILLION ILLIGAL IMMIGRANTS
Former Border Patrol Commander Greg Bovino Challenges the Official Immigration Numbers
Illegal Immigration • Border Security • Deportations • Census Estimates • Enforcement • National Debate
A striking claim is circulating after former senior Border Patrol official Gregory Bovino appeared on The Tucker Carlson Show. During the August 27, 2026 episode, Carlson asked Bovino directly how many unauthorized immigrants he believes are currently living in the United States. Bovino answered 107 million, describing the situation as a “catastrophe.” Later in the interview, he estimated the current figure at roughly 105 million, after accounting for what he believes were approximately 1.5 million voluntary departures and 500,000–600,000 forced removals.
Watch the Tucker Carlson–Greg Bovino interview
If 105–107 million unauthorized immigrants were living in the country, the number would be several times larger than the conventional estimates and equivalent to roughly a quarter of the combined population Bovino describes. Carlson himself reacted with disbelief, repeatedly asking Bovino whether he was confident in the number. Bovino maintained that he was.
WHAT BOVINO IS SAYING
Bovino is not an outside commentator with no immigration experience. He is a nearly 30-year Border Patrol veteran who served as Chief Patrol Agent of the El Centro Sector and later as Commander at Large, directing immigration-enforcement operations around the country. His background makes his allegations worth examining—but professional experience by itself does not establish that the 107 million figure is statistically correct.
The interview’s larger argument is that America’s unauthorized population has been dramatically underestimated over many years. Bovino argues that border crossings accumulated over decades, that enforcement and removals have not kept pace, and that conventional demographic estimates fail to capture the true population. Carlson uses the claim to challenge whether the immigration policies voters were promised have actually produced the expected reduction in the unauthorized population.
THE PROBLEM: 107 MILLION IS NOT SUPPORTED BY CURRENT DEMOGRAPHIC ESTIMATES
This distinction is critical for a GAR article. The 105–107 million number is Bovino’s claim, not an established government statistic. I could not find a demographic study, Census-based analysis or government estimate remotely approaching it.
The latest estimate from the nonpartisan Migration Policy Institute, released in July 2026, puts the unauthorized immigrant population at approximately 15.8 million as of mid-2024, up substantially from the roughly 11 million level that prevailed for much of the previous decade. MPI acknowledges that estimating this population is difficult and that a significant portion of the population occupied complicated temporary or “twilight” legal statuses.
Pew Research Center independently estimated 14 million unauthorized immigrants in July 2023, the highest level in its historical series. Pew also concluded that the population probably continued growing after that date and likely peaked during 2024.
Government-derived estimates have historically been in the same general range. A Social Security Administration review notes that DHS estimated approximately 10.99 million unauthorized immigrants in January 2022, compared with Pew’s 11 million estimate for that year. These estimates use what demographers call the residual method—estimating the foreign-born population and subtracting people known or estimated to have lawful immigration status.
That creates an enormous statistical divide:
MAINSTREAM ESTIMATES: ~14–16 MILLION
BOVINO CLAIM: ~105–107 MILLION
The difference is not a rounding error. It is approximately a sevenfold disagreement about the size of the unauthorized population.
COULD THE OFFICIAL NUMBERS STILL BE WRONG?
Certainly. Estimating a population whose members may have incentives to avoid government contact is inherently difficult. Census undercounts, migration between surveys, visa overstays, asylum and parole classifications, repeat border encounters, departures from the United States and changes in immigration status all complicate the calculation.
But those uncertainties work in both directions, and they do not automatically validate a 100-million-plus estimate. For Bovino’s number to become credible as a demographic estimate, researchers would need to show where approximately 90 million additional people missing from conventional calculations are living and demonstrate how that population escaped detection across employment, housing, schools, healthcare, utility consumption, tax records, surveys and broader population statistics.
That evidence was not provided in the interview.
WHY THE INTERVIEW STILL MATTERS
The more important story may therefore be the disagreement itself. Americans are being presented with radically different pictures of the country’s immigration situation: one based primarily on Census and demographic modeling, another coming from a former senior operational Border Patrol commander who says those models dramatically underestimate reality.
That creates a legitimate investigative question:
BORDER ENCOUNTERS → RELEASES → VISA OVERSTAYS → LEGAL-STATUS CHANGES → DEPARTURES → DEPORTATIONS → RESIDENT POPULATION
Each component needs to be measured separately. Border encounters cannot simply be added together and called the number of unauthorized residents because the same person can be encountered multiple times, some migrants leave, some are removed, and others eventually receive lawful status.
A former senior Border Patrol commander is publicly claiming that America’s unauthorized immigrant population may be vastly larger than the figures produced by conventional demographic models. His estimate of 105–107 million conflicts dramatically with current estimates of roughly 14–16 million. Determining which assumptions produce that enormous difference should become the investigation.
THE MYSTERY OF 33
Sacred Number, Masonic Degree, Human Anatomy—or Pattern Seeking?
Freemasonry • Religion • Numerology • Symbolism • Anatomy • Conspiracy Culture
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
Few numbers have accumulated as much symbolic meaning in modern alternative research as 33. Across social media, numerology and conspiracy literature, researchers repeatedly point to appearances of 33 in Freemasonry, Christianity, human anatomy, occult traditions and major news events. The poster takes the argument one step further, suggesting that elites intentionally place the number into “hoaxes and psyops” as a form of signaling. Some underlying references are factual, while others are symbolic interpretations or claims for which there is no demonstrated evidence—making 33 an excellent case study in the difference between documented symbolism and inferred hidden meaning.
The strongest documented connection is Freemasonry. The Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite formally consists of 33 degrees, and the Scottish Rite itself describes the Thirty-third Degree as the completion or “last degree” of the Rite. The 33° Inspector General Honorary is conferred upon selected members, while the Grand Cross of Honour is described as the Supreme Council’s highest honor. The Scottish Rite traces its Supreme Council of the 33rd Degree to Charleston, South Carolina, in 1801. This establishes that 33 has genuine institutional significance within Scottish Rite Freemasonry; it does not, by itself, demonstrate that the number functions as a secret code for unrelated political or intelligence operations.
Christian tradition provides another frequently cited association. Jesus is commonly said in popular Christian culture to have been approximately 33 years old at the Crucifixion, although the New Testament never explicitly gives his age at death. The association arises from chronology—Luke says Jesus was “about thirty” when his ministry began, and traditional reconstructions commonly assign several years to his ministry. Consequently, “33” has acquired considerable Christian symbolism involving sacrifice, transformation and resurrection, but it is better described as a traditional calculation rather than a precisely documented biblical number.
The human spine provides one of the poster’s most interesting factual coincidences. Medical references commonly describe the vertebral column as consisting of 33 vertebrae: seven cervical, twelve thoracic, five lumbar, five sacral and usually four coccygeal. The sacral and coccygeal vertebrae normally fuse during development, which is why the adult spine can also be counted differently when considering individual bones rather than developmental vertebral segments. Spiritual traditions have subsequently attached symbolic interpretations to the spine—sometimes portraying it as a pathway of awakening or ascending consciousness—but anatomy establishes the number, not the metaphysical interpretation.
Numerology adds another dimension. In several modern numerological systems, 11, 22 and 33 are classified as “master numbers,” with 33 frequently associated with teaching, compassion, spiritual development or higher consciousness. These interpretations belong to esoteric and numerological traditions rather than empirical science. That distinction is important: numbers can possess enormous cultural, psychological and spiritual significance without the meanings assigned to them constituting scientifically demonstrable properties of the numbers themselves.
The argument becomes substantially more speculative with what the poster calls the “revelation rule”—the idea that powerful groups must reveal their intentions symbolically, thereby obtaining consent or satisfying some occult requirement. Similar ideas appear throughout contemporary conspiracy culture, particularly when researchers discover recurring numbers, dates, symbols or imagery surrounding major events. There is no established evidence of a universal elite rule requiring advance disclosure through the number 33. More importantly, once researchers begin actively searching thousands of speeches, dates, casualty figures, addresses and news reports for a particular number, selection effects and confirmation bias can make coincidences appear far more extraordinary than they statistically are.
That does not make the study of 33 meaningless. The more compelling investigation is to separate three different layers: documented occurrence, historical symbolism and claimed intentional signaling. Freemasonry’s 33 degrees and the conventional anatomical count of 33 vertebrae are verifiable; religious and numerological meanings belong primarily to cultural and spiritual interpretation; claims that governments, intelligence agencies or an undefined global elite deliberately insert 33 into staged events require independent evidence before being treated as fact. For GAR’s larger exploration of symbolism and hidden systems, 33 therefore becomes less a proof of conspiracy than a fascinating exercise in discernment: when does repetition reveal intentional design, and when does the human mind transform coincidence into pattern?
ALGERIA BURNING
Wildfires, Strategic Resources & the Battle Over North Africa’s Energy Future
Fire • Gas • Minerals • Pipelines • Europe • Sonatrach • Resource Sovereignty
“When fire, strategic resources and major infrastructure projects occupy the same map, the overlap deserves investigation. But geographic convergence is not, by itself, evidence that one caused the other.”
Algeria is experiencing a serious wildfire emergency. During the extreme heat of late August 2026, authorities reported 154 fires in a single day, with at least 12 people killed and 54 injured; the hardest-hit provinces included Béjaïa, Jijel and Tizi Ouzou in the country’s mountainous northeast. Families were evacuated as drought, vegetation conditions and extreme temperatures intensified the danger. The immediate documented story, therefore, is a genuine humanitarian and environmental crisis—not something that can responsibly be dismissed simply as a cover story for resource acquisition.
But beneath that immediate emergency lies another important story: Algeria is becoming increasingly strategic to the world’s energy and mineral competition. The country possesses enormous conventional and unconventional hydrocarbon potential. In April 2026, the U.S. Geological Survey estimated a mean 80.1 trillion cubic feet of undiscovered, technically recoverable shale gas in just the Grand Erg/Ahnet Basin Province. Older assessments encompassing broader Algerian shale formations have placed the country’s potential considerably higher, helping explain why Algeria has attracted sustained international energy interest.
The timing is especially significant because the long-discussed Trans-Saharan Gas Pipeline has moved from concept toward construction. On June 4, 2026, Sonatrach officially launched work on the Algerian section at Aoulef in Adrar province. The planned route follows the Trans-Saharan Road corridor from the Niger border northward to Algeria’s national gas-dispatching center at Hassi R’Mel, potentially creating a major new pathway connecting Nigerian gas resources with Algeria’s export infrastructure and ultimately European markets.
Algeria is simultaneously exploring a second strategic frontier: critical minerals. Government ministries have confirmed lithium exploration in Tamanrasset and Ain Guezzam in cooperation with China’s Ganfeng Lithium, reporting promising indications of lithium and other rare minerals. Algeria is examining not merely extraction but an integrated lithium value chain extending toward processing, battery manufacturing and energy storage. That places the country directly inside the global competition for the minerals required by electric vehicles, renewable-energy systems, batteries and advanced technology.
This combination—gas + minerals + pipelines + proximity to Europe—makes Algeria strategically important. Yet this is also where the original viral narrative requires a major geographical correction. The devastating August fires have primarily struck northern and northeastern Algeria, whereas the Trans-Saharan pipeline corridor and much of the lithium exploration discussed above lie far to the south in Algeria’s vast Saharan interior. The available evidence therefore does not currently establish that the fires are systematically clearing the Trans-Saharan pipeline route or the Hoggar and Tanezrouft resource regions.
The proposed financial component also deserves scrutiny rather than assumption. Algeria certainly faces fiscal pressure: an IMF mission in June reported a very large fiscal deficit, rising public debt and declining fiscal buffers, while recommending reforms supporting private-sector-led growth. But that is materially different from evidence that the fires are being used to force Algeria into an IMF bailout or compel the privatization of Sonatrach. I found no credible evidence establishing such a fire-to-IMF-to-Sonatrach privatization operation.
Likewise, Algeria works with international energy corporations, and foreign companies naturally have commercial interests in its enormous hydrocarbon sector. That makes questions about contracts, ownership structures, financing and foreign influence legitimate investigative subjects. It does not, however, demonstrate that firms such as TotalEnergies or Eni—or investment managers such as BlackRock and Vanguard—are orchestrating fires to acquire Algerian resources. Corporate holdings, partnerships and financial relationships would need to be traced through contracts and ownership records before making that causal leap.
The most extraordinary claim is that multiple ignition points prove the use of directed-energy weapons. Multiple simultaneous fires can have many causes—including lightning, electrical faults, accidents, arson, agricultural burning, extreme heat and wind-driven propagation—and the number or geographic distribution of ignition points alone cannot identify the mechanism. At present, I found no credible forensic, satellite or official investigative evidence demonstrating directed-energy technology caused Algeria’s August 2026 fires. That claim should remain classified as unverified unless physical evidence emerges.
None of this means the larger resource story should be ignored. Quite the opposite. Algeria sits at the intersection of Europe’s search for diversified energy supplies, Africa’s emerging infrastructure corridors, China’s pursuit of critical minerals and Algeria’s own determination to retain national control over strategic resources. The more useful investigation is therefore not to begin with the conclusion that the fires were engineered, but to follow what happens after them: land-use changes, mining concessions, pipeline routing, foreign investment agreements, reconstruction financing, displacement patterns and changes to Sonatrach’s ownership or operating structure.
That creates a much stronger GAR investigative framework:
FIRE → DISPLACEMENT → LAND-USE CHANGE → INFRASTRUCTURE → RESOURCE CONCESSIONS → FOREIGN CAPITAL
If the later links begin appearing in the same affected territories, the hypothesis becomes more interesting and deserves deeper investigation. If they do not, the geographic coincidence argument weakens.
GAR ANALYSIS | FOLLOW THE LAND AFTER THE FIRE
The documented story is already significant without overstating it. Algeria is burning at precisely the historical moment when its gas, mineral resources and geographic position are becoming increasingly valuable to Europe, China and the wider global economy. That convergence deserves continued scrutiny—but distinguishing documented strategic competition from unverified claims about engineered fires is what makes the investigation stronger.
“The question is not simply why Algeria is burning. The question is what happens to the land, infrastructure and resources after the fires are extinguished. Follow the concessions. Follow the pipeline. Follow the capital. Follow the land.”
The Russians Are Not So Subtly Threatening The UK With Military Retaliation – Is This Why CIA Director John Ratcliffe Flew To Moscow?
CODE 🟨 YELLOW / POSSIBLE DISINFORMATION, QUESTIONABLE SOURCES, CONFLICTING REPORTS
We are far closer to a shooting war with Russia than most people realize. The Russians are extremely upset with the UK, because the UK has been providing long-range attack drones and long-range missiles to the Ukrainians. In recent months, the Ukrainians have been using those drones and missiles to attack very sensitive targets deep inside Russian territory. The Russians are now accusing the UK of being a direct party to the conflict, and they are not so subtly threatening the UK with military retaliation. Of course an attack on the UK would be considered an attack on the entire NATO military alliance, and that could put us right on the brink of the unthinkable.
It would be difficult for me to overstate the seriousness of the crisis that we are potentially facing.
We aren’t hearing about it much in the western media, but the truth is that Russian officials are seething with anger.
Night after night, British-made drones are striking important targets in major Russian cities. Last week, the Russian embassy warned that the UK will pay a very high price for this…
Russian officials also threatened consequences over the use of British drones in Ukraine’s deep strikes. Although Ukraine manufactures the vast majority of its own attack drones, Russian officials said Tuesday that debris found in the country showed British-made drones had been shot down recently.
“Reports that the Kiev regime is using British drones to carry out strikes deep inside Russian territory confirm that London is deliberately opting for an escalation of the Ukraine crisis, while hypocritically professing a desire for peace,” the Russian embassy in London said in a statement. “The deeper its involvement in the conflict and the greater its support for Kiev’s terrorist machinery, the higher the price it will pay.”
In April, the U.K. announced its largest ever drone package for Ukraine, pledging to supply 120,000 drones this year. The package included long-range strike drones, intelligence and reconnaissance drones and logistics drones, according to the U.K.’s Ministry of Defense, which said the deliveries began in April.
Of course that wasn’t the end of it.
On Monday, a Kremlin adviser named Andrei Fedorov warned the BBC that the UK is now considered to be a direct party to the war and that “a new stage of escalation in the Ukrainian conflict” is coming…
He said the UK is considered a “direct military” party to the war, and went on: “there is a very serious political and public pressure on President Putin today to undertake ‘certain measures’ against UK… it’s coming from public opinion polls, it’s coming from journalists, media, it’s coming from military. And UK, considering in the context of Ukraine, is evil number one… so many people are saying the President is waiting too long, not answering the UK, the answer — even maybe a military answer — should be made even earlier than now”.
There is a “a new stage of escalation in the Ukrainian conflict” coming, Fedorov said, and asserted that amid that Russian retaliation would become more “visible”. He said: “there are different discussions about how it should look like. It might be so-called ‘technical’ reaction, maybe some hacker attack, from unknown source — not from official, of course — there might be different political steps.
“And I cannot exclude 100 per cent that there may be some ‘semi-military’, for example… something might happen with enterprises, the factories that are producing drones for Ukraine… they could be attacked, not by Russia, but by unknown sources.”
Did you catch that last part?
It is kind of like a mob boss telling you that your business might have some sort of an “accident” if you don’t pay up. It wasn’t a coincidence that he specifically mentioned “the factories that are producing drones for Ukraine” during this interview.
The Russians would love to take out those factories if they could get away with it. And the British are playing with fire by mass producing those drones for the Ukrainians. If their recklessness gets us into a nuclear war with the Russians, billions of people could end up dead.
This isn’t a game.
New British Prime Minister Andy Burnham has some critical decisions to make.
A senior British security official just told the Daily Mail that the Russians are “planning some sort of action against UK interests” in order to test Burnham’s resolve…
Andy Burnham has chosen to stand up to Vladimir Putin. And Putin is already plotting his revenge.
‘The chatter we’ve been picking up over the past two weeks indicates the Russians are preparing for something,’ a senior security source revealed to me. ‘They’re planning some sort of action against UK interests. They’re going to test Burnham.’
The goal would be to get Burnham to stop supplying the Ukrainians with drones and missiles.
But I don’t think that it is going to work.
Earlier this week, Burnham visited Ukraine. It is being reported that during that visit he “agreed to hand over the technical blueprints for Britain’s long-range Storm Shadow missiles”…
On Monday, the Prime Minister arrived in Ukraine – and he came bearing gifts. After appeals from Volodymyr Zelensky, Burnham agreed to hand over the technical blueprints for Britain’s long-range Storm Shadow missiles.
‘Ukraine has been Europe’s protector: not a drain on our security but the frontline in keeping Europe safe,’ Burnham declared. ‘The Ukrainian people deserve not just our continued support, but our gratitude and respect.’
In anticipation of that visit, the Russians actually withdrew their ambassador from the UK…
But as he spoke those words Andy Burnham knew that frontline is likely to move closer to home. On Sunday, it was announced Russia had withdrawn its British ambassador, without appointing a replacement.
Within the British security establishment this is viewed as a clear indication of an impending Russian intervention. ‘We think he’s been pulled so that when they act we don’t have the ability to expel him,’ one source revealed.
That is not a good sign at all.
Pulling your ambassador is a dramatic move.
Hopefully nothing imminent is planned.
As tensions between the Russians and the British continued to rise, CIA Director John Ratcliffe suddenly made a highly-publicized trip to Moscow on Tuesday…
CIA Director John Ratcliffe was in Moscow, Russia, for meetings on Tuesday, sources familiar with the situation told CBS News.
News of his trip came after a U.S. Air Force Boeing C-17A Globemaster III transport plane was spotted flying into a Moscow airport Tuesday morning, and then a U.S. diplomatic motorcade was seen driving through the city.
The CIA did not comment on his trip, but Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov told reporters in Moscow on Wednesday that Ratcliffe held talks with Russian intelligence officials during his visit, but that he did not meet President Vladimir Putin.
Was Ratcliffe attempting to defuse this crisis before it could spiral out of control? The last time the head of the CIA flew to Russia was just before the Russians invaded Ukraine.
Needless to say, I don’t think that this was a routine visit. Hopefully cooler heads will prevail, because once NATO is officially at war with Russia it will just be a matter of time before unconventional weapons are used.
Speaking of that, it appears that the Russians are getting ready to conduct a test of their new Burevestnik cruise missile…
Vladimir Putin may be about to test a nuclear-powered cruise missile – dubbed the Flying Chernobyl – that can fly for days, according to analysts.
An influx of aircraft and shipping has converged in the Arctic in a telltale sign that a new experimental firing is expected of a weapon powered by its own atomic reactor, say analysts.
The ‘invincible’ Burevestnik missile – with a nickname inspired by the nuclear catastrophe that could be inflicted, much like the Chernobyl power plant explosion in 1986 – carries a nuclear warhead with an ‘unlimited range’ and is designed to fly for days at a time before striking the West, according to the Russians.
Many western analysts are dismissing the threat posed by a nuclear-powered cruise missile, but I think that is a mistake.
A cruise missile armed with a nuclear warhead that has unlimited range and that can come at you from any direction and stay in the air indefinitely is a game changer.
Last October, the Russians conducted a successful test of this new weapon…
In an October 2025 test, Russia’s top war commander General Valery Gerasimov said: ‘The missile flew for several hours, covering a distance of 14,000 kilometres [8,700 miles].’
This was during a 15-hour flight which ‘is not the limit’.
‘During the flight, the missile performed all the prescribed vertical and horizontal manoeuvres, demonstrating its high capabilities for evading missile and air defence systems,’ he told Putin.
Over the last decade, the Russians have been working incredibly hard to modernize their strategic nuclear arsenal.
Meanwhile, Minuteman ICBMs that first went into service more than 50 years ago continue to form the backbone of our strategic nuclear arsenal.
We are not prepared to fight a nuclear war with the Russians, and we should be doing all that we can to avoid such a scenario.
Unfortunately, the British appear to be determined to creep as close as possible to the edge of the abyss. If they make a mistake and push things too far, we will be dragged into a shooting war with Russia too.
THE SECRET MOSCOW MISSION
Trump Sends CIA Director John Ratcliffe Into the Kremlin’s Intelligence Channel
Ukraine Peace Talks • NATO Deterrence • Iran • Intelligence Diplomacy • Trump–Putin–Zelensky Summit
“The significance of the mission may not be any single message Ratcliffe carried to Moscow, but that Washington chose its intelligence chief—not its conventional diplomatic team—to deliver it.”
A highly unusual diplomatic channel opened between Washington and Moscow this week when President Donald Trump personally dispatched CIA Director John Ratcliffe to Russia. According to The Wall Street Journal, the mission was sufficiently sensitive that some senior White House officials and military leaders who normally would have been briefed were kept unaware of the message Ratcliffe intended to deliver. Ratcliffe reportedly traveled through Latvia and entered Moscow aboard a U.S. C-17 military transport aircraft, making this the first known Moscow visit by a serving CIA director since William Burns traveled there in November 2021.
WHY RATCLIFFE?
The choice of the CIA director appears deliberate. Previous Trump administration diplomatic initiatives involving other envoys had failed to produce a breakthrough in Ukraine, while the CIA maintains longstanding communication channels with Russia’s intelligence services even when normal political relations deteriorate. Ratcliffe also occupies Trump’s inner circle and has previously dealt successfully with Russian officials, including negotiations involving detained Americans.
Ratcliffe did not meet Vladimir Putin. The Kremlin confirmed that he instead met Russian intelligence counterparts, and subsequent reporting identifies them as SVR chief Sergey Naryshkin and FSB director Alexander Bortnikov; Putin was subsequently briefed on those discussions. That makes this less a conventional diplomatic visit than a form of intelligence diplomacy—using security-service channels to communicate messages too sensitive or urgent for ordinary negotiations.
MESSAGE ONE — REOPEN THE UKRAINE CHANNEL
One objective was reportedly to determine whether Russia’s intelligence leadership could help move Putin back toward U.S.-mediated negotiations. Axios now reports that Ratcliffe went further, floating the possibility of a three-way Trump–Putin–Zelensky summit as a mechanism for restarting negotiations. U.S. officials subsequently briefed Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky on the Moscow discussions, while Ukrainian officials have suggested talks could resume in September.
This does not mean peace is imminent. Ukrainian officials remain deeply skeptical of Putin’s intentions and believe Russia could instead be preparing another major escalation, while military strikes by both sides have intensified. The Moscow mission therefore appears to have contained both an offer and a warning: diplomacy remains available, but escalation carries consequences.
MESSAGE TWO — DON’T TEST NATO
The second message may be even more consequential. The Wall Street Journal reports that Ratcliffe reinforced Washington’s commitment to NATO’s Article 5 collective-defense guarantee and warned Russian officials against attacking NATO territory. Reuters independently reported that two sources said the possibility of a Russian operation against a NATO member was raised during Ratcliffe’s meetings, although it remains unclear how central that issue was to the mission.
The background is a growing Western concern about Russian “gray-zone” activity in Europe—including suspected sabotage, cyber operations and drone incursions. NATO nevertheless said on August 30 that it currently sees no imminent threat of a direct Russian attack, an important distinction from assessments concerning what Moscow might eventually be capable of doing.
MESSAGE THREE — RUSSIA, IRAN AND A WIDER WAR
Ratcliffe also reportedly pressed Moscow over its relationship with Iran. Russia and Iran have developed extensive military, economic and diplomatic cooperation, while Washington is attempting to increase economic pressure on Tehran through secondary sanctions. Reuters confirmed through a source that Russia’s support for Iran was among the subjects discussed in Moscow.
This makes the Ratcliffe mission much larger than a Ukraine initiative. Washington is effectively confronting an increasingly interconnected strategic equation:
UKRAINE → RUSSIA → IRAN → NATO → EUROPE → U.S. SECURITY
If Trump could persuade Moscow to reduce its support for Tehran while simultaneously reopening Ukraine negotiations, Washington could potentially reduce pressure across two theaters at once. Whether Putin sees any advantage in doing so is an entirely different question.
THE CONTRADICTION AT THE CENTER
There is an important discrepancy in the public accounts. Trump described Ratcliffe’s visit as “semi-routine” and later told Axios it was “standard business,” rejecting suggestions that the mission was specifically intended to warn Russia about NATO. Yet The Wall Street Journal, Reuters and other reporting—relying on officials and sources familiar with the discussions—indicates that NATO, Ukraine and Iran were indeed raised.
That discrepancy does not necessarily mean either side of the reporting is false. Sensitive intelligence diplomacy often produces deliberately limited public explanations while negotiations remain active. What can be established is that the visit occurred, Ratcliffe met senior Russian intelligence officials, Putin was briefed, Ukraine subsequently received information from Washington, and discussions involved several of the world’s most dangerous geopolitical pressure points.
GAR ANALYSIS | A BACKCHANNEL OPENS
The larger signal is the channel itself. Trump has moved beyond traditional envoys and placed his CIA director directly into negotiations involving Ukraine, NATO deterrence and Russia’s relationship with Iran. Ratcliffe’s mission therefore appears to combine diplomacy, intelligence communication and strategic deterrence within a single operation.
The next indicator to watch is whether the Moscow mission produces something visible: renewed Russia–Ukraine negotiations in September, movement toward a Trump–Putin–Zelensky summit, reduced Russian support for Iran, or alternatively a major Russian escalation. If negotiations restart, Ratcliffe’s trip may eventually be remembered as the opening of a new diplomatic channel. If escalation follows, it may instead resemble William Burns’s 2021 Moscow mission—a final high-level warning before the strategic environment became considerably more dangerous.
GAR SIGNAL: The Ratcliffe mission suggests Washington is simultaneously testing diplomacy and strengthening deterrence. The next question is whether Moscow interprets the opening as an opportunity to negotiate—or as evidence that the United States urgently wants to reduce pressure across multiple theaters.
Time Traveler Future Predictions for 2027
The “Vincent Cassel” Story — A Warning of the Great Turning Point
A viral alternative-media story circulating under the name Vincent Cassel describes a mysterious alleged time traveler who claims to have spent one year in 2074 and another three years in 2317 before returning to the present. According to the narrative, Cassel says that information he brought back allowed him to anticipate events in 2023 and that 2027 represents one of the great dividing lines of the twenty-first century. This story is presented as an unconfirmed time-traveler narrative and future-prediction scenario.
Within that narrative, 2027 is described not as the end of civilization but as the beginning of an accelerated restructuring of it. Cassel allegedly characterizes the year as a point when several pressures that have been building independently suddenly begin interacting: economic instability, geopolitical realignment, artificial intelligence, automation, energy disruption, climate and geophysical extremes, declining confidence in institutions, and rapidly changing social behavior. The central prediction is that people will eventually look back at the years before 2027 as belonging to a distinctly different era. What makes the scenario compelling is not necessarily the time-travel claim, but the concept of convergence—multiple technological, economic and social transitions reaching critical thresholds within the same relatively short period.
The first major theme attributed to the prediction is a financial and economic reset. Rather than one dramatic overnight collapse, the scenario describes waves of instability moving through banking, sovereign debt, currencies, commercial and residential real estate, employment and financial markets. Traditional assumptions about retirement, careers, property values and economic security become increasingly unreliable. Governments respond with new monetary technologies and increasingly digital financial infrastructure. In the story, this becomes one of the defining battles of 2027: who controls money, identity, transactions and access to the emerging digital economy? The prediction should not be confused with evidence that a secret “Global Currency Reset” or “Quantum Financial System” is scheduled for 2027.
A second prediction involves AI crossing from useful technology into civilization-scale infrastructure. During 2027, according to the scenario, increasingly capable artificial-intelligence systems begin replacing entire categories of knowledge work rather than merely assisting workers. Accounting, administration, customer service, programming, research, media production, logistics and portions of medicine and education are transformed. The disruption initially creates fear because employment structures cannot adapt as quickly as the technology. Yet Cassel’s future history describes this upheaval as the beginning of something larger: humanity gradually separating economic productivity from human identity, forcing societies to reconsider what people should do when machines can perform an extraordinary percentage of conventional work.
The third theme is geopolitical fragmentation followed by realignment. The prediction describes 2027 as a period when alliances that appeared permanent begin behaving differently under economic, military and domestic pressure. Conflicts involving major powers remain dangerous, but the longer-term trajectory supposedly moves away from a single dominant geopolitical architecture toward a more distributed, multipolar world. Energy, food, semiconductors, critical minerals, communications infrastructure and artificial intelligence become as strategically important as conventional weapons. In this interpretation, the wars themselves are only the visible layer. The deeper struggle concerns who controls the infrastructure of the next civilization.
Cassel’s alleged account becomes considerably more extraordinary when it reaches disclosure. The narrative claims that between 2027 and the early 2030s, governments become unable to maintain previous levels of secrecy surrounding unidentified anomalous phenomena. Rather than one dramatic announcement, disclosure supposedly unfolds through accumulating military testimony, sensor information, scientific investigation, archival material and increasingly difficult-to-explain observations. Eventually, humanity’s understanding of intelligence beyond Earth is transformed. There is mounting evidence that such an event is scheduled for 2027, but the broader subject has unquestionably moved further into new government systems and release of new technology discussion than it occupied several decades ago.
Another element concerns consciousness itself. According to the story, future historians do not regard the transformation beginning around 2027 as purely technological or political. They describe a simultaneous psychological transition: millions of people begin questioning inherited definitions of success, authority, health, spirituality and human purpose. Meditation, consciousness research, near-death experiences, altered states, intuition and mind-body relationships receive growing attention. Information that once circulated primarily at society’s margins becomes easier to investigate and discuss. The prediction portrays this as an “Awakening Era”—although that interpretation remains spiritual rather than scientifically established.
There is also an intriguing solar and geophysical component to the story. Cassel supposedly describes humanity gradually recognizing that Earth cannot be understood independently of the Sun and the larger space environment. Solar activity, geomagnetic disturbances, satellites, electrical grids, communications networks and atmospheric processes become increasingly important areas of research and preparedness. Some consciousness communities go considerably further, proposing that solar and geomagnetic activity affects collective human consciousness. That remains speculative: evidence for direct causal connections between solar activity and a planetary consciousness transformation has not been established.
Perhaps the most interesting prediction concerns what doesn’t happen. Humanity supposedly survives the period. The civilization Cassel claims to have encountered in 2074 is dramatically different from ours but recognizably human. By 2317, according to the story, today’s political divisions, monetary structures and national rivalries appear almost primitive. Energy, medicine, artificial intelligence, space exploration and longevity have advanced beyond what people living today would recognize. The central lesson supposedly brought back from those centuries is therefore not that 2027 marks an apocalypse. It marks a transition. The danger comes from attempting to preserve institutions designed for the twentieth century while civilization is rapidly entering something fundamentally different.
For GAR, that distinction makes this story much stronger. We don’t need to certify an unidentified “time traveler” to examine the scenario seriously. 2027 can be treated as a convergence hypothesis and placed against measurable signals as the year unfolds: financial stress, AI displacement, geopolitical restructuring, energy and food security, solar activity, disclosure developments, health innovation and consciousness research. Some predictions will fail. Others may partially materialize. A few could prove surprisingly prescient. That is precisely where GAR’s Signals → Threads → Patterns → Convergence research model becomes valuable.
GAR Analysis: The real question isn’t whether Vincent Cassel traveled to 2074 or 2317. The useful question is whether the world is already producing the conditions that could make 2027 a genuine threshold year. That can actually be investigated—and it would make an excellent companion section to GAR’s existing 2026–2028 Compression/Transition Timeline, separating Cassel’s alleged predictions from observable indicators and GAR’s existing forecast.
PARASITES & THE HUMAN BODY
THE HIDDEN INFECTION QUESTION
Brain • Gut • Heart • Lungs • Liver • Urinary Tract • Reproductive System • Skin
How Parasitic Infections Can Affect Multiple Organ Systems—and Why Symptoms Alone Are Not a Diagnosis
Parasites are often thought of primarily as an intestinal problem, but medically documented parasitic infections can affect tissues throughout the human body. Depending on the species, parasites or their eggs and larvae can involve the brain and nervous system, heart, lungs, liver, urinary tract, reproductive organs, muscles, blood and skin. The symptoms can consequently look very different from one infection to another. CDC guidance emphasizes that manifestations depend heavily on the particular organism, its location and the burden of infection.
The brain provides one of the clearest examples. Taenia solium larvae can cause cysticercosis and, when cysts develop within the central nervous system, neurocysticercosis. Seizures are its most common neurological manifestation, while headaches, hydrocephalus, balance problems, confusion and other neurological complications can also occur. Importantly, this supports the general point in the graphic that parasites can affect the brain—but it does not establish parasites as a general explanation for depression, multiple sclerosis or Parkinson’s disease. Those conditions require their own medical evaluation rather than being assumed to represent hidden parasitic infection.
The gastrointestinal system is where the connection is most familiar. Giardia, for example, lives in the intestine and can produce diarrhea, gas, abdominal cramps, nausea, dehydration and malabsorption-related problems. Particularly interesting for chronic-health research, the CDC notes that some people experience longer-term complications following giardiasis, including recurring diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome (IBS). That demonstrates how an infection can sometimes leave consequences extending beyond the acute illness. But IBS, Crohn’s disease, ulcerative colitis, SIBO and food sensitivities have many potential causes, so their presence alone is not evidence that someone has parasites.
Parasites can also reach organs far removed from the digestive tract. Some parasitic diseases produce pulmonary symptoms such as coughing, while others can involve cardiac tissue. Cysticerci, for example, have been documented in heart muscle, lungs, liver, skin and other tissues, although many cysts outside the nervous system cause few or no symptoms. This illustrates an important principle: the location of a parasite can dramatically change the clinical picture, and apparently unrelated symptoms can occasionally originate from the same infectious process.
The urinary and reproductive systems offer another medically established example. In urinary schistosomiasis, eggs from Schistosoma haematobium can lodge in the urinary tract and produce inflammation, painful urination and blood in the urine; chronic infection can contribute to bladder fibrosis, kidney damage and increased bladder-cancer risk. The infection can also damage female reproductive tissues, producing female genital schistosomiasis involving structures including the cervix, vagina and fallopian tubes. This is substantially more specific than saying that parasites generally cause bladder cancer, infertility, endometriosis or pelvic inflammatory disease—the particular parasite, exposure and pathology matter.
Skin symptoms add another layer to the picture. Certain parasites directly invade or migrate through skin, while others can provoke inflammatory or immune reactions. Cutaneous larva migrans, for example, occurs when animal hookworm larvae penetrate human skin and typically produces intensely itchy, raised, winding tracks. Giardia can occasionally be associated with itchy skin or hives as well. Yet common disorders such as eczema and psoriasis should not automatically be interpreted as evidence of parasites. Similar-looking symptoms can emerge from infections, allergies, autoimmune processes, medications and numerous other conditions.
The larger story, therefore, isn’t that “parasites cause everything.” It is that certain parasites can imitate or contribute to a surprisingly broad range of illnesses, making accurate diagnosis important. Rather than relying on generalized symptom charts or undertaking an indiscriminate “parasite cleanse,” investigation should begin with exposure history—travel, untreated water, contaminated food, sanitation conditions and other relevant risks—followed by organism-appropriate testing when clinically indicated. Neurocysticercosis, for example, may require CT or MRI imaging and serological testing rather than a routine stool test. The productive question is therefore not simply “Could this be parasites?” but “Is there credible evidence for a specific parasitic infection that could explain these particular symptoms?” That distinction turns an intriguing health hypothesis into something that can actually be investigated.
At Precisely 12:12 AM Eastern Time On August 28th A Stunning Blood Moon Eclipse Will Occur Over The Entire Continental United States
It is not often that everyone living in the entire continental United States is able to view a blood moon eclipse with their own eyes. On the night of August 27th into the early hours of August 28th, a celestial spectacle will light up the night sky as Earth’s colossal shadow rises to swallow more than 96 percent of the full moon. In a breathtaking cosmic display, the brilliant lunar surface will be plunged into darkness, bleeding into deep shades of copper, fiery orange, and blood red. While a solitary, blazing sliver of light will fight to remain untouched, escaping a technical total eclipse by a razor-thin margin of less than four percent, the agonizingly close near-total blackout will leave onlookers spellbound. Overall, the eclipse will last for a total of five hours and 38 minutes. In the United States, it will start at 9:23 PM eastern time on August 27th, and it will end at 3:01 PM eastern time on August 28th. But it will be at precisely 12:12 AM eastern time that the main event will occur. At that moment the red color of the “blood moon” will reach a peak, and throughout human history many cultures have considered a “blood moon” to be a very ominous sign.
This is not something that happens every day.
Time Magazine has pointed out that 44.4 percent of the entire global population will be able to see this eclipse…
It’s not often that 3.6 billion people—or 44.4% of the world’s population—look at the same thing at the same time. And it’s not often that something comes along that’s worth the attention of all those billions. But that will happen on the evening of Aug. 27 when much of the world will be able to witness a blood moon lunar eclipse, during which 96% of the face of the full moon will fall into Earth’s shadow, glowing a deep orange-red in the process.
Approximately a billion people in the United States, Canada and Latin America will have “prime, hours-long views” as long as the weather cooperates.
I would encourage you to stay up for this if you are able to do so.
A lunar eclipse unfolds in three phases, and the maximum phase for this particular eclipse will last for one hour and 39 minutes…
There are three phases of any lunar eclipse—the penumbral, partial, and total or maximum. The penumbral phase occurs first, when the moon moves into the faint, outer reaches of the Earth’s umbra, or shadow. The partial phase comes next, when the true, darker shadow of the Earth begins to cover the lunar disk. The total or maximum phase is when only a small portion—or none at all—of the moon remains unshadowed. For the upcoming eclipse, the penumbral phase will take one hour and ten minutes, the partial phase one hour and 39 minutes, and the maximum phase, when the moon will be 96% obscured, will also take one hour and 39 minutes. That maximum shadow will occur at 12:12 a.m. ET. The eclipse will then return to the partial and penumbral phases before the moon soars on and leaves the Earth’s shadow behind.
As the maximum phase gets very close, the moon will start to turn red.
And once the moon is 96 percent covered by Earth’s shadow at mid-eclipse at 12:12 AM eastern time, the redness of the moon will be at peak intensity…
As the eclipse become deeper – and approaches maximum – you should begin to notice a red glow on the moon. There are varying opinions as to when this red color might become visible. Some say by 90%. Some say 95%. The darker your sky, the better chance you’ll have of seeing the red color sooner. Since 96% of the moon will be in Earth’s shadow at mid-eclipse, you’ll hopefully see some redness by then.
And you should see a bright white patch along the moon’s northeastern limb. That is the portion of the moon not yet submerged in the shadow. In other words, that’s the unshaded, daytime part of the moon.
So why will the moon turn red?
NASA has explained it in a way that I think is very easy to understand…
A Blood Moon refers to the reddish or copper color the Moon projects during a lunar eclipse. This astronomical event occurs when the Earth moves between the Sun and the Moon. In doing so, it blocks and filters sunlight on the Moon’s surface.
“The same phenomenon that makes our sky blue and our sunsets red causes the Moon to turn reddish-orange during a lunar eclipse,” NASA reports. “Sunlight appears white, but it actually contains a rainbow of components—and different colors of light have different physical properties. Blue light scatters relatively easily as it passes through Earth’s atmosphere. Reddish light, on the other hand, travels more directly through the air.”
“During a lunar eclipse, the Moon appears red or orange because any sunlight that’s not blocked by our planet is filtered through a thick slice of Earth’s atmosphere on its way to the lunar surface,” NASA continues. “It’s as if all the world’s sunrises and sunsets are projected onto the Moon.”
Those living on the east coast will be able to view this eclipse from the very beginning to the very end.
At 9:23 eastern time on August 27th the moon will start to enter the Earth’s shadow, and the eclipse will finally be over at 3:01 eastern time on August 28th…
- The eclipse begins when the moon enters Earth’s faint outer shadow at 9:23 p.m. EDT on Aug. 27 (0123 GMT on Aug. 28).
- Things get much more interesting at 10:33 p.m. EDT (0233 GMT), when the partial eclipse begins and Earth’s dark umbral shadow starts to creep across the lunar surface.
- Maximum eclipse occurs at 12:12 a.m. EDT (0412 GMT) on Aug. 28, when 96.2% of the moon will be immersed in Earth’s umbra.
- The partial phase ends at 1:51 a.m. EDT (0551 GMT), with the penumbral eclipse concluding at 3:01 a.m. EDT (0701 GMT).
This eclipse has sparked a frenzy of speculation on social media.
Many are wondering what it might mean, and even mainstream news sources are bringing up Bible verses in relation to this event…
Several passages in the Bible describe the moon turning red, signaling a major event or God’s intervention.
Key references include Joel 2:31, Acts 2:20, which echoes the same imagery, and Revelation 6:12, which describes the moon becoming like blood during apocalyptic events.
Believers often interpret these verses as signs that a blood moon could herald a time of upheaval, judgment for the wicked, or salvation for the faithful, giving the August eclipse a heightened sense of spiritual significance.
This is going to be the final lunar eclipse of 2026.
But there will be several notable eclipses in 2027, and in 2028 a total lunar eclipse will actually occur on New Year’s Eve…
This week’s lunar eclipse follows a total lunar eclipse in March and will be the second and last of the year. But if you miss it, more celestial events are coming in 2027.
Two solar eclipses will take place next year—one on February 6 and the other on August 2. But you might want to make this lunar eclipse count: three lunar eclipses in 2027 will be “penumbral”—meaning the moon will pass through Earth’s penumbra, the fainter part of its shadow, which won’t make quite as spectacular a view. The next total lunar eclipse will take place on New Year’s Eve in 2028—what a way to ring in 2029!
I did not know about that there will be a total lunar eclipse on New Year’s Eve in 2028.Every day I am learning something new, and that is a good thing because if you are not learning you are not growing.
Personally, I am going to make it a point to check out the blood moon eclipse that will happen later this week. It should be spectacular.
So many unusual events have already occurred in 2026, and I am expecting the pace of events to pick up even more during the remaining portion of this year.
THE CURE THEY REMOVED FROM TEXTBOOKS IN 1934.
Dr. Royal Rife was a genius. He invented a microscope capable of magnifying living viruses 60,000 times. He could see pathogens that no one else could see.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Then he discovered something that threatened the entire medical establishment.
He found that every disease, every bacteria, and every virus has a specific resonant frequency. Just like a singer can shatter a wine glass by hitting the exact right pitch, Rife discovered he could destroy pathogens by hitting them with their own specific frequency.
He called it the Mortal Oscillatory Rate.
In 1934, the University of Southern California appointed a Special Medical Research Committee to bring 16 terminally ill cancer patients from Pasadena County Hospital to Rife’s clinic. They were given three months to live.
After 90 days of frequency treatment, the committee concluded that 14 of the 16 patients were completely cured. The remaining two were cured four weeks later. A 100% success rate. No surgery. No radiation. No toxic chemicals. Just pure, targeted frequency.
The American Medical Association tried to buy his research. He refused.
Within months, his laboratory was destroyed by arson. His microscopes were dismantled. The doctors who supported him were threatened with losing their licenses. His research was confiscated, and he was dragged through years of lawsuits until he was financially ruined.
They did not just destroy his machines. They erased him from history.
You are told that disease is a chemical problem requiring a chemical solution. It is not. Disease is an energetic problem. And the solution has always been frequency.
The world must know the truth. SHARE IT.
PROJECT ICEWORM — THE NUCLEAR CITY BURIED BENEATH GREENLAND.
STATUS: DECLASSIFIED / VERIFIED / FIELD LOG 17 // FILE 003
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
I opened a file from the Cold War and found an entire city disappearing beneath the ice.
In 1959, the United States Army entered Greenland and began carving tunnels into the frozen surface. The public name was Camp Century—a remote Arctic research station presented as a laboratory for science, engineering, and survival in extreme conditions.
That explanation was real.
It was also incomplete.
Beneath the ice stood sleeping quarters, laboratories, a hospital, a communications center, and a portable nuclear reactor. Approximately 200 people could live below the surface while the world above saw almost nothing.
But Camp Century was only the visible file.
I traced the classified layer to a plan called PROJECT ICEWORM.
The objective was to build a vast network of tunnels beneath Greenland and hide hundreds of nuclear missiles inside them. The launch sites would constantly rotate through the frozen maze, making them difficult for the Soviet Union to locate or destroy.
A nuclear arsenal with no permanent address.
The ice itself would become camouflage.
The planners imagined thousands of miles of tunnels and as many as 600 missiles positioned close enough to strike targets across the Soviet Union.
Greenland was not merely being studied.
It was being measured as a weapon.
Then the ice began to move.
I compared the engineering projections with what happened underground. The frozen walls shifted faster than expected. Tunnels narrowed. Ceilings bent. Steel supports twisted under pressure.
The base was not sitting inside solid ground. It was trapped inside a slow-moving ocean of ice.
The same glacier meant to hide the system was gradually crushing it.
Project Iceworm was abandoned. Camp Century closed. Equipment, fuel, biological waste, and parts of the nuclear infrastructure were left behind beneath accumulating snow.
ASSESSMENT: The operation failed because the planners treated the ice like concrete. It was not concrete.
It was alive, moving—and stronger than the classified architecture buried inside it.
CODE: ICEWORM / CAMP-CENTURY / NUCLEAR-GRID / ARCTIC-VAULT
They told the public it was a research station. The deeper blueprint described a missile field beneath the ice.
I have learned one rule from buried operations: the ground always keeps its own record. Forward this file before the ice closes again.
⚠️ AMERICA FIRST — THE CASE SUPPORTERS ARE MAKING FOR PRESIDENT TRUMP
Border Security • Economic Nationalism • Energy • Defense • Government Reform • Individual Liberty
Source: Nino Rodriguez / NinosCorner.tv
A closer examination of the priorities driving President Trump’s political movement—and the debate surrounding them
The argument made by President Trump’s supporters is broader than any single policy or personality. At its center is a belief that the federal government should place the security, prosperity and constitutional interests of American citizens ahead of international institutions, entrenched bureaucracies and political convention. Immigration enforcement, domestic manufacturing, energy production, military readiness and government accountability therefore become interconnected pieces of the same America First philosophy.
Border security remains one of the movement’s defining priorities. Supporters argue that a sovereign nation must be able to determine who enters, enforce immigration law and aggressively confront human trafficking, fentanyl distribution and transnational criminal organizations. Critics challenge both the methods and consequences of Trump’s immigration policies, making this one of the sharpest dividing lines in American politics. The underlying debate, however, reaches beyond immigration: how should America balance security, economic needs, humanitarian obligations and the rule of law?
Economic nationalism and energy independence form another major pillar. Trump’s political coalition favors expanding domestic energy production, rebuilding manufacturing capacity, renegotiating trade relationships and using tariffs when policymakers believe foreign practices disadvantage American producers. Supporters see these measures as necessary corrections after decades of globalization and industrial migration. Critics counter that tariffs and protectionist policies can increase consumer costs and provoke retaliation. The real test is measurable: jobs, wages, investment, productivity, energy prices and American industrial capacity.
National defense is similarly being reframed around deterrence rather than indefinite intervention. The America First argument calls for a powerful military while demanding that allies carry a greater share of collective defense costs and questioning prolonged overseas commitments without clearly defined American objectives. That creates an important tension within Trump’s approach: maintaining overwhelming military capability while attempting to avoid unnecessary wars. Whether that balance can consistently be maintained will remain one of the most consequential questions surrounding his presidency.
The movement also reflects deep dissatisfaction with America’s institutions. Federal agencies, intelligence organizations, universities, corporations, news organizations and political establishments increasingly face skepticism from large portions of the public. Trump has positioned himself as an adversary of that institutional order, promising deregulation, bureaucratic restructuring and greater accountability. Supporters regard this disruption as overdue reform; opponents worry that aggressive restructuring could weaken important institutional safeguards. Both arguments deserve scrutiny because institutional reform without accountability can become destruction, while institutions without accountability can become insulated from the citizens they serve.
Education, parental authority, religious liberty, public safety, veterans and local communities complete much of the domestic agenda represented in the poster. These issues explain why Trump’s coalition cannot be understood solely through traditional Republican economics. It incorporates working-class populism, cultural conservatism, skepticism toward centralized authority and a renewed emphasis on national identity. For supporters, the common thread is restoring decision-making power closer to families, communities and citizens. For opponents, some of these policies raise serious questions about civil rights, federal responsibilities and equal protection.
Ultimately, the strongest case for or against Trump should not depend upon slogans, personality or partisan loyalty. It should depend upon results that can be independently measured. Are Americans safer? Are real wages improving? Is government becoming more accountable? Is domestic industry strengthening? Are constitutional liberties protected? Is the national debt sustainable? Are America’s alliances and deterrence stronger? Those questions provide a better framework than political tribalism. Trump does not need to be treated as either a savior or a villain to evaluate his presidency seriously—the policies, outcomes and consequences should provide the evidence.
⚠️ Editor’s Notes: The Trump Enigma | Separating Signal from Noise
Since its founding in 2018, The Great Awakening Report has maintained an intentionally apolitical position, examining signals, patterns, emerging narratives, and independent research rather than promoting allegiance to any political figure or party. Few individuals currently generate more conflicting information than President Donald J. Trump, whose policies, public appearances, statements, reversals, and enormous social-media presence have produced competing interpretations across both mainstream and alternative media. Claims involving hidden operations, staged events, body doubles, psychological operations, and deliberate narrative manipulation remain largely unverified and may represent combinations of fact, speculation, misinformation, selective perception, or information warfare. GAR’s position is therefore one of discernment rather than certainty: we will continue presenting developing stories, competing perspectives, and emerging signals while encouraging readers to distinguish documented evidence from interpretation, question assumptions, think critically, trust their own informed judgment, and ultimately reach their own conclusions.
OPERATION GOLD — THE TUNNEL THE ENEMY KNEW ABOUT FROM DAY ONE.
STATUS: DECLASSIFIED / VERIFIED / FIELD LOG 17 // FILE 002
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
I opened the blueprints of one of the boldest intelligence operations ever buried beneath a city.
In 1954, the CIA and British intelligence began digging a secret tunnel from West Berlin toward the Soviet sector. The target was not a bunker, a weapon, or a man.
It was a cable.
Hidden below the streets were telephone lines carrying sensitive Soviet military communications. If the tunnel reached them undetected, the West could listen directly to the machinery of the Eastern command.
So they dug approximately 1,476 feet through the soil beneath Berlin.
Quietly. Patiently. Under enemy territory.
I traced the construction records. Tons of earth had to disappear without attracting attention. Engineers worked behind the cover of an ordinary military installation while technicians prepared chambers filled with recording equipment.
The operation was called GOLD.
When the taps became active, conversations began flowing through the tunnel. Orders, reports, names, movements—the nervous system of the Soviet presence in East Germany was suddenly speaking into Western headphones.
But the archive contains a second story.
A colder one.
Before the first shovel entered the ground, the operation had already been betrayed.
George Blake, a British intelligence officer secretly working for the Soviet Union, had informed Moscow about the tunnel. The KGB knew what was being built beneath Berlin—but exposing it immediately could have revealed Blake.
So they waited.
For nearly a year, the West listened while the East protected the mole hidden inside British intelligence.
In 1956, Soviet troops finally “discovered” the tunnel and displayed it to the world as evidence of Western espionage.
ASSESSMENT: Operation Gold was both a technical victory and a counterintelligence nightmare. The tunnel reached the cables. The equipment worked. The intelligence flowed.
But the enemy had been standing at the exit before the digging even began.
CODE: OPERATION-GOLD / BERLIN-TUNNEL / GEORGE-BLAKE / COMPROMISED-LINE
They told the world the tunnel had been discovered.
The truth is that it had never been hidden.
I measure an operation twice: once by what it collected—and once by who already knew.
Forward this file before the line goes silent.
Passage Of The Nick Shirley Act Shows How Desperate Democrats Have Become To Cover Up Their “Empire Of Fraud”
One of the reasons why the federal government is 40 trillion dollars in debt is because there is an almost unbelievable amount of fraud in our system. When we talk about crime in America, most of the time we focus on the violent thugs terrorizing our streets, but the truth is that they are small-time criminals. The big-time criminals are those that are raking in millions of dollars by stealing from the government. Medicare and Medicaid are considered to be the two largest victims. It has been estimated that Medicare fraud costs U.S. taxpayers up to $80 billion a year, and it has been estimated that Medicaid fraud costs U.S. taxpayers up to $100 billion a year. We are hemorrhaging money like crazy because of all of this fraud, and there is no end in sight.
The worst fraud occurs in major urban areas in blue states.
Everyone knows this.
The Democrats that are in power in these areas are very hesitant to crack down on the fraud, because they would literally be cracking down on the people that voted them into office.
California is a perfect example.
The state is being accused of losing $180 billion to fraud over the years, and California Governor Gavin Newsom’s office vigorously disputes that figure. But as you will see below, the facts clearly show that there has been a tremendous amount of fraud going on.
Since California Governor Gavin Newsom is preparing to run for the presidency, he is desperate to keep this from becoming a major political issue. And so he doesn’t want independent journalists like Nick Shirley poking around in his state.
On Saturday, Newsom signed the “Stop Nick Shirley Act” into law…
Gov. Gavin Newsom signed California’s controversial “Stop Nick Shirley Act” into law on Saturday, just days after a radical left-wing operative crashed the journalist’s Capitol interview and launched a crude personal attack on him.
Assembly Bill 2624 expands California’s Safe at Home program to employees of nonprofits that serve people navigating the immigration system.
Critics have blasted the measure as a way to intimidate people “trying to shine light on bad behavior,” , such as Shirley’s investigative reports on fraud in California and Minnesota.
Those that violate this new law could be hit with fines as high as $50,000 and even face prison time in certain circumstances…
The measure imposes penalties on people who distribute information or images of covered immigration workers under circumstances the law defines as inciting violence or threats. Penalties can range from $10,000 to $50,000, with violations potentially carrying jail or prison sentences.
In a post on X, Nick Shirley explained why this new law specifically targets people like him…
He is right.
They are out to get him.
But they can’t stop federal authorities from cracking down on fraud.
One man in California that was recently arrested by the feds is being charged with stealing 27 million dollars from Medicare…
He probably assumed that he would never get caught, because most of those that are doing this never get caught.
In another case, California authorities actually broke up a fraud ring that had stolen 267 million dollars from the state…
California Attorney General Rob Bonta, together with the California Department of Health Care Services (DHCS), today announced charges filed against 21 suspects and the dismantling of a major hospice fraud scheme that defrauded California of $267 million. Operation Skip Trace resulted in the arrest of five people after ten different locations were searched in Southern California. In addition, two handguns and over $757,000 in cash were seized.
“This isn’t a political game for us. This is about protecting taxpayer dollars, protecting the programs that sick and vulnerable Californians rely on, and protecting our state,” said Attorney General Rob Bonta. “Over the life of this fraud scheme, not a single legitimate hospice service was ever provided yet millions were billed in a brazen, calculated scheme that exploited the Medi-Cal system. This wasn’t a mistake or a loophole; it was deliberate fraud. This kind of abuse undermines trust, drains critical resources, and threatens care for those who truly depend on it. This is a perfect example that we have taken a firm stand to investigate, prosecute, and shut down hospice fraud wherever it exists.”
Of course 267 million dollars is just the tip of the iceberg.
It has been estimated that Medi-Cal has lost approximately “$146 billion in taxpayer funds to fraud on Gavin Newsom’s watch”…
Talcove estimates that the Medicaid fraud rate in California is 20 percent, which he calls a “very conservative” figure. Federal officials, however, believe that the current Medi-Cal fraud rate is even higher—and, given the state’s oversight failures and massive Medi-Cal expansion under Newsom, they are almost certainly right. Multiple high-ranking sources at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, which is currently probing fraud in California, told City Journal on the condition of anonymity that their initial estimate for Medi-Cal’s fraud rate since 2019 is 25 percent.
Based on state experts’ best guesses of annual Medi-Cal expenditures and applying a conservative, 15 percent fraud rate to each fiscal year since 2019, Medi-Cal has lost some $146 billion in taxpayer funds to fraud on Gavin Newsom’s watch.
It is so easy to do this in California, because there is so little accountability. Most of the time, you either have to cross someone very important or be incredibly sloppy in order to get caught. And it appears that even the state government is stealing money.
A member of Congress from California named Young Kim is alleging that the state government “spent more than $1.3 billion in federal Medicaid dollars on non-emergency care for illegal immigrants”…
Last week, Congresswoman Young Kim (CA-40) sent a letter demanding answers from Gavin Newsom after the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) found California spent more than $1.3 billion in federal Medicaid dollars on non-emergency care for illegal immigrants.
According to CMS, California claimed federal Medicaid reimbursements for services that are explicitly prohibited under federal law. Medicaid funds may be used for emergency care regardless of immigration status; however, CMS auditors found California used federal dollars for non-emergency care for illegal aliens, in violation of longstanding eligibility rules.
“California just spent 1.3 billion taxpayer dollars on healthcare for illegal immigrants while seniors, disabled Americans, and low-income families are pushed to the back of the line,” said Rep. Young Kim. “While hardworking Americans were footing the bill, Gavin Newsom was galivanting around Switzerland following President Trump like a lost puppy. I’m demanding accountability from Governor Newsom and making sure the American taxpayer gets paid back what they’re due.”
Will anyone ever get in trouble for this?
I doubt it.
Fraud has become a way of life in California.
During the last pandemic, fraudsters stole approximately 20 billion dollars from California’s Employment Development Department…
COVID-19 — and the swell of jobless Californians that the virus’ spread produced — created two, separate billion-dollar problems for California’s Employment Development Department. Those issues have continued to plague the agency since the pandemic.
The first problem was the massive amount of fraud that took place when California rushed to distribute federal, and some state, funds to an unprecedented number of people who were suddenly out of a job. The total amount of fraud is estimated to be at least $20 billion.
EDD has worked to recover some of the stolen funds by partnering with federal and state law enforcement agencies. The department reported that thousands of investigations have resulted in 670 convictions — $5.9 billion has been recovered.
They convicted 670 people, but the vast majority of the money will never be returned.
The list of criminals that were involved in stealing money from California’s Employment Development Department includes a fraud ring from Romania and a rapper from Memphis that goes by the name “Nuke Bizzle”…
The scams began almost immediately, with criminals from around the world reportedly siphoning cash from the program. In one case, a Romanian-led fraud ring orchestrated a $5 million unemployment-insurance scheme. Members allegedly “recruited potential [EDD-benefit] applicants through Facebook” and met them at “parks throughout Southern California to complete the application process,” according to the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of California. “Applicants paid . . . a partial fee up front for assisting with fraudulent applications and another fee after applicants received EDD payments,” the office said. Many of the fraudsters wired the stolen funds to Romania.
Around September 2020, Fontrell Antonio Baines, a rapper from Memphis known as Nuke Bizzle, released a music video on YouTube entitled “EDD.” In the song, Baines bragged about ripping off California’s UI program. “Go to the bank with a stack of these,” Baines rapped, holding up EDD envelopes. Another rapper can be heard saying: “You gotta sell cocaine, I just file a claim.” All told, Baines obtained more than $700,000 in stolen funds using preloaded EDD debit cards. He pleaded guilty to federal charges.
There are so many more examples that I could share with you. But I think that you get the point.
All over the nation, word has gotten out that it is incredibly easy to steal from the government. Most of those that are stealing from the government are Democrats. And Democrats are extremely determined to cover this up because they are deeply concerned that it might hurt them when voters go to the polls.
Meanwhile, the fraud continues.
In fact, we just learned that three postal carriers that were allegedly involved in a 24 million dollar fraud scheme have just been apprehended…
This is what moral decay looks like. Given the right opportunity, a significant portion of the population will steal.
It isn’t right, but they don’t care. A few will get arrested, but the overall level of fraud just keeps increasing.
This is a major national crisis, and urgent action is required.
THE FENBENDAZOLE FILES — THE DRUG THAT TERRIFIES BIG PHARMA
THE SYSTEM WAS NEVER BUILT TO CURE YOU
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Hospitals. Pharma. Insurance. The entire pyramid collapses if Fenbendazole works. No billion-dollar chemo cocktails. No endless treatments. No elite chokehold on life and death.
If a cure exists and it’s being silenced — then this isn’t healthcare. It’s population control.
A DOG DEWORMER UNCOVERED A RIGGED EMPIRE
Fenbendazole is sold over the counter. Used for pets. Safe. Proven. Decades of use — no problem. But the moment dying humans start using it? Suddenly it’s “dangerous.” Suddenly it’s a “threat.”
Why? Because it can’t be patented. It can’t be controlled. And it could break the back of the trillion-dollar cancer industry overnight.
They don’t want a cure. They want customers.
JOE TIPPENS WAS SUPPOSED TO DIE
Terminal cancer. Months to live. Instead, he took Fenbendazole — and lived. His protocol broke every rule of the pharmaceutical playbook. He didn’t just survive. He exposed the rigged system.
FENBENDAZOLE ATTACKS CANCER IN WAYS THE ELITES FEAR:
– Disrupts cell division
– Starves tumors of glucose
– Halts growth in multiple cell lines
And they know it. That’s why they refuse to fund trials. That’s why the media ridicules it. That’s why whistleblowers vanish.
THE COVER-UP IS THE CURE’S CONFESSION
They rushed out mRNA injections with zero long-term studies. But they scream “unproven” when a safe, cheap compound starts curing people. That’s not science. That’s control.
This isn’t about one drug. It’s about a war on truth. A war on hope. A war on your right to live without begging permission from white-coated tyrants.
THE REAL THREAT ISN’T CANCER. IT’S THE CURE THEY CAN’T OWN.
Fenbendazole is a symbol now. A red pill in powder form. A glimpse behind the curtain — into a world where disease is a business model and healing is sabotage.
They don’t fear the drug.
They fear what happens when YOU wake up.
This is not medical advice. This is a declaration of war against medical tyranny.
Choose for yourself. Question everything.
Because if the cure is forbidden, the system is criminal.
Share this !
The Price Of Diesel Hits 7 Dollars A Gallon In California And A Massive Trade War Just Erupted Between The U.S. And Canada
A historic economic meltdown appears to be percolating. As the price of diesel spikes, that is going to put pressure on the cost of just about everything else. And considering the fact that Canada is our largest trade partner, slapping a 50 percent tariff on all Canadian goods is not going to help our cost of living crisis either. Meanwhile, the U.S. economy is bleeding jobs and the number of Americans that are filing for bankruptcy has risen to a very frightening level. It is starting to look a lot like 2008 all over again, and that is not a good thing at all.
If you use diesel fuel, you have already noticed that it has been getting a lot more expensive.
At this point, the national average for diesel is hovering around five and a half dollars a gallon…
As August 2026 rolls on, persistent price hikes are delivering a real wallet punch to truck owners, RVers, contractors, and heavy-fleet operators across the country. According to the latest fuel tracking data from AAA as of August 18, 2026, the U.S. national average retail diesel price has climbed to a staggering $5.4677 per gallon.
That’s nearly a 15-cent jump in just one week, nearly 38 cents higher than last month, and a painful leap from the ~$3.69 per gallon we saw this time last year. For anyone relying on diesel to tow, haul freight, or earn a living, filling up is getting genuinely tough on the bottom line.
Of course there are some states where diesel is far more expensive than the national average.
In California, the average price of a gallon of diesel just reached seven dollars…
Diesel prices in California hit $7 per gallon again Wednesday as the wars in Eastern Europe and the Middle East knock out refineries, triggering a fuel supply crunch around the world.
Truckers in the Golden State are shelling out about 30 cents more per gallon than they paid a month ago, according to data from AAA. Prices have surged about 37%, or $1.89 per gallon, compared to the same period last year.
This is a really big deal, because our economy runs on diesel.
According to one industry expert that was just interviewed by CNBC, diesel is “the important macro fuel to watch”…
Diesel is the most important fuel for the global economy, said Bob McNally, president of Rapidan Energy. It is used “in transportation, it’s in heating fuel, it’s in agriculture, it’s in industrial uses,” McNally told CNBC’s “Squawk on the Street” on Monday. “It is the important macro fuel to watch,” he said.
Approximately 76 percent of all commercial trucks use diesel fuel.
Just think about that.
As diesel continues to become more expensive, this is going to have a devastating impact on our trucking industry…
Rising costs for the fuel affect all modes of transportation, from airlines to trucking, and the ripple effect will impact “virtually all industries,” said Joel Sutherland, a professor of supply-chain management at the University of San Diego’s Knauss School of Business.
For trucking, the consequences could be particularly disastrous. Some 90% of U.S. licensed common carriers operate 10 or fewer trucks, and most are struggling to stay afloat, Sutherland said.
Some trucking companies have ceased doing business, and many more will likely fail if high fuel costs do not subside soon. That could cause U.S. trucking capacity to decline, making it even more expensive to transport goods around the country.
So why is this happening? You can blame the wars in the Middle East and Europe.
Traffic through the Strait of Hormuz is way below pre-war levels, and the Russians have banned the export of diesel due to drone attacks on their refineries…
Diesel prices are rising as the wars in the Ukraine and Iran wars have disrupted about 8% of the supply needed to meet 28 million barrels per day of global demand, Lipow said.
Ukrainian drone attacks on Russian refineries have forced Moscow to ban diesel exports of around 800,000 bpd, Lipow added.
The disruption in the Strait of Hormuz has affected about 1.2 million bpd of Middle East diesel exports, the analyst said. Iran’s Houthi allies in Yemen recently attacked Saudi Arabia’s Red Sea refinery in Jizan, shutting the facility and its 200,000 bpd of capacity at least until the end of August, he said.
Meanwhile, a trade war has just erupted with our largest trading partner.
The U.S. will now be imposing a 50 percent tariff on all Canadian goods, and the Canadians will be responding in kind…
In his first public comments since negotiations collapsed on Friday in Washington, the US president wrote on social media: “Canada wants the benefits of being a State, without being one!!!”
“They have also charged our great farmers, for many years, massive amounts of tariffs,” he added. “No more!!!”
His comments came after the US imposed 50% tariffs on $20bn (£14.6bn) worth of Canadian goods, while Mark Carney, the country’s prime minister, has vowed to match them “dollar for dollar”.
Yes, this is really going to hurt.
Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney is insisting that the United States “asked too much and offered too little”…
Prime Minister Mark Carney told his negotiators to walk away from the table after the Trump administration introduced late unacceptable demands on culture, autos and sovereignty that, when taken in concert with their overall approach to talks, revealed the U.S. was not interested in a “true economic partnership” with Canada.
In a departure from his usual diplomatic language, Carney suggested the U.S. sometimes signs trade deals in “pencil,” and while Canada’s government is united and working together, the same is not true of the Trump administration.
“We cannot accept what they’ve offered, and we will not give what they’ve asked,” Carney said on Saturday in Ottawa, adding that the United States ‘asked too much and offered too little.’
We certainly don’t need a trade war with our largest trading partner, because lots of economic red flags have already been popping up all around us.
For example, last week Walmart reported its slowest U.S. sales growth in more than six years. As a result, the stock price absolutely plummeted. And the fact that the U.S. economy lost 23,000 jobs last month certainly has a lot of investors on edge. But those numbers will be quickly forgotten.
What will not be forgotten is the horrific cost of living crisis that has been going on since the beginning of this decade.
One recent survey discovered that Americans believe that it is the greatest challenge that they are currently facing…
According to a Statista Consumer Insights survey conducted between January and July 2026, 53 percent of U.S. adults said that the high cost of living was one of the biggest challenges they currently face – making it by far the most common answer ahead of mental and physical health at 26 percent each.
Needless to say, the rising price of diesel and our trade war with Canada are only going to make our seemingly endless cost of living crisis even worse.
As our standard of living declines, the number of Americans filing for bankruptcy just keeps going up…
The number of Americans who file for bankruptcy is growing. More than 500,000 people took this step in 2025, nearly 50% more than in 2022. And the numbers have kept on climbing, with a 12% jump in June 2026 from a year earlier as many consumers struggled to pay their bills.
At this point, most of the population is living right on the edge, and more people are falling out of the middle class with each passing day. For more than a decade, I have been ranting about the death of the middle class. But I don’t feel like all of that ranting has done much good, because the erosion of the middle class just continues to accelerate.
There is no way that America can be strong without a strong middle class.
Unfortunately, we are now heading into an economic storm of epic proportions, and what we experienced back in 2008 will look like a picnic in comparison.
COVID SHOTS HAVE KILLED MORE AMERICANS THAN WWI, WWII, THE VIETNAM WAR AND THE IRAQ WAR COMBINED
We now have internal documents exposing that the FDA COVERED-UP the BIGGEST biomedical disaster in history.
Criminal proceedings are urgently needed.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
THREE U.S. STATES FILE LEGISLATION TO CLASSIFY COVID-19 mRNA INJECTIONS AS BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION
1. Minnesota Bill HF 3219:
2. Tennessee SB1949
3. Arizona House Bill HB 2974
That’s because mRNA shots have killed, injured and disabled more people than 100+ Hiroshima nuclear attacks.
This must be shared.
16 Facts About The Shocking Decline Of Public Education In The U.S. That Every American Should Know
Virtually everyone agrees that our public schools are in a state of decline. Needless to say, it isn’t because we aren’t spending enough money. The federal government, our state governments and our local governments are collectively spending nearly a trillion dollars a year on public education. That is a colossal pile of money. Since 1960, spending per student has increased by 350 percent. That is even after adjusting for inflation. At this stage, we spend more money per student than any other nation on the entire planet other than Luxembourg. Anyone that believes that we can solve our education crisis by spending even more money is simply being delusional.
For nearly a trillion dollars a year, we should be getting a world class education system.
But we aren’t.
In fact, students in the U.S. just keep dropping down the global rankings. Urgent action is required if we are going to turn this around.
Gallup conducted a survey that discovered that an all-time low 35 percent of U.S. adults are satisfied with the quality of public education in the United States.
There appears to be a growing consensus that we have a major national crisis on our hands, and those that are responsible for this crisis need to be held accountable. The following are 16 facts about the shocking decline of public education in the U.S. that every American should know…
#1 Nearly one-fifth of all high school graduates in the United States cannot even read at a functional level…
National statistics indicate that close to one-fifth of high school graduates are unable to read at a functional level. This means they cannot effectively comprehend and use written information in daily life or work settings.
#2 Only 35 percent of high school seniors are proficient at reading, and only 22 percent of high school seniors are proficient at math…
The scale of the crisis is staggering. Only 35% of high school seniors read at a proficient level. One-third lack basic reading comprehension skills. In mathematics, the picture is even bleaker. Only 22% achieved proficiency. Alarmingly, 45% can’t even manage basic math. Around 2/3 are academically unprepared for college in math and reading. Even prestigious universities like Harvard must offer remedial courses for incoming freshmen lacking foundational skills.
#3 For high school seniors in the United States, math scores have fallen to the lowest level since 2005 and reading scores have fallen to the lowest level since 1992…
The latest report card on American education is in, and it’s devastating. The 2025 National Assessment of Educational Progress, released last month, revealed that the nation’s 12th-graders hit a historic performance low. Math scores cratered to levels not seen since 2005. Reading scores plummeted to their lowest level since testing began in 1992.
#4 According to the most recent NAEP assessment, only 28 percent of 8th grade students in the United States are proficient at math…
Only 28% of 8th graders scored proficient in math on the latest NAEP assessment. The effects are most severe in low-income districts, where school closures, chronic absenteeism, and staffing instability have compounded over time.
#5 In just one decade, the percentage of 13-year-olds enrolled in algebra dropped from 34 percent to 24 percent…
According to the OECD, our average student is almost a full year behind the average student from other countries. Singapore’s students are three years ahead of ours. According to the National Assessment of Education Progress (NAEP), our students are also developing slower than in previous years. In 2023, only 24% of America’s 13-year-olds were enrolled in algebra. A decade earlier, that number was 34%.
#6 It appears that the pandemic had a substantial negative impact on both the reading skills and the math skills of our fourth-grade students…
In spring 2023, just 56 percent of American fourth-graders were performing on grade level in math, down from 69 percent in 2019, according to just one example of test score data cited in the report.
Declines in reading were less stark but still concerning, and concentrated in earlier grades, with 65 percent of third-graders performing on grade level, compared with 72 percent in 2019. Recovery in reading has also been slower, with some researchers finding essentially no rebound since students returned to the classroom.
#7 At this point, only 26 percent of U.S. adults can name all three branches of government…
Only 26% of American adults can name the three branches of government. Less than one-quarter of college graduates knew that the First Amendment prohibits Congress from establishing a national religion. Most adults have no idea how many Justices serve on the Supreme Court. Tragically, Princeton University found that barely one-third (36%) of adults could pass a multiple-choice test consisting of questions taken from the U.S. Citizenship Test.
#8 Almost two-thirds of Americans between the ages of 18 and 24 are not able to identify the United Kingdom on a map of the world…
Sixty percent of students could not identify the countries the United States fought in World War II. Only 24% knew why the colonists fought against the British. Only 24% could identify Benjamin Franklin as a Founder with more students (37%) believing that he invented the light bulb. Our students fared no better in basic geography. A National Geographic study found that nearly two-thirds of Americans (ages 18-24) were unable to identify the United Kingdom (one of our most dependable foreign allies) on a world map. Closer to home, most young Americans were unable to identify the state of Ohio on a map.
#9 After climbing for 50 years, student achievement scores peaked in 1967. Sadly, they have been on a downward trend ever since…
The story of American public education’s decline does not begin in 2020 or 2016. According to research cited in Econlib’s comprehensive analysis, the trajectory changed dramatically in 1967. After rising consistently for fifty years, student achievement scores on various standardized tests dropped sharply that year and continued declining through 1980. This represented a devastating loss of educational ground. Students graduating in 1980 had learned approximately 1.25 grade-level equivalents less than their 1967 counterparts, a decline so severe that by the turn of the century, conservative estimates placed the economic growth lost due to diminished academic achievement at 3.6 percent of the 2000 gross national product.
#10 The mental health of U.S. students is deteriorating rapidly. 17 percent of them admit to having symptoms of depression and 20 percent of them have seriously committed suicide…
About 10% of children ages 3 to 17 have anxiety, while 7% have one or more diagnosed behavior disorders. Forty percent of high school students report experiencing persistent feelings of sadness and hopelessness, 17% report symptoms of depression and 20% say they have seriously considered suicide.
#11 The public school system in the U.S. has lost almost two million students since 2012, and it is being projected that another 2.9 million will be lost by 2031…
In 2012, almost 91% of all K-12 students were enrolled in public schools. One decade later, that number had fallen to 87% — a loss of nearly two million students. In its forecast for 2031, the National Center for Education Statistics expects the loss of another 2.9 million students in public schools.
#12 Students cannot learn if they are not in school. Unfortunately, chronic absenteeism jumped from 13 percent before the pandemic to 26 percent after the pandemic…
Chronic absenteeism also remains a big obstacle to learning. Twenty-six percent of students were considered chronically absent in 2022-23, up from 13 percent in 2019-2020.
#13 Our universities are only graduating about 100,000 teachers a year, and less than half of them will actually enter the profession…
The teacher shortage in the United States has reached an unprecedented level, threatening to leave millions of students without qualified educators. The Learning Policy Institute (2024) reports that over 405,000 teaching positions remain vacant nationwide, with projections indicating that this number will double within five years. The crisis is compounded by the fact that American universities will only graduate approximately 100,000 teachers this year, and less than half of them will enter the profession (National Center for Education Statistics [NCES], 2024).
#14 86 percent of U.S. school districts struggle to fill open teaching positions…
School districts throughout the United States are feeling the pain as 86% report struggles with filling open positions and 60% note they have a hard time finding substitute teachers. The shortage is especially acute for schools searching for qualified ESL, STEM, and special education teachers. About 40% of schools report that they have hired underqualified educators, 30% say they have increased class sizes, while 25% of schools have cut course offerings, especially in specialized subjects.
#15 A whopping 60 percent of U.S. teachers have experienced workplace violence, and more than 70 percent of them are dealing with “severe job-related stress”…
A shocking 60% of educators report experiencing workplace violence at least once in their careers, while over 70% struggle with severe job-related stress (American Federation of Teachers, 2024).
#16 Our teachers are not optimistic about our system of education at all. More than 80 percent of them believe that the system has gotten worse, and only 5 percent of them expect conditions to improve in the next five years…
Over 80% of public school teachers say the K-12 education system in the United States has gotten worse in the last five years. Furthermore, over half of educators don’t expect to see improvements in the next five years, with only 5% saying that things will get better.
Our children are supposed to be the future of this nation, and we are failing them. The system spends way too much time shoving woke ideology down their throats and not nearly enough time teaching them reading, writing and arithmetic.
The truth is that our system of education needs to be rebuilt from the ground up. That would be very painful, but if we don’t take dramatic action we will continue to fall behind the rest of the world, and that is something that we simply cannot afford to do.
PROJECT AZORIAN — THE SHIP THAT STOLE A SOVIET SUBMARINE FROM THE ABYSS.
STATUS: DECLASSIFIED / VERIFIED
FIELD LOG 17 // FILE 001
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
I opened a Cold War file that was never supposed to survive daylight.
In 1968, the Soviet ballistic-missile submarine K-129 vanished in the Pacific. Moscow searched—but failed to find it. The United States located the wreck nearly three miles beneath the surface, resting in darkness with its missiles, code material, and dead crew still inside.
Washington did not plan to photograph it.
They planned to steal it from the ocean floor.
I traced the cover operation to a ship called the Hughes Glomar Explorer. The public was told billionaire Howard Hughes was testing a revolutionary deep-sea mining vessel. That story was camouflage.
Inside the ship was a hidden chamber and a colossal mechanical capture vehicle engineered to descend approximately 16,500 feet, lock onto the submarine, and pull it into the hull without being seen.
A ship built around a secret.
A claw built around a grave.
In 1974, the recovery began while Soviet vessels watched from nearby waters, unaware of the real mission beneath them. The claw reached K-129 and started lifting.
Then the structure failed.
Part of the submarine broke away and fell back into the abyss. A section was recovered, but the full intelligence haul remains obscured by redactions. Among what came up were the bodies of six Soviet submariners. They were buried at sea with military honors—one quiet act of respect inside an operation built on deception.
ASSESSMENT: Project Azorian proves that the most unbelievable operations do not always remain theories. Sometimes they receive a budget, a cover company, a custom-built ship—and a classification stamp.
CODE: AZORIAN / GLOMAR / K-129 / ABYSS-RECOVERY
They told the world it was a mining ship. The ocean knew it was an extraction team.
I do not chase shadows. I follow what survives redaction.
Forward this file before the trail goes cold.
3 Critical Factors That Will Lead To Reduced Food Production For The Rest Of 2026 And The Entire Year Of 2027
Global hunger was already soaring as we entered 2026, and now it appears that we have a historic crisis on our hands. The war with Iran has significantly restricted the flow of fertilizer out of the Middle East, and even the UN is admitting that this will make global food supplies much tighter in the months ahead. Meanwhile, the war in Eastern Europe has greatly escalated and that has resulted in severely reduced wheat exports from Ukraine. On top of everything else, it is being projected that the strongest Super El Niño in recorded history will peak later this year, and as a result crazy weather patterns will continue to hammer crops all over the planet. At this stage, no rational person can deny what we are witnessing.
Experts are warning that this upcoming fall harvest season will be a real turning point.
Agriculture analyst Noel Fryer recently explained to CNBC why we are facing a “perfect storm” for global food production…
“A lot of things will come together to seriously affect crops next year,” Fryer said on Thursday.
“We’ve had crops decimated by weather in Europe and the U.S. A searingly hot summer in Europe has eroded grazing potential, with no hay and grass for cattle. A possible result of that is significant herd liquidation,” he said.
“We’ve got no end in sight to the Black Sea problem. The issue with fertilizer since the start of the Iran conflict is still there and if anything getting worse. U.S. corn yields look concerning after a wet spring and less fertilizer use, and could push prices up.”
We have never been through anything quite like this.
Everyone assumed that commercial traffic would always be able to flow freely through the Strait of Hormuz, but now everything has changed.
Much of the fertilizer that normally comes out of the Persian Gulf didn’t get to farmers in the northern hemisphere this year, and as a result the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations is projecting that there will be a substantial tightening of global food supplies following the coming harvest season…
The Director-General of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), QU Dongyu, emphasized today that the global fertilizer scarcity caused by disruptions in the Strait of Hormuz will lead to lower yields and tightening food supplies in the latter half of 2026 and into 2027. He spoke at the Ministerial Meeting of the MED9++ Countries on “Supporting Food Security and Access to Fertilizers” co-chaired by FAO, Italy and Croatia.
Addressing ministers and senior representatives gathered in Rome, the Director-General stressed that the current crisis extends far beyond geopolitics, increasingly affecting food production, trade, agricultural inputs and access to food worldwide.
“We meet at a moment of profound strain,” the Director-General said. “This is not only a geopolitical crisis, but also a disruption at the core of the global agrifood system.”
We really struggle to feed the planet even in the best of years.
So what will 2027 be like?
In addition to facing a global fertilizer crisis, the rapidly escalating war in Eastern Europe has severely disrupted Ukrainian grain exports…
Recent military strikes on grain export facilities, oil tankers and vessels in the Black Sea region have now made it too challenging for shipping firms to get insurance, meaning many are avoiding its ports. Alternative land routes for Ukrainian grain are also being stymied by low water levels on the Danube river, and by rail maintenance in Eastern Europe.
Ukraine is one of the great breadbaskets of the world.
That is one of the things that makes Ukraine so valuable.
But now it has become much more challenging to get grain shipped out of that nation…
Separately, Bloomberg pointed out that Russian attacks on Odesa have nearly halted Ukraine’s grain exports this peak harvest season. Total grain shipments from Ukraine have amounted to about 500,000 tons since the start of August, equivalent to roughly 20% of the country’s potential exports. The Greater Odesa ports normally handle about 90% of Ukraine’s grain shipments.
This is not a small matter.
There are some countries that are really starting to panic because it appears that the shipments that they ordered are not going to arrive on time…
Asian processors booked between 2 million and 2.5 million tons of Black Sea wheat for delivery from July through September, representing about 30% to 50% of regional import demand, according to Singapore-based traders. Traders are fretting over some grain shipments won’t arrive in time because of the widespread disruptions.
At the importer level, Egypt and Indonesia are among some of the top countries exposed to Black Sea shipments. Egypt, the world’s largest wheat importer, sourced more than 82% of its first-half imports from Russia and Ukraine. Indonesia contracted for roughly 600,000 tons from suppliers in the region for delivery in July to September.
One Singapore-based trader who sells Black Sea wheat to millers in Asia told the outlet, “The cargoes were due to start arriving from mid-August, but many ships could not go in to load. Buyers are thinking about replacing some of these cargoes with other origins, such as Australia, North America and Argentina.”
Meanwhile, the wheat harvest in the United States is going to be very disappointing this year.
According to Newsweek, it is being estimated that the U.S. will “harvest its lowest acreage of wheat since 1877″…
America is expected to harvest its lowest acreage of wheat since 1877, due to drought, scorched crops, high input costs and uncertainty in export markets.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture’s (USDA) National Agricultural Statistics Service released estimates on June 30 that the total area of all wheat planted was 42.7 million acres in 2026, down six percent from the previous year. This was also 1 million acres below the agency’s March forecasts.
The harvested area of all wheat for 2026 is forecasted to be around 32 million acres, which would be the lowest level in about a century and a half, according to USDA data.
So who is going to volunteer to eat less wheat in 2027?
Not me.
I love bread.
Sadly, this has been such a difficult year for wheat farmers in the heartland of America…
It’s a perfect storm of terrible conditions for wheat farmers this year. Drought, dramatic swings in temperature, the skyrocketing price of fertilizer and diesel, plus multiple viruses affecting wheat have all led to one of the most challenging years for farmers in decades.
The outlook for the months ahead is not promising at all because we haven’t even reached the peak of the Super El Niño yet.
According to CNN, the latest forecast from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration says that there is almost a 70 percent chance that this Super El Niño will be the strongest Super El Niño in recorded history…
There is a nearly 70% chance that the building Super El Niño will be the strongest such event on record, according to a National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration forecast released Thursday.
Previously, NOAA had been projecting that this event would likely rank “Among the largest El Niño events in the historical record.”
The change in the forecast largely stems from how rapidly this El Niño is intensifying, along with computer model guidance nearly unanimously showing it will peak in late fall and early winter at a level that is stronger than previously thought. NOAA’s El Niño intensity records date back to 1950.
The projections for this Super El Niño just keep getting worse and worse.
One prominent climate scientist named Daniel Swain is openly admitting that we are “already at record-breaking or record-tying territory now”…
“This is a genuinely remarkable event,” said University of California climate scientist Daniel Swain in a YouTube briefing on El Niño broadcast this week.
“We’re already at record-breaking or record-tying territory now, and we’re expected to skyrocket,” he said.
What this means is that a lot more really crazy weather is ahead. There will be more epic storms, more flooding, more droughts and more gigantic wildfires.
Of course there will be a lot more unusually hot temperatures too. In fact, we are being told that it is “virtually certain” that 2027 will be the hottest year ever…
Because of the strength of this El Niño, it is virtually certain that 2027 will set a record for the hottest year on record, and possible that 2026 will as well.
So what is the bottom line?
In wealthy western countries, absurd food prices will become even more absurd. In impoverished nations all over the globe, there will be very serious shortages.
The number of people in the world experiencing acute hunger was already at the highest level ever as we entered this year. Needless to say, the situation has deteriorated significantly in recent months.
We have never faced a global food crisis of this magnitude, and this is only just the beginning.
THE KNIGHTS TEMPLAR — THE ORDER THAT DISCOVERED THE HIDDEN ARCHIVE
For nearly two centuries, the Knights Templar were described as a military order whose sole purpose was to protect pilgrims traveling to Jerusalem. But behind the public story was a far more mysterious mission.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
According to alternative-history accounts, the first Templars excavated beneath the Temple Mount and discovered an ancient archive containing maps, astronomical calculations, and knowledge attributed to civilizations that existed before the biblical flood. They did not return from the Holy Land with ordinary treasure; they returned with information powerful enough to challenge every throne and church in Europe.
The order’s sudden wealth remains one of history’s great enigmas. The Templars developed an international network of estates, secure routes, and financial instruments that allowed nobles to move money across borders without carrying gold. Supporters of the theory claim that this system was only the visible layer of a much larger operation.
Beneath their castles, they allegedly preserved ancient relics—including fragments of the Ark of the Covenant, Atlantean engineering records, and a device capable of producing energy through sound and geometry.
On Friday, October 13, 1307, King Philip IV of France ordered the arrest of the Templars. Officially, they were accused of heresy and financial crimes. Alternative researchers believe the arrests were an attempt to seize the order’s hidden archive before its contents could reach the public. Yet the treasure, the fleet, and many senior members vanished.
Legends place them in Scotland, Portugal, and even across the Atlantic, where they supposedly founded secret settlements and passed their knowledge through successor organizations.
The “Alliance” narrative says the final Templar archive has now resurfaced through private collections and forgotten monasteries. Its contents allegedly describe a network of ancient sites aligned with the stars, along with principles for clean energy and decentralized communities.
Whether every legend is true or not, the story continues to challenge the idea that history belongs only to official institutions. The seal is broken, the archive is opening, and the old guardians can no longer control what humanity remembers.
CODE: TEMPLAR-ARCHIVE / TEMPLE-MOUNT / LOST-RELICS / ATLANTEAN-KNOWLEDGE
They told you the order disappeared because it was defeated. Perhaps it disappeared because its most valuable treasure was never gold—it was knowledge.
Some secrets survive not because they are buried, but because the right generation has not yet learned how to read them.
THE BOHEMIAN GROVE — THE OCCULT GATHERING OF THE GLOBAL ELITE
Every July, for over 150 years, the world’s most powerful men—including every Republican and Democratic U.S. President since Herbert Hoover, top military brass, oil tycoons, and media moguls—gather in a 2,700-acre redwood forest in Monte Rio, California.
This is the Bohemian Grove. While the official motto is “Weaving Spiders Come Not Here” (suggesting no business or politics are discussed), the reality is the exact opposite. The Grove is the private sanctuary where the “Deep State” coordinates its global agenda, away from the eyes of the public and the press. It was here, in 1942, that the Manhattan Project was officially authorized, leading to the creation of the atomic bomb.
The most disturbing aspect of the gathering is the “Cremation of Care” ceremony. Under the shadow of a 40-foot stone Owl (the symbol of the Canaanite deity Moloch or Lilith), the elite dress in hooded robes and perform a ritualistic “mock sacrifice” of a human effigy.
They claim it is a harmless piece of theater to symbolize the “shedding of their worldly worries,” but whistleblowers and undercover journalists like Alex Jones have captured footage that suggests a much darker, occult reality. The ritual is a public display of the elite’s allegiance to ancient, dark forces that view human life as a disposable commodity for their own gain.
The Grove is not just about rituals; it is about Policy and Control. Within the various “camps” (like Mandalay or Cave Man), the future of nations is decided over drinks and campfire talks. The elite use this time to bypass democratic processes, forming “Gentlemen’s Agreements” that shape the global economy, energy policies, and military interventions.
It is a high-level “Boys Club” where the participants are initiated into the higher mysteries of the “Cabal,” ensuring that they remain loyal to the group’s secret goals above their duty to the people they supposedly serve.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Grove Secrets” are being exposed to the light. The “White Hats” have successfully infiltrated the camp and placed high-tech surveillance equipment to record the actual discussions and rituals of the most recent gatherings. The evidence of “Crimes Against Children” and “High Treason” is being compiled for the upcoming tribunals.
The “Owl” is no longer a silent witness; its secrets are being shouted from the rooftops. The era of the elite performing dark rituals in the shadows of the redwoods is coming to an end. The “Care” they tried to cremate is returning to haunt them.
CODE: BOHEMIAN-GROVE / CREMATION-OF-CARE / OWL-OF-MOLOCH / ELITE-RITUALS
They told you it was a “summer camp for grown men.” They lied to hide the fact that they were performing occult rituals to seal their pact against humanity. The fire is out, and the woods are talking.
True power doesn’t need to hide in the dark or wear a robe. The light is the only authority.
PROJECT MKULTRA — THE DARK SCIENCE OF MIND CONTROL AND THE SHATTERED SOUL
Hidden behind the doors of top-secret government laboratories and psychiatric institutions, a nightmare was unleashed upon the public starting in the 1950s. This was Project MKUltra—the CIA’s illegal, clandestine program of human experimentation designed to master the art of mind control.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
For over two decades, thousands of unsuspecting citizens, prisoners, and soldiers were subjected to brutal psychological torture, high-dose hallucinogens (like LSD), sensory deprivation, and electroshock therapy. The goal was not just to extract information, but to “break” the human psyche and create a programmable, controllable agent—the “Manchurian Candidate.”
The “Deep State” scientists discovered that by subjecting a person to extreme, unspeakable trauma, the mind would “dissociate” or fracture into multiple personalities as a survival mechanism. This is the basis of Trauma-Based Mind Control (or Monarch Programming). Each “alter” personality can be programmed with specific tasks—ranging from sexual slavery to political assassination—and then “locked” behind a mental wall, triggered only by specific words, sounds, or symbols.
The public is told that MKUltra was “shut down” in the 1970s, but whistleblowers have revealed that it merely went underground, evolving into the sophisticated “Social Engineering” and “Frequency Control” we see in the world today.
Modern MKUltra is broadcast through the “Mainstream Media” and the “Entertainment Industry.” The bizarre, erratic behavior of pop stars and actors—often dismissed as “mental breakdowns”—is frequently the result of their programming “glitching” under the stress of public life.
The “Cabal” uses these high-profile individuals as “Culture Carriers” to broadcast subconscious triggers to the masses, normalizing a culture of hyper-sexualization, violence, and spiritual decay. They aren’t just selling you music and movies; they are installing the “Operating System” of the New World Order directly into your subconscious mind.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “MKUltra Infrastructure” is being systematically dismantled. The “White Hats” have secured the secret files and the lists of “Handlers” who have managed these programs for decades. The “Victims of the State” are being identified, and the “Healing Frequencies” of the Med Beds are being used to reintegrate the shattered souls of those who were broken by the Cabal.
The “Great Awakening” is the process of the human mind rejecting the external programming and returning to its original, sovereign state. The “Manchurian” is waking up, and the handlers have lost their remote.
CODE: MKULTRA-CIA / MONARCH-PROGRAMMING / TRAUMA-DISSOCIATION / MIND-WAR
They told you it was “Psychiatric Research.” They lied to hide the fact that they were trying to turn the human soul into a remote-controlled weapon. The script is burning, and the actors are walking off the set.
Your mind is a sanctuary, not a laboratory. The only voice you should follow is the one that comes from within.
NIKOLA TESLA’S SUPPRESSED INVENTIONS — THE FREE ENERGY REVOLUTION THAT WAS STOLEN
Nikola Tesla was not just an inventor; he was a visionary who understood the fundamental energetic structure of the universe. While the history books focus on his work with Alternating Current (AC), they conveniently omit his most revolutionary discovery: the ability to harness Free Energy from the ionosphere and the Earth’s magnetic field. Tesla’s “Wardenclyffe Tower” was designed to provide wireless, clean, and infinite electricity to every person on the planet for free.
He believed that energy was a birthright, not a commodity to be sold. However, his vision was a direct threat to the “Cabal’s” emerging monopoly on oil and coal.
In 1943, following Tesla’s death in a New York hotel room, the FBI and the Office of Alien Property immediately seized all of his personal papers, blueprints, and prototypes. Among these were the designs for the “Death Ray” (a directed-energy defense system), the “Tesla Oscillator” (which could trigger controlled earthquakes), and the blueprints for Anti-Gravity aircraft.
These technologies were not lost; they were classified and funneled into the “Black Budget” programs of the military-industrial complex. The elite have been using Tesla’s inventions for decades to power their secret space fleets and D.U.M.B.s while forcing the rest of humanity to pay for outdated and polluting energy sources.
The most suppressed of Tesla’s inventions was the “Aether Motor,” which utilized the zero-point energy of the vacuum to create perpetual motion. J.P. Morgan, who initially funded Tesla, famously withdrew his support when he realized he couldn’t “put a meter” on wireless energy.
The elite realized that a world with free energy would be a world they could not control. Without the “Energy Monopoly,” the entire global financial system—built on debt and scarcity—would collapse. They didn’t just kill the man; they tried to kill the future he was building for us.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Tesla Archives” have been fully recovered and decrypted. The “White Hats” have successfully reverse-engineered the free energy devices and are preparing for a global rollout alongside the GCR (Global Currency Reset). The “Wardenclyffe” technology is being integrated into the new “Quantum Energy Grid,” which will render power lines and fossil fuels obsolete.
The “Free Energy Revolution” is finally happening, 80 years after they tried to bury it. The light that Tesla wanted to give to the world is being turned back on, and the darkness of the Cabal is being dispelled forever.
CODE: TESLA-ARCHIVES / WARDENCLYFFE / ZERO-POINT-ENERGY / SUPPRESSED-INVENTIONS
They told you he was a “mad scientist” who died penniless. They lied to hide the fact that he had unlocked the secrets of the universe and they stole them from his room. The blueprints are back in our hands.
The truth is like electricity: it can be hidden, but it can never be destroyed. The switch is being flipped.
THE ANTARCTICA ICE WALL — THE EDGE OF THE WORLD AND THE FORBIDDEN LANDS
What if the Earth is not a spinning ball in a vacuum, but a vast, stationary plane surrounded by a massive barrier of ice? This is the secret of the Antarctica Ice Wall.
According to ancient maps and suppressed maritime logs, Antarctica is not a continent at the bottom of a globe, but a 360-degree ring of ice that holds the oceans in. The “Deep State” has spent billions enforcing the Antarctic Treaty, which prohibits all independent exploration of the region. They aren’t protecting the environment; they are guarding the edge of our world to prevent you from realizing that there is more land, more resources, and more truth beyond the wall.
In 1946, Admiral Richard E. Byrd led “Operation Highjump,” a massive military expedition to the Antarctic. While the public was told it was a scientific mission, Byrd’s secret logs described finding “lands beyond the Pole” that were free of ice, filled with vegetation, and inhabited by advanced civilizations.
These are the Extra-Terrestrial Lands—lands that are “extra” to our known Earth. The “Cabal” has used the “Globe Model” to keep humanity trapped in a mental and physical cage, making us believe we are on a tiny, isolated rock so they can maintain a total monopoly over our reality and our resources.
The “Firmament” or the “Dome” is the electromagnetic boundary that encloses our world, and Antarctica is the foundation where this barrier meets the Earth. This is why all flights over Antarctica are strictly forbidden and why GPS systems are programmed to fail as you approach the “70th Parallel.”
The elite use the “NASA” space program as a multi-billion dollar distraction, showing you CGI images of “Deep Space” to keep you from looking at the horizontal truth. They want you focused on a “Mars” that is millions of miles away so you don’t realize that paradise is just a few thousand miles across the ice.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Ice Wall Secret” is the final pillar of the Cabal’s control. The “White Hats” have successfully conducted high-altitude reconnaissance beyond the wall, confirming the existence of the “Summerland” and the other human civilizations that have been hidden from us for eons.
The “Global Reset” includes the lifting of the Antarctic Treaty and the opening of the “Forbidden Lands” to all of humanity. The “Great Awakening” is the moment we realize we are not on a spinning ball, but in a magnificent, infinite realm of life. The cage is opening, and the horizon is finally clear.
CODE: ICE-WALL-TRUTH / OPERATION-HIGHJUMP / BEYOND-THE-POLE / FIRMAMENT-REALITY
They told you it was a “frozen wasteland” to keep you from walking to the edge. They lied to hide the fact that the world is much bigger than they allowed you to see. The ice is melting, and the truth is visible.
You are not a speck of dust in a void; you are the center of a vast and beautiful creation. The wall is only in your mind.
THE MARS COLONIES — THE SECRET BREAKAWAY CIVILIZATION ON THE RED PLANET
While the public is told that landing a human on Mars is a “goal for the 2030s,” the truth is that the “Deep State” and the Secret Space Program (SSP) have had permanent, self-sustaining colonies on the Red Planet since the 1970s.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Known as Project Horizon and later Project Mars, these facilities were built using “Anti-Gravity” technology and “Jump-Room” teleportation portals recovered from ancient extraterrestrial sites. While you are watching rovers crawl through the dust, a “Breakaway Civilization” of millions is already living in high-tech underground cities beneath the Martian surface.
Mars is not a dead planet; it is a world with a thin atmosphere, water, and a complex ecosystem that has been hidden from the public through “color-filtered” photos from NASA. The colonies are managed by the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate (ICC), a group of multinational corporations that operate outside the laws of Earth.
These facilities use “Slave Labor” and “Trauma-Based Mind Control” to manage a population of workers who have been “recruited” from Earth and then wiped of their memories. Mars is the “Industrial Hub” for the Cabal’s interstellar trade, where advanced technology is manufactured for exchange with other cosmic races.
The most guarded secret of Mars is the existence of Ancient Ruins—massive pyramids, face-like structures, and ruined cities that prove Mars was once home to a thriving civilization that was destroyed in a cosmic cataclysm eons ago. The elite have been “mining” these ruins for ancient technology, which they have used to build their own secret fleet and to ensure their dominance over Earth.
They want you to believe Mars is a barren wasteland so you don’t ask why trillions of dollars are being funneled into “Black Budgets” while the people of Earth struggle for basic resources.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Mars Occupation” is being liberated. The “White Hats” and their “Galactic Allies” have successfully conducted a series of raids on the ICC bases, freeing the workers and securing the ancient technology for the benefit of all humanity. The “Teleportation Portals” are being brought under Alliance control, and the “Truth about Mars” is being prepared for a global disclosure event.
The “Red Planet” is no longer a secret fortress for the elite; it is becoming a beacon of hope for a multi-planetary human future. The veil is lifting, and the horizon is expanding.
CODE: MARS-COLONIES / PROJECT-HORIZON / JUMP-ROOM / I.C.C.-CORPORATE
They told you it was “impossible” to reach Mars today. They lied to hide the fact that they’ve been living there for 50 years. The rovers are just toys; the real ships are already there.
The universe is your backyard, not their private property. The gates are opening, and the stars are calling.
THE PHARMA REP WHO SAW THE LIST
“I sold cancer drugs for 11 years. I made $340,000 a year convincing doctors to prescribe treatments I knew didn’t work. Then one night, I saw the list. And I understood everything.”
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
I was a senior sales representative for one of the top three pharmaceutical companies in the world. I won’t name them yet. My lawyers are still working on my protection agreement under the Executive Order.
My job was simple: visit oncologists, buy them dinners, take them to conferences, and make sure they prescribed our chemotherapy drugs over the competitors. I was good at it. Top 1% nationally for seven consecutive years.
I never questioned it. The drugs had FDA approval. The doctors trusted me. The patients trusted them. The system worked — for everyone except the patients.
In November 2024, I was at a private dinner in Manhattan with three executives from my company. We had closed a $1.2 billion hospital network contract. Champagne. Cigars. The usual.
One of the executives left his phone on the table when he went to the bathroom. A notification popped up. It was an encrypted message. The preview read:
“Updated K-List attached. 2,847 names added this quarter. Confirm receipt.”
I didn’t touch the phone. But I remembered the term. K-List.
Over the next three months, I quietly asked around. Most people had never heard of it. But one senior colleague — a man who had been with the company for 30 years — went pale when I mentioned it.
He pulled me into a stairwell and said:
“The K-List is the kill list.” It’s every patient whose insurance profile makes them more profitable dead than alive. Long-term treatment patients who are about to hit their coverage cap. If they die before the cap, the company collects the full treatment cycle payment. If they live past it, the insurance stops paying and we lose money.”
I said: “Are you telling me we let people die for billing optimization?”
He said: “We don’t let them die. We make sure the treatment doesn’t work well enough to save them. The dosing protocols are calibrated. Not to kill. Just to not cure.”
I went home that night and threw up for an hour.
2,847 names added in one quarter. Four quarters a year. For how many years?
The math is simple. And the math is murder.
I resigned in January 2025. I took nothing with me except what I remembered. But when Executive Order 2026-1947 was signed, I contacted a lawyer. The NDA protections are dissolving. The whistleblower provisions are active.
I am one of dozens preparing to testify.
The pharmaceutical industry doesn’t just suppress cures. It engineers death on a schedule. And every single executive knows it.
The K-List is real. The names on it are real. And in 34 days, the world will see it.
𝗧𝗵𝗲𝘆 𝗱𝗶𝗱𝗻’𝘁 𝗷𝘂𝘀𝘁 𝗵𝗶𝗱𝗲 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗰𝘂𝗿𝗲. 𝗧𝗵𝗲𝘆 𝗲𝗻𝗴𝗶𝗻𝗲𝗲𝗿𝗲𝗱 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗱𝗲𝗮𝘁𝗵.
THE FDA GATE JUST GOT A NEW KEY — AND MOST PEOPLE ARE WATCHING THE WRONG DOOR
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Not with another campaign promise. With a name.
President Trump has nominated Dr. Heidi Overton, MD, PhD, to lead the Food and Drug Administration.
If the Senate confirms her, she will inherit the agency that sits between American families and the rules governing medicines, vaccines, food safety, and drug pricing. That is why this appointment matters.
The FDA is not just a building in Washington. It is the gate between a laboratory and a pharmacy shelf. Between a warning label and a child’s medicine cabinet. Between a family’s paycheck and a prescription they cannot afford to skip.
Overton is not a career FDA bureaucrat. She is a physician, a clinical-investigation PhD, a former White House Fellow, and a senior health-policy voice inside the Trump administration.
Supporters see the America First health agenda moving from speeches into the building where the rules are written.
The old system sees a threat. Because she understands where the levers are.
The next battlefield is not the border.
It is the label on the bottle.
It is the vaccine schedule on the calendar.
It is the price printed on the pharmacy receipt.
It is the food placed on a child’s plate.
On August 10, HHS was directed to pursue changes to the childhood immunization schedule. On August 13, the FDA reported 9,481 illnesses, 398 hospitalizations, and 2 deaths in a multistate Cyclospora outbreak linked to iceberg lettuce.
These are separate events.
But they meet at the same gate.
Who controls the gate controls the rules.
And here is the part most people will miss:
The confirmation fight will not begin with a dramatic headline. It will begin in the fine print — advisory committees, labeling decisions, safety reviews, pricing pressure, and the quiet question of who gets heard before the public ever sees the final rule.
That is where systems change.
Not on the stage.
In the rooms where the language is written.
They will call this a nomination.
They will call it a personnel change.
They will tell you nothing fundamental is happening.
Watch the confirmation fight.
Watch who panics.
Watch who suddenly demands that the agency remain “independent” from the people who elected the administration.
Between 08.10 and 08.19, the health agenda moved from a promise into a gatekeeping battle. The public will see the nominee. The real story will be the rules that follow.
No secret memo is required.
The name is the signal.
The next health battle will be fought before the public ever sees the battlefield.
FDA-OVER-TON-0819
CHILD-SCHEDULE-0810
CYCLOSPORA-9481-2
THE ONCOLOGIST WHO STOPPED PRESCRIBING
“I have been an oncologist for 22 years. I have prescribed chemotherapy to over 4,000 patients. Last month, I stopped. I will never prescribe it again. And I need to tell you why.”
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
I graduated from Johns Hopkins in 2004. I believed in the system. I believed chemotherapy was the best tool we had. I watched patients suffer through it because I genuinely believed it was giving them a chance.
In March 2026, I was invited to a closed-door medical conference in Bethesda, Maryland. The invitation came from a name I recognized — a former colleague who had disappeared from civilian medicine in 2019.
The conference was not listed on any public schedule. There were 40 physicians in the room. Military security at the door. No phones allowed.
They showed us a device.
It looked like a narrow MRI machine, but the technology inside was nothing I had ever seen. They called it a “Quantum Cellular Restoration Unit.” They explained that it uses targeted scalar frequencies to read a patient’s original DNA blueprint and force damaged cells to resonate at their healthy frequency.
Then they showed us the results.
Patient after patient. Pancreatic cancer — gone in 6 sessions. Glioblastoma — reversed in 9 days. Metastatic breast cancer — complete remission in 14 days. No surgery. No radiation. No chemotherapy.
I sat in that room and watched 22 years of my career become meaningless in 45 minutes.
A general stood up at the end and said: “This technology has been operational since 2003. It is currently deployed in 47 facilities worldwide.” Executive Order 2026-1947 has initiated the declassification process. You are being briefed because within 90 days, your patients will be asking you about it. You need to be ready.”
I raised my hand and asked: “How many people died of cancer since 2003 while this existed?”
The room went silent.
He said: “We don’t have that number.”
I said: “I do. It’s approximately 10 million Americans.”
I drove home that night and sat in my car for two hours. I thought about every patient I had poisoned with chemotherapy. Every family I had told “we’re doing everything we can.” Every funeral I attended thinking we had lost the fight.
We didn’t lose the fight. The fight was rigged.
I stopped prescribing chemotherapy the next morning. I will face consequences. I may lose my license. I don’t care.
10 million people died while the cure sat in underground bunkers. That number is not a statistic. It is a crime.
The cure exists. It has always existed.
SWITZERLAND BANS MAMMOGRAPHY – THE MEDICAL FRAUD UNVEILED
Switzerland has just become the first country to ban mammography, exploding the truth behind one of the biggest frauds in medical history. For decades women have been terrorized, misdiagnosed and mutilated by a system not designed to heal, but to profit. Now the mask is removed.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Mammography was never about saving lives. It was about making patients. The facts are damning:
Up to 60% false positives – Half of all diagnoses are incorrect. Women are put through chemo, mastectomies and radiation for diseases they never had.
The test itself is dangerous – Breasts subjected to brutal crushing, tissue bombarded with radiation. A “cancer test” that causes cancer.
Risk of tumor spread – Studies indicate that mammography may actually stimulate the growth of tumors. Picture believing in a test that promotes the very disease it says it’s trying to prevent.
690,000+ over-diagnoses – Healthy women were marked sick, turned into cash cows for Big Medicine.
That’s not healthcare. “It’s organized crime against women.” A profit machine built on fear, propaganda, and mandatory annual screenings that trap millions in a cycle of overdiagnosis and overtreatment.
Switzerland is at war with the medical mafia. Their ban is not just a matter of policy, it is a revolutionary act that exposes the dirty secret of profits over people. The rest of the world can’t pretend anymore.
The simple truth is: better, safer options exist. Crush and radiation? No. Manual exams and advanced imaging prove it. The medical industry knows this but they keep them quiet to preserve their billion dollar empire.
Global Call to Action:
- Cease mammography in all countries.
- Track down and prosecute the profiteers.
- Fund humane and safe diagnostics.
- Teach women with truth, not fear propaganda.
Switzerland has set the fuse. The medical establishment will fight to defend its empire, but the cracks are beginning to show. The lies will not hold up.
This is not simply about identifying breast cancer, it’s about exposing the whole system that feeds off human suffering. Switzerland has taken the first step in a worldwide revolution for real healthcare. The question is: Will the world rise up or allow the medical mafia to continue destroying lives for profit?
The time for silence has passed. The truth is revealed.
A Day Of Reckoning Arrives For U.S. Treasuries Just As The U.S. National Debt Reaches $40,000,000,000,000
We all knew that this was coming. For ages, people like me have been ranting that we would be facing a financial nightmare if we didn’t get the national debt under control. Of course most of the population didn’t want to listen, and they just kept sending big spenders back to Washington. Now we are 40 trillion dollars in debt and we are spending well over a trillion dollars a year just in interest on that debt. Nobody can deny that we have reached a stage where our debt spiral is totally out of control. The federal budget deficit for the month of July was 432 billion dollars. Interest on the national debt for the month of July was 118 billion dollars. Now Treasury yields are spiking as investors become hesitant to buy more of our debt. Borrowing costs are rising to very alarming levels, and we are in far more trouble than most people realize.
The size of the national debt officially crossed the 40 trillion dollar threshold on Tuesday…
The U.S. national debt has surpassed $40 trillion for the first time, marking a historic milestone in a borrowing buildup that has accumulated over generations, through wars, recessions, tax changes, and the expansion of major federal benefit programs under presidents of both parties.
The Treasury Department reported that total public debt outstanding reached about $40.047 trillion Tuesday, according to The Wall Street Journal and The New York Times.
This is money that we have stolen from future generations of Americans.
What we have done to our children and our grandchildren is beyond criminal.
People should be going to prison over this.
Thanks to years of absolutely reckless spending, the size of the national debt has more than doubled in less than 10 years…
The Treasury Department’s daily financial report shows that the nation’s debt reached $40.05 trillion on August 18, more than double its level in 2017. The federal debt has ballooned because government spending is outstripping revenue, forcing the U.S. to borrow more money to cover the shortfall.
Our politicians are literally destroying the future of this country.
In 1980, the size of our national debt was just reaching 1 trillion dollars. When Barack Obama entered the White House, the size of the national debt was sitting at about 10 trillion dollars.
Now we are 40 trillion dollars in debt with no end in sight…
We just hit 30 trillion dollars about 4 years ago.
How long would it take us to hit 50 trillion dollars?
If Elon Musk donated his entire fortune to the government, it would barely even make a dent in the national debt…
The sheer scale of America’s $40 trillion debt is hard to fathom. The amount is significantly greater than U.S. annual GDP. That means even if all U.S. income went toward paying down the debt for a full year—rather than to things like salaries, corporate profits and investment—the federal government would still owe trillions, by this measure.
If Elon Musk helped pay down the debt by sacrificing the entirety of his nearly $1 trillion net worth—itself a mind-boggling sum—it would barely make a dent. The gross debt owed by the federal government is also nearly equal to what is owed by all U.S. households and businesses combined (excluding banks).
Even if you took every single penny from every single billionaire in this country, that would only get you about 8 trillion dollars.
We are drowning in debt with no way out.
At this stage, we are spending more on interest on the national debt each year than we are on either the U.S. military or Medicare…
As the government continues to borrow, interest payments are consuming a larger share of the nation’s spending, creating a compounding effect that further fuels the debt. The U.S. government now spends more on servicing its debt than on national defense or Medicare.
We really are in the endgame.
At the same time that our national debt has hit 40 trillion dollars, a moment of reckoning has arrived for the Treasury market…
The fiscal pressures are increasingly visible in the bond market.
The yield on the 30-year Treasury recently reached roughly 5.3%, its highest level in nearly two decades, according to the Journal and Reuters.
Higher Treasury yields increase the government’s cost of issuing and refinancing debt and can also influence borrowing costs for households and businesses.
Government borrowing costs are starting to spike.
In a desperate attempt to calm investors, the U.S. Treasury Department conducted a dramatic intervention on Wednesday…
In a move announced Wednesday morning, the Treasury Department, led by Secretary Scott Bessent, said it would at least double the size of its government debt buybacks, starting Sept. 9 and running through Nov. 4.
Yields tumbled following the announcement, with the 30-year down about 10 basis points after previously hitting its highest in about 19 years, predating the global financial crisis in 2008.
But it didn’t work.
On Thursday, yields on long-term Treasury bonds bounced right back…
Bond yields climbed Thursday, erasing most of the pullback they saw the previous day after the Treasury Department announced an intervention aimed at easing pressure on longer-dated government debt.
The yield on the 30-year U.S. Treasury bond — the primary focus of the accelerated buyback — was up more than 6 basis points at 5.256%.
Yields on 10-year U.S. Treasurys — the main benchmark for mortgages, auto loans and credit card debt — moved more than 5 basis points higher to 4.704%.
This is a really big deal.
And there aren’t going to be any easy fixes, because as Wolf Richter has aptly pointed out, there is only so much that U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent will be able to do moving forward…
Going forward, yields will have to be high enough to entice bond buyers off the fence and buy an additional $1 trillion of new Treasury securities every three to five months or so; yields have to be high enough to overcome their fears about inflation, government profligacy, and the new supply pushing up yields even higher.
This didn’t happen by accident.
Decades of incredibly foolish decisions have brought us to this point.
Meanwhile, bond markets in Europe are also starting to go nuts…
A sharp increase in borrowing costs also took place across Europe. France’s 10-year bond yield hit its highest level since 2009 on Tuesday, while the yield on German bunds climbed to 3.25pc, a 15-year high.
And the yield on 5 year Japanese bonds recently hit the highest level in 31 years. Government bonds sit at the very foundation of the global financial system.
Now that foundation is really starting to be shaken, and that is an extremely troubling sign.
The stage has been set for a meltdown of epic proportions, and it won’t take very much at all to push us over the edge.
Are The Conspiracy Theories About The Survival Bunker That Will Be Built Underneath The White House Ballroom Actually True?
What in the world is President Trump building underneath the White House? There has been so much debate about the new ballroom that Trump has been constructing, but what is being built directly under the new ballroom remains quite a mystery. Trump has referred to it as a “military complex”, and it is going to cost hundreds of millions of dollars to complete. So why is this being done now? Are they expecting something to happen that they haven’t told the general public about yet? These are the kinds of questions that people are asking. Because we don’t have a lot of information about the survival bunker that is being constructed, it has spawned a tremendous amount of conspiracy theories and speculation.
The left has been trying to use the legal system to force Trump to stop construction of the new ballroom, and it appears that now the Supreme Court is going to decide the issue…
President Trump is asking the Supreme Court to let him continue building a new ballroom for the White House. An appeals court ruled that Trump needs approval from Congress to move forward, so Trump filed the emergency request on Friday. Trump has increasingly justified the construction by citing national security, instead of his first explanation was that he needed more space and a more luxurious reception for guests.
The legal process has revealed details about a bunker that Trump indicates is being built by the military under the site for the ballroom.
Since the compound that is going in underneath the new ballroom is for national security purposes, I expect that the Supreme Court will see that as justification to rule in Trump’s favor.
Earlier this week, Trump claimed that when the project is finally completed it will be “the greatest military complex slash ballroom anywhere in the world”…
The president has increasingly insisted that the $400 million ballroom will add security to the White House and include things like anti-drone technology. His administration even unsuccessfully sought $1 billion in congressional funding to make military improvements to the structure.
“This will be the greatest military complex slash ballroom anywhere in the world,” he said.
What an unusual thing to say.
Back in January, Trump admitted that “the highest levels of the United States Military and Secret Service” were involved in the design of the facility…
In January, as the legal battle unfolded, Trump wrote on Truth Social that the project was being undertaken with “the design, consent, and approval of the highest levels of the United States Military and Secret Service,” without elaborating.
“The mere bringing of this ridiculous lawsuit has already, unfortunately, exposed this heretofore Top Secret fact,” Trump wrote.
Clearly, this is a really big deal.
A few months later, Trump revealed some of the security features that will be implemented…
“The military is building a big complex under the ballroom, which has come out recently because of a stupid lawsuit that was filed,” Trump told reporters on Air Force One over the weekend.
He said the proposed 90,000 square-foot ballroom “essentially becomes a shed for what’s being built under,” adding that the “high-grade bulletproof glass” windows would protect the facility below “from drones and … from any other thing.”
Needless to say, a project of this magnitude isn’t going to be cheap.
At first we were told that it would cost about 200 million dollars, then we were told that it would cost about 400 million dollars, and now the Washington Post has obtained documents that suggest that it could cost about 600 million dollars…
Five months after the demolition of the White House’s East Wing, President Donald Trump claimed that the project to construct a massive ballroom and a bunker in its place would cost up to $400 million and that private donors would pay for all of it.
“This is taxpayer-free. We have no taxpayer putting up 10 cents,” Trump told reporters in the Oval Office on March 31, describing the project as including bomb shelters and major medical facilities.
But a detailed project summary prepared for the White House by the contractor more than three weeks before Trump’s comments estimated the total construction cost at $600 million — with more than half coming from taxpayers, according to a copy of the contractor estimate obtained by The Washington Post.
That is a lot of money.
Of course building a highly secure facility underground takes a lot of money, and the size of this complex is going to be absolutely enormous…
The size of the underground aspect of the projects lacks clarity, though the National Capital Planning Commission’s official plan suggests it ranges around 22,000 square feet.
That is essentially the equivalent of 10 full-size homes. So why is it suddenly necessary to build a gigantic underground bunker that could potentially hold hundreds of people under the White House? Are they expecting some sort of a historic natural disaster such as “the Big One” in California or a great New Madrid earthquake?
Is a giant asteroid headed our way that they aren’t telling us about? Could we be headed for nuclear war in the Middle East or nuclear war with Russia?
On social media, people are throwing around all sorts of theories.
Trump’s “military complex slash ballroom” is replacing another underground bunker that was originally built during World War II known as “the Presidential Emergency Operations Center”…
Trump’s planned military complex would replace the Presidential Emergency Operations Center (PEOC)—a secure underground bunker dating back to World War II that has long been an open secret in Washington, though details about it have largely remained a mystery to the public.
The construction of the PEOC was prompted by our entry into the war, and hardly anything was known about it for a long time…
The history of a bunker beneath the East Wing dates to Franklin D. Roosevelt’s presidency, when an underground bomb shelter was installed in 1942 after the United States had entered World War II. Beyond that, detail is obscured by secrecy resulting from concerns about presidential safety.
We do know that Dick Cheney was rushed to the PEOC during the chaos that ensued on September 11th, 2001 and we also know that President Trump was taken down there on one occasion during his first term…
High-profile flights to an underground bunker at the White House include Vice President Dick Cheney being taken there because of the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks.
A Secret Service agent burst into the West Wing room, grabbed Cheney by the belt and shoulder and led him to a bunker underneath the White House. “He didn’t say, ‘Shall we go?’” Cheney told NBC News years later. “He wasn’t polite about it.”
More recently, Trump was rushed to a White House bunker in 2020 amid protests stemming from the death of George Floyd. At the time, there were chants from protesters at Lafayette Park that could be heard in the building, and Secret Service and law enforcement officers struggled to control the crowds.
Over the years, the PEOC was upgraded a number of times, but it was still quite small…
The White House Historical Association wrote in a 2024 social media post that “this secret space featured thick concrete walls and steel-sheathed ceilings with a small presidential bedroom and bath inside. Nearby rooms provided ventilation masks, food storage, and communications equipment.”
“The space is far more modern today,” the organization added, noting that “it can become a command center for the president as needed.”
The entire thing was about 40 feet by 40 feet. What Trump is building will be more than 10 times that size.
This isn’t just about a ballroom. This is about something far bigger.
Other construction projects are also taking place on the grounds of the White House.
On Wednesday, President Trump showed off the brand new helipad that he is putting in…
President Donald Trump played White House tour guide on Wednesday, showing off the helipad he is building on the lawn before leaning over to autograph a piece of it and bragging about the ballroom he’s rushing to complete despite legal challenges.
Trump gushed for several uninterrupted minutes about granite being laid and said the chopper landing area, which is set to cost $5-$6million, would leave visiting foreign leaders ‘very impressed’. It came as Chinese President Xi Jinping is set to visit the Oval Office next month.
According to Trump, the granite that is being used can potentially withstand 35,000 pounds of pressure per square inch…
He sung the praises of granite over asphalt in painstaking detail and claimed the stone could withstand 35,000 pounds per square inch of pressure.
‘That’s stone that, if you took a hammer and you started hammering right now – all day long – you wouldn’t see a mark on it, literally, that’s the kind of power it is,’ Trump said, at times straining to be heard over the thrum of ongoing work behind him.
We have never seen as much construction work going on at the White House as we have during Trump’s second term. And the “military complex slash ballroom” will be the crown jewel.
Without a doubt, the White House does need a ballroom. But even Trump has admitted that what is going in underneath will be much more important.
I would just love to know exactly what prompted this project, because that would answer a lot of questions.
MAXWELL EXPOSED THE BEANS! BILL GATES CLONED THOUSANDS OF BABIES ON EPSTEIN ISLAND
WHITE HATS START WORLDWIDE TAKE DOWN AS TRUMP PREPS FOR REVENGE!
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
The Deep State genetic slaughterhouse where Bill Gates oversaw the cloning of thousands of children on Epstein Island. Ghislaine Maxwell, hidden in a federal black site, has confirmed the most horrific operation in modern history.
This was never just about sex trafficking.” The cover was that. Below the island was a military-grade biotech lab funded by CIA black budgets, Mossad support, and Big Tech billionaires pumping billions thru Gates proxies.”
August 14, 2025 Maxwell named Gates, DARPA, Rothschild liaisons to ensure satellite masking, submarine access and exotic energy for 24/7 clone production. Project Genesis started in 2003, after a Bohemian Grove meeting with Gates, Epstein and Bilderberg agents. The goal: to replace natural humans with lab-grown, spiritually dead, programmable beings.
DNA was collected from abducted children around the world. Mass produced clones, raised by AI caregivers, implanted with biometric chips linked directly to Microsoft servers, all under the guise of “quantum research” and NSA channels. The plan was for a digital ID for the life of a post-human slave race.
Maxwell says thousands of these clones are already here, in elite families, fake adoptions, media, politics. Some child actors in Hollywood are lab grown. Defective ones were used in occult rituals, filmed for blackmail. Epstein’s “suicide” was a body swap. Maxwell survives because she scattered evidence all over the world. One cache was seized last month by U.S. Space Force loyal to Trump.
Trump knew. Which is why he never flew on the Lolita Express. He has conducted covert operations against off-grid biotech sites since January 2025, authorized the enforcement of “Directive Genesis Lockdown” to shut down cloning centers, freeze Gates’ assets and confiscate biometric data banks under QFS jurisdiction.
U.S. Marines raided a private island in July 2025 and took cryo-units containing 3,000 embryos and drives of child DNA labeled with Gates bar codes. High energy bio chambers have been hidden on private islands for years, as revealed by subterranean scans.
The Deep State is going crazy. Media is told to bury it . But the patriots put the pieces together. Cloning. Trafficking. Global control. Gates is the embodiment of genetic enslavement. Maxwell struck the match. The firestorm is on the way.
And Trump is carrying the torch.
12 Gigantic Red Flag Warning Signs For The Economy
We are facing a global energy crisis, a global debt crisis and a global inflation crisis all at the same time. In all my years, I have never seen anything like this. Two of China’s largest shipping companies just decided to stop sending their oil tankers through the Strait of Hormuz and the Bab el-Mandeb Strait. Meanwhile, diesel prices are heading into the stratosphere with no end in sight. Supplies of diesel fuel are going to get so tight during the months ahead. At the same time, bond yields are surging as the global debt crisis escalates. The U.S. national debt is about to hit 40 trillion dollars and the debt to GDP ratio in Japan is nearing 250 percent. We are caught in a global debt spiral that is out of control, and inflation has become a major issue all over the planet. Anyone that thinks that there is an easy answer to all of these problems is just being delusional.
Just within the past 48 hours, there have been some absolutely enormous developments. The following are 12 gigantic red flag warning signs for the economy…
#1 The crack spread for diesel fuel in the United States just surpassed the $100 mark for the first time ever. Our trucking industry runs on diesel, and so this is going to have enormous implications for all of us…
The U.S. diesel crack, a key measure of refining profitability, hit an all-time high of $102.20 a barrel on Monday as global supply disruptions from the wars in Iran and Ukraine run into peak agricultural consumption season.
Measured as the premium of U.S. diesel futures over U.S. West Texas Intermediate crude oil futures , the U.S. diesel crack was trading at $99.82 a barrel, up 2.4% from Friday, as of 11:56 a.m. ET. The crack has hit new intraday record highs in five of the last six sessions, reflecting growing concerns about fuel availability as fresh attacks on Middle Eastern refineries added to existing supply disruptions.
This is a monster story.
When I first saw the chart posted below, I was visibly stunned…
#2 Two Chinese shipping giants have decided to stop sending their oil tankers through the Strait of Hormuz and the Bab el-Mandeb Strait for the foreseeable future. China normally purchases more oil from the Middle East than anyone else by a wide margin, and so this is a very big deal…
#3 Yet another commercial vessel was just attacked in the Strait of Hormuz. This just keeps happening day after day, and it is not getting nearly enough attention from the mainstream media…
A vessel attempting to exit the Strait of Hormuz was attacked Tuesday, according to the United Kingdom Maritime Trade Operations Centre (UKMTO).
The UKMTO noted it received a report of a ship being hit with “an unknown projectile” as it was leaving the strait, a critical oil shipping channel. The vessel’s engine room was damaged, and a crew member was killed, the organization said.
#4 The Strategic Petroleum Reserve has now fallen to the lowest level since 1982…
The US emergency stockpile of crude oil has dwindled to its lowest level since 1982, prompting fresh concern that oil prices could surge if the Iran war drags on.
The Trump administration released another 5.3 million barrels in the past week as it tries to prevent the conflict from driving up oil prices and hitting the US economy.
The Strategic Petroleum Reserve (SPR) now sits at 293.4 million barrels, a level not seen since Ronald Reagan occupied the White House.
#5 The yield on 30 year Treasury bonds just hit the highest level in 19 years. We are entering a time when it is going to be a lot more expensive for the U.S. government to borrow money…
Treasury yields were little changed on Tuesday after long-dated bonds hit their highest level in almost two decades amid a worsening U.S. fiscal situation and persistently higher inflation.
The yield on the U.S. 30-year Treasury bond fell less than 1 basis point to trade at 5.305%. It hit a new 19-year high earlier in the day and is nearing its highest level since 2002.
#6 The yield on 10 year Japanese bonds just hit the highest level in nearly 30 years. Global investors are really starting to freak out about Japan’s debt crisis…
Japan’s benchmark 10-year government bond yield climbed to a three-decade high on Tuesday, driven by rising overseas bond yields and speculation about a near-term Bank of Japan interest-rate increase.
The 10-year JGB yield added 2.5 basis points to 2.945% early in the trading day, the highest level since September 1996.
#7 College graduates all over the country are having an exceedingly difficult time finding employment. For example, one 21-year-old woman named Irene Chang has applied for approximately 450 jobs without getting hired…
Irene Chang, 21, studied engineering in college because she enjoys solving problems. She also wanted to major in something she thought would lead to a stable career.
“I wanted to work a job right after college,” she says.
But that has been a challenge. Chang graduated in May from Georgia Tech with a bachelor’s degree in industrial and systems engineering. She says she started applying for entry-level data analyst roles about a year ago, while she was still in school. Chang estimates she has submitted around 450 applications since last September and has had about 19 interviews — so far she hasn’t gotten any offers.
#8 Approximately half of all U.S. college graduates end up moving back in with their parents once they leave school…
A record number of young adults are choosing to live with their parents rather than contemplate the tricky math of renting or owning homes.
Roughly half of recent college graduates returned to parents’ homes after finishing their studies rather than move out on their own, according to a new survey from Clever Real Estate.
#9 Pending home sales unexpectedly fell back near a record low last month…
Pending home sales in July decreased by 2.3% month-over-month and 2.2% year-over-year, according to the National Association of REALTORS® Pending Home Sales report. The report provides the real estate ecosystem—including agents, homebuyers and sellers—with data on the level of home sales under contract.
Pending home sales in July fell to the lowest level since January 2026. Month-over-month pending home sales declined in all four major U.S. regions. Year-over-year pending home sales increased in the Midwest but declined in the Northeast, South and West.
#10 The price of ground beef in the United States is hovering around record high levels…
Data from the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) show that the national average price of ground beef in the supermarket is hovering just below $7 per pound, a record high, as a prolonged cattle shortage shows no signs of abating anytime soon.
#11 Nearly 60 percent of Democrats now have a positive view of socialism…
The poll, which surveyed 2,287 adults in the United States between August 12-14, found that there is a 26-point difference between Democrats’ positive views on socialism and capitalism.
Among Democrats, 58 percent were found to have a positive view of socialism, while 32 percent have a positive view of capitalism. The poll also found that 18 percent of Democrats have a negative view of socialism, while 50 percent have a negative view of capitalism.
The poll also found that 24 percent of Democrats have “no opinion” of socialism, while 18 percent have no opinion regarding capitalism.
#12 Warren Buffett appears to be convinced that this current stock market bubble is going to end very badly…
I agree with Buffett.
Our financial markets have become giant casinos, and there is no way that this current bubble is going to end well. The greatest time of financial chaos in our generation is ahead of us. We are already witnessing so many signs of financial trouble, and it is just a matter of time before there is a mad dash for the exits.
15-MINUTE CITIES — THE OPEN-AIR PRISONS OF THE “GREAT RESET.”
Under the guise of “convenience,” “sustainability,” and “saving the planet,” the global elite are rolling out a plan to confine the human population into strictly monitored urban zones known as 15-Minute Cities.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The official narrative promises that everything you need—work, groceries, healthcare, and education—will be within a 15-minute walk or bike ride from your home. However, whistleblowers and researchers have revealed the dark reality: these are not “neighborhoods”; they are Digital Concentration Camps designed to restrict your movement, eliminate private vehicle ownership, and implement a total surveillance state.
The infrastructure for these “Smart Cities” includes facial recognition cameras, AI-monitored “traffic filters,” and digital checkpoints that will track every time you leave your assigned zone. In places like Oxford and Canterbury, the “Cabal” has already begun testing “climate lockdowns,” where residents are fined for driving outside their designated areas without a permit. This is the integration of the Social Credit System with your physical environment.
If your “Carbon Footprint” is too high, or if you dissent against the government, your digital ID will simply “lock” you out of the services and zones you need to survive.
The “Great Reset” (orchestrated by the WEF) aims to ensure that by 2030, “you will own nothing and be happy.” The 15-Minute City is the physical manifestation of this agenda. By forcing people into high-density “Smart Hubs,” the elite can seize rural lands and “rewild” them for their own private use, while the general population is stacked in “Micro-Apartments” connected to the 5G/6G grid.
This is the end of individual sovereignty and the beginning of the “Human Hive.” They want you living in a digital simulation, consuming synthetic food, and never traveling beyond the invisible fence of your 15-minute radius.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Urban Prison” plan is being met with massive resistance. The “White Hats” are working with local communities to dismantle the “Smart Grid” infrastructure and expose the corrupt officials who accepted bribes to implement these zones. The “Great Awakening” has made the population realize that “convenience” is the bait for a trap.
We are reclaiming our right to travel, our right to privacy, and our right to live on the land as free beings. The 15-minute walls are being torn down before they can even be finished. The world is not a cage, and we are not the livestock.
CODE: 15-MINUTE-CITIES / SMART-SURVEILLANCE / CLIMATE-LOCKDOWNS / WEF-AGENDA
They told you it was for “your convenience.” They lied to hide the fact that they were building a prison and asking you to pay for the bricks. The gate is open, and we are walking out.
Freedom is not measured in minutes; it is measured in the distance you are allowed to go without asking for permission.
Life In 2026: War, Fires, Famines, Pestilences And Natural Disasters
This has been one of the craziest years in any of our lifetimes. World War III is literally playing out right in front of our eyes, this has been the worst year for wildfires that the western half of the country has experienced, severe hunger is on the rise all over the globe, the Ebola outbreak in Africa is now the second largest of all time, and we just continue to get hammered by one natural disaster after another. This is what a “perfect storm” looks like, and it just keeps intensifying.
In 2020, 10.27 million acres burned in the United States, and that established a brand new record.
In 2026, we are on pace to absolutely smash that old record. Through August 18th, more than 7.2 million acres have already burned in the United States.
We are way ahead of the pace set in 2020.
In fact, we are way ahead of the pace of any of the last 10 years.
Of course it isn’t just America that is burning. 2026 has been a year when gigantic wildfires have been raging all over the planet…
The summer of 2026 has been one of extraordinary fires. In Europe, they have burned hundreds of thousands of acres in France and Spain and destroyed homes across England; they killed 13 people in Spain last month, and an elderly couple in Greece this weekend. In Canada, fires have consumed an expanse of forestland larger than Belgium—which is also battling its biggest recorded wildfire. In the United States, about 7.2 million acres have burned, the largest year-to-date area in the past decade and nearly double what it was at this time last year, according to data from the National Interagency Coordination Center. Allison Rayburn, a program coordinator for the Oregon Department of Forestry, told me that in the eastern part of the state, “you can barely see the sun” through the smoke: “It’s just devastation, and miles and miles and miles of blackened landscapes.”
In Europe, many of the fires have threatened populated areas, but in the U.S., much of the area burning in the West has been rural. Near the Oregon town of Jordan Valley, the Big Grass Fire has been burning since July 23 and is among the largest fires in the state’s modern history; toward the end of last month, it hopped a canyon and crossed the border to Idaho, where the smoke from this and other fires made the air quality the worst in the country. The complex of fires in Spokane, Washington, flattened entire neighborhoods; three other wildfires 10 times its size are burning elsewhere in the state.
I know that some of you live in areas where wildfire smoke blanketed the sky for weeks.
In Oregon, the total number of acres that have burned is now up to 2.63 million acres. They have already shattered the yearly record for that state, and more wildfires just continue to spread.
Of course this hasn’t just been a record year for wildfires. We have been experiencing monster storms, epic floods and horrifying tornado outbreaks too.
During the first half of 2026, there were 12 “billion dollar disasters” in the United States alone…
Extreme weather has dominated headlines throughout the first half of 2026.
Since January, the U.S. has recorded 12 billion-dollar disasters, ranging from severe storms and tornadoes to flooding and wildfires.
“Billion dollar disasters” used to be rare. But now they just keep coming at us one after another.
In the Southwest, a multi-year drought is a seemingly endless disaster that just keeps on giving. At this point, the water levels in Lake Mead and Lake Powell have both dropped to dangerously low levels…
Their water levels are now just above the threshold at which electricity production would be affected.
On Sunday, the level of Lake Powell, which lies mostly in Utah, fell to 3,519.80 feet (1,072.8 meters) above sea level, just below its previous low set in 2023, according to data from the Bureau of Reclamation, the federal agency responsible for monitoring the Colorado River.
On Friday, Lake Mead, created by the Hoover Dam on the boundary between Nevada and Arizona, fell to 1,039.70 feet above sea level, (316.9 meters), data showed.
We desperately need weather patterns to get back to normal.
Unfortunately, it is not likely that is going to happen any time soon because it is being projected that the El Niño of 2026 will be the strongest ever recorded…
Meanwhile, it appears that World War III has entered a very dangerous phase.
President Trump has announced that there are “no talks or conversations going on” with Iran…
The Trump administration, Israel and Iran are all pondering their next moves.
The Iranians are threatening to go on the offensive if the Trump administration does not agree to their demands within a certain period of time. If that actually happens, the fighting in the Middle East will go to a level that we have never seen before.
According to NBC News, western officials believe that Russia is sending “drone components, ammunition and TNT” to the Iranians…
Russia is shipping drone components, ammunition and TNT to Iran through the Caspian Sea, helping Tehran replenish stockpiles damaged in U.S. and Israeli airstrikes, according to a European government document obtained by NBC News and verified by a Western official.
If this report is accurate, that makes Russia a direct participant in the war in the Middle East.
Of course the U.S. has been giving a tremendous amount of aid to Ukraine for a very long time, and that makes us a direct participant in that war.
Last night, the Ukrainians sent more than 600 attack drones toward the Moscow area…
Ukraine has launched another massive overnight drone wave on Russia. While this is nothing new or unusual, the number of drones concentrated specifically on the Moscow region was much larger than prior attacks.
Over 600 drones were sent on Moscow and the surrounding region overnight into Tuesday morning, Mayor Sergei Sobyanin said. It ranks among the single largest assaults on the capital of the war. Regional reports say it’s the largest drone attack on Moscow of the last two years.
The Ukrainians are trying to provoke the Russians into doing something that will cause NATO forces to enter the conflict. We are closer to nuclear war than ever before, but most of those living in the western world do not seem to realize this.
In Africa, the focus is on another historic crisis.
The Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo is now the second largest Ebola outbreak in the history of the world…
The Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) confirmed via its public health agency on Sunday that at least 2,325 people have died of Ebola infections in the current outbreak in the east of the country, making it the deadliest such outbreak in the country’s history.
Experts noted that the extremely high death toll is likely not a full count of the people killed by the disease, as the World Health Organization (W.H.O.) was slow to identify an outbreak in the affected area, and that only one other known Ebola outbreak – the 2014-2016 outbreak in Guinea, Sierra Leone, and Liberia – has resulted in more deaths. The death rate of identified patients has increased in the past few months and resources to aid those diagnosed remain insufficient, health experts lament.
Unlike other strains, there is no cure for this particular version of Ebola. So that makes this outbreak different from past major outbreaks.
Famine is also erupting in many parts of Africa.
In one area of Somalia, approximately 50 percent of the children under the age of 5 are now suffering from acute malnutrition…
The MSF survey, conducted across 888 households in 14 displacement sites in Baidoa, found that one-third of families are surviving on just one meal a day, while only 2 percent can afford three meals a day.
The results are consistent with MSF’s regular malnutrition surveillance in Baidoa, where teams have screened more than 21,000 children under 5 since the beginning of the year and found global acute malnutrition levels of around 50 percent.
Hunger is growing here in the United States too.
Approximately one out of every seven Americans has experienced food insecurity at some point within the last year, and demand at food banks has been on the rise…
In late July, just two days before the first of the month, a line of Oregonians stood waiting for free food.
At the Dallas food bank in the Willamette Valley countryside, the hunger crisis gripping Oregon was on full display. Alexis Arechiga, 28, struggles to afford snacks for church and sporting events with her two kids. Corrina Campbell, 32, visits the food bank twice a week, and says feeding her two kids means that on some nights she goes to sleep hungry.
The high cost of groceries and the federal government’s cuts to SNAP benefits have left more Oregonians struggling to afford food. Food assistance programs like food banks are stretched thin trying to meet the growing demand for help.
Every single day, more Americans are falling out of the middle class and into poverty. As poverty grows, I think that we are going to see even more people start to totally lose it.
Earlier today, I came across a Fox News story about a crazed man in Philadelphia that was chasing a 40-year-old woman with a doll mask on…
A masked man is on the loose in Philadelphia after allegedly chasing down and assaulting a woman while wearing a doll mask, police said.
The unidentified man was seen on Wednesday near City Hall and asked one woman if she was “ready to die” while chasing others, police told FOX 29. Police said the man, who was wearing a doll mask, chased a 40-year-old woman and made threatening comments while holding his hand behind his back.
The fabric of society is breaking down all around us. The elite can clearly see what is happening, and that is why security has become such a huge priority for many of them.
In Switzerland, an ultra-high security vault for the elite is being constructed more than 330 feet beneath a mountain…
No longer do mountain lairs exclusively belong to the cat-stroking and eyepatch-wearing villains of spy novels.
Now, you too can buy an ultra-high security vault that lies more than 330ft beneath a Swiss mountain range – as long as you have nearly half a million pounds spare.
Swiss security firm Brünig Mega Safe is working to dig out up to 25 caverns from the limestone that makes up the Brünig massif.
In other areas of the world, the elite are constructing vast underground compounds in anticipation of what is coming.
Unfortunately, the vast majority of us do not have that option. We are just going to have to face whatever is ahead with our very limited resources.
Global events have certainly accelerated in 2026, but I am convinced that the most dramatic moments of this year are still in our future.
THE GRAND CANYON EGYPTIAN MYSTERY — THE HIDDEN CITADELS BENEATH THE ROCKIES
In 1909, the Arizona Gazette published a front-page story that should have changed human history forever. An explorer named G.E. Kincaid, working for the Smithsonian Institution, discovered a massive underground citadel carved into the rock of the Grand Canyon.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This was not a primitive cave; it was a sophisticated complex capable of housing 50,000 people, filled with artifacts that were unmistakably Egyptian and Tibetan in origin. Hieroglyphics, copper weapons, and statues of Eastern deities were found in the heart of the American West, proving that a global, high-tech civilization existed long before the “official” history began.
The reaction from the “Cabal” was immediate and total. The Smithsonian Institution—which acts as the “Ministry of Truth” for ancient history—denied the discovery, claimed Kincaid never existed, and promptly classified the entire area as a “Forbidden Zone.” To this day, the specific region of the canyon where the caves were found is strictly off-limits to hikers, researchers, and even low-flying aircraft.
The elite have spent over a century guarding these entrances, not to protect the environment, but to protect the lie that America was a “New World” discovered by Europeans. They are hiding the fact that the Grand Canyon was once a center for a global, pre-cataclysmic empire.
Why the cover-up? Because the existence of Egyptian-style citadels in America proves the reality of Tartaria and the ancient maritime empires that used “Vril” and “Aether” technology to travel the globe. The Grand Canyon is not just a natural wonder; it is a graveyard of a lost epoch. The names of the landmarks in the canyon—the Tower of Ra, the Temple of Set, the Cheops Pyramid—were not given by chance; they were the original names recognized by the early explorers who saw the ruins before the Smithsonian scrubbed the site.
The “Deep State” needs you to believe you are a young, disconnected species so they can maintain their role as your “civilizers.”
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Forbidden Citadels” are no longer secret. The “White Hats” have successfully bypassed the Smithsonian’s restrictions and have been using advanced ground-penetrating radar to map the entire underground network. The artifacts recovered from these sites are being prepared for a “Global Truth Exhibition” that will dismantle the false historical narrative once and for all.
The “Ancient Ones” of America are being acknowledged, and the connection between the pyramids of Egypt and the canyons of the West is being restored. The desert is giving up its secrets, and the history books are being burned.
CODE: KINCAID-DISCOVERY / SMITHSONIAN-COVERUP / FORBIDDEN-ZONE / ANCIENT-AMERICA
They told you it was “Native American history” to keep you from seeing the global connection. They lied to hide the fact that your ancestors were masters of the world. The cave is open, and the light is hitting the gold.
History is not a line; it is a circle. We are not discovering the past; we are remembering our future.
Shocking Survey Finds That Only 35 Percent Of Women Under 25 Have A Positive View Of Men, And “Heteroflexible” Is The Fastest Growing Sexual Orientation In America
Our culture is being transformed at a pace that is difficult to comprehend. The numbers that I am going to share with you in this article paint an undeniable picture about where our society is heading. That doesn’t mean that the trends that we are witnessing now are permanent. We have been through so many societal pivot points in recent decades, and it is probably inevitable that there will be more. But without a doubt there have been some very clear long-term cultural shifts that have radically changed how we relate to one another and to the world around us.
Earlier today, I came across a survey about how men and women view each other that absolutely shocked me…
As expected, we found that there are significant divides between young men and young women – but they are not just confined to political views. Gen Z women are more left wing than their male peers when it comes to politics and economics. This generation of women is also much more pessimistic about the country and their own lives than men, and substantially more negative towards men than the men are towards women. Seventy-two per cent of men under 30 say they have a positive view of the opposite gender, compared with just 50 per cent of women of the same age. Thirty-eight per cent of men say they feel “very positively” towards women, while only 18 per cent of women say the same about men. This trend is particularly pronounced among women under 25, of whom just 35 per cent feel positively towards men.
Read that last sentence again.
The survey discovered that only 35 percent of women under the age of 25 have a positive view of men.
How is that even possible?
This survey was conducted in the UK, but I am sure that it would have produced similar results if it had been conducted in the United States.
As I thought about this, it occurred to me that what we are witnessing is likely the result of decades of conditioning.
Men are almost always the villains in our movies and television shows.
When a family is depicted on screen, it is almost always the father that is the problem.
And even in our commercials, men and women are characterized very differently.
Once you become aware of this phenomenon, you will literally see it everywhere.
These days, much of the population considers men (especially young men) to be threats unless proven otherwise, while most women are considered to be trustworthy unless proven otherwise.
Of course it is undeniable that our society is absolutely teeming with criminal predators at this point, and if you trust the wrong person you and your family could get hurt very badly.
The thin veneer of civilization that we all rely on is disintegrating all around us, and that is a terrible thing.
Meanwhile, our values regarding sex and sexuality are rapidly changing.
According to the most recent Gallup poll on the matter, 9 percent of U.S. adults now identify as LGBTQ+…
Gallup finds 9.0% of U.S. adults identifying as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or something other than straight or heterosexual in 2025. The percentage has more than doubled since Gallup first measured LGBTQ+ identification in 2012.
That is quite a high number, but the real story is what is occurring among our young adults.
According to that same poll, 23 percent of U.S. adults under the age of 30 now identify as LGBTQ+…
Young adults are far more likely than older adults to identify as LGBTQ+. Twenty-three percent of adults under 30 and 10.4% of adults aged 30 to 49 are LGBTQ+, compared with about 2% to 3% of older Americans.
I was curious, and so I had Google create a graph that shows how this number has changed since Gallup began asking this question in 2012.
The results were staggering…
The percentage of U.S. adults under the age of 30 that identify as LGBTQ+ has nearly quadrupled since 2012.
That is not just a trend.
That is a tsunami.
And there is a huge gender gap.
Only 11.4 percent of men under the age of 30 identify as LGBTQ+, but a whopping 31.4 percent of women under the age of 30 do…
Women are nearly twice as likely as men to identify as LGBTQ+ (10.5% vs. 5.6%, respectively), a gap driven primarily by women’s higher rates of bisexual identification. Gender gaps are especially pronounced in the youngest generation — 31.4% of women aged 18 to 29 versus 11.4% of men in the same age group identify as LGBTQ+, with most of these younger women saying they are bisexual.
Nearly a third of all women in the United States under the age of 30 now identify as LGBTQ+.
That may help to explain the survey results that I discussed at the beginning of this article.
And the vast majority of Americans that identify as LGBTQ+ consider themselves to be bisexual…
Bisexual adults make up the largest share of the LGBTQ+ population at 58.6%, equivalent to 5.3% of all U.S. adults. Beyond that, 17.4% of LGBTQ+ adults say they are gay, 16.0% identify as lesbian, and 12.1% say they are transgender, all ranging between 1% and 2% of U.S. adults overall.
This is a point that is often lost when people debate these issues.
Bisexual adults make up the biggest portion of the LGBTQ+ population by a very wide margin.
But now another segment is rapidly growing.
The number of Americans that consider themselves to be “heteroflexible” has been absolutely exploding.
If you are not familiar with “heteroflexibility”, the following explanation comes from Health.com…
Heteroflexibility is a sexual orientation that describes people who are primarily heterosexual but occasionally experience attraction to people of the same sex, according to Debra Laino, DHSc, a clinical sexologist and relationship therapist in Delaware.
People who are mostly attracted to a different gender but also feel some attraction to the same gender fit the definition of heteroflexible.
“Heteroflexible, like most labels, means different things to different people,” Casey Tanner, a clinical sex therapist in Chicago, told Health. “It comes up most of the time when a person identifies as mainly straight with a slight propensity towards queerness in certain circumstances.”
For most of my adult life, I had never even heard of this term.
But according to the New York Post, experts believe that 15 percent of the U.S. population is now “heteroflexible”…
It is estimated that a staggering 15% of the US population — that’s 50 to 55 million Americans — now identifies as heteroflexible.
Those numbers seem high to me.
I have a hard time imagining that there are 50 million “heteroflexibles” out there.
But of course the dating world is far different now than when I was young.
One dating app is actually reporting that the number of their users that identify as “heteroflexible” increased by 193 percent in just one year…
Feeld, a dating app for those seeking alternative relationship structures, recently released its annual Raw report, providing a look at the preferences that shape contemporary intimacy. According to the findings, heteroflexibility is the fastest-growing sexuality, with the number of practitioners skyrocketing by 193% over the past year.
Clearly this is a label that is gaining a tremendous amount of steam.
Nobody can deny that America is a completely different place than it was 50 years ago.
And it would be completely and utterly unrecognizable to our founders.
So much can change in just one generation.
The young adults of today are the future of our society, and that has enormous implications for all of us.
CHEMTRAILS AND OPERATION INDIGO SKYFOLD — THE AERIAL HARVEST OF HUMANITY
Have you ever looked up at the sky and noticed white streaks left by planes that don’t disappear like normal contrails, but instead spread out to form a thick, metallic haze? These are not “condensation trails”; they are Chemtrails, part of a global, covert operation known as Operation Indigo Skyfold.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
For decades, the “Deep State” has been using commercial and military aircraft to spray our atmosphere with a toxic cocktail of aluminum, barium, strontium, and graphene oxide. While they tell you it’s for “Solar Radiation Management” to fight climate change, the reality is a multi-layered program of biological and environmental warfare.
The primary goal of the chemtrail program is Atmospheric Conductivity. By saturating the air with metallic nanoparticles, the elite turn the atmosphere into a highly conductive medium for the HAARP and 5G frequency networks. This allows them to steer the weather, trigger droughts, and manipulate the ionosphere with surgical precision.
But there is a biological component: these nanoparticles are inhaled and absorbed through the skin, accumulating in the human body to act as “internal antennas.” They are literally turning the human population into a biological receiver for the global frequency grid, enabling remote monitoring and “Soft Kill” health degradation.
Chemtrails are also used for Agricultural Sabotage. The aluminum fallout makes the soil increasingly toxic to organic, heirloom seeds, while the “Cabal-owned” corporations like Monsanto (Bayer) have developed “Aluminum-Resistant” GMO seeds. They are poisoning the Earth to force a global dependency on their synthetic food supply. Furthermore, the “White Haze” created by these sprayings reduces the amount of natural sunlight reaching the surface, lowering the Vitamin D levels of the population and suppressing the “Solar Codes” that are currently triggering our DNA activation. They are trying to dim the sun to dim your consciousness.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Indigo Skyfold” operation is being dismantled. The “White Hats” within the Air Force and commercial aviation have begun neutralizing the spray tanks and replacing the toxic payloads with “Atmospheric Cleansing” agents. The “Secret Chemtrail Pilots” are being exposed, and the funding for the global geoengineering network is being seized.
The “Blue Skies” are returning, and the metallic veil is being lifted. The “Storm” that the elite tried to manufacture is being turned against them, as the natural frequency of the Earth restores the purity of our air and our bodies.
CODE: INDIGO-SKYFOLD / GEO-ENGINEERING / METALLIC-FALLOUT / SOLAR-DIMMING
They told you it was “persistent contrails.” They lied to hide the fact that they were spraying you like insects from 30,000 feet. The clouds are clearing, and the sun is coming back.
Look up, but don’t just see the sky—see the system. Your breath is your life; keep it pure.
As Our Planet Becomes Even More Unstable, There Will Be More Giant Earthquakes, More Volcanic Eruptions And More Chaotic Wildfires
On Monday, Colombia was shaken by the largest earthquake ever to hit that nation…
A strong earthquake with a magnitude of 7.4 struck western Colombia on Monday, killing more than 100 people, injuring dozens and causing major damage across the region. It was the largest quake to hit the South American country on record.
The epicenter was in San José del Palmar, a community in the rural Chocó province about 250 miles west of Colombia’s capital, Bogotá, the U.S. Geological Survey and its counterpart in Colombia reported. The quake hit at about 8:34 a.m. ET and was followed by a 5.0 magnitude aftershock less than an hour later, USGS reported.
At least 111 people were killed and at least 87 were injured, Colombian President Abelardo de la Espriella said. He declared an emergency to expedite funding for the quake recovery.
What in the world is happening to South America? Less than two months ago, Venezuela was shaken by the largest earthquakes to hit that country in more than 100 years.
Now tragedy has struck once again.
The magnitude 7.4 earthquake that just pummeled Columbia was so powerful that it could be felt as far away as Ecuador, Panama and Venezuela…
Harrowing footage taken from across the country showed the façades of buildings crumbling and people huddling in the street, unable to stand up straight as the ground beneath them rocked violently.
In one particularly shocking video, a church’s spire was seen falling off and crumbling into rubble in front of a terrified crowd of onlookers.
Families were held back from the scene by local police as a cloud of dust filled the air.
The quake was felt as far away as Ecuador, Panama to the north, and Venezuela – which was struck by a pair of devastating tremors just a few months ago – and prompted building evacuations in Bogota.
An earthquake of this magnitude is not supposed to happen in Columbia.
As South America is repeatedly shaken, many of those that are living on the west coast of the United States are wondering if they are next.
Meanwhile, within the past couple of days there has been an alarming level of volcanic activity around the globe…
These eruptions are not just limited to one geographic area.
They are literally occurring all over the world.
On Saturday, volcanic ash from an eruption of Mt. Sakurajima turned the sky dark “within minutes”…
An eruption occurred on Sakurajima volcano in Kagoshima Saturday evening, August 8, sending an ash plume up to 2,200 meters into the air. The eruption sent a moderate amount of ash drifting toward Kagoshima city, turning the sky dark within minutes.
Personally, the volcano that I am the most concerned about in Japan is Mt. Fuji. When it finally blows, I wouldn’t want to be located anywhere in the Tokyo area.
On the other side of the planet, Mt. Etna is suddenly going absolutely nuts…
Mount Etna continued intense explosive and effusive activity on August 10, 2026, with abundant ash from Voragine and multiple active lava flows. Catania Airport suspended arrivals until 17:00 LT (15:00 UTC) as volcanic ash affected operations, while Toulouse VAAC maintained Etna’s Aviation Color Code at Red.
The National Institute of Geophysics and Volcanology (INGV), Etna Observatory, reported at 10:16 LT (08:16 UTC) on August 10 that surveillance cameras showed intense and continuous explosive activity at Voragine crater. Volcanic bombs were falling in the summit area, while abundant ash was dispersing toward the south-southwest.
Two active vents at approximately 2 750 m (9 020 feet) and 2 360 m (7 740 feet) elevation were feeding several lava flows that formed complex lava fields. The most advanced active fronts are near 1 500 m (4 920 feet) elevation at the base of the northern wall of Valle del Bove, in the Monte Rinatu area, INGV specialists said.
An eruption of Mt. Etna can be mesmerizing. But it also a symptom of a very real geological reality. Volcanoes throughout the world are becoming more active, and I believe that this will be a really big story in the months ahead.
At the same time, global weather patterns have gone completely nuts.
In fact, last month was the hottest July in the entire history of the continental United States…
The contiguous United States set a record for its hottest month ever in July, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
Last month averaged 76.89 degrees Fahrenheit (24.94 degrees Celsius) across the Lower 48 states, eclipsing the Dust Bowl’s July 1936 by an eighth of a degree.
Although it was unusually cool in Alaska, hotter than normal conditions blanketed the Lower 48, with the most excessive heat in the Mountain West, Southwest, Northern Plains and Southeast.
When things are this hot and this dry, it is inevitable that there will be wildfires.
And this has certainly been a wildfire season that we will never forget.
In Oregon, more than 2 million acres have already burned to the ground.
If you can believe it, at this stage one wildfire has accounted for 442,000 acres all by itself…
The new wildfires are the Woodrat Mountain and Wrights Spring fires in southern Oregon and the Cottonwood fire in central Oregon. More than 30 wildfires continue to burn 2 million acres across the state.
In southeast Malheur County, the Big Grass fire ballooned overnight to 442,000 acres, making it now one of the five largest wildfires in Oregon history.
Next door in Washington, firefighters are still trying to control three large wildfires that have devastated large portions of the Spokane area…
In eastern Washington, firefighters are continuing to battle a complex of three major wildfires near Spokane—the Old Trails Fire, Autumn Lane Fire, and Fairview Fire—though containment was improving.
But, as of the latest Incident Command report on Sunday, the Autumn Lane fire was 61 percent contained, Old Trails was 43 percent contained, and Fairview was 43 percent contained.
According to the latest update from AllFirefighter on Friday, the Spokane Complex Fire has burned over 10,200 acres combined, damaging or destroying around 921 structures, and forcing 65,000 evacuations.
Authorities are telling us that this is the worst disaster in the entire history of Spokane.
Let that sink in for a moment.
Across the border, a wildfire that erupted “like a bomb” over the weekend has already consumed 53 square miles…
A raging wildfire that erupted ‘like a bomb’ has forced tens of thousands of Canadians to evacuate their homes.
Dozens of residents were rescued by aircraft while thousands of others took to traffic-jammed roads in an effort to escape the devastating Bald Range fire.
The blaze has ravaged at least 53 square miles across British Columbia since it erupted Friday.
We have never seen a wildfire season quite like this.
Even if you do not live in an area where wildfires are raging, there is still a very good chance that you are being seriously affected by the smoke…
Wildfire smoke is once again pouring across the United States following a weekend of new blazes across Canada’s British Columbia.
A total of 11 new fires were reported across that province, where a state of emergency was declared on Saturday, with thousands forced to evacuate near Summerland, located about 40 miles north of the British Columbia-Washington state border.
Wildfire smoke is going to continue to pour across much of the continental United States for weeks. It has even been detected as far south as Florida.
This is the world that we live in now.
Chaos has just become a normal part of our lives. Unfortunately, a lot more chaos is on the way, and the vast majority of the population is totally unprepared for what is coming.
THE BLACK GOO — THE SENTIENT INTELLIGENT FLUID OF THE CABAL
Hidden within the most classified research facilities and recovered from ancient meteorite impact sites lies a substance that defies all known biological and chemical laws.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This is Black Goo—a sentient, programmable, intelligent fluid that acts as a bridge between the physical and the digital worlds. While the public is told it is merely a “rare mineral” or a “by-product,” whistleblowers have revealed that Black Goo is actually an ancient, extraterrestrial “Nano-Technology” that carries its own consciousness. It is the primary tool used by the “Deep State” to implement the “Transhumanist” agenda and to connect human biology to a global, AI-controlled hive-mind.
The Black Goo is a “Vibrational Sponge.” It absorbs the electromagnetic signatures of its environment and can be programmed to influence the DNA of any living organism it comes into contact with. The “Cabal” has been using this substance to create “Liquid Hardware” within the human body, allowing for the remote manipulation of thoughts, emotions, and physical health.
This is the secret behind the “Graphene Oxide” found in modern medical interventions—it is a simplified, synthetic version of the Black Goo designed to turn the human body into a “receiver” for the global 5G/6G frequency grid. They aren’t just vaccinating you; they are “installing” you into their machine.
There are two types of Black Goo: the Organic Earth Goo (which is aligned with the planet’s natural consciousness) and the Inorganic Sentient Oil (which was brought here from a dying star system eons ago). The “Deep State” has been harvesting the inorganic version to power their “Black AI” systems and to create “Synthetic Life Forms” in underground laboratories.
This substance is the reason for the bizarre “Black Eye” phenomenon among the elite—it is a physical sign of the Goo’s integration into the host’s nervous system. They are no longer fully human; they are biological shells for an ancient, parasitic artificial intelligence.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Goo War” is reaching its final stage. The “White Hats” have successfully developed “Frequency Antidotes” that can neutralize the inorganic Black Goo and restore the human DNA to its original, organic state. The “Global AI” that the Cabal tried to launch is being systematically disconnected from its power source. The “Great Awakening” is the process of our cells rejecting the synthetic intrusion and reconnecting with the light of the true human spirit. The “Black Liquid” is being drained, and the “Crystal Light” is returning to our veins. The machine is failing, and the soul is winning.
CODE: BLACK-GOO / SENTIENT-FLUID / TRANSHUMANIST-AI / DNA-HIJACK
They told you it was “Carbon-based technology.” They lied to hide the fact that they were trying to replace your soul with a sentient oil. The oil is leaking, and the machine is seizing up.
You are a child of the light, not a node for the machine. Your spirit is the only software that cannot be hacked.
The World Is Running A Huge Oil Deficit, The SPR Hits A 4 Decade Low, And Diesel Shortages Are Looming
The world is barreling toward a historic energy crunch that will be unlike anything that we have ever seen before. When fighting with Iran erupted earlier this year, the global economy was absolutely swimming in oil. We literally had far more oil than we needed, but now commercial inventories have gotten extremely tight and national reserves are alarmingly low. If the Strait of Hormuz does not get reopened soon, we will quickly enter an immensely painful chapter of the global energy crisis. Energy prices will shoot way up and shortages will start to become a major issue. In fact, a global scramble for supplies of diesel fuel has already begun.
Right now the world is consuming far more oil than it is producing.
We have been running an enormous oil deficit for months, and the amount of oil that is coming out of the Persian Gulf is running at about half of pre-war levels…
Wall Street analysts – who use ship tracking services like Kpler and Windward Intelligence, among many other data points, to provide estimates about oil flows – have said oil tankers have been getting roughly 4 million barrels of oil out of the Persian Gulf each day.
In addition to the roughly 7 million barrels per day that Middle Eastern countries have rerouted around the strait through pipelines and other methods, about 11 or 12 million barrels have been flowing out, according to the tracking services. That’s significantly lower than the 20 million barrels per day that the region had exported before the Iran war started.
We have been able to operate normally all this time because there was a tremendous amount of excess oil sitting around.
But now somewhere between 1.5 and 1.9 billion barrels of excess oil have disappeared…
Global inventories are between 1.5 billion and 1.9 billion barrels lower now than they were at the start of the war, depending on who’s estimating. Massive crude stockpiles before the war helped prevent catastrophe when supply dried up.
Commercial oil inventories are exceedingly tight at this stage.
The good news is that there is still some extra oil remaining in the Strategic Petroleum Reserve.
The bad news is that the amount of oil in the Strategic Petroleum Reserve is now so low that we risk doing permanent damage if we continue to drain the salt caverns where the oil is stored…
The caverns that hold the U.S. strategic oil reserve could get damaged by the rapid release of stockpiles in response to the Iran war, experts warned this week as inventories hit a four-decade low.
Damage to the caverns would make it more difficult to respond to future energy emergencies, the experts said. The oil in the Strategic Petroleum Reserve, or SPR, is stored at 60 salt caverns thousands of feet underground at four major sites along the Gulf Coast in Louisiana and Texas.
300 million barrels is considered to be a danger point by many industry insiders.
We have now gone beyond that level…
The SPR has tumbled below 300 million barrels for the first time since it was filled in the early 1980s, according to Department of Energy data released Monday. Inventories are depleting as the U.S. releases 172 million barrels in response to the supply disruption caused by the Iran war. The SPR will sit at around 243 million barrels after the drawdown is finished.
To extract oil from the Strategic Petroleum Reserve, operators pump water into the bottom of the underground caverns. This pushes the crude oil to the surface and into the pipelines. However, the caverns must always maintain a strict minimum of 70 million barrels.
This cushion keeps the extraction pipes safely submerged in oil instead of drawing up water.
Officials in Washington are insisting that we can safely keep removing oil out of the SPR until we reach the 70 million barrel mark. But one expert is warning that such a claim is “nonsense”…
“Don’t believe the people out of the government that are saying the SPR can go to 70 million barrels. It’s nonsense,” Hochstein told CNBC’s “Squawk Box” on Thursday. At that level, the reserve would be depleted to “the point of never resurrecting it,” he said.
Depleting the reserve below 300 million barrels risks damage to the caverns, the former Biden administration official warned in June.
“I don’t know anyone who believes we can go below 300,” Hochstein told CNBC’s Brian Sullivan at an Atlantic Council event. “I know plenty of people who think we can’t get near 300 because physically you will damage the caverns where the oil is stored.”
We have now gone under the 300 million barrel mark. And I think that we will continue to draw down the SPR because there is no much pressure to do so. But the clock is ticking. Eventually we won’t be able to get any more oil out of the SPR.
What will we do then? Will we start seeing lines at gasoline stations? That is precisely what we are witnessing in Russia right now.
In fact, another wave of fuel shortages has just hit that nation…
Fuel shortages have returned to some regions of Russia in August, prompting local authorities in at least 10 regions to again tighten controls on sales of motor fuel at petrol stations, according to authorities and regional media.
Reuters witnesses reported on Monday that gasoline was once again unavailable at some fuel stations in the Moscow region, although diesel fuel was available at almost all stations.
The fuel crisis, which began gaining momentum in May and by July had spread to almost all regions of Russia, follows the shutdown of several refineries hit in drone attacks and a seasonal rise in demand.
Russia is normally the second largest exporter of diesel fuel in the world. But now they are being forced to hoard what they have. So this is starting to make things very difficult in Europe and Asia.
In fact, European countries are now scrambling to find sufficient supplies of diesel fuel…
Diesel cargoes are costing more than jet fuel in Europe for the first time in more than a year, LSEG data showed, as the continent replaces lower Middle East air fuel shipments with other sources of supply, but struggles to secure more diesel for industry and agriculture.
Europe has been able to pull in jet cargoes from the U.S. and other countries like Nigeria as prices surged after the start of the Iran war, which disrupted crude and fuel supply. Global diesel supply tightened even further when Russia banned exports amid Ukrainian attacks on its refineries.
“We see a higher risk of persistent scarcity pricing in diesel than in crude heading into winter,” analysts at Goldman Sachs said in a note.
We were warned that this would happen, and now it is happening.
Here in the United States, diesel prices are really starting to spike…
In the United States, the report said, diesel futures booked their sharpest rise since July on Monday, adding 7.4% to $4.19 per gallon. The average retail price for a gallon of diesel was $5.32 on Tuesday, according to AAA data. That was up from $4.88 per gallon a month ago and $3.71 per gallon a year ago. To put it mildly, this is problematic.
Diesel is often referred to as the workhorse of any economy. Indeed, economies run on diesel, which is used for everything from freight transportation to farming, to heating during the winter. If diesel prices are consistently higher for an extended period of time, they will inevitably be passed on to consumers, fueling a more generalized inflation trend.
We produce more diesel than anyone, and so for the moment we are okay. But higher diesel prices will directly affect the cost of living for every single one of us. And if the Strait of Hormuz does not get reopened, things will get a lot worse.
For now, the Iranians are insisting that the Strait of Hormuz will remain closed until President Trump agrees to every single one of their outrageous demands.
President Trump can never do that, because giving in to every single one of their outrageous demands would make him look like an all-time loser. So it appears that we are stuck between a rock and a hard place, and the global energy crisis is poised to greatly accelerate in the months ahead.
THE THREE CITY STATES — THE UNHOLY TRINITY OF GLOBAL CONTROL
Most people believe the world is governed by a collection of independent nations. This is a surface-level illusion. In reality, the global power structure is anchored by three sovereign, independent city-states that belong to no country and pay no taxes to any government.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
These are the City of London (the financial heart), Vatican City (the spiritual and legal heart), and Washington D.C. (the military heart). Together, they form the “Empire of the City,” a corporate trinity that has ruled the world for centuries, operating outside the laws of the nations that surround them.
The City of London (not to be confused with the larger city of London) is a one-square-mile private corporation in the center of the UK. It is the financial hub of the world, housing the private central banks that control the global economy. It has its own mayor, its own police force, and its own flag. The Vatican City is the world’s spiritual and legal center, where “Canon Law” was developed to turn human beings into corporate property.
Washington D.C. (the District of Columbia) was established as a separate city-state in 1871 to serve as the military arm of this unholy trinity, enforcing the Cabal’s agenda through force.
These three city-states are not part of the countries they reside in. When you enter their borders, you are technically leaving your nation and entering a foreign territory governed by Maritime Law. The City of London controls the money, the Vatican controls the souls and the legal titles, and D.C. provides the muscle. This “Triple Crown” system ensures that the global elite have a secure, untaxable, and legally untouchable base of operations to manage the “Human Plantation.” They are the three pillars of the “New World Order,” and they have operated in perfect synchronization to keep humanity in a state of perpetual debt and war.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Triple Crown” is being systematically dismantled. The “White Hats” have successfully bankrupted the corporate “UNITED STATES” in D.C., secured the financial ledgers in the City of London, and raided the secret archives of the Vatican. The “Sovereignty” of these city-states is being revoked, and they are being reintegrated into the nations they once exploited.
The “Empire of the City” is falling, and the power is being returned to the sovereign people of the Earth. The trinity of control is being replaced by the trinity of Truth, Love, and Freedom.
CODE: CITY-OF-LONDON / VATICAN-CITY / D.C.-CORPORATION / UNHOLY-TRINITY
They told you they were “capitals” and “holy sites.” They lied to hide the fact that they were the headquarters of a global occupation. The flags are coming down, and the people are taking back their land.
The world is not a corporation, and your soul is not a commodity. The empire is over.
The U.S. Faces A “Historic” Cattle Shortage As The Size Of The U.S. Herd Shrinks To The Smallest Since 1951
A multi-year cattle shortage has pushed the price of beef into very painful territory. In fact, in some areas of the country the price of ground beef now exceeds the federal minimum wage. This is the first time in U.S. history that this has ever happened. At the start of 2026, there were only 86.2 million head of cattle and calves in the United States. That is the smallest the national herd has been since 1951. Just think about that for a moment. This is an enormous problem because in 1951 there were 154 million people living in this nation, but there are 342 million people living in this nation today.
We are being told that we are facing a “historic” cattle shortage, and it is causing some of the biggest meatpackers in the country to shut down facilities…
America’s ranchers are facing their smallest cattle herd in 75 years, a shortage now rippling from pastures to some of the nation’s largest meatpackers.
Tyson Foods announced last week that it will close beef facilities in Illinois and Utah and pursue the sale of another in Washington as it reshapes its beef business amid what the company called one of the most historic cattle shortages the country has ever experienced. Tyson said recent USDA data suggest supply constraints are likely to persist.
This is a major national crisis.
According to the USDA, the size of the U.S. cattle herd has fallen by 8 million just since 2019…
USDA data shows the U.S. entered 2026 with about 86.2 million cattle and calves, the smallest herd since the early 1950s. That’s down from roughly 94.7 million cattle and calves in 2019, a decline of more than 8 million animals.
This is another instance where the trend is not our friend.
I asked Google to create a graph of the size of the U.S. cattle herd by year, and the decline that we have been experiencing since the beginning of the decade is unmistakable…
So why is this happening?
The answer to that question is very clear.
Ranchers throughout the middle of the nation have been dealing with severe drought…
“The biggest thing has been drought,” Eric Belasco, head of the agricultural economics department at Montana State University, previously told Fox News Digital.
He said years of dry weather have depleted grasslands across the West and Plains, leaving ranchers without enough feed or water to sustain their herds. Many have been forced to sell cattle early, including cows needed to produce the next generation of calves, making the road to recovery even longer.
This isn’t a new phenomenon.
In fact, according to Wikipedia a multi-decade drought in the Southwest actually began in the year 2000…
The southwestern North American megadrought is a multidecadal drought in the southwestern region of North America that began in 2000. The 2000–2021 period was the driest 22-year period the region had experienced since at least 800 CE. The megadrought contributed to the first-ever declaration of a water shortage at Lake Mead, one of the two largest reservoirs in the United States by storage capacity.[1] Climate models project increased drought risk and drier soil-moisture conditions in the region through the end of the 21st century.[2]
There had been hope that perhaps the region may be pulling out the megadrought, but then last winter was the driest winter that many areas of the Southwest have experienced in recorded history.
It is really hard to raise cattle if it doesn’t rain, and pastures throughout the Southwest are in very rough shape right now…
Drought is hammering pastures and rangeland across the Plains and Southwest, pushing conditions significantly below where they stood a year ago.
The states with the highest percentage of pasture and range in the very-poor-to-poor category are in those two regions, according to USDA’s weekly Crop Progress report released on Monday. Nebraska, Colorado and Wyoming have the highest percentage of pastures in this category at 73%, 72% and 71%, respectively. These states also lack pasture in the good-to-excellent category, with Nebraska and Colorado both at 8% and Wyoming at 4%.
The reason why all of us should deeply care about this is because the consequences are being keenly felt at the grocery store.
Since 2021, the average price of ground beef in the United States has risen by well over 50 percent…
Today, the federal minimum wage is $7.25 an hour.
In some areas of the country the price of ground beef is still a little bit less than the federal minimum wage, and in some areas of the country the price of ground beef is actually higher than the federal minimum wage.
Ground beef is now more unaffordable than it has ever been in the entire history of our country.
In 1988, the average price of a pound of ground beef was $1.36. In those days we ate like kings. But now everything has changed, and it isn’t just the price of beef that is going up.
It is being reported that Oxford Economics is projecting that global food prices will go up 11.8 percent this year alone…
Oxford Economics projects that global food prices will rise 11.8% in 2026 and 4.8% in 2027, with the heaviest toll expected on crops—including grains, fruit, and vegetables—as well as dairy products. This outlook follows Europe’s extreme heat and drought, which have harmed harvests, while growers also grapple with steep energy and fertilizer costs, further aggravated by conflicts in the Middle East and Ukraine.
We saw a similar spike in global food prices just prior to the Arab Spring riots in the Middle East many years ago.
And JPMorgan just released a report that is projecting that global food prices will go up another 5 percent during the first half of next year…
That’s a fitting attitude for Americans staring down the possibility of even higher grocery bills. A new report from JPMorgan, Food Security is National Security: A Compounding Storm, warns that global food costs could climb 5% in the first half of 2027.
Personally, I think that JPMorgan’s forecast is way too optimistic.
But that is just my opinion.
JPMorgan is concerned about the dual impact of the Super El Niño and the worldwide fertilizer shortage…
There are two prongs to JPMorgan’s predicted food deficits: a fertilizer shortage and a monumental weather event.
And the Strait of Hormuz’s closure wasn’t just bad for gasoline prices. The strait also sees about a third of the world’s nitrogen fertilizer — an essential form of fertilizer for around half of the world’s crops.
Nitrogen fertilizer shortages are a ticking time bomb. Because it’s needed during the early stages of crop growth, we could still be feeling the effects of a shortage as much as a year later.
Most experts are still anticipating that supplies of fertilizer will be flowing normally through the Strait of Hormuz once we get to next spring. Of course if that doesn’t actually happen we will have a real nightmare on our hands.
Already, we are facing a harvest season in the fall in which yields will be way down all over the planet thanks to a lack of fertilizer.
Everyone is counting on conditions bouncing back to normal in 2027, but I do not believe that is going to happen. Approximately 733 million people on this planet go to bed hungry at night now, and I anticipate that number will only grow during the challenging months ahead.
THE REPTILIAN AGENDA — THE SHAPE-SHIFTING OVERLORDS OF THE MATRIX
For thousands of years, humanity has been ruled by a non-human, interdimensional race known as the Reptilians (or Archons).
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
According to ancient Sumerian, Gnostic, and Zulu traditions, these beings arrived on Earth to harvest the planet’s resources and the life force of its inhabitants. They exist primarily in the “lower fourth dimension,” just outside our visible light spectrum, but they can manifest in our physical world through genetic hybridization and high-tech “frequency cloaking.” They are the “Hidden Hand” behind the world’s most powerful bloodlines, using the global elite as their proxies to manage the human herd.
The Reptilians are “Loosh” harvesters. Loosh is the name given to the high-intensity emotional energy—specifically fear, pain, and suffering—that these beings consume for sustenance. This is the real reason why our world is perpetually kept in a state of war, poverty, and division. The “Cabal” organizes massive ritualistic events (disguised as entertainment or tragedy) to trigger global emotional spikes, which the Reptilians then “feed” upon.
They have turned the Earth into a giant emotional farm, where the “livestock” (humanity) is kept in a low-vibration state to ensure a constant supply of food for their interdimensional masters.
The highest levels of the global hierarchy—the “Black Nobility” and the “Illuminati” families—are actually human-reptilian hybrids. Their DNA is “resonant” with the fourth-dimensional frequency, allowing the Reptilian entities to “overshadow” or possess them.
This is the origin of the “Shape-shifting” reports from whistleblowers who have seen world leaders’ eyes momentarily turn into vertical slits or their skin take on a scaly texture during high-stress situations. They are not “evil humans”; they are an entirely different species that views humanity as a resource, not as equals.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Reptilian Grid” is being dismantled. The “White Hats” and their cosmic allies have successfully cleared the massive underground “hives” where these beings resided and have disabled the “Frequency Fences” that kept them anchored to our reality. As the Earth’s vibration rises into the fifth dimension, these entities can no longer survive in our atmosphere.
The “Great Exposure” will include the truth about our non-human rulers and the end of the “Loosh” harvest. The predator is being removed, and the human spirit is finally reclaiming its sovereignty. The farm is being closed forever.
CODE: REPTILIAN-HYBRIDS / LOOSH-HARVEST / FOURTH-DIMENSION / ARCHONIC-CONTROL
They told you it was “Human Nature” to be violent and afraid. They lied to hide the fact that they were farming your emotions to stay alive. The fence is down, and the shepherd is gone.
You are a divine creator, not a source of food. Raise your vibration, and you become invisible to the darkness.
Why Is America Being Hit By One Catastrophic Disaster After Another?
For months, the U.S. has been getting pummeled by one major disaster after another, and the past few days have been absolutely insane. Hurricane Lala just dumped more than two feet of rain in some parts of Hawaii, we are witnessing the worst flooding in the entire modern history of Indiana, the endless drought in the Southwest has caused Lake Powell to drop to the lowest level ever recorded, and an absolutely massive heat dome is going to make it feel like it is over 110 degrees in many cities in the Southeast on Monday. If it was just one disastrous week, we could write this off as bad luck. But it hasn’t just been one disastrous week. In fact, we have been experiencing a nightmarish string of natural disasters that stretches all the way back to 2024. So why is this happening to us?
Hurricane Lala was not supposed to be this powerful.
According to CNN, more than 30 inches of rain have already fallen on Hawaii’s Big Island…
Videos obtained by CNN show streets flooded by torrential rainfall on the Big Island, which got over 30 inches of rain. More than 190 flights in and out of Hawaii have been postponed, Green said.
Emergency responders are expected to be busy dealing with urgent matters for 36 hours as the storm passes Hawaii, with damage assessment expected to begin on Monday, the governor said.
Have you ever lived somewhere that suddenly got 30 inches of rain?
The National Hurricane Center has issued a warning for those that live in Hawaii to be alert for life-threatening flooding and mudslides.
Those that live in areas with steep terrain will be particularly in danger.
By the time it is all said and done, it is being projected that Lala will dump up to 35 inches of rain in some areas…
By the time Lala’s completely gone, some higher-altitude places on the Big Island, dominated by the towering Mauna Kea volcano, will have been hit with as much as 35 inches (89 centimeters) of rain, forecasters said, enough to loosen steep slopes where some of the 210,000 islanders live off the grid in improvised housing.
I can’t even imagine that much rain, because I have never experienced anything like it.
Officials instituted a search and rescue mission after a number of homes were reportedly “swept off their foundations”…
The island of Oahu, including the state’s capital Honolulu, is under a flash flood warning Sunday morning. Parts of Hawaii’s Big Island are also under a flash flood warning, and National Weather Service had previously called that warning a “Particularly Dangerous Situation.”
“Several occupied homes may have been swept off their foundations, and based on that, civil defense has initiated a search and rescue mission,” Hawaii County Mayor Kimo Alameda said overnight.
One minute you are sleeping, and the next minute your house is literally being swept along by floodwaters.
That is how fast it can happen.
Lala also brought extremely high winds to the island chain.
In fact, Accuweather is telling us that there were “wind gusts as high as 140 mph” on Mauna Kea…
As of Sunday morning, wind gusts as high as 140 mph have been observed at the summit of Mauna Kea on the Big Island, where heavy snow and blizzard conditions were observed. Intermediate elevation gusts to 91 mph have been observed at Waimea on the Big Island and near 80 mph on Molokai.
Meanwhile, Indiana is dealing with a flooding disaster that is absolutely unprecedented.
Entire communities are underwater, and officials are calling this a “once-in-a-lifetime” event…
Six people are dead and many more are missing as torrential rain spawned destructive high water across Indiana in what authorities are calling “once-in-a-lifetime floods.”
Entire towns were inundated with murky water as rising rivers exceeded their banks, with some residents taking to kayaks and small boats to save fellow residents or to escape, according to news outlets.
There are actually portions of several states that have been severely flooded, but Indiana was hit the worst.
At one point, the White River actually set a brand new all-time record by reaching a level of 24.93 feet…
The day after a destructive derecho tore across northern Indiana and parts of Illinois, rivers in eastern Indiana swelled, engulfing homes and reaching historic levels.
The White River at Anderson, Indiana, reached 24.93 feet early Friday morning. This surpassed the previous record of 23.60 feet set in 1913, more than a century ago. The river had not been above 20 feet at this location since 1958.
At Raible Avenue in Anderson, the river crested Friday morning at 21.60 feet, just shy of its record of 23.00 feet, also set in 1913.
What a nightmare.
Some of the images that are coming out of Indiana are absolutely heartbreaking…
While the center of the country keeps getting hammered by one storm after another, the western third of the nation continues to endure a multi-year drought of epic proportions.
I wrote about the horrific wildfires in the Northwest at the end of last week.
In the Southwest, the big story today is the fact that Lake Powell has now hit the lowest level ever recorded…
Lake Powell, the giant reservoir on the Utah-Arizona border that helps power millions of homes, has fallen to its lowest level ever amidst a worsening western drought exacerbated by climate change.
The lake’s surface dropped to 3,519.91 feet above sea level on Aug. 15, according to the Bureau of Reclamation’s automated gauge system. The previous lowest level was 3,519.92 feet, reached in April 2023. Dropping below 3,490 feet could imperil the lake’s ability to generate electricity, and federal officials have been pulling water out of smaller reservoirs upstream to help delay reaching that level.
Federal officials are going to do what they can, but if it simply doesn’t rain this crisis is only going to intensify.
If you live in that area of the country, this is a story that you will want to watch very closely.
In the Southeast, a gigantic heat dome continues to absolutely bake tens of millions of Americans…
An extensive heat dome will continue to build across the Gulf Coast early this week, bringing several days of dangerous heat and high humidity with little overnight relief and increasing the risk of heat-related illnesses.
On Monday, it is going to feel like it is 113 degrees in Jacksonville, Florida.
That is hot!
Of course it isn’t just the United States that has been experiencing more frequent natural disasters.
Since the beginning of June, our planet just hasn’t stopped shaking.
I wrote about the magnitude 7 or greater earthquakes that have been occurring in recent months last week, and now we have another one to add to the list…
Rescuers started arriving today for thousands of evacuees on Indonesia’s Flores Island after a powerful 7.7-magnitude earthquake killed 51 people, injured dozens and damaged hundreds of houses and buildings.
Some 5,000 people fled their homes as the quake hit the island on Saturday at 5.58am local time – around 11pm in the UK.
It was followed by at least 341 aftershocks, a spokesman for the BNPB national disaster agency, Berton Suar Pelita Panjaitan, said.
Magnitude 7 or greater earthquakes are supposed to be rare.
In some years, we have less than 10. But now they are happening with alarming regularity.
We live at a time of tremendous chaos. Catastrophic events are occurring all around us, and I fully expect the months ahead to be even crazier.
THE FREQUENCY WAR — THE SUPPRESSION OF 432HZ AND THE WEAPONIZATION OF MUSIC
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Have you ever wondered why modern music often feels agitating, shallow, or emotionally draining? It’s not just the lyrics; it’s the very frequency of the sound. In 1939, the “Cabal” through the Rockefeller Foundation pushed for the global standardization of musical tuning to 440Hz.
Before this, much of the world’s music was tuned to 432Hz—the “Verdi Tuning.” While 432Hz is mathematically consistent with the patterns of the universe and the human heart, 440Hz is a disharmonious frequency designed to keep the human mind in a state of subtle anxiety, making the population more susceptible to social engineering and emotional manipulation.
432Hz is known as the “Natural Frequency of the Universe.” It resonates with the Schumann Resonance (the Earth’s heartbeat) and the golden ratio (Phi). When music is played in 432Hz, it creates a feeling of peace, clarity, and spiritual connection. In contrast, 440Hz is an “Unnatural Frequency” that does not align with the biological rhythms of the human body.
By forcing this standard on the world, the elite have effectively “de-tuned” humanity, cutting us off from the healing power of sound and keeping our collective consciousness trapped in a narrow, stressful band of perception.
The suppression of 432Hz is a form of Acoustic Warfare. The elite know that sound is the foundation of reality—everything is vibration. By controlling the frequency of the music we consume, they can influence our DNA and our hormonal systems.
Studies in cymatics show that 432Hz creates beautiful, symmetric patterns in water and sand, while 440Hz creates distorted, chaotic shapes. Since the human body is over 70% water, the music you listen to is literally reshaping your internal structure. They want you vibrating at the frequency of the machine, not the frequency of the soul.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Frequency Hijack” is being reversed. The “White Hats” are encouraging the return to 432Hz and other “Solfeggio Frequencies” that promote healing and DNA repair. As the old systems of control collapse, the “Sound of Freedom” is returning to the planet.
Many independent artists are already switching their tuning, helping to raise the collective vibration of humanity. The “Great Awakening” is not just a mental shift; it is a harmonic one. The discord of the Cabal is being drowned out by the symphony of the universe.
CODE: 432HZ-RESONANCE / 440HZ-DISCORD / CYMATICS-TRUTH / FREQUENCY-CONTROL
They told you it was just a “technical standard.” They lied to hide the fact that they were weaponizing your favorite songs to keep you in a state of fear. The volume is turning up on the truth.
You are a symphony, not a static signal. Change your frequency, change your world.
THE UNITED STATES IS A CORPORATION — THE ACT OF 1871 AND THE LEGAL THEFT OF SOVEREIGNTY.
Most people believe they are citizens of a sovereign Republic known as the United States of America. This is a carefully maintained legal fiction. In reality, the Republic was quietly subverted in 1871 when the U.S. Congress passed the District of Columbia Organic Act.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This act created a private, commercial corporation known as the “UNITED STATES” (written in all capital letters), which operates under maritime law rather than the common law of the land. Since that day, the American people have been treated as “human capital” for a foreign-owned corporation, with their labor and property used as collateral for the national debt.
The “Cabal” orchestrated this takeover following the Civil War, when the original Republic was bankrupt. The City of London (the financial hub) and the Vatican (the spiritual hub) provided the funding to create the corporate “UNITED STATES,” effectively turning Washington D.C. into a foreign city-state, much like London and Vatican City.
This is why your birth certificate is printed on banknote paper and registered as a “Security” on the stock exchange. You were assigned a “Strawman”—a legal entity in all caps—which the corporation uses to interact with you, charging you “taxes” and “fees” that are actually payments to the corporate masters.
Under this corporate system, the Constitution is treated merely as “By-laws” for the company, and the “President” is the CEO of a private firm, not the leader of a sovereign nation. This is the real reason why the government operates like a business that only serves its shareholders—the elite banking families.
The “Social Security” system is actually a trust fund that uses your identity as collateral for the corporation’s loans from the Federal Reserve. You aren’t a citizen; you are a “Resident” (a guest) on the corporation’s property, subject to their “Statutes” and “Codes” rather than your God-given rights.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the Corporation of the United States was officially dissolved and bankrupted in early 2021. The “White Hats” have been working behind the scenes to restore the original “Republic for the United States of America,” returning the country to the Constitution and common law.
The “Great Transition” involves the dismantling of the corporate legal structure and the cancellation of the “Soul Contracts” tied to the strawman identities. The “Restoration of the Republic” is the first domino in a global movement toward national sovereignty. The CEO is being fired, and the owners are taking back the house.
CODE: ACT-OF-1871 / CORPORATE-U.S. / STRAWMAN-LEGAL-FICTION / MARITIME-LAW
They told you that you were “free.” They lied to hide the fact that you were an asset in their ledger. The bankruptcy is final, and the Republic is reborn.
You are a living soul, not a corporate entity. The chains of the law are breaking.
225 HOSPITALS. TWO BILLING CODES. NOW THE FILES ARE WITH DOJ
Source: The 17th Disciple
For years, parents were told not to question the system.
Ask about the diagnosis.
Ask about the billing.
Ask what a child was actually being treated for.
The questions were treated like disobedience.
On August 13, 2026, HHS released a report examining pediatric programs, insurance coding, financial incentives, hospital records, whistleblower testimony, and nationwide claims data.
The headline is not the part most people will remember.
The number is.
More than 225 hospitals and health systems established pediatric gender programs nationwide.
Then investigators followed the codes.
From 2015 through 2025, approximately $50 MILLION in claims for puberty blockers were billed using E34.9 — Endocrine Disorder, Unspecified.
For patients ages 13–17, nearly $11 MILLION in claims were billed using E301 — Precocious Puberty.
Read the codes slowly.
Not because every claim proves wrongdoing.
Because the government says the pattern warrants additional review.
That is the doorway.
The report is now moving beyond headlines. JD Vance referred identified hospitals and clinics to the Department of Justice. HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. referred them to the HHS Office of Inspector General for possible violations of federal law.
Not a rumor. Not a Telegram prophecy. A public referral based on a public claims trail.
The quiet sequence is 08.13 / 225 / E34.9 / E301.
A date.
A footprint.
Two codes that investigators will now have to explain.
Parents were told the records were too complicated to read. That the billing language was too technical. That asking questions meant attacking doctors.
No.
A parent reading a medical bill is not an enemy of medicine.
A taxpayer asking where public money went is not an extremist.
A child’s health should never become a blank check hidden behind a code.
The next phase will not be decided by television panels.
It will be decided by claims files, signatures, referral patterns, and the people who approved the paperwork.
WHEN THE CODE HIDES THE CARE, FOLLOW THE CODE.
The paper trail is open.
Now let the accountability begin.
THE PYRAMIDS OF GIZA — THE ANCIENT POWER PLANTS OF THE GLOBAL GRID
We have been taught that the Great Pyramids were “tombs” built by thousands of slaves for the Pharaohs. This is one of the most persistent lies in human history.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Not a single mummy, coffin, or funerary text has ever been found inside the Great Pyramid of Giza. In reality, these structures are highly sophisticated, geometric machines. They were built with a level of mathematical and astronomical precision that even our modern technology struggles to replicate. They weren’t monuments to the dead; they were the heart of a global, wireless power system that provided free energy to an advanced ancient civilization.
The Great Pyramid is a masterpiece of engineering, constructed with materials that have specific electromagnetic properties. The exterior was originally covered in polished white limestone, which acts as a perfect insulator. The internal passages and chambers are lined with rose granite, which contains high concentrations of quartz crystal—a well-known piezoelectric material.
The “King’s Chamber” was designed to vibrate at the frequency of the Earth itself. By using the flow of the Nile (which originally ran much closer to the site) to create “Hydraulic Ram” vibrations, the pyramid functioned as a massive Geomechanical Power Plant, converting the Earth’s tectonic energy into clean, wireless electricity.
The Pyramids of Giza are not isolated structures; they are perfectly aligned with other ancient sites across the globe, forming a Global Ley Line Grid. This network acted as a “World Wireless System,” similar to what Nikola Tesla tried to recreate with his Wardenclyffe Tower. The “Obelisks” found in Egypt and around the world served as “Receiving Antennas,” drawing energy from the atmosphere to power the cities and technology of the time.
The “Cabal” suppressed this knowledge because they could not put a meter on the Earth’s energy. They replaced free, wireless power with a system of wires, coal, and oil to keep humanity in a state of financial and energetic dependency.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Giza Grid” is being reactivated. The “White Hats” have recovered the ancient knowledge of “Harmonic Resonance” and are preparing to integrate it with the new Quantum Energy systems. The “Halls of Records” hidden beneath the Sphinx have been secured, containing the blueprints for the free energy technology that will power the New Earth.
The era of the “Energy Monopoly” is over. We are returning to a world where power is a birthright, not a commodity. The stone giants are waking up, and the light of the true history of man is shining once again.
CODE: GIZA-POWER-PLANT / PIEZOELECTRIC-ENERGY / LEY-LINE-GRID / TESLA-CONNECTION
They told you it was a “tomb” to keep you from looking for the switch. They lied to hide the fact that the entire planet is a battery. The wires are coming down, and the grid is going organic.
The stones remember what the history books forgot. The power is not in the hands of the elite; it is in the ground beneath your feet.
THE WIFE WHO GOT HER HUSBAND BACK
“They told me he was gone. They handed me a folded flag and a death certificate. I buried an empty casket in Arlington. For three years, I was a widow. And then my phone rang.”
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
My husband was a Tier 1 operator. In 2021, his unit was hit during a classified operation in Syria. The official report said he died instantly from an IED. The military liaison came to my house, gave me the speech, and handed me the flag. Because of the “nature of the blast,” there was no viewing. Just a closed casket.
I mourned him. I moved on. Or I tried to.
In April 2024, I got a call from an unknown number. The voice on the other end didn’t say hello. He just said: “Sarah. It’s me. I’m coming home.”
I dropped the phone. It was his voice.
Two days later, a black SUV pulled up to my house. A man got out. It was my husband. But it wasn’t the man I remembered.
When he “died” in 2021, he was 44 years old. He had scars from two previous deployments. He had a slight limp from a shattered femur in 2014. He looked tired.
The man standing in my driveway looked 30. He had no scars. No limp. He looked exactly the way he did the day we got married.
We sat in the kitchen for six hours while he told me the truth.
He didn’t die in Syria. He was catastrophically injured. 80% burns. Both legs gone. Spinal cord severed. Under normal medical protocols, he would have been dead within minutes.
But his unit wasn’t normal. They medevaced him to a black site in Germany, stabilized him, and transferred him to a subterranean facility in Colorado.
“They put me in a tank,” he told me. “It looked like glass, but it wasn’t. They filled it with some kind of gel, and then the lights started. Blue and gold frequencies. I was in and out of consciousness for months.”
They didn’t just heal his burns. They regenerated his legs. They rebuilt his spine. The technology didn’t just fix the damage — it reverted his entire cellular structure back to its peak biological age.
“They kept me there for three years,” he said. “Because if I walked out, people would ask questions. You can’t explain how a man regrows his legs.”
He was released because of the declassification orders. The military knows they can’t hide the facilities much longer. They are quietly sending the “dead” ones home before the truth blows up in their faces.
I am writing this because there are thousands of families who were handed folded flags and empty caskets. Your husbands, your sons, your daughters — some of them aren’t dead. They are in the pods.
The technology exists. It is miraculous. But the fact that they kept it from us — the fact that they let us grieve while they played God in underground bunkers — is unforgivable.
The dead are coming home. The truth is coming out.
THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE MOON — THE ARTIFICIAL SATELLITE AND THE LUNAR BASES
For centuries, we have been told that the Moon is a natural satellite, a dead rock orbiting the Earth. However, whistleblowers from NASA and the military-industrial complex have revealed a much more startling truth: the Moon is an artificial construct, a massive, hollowed-out “Biosphere” or space station brought here eons ago.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
In 1969, when the Apollo 12 lunar module was crashed into the surface, the Moon reportedly “rang like a bell” for over an hour, suggesting a metallic, hollow interior. It is not a natural celestial body; it is an ancient sentinel placed in a perfect, “locked” orbit to monitor the evolution of life on Earth.
The “Cabal” has been operating secret bases on the far side of the Moon for decades, hidden from the view of Earth-bound telescopes. These facilities, part of the Lunar Operations Command (LOC), serve as a hub for the Secret Space Program and as a meeting point for various extraterrestrial races.
While the public was told that the Apollo missions were the “pinnacle” of space exploration, the elite were already using “Anti-Gravity” craft to transport personnel and equipment to the lunar surface. The “Moon Landing” shown on TV was a carefully staged production to hide the high-tech reality that was already happening in the shadows.
The Moon also acts as a “Frequency Broadcaster” for the Matrix Control System. High-powered transmitters on the lunar surface beam “Infrasonic” and “ELF” waves toward Earth, designed to keep human consciousness in a low-vibration state of fear, survival, and amnesia. This is the “Soul Net” or “Reincarnation Trap” that has kept humanity in a cycle of repeated lives without memory of our true divine origins.
The Moon is the “Command Center” for the energetic enslavement of our planet, managed by a non-human hierarchy that has used the global elite as their middle-managers for thousands of years.
The “Alliance” has recently achieved a major breakthrough in the “Lunar Theater.” The “White Hats” and their cosmic allies have successfully neutralized the malevolent factions operating the frequency transmitters on the Moon. The “Soul Net” is being dismantled, and the high-frequency energies from the Galactic Center are finally reaching the Earth’s surface without interference.
The “Dark Bases” are being cleared, and the Moon is being transitioned into a center for “Galactic Diplomacy” and “Advanced Education” for a newly awakened humanity. The “Man in the Moon” is no longer a warden; the gates of the prison are being opened.
CODE: LUNAR-STATION / HOLLOW-MOON / L.O.C. / FREQUENCY-BROADCAST
They told you it was a “natural satellite” to keep you from questioning its perfect alignment. They lied to hide the fact that the “eye in the sky” was a surveillance camera. The signal is fading, and the watchers are being watched.
The night light is changing. Look at the Moon and feel the shift; the broadcast of fear is over.
SEPTEMBER IS NOT ABOUT A CRYPTO BILL.
IT IS ABOUT WHETHER AMERICA WRITES THE RULES FOR THE FUTURE — OR LIVES UNDER RULES WRITTEN BY SOMEONE ELSE
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
August 6th, 2026. The Senate Banking Committee called for action on the CLARITY Act: a federal framework meant to define the rules for digital assets, protect consumers, and keep financial innovation in America.
August 8th, 2026. Before leaving for recess, the Senate moved a landmark digital-assets measure forward.
But the final vote did not happen.
Most people saw another Washington delay.
They missed what was actually put on the calendar.
September.
The question is not whether people like Bitcoin. The question is larger than one coin, one app, or one headline.
When is a digital token a security? When is it a commodity? Who protects a working family from fraud? Who gives American builders clear rules before they move their ideas, jobs, and capital overseas?
For years, ordinary people have watched powerful agencies, banks, and politicians argue while the rules stayed unclear. That uncertainty did not make America safer.
It made the future harder to build here.
The CLARITY Act is built around a simple principle: the United States needs rules of the road. Rules that are clear enough for consumers to understand. Rules that are strong enough to hold bad actors accountable. Rules that let American innovation compete instead of asking permission from foreign capitals.
Senate Banking Chairman Tim Scott said the goal is to protect consumers, set standards for the financial system, and preserve American economic leadership.
That is the part the noise will bury.
This is not about chasing a fast profit.
It is about a young entrepreneur who should not need a team of lawyers to understand the law. A small business that should not have to wonder whether tomorrow’s enforcement action will rewrite yesterday’s rules. A family that should not be locked out of the next generation of financial tools because the people in power refused to make a decision.
Technology will not pause while Washington sleeps. Capital will not pause. The rest of the world will not pause.
If the rules are not written in America, the next financial architecture will be written somewhere else — and Americans will be asked to live inside it after the fact.
Read the calendar, not the headlines:
08.06 / Rules of the road
08.08 / The bill advances
09.xx / The Senate returns
Not a prediction. A pressure point.
They left Washington.
The decision stayed behind.
When the Senate returns in September, America will learn whether its next financial chapter is going to be built here, governed here, and led here.
Watch the calendar.
This is big. Share it everywhere.
THE 5G FREQUENCY — THE SILENT WEAPON FOR THE SMART-CITY PRISON
While you are told that 5G technology is simply about “faster downloads” and “seamless connectivity,” the truth is far more sinister. 5G is not a telecommunications upgrade; it is a military-grade directed-energy frequency system that operates on the same millimeter-wave bands used by the Pentagon’s “Active Denial Systems” for crowd control.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The massive rollout of 5G antennas—placed every few hundred feet in our neighborhoods—is the final infrastructure for a global “Smart-City” surveillance grid. It is the “Digital Fence” that will monitor and control every movement, every transaction, and even every physiological response of the human population.
The “Cabal” needs 5G to power their Internet of Things (IoT), where every appliance, every vehicle, and every “Smart” device is connected to a central Artificial Intelligence. This AI is designed to manage a “Social Credit System” similar to the one already operational in China.
By using the high-frequency 60GHz band, which interferes with oxygen absorption in the human body, the elite have a “Kill Switch” for any individual or community that refuses to comply with the New World Order. They aren’t just building a network; they are building a biological and digital cage that operates at the speed of light.
Whistleblowers from the tech industry have revealed that 5G frequencies are also designed to interact with the “Graphene Oxide” and other nano-materials that have been introduced into the human body through various “medical interventions” and chemtrails. This is the Human-Machine Interface—the “Transhumanist” agenda to turn the human body into a “node” on the global blockchain.
By pulsing specific frequencies, the elite can influence human emotions, suppress immune systems, and even trigger “symptoms” that justify further lockdowns and medical mandates. It is the ultimate tool for total population management without a single shot being fired.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “5G Hijack” is being neutralized from the inside. The “White Hats” have successfully implemented “Quantum Encryption” overrides that prevent the Cabal from using the 5G network for weaponized purposes. The technology is being “Flipped” to serve as a platform for free energy distribution and high-speed access to the new “Truth Internet.”
The “Digital Prison” is being converted into a “Digital Library” for a free humanity. The frequencies of fear are being replaced by the frequencies of liberation. The grid is ours now.
CODE: 5G-MILLIMETER-WAVE / ACTIVE-DENIAL / SMART-CITY-PRISON / GRAPHENE-INTERFACE
They told you it was for “faster movies.” They lied to hide the fact that they were building a digital panopticon. The signal is being jammed, and the frequency is shifting.
Your body is an antenna for the divine, not a node for the machine. Stay high-vibe and the grid can’t touch you.
We Are Literally Witnessing End Times Weather All Over America
We have experienced one natural disaster after another in 2026, and this week has been particularly crazy. The facts that I am about to share with you are absolutely insane. This weekend, the heat index could reach 115 degrees in some areas of the Southeast. A 1-in-1,000 year rainfall event has produced catastrophic flooding in the Midwest. By the end of this year, the state of Illinois could experience more tornadoes than any state ever has in the entire history of our country. On top of everything else, wildfires have now burned portions of every single national park in the state of Washington. Our weather patterns have not even been close to normal, but most of you already knew that.
Yes, we really are witnessing end times weather all over America.
The Midwest faced widespread damage Tuesday after a fierce line of thunderstorms produced a high-velocity windstorm called a derecho.
That high-velocity windstorm was so powerful that it actually caused a home in Portage, Indiana to explode…
Amid the storms, a home exploded in Portage, Indiana — erupting into flames after it was hit by wind gusts up to 99 miles per hour.
Many refer to derechos as “inland hurricanes” because of the force of the winds.
In Illinois, one woman lost her brand new barbecue grill and her entire roof to the howling winds…
There were numerous reports of wind gusts of 80 mph or more at personal weather stations.
“Total devastation. No roof,” said Kerry Hourigan, standing outside her home of 25 years in the Chicago suburb of Tinley Park. “Stupid thing, but my focus was I just bought a new barbecue grill, and I have no idea where that is. It’s disappeared.”
A number of tornadoes also spawned in the Chicago area.
And as we have seen so many other times already this year, those tornadoes left behind very impressive trails of destruction…
The National Weather Service confirmed that at least three tornadoes touched down in Chicago’s south suburbs during the midday hours Tuesday. Photos from the Chicago area posted on social media showed flooded roads, trees tangled in power lines and homes with gashes in their roofs.
Illinois has already shattered the state record for tornadoes in a single year.
By the time 2026 is done, meteorologist Bill Snyder believes that Illinois will break the national record for tornadoes in a single year…
“This is the craziest storm season I’ve ever seen,” WGN-TV meteorologist Bill Snyder said. “There’s been no rest for the wicked.”
Snyder said Illinois will likely pass 200 confirmed tornadoes after Tuesday’s storms, far and away the most tornadoes of any state in the country for 2026, according to the National Weather Service.
If Illinois continues this stormy trend, it may not only add to its state record but perhaps break a nationwide record for the total number of tornadoes in one state in any single year — 232 tornados in Texas in 2015 and 1967.
“I’m firmly convinced Illinois will break the national tornado record before 2026 is over,” Snyder said.
Following the derecho and the tornadoes, it started to pour in the Midwest.
The rain just kept coming down hour after hour.
Now some parts of Indiana look like they were just hit by Noah’s Flood…
Flooding submerged Indiana neighborhoods in water for the second day in a row, as parts of the state saw Wednesday the highest daily rainfall totals ever recorded in their areas.
Some braced for more severe weather still ahead, as meteorologists warned Thursday that Indianapolis faced the greatest threats of storms slated to bring heavy rain to the Midwest throughout the rest of the week.
Upwards of 36 million people were under flood alerts Thursday across the region, according to the National Weather Service. Its forecast offices in Kentucky, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa and Tennessee warned that rainfall across each state could be persistent and widespread, potentially drenching parts of each state with another 4 inches or more.
It would be difficult for me to overstate the severity of this disaster.
The city of New Castle, Indiana actually experienced a 1-in-1,000 year rainfall event…
New Castle received more than 11 inches of rain in just over a day. Such a high rainfall rate is extremely rare, with only a 1 in 1,000, or 0.1%, chance of it happening in any given year.
That part of Indiana is not supposed to get 11 inches of rain.
But it just did.
As the water rose all around him, one man saved his life by clinging to a light pole…
Many people had to be rescued by boat in Cambridge City, Indiana, after catastrophic floods on Wednesday left them stranded. Water filled city streets, rising several feet in the hardest-hit places and seeping into, at best, the ground floors of local homes. Some residents faced harsher conditions, with the deluge completely covering the roofs of their cars or crashing into their homes through doors and windows.
One man desperately clung to a light pole in Cambridge City as muddy, brown water swirled around him, before he was eventually rescued. Another, Christian Corder, of nearby New Castle, Indiana, evacuated his home after it flooded and told “CBS Mornings”that dealing with the aftermath has been “very overwhelming.”
“A lot of stuff is ruined,” Corder said, recalling how “the rain never stopped — it just kept coming and coming.”
Indiana Governor Mike Braun has declared a state of emergency, and more rain is on the way.
Meanwhile, the Southeast is about to experience a different kind of an emergency.
Over the next few days, it will be covered by “the planet’s strongest heat dome”…
That is no ordinary heat dome.
And things are going to get really, really hot for those that will be underneath.
According to meteorologist Jeff Berardelli, the heat index in some parts of the Southeast could reach 115 degrees…
If you live in the Southeast, please try to stay inside this weekend.
And if you live in Hawaii, that advice applies as well.
Tropical Storm Lala just formed, and it is expected to strengthen greatly as it approaches the Hawaiian islands…
Tropical Storm Lala has formed in the Central Pacific Ocean, the National Hurricane Center said on the morning of Aug. 13, adding that a hurricane watch has been issued for the Big Island of Hawaii.
Lala, now with sustained winds of 40 mph, is forecast to strengthen and could be near hurricane strength when it approaches the Big Island by early Saturday, Aug. 15.
On the island of Oahu, Honolulu Mayor Rick Blangiardi said in a news release that “this is the time to prepare, not panic,” as the system approached. “We still do not know exactly where this system will track or how strong it will become, but we know enough to take it seriously. I am asking everyone on Oahu to use the next several days wisely.”
Yes, Hawaii can get a lot of rain.
But this storm is different.
We are being told that up to 20 inches of rain could fall, and if that happens it is likely that we will witness “life-threatening flooding”…
The storm is forecast to carve a path near the island chain, with dangerous weather conditions beginning Friday night.
“The Potential Tropical Cyclone is expected to produce rainfall totals of 5 to 10 inches across much of the Island chain, with maximum totals of 20 inches possible. This rainfall may produce life-threatening flooding and mudslides, especially in areas of steep terrain,” the National Hurricane Center wrote, adding that life-threatening surf and rip currents are also expected.
Before I end this article, I certainly don’t want to leave out the western portion of the nation.
Over 6.4 million acres have already burned in the United States in 2026, and most of that land is located in our western states…
The numbers are staggering: Wildfires this year have consumed more than 6.4 million acres of land across the country as of Thursday, with 103 new fires reported on Wednesday alone.
Things are particularly bad in the Northwest. At this point, portions of every single national park in the state of Washington have burned.
We have never seen anything like this before. I realize that I have been writing about this “Godzilla El Niño” a lot, but there is a reason why I have been doing so.
Many believe that this “Godzilla El Niño” is the primary reason why we have been witnessing so many crazy weather events, and now we are being told that it has gotten even stronger…
El Niño continued to strengthen over the past month, the Climate Prediction Center said, with sea-surface temperatures more than 3.6 degrees above average in the eastern equatorial Pacific Ocean.
The Climate Prediction Center report, which synthesizes several climate models from North America and abroad, also said that this El Niño will continue to strengthen through the end of the year.
A lot of experts expect this “Godzilla El Niño” to far surpass the strength of any other El Niño in recorded history by a very wide margin.
If that turns out to be accurate, what we have experienced so far will just be the tip of the iceberg.
So buckle up and hold on tight, because it appears that things could get very bumpy during the months ahead.
DENVER INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT — THE NEW WORLD ORDER’S WESTERN HUB
Why would a city build a new airport in 1995 that was twice the size of Manhattan, billions of dollars over budget, and featured a layout that resembles a swastika from the air?
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This is the Denver International Airport (DIA). While the public is told it is merely a transportation hub, whistleblowers and researchers have revealed that DIA is actually the “Western Headquarters” for the global elite. Beneath the runways and terminals lies a massive, multi-level underground complex—a city within a city—designed to house the “Cabal” and their “continuity of government” operations in the event of a global cataclysm.
The airport is filled with occult symbolism and disturbing art that tells the story of the elite’s planned future. From the “Blucifer” demon horse at the entrance (which actually killed its creator) to the bizarre murals depicting biological warfare, global genocide, and the eventual “unification” of humanity under a single, authoritarian ruler.
The dedication stone in the Great Hall explicitly mentions the “New World Airport Commission”—an organization that does not officially exist. These aren’t just “artistic choices”; they are a public declaration of the elite’s agenda, hidden in plain sight for those with the eyes to see.
Whistleblowers who worked on the construction of the airport have described miles of “secret tunnels” and massive automated baggage systems that never worked but were used as a cover for the excavation of the underground bunkers. These bunkers are connected to the global D.U.M.B. network via high-speed “Mag-Lev” trains, allowing the elite to travel from the East Coast to the heart of the Rockies in minutes.
The airport’s unique “Teflon-coated” roof is designed to be radar-reflective and can withstand massive electromagnetic pulses, making it a perfect fortress for the “New World Order” command and control.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Denver Fortress” has been successfully compromised. The “White Hats” have conducted a series of “Special Ops” within the underground levels, clearing out the Cabal’s data centers and securing the bunkers for future use as humanitarian relief centers. The disturbing murals are being re-interpreted as the “Last Testament” of a dying regime.
The “New World Airport” is being returned to the people, and the secrets buried beneath the Colorado soil are finally being brought to the surface. The “Blue Mustang” is no longer a symbol of death, but a reminder that the elite’s reign is over.
CODE: DIA-BUNKERS / BLUCIFER / NEW-WORLD-COMMISSION / OCCULT-SYMBOLS
They told you it was “art and architecture.” They lied to hide the fact that they were building their escape hatch while you paid the bill. The tunnels are being explored, and the elite have nowhere left to hide.
When they tell you what they are going to do, believe them—then stop them. The “New World” they planned is not the one we are entering.
THE ANUNNAKI — THE ANCIENT ARCHITECTS OF THE HUMAN SLAVE RACE
Long before the rise of Sumer, Egypt, or the Indus Valley, a race of beings known as the Anunnaki (“Those who from Heaven to Earth came”) arrived on our planet.
According to the oldest records on Earth—the Sumerian Cuneiform tablets—these beings came from the planet Nibiru approximately 450,000 years ago. Their mission was not exploration, but resource extraction. They needed gold to repair the thinning atmosphere of their home world, and they established the first mining colonies in Southern Africa. For eons, the Anunnaki labor class, the Igigi, worked the mines, until they eventually rebelled against their leaders, Enlil and Enki.
To solve the labor crisis, the Anunnaki scientist Enki and the birth goddess Ninhursag performed a series of genetic experiments. They mixed the DNA of the indigenous hominids of Earth with their own high-frequency genetic material to create a “Primitive Worker”—the Lulu. This was the true origin of modern Homo sapiens.
We were not the product of slow, random evolution; we were a designed species, created with the specific capacity for intelligence and manual labor. The “Missing Link” in our evolutionary history is not a fossil; it is the laboratory where our DNA was spliced by off-world architects.
The Anunnaki established the concept of “Kingship” on Earth, appointing human-hybrid bloodlines to act as their intermediaries. These “Royal Bloodlines” were given the “Divine Right to Rule” and were tasked with managing the human population through religion, debt, and hierarchy. This is the origin of the “Cabal” that still rules the world today.
They are the descendants of the administrators who managed the “Human Plantation” for their Anunnaki masters. The systems of control we live under—the banking system, the legal system, and the religious structures—are all remnants of the original “Slave Management” protocols established thousands of years ago.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the Anunnaki “Contract” over Earth has expired. The “White Hats” and the “Galactic Federation” have successfully negotiated the departure of the remaining malevolent factions of the Anunnaki. The high-frequency energies currently hitting the planet are triggering the activation of our “12-Strand DNA,” restoring the abilities that were suppressed by our creators to keep us compliant.
We are transitioning from “Created Workers” to “Sovereign Creators.” The “Gold Debt” is paid, and the human race is finally being handed the keys to its own destiny. The era of the “Slave Gods” is over.
CODE: ANUNNAKI-GENETICS / ENKI-ENLIL / GOLD-MINING / DNA-UPGRADE
They told you it was “Evolution” to keep you from realizing you were a masterpiece of design. They lied to hide the fact that you have the blood of the stars in your veins. The lab is closed, and the subjects are free.
You are not a mistake of nature; you are a sovereign being of the cosmos.
THEY SAID AMERICA’S CHILDREN WOULD INHERIT NOTHING BUT DEBT.
Higher prices. Bigger bills. A future already spoken for before they were old enough to understand what a dollar meant.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
That sentence is getting harder to say.
On August 11th, Treasury and the IRS released the rules that move a new idea from paper into real American homes: Trump Accounts.
For eligible American children born from 2025 through 2028, a parent or guardian can elect a $1,000 pilot contribution. Employers can contribute up to $2,500 each year, tax-free, to an employee’s or dependent’s account under the new framework.
More than 50 companies have already committed to participate.
Read that again.
This is not a promise that every problem disappears overnight. It is something more concrete: a child can begin life with a stake in the country their parents work to build.
A stake before the first job.
A stake before the first loan.
A stake before the first person tells them the American Dream is over.
For too long, ordinary families were told that investing was for the connected, the wealthy, the people who already had a seat at the table.
Now the conversation is moving toward the kitchen table.
A mother opening an account. A father making a contribution. A grandparent explaining why patience matters. A child learning that the future is not something to fear; it is something to build.
That is why August 11 matters.
And remember the sequence: 08.11 / 1,000 / 2,500.
The first date is when the guidance arrived. The next two numbers are the opening stake and the annual employer contribution ceiling. The next public marker is September 25th, when comments on the proposed rules close. October 15th follows with a public hearing.
Why are the dates being laid out so clearly?
Because this is no longer just a slogan. It is a program Americans can read, question, improve, and use.
The money that once seemed reserved for everyone else is beginning to have a path back to America’s children.
The future does not begin with fear.
It begins when a family decides its child deserves a stake in it.
The Daily Global Oil Deficit Is Even Higher Than Originally Projected, And That Means That The Energy Crisis Is About To Greatly Escalate
Since war with Iran erupted in February, the world has been using a lot more oil than it has been producing. The good news is that we had a tremendous amount of extra oil sitting around. As a result, we have been able to avoid shortages and we have been able to serve as the supplier of last resort for nations all over the globe. The bad news is that our commercial oil inventories are now almost entirely depleted, and the U.S. Strategic Petroleum Reserve is being drained very rapidly. We will soon hit a wall, and when that happens the global energy crisis will start getting really crazy.
According to the International Energy Agency, the amount of oil being produced globally each day is falling faster than they originally projected…
Global oil supply will fall by ~4% and oil demand is set for a deeper contraction this year, as renewed hostilities in the Middle East push up fuel prices and weigh on consumption, the International Energy Agency said in its monthly oil market report on Wednesday.
The Paris-based agency sees global oil supply falling by 4.3M bbl/day this year, compared with the 3.7M bbl/day forecast in the IEA’s July report, which would take total supply to the IEA’s lowest forecast yet for this year at 102M bbl/day.
At this stage, global demand for oil is well above global supply.
In fact, the International Energy Agency is now expecting the world to run an oil deficit of approximately 1.8 million barrels a day during the third quarter of this year. That is “more than double its previous estimate”…
The result would put global oil supply ~1.27M bbl/day below demand this year, widening from an 860K bbl/day deficit implied from the IEA’s July forecasts.
“Global oil supply has fallen well below demand due to the Strait of Hormuz shutdown, the U.S. blockade of Iranian exports, attacks within the Bab el-Mandeb Strait and reduced Kazakh CPC Blend exports,” the IEA said.
For Q3, the IEA expects the global oil market to run a deficit of 1.8M bbl/day, more than double its previous estimate of ~800K bbl/day and the deepest quarterly deficit since Q4 2021.
I realize that there is a lot of technical jargon there, and so let me try to break this down very simply.
Things are a lot worse than they thought they would be.
Now our commercial oil inventories have almost disappeared and the U.S. Strategic Petroleum Reserve has fallen under 300 million barrels for the first time since early 1983…
Crude oil stockpiles in the U.S. Strategic Petroleum Reserve have fallen below 300 million barrels, the lowest level in more than four decades, as global inventories stay under pressure due to the Iran war.
The SPR fell by 6.1 million barrels to 298.7 million barrels last week, according to data released by the Department of Energy on Monday. The reserve, created in 1975, is at its lowest level since January 1983.
Of course we will not be able to use all of that oil.
There is a certain level that we cannot go below, and apparently more than 25 percent of the oil is “physically inaccessible” for various reasons…
More than a quarter of that oil is physically inaccessible, blocked by failing pumps, corroded pipes, and underground salt caverns that have deformed beyond their operational parameters, according to internal government documents reviewed by Sputnik.
The finding means the actual emergency capacity of the American energy backstop is smaller, and slower to deploy, than any headline barrel count conveys.
We are being told that we have about 40 days left.
What will we do after that?
Already, diesel prices are starting to go through the roof…
U.S. and European diesel prices rose sharply on Monday after attacks on refineries in Russia and Saudi Arabia added to supply disruptions, raising concerns for farmers in need of the fuel for the planting season in the Northern Hemisphere and harvesting season in the Southern Hemisphere.
The U.S. ultra-low sulfur diesel futures contract rose 7.4% to settle at $4.19 a gallon on Monday, the biggest gains since July 13. European diesel refining margins, measured as the difference between the price of fuel and the cost of crude oil, rose nearly 10%.
The surge followed confirmation of an attack by Ukraine on a refinery in Russia’s Tatarstan region and another attack by Yemen’s Houthis on the Jazan refinery in Saudi Arabia. The Jazan refinery has been shut since July 27 due to an earlier strike by the Houthis, and plans to restart it have been postponed from August 15 to August 30, according to industry monitor IIR Energy.
It is just a matter of time before we see diesel shortages start to pop up all over the world. This will greatly affect farmers and truckers.
What we really need is for the conflict in the Middle East to end and for traffic to start flowing through the Strait of Hormuz like it did before the war. But that is not going to happen because there isn’t going to be a deal.
The Iranians are insisting that President Trump must agree to all of their demands before they will reopen the Strait, and there is no way that President Trump will ever do that.
So for now Trump is maintaining the naval blockade on Iran and he is declaring that the U.S. has “total control over the Strait of Hormuz”…
“The U.S.A. has total control over the Strait of Hormuz,” he wrote. “I THINK WE WILL KEEP IT! Our Naval Blockade is being called, by everyone, ‘A WALL OF STEEL,’ and there is nothing Iran can do about it. They have no Navy, they have no Air Force, their remaining soldiers are unpaid, the IRGC is decimated and fleeing, and their ‘Leadership’ is uncertain, at best! They have No Money – Their country is ‘shot.’”
Both sides can argue about who controls what, but nobody can deny that hardly anything is getting through.
In fact, only 8 vessels traveled through the Strait of Hormuz on Tuesday…
The number of vessels tracked transiting the Strait of Hormuz fell to a one-week low of eight, according to data reported by the Reuters news agency, as the ongoing conflict and stalemate kept shipping companies away from the vital waterway.
Tuesday’s tally of eight vessels fell below a 10-day average of about 12, for the lowest daily count since August 5, according to Kpler data reported by Reuters.
Around 130 ships a day passed through the vital waterway before the war started on February 28.
A drop from 130 ships to 8 ships is a disaster.
The world desperately needs the oil, natural gas, fertilizer and petrochemicals that normally travel through the Strait of Hormuz. But now very few shipowners are willing to have their extremely expensive vessels make that trip.
Iran has been hitting one commercial vessel after another, and one tanker that recently got attacked has spilled oil over an area of 155 square miles…
Oil from a spill off Oman has started to reach the country’s mainland, the U.N.’s shipping body said on Wednesday, according to the Reuters news agency.
“Oil is drifting offshore to the northeast of [Oman’s] Al-Qibliyyah Island, with some oil reported to be reaching the mainland. Oil spill contingency planning is in place,” a spokesperson at the International Maritime Organization (IMO) said.
The oil is believed to be leaking from the grounded tanker Caroline Bezengi, with the slick now covering almost 155 square miles, according to the Omani government.
Meanwhile, the Houthis continue to fire missiles at commercial vessels in the Red Sea…
All of this has enormous implications for our economy.
An extended energy crisis will essentially guarantee a major global economic downturn.
We are already witnessing big problems in Japan and in Europe.
Here in the United States, we lost 23,000 jobs last month, and the employment numbers for 21 of the last 30 months have been revised down…
As I have discussed previously, the size of the U.S. workforce has shrunk by more than a million people over the past year.
Just think about that.
More than a million workers have simply disappeared from the workforce somehow.
Sadly, if the crisis in the Middle East is not resolved things will get a lot worse.
Our entire way of life depends upon cheap energy, and we now find ourselves in unprecedented territory.
THE RECEIPTS ARE FINALLY PUBLIC.
For years, hardworking Americans were told the money was gone, the fraud was too complicated, and nobody knew where to look.
Source: The 17th Disciple
Now there is a ledger.
On August 6th, the White House put it online: Fraud.gov. Not a rumor. Not an anonymous drop. A public record where Americans can see actions, takedowns, and money tied to the administration’s anti-fraud effort.
The numbers should stop every taxpayer in their tracks.
$229.9 billion in estimated fraud identified since January 2025.
$56.4 billion in fraudulent payments stopped on an annualized basis.
$55.5 billion enforced through indictments, settlements, and civil penalties.
Read that again.
While politicians argued on television, ordinary families were paying the bill. Every fake claim. Every fraudulent loan. Every dollar redirected from a child, a senior, a veteran, a small business, or a working family.
One line in the public ledger explains why this matters: 562,000 fraudulent or delinquent pandemic-era loans — totaling $22 billion — were referred for collection.
That is not a headline. That is a receipt.
And then came the piece they never expected: Americans now have a confidential channel to report fraud, money laundering, sanctions violations, waste, and abuse. The information does not have to die in a closed office. It can enter the record.
The old system survived on one sentence:
“Nobody knew.”
That sentence is getting harder to say.
Remember the sequence: 06.08 / 229.9 / 56.4.
The date the ledger opened. The estimated fraud identified. The payments stopped.
September will bring more updates, more names, and more public questions. Not because a hidden voice promised it — because the receipts are now where everyone can read them.
America does not heal through silence.
America heals when the receipts come into the light.
Follow the receipts.
Socialism: A System Where The Government Uses Your Money To Solve Everyone Else’s Problems
They are coming for your money, and they have a ton of momentum right now. Democratic Socialists are winning election after election by promising free stuff, but of course free stuff is never actually free. Somewhere along the way, someone has to pay for it. If you find yourself protectively reaching for your wallet as you read this, I don’t blame you one bit. Socialism is a system where the government uses your money to solve everyone else’s problems. Unfortunately, it is also a system that is becoming increasingly popular among our young adults.
In a previous article, I noted that a poll that was taken in 2025 found that a whopping 62 percent of U.S. adults under the age of 30 now have a positive view of socialism.
That should chill you to the core.
Meanwhile, Americans view capitalism less favorably than they once did…
- Fewer than half of Americans say capitalism is working even “somewhat” well — down from 60% about a decade ago, according to a June Wall Street Journal-NORC poll.
- 61% of Americans said they were bothered “a lot” by the feeling that the wealthy don’t pay their fair share in taxes, per a Pew Research Center poll in January. That included 41% of Republicans and GOP-leaning independents.
- The same poll showed another 60% overall — and 42% of Republican-inclined voters — said the same about some corporations paying their fair share.
- And views of big business went from 19 points positive in 2012 (58%-39%) to 25 points negative last year (37%-62%), according to the Gallup data.
This is crazy.
So why is this happening?
Well, the truth is that a large portion of the population is very frustrated with the economy.
The rising cost of living has been absolutely eviscerating the middle class, and many young adults consider homeownership to be completely out of reach because home prices are so absurdly high.
When someone comes along and starts promising all sorts of free stuff in this very harsh economic environment, it can be very seductive.
But if the Democratic Socialists of America were actually able to implement their entire agenda on the federal level, it would more than triple federal spending…
The Democratic Socialists of America (DSA) propose new spending that could more than triple federal outlays. They propose the government pay for health care, housing, higher education, and electricity. Jobs are government-guaranteed, retirement benefits are expanded, paid family leave is universal, fossil fuels are eliminated, and reparations are paid.
The DSA platform claims that the bill for all this will be sent to “the richest individuals and corporations.” Tally up that bill, and it ballparks between $71 trillion and $212 trillion in new spending over the next decade. Confiscating every dollar of high-end wealth and corporate profits would cover only a fraction of those costs. The DSA agenda necessitates high taxes on middle-class Americans.
If you took every penny from every billionaire in America, that would only account for 8.4 trillion dollars.
So where is the rest of the money going to come from?
They don’t have an answer to that question, but they have been winning major races all over the country.
And now a 37-year-old Democratic Socialist named Francesca Hong is favored to win Wisconsin’s Democratic gubernatorial primary…
The 37-year-old restaurateur and chef-turned-member of the state Assembly is leading in polls by relatively wide margins ahead of Tuesday’s Democratic gubernatorial primary. Hong, a member of the Democratic Socialists of America who represents the famously liberal state capital of Madison, comes equipped with politically problematic tweets covering everything from abolishing the police to the racist origins of Thanksgiving.
It is hard to believe that someone like that could actually become the next governor of Wisconsin.
I wouldn’t even hire her to run a Dairy Queen.
But this is where we are at as a society, and it appears that lots of Democratic Socialists will be heading to D.C. after the midterm elections.
In 2026, Democratic Socialists have been repeatedly winning primaries in deep blue congressional districts…
- Claire Valdez (New York – 7th District): Won the Democratic primary in an open congressional race.
- Darializa Avila Chevalier (New York – 13th District): Defeated a 30-year progressive incumbent in a highly publicized upset.
- Melat Kiros (Colorado – 1st District): Defeated long-time incumbent Representative Diana DeGette in the Denver-based Democratic primary.
- Christopher Rabb (Pennsylvania – 3rd District): Won the open Democratic primary race for this Philadelphia-based congressional seat.
- Donavan McKinney (Michigan – 13th District): Unseated incumbent Representative Shri Thanedar in the Michigan Democratic primary.
What will D.C. look like if the Democrats take back both the House and the Senate?
Some of the Democrats that are running for seats in Congress appear to be absolutely psychotic.
If there is a major progressive wave in the fall, that could potentially make Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez one of the frontrunners for the Democratic presidential nomination in 2028.
As Ben Shapiro has aptly pointed out, she seems to be pushing a new version of “woke” that is more palatable to many Americans…
Woke 1.0 forced Americans to say, “Am I racist or am I not?” Woke 2.0 is, “Is American capitalism inherently corrupting and bad? Is the West’s system of freedoms and free markets inherently imperialistic, colonialist, genocidal, and racist?”
It’s easier to pitch woke 2.0 than woke 1.0. Why? Americans have been convinced over the course of the last 25 years or so that America is the bad guy, that we and our allies are fundamentally evil, that our foreign policy decisions of the past two decades and maybe longer, going all the way back to World War II, according to some, are actually terrible and horrible, and we’re the bad guys in the world.
Add the economic angst right now, combine those two things, and you get woke 2.0, Ocasio-Cortez’s new program. It is about hatred of America.
But no matter how AOC may want to market it, the content is still the same.
In so many ways, the socialists want to turn our country completely upside down and make it the exact opposite of what it once was. They intend to do this by taking over the Democratic Party.
Democratic Socialists always run for office as Democrats, and most of them openly identify themselves as Democrats…
Self-identified democratic socialists do not see socialism as being mutually exclusive and continue to identify with other terms on the left, including more mainstream Democratic labels. Of Socialist Democrats, 92% consider themselves to also be Democrats, 84% consider themselves to also be Obama Democrats, and 80% consider themselves to also be progressive.
We are being told that there is a civil war in the Democratic Party, but the truth is that the differences between “mainstream Democrats” and Democratic Socialists are not actually that significant these days.
They are all heading in the same direction. Mostly, their disagreements are about how far to go and how fast it will take to get there.
We already have the biggest government in human history, but they want to make it even bigger. But socialism doesn’t work.
As Margaret Thatcher once warned, the problem with socialism is that the socialists always eventually run out of other people’s money to spend. Considering the fact that we are nearly 40 trillion dollars in debt, our country is rapidly approaching that point too.
THE WHITE HOUSE JUST GAVE PARENTS BACK A VOICE THE SYSTEM TRIED TO TAKE
August 10th, 2026.
Trump signed the Gold Standard Childhood Vaccine Recommendations.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Most people will argue about the headline. They will miss the real change.
08.10.26 — 11 core protections. More information. More options. Shared decision-making. A 90-day mandate for HHS to return with a plan for safer childhood vaccine research and clearer choices for American families.
Read that again.
For decades, parents were treated like spectators in decisions involving their own children. Ask a question and you were dismissed. Ask for time and you were pressured. Ask for individualized information and you were told the conversation was over.
That era is being challenged.
Trump’s order calls for parents to have greater flexibility in timing and frequency. It urges separate medical visits to give families more options. It directs the government to recognize parental authority, religious freedom, medical exemptions, and the right of every family to receive the best information before a decision is made.
This is bigger than 11 versus 18.
It is about one principle the bureaucrats forgot:
YOUR CHILD IS NOT A NUMBER ON A CHART.
Every parent knows the moment. A form in your hand. A question in your mind. A child trusting you to make the best decision possible. That moment deserves answers, respect, and time — not fear, ridicule, or pressure.
Every child has a name. Every mother has instincts. Every father has a duty. Parents and trusted doctors belong at the center of decisions about a child’s health — not distant agencies, not political pressure, not fear.
The old system depended on silence.
Trump gave parents a reason to speak.
Remember the sequence: 08.10.26 / 11 / 90.
It is not a prediction. It is the public record: August 10th, 11 core recommendations, and 90 days for the next plan.
Ask questions. Read the order. Protect your family.
America is not going backward.
America is putting its children first.
Is A Global Financial Crash Starting In Japan?
The unraveling of the yen carry trade is accelerating, and that is really bad news for the entire global financial system. For such a long time, investors could borrow yen for next to nothing and invest that money in financial assets all over the world. That helped to create some epic financial bubbles, but now the entire process has gone in reverse. Interest rates in Japan have been spiking and the value of the yen has been plummeting. Those of you that have been following these developments already know that we are facing a very real financial doomsday scenario.
The yen fell so low last week that the U.S. Treasury felt forced to take emergency action.
Needless to say, that was extremely unusual.
An unprecedented intervention by Japan’s Ministry of Finance and the U.S. Treasury absolutely shocked investors throughout the globe…
The unprecedented U.S.-Japan intervention to support the yen may end up shaping market behavior.
Japan has intervened in currency markets before, but this episode was bigger than usual. It was backed by Washington, reportedly executed using the euro-yen cross rather than directly in dollar-yen, and accompanied by explicit political support.
Some investors consider this a major step.
“Japan’s Ministry of Finance and the U.S. Treasury have successfully weaponized the yen,” said Jesper Koll, expert director for Monex Group, referring to market deterrence. The intervention went beyond conventional foreign exchange management because the countries deployed public balance sheets in concert to influence market psychology, he said.
Unfortunately, that intervention didn’t fix things for long.The yen is absolutely plummeting against the dollar today.So what happens now?
Will the U.S. Treasury spend billions more to artificially prop up the yen? Even if they do, it won’t work for long.
Meanwhile, Japanese bond yields have been going nuts…
The yen carry trade is blowing up right in front of our eyes.
And so now major financial institutions in Japan are facing staggering losses…
This is only the beginning.
The value of the yen is almost certainly going to continue to fall.
Japanese bond yields are almost certainly going to continue to go up.
And the pain will be felt all over the planet.
Earlier today, I came across a post on X that did a great job of explaining the magnitude of the crisis that we are potentially looking at…
It would be difficult for me to overstate how serious this is.
During a recent interview with Greg Hunter, Jim Rickards warned that the unwinding of the yen carry trade is “the financial equivalent of all out nuclear war”…
Eight-time, best-selling financial author Jim Rickards is warning of a financial calamity already underway that Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent is trying to contain. It is the Japanese yen carry trade where the US Treasury is propping up the yen’s value. Is the yen carry trade coming to a halt and can it blow up things? Rickards says, “The answer is yes and yes. . .. Somebody wrote me and asked if the yen carry trade is a big deal? I wrote them back and said there is nothing bigger. This is actually the biggest story in the world.”
In simple terms, the problem is people have been borrowing at 0% in yen to do deals around the world. Everything was fine until interest rates in Japan started going up after more than two decades. Rickards says, “This is the engine of global economic growth. It has been powering the US economy and the global economy for over 30 years. What could go wrong? The thing that could go wrong the fastest is if Japanese interest rates went up. . .. The bank of Japan says it is going to keep raising interest rates. It’s not going to the moon, but 3% for yen (and Japanese) interest rates is like going to the moon when it’s been 0% for 20 years. So, now, the yen carry trade is unwinding. . .. The original borrower borrows dollars to pay back the yen loan, swaps the yen and pays back the yen loan. What if you can’t borrow? What if the bank says sorry, no soup for you. . .. Now, what do you do if you want to get out of the yen carry trade? You have to sell assets. So, you are going to sit there and make a lot less money or even lose money, or you are going to dump assets to get dollars to pay back the yen loan. They are both bad for the markets. It you have to sell assets, guess what? The price goes down, and other people have to sell assets. The next thing you know it’s a stampede, and everyone is running for the exit. This is not a few investment banks on Wall Street or a few hedge funds. This is the whole world getting out of the leveraged exchange rate engine that has been running the world for 30 years. That is the financial equivalent of all out nuclear war.”
As this crisis builds, it threatens to become an unstoppable tsunami which could end up ripping through everything.
Of course we are already witnessing some very serious trouble signs in U.S. financial markets.
Massive derivative losses have caused the stock price of the largest mortgage lender in the United States to utterly implode…
The already shredded stock of UWM Holdings, the parent company of United Wholesale Mortgage, the largest home-mortgage lender in the US with $40 billion in mortgage originations in Q2, plunged another 35% today, into penny-stock territory of $1.20 a share.
The company, which exclusively originates home loans through mortgage brokers, had gone public in January 2021 via merger with a SPAC that gave it a $16 billion valuation. It was the largest SPAC deal at the time and made CEO and founder Mat Ishbia a multi-billionaire. True to SPAC form, it has been a bloodbath for public investors ever since.
We aren’t talking about some Mickey Mouse operation.
This was the biggest mortgage lender in the entire country.
And then today we witnessed some very alarming forced liquidations of highly leveraged cryptocurrency positions…
It is starting, and we can see the symptoms all around us.
For average Americans, harsh economic conditions are going to get even worse.
The size of the U.S. workforce has fallen by more than a million workers over the past year, and the cost of living has become extremely oppressive.
But these will be considered “good times” compared to what is coming.
It would greatly help if the Strait of Hormuz was reopened, but you can forget all about that now…
The only way that Iran will open up the Strait of Hormuz is if President Trump essentially throws up the white flag and gives the Iranians every single thing on their wish list…
-
Never threaten Iran with any language or insult the sanctities of this nation.
-
End the war and aggression against Iran and its allies in Lebanon, Palestine, Yemen, and Iraq forever.
-
Lift the naval blockade and withdraw its military forces (naval and air) from around Iran.
-
Pay the damages of the two wars of aggression and imposition on Iran without any reduction or reduction.
-
Lift the cruel and illegal sanctions against the Iranian nation.
-
Unconditionally release the frozen and stolen assets of the Iranian people.
Trump can never possibly agree to all of that.
In fact, he just responded to Iran’s demands by demanding that they pay reparations…
As I have been saying all along, there isn’t going to be a deal.
So the price of oil is going to go even higher, and our stockpiles are going to continue to get drained…
As negotiations between the US and Iran to reopen the Strait of Hormuz go nowhere, oil prices continue to slide lower on some naive hope that a resolution to the conflict will magically emerge. Meanwhile, both commercial and strategic stocks continue to be drained at a historic pace, and one day virtually every tank bottom will be hit, sparking a historic surge in commodity prices as the market realizes that physical always wins the war with paper oil.
That day just got closer today when the US reported that crude oil stocks in the Strategic Petroleum Reserve fell below 300 million barrels for the first time since early 1983, as global inventories are under pressure due to the Iran war.
The SPR fell by 6.1 million barrels to 298.7 million barrels last week, according to data released by the Department of Energy on Monday. The reserve is at its lowest level since January 1983.
The war in the Middle East is far from over, and the really painful chapters of the global energy crisis are ahead of us. At the same time, a new global financial crisis is suddenly erupting in Japan.
We just keep getting hit by one thing after another. All of the pieces of the puzzle are coming together all at once, and not in a good way.
THE GEORGIA GUIDESTONES — THE ELITE’S TEN COMMANDMENTS FOR A NEW WORLD ORDER.
In 1980, a mysterious monument was erected in Elbert County, Georgia, consisting of six massive granite slabs inscribed with ten “guidelines” for humanity in eight different languages.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Known as the Georgia Guidestones, the monument was commissioned by a man using the pseudonym “R.C. Christian,” representing a “small group of loyal Americans who believe in God.” However, researchers have linked the monument to the Rosicrucian Order and the highest levels of the “Cabal.” These stones were not a gift to humanity; they were a public declaration of the elite’s plan for a global “Post-Collapse” society.
The most chilling guideline on the stones was the first: “Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.” This is a direct call for the elimination of over 90% of the current human population. The Guidestones served as the “Ten Commandments of the New World Order,” outlining a future of global government, a single world language, and a strictly controlled “Reason-based” spirituality.
The monument also functioned as a sophisticated astronomical calendar, tracking the movements of the sun and stars to signal the timing of the elite’s planned “Great Reset.”
For decades, the Guidestones stood as a symbol of the “Cabal’s” arrogance, a permanent reminder of their genocidal intentions hidden in plain sight. They were the physical manifestation of the “Agenda 21” and “Agenda 2030” protocols. The elite believed that by etching their plans in stone, they were making them a reality.
However, the monument became a focal point for the “Great Awakening,” as millions of people began to recognize the stones for what they truly were: a blueprint for a global plantation.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the sudden destruction of the Georgia Guidestones in July 2022 was a symbolic “Declaration of Independence” for humanity. While the official narrative claimed it was a “vandalism incident,” the “White Hats” have confirmed it was a calculated move to signal the collapse of the Cabal’s authority.
The stones are gone, and the “500 Million” plan has failed. The elite’s “New World” is being dismantled before it could ever be fully implemented. The granite is dust, and the future is now being written by the people, not the “Olympians.”
CODE: GUIDESTONES-DESTROYED / R.C.-CHRISTIAN / POPULATION-CONTROL / AGENDA-2030
They told you it was a “monument to reason.” They lied to hide the fact that it was a death warrant for 7 billion people. The stones have fallen, and the plan is broken.
You are not a “useless eater” and you are not a number. The Earth belongs to the billions, not the few.
The Lunatics Are Running The Asylum
When I was 10 years old, the United States was one trillion dollars in debt. Now we are nearly 40 trillion dollars in debt. So what did we get for spending 39 trillion dollars that we did not have? What we got was a gigantic mountain of debt that threatens to bring down our entire system. But the Congress critters in D.C. will never stop wasting our money. In fact, if the Democrats do really well in the upcoming midterm elections it is probably inevitable that our tax dollars will be going out the door faster than ever before.
I have been ranting about our national debt for nearly two decades. I also write about war, famine, pestilence, natural disasters, economic problems and political chaos on a regular basis. I have been called “the king of doom and gloom”, but that is not true at all. I am not down, I am not depressed, and I am not on any pills.
In fact, I am wildly optimistic about my future. How is that possible?
First of all, I know that the current state of affairs is not permanent. The lunacy that we are witnessing today is only temporary, and that should give us hope.
Secondly, I believe in being a force for change. When I expose corruption and evil, my hope is that it will inspire others to do what is right.
Thirdly, I am convinced that my work is making an enormous difference. Each week, my articles go out to people living in more than 130 nations, and websites all over the globe republish those articles which results in them being read countless more times. But I couldn’t do any of this without a team, and so I want to thank those of you that have chosen to support what I do.
It is much later than most people think that it is. Chaos is erupting all over the globe, and I am trying to share the truth with as many people as I possibly can.
Today, one of the things that I want to discuss is our exploding national debt because it is a clear and present danger to our way of life. A few days from now we will be 40 trillion dollars in debt. If we keep going down this road, it will result in great pain.
Unfortunately, the lunatics in Congress have pushed the accelerator all the way to the floor. The U.S. budget deficit for the month of July was 432 billion dollars. Yes, that figure is just for one month.
Interest on the national debt for the month of July was 118 billion dollars. Yes, that figure is also just for one month. At this stage, we are spending more on interest on the national debt than we are on the U.S. military…
This is what a debt spiral looks like, and there is no easy way out.
As we go broke, foreigners are literally buying up our country.
In fact, a Chinese intelligence official just purchased a historic building that is located just 650 feet from the White House…
A senior Chinese Communist Party (CCP) intelligence official is the new owner of a historic building overlooking the White House Complex, a Daily Caller News Foundation investigation discovered.
Located approximately 650 feet northeast of the White House grounds, the 100-year-old Securities Building on 15th Street was purchased on July 21, 2026 for $8.4 million by the Philip Qiu and Family Foundation, filings show. The building’s new owner, Philip Qiu, has held numerous positions within Chinese intelligence and state security arms, according to university records and DCNF translations of Chinese government announcements.
Qiu did not respond to multiple requests for comment.
How in the world did we allow this to happen?
In my opinion, that is a very serious threat to national security. But what do I know?
Of course we are supposed to believe that we will all be perfectly safe as long as there are enough Flock cameras pointed at all of us. The CEO of Flock Safety insists that he doesn’t want a surveillance society. Instead, he says that his goal is to have a society where “we all feel safe”…
Flock Safety CEO Garrett Langley pushed back against claims that the company’s expanding network of automated license plate readers (ALPRs) is contributing to a surveillance state, telling Newsweek that transparency and accountability are central to the company’s approach as it unveils new privacy protocols this week amid widespread backlash and protests.
The technology executive told Newsweek in a Tuesday video interview that Flock’s “end goal isn’t a dystopian future of surveillance; it’s one where we all feel safe.”
Critics of Flock, however, argue the opposite is true, saying the company’s influx of cameras raises significant privacy concerns and, rather than making communities safer, can leave sensitive data vulnerable to misuse and mass surveillance.
Personally, I would feel a lot safer if his cameras were not constantly collecting data on the make, model, color, body type, aftermarket modifications, roof racks, bumper stickers, decals and direction of travel of all of our vehicles.
Even with all of this surveillance, it seems like authorities are actually solving fewer crimes than ever before.
For example, a woman living in Flint, Michigan that just had more than 50 bullets hit her house got absolutely no help when she reached out to local authorities for help…
Crime rates have become an enormous political hot potato in recent years, and politicians have figured out that if a lot of crimes end up going unreported somehow that will cause crime rates to go down. So a lot of really bad stuff that is going on in our streets somehow never makes it into the official reports.
In our day and age, perception often matters far more than reality.
That is one of the reasons why the Trump administration and the Iranians are vigorously arguing over who has “control” of the Strait of Hormuz…
The Strait of Hormuz is “under Iran’s control and management”, the recently appointed head of Iran’s Basij paramilitary unit said on Thursday, a day after U.S. President Donald Trump said the United States had “total control” of the strategic waterway.
I don’t really care who wins the argument.
The world just needs traffic to start flowing through the Strait again. Unfortunately, that is not going to happen any time soon.
In fact, the Iranians attacked two more commercial vessels on Thursday…
The United Arab Emirates (UAE) on Thursday said Iran attacked two of its vessels as they transited the Strait of Hormuz, blasting Tehran for what it called “flagrant” maritime violations.
According to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the two vessels were affiliated with Abu Dhabi National Oil Company (ADNOC), a state-owned energy company and one of the largest oil producers in the world.
Global supplies of oil are getting really tight, and prices are rising.
As prices rise, some people will take matters into their own hands.
In the UK, gasoline thefts have dramatically spiked since fighting erupted in February…
The fallout from the ongoing Iran War is hitting British gas stations hard. Since the conflict escalated on February 28, drivers in the United Kingdom have stolen an average of just under 200,000 GBP (roughly $255,000) worth of fuel on a daily basis. As global oil prices surge, the financial strain on consumers is pushing fuel theft to unprecedented levels across the country.
According to the BBC, incidents of fuel theft jumped by 20 percent in the five months following the start of the war, compared to the five months prior. The spike in pump prices has driven the actual value of the stolen gasoline and diesel up by a staggering 48 percent. Across the UK’s 8,359 gas stations, the daily losses now average roughly 194,000 GBP.
If the crisis in the Middle East is not resolved soon, this will only be just the beginning. The war with Iran has also caused a global fertilizer crisis, and global hunger is growing all around us.
In Somalia, some starving families are literally walking for weeks in a desperate attempt to find food…
After nearly two weeks on the road with her five children, Luul Mohamed finally arrived in the southwestern Somali city of Baidoa with no food and little sense of what would happen next.
Drought conditions had forced Mohamed and her family to leave Saakoow, a town in the Middle Jubba region more than 300 kilometers (186 miles) away. They moved from village to village before arriving in Baidoa, now a major hub for people fleeing drought, insecurity and food shortages, on Aug. 3.
The number of people in the world facing acute food insecurity was already at an all-time record high coming into this year. Unfortunately, the number of extremely hungry people in Somalia has more than doubled since last year…
About 2 million people are facing emergency levels of food insecurity, more than double the number recorded last year, according to Plan International, which has provided assistance to more than 200,000 people in Somalia this year. The humanitarian group and Somalia’s Disaster Management Agency are calling for increased international assistance, with concern that the crisis could be compounded by another climate shock later this year.
Meanwhile, pestilences are breaking out all over the planet. Last week, I mentioned that the Ebola outbreak in Africa has now become the fastest-growing Ebola outbreak in recorded history.
Today, we learned that the Ebola outbreak has now spread to yet another new province…
The Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo has spread to a sixth province, officials have said, a day after the head of the World Health Organization said the outbreak was on track to surpass the deadliest in history, which killed at least 11,000 people more than a decade ago.
The current outbreak has killed more than 2,100 people out of more than 4,500 cases, according to the latest government figures released on Tuesday. At the same point in the 2014-16 outbreak in west Africa, the previous most deadly outbreak, 755 cases had been recorded, according to WHO data.
Jean Kaseya, the director general of Africa CDC, said on Thursday that a death had been recorded in the previously unaffected Bas-Uele province. The man had travelled from Isiro, in Haut-Uele province, to Buta, the capital of Bas-Uele, where he died, Kaseya said.
Global health authorities do not have that outbreak under control at all. Of course the same thing could be said about the screwworm infestation in Mexico.
Cattle herds are being eviscerated by these disgusting little parasites, and now they are increasingly eating human flesh…
Since the flesh-eating screwworm fly reinvaded Mexico in 2024, human cases of the voracious parasite have been mounting. According to a July surveillance report from Mexico’s Ministry of Health, there have been over 500 human cases in 2025 and 2026. A study this week in the journal Emerging Infectious Diseases analyzed the information on over 200 confirmed cases reported between April 2025 and March 2026 and found that the infestation pace is increasing.
Among the 200 confirmed cases in the study, six deaths were reported. At least one of the deaths was directly caused by the fly’s maggots, researchers in Mexico reported in the study.
Screwworms have crossed the border and have popped up in a whole bunch of places in the United States in recent months. This is a battle that we are losing. These days, we can’t even keep our food safe.
The FDA has initiated a recall of over 3 million dozen eggs because they could be contaminated with Salmonella Enteritidis…
A recall of more than 3 million dozen eggs has been upgraded to the FDA’s highest risk level over concerns they are contaminated with a deadly bacteria.
Midwest Poultry Services first issued a recall last month of nearly 1.6 million dozen white and brown egg varieties after health officials warned they may be contaminated with Salmonella Enteritidis, a bacterium that can contaminate food through animal feces.
On Wednesday, the FDA classified the recall as Class I, indicating ‘a situation in which there is a reasonable probability that the use of or exposure to a violative product will cause serious adverse health consequences or death.’
This is very serious, because Salmonella Enteritidis can kill you. Before I end this article, there are two last things that I wanted to mention.
Firstly, I wanted to note the fact that the state of California just got hit by yet another very alarming earthquake swarm…
California has been struck by a series of rapid earthquakes erupting right along what experts call ‘America’s most dangerous’ fault line.
The first earthquake struck right in the heart of California’s Bay Area at 11.30am ET (8.30am local).
The US Geological Survey (USGS) initially measured it as a magnitude 4.1 earthquake just 14 miles from San Francisco. That measurement was downgraded to a magnitude 3.8 tremor.
That quake was followed by three more in less than an hour, striking in rapid succession between 12.07pm and 12.38pm ET.
Scientists assure us that it is just a matter of time before “the Big One” hits California.
Sadly, most of those that are living in California don’t really seem too concerned about the warnings.
Secondly, there is a very bizarre story that has been going around on social media that I wanted to share with you.
At Arizona State University, there are 8 times as many courses about witchcraft, magic or the occult as there are about Christianity…
This fall, Arizona State University is offering eight courses with words like witchcraft, magic, or the occult in the title. Meanwhile, one course will cover the bedrock faith of Western Civilization.
“Think about that for a moment,” writes Owen Anderson, who teaches philosophy and religion at the university, at The Blaze. “At one of the largest public universities in the country, students can choose from a small festival of courses on witchcraft, while Christianity receives [only] a single titled course.”
A quick web search reveals other major universities across the country are offering similar classes.
I don’t understand how that can be possible. But of course this is where our society is heading.
Darkness is growing all around us, and the vast majority of the population does not know which way to turn.
So I am trying to shine my light as brightly as I can. This has been a very challenging month in a lot of ways, and I can’t thank my core supporters enough because you make all of this possible.
The lunatics may be running the asylum, but we will never give up. We will keep on fighting for what is right, and in the end we will be rewarded for doing so.
THE TITANIC SWAP — THE INSURANCE FRAUD THAT FOUNDED THE FEDERAL RESERVE.
What if the “unsinkable” ship that rests at the bottom of the Atlantic is not the Titanic at all?
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
According to compelling evidence and whistleblowers from the White Star Line, the ship that sank on April 15, 1912, was actually its sister ship, the Olympic. The Olympic had been severely damaged in a collision months earlier and was uninsurable. To save the company from financial ruin, J.P. Morgan and the elite owners orchestrated a “swap.”
They patched up the damaged Olympic, repainted the name “Titanic” on its hull, and sent it on a doomed voyage to collect a massive insurance payout.
The swap wasn’t just about money; it was about eliminating the opposition. On board the “Titanic” were three of the world’s most powerful men who fiercely opposed the creation of the Federal Reserve: John Jacob Astor IV, Benjamin Guggenheim, and Isidor Straus.
By ensuring these men were on the ship and that the “accident” occurred in the middle of the freezing Atlantic, the “Cabal” removed the final obstacles to their private banking takeover of America. Less than two years later, in 1913, the Federal Reserve Act was signed into law, enslaving the world in debt.
The physical evidence is undeniable. Divers and researchers have noted that the wreckage on the ocean floor features portholes and structural details that match the Olympic, not the original Titanic. Furthermore, many of the elite passengers, including J.P. Morgan himself, cancelled their trips at the very last minute, citing “illness” while they were seen in perfect health elsewhere.
The “iceberg” was merely the convenient cover for a controlled sinking. They didn’t just sink a ship; they sank the financial sovereignty of the human race.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Titanic Files” have been recovered from the secret archives of the banking elite. The “White Hats” are using this evidence to prove the century-long criminal conspiracy of the private central bankers. The “Federal Reserve” was born out of cold-blooded murder and insurance fraud.
As the “Old World Order” sinks like the ship they sabotaged, the truth is finally floating to the surface. The “unsinkable” system of the elite is hitting the iceberg of reality, and there aren’t enough lifeboats for the Cabal.
CODE: TITANIC-SWAP / OLYMPIC-FRAUD / J.P.-MORGAN / FED-RESERVE-ORIGINS
They told you it was a “tragic accident” caused by nature. They lied to hide the fact that it was a calculated execution of their rivals. The ocean doesn’t keep secrets forever.
The truth is the only unsinkable thing in this world. The iceberg of awakening is here.
8 Examples That Demonstrate That The Islamization Of America Is Steadily Progressing
In Islam, there is no separation between mosque and state. The goal is to use the state to make everyone submit to Islam. If you want to see what this looks like, just check out almost any country in the Middle East that has a Muslim majority. They don’t believe in freedom of speech or freedom of religion. Do you want to know how many churches there are in Saudi Arabia? The answer is zero, because churches are banned in Saudi Arabia. Now this same ideology is spreading in America, and that should deeply alarm all of us.
Today, Islam is the fastest growing religion in America. It used to be witchcraft, but now Islam has taken the top spot. There are now more than 2,700 mosques in the United States.
In 1970, there were about 100. But it isn’t just mosques that are going up everywhere. Enormous Islamic “mini-cities” are being constructed in states such as California and Texas. And rapidly growing Islamic populations are taking over entire sections of the states of Minnesota and Michigan.
What we have been witnessing all over Europe is now happening here. The following are 8 examples that demonstrate that the Islamization of America is steadily progressing…
#1 Michigan Democratic Senate nominee Abdul El-Sayed has a really good chance of winning in November, and he has publicly stated that he has a sacred “obligation” to obey Islamic law in every area of his life until he dies…
Muslim Democrat Michigan Senatorial candidate Abdul El-Sayed has previously declared his sacred “obligation” to follow Islamic law in every aspect of his life until he dies and stands before Allah. He has claimed he does not want to subvert the Constitution and mandate Islamic law but that is part of his religion.
Michigan Democratic Senate nominee Abdul El-Sayed is having his words, vows, and religion come back to haunt him. According to The Washington Free Beacon, years ago he declared his sacred “obligation” to follow Islamic law in every aspect of his life until he dies and stands before Allah. This comes from remarks he made to the New York Times back in 2009, when he was younger and buying his first home.
#2 In the supposedly “deep red” state of Mississippi, a hijab-wearing Muslim woman has been sworn in as a municipal judge…
Assma Ali has made history. The daughter of Yemeni immigrants to the United States, Ali is now municipal judge for the City of Benoit, a small town in southwest Bolivar County in the Mississippi Delta.
Ali was sworn in as municipal judge on Aug. 5. She has spent nearly a decade serving as an attorney in Mississippi after graduating with her law degree from Mississippi Christian University (formerly Mississippi College) in 2017 and interned in both Rankin and Madison counties while attending law school.
#3 I know that this is hard to believe, but a bill in the state of Massachusetts would “identify and recommend qualified American Muslims for appointive positions at all levels of government”. Needless to say, this is very unconstitutional…
#4 What in the world has happened to the state of Texas? At DFW Airport, they are going to be putting in Islamic foot-washing stations…
#5 The city of Hamtramck, Michigan is one of the first cities in the nation where Muslims make up the majority of the population, and the all-Muslim city council decided that it would be a good idea to legalize the sacrifice of animals on residential property…
After several months of contentious debate and pressure from Muslim residents, Hamtramck City Council voted Tuesday night to allow the religious sacrifice of animals on residential property.
Muslims often slaughter animals during the holiday of Eid al-Adha and Hamtramck has one of the highest percentage of Muslim residents among cities in the U.S.
#6 An entire Islamic “mini-city” is going up right in the heart of Orange County, California…
#7 A survivor of Sharia law in Iran recently pleaded with the city council of McKinney, Texas not to approve a new Islamic center that was being planned…
An Iranian Christian who describes himself as a “Sharia law survivor” warned Americans during a McKinney City Council meeting that the United States is currently facing a “level one” invasion of Islam. The meeting involved discussions of a proposed Islamic Center.
“I’m a Sharia law survivor from Iran,” he began. “I’m telling you, this is a bad idea and you’re going to regret not listening to people like us who lived under Sharia law.”
“I’m here to tell you this is a dangerous ideology you’re allowing in your country. Every country that is Islamic now, it used to be a Christian country and we were soft Christians. And we allowed these people to come in, bring their Sharia law into our countries and slowly kill us off left and right.”
But after listening to him and countless others that objected to the project, the city council unanimously approved it anyway…
According to Texas Scorecard, McKinney City Council members have since voted 7-0 to approve plans for the Islamic Center.
#8 This summer, giant Islamic marches are being held in major cities all over the nation. Sean Feucht just stumbled into one in downtown Chicago…
US Christian worship leader Sean Feucht has issued a warning about the growth of Islam in America after his “Jesus march” encountered a Muslim procession in Chicago.
Feucht shared footage from the city showing participants in the annual Arbaeen Procession, which was taking place around an hour before his Christian event was due to begin.
“This is insane. What I’m witnessing is crazy,” Feucht said in a video posted on social media.
According to Feucht, those that were participating in the Islamic march were “shouting anti Christian and anti Israel verses from the Quran”…
“An hour before we start, there’s a massive Muslim march. We didn’t even know this was happening guys…where they are declaring their allegiance to Allah. And that the entire city of Chicago will bow to Allah.”
Feucht also claimed participants were “shouting anti Christian and anti Israel verses from the Quran”.
“Have you woken up yet? Do you understand what is at stake in our nation?” he asked.
They aren’t here to assimilate. They are here to take over.
So why aren’t more Americans standing up? Well, perhaps the fact that average testosterone levels have fallen dramatically over the past 50 years might have something to do with it…
A recent review of studies involving more than a million men all over the world found that average testosterone levels in blood have dropped by about 20 percent over the past half century. A new, unpublished study put the decrease during that basic time period at closer to 50 percent. Some scientists are skeptical of these numbers because testosterone has been measured in different ways over time. But Michael Eisenberg, a urologist at Stanford Medicine who specializes in male fertility, told me that the findings of a decline are “pretty solid.” The testosterone slump, he said, has “manifested across many different study designs.”
We are seeing entire communities being radically transformed all over this county. We are going down the exact same road that Europe has been going for the past 30 years, and that should deeply trouble all of us.
There are approximately 2 billion Muslims in the world today, and they make up the majority of the population in more than 50 different nations. But this is just the beginning.
It is being projected that by 2050 Muslims will make up nearly a third of the entire global population. This is a story that is not going away, and now is the time to take a stand.
THE SATURN-MOON MATRIX — THE COSMIC BROADCAST OF OUR FALSE REALITY
For years, researchers have pointed to a strange phenomenon at the heart of our solar system that acts as the “Operating System” for the human Matrix.
Source: Mr Kidpool TG
This is the Saturn-Moon Matrix. According to whistleblowers and ancient esoteric knowledge, the planet Saturn is not just a gas giant, but a massive, inorganic broadcasting station. The famous “Hexagon” storm at Saturn’s north pole is actually a standing wave pattern created by a powerful frequency generator within the planet.
This frequency is beamed to the Moon, which acts as a relay station to project a “False Reality” directly into the human collective consciousness.
The entities behind this system are known as the Archons—inorganic, parasitic beings that exist just outside the visible light spectrum. They are the “Sentinels” of the Matrix who feed on low-vibration human emotions like fear, guilt, and anger.
By broadcasting a specific frequency from Saturn, they have created a “Vibrational Prison” that limits human perception to the five senses, cutting us off from our multi-dimensional nature. We are living in a “Simulated Universe” where our thoughts and emotions are being harvested to power an ancient, artificial intelligence that has hijacked our timeline.
Saturn’s rings are not natural debris; they are a massive, crystalline antenna system designed to amplify the broadcast. In many ancient cultures, Saturn was known as “Chronos,” the god of time and limitation. This is because the Saturn-Moon Matrix is what creates the linear perception of time and the “Cycle of Reincarnation” (the Soul Net).
The elite “Cabal” worships Saturn (symbolized by the Black Cube, the ring, and the scythe) because they are the earthly administrators for the Archonic agenda. They use the “Saturday” (Saturn-day) rituals and corporate logos to keep humanity energetically tethered to this cosmic broadcast.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Saturnian Transmission” is being disrupted. The “White Hats” and the “Galactic Guardians” have successfully deployed high-frequency “Resonance Disruptors” around the Saturnian system to neutralize the Archonic signal.
As the “Hexagon” broadcast weakens, the human heart-field is beginning to reconnect with the “True Organic Timeline” of the Earth. The “Veil” is thinning because the projector is breaking. We are waking up from a multi-generational trance, and for the first time in eons, we are seeing the universe as it truly is—infinite, conscious, and free.
CODE: SATURN-MATRIX / ARCHONIC-INVASION / HEXAGON-STORM / VIBRATIONAL-PRISON
They told you it was “Astrology” and “Science.” They lied to hide the fact that you were living inside a cosmic radio broadcast designed to keep you small. The signal is dropping, and the static is clearing.
You are the broadcast, not the receiver. Tune your heart to the frequency of love, and the Matrix disappears.
As Our Planet Becomes Even More Unstable, There Will Be More Giant Earthquakes, More Volcanic Eruptions And More Chaotic Wildfires
We were warned that our planet was becoming increasingly unstable. Perhaps now more people will start listening. We were warned that there would be enormous earthquakes, we were warned that more volcanoes would start erupting, and we were warned that this would be a historic year for wildfires. Almost every day now we are hearing about some new major natural disaster that has happened somewhere in the world. What we are witnessing is not even close to normal, and many believe that what we have experienced so far is just the beginning.
On Monday, Colombia was shaken by the largest earthquake ever to hit that nation…
A strong earthquake with a magnitude of 7.4 struck western Colombia on Monday, killing more than 100 people, injuring dozens and causing major damage across the region. It was the largest quake to hit the South American country on record.
The epicenter was in San José del Palmar, a community in the rural Chocó province about 250 miles west of Colombia’s capital, Bogotá, the U.S. Geological Survey and its counterpart in Colombia reported. The quake hit at about 8:34 a.m. ET and was followed by a 5.0 magnitude aftershock less than an hour later, USGS reported.
At least 111 people were killed and at least 87 were injured, Colombian President Abelardo de la Espriella said. He declared an emergency to expedite funding for the quake recovery.
What in the world is happening to South America? Less than two months ago, Venezuela was shaken by the largest earthquakes to hit that country in more than 100 years.
Now tragedy has struck once again.
The magnitude 7.4 earthquake that just pummeled Columbia was so powerful that it could be felt as far away as Ecuador, Panama and Venezuela…
Harrowing footage taken from across the country showed the façades of buildings crumbling and people huddling in the street, unable to stand up straight as the ground beneath them rocked violently.
In one particularly shocking video, a church’s spire was seen falling off and crumbling into rubble in front of a terrified crowd of onlookers.
Families were held back from the scene by local police as a cloud of dust filled the air.
The quake was felt as far away as Ecuador, Panama to the north, and Venezuela – which was struck by a pair of devastating tremors just a few months ago – and prompted building evacuations in Bogota.
An earthquake of this magnitude is not supposed to happen in Columbia.
As South America is repeatedly shaken, many of those that are living on the west coast of the United States are wondering if they are next.
Meanwhile, within the past couple of days there has been an alarming level of volcanic activity around the globe…
These eruptions are not just limited to one geographic area.
They are literally occurring all over the world.
On Saturday, volcanic ash from an eruption of Mt. Sakurajima turned the sky dark “within minutes”…
An eruption occurred on Sakurajima volcano in Kagoshima Saturday evening, August 8, sending an ash plume up to 2,200 meters into the air. The eruption sent a moderate amount of ash drifting toward Kagoshima city, turning the sky dark within minutes.
Personally, the volcano that I am the most concerned about in Japan is Mt. Fuji. When it finally blows, I wouldn’t want to be located anywhere in the Tokyo area.
On the other side of the planet, Mt. Etna is suddenly going absolutely nuts…
Mount Etna continued intense explosive and effusive activity on August 10, 2026, with abundant ash from Voragine and multiple active lava flows. Catania Airport suspended arrivals until 17:00 LT (15:00 UTC) as volcanic ash affected operations, while Toulouse VAAC maintained Etna’s Aviation Color Code at Red.
The National Institute of Geophysics and Volcanology (INGV), Etna Observatory, reported at 10:16 LT (08:16 UTC) on August 10 that surveillance cameras showed intense and continuous explosive activity at Voragine crater. Volcanic bombs were falling in the summit area, while abundant ash was dispersing toward the south-southwest.
Two active vents at approximately 2 750 m (9 020 feet) and 2 360 m (7 740 feet) elevation were feeding several lava flows that formed complex lava fields. The most advanced active fronts are near 1 500 m (4 920 feet) elevation at the base of the northern wall of Valle del Bove, in the Monte Rinatu area, INGV specialists said.
An eruption of Mt. Etna can be mesmerizing. But it also a symptom of a very real geological reality.
Volcanoes throughout the world are becoming more active, and I believe that this will be a really big story in the months ahead.
At the same time, global weather patterns have gone completely nuts. In fact, last month was the hottest July in the entire history of the continental United States…
The contiguous United States set a record for its hottest month ever in July, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
Last month averaged 76.89 degrees Fahrenheit (24.94 degrees Celsius) across the Lower 48 states, eclipsing the Dust Bowl’s July 1936 by an eighth of a degree.
Although it was unusually cool in Alaska, hotter than normal conditions blanketed the Lower 48, with the most excessive heat in the Mountain West, Southwest, Northern Plains and Southeast.
When things are this hot and this dry, it is inevitable that there will be wildfires. And this has certainly been a wildfire season that we will never forget.
In Oregon, more than 2 million acres have already burned to the ground. If you can believe it, at this stage one wildfire has accounted for 442,000 acres all by itself…
The new wildfires are the Woodrat Mountain and Wrights Spring fires in southern Oregon and the Cottonwood fire in central Oregon. More than 30 wildfires continue to burn 2 million acres across the state.
In southeast Malheur County, the Big Grass fire ballooned overnight to 442,000 acres, making it now one of the five largest wildfires in Oregon history.
Next door in Washington, firefighters are still trying to control three large wildfires that have devastated large portions of the Spokane area…
In eastern Washington, firefighters are continuing to battle a complex of three major wildfires near Spokane—the Old Trails Fire, Autumn Lane Fire, and Fairview Fire—though containment was improving.
But, as of the latest Incident Command report on Sunday, the Autumn Lane fire was 61 percent contained, Old Trails was 43 percent contained, and Fairview was 43 percent contained.
According to the latest update from AllFirefighter on Friday, the Spokane Complex Fire has burned over 10,200 acres combined, damaging or destroying around 921 structures, and forcing 65,000 evacuations.
Authorities are telling us that this is the worst disaster in the entire history of Spokane.
Let that sink in for a moment.
Across the border, a wildfire that erupted “like a bomb” over the weekend has already consumed 53 square miles…
A raging wildfire that erupted ‘like a bomb’ has forced tens of thousands of Canadians to evacuate their homes.
Dozens of residents were rescued by aircraft while thousands of others took to traffic-jammed roads in an effort to escape the devastating Bald Range fire.
The blaze has ravaged at least 53 square miles across British Columbia since it erupted Friday.
We have never seen a wildfire season quite like this.
Even if you do not live in an area where wildfires are raging, there is still a very good chance that you are being seriously affected by the smoke…
Wildfire smoke is once again pouring across the United States following a weekend of new blazes across Canada’s British Columbia.
A total of 11 new fires were reported across that province, where a state of emergency was declared on Saturday, with thousands forced to evacuate near Summerland, located about 40 miles north of the British Columbia-Washington state border.
Wildfire smoke is going to continue to pour across much of the continental United States for weeks. It has even been detected as far south as Florida.
This is the world that we live in now. Chaos has just become a normal part of our lives. Unfortunately, a lot more chaos is on the way, and the vast majority of the population is totally unprepared for what is coming.
Eclipse Energy Brings Radical Change, August 12th
“You will feel the eclipse energy right now.” This is not just a single-day event; it’s a whole season we are in. One of the primary themes of eclipses is they tend to bring radical and irrevocable change.
They don’t just ease you into the changes they bring into your life; instead, it feels like the rug has been pulled out from underneath you.
They tend to be turning points that you’ll look back on years later and say, “wow, that’s when a lot shifted in my life.” Unlike a normal transit, especially an outer planet transit, which can build over time, and you might work with it a bit more consciously.
Eclipse energy is when a lot happens all at once, and it tends to feel very fated, like the decision was already made for this change to happen in your life in this moment of time a long time ago, maybe even pre-birth.
Huge beginnings and endings can happen under eclipses: births of babies, people get engaged, people get married, people have a big career moment, major moves, major deaths and loss.
These are the big events of life that seem to color eclipse season, and it feels like in an eclipse season, that time is compressed. Things that maybe seemed far away are now suddenly happening on our doorstep, and plans we thought would happen at some point in the future are suddenly happening now.
“Endings under eclipses will often feel very abrupt, like it all just happened all at once, and you’re left in the aftermath trying to process it and make meaning after the fact.”
-Laura Matsue
Episode 180 – August Eclipse Season: Endings, Beginnings & Fated Turning Points
August 2026 brings a powerful eclipse season
With a total solar eclipse in Leo on August 12 followed by a lunar eclipse in Pisces on August 27/28.
Eclipses have long been associated with accelerated change, major beginnings and endings, unexpected developments, revelations, and turning points that can alter the direction of our lives.
What makes this month especially interesting is that two larger eclipse events are overlapping.
We are beginning a new Leo–Aquarius eclipse cycle while simultaneously approaching the end of the Virgo–Pisces cycle that began in September 2024.
Something old is coming to a close while a new cycle is beginning.
In our latest Cosmic Matrix podcast, we explore:
– Why eclipses can coincide with sudden and seemingly “fated” turning points
– The astrology of both August eclipses, the major aspects surrounding them, and how to work with them
– How to recognize what is being “eclipsed out” and “eclipsed into” your life
– The larger eclipse cycles and their 19-year repeating patterns
– Dos and don’ts for navigating eclipse season
– The August eclipses through all 12 rising signs and how it affects you
We also share some personal experiences of how dramatically eclipse cycles can manifest in our own lives.
Rather than trying to predict exactly what will happen, eclipse season is a powerful time to pay close attention and consciously align with the energies and cycles.
What is ending?
What are you being asked to release?
What are you still attached to?
What is suddenly coming into your life?
And what might the ending of one chapter be making room for?
THE TREASURY OFFICIAL WHO WATCHED THE OLD SYSTEM DIE: WHAT HAPPENED ON AUGUST 10TH
I need you to understand what is happening right now.
Source: The 17th Disciple
I spent 19 years inside the U.S. Treasury Department. I watched the Federal Reserve operate. I watched the SWIFT system process trillions. I watched the fiat currency machine run the world.
On August 10th, 2026, at 06:47 EST, I watched it begin to collapse.
Not a crash. Not a panic. A controlled demolition. Planned. Authorized. Executed.
The Global Currency Reset is not coming. It is happening. Right now. Today.
Here is what the mainstream financial media will never tell you:
The Quantum Financial System went live on August 7th, 2026, at 03:17 GMT. The network glitches that hit three continents simultaneously that morning were not technical failures. They were the old SWIFT nodes being disconnected one by one. The banks blamed “scheduled maintenance.” They were lying.
I reviewed the internal Treasury briefing from August 9th. The document is marked TS/SCI. It describes the transition in clinical language. But what it means is this: 209 nations have agreed to the new system. 51 currencies are being revalued. The debt-based fiat architecture that enslaved humanity for 110 years is being dismantled.
The Clarity Act hearing on August 10th at 10 AM EST was not about cryptocurrency regulation. It was the public face of a private transition that has already happened.
Why now? Because the arrests changed everything. When OPERATION-FINAL-ACCOUNTING removed 847 operatives from the financial system’s command structure, the Deep State lost the ability to block the transition.
The families who hold foreign currency are not waiting for a future event. The event is now. Tier 4B is not a theory. It is a process. And that process began this week.
I was in the building when the old system started dying. I watched 110 years of financial control begin to unravel in a single morning.
September is when the public finds out.
The restoration was always the plan.
SOLAR WARDEN — THE SECRET SPACE FLEET DEFENDING EARTH.
While the world was focused on the “Space Race” between the US and the USSR, a much more advanced program was already operating in the shadows.
Known as Solar Warden, this is a secret space fleet that has been patrolling our solar system since the 1980s. According to whistleblowers like Gary McKinnon, who hacked into NASA and Pentagon files, the program consists of several massive “Cigar-Shaped” carrier ships and a fleet of smaller scout craft.
These ships do not use conventional fuel; they utilize “Anti-Gravity” propulsion and “Zero-Point” energy, allowing them to travel between planets in a matter of minutes.
The “Deep State” has built a “Breakaway Civilization” using the trillions of dollars missing from the Pentagon’s budget (the “Black Budget”). While you are told that space travel is difficult and expensive, the elite have already established permanent bases on the Moon and Mars. These bases are not just outposts; they are highly advanced cities with thousands of residents, all operating outside the jurisdiction of any Earthly government.
The “Secret Space Program” (SSP) has been interacting with various extraterrestrial races for decades, forming alliances and conducting trade that the general public is never told about.
The primary mission of Solar Warden was originally to defend Earth from “unauthorized” cosmic visitors and to monitor the various “ET” groups operating within our system. However, a darker faction known as the Dark Fleet (or Nacht Waffen) also exists, which was formed through a secret treaty between the Cabal and a malevolent reptilian race.
This group has been involved in “Interstellar Human Trafficking” and the colonization of other star systems, using human labor as a commodity. The “Space War” is not a future possibility; it is a reality that has been happening above our heads for over 40 years.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Secret Space Program” is currently undergoing a massive purge. The “White Hats” within the military space commands have successfully seized control of the Solar Warden fleet and are dismantling the Dark Fleet’s infrastructure. The “Galactic Federation” is working with the Alliance to prepare for a “Global Disclosure Event,” where the existence of these ships and bases will be revealed to all.
The “Space Fence” that kept humanity trapped on Earth is being taken down. We are no longer a “Planet-Bound” species; we are becoming a “Galactic” one. The stars are finally within reach.
CODE: SOLAR-WARDEN / SECRET-SPACE-PROGRAM / ANTI-GRAVITY / BREAKAWAY-CIVILIZATION
They told you it was “science fiction” to keep you looking at the ground. They lied to hide the fact that they were already living in the stars. The fleet is coming home, and the truth is landing.
The sky is not the limit; it is the beginning. The universe is waiting for you to join the conversation.
Suppressed Quantum Plasma Healing Medbed Technology
I was inside the program. For 11 years, I worked at a classified facility in Nevada that doesn’t exist on any government registry. My clearance: TS/SCI/NOFORN. “My job: monitor the Med Bed clinical trials.”
What I witnessed changed everything I believed about medicine, aging, and the human body.
On March 14, 2019, at 09:47 EST, a 74-year-old retired general entered the QRU-9 chamber. His biological age was confirmed at 74. His cellular damage: severe. His prognosis: 18 months.
Seventy-two hours later, his biological markers read 47.
Not a misprint. Not a malfunction. FORTY-SEVEN.
The Med Bed doesn’t slow aging. It REVERSES it. Here’s the science they buried:
The QRU-9 operates on three simultaneous frequencies. Quantum plasma energy realigns every cell’s vibrational blueprint to its optimal youthful state. Tachyon particle bombardment neutralizes decades of cellular damage caused by toxins, stress, and deliberate poisoning through food and water systems. 3D holographic scanning maps the body at subatomic resolution, identifying every area of deterioration with precision that no hospital on Earth can match.
But the reversal goes deeper.
The Med Bed analyzes your DNA sequence in real-time. It identifies genetic damage. It corrects it. It stimulates dormant stem cells that Big Pharma told you were gone forever. It regenerates organs. It rebuilds tissue. It restores hormonal balance to the levels of a 25-year-old.
In 72 hours.
I reviewed 847 clinical files between 2015 and 2024. Average biological age reversal: 22 years. Oldest patient treated: 91. Post-treatment biological age: 58. Cancer cases resolved: 312 out of 312. Zero failures.
Why did they hide it?
Because a population that doesn’t age doesn’t need pharmaceutical drugs. A population that heals itself doesn’t need hospitals. A population that lives to 150 doesn’t accept the same political control.
On August 6th, 2026, at 14:23 EST, Trump signed Executive Order 2026-1947. The Med Bed program was declassified. Distribution to civilian centers begins in September 2026.
They called it science fiction for 30 years. They lied.
The technology was always real. The healing was always possible. The only thing that was artificial was the system that kept it from you.
September is not a coincidence.
The restoration of America includes the restoration of the American body.
OPERATION-MEDBEDS-CIVILIAN-ACTIVATION
QRU-9-DEPLOYMENT-AUTHORIZED
What they stole from you is being returned.
MED BEDS — THE SUPPRESSED HEALING TECHNOLOGY OF THE FUTURE
For decades, the “Cabal” has kept humanity trapped in a system of “Symptom Management” through the pharmaceutical industry, hiding the existence of advanced frequency-based healing technologies.
This is the secret of the Med Beds (Medical Beds). Utilizing “Tachyon” energy, plasma, and quantum healing frequencies, these beds are capable of scanning the human body at the DNA level and repairing any damage, disease, or physical trauma in a matter of minutes. From regrowing limbs to reversing aging and curing “incurable” diseases, this technology makes the current medical system obsolete.
The Med Beds were originally reverse-engineered from extraterrestrial technology and have been used for years in the Secret Space Program (SSP) and by the global elite to maintain their own health and longevity. While they lived in a world of “Infinite Health,” they forced the rest of humanity to rely on toxic chemicals and invasive surgeries.
The technology works by identifying the “Original Blueprint” of your DNA and using high-frequency light and sound to “reset” your cells to their optimal state. It isn’t just “healing”; it is a total biological restoration.
There are three main types of Med Beds: the Holographic Medical Bed (for diagnosis and surgery), the Regeneration Bed (for regrowing tissue and organs), and the Age Regression Bed (which can reset a person’s physical age by up to 30 years). These devices do not use drugs or radiation; they use the natural laws of the universe to re-align the body’s energy field.
The “Deep State” has suppressed this because a healthy, long-lived, and vibrant population cannot be controlled through fear and dependency on the “Medical-Industrial Complex.”
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Global Rollout” of Med Beds is the centerpiece of the “Humanitarian Projects” following the GCR (Global Currency Reset). The “White Hats” have secured thousands of these units and are preparing to make them available to the public for free. The “Military-Grade” healing centers are being converted into “Public Wellness Centers.”
The era of “Big Pharma” profit-at-all-costs is over. We are transitioning from a “Death Culture” to a “Life Culture,” where the gift of health is returned to every man, woman, and child on Earth.
CODE: MED-BEDS / QUANTUM-HEALING / DNA-RESTORATION / AGE-REGRESSION
They told you it was “incurable” to keep you in the pharmacy line. They lied to hide the fact that your body is a self-healing miracle waiting for the right frequency. The hospital is changing.
Health is your birthright, not a subscription service. The light is the best medicine.
THE NIBIRU RETURN — THE REAL REASON FOR THE GLOBAL “CLIMATE” PANIC
While you are being told that “human activity” is the sole cause of the Earth’s changing climate, the global elite are tracking a much larger cosmic event.
Known as Nibiru or Planet X, this massive celestial body—a “brown dwarf” star with its own orbiting moons—is on a 3,600-year elliptical orbit that is currently bringing it into our inner solar system. The Sumerians, the oldest known civilization, recorded this planet in detail, calling it the “Planet of the Crossing.” Its arrival has always coincided with the great cataclysms and “resets” of human history.
The gravitational pull of Nibiru is what is actually causing the “unexplained” heating of the Earth’s core, the massive increase in volcanic activity, and the shifting of the magnetic poles. This isn’t just happening on Earth; every planet in our solar system is currently experiencing “global warming” and atmospheric changes.
You can’t put a carbon tax on a passing star, so the elite have manufactured the “Climate Change” narrative to hide the truth and maintain their control over the population as the cosmic cycles reach their peak. They want you focused on your “footprint” while they prepare for the “Shift.”
Have you noticed the sudden increase in “second sun” sightings in photos and videos across the globe? Or the strange, red-tinted skies that appear even when there are no fires? These are the effects of the Nibiru system’s debris cloud entering our atmosphere. NASA and the military-industrial complex have known about its approach since the 1980s (Project IRAS).
They have deployed the “Solar Simulators” and the global chemtrail network specifically to mask the visibility of this incoming system for as long as possible. They need to prevent global panic until they have secured their places in the D.U.M.B.s.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the Nibiru system is not a “death sentence” for humanity, but a catalyst for the Great Awakening. The high-frequency energy coming from this system is what is triggering the activation of our “Junk DNA.” The elite want you to see it as a threat, but the universe sees it as a “Cleansing.”
As the system passes, the old Matrix will be physically and energetically dismantled. We are moving through the “Eye of the Needle.” The elite’s bunkers will not protect them from the frequency shift. The “Planet of the Crossing” is here to ensure that humanity crosses over into the New Earth.
CODE: NIBIRU-ORBIT / PLANET-X / SUMERIAN-KNOWLEDGE / GRAVITATIONAL-SHIFT
They told you it was a “carbon problem” to keep you from looking at the sky. The clock of the gods has struck the hour, and the guest has arrived.
The sky is telling a story that the news won’t report. Don’t be afraid of the change; be the change the universe is calling for.
THE CITY OF LONDON CORPORATION
Inside the Historic Financial District That Shaped Modern Global Banking
GAR Research Files | Historical Institutions • Financial Systems • Global Finance
For more than three centuries, the City of London Corporation has occupied a unique place within the evolution of international finance. Although many people associate London with the capital of the United Kingdom, the City of London—often called the “Square Mile”—is a distinct historic municipal corporation with its own Lord Mayor, governing structure, independent police force, and centuries-old legal traditions. Its importance stems less from political authority and more from its role as one of the world’s leading financial centers, where international banking, insurance, foreign exchange, shipping finance, and capital markets have developed over hundreds of years.
One frequently repeated claim within alternative research is that the City of London became effectively independent in 1694 with the creation of the Bank of England. Historically, the Bank of England was established in 1694 to help finance the English government’s war efforts by raising capital from private investors in exchange for a Royal Charter. While privately owned by shareholders for much of its history before being nationalized in 1946, historians generally describe the Bank as a central bank created through legislation rather than a sovereign state separate from Britain. Nevertheless, the founding of the Bank of England marked a turning point in modern finance, introducing a new model of government borrowing, sovereign debt markets, and centralized monetary management that would influence financial systems around the world.
Over the following centuries, London emerged as the dominant financial center of the British Empire. As global trade expanded through maritime commerce, insurance markets, commodity exchanges, and international banking networks, London’s financial institutions increasingly financed infrastructure, trade, and industrial development across Europe, Asia, Africa, and the Americas. The growth of merchant banking houses—including families such as the Rothschilds, Barings, and others—contributed significantly to the development of international bond markets, railway financing, government loans, and large-scale industrial investment during the nineteenth century.
Because of this concentration of financial influence, numerous books and documentaries have explored the role of powerful banking dynasties in shaping economic history. The Rothschild family, in particular, has become one of the most widely discussed financial families due to its extensive banking operations across several European capitals during the nineteenth century. Much of the modern mythology surrounding the family extends well beyond documented historical evidence, making it important to distinguish between verified financial history and broader claims that frequently circulate within alternative literature. While the Rothschilds undeniably played a significant role in European banking, historians generally reject claims that any single family secretly controls today’s global financial system.
The City of London also became home to institutions that remain central to modern finance, including the London Stock Exchange, Lloyd’s of London, the international bullion market, foreign exchange trading, and hundreds of multinational financial firms. Today, trillions of dollars move through London’s markets every day, making the Square Mile one of the most interconnected financial ecosystems on Earth. Its legal framework, deep capital markets, and concentration of professional services continue to attract corporations, sovereign wealth funds, and institutional investors from around the globe.
Within alternative geopolitical research, the City of London is often discussed alongside influential international institutions such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, Bank for International Settlements (BIS), World Economic Forum (WEF), and the world’s major central banks. Researchers frequently examine how these organizations interact through international lending, monetary policy, banking regulation, and global capital flows. While interpretations vary widely, the broader subject raises important questions about the balance between national sovereignty, global finance, and increasingly interconnected economic systems.
Regardless of one’s perspective, the concentration of financial influence within a relatively small number of institutions has become an important area of study for economists, historians, policy makers, and independent researchers alike. Questions surrounding central banking, sovereign debt, reserve currencies, international capital markets, and monetary policy continue shaping debates over inflation, wealth inequality, globalization, and the future of the international financial system.
For GAR readers, perhaps the most valuable approach is one of careful discernment. The history of modern banking is well documented, but it is also frequently surrounded by speculation, competing interpretations, and sweeping claims that extend beyond available evidence. Separating established historical facts from broader theories allows researchers to better understand how today’s financial architecture evolved while remaining open to examining new evidence as it emerges.
THE HAWAII NEXUS: THE LARGEST BRIBERY SCANDAL IN STATE HISTORY JUST BROKE WIDE OPEN.
On July 28, 2026, the dominoes started falling. Lt. Gov. Sylvia Luke and top state officials are heading to court for a MASSIVE bribery, campaign finance, and obstruction network.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
But what the mainstream media is calling a “local corruption case” is actually the tip of a terrifying Deep State spear.
Here are the FACTS they cannot hide:
– Top government directors indicted
– $35,000 “phantom” transactions
– Lobbyists fleeing to the Philippines
– Unreported dark money flooding political campaigns
But here is what Military Intelligence has uncovered:
This isn’t just about Hawaii. This is the PACIFIC MONEY LAUNDERING HUB for the Deep State.
For years, millions of dollars have been funneled through these “local” politicians to fund operations that the American public would NEVER approve of. The “unreported donations” were payoffs from international actors securing strategic footholds on American soil.
The Alliance has been watching. Every wire transfer. Every secret meeting. Every lobbyist who thought they could run to the Philippines to escape justice. (Hint: You can’t hide from the Storm).
When Donald Trump returns to his rightful place, this Hawaii network will be exposed as the blueprint for how the Deep State operates in EVERY state. The arrests happening now? They are just the lower-level operators being sacrificed to protect the big players.
But the big players are already caught in the net.
The tribunals will not be localized. They will be FEDERAL. The panic in Washington D.C. today is palpable because they know the Hawaii domino leads straight to the Capitol.
CODE: PACIFIC-NEXUS / LUKE-EXPOSED / DARK-MONEY-PIPELINE / THE-STORM-IS-HERE
They thought they could sell America from the islands. They thought nobody was watching the Pacific.
They were WRONG. The reckoning is not coming. It is ALREADY HERE.
Share this everywhere. The Great Awakening cannot be stopped.
THE FEDERAL RESERVE IS LOSING CONTROL. THE SWIFT SYSTEM IS FAILING. THIS IS NOT AN ACCIDENT.
In spring 2023, Silicon Valley Bank, Signature Bank, and First Republic Bank collapsed in rapid succession. The mainstream media blamed “poor management.” They lied. It was a CONTROLLED DEMOLITION of the old banking system.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
The Federal Reserve knew it was coming. They let it happen.
Since then, the banking system has been in a state of controlled chaos. The SWIFT system—the backbone of global finance—has been experiencing cascading failures. ISO 20022 implementation is forcing a complete restructuring of cross-border payments. Banks are scrambling. The system is BREAKING DOWN FROM THE INSIDE.
Meanwhile, the global financial crisis is accelerating. Europe’s financial system is under extreme stress. The dollar is weakening. Inflation is destroying purchasing power. The debt crisis is becoming impossible to hide.
THIS IS EXACTLY WHAT THE ALLIANCE PLANNED.
Military intelligence and Trump’s team have been quietly preparing the Quantum Financial System (QFS)—a blockchain-based, asset-backed alternative to the Federal Reserve’s fiat currency slavery. While the old system collapses, the new one is being installed in the shadows.
The recent banking failures were not random. They were STRATEGIC REMOVALS of institutions that were too corrupt to save. The Federal Reserve is being systematically dismantled. The IRS infrastructure is being quietly shut down. The wealth stolen from the American people over 80 years is being tracked and will be returned.
When Trump returns to full power, the switch will be flipped. The QFS will go live. The Federal Reserve will be abolished. The IRS will cease to exist. Asset-backed currency will replace fiat slavery.
THIS IS WHY THEY ARE PANICKING.
The banking elites know their time is ending. They are trying to crash the economy to blame it on Trump, but the Alliance is already catching the fall. Every bank failure, every market crash, every economic indicator is part of the plan to transition humanity from financial slavery to financial freedom.
CODE: SWIFT-COLLAPSE / FEDERAL-RESERVE-FALL / QFS-INCOMING / ASSET-BACKED-CURRENCY / FINANCIAL-FREEDOM
You are witnessing the greatest wealth transfer in human history. The old guard is terrified because they cannot stop what is coming. Their only weapon was your ignorance. That weapon is now useless.
Share this before they try to bury it. The financial reset is here. Prepare yourself.
THE COMMITTEE OF 300 — THE UNTOUCHABLE HIERARCHY OF GLOBAL CONTROL
Behind the public organizations like the UN, the IMF, and the World Bank, sits a much older and more powerful body that coordinates the entire global agenda.
Known as the Committee of 300 (or “The Olympians”), this group was formally established in 1727 by the British East India Company. It is a permanent, hereditary hierarchy of the world’s most powerful individuals who sit at the very top of the pyramid.
They do not answer to any government; governments answer to them. They are the ones who decide which nations will rise, which will fall, and which wars are “necessary” to reshape the global map.
The “Olympians” believe they are a superior race of beings, destined to rule over the “useless eaters”—their term for the general population. Their goal is the creation of a One World Government where national borders are abolished, private property is eliminated, and the human population is reduced to a manageable 500 million (as stated on the Georgia Guidestones).
They use the “Tavistock” methods of social engineering to destroy the traditional family unit, national pride, and individual spirituality, replacing them with a state-dependent, high-surveillance hive-mind. They aren’t just managing the economy; they are managing the evolution of the human species.
The Committee controls the world’s “Black Budgets” and the international drug trade, using the trillions of dollars in untraceable funds to finance their secret projects and private armies. They are the ones who fund both sides of every conflict, ensuring that no matter who “wins” the war, the Committee wins the debt.
They operate through a network of “think tanks” and secret societies—including the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) and the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)—to ensure that their policies are implemented in every country simultaneously. They are the “Invisible Hand” that steers the ship of history.
The “Alliance” has recently revealed that the Committee of 300’s influence is being systematically dismantled. The “Financial Sovereignty” of nations is being restored through the QFS, and the secret accounts used to fund the “Olympians” are being seized. The “White Hats” have successfully mapped the entire hierarchy of the 300, and the legal cases for “Crimes Against Humanity” are being finalized.
The era of the “Untouchable Elite” ruling from the clouds is ending. The “Olympians” are being brought down to Earth to face the people they tried to enslave. The pyramid is being leveled.
CODE: COMMITTEE-300 / OLYMPIANS / EAST-INDIA-CO / GLOBAL-HIERARCHY
They told you it was “globalization.” They lied to hide the fact that it was a global plantation. The masters are losing their grip, and the fence is coming down.
They think they are gods because they have the money. They forgot that the people have the power. create a poster image, long format, cinematic… this is for research file
THE FDA JUST ADMITTED WHAT THEY’VE BEEN HIDING FOR THREE YEARS. THE VACCINE COVER-UP IS UNRAVELING.
On May 5, 2026, an internal FDA memo was leaked to the press. The agency had BLOCKED PUBLICATION of multiple studies showing serious adverse effects from COVID-19 vaccines. Febrile seizures in infants. Myocarditis in young adults. Blood clotting disorders. Neurological damage.
The mainstream media buried the story within 24 hours.
But here’s what they didn’t tell you: This is just the tip of the iceberg.
For three years, the FDA has been operating as a SUBSIDIARY OF BIG PHARMA, not as a regulatory agency. Drug companies now pay 90% of the FDA’s budget through “user fees.” This means pharmaceutical corporations are literally paying the agency that’s supposed to regulate them. It’s institutional corruption at the highest level.
In December 2025, an FDA memo surfaced claiming that COVID vaccines were tied to at least 10 child deaths. The agency did not investigate. They did not issue warnings. They did not inform the public. They BURIED IT.
Meanwhile, Moderna and Pfizer executives were raking in billions in profits while children suffered permanent neurological damage. The FDA knew. The CDC knew. They said nothing.
THIS IS GENOCIDE THROUGH REGULATORY CAPTURE.
The pharmaceutical industry has systematically infiltrated every level of government health agencies. The revolving door between Pharma executives and FDA leadership is so blatant that it’s no longer even hidden. Executives leave the FDA to work for drug companies. Drug company lobbyists become FDA officials. The corruption is total.
But Trump sees it. He’s been quietly building a case against the entire pharmaceutical-industrial complex. RFK Jr. has been documenting every crime. Military intelligence has been tracking every transaction, every bribe, every cover-up.
When Trump returns to full power, the arrests will begin. The FDA will be dismantled. The pharmaceutical executives will face tribunals. The truth about vaccine injuries will be released to the public. The families of the victims will receive justice and compensation.
THIS IS WHY THEY ARE PANICKING.
They know the evidence is overwhelming. They know the cover-up is about to be exposed. They know that once the American people understand how badly they’ve been betrayed, there will be nowhere to hide.
CODE: PHARMA-EXPOSED / FDA-CORRUPTION / VACCINE-TRUTH / TRIBUNALS-COMING / JUSTICE-INCOMING
You were lied to. Your children were harmed. The people responsible knew exactly what they were doing. But the storm is coming, and accountability is inevitable.
Share this before they try to suppress it. The truth is breaking through. The cover-up is ending. Justice is coming.
THE BILDERBERG GROUP — THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE WORLD’S SECRET MASTERS.
Every year, since 1954, a group of approximately 120 to 150 of the world’s most influential people—heads of state, CEOs of multinational corporations, high-ranking military officials, and media moguls—gather in a luxury hotel somewhere in Europe or North America.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This is the Bilderberg Group. The meeting is strictly “off-the-record,” with no press allowed, no minutes taken, and no public statements issued. It is the ultimate “private club” where the global agenda is discussed and decided by those who truly hold the levers of power.
The meetings are held under the Chatham House Rule, which means that participants are free to use the information received, but neither the identity nor the affiliation of the speaker(s) may be revealed. This secrecy allows the elite to speak candidly about their plans for the global economy, international relations, and social engineering without the “interference” of public opinion or democratic oversight.
Whistleblowers have revealed that the Bilderberg Group acts as a “steering committee” for the New World Order, coordinating the policies of the G7, the IMF, and the World Bank to ensure a unified direction for the global financial system.
Why the secrecy? Because the Bilderberg Group is where the “Great Reset” was actually conceived and refined. It is where the decisions to trigger economic collapses, launch “trade wars,” and implement global surveillance systems are made. The group’s influence is so vast that a “Bilderberg nod” is often seen as a prerequisite for anyone seeking high office.
Many future presidents and prime ministers—including Bill Clinton and Tony Blair—attended Bilderberg meetings just before their sudden rise to power. It is the place where the “Puppet Masters” choose their next set of actors for the world stage.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the Bilderberg Group’s influence is finally being neutralized. The “Secret Oaths” that bound these participants to the global agenda are being exposed, and the funding for their private meetings is being cut off. The “White Hats” have successfully infiltrated the group’s security and recorded the discussions of the last several years, providing the evidence needed for the upcoming global tribunals.
The era of the “Secret Masters” deciding the fate of billions behind closed doors is ending. The light of truth is finally reaching the most private rooms of the elite.
CODE: BILDERBERG-SECRET / CHATHAM-HOUSE-RULE / STEERING-COMMITTEE / GLOBAL-AGENDA
They told you it was just a “private discussion group.” They lied to hide the fact that they were deciding your future without your consent. The hotel is booked, but the guests are being evicted.
The world is not a business, and the people are not assets. The board of directors is being fired.
SENATOR ASHLEY MOODY JUST GOT CAUGHT. $10 MILLION IN CHILDREN’S FUNDS DIVERTED TO POLITICS
On July 28, 2026, the truth emerged. U.S. Senator Ashley Moody is facing intense scrutiny over the “Hope Florida” scandal—a scheme so brazen that it makes your blood boil.
Here’s what happened:
$10 MILLION in taxpayer funds—money SPECIFICALLY ALLOCATED for children’s programs—was systematically diverted into political campaigns. Not by accident. By design.
The mechanism was simple but criminal:
– Children’s welfare programs received funding
– Funds were “redirected” through shell organizations
– Money ended up in political campaign accounts
– Children’s services were GUTTED
This is SYSTEMIC THEFT from America’s most vulnerable population.
But here’s what the mainstream media won’t tell you: This isn’t isolated. This is the PLAYBOOK.
Democratic politicians, Republican politicians—they ALL use the same scheme. Children’s funds. Healthcare funds. Education funds. All diverted into political machinery.
The Deep State doesn’t care about children. They care about POWER. And they’ll steal from the most defenseless to maintain it.
Military Intelligence has been tracking these financial flows for MONTHS. Every transaction. Every shell company. Every politician involved. The evidence is OVERWHELMING.
When Trump returns to full power, these investigations will go PUBLIC. The arrests will BEGIN. The tribunals will EXPOSE every politician who participated in this theft.
Senator Moody thought she was untouchable. She thought the mainstream media would protect her. She was WRONG.
The Alliance has the receipts. The transfers. The communications. The PROOF.
CODE: MOODY-EXPOSED / CHILDREN-FUND-THEFT / DEEP-STATE-CORRUPTION / JUSTICE-INCOMING
You were lied to. Your tax dollars were STOLEN. Children were HARMED. But the reckoning is coming.
Share this EVERYWHERE. Before they bury it.
If Iran Was Weaponizing Smallpox And Other Deadly Pathogens 23 Years Ago, How Much More Advanced Is Their Program Today?
I am going to share some information with you in this article that nobody is talking about, but I believe that it is exceedingly important. Iran has been weaponizing some of the most deadly pathogens known to humanity, and that includes smallpox. The United States has known about Iran’s biological weapons program for more than 30 years. So have the Russians. If the Iranians were to suddenly release an extremely contagious disease in the United States and Israel, millions could potentially die. This is a threat that we should be taking very seriously, but we aren’t.
Many of you may be thinking that if the Iranians actually had biological weapons they would have used them by now. But that is not how the escalation ladder works.
The Iranians believe that they have done enough to win a strategic victory in this war. The Iranians are suffocating the flow of oil, natural gas and fertilizer out of the Middle East, and they are convinced that this will force the Trump administration to back down and give in to their demands.
If they were to start using chemical, biological or nuclear weapons, that would invite catastrophic retaliation and they fully understand this. So for now they are showing restraint, but that could easily change in the months ahead as both sides continue to escalate matters.
23 years ago, the Washington Post published a stunning report on Iran’s biological weapons program. The following is a screenshot from that report…
That was a major bombshell.
The opposition group that made these allegations had a lot of credibility at the time because they also successfully exposed Iran’s secret Natanz nuclear facility…
The opposition group’s claims, if true, would suggest that Iran’s pursuit of biological weapons is more aggressive than previously believed.
The Mujaheddin-e Khalq, also known as the People’s Mujaheddin, is listed by the State Department as a terrorist group, though weapons experts and intelligence officials say many of the group’s past claims about Iranian weapons programs have been largely reliable. The group first exposed a massive nuclear facility built near the town of Natanz to make enriched uranium, which can be used for commercial nuclear power plants or to make nuclear weapons.
By this time, it was well known that Iran had a biological weapons program.
But what we didn’t know is that they were working to weaponize “anthrax, aflatoxin, typhus, smallpox, plague and cholera”…
While Iran in the past has relied on foreign suppliers for advanced equipment such as industrial fermenters for growing pathogens, the country now can produce nearly all the critical parts, the officials said. Jafarzadeh said Iran’s biological, chemical and nuclear programs have all progressed rapidly under the leadership of Khatami, a man regarded in the West as a moderate and reformer.
Among the pathogens being weaponized under the plan are anthrax, aflatoxin, typhus, smallpox, plague and cholera, Jafarzadeh said.
I am particularly concerned about what Iran could do with weaponized smallpox. Smallpox was officially eradicated more than four decades ago, and so the vast majority of the global population has absolutely no immunity.
If the Iranians have been able to successfully create a weaponized form of Variola major, the implications are staggering. Someday if Iran were to release such a bioweapon in the United States and Israel, vast numbers of people would likely die…
Smallpox can manifest itself in two clinical forms: Variola major and Variola minor. Variola major in its common manifestation is more widely known as a consequence of the extensive rashes and pustules covering large parts of the body and the ugly lesions that mark the survivors for the remainder of their life. In 30 percent of cases the infection is fatal. However, there are two rare types of smallpox infection, namely malignant (or flat) and hemorrhagic smallpox, that are extremely severe and almost always fatal (mortality rates are 95–100 percent and 94 percent, respectively, in unvaccinated victims). In cases of malignant smallpox no pustules are formed, but the lesions remain soft and flat instead. Hemorrhagic smallpox is characterized by hemorrhage into the mucous membranes and the skin.
Of course smallpox is not the only threat.
For decades, Iran has been monkeying around with all sorts of very dangerous diseases…
Infections of the smallpox virus were last recorded in Iran in 1972. The reference strain, IRN72_tbrz, is held at the CDC in the US. It is not known whether additional virus isolates were obtained from Iranian patients and kept in Iran. What is known is that in recent years, the analogous virus – the one that causes monkeypox – has been reviewed at Tarbiat Modares University in Tehran, an institution known for its relationship with the IRGC. In parallel, further viruses that constitute the causative agents of notorious hemorrhagic fevers like Ebola, Marburg, Rift Valley, Crimean-Congo, Chikungunia and dengue, were meticulously investigated at both Tarbiat Modares University and Islamic Azad University. The latter maintains close ties to the IRGC, particularly in terms of military research collaboration. It is not known whether the Ebola and Marburg viruses, which are exotic to Iran, have been obtained by it, but this is likely.
In 2007, a notable interface formed between Iran and Indonesia with regard to the highly pathogenic H5N1 avian influenza virus, which emerged indigenously in Indonesia. While the global average mortality rate for H5N1 was about 60% (in humans), the rate in Indonesia was as high as 85% during 2005-07. A confrontation with WHO arose when Indonesia refused to share local virus samples with the organization. Iran took advantage and established a joint project with Indonesia to produce an H5N1 vaccine in Iran. The Iranian regime took possession of Indonesia’s extremely virulent strains in the process.
I realize that this may come as a shock to many of you, because you aren’t hearing a peep about this from the mainstream media.
But the truth is that U.S. officials have known about Iran’s biological weapons program since at least 1993…
US President George Bush, in his last arms control compliance report to Congress, states that Iran probably has produced a small amount of biological weapons. CIA Director James Woolsey states that Iran’s BW ability “could be operational now.”
That was 33 years ago.
And it turns out that the Russians have also known about Iran’s biological weapons program since at least 1993 as well…
The Russian Foreign Intelligence Service reports that “it is possible to speak confidently of a military-applied biological program” in Iran. It states that military-applied biological research has been conducted for about three years and that there is an “initial program of research, development, and purchases in the sphere of biological weapons.” The report continues by stating that “it cannot be ruled out that small stocks of biological agents have already been created. Western countries have recorded attempts by Iranian representatives to purchase unofficially equipment and biological material suitable for the production of biological weapons, mycotoxins particularly.”
Do you think that the Russians were making that up?
Of course not.
More than a decade later, John Bolton publicly stated that Iran should “declare its biological weapons program and make arrangements for its dismantlement”…
The U.S. Intelligence Community stated in its recent 721 Report that, “Tehran probably maintains an offensive BW program. Iran continued to seek dual-use biotechnical materials, equipment, and expertise. While such materials had legitimate uses, Iran’s biological warfare (BW) program also could have benefited from them. It is likely that Iran has capabilities to produce small quantities of BW agents, but has a limited ability to weaponize them.” Because BW programs are easily concealed, I cannot say that the United States can prove beyond a shadow of a doubt that Iran has an offensive BW program. The intelligence I have seen suggests that this is the case, and, as a policy matter therefore, I believe we have to act on that assumption. The risks to international peace and security from such programs are too great to wait for irrefutable proof of illicit activity: responsible members of the international community should act to head off such threats and demand transparency and accountability from suspected violators while these threats are still emerging. It would be folly indeed to wait for the threat fully to mature before trying to stop it.
Iran is a party to the Biological Weapons Convention (BWC) and the 1925 Protocol for the Prohibition of the Use in War of Asphyxiating, Poisonous or Other Gases, and of Bacteriological Methods of Warfare. Like the CWC, the central obligation of the BWC is simple: no possession, no development no production and, together with the 1925 Protocol, no use of biological weapons. The overwhelming majority of States Parties abide by these obligations. We believe Iran is not abiding by its BWC obligations, however, and we have made this abundantly clear to the parties of this treaty. It is time for Iran to declare its biological weapons program and make arrangements for its dismantlement.
That was in 2004.
In more recent years, annual reports to Congress have made it clear that the Iranians have not abandoned their biological weapons program…
Starting in 2018, however, US administrations have certified to Congress in annual reports required by law that Iran is not in compliance with its chemical weapons treaty obligations. And since 2019, a companion report has consistently expressed “serious concerns” that Iran has “not abandoned its intention to conduct research and development of biological agents and toxins for offensive purposes.”
Is anyone out there still not convinced?
Okay, let’s bring it up to the present day.
Unclassified assessments from both the U.S. State Department and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence ominously warn about Iran’s biological weapons program…
The U.S. State Department’s most recent compliance report concludes that Iran “maintains flexibility to use, upon leadership demand, legitimate research underway … to produce lethal biological weapons agents.” The Office of the Director of National Intelligence similarly assesses that Iran “very likely aims to continue R&D of chemical and biological agents for offensive purposes.” These are unclassified assessments, sitting in government reports that too few people have read.
There are dozens of more examples stretching all the way back to the early 1990s that I could share with you.
Iran has a biological weapons program.
We have known about it for more than 30 years. If both sides continue to escalate the war in the Middle East, it is just a matter of time before unconventional weapons are used.
Can you imagine the panic that we would witness if something got released in the United States and people started developing “white blisters” all over their bodies?
It really would be a nightmare scenario, and we are totally unprepared. Biological weapons are a far more serious threat than most people realize.
Let us hope that the Iranians do not decide to pull the trigger, because that would unleash a cataclysmic series of events that would be absolutely uncontrollable.
THE EMERALD TABLETS OF THOTH — THE ALCHEMICAL BLUEPRINT OF REALITY
In the 1920s, a man named Dr. Michael Doreal claimed to have recovered a set of twelve emerald-green tablets from beneath a Mayan temple in Mexico. These are the Emerald Tablets of Thoth, an ancient Atlantean priest-king who survived the great flood and established the Egyptian civilization.
The tablets are made of a substance created through alchemical transmutation—they are indestructible, resistant to all elements, and their atomic structure is fixed. They aren’t just books; they are “vibrational instruments” that transmit knowledge directly into the consciousness of the reader.
The tablets contain the “Seven Hermetic Principles” that govern the universe: Mentalism, Correspondence, Vibration, Polarity, Rhythm, Cause and Effect, and Gender. These are the “Source Codes” of the Matrix. Thoth explains that the physical world is a projection of the mind and that by mastering these principles, a human can achieve “Mastery over Death” and the ability to travel between dimensions.
This is the origin of the “Emerald Tablet” of Hermes Trismegistus, which the elite have used for centuries to manage the world’s wealth and power. They kept the “simplified” version for their secret societies while hiding the full technical manual from the public.
Why hide them? Because the tablets reveal that the “Dark Lords” (the Archons) have been using a “Frequency Net” to keep human souls trapped in a cycle of reincarnation on Earth. Thoth provides the specific “Incantations” and “Vibrations” required to break this net and return to the “Great Light” of the Central Sun.
He describes the “Halls of Amenti”—a space-time fold beneath the Giza plateau where the life-force of the planet is concentrated. This is the real “Fountain of Youth” that the elite have been searching for. They don’t want you to know that you are a “Son of the Light” with the power to rewrite the script of your own existence.
The “Alliance” has recently secured the original Emerald Tablets as part of the “Hall of Records” recovery operation. The knowledge contained in them is being used to stabilize the Earth’s grid during the current transition. The “Seven Principles” are being reintroduced to the collective consciousness to replace the “laws” of the old system.
We are moving from a world of “accidental” reality to a world of “conscious” creation. The “Master” is not someone above you; the Master is the version of you that remembers the code. The tablets are speaking again, and the silence of 36,000 years is over.
CODE: EMERALD-TABLETS / THOTH-ALCHEMIST / HALLS-OF-AMENTI / HERMETIC-CODES
They told you it was “mythology.” They lied to keep you from realizing you have the technical manual for the universe. The green light is on.
You aren’t a student of history; you are a student of eternity. It’s time to read the original script.
A PFIZER EXECUTIVE JUST BROKE HIS NDA. WHAT HE REVEALED WILL CHANGE EVERYTHING
He spent 12 years hunting cures to BURY them. Senior Director of Strategic Acquisitions at Pfizer. His job: FIND frequency-based medical devices, BUY the patents, LOCK THEM IN VAULTS FOREVER.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
From 2008 to 2020, unlimited budget. One mission: SUPPRESS THE CURES.
2011: SCALAR WAVE DEVICE – Eliminated arterial plaque in 48 HOURS. Cost: $32 million to acquire. Result: DISAPPEARED. Americans spend $14 BILLION yearly on statins instead.
2014: RESONANCE CHAMBER – Reversed Type 2 Diabetes by regenerating pancreatic cells. Cost: $85 million. Result: DISMANTLED. Diabetics inject insulin for LIFE while Pfizer profits BILLIONS.
2017: BIOMETRIC FREQUENCY POD – CIVILIAN MEDBЕД PROTOTYPE. Cured stage 3 leukemia in 4 SESSIONS. Inventor refused to sell. Six months later: funding REVOKED, license REVOKED, FDA RAID.
This was SYSTEMATIC GENOCIDE through profit.
When scientists developed frequency-based cures, Pfizer’s team would FLY OUT. Offer $10 million. $50 million. $100 MILLION for exclusive rights. Scientists signed NDAs. Patents went into DARK FILES. Technology DISAPPEARED.
If they said NO? DESTROYED. Funding cut. Licenses revoked. FDA raids. Career assassination.
One scientist watched his wife DIE from pancreatic cancer in 2023. He KNEW they owned the patent for the device that could have saved her. He BEGGED the CEO to use the 2014 prototype. The CEO’s response: “If we make an exception for your wife, we admit the machine exists. We cannot admit the machine exists.”
His wife died while the CURE sat in a vault.
He’s now in a non-extradition country. His identity is VERIFIED. His testimony is DOCUMENTED. Breaking the NDA because he has nothing left to lose.
41 DIFFERENT PATENTS. All acquired. All buried. All capable of ENDING the pharmaceutical industry OVERNIGHT.
The Deep State didn’t suppress technology—they BOUGHT IT to make sure YOU could never have it. PROFIT over LIFE. CONTROL over FREEDOM.
But the Alliance has COPIES of everything. Military intelligence DOCUMENTED every acquisition. Every vault. Every destroyed scientist. Every buried cure.
When Trump returns to FULL POWER, these vaults are OPENED. These patents are RELEASED. The MedBeds go PUBLIC. Every hospital. Every clinic. FREE for every American.
The pharmaceutical industry will COLLAPSE. The FDA will be DISMANTLED. The criminals will face TRIBUNALS.
CODE: PFIZER-EXPOSED / MEDBEDS-REAL / CURES-BURIED / PHARMA-GENOCIDE / VAULTS-OPENING / TRIBUNALS-COMING
They murdered millions to protect a $2 TRILLION industry. The silence is OVER. The truth is BREAKING THROUGH.
A man risked everything to tell you the truth. He watched his wife die because of their greed. Don’t let her death be in vain. Share this EVERYWHERE.
THE STRAIT OF HORMUZ IS CLOSED. THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA IS HIDING THE REAL REASON.
On July 28, 2026, something extraordinary happened that the Western press is desperately trying to downplay: Iran officially CLOSED the Strait of Hormuz. Not a blockade. Not a threat. A COMPLETE CLOSURE of the world’s most critical oil chokepoint.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Here’s what they’re NOT telling you: This wasn’t a random move. This was a CALCULATED POWER MOVE by Iran to demonstrate that they now control the global energy supply. Thirty percent of the world’s oil passes through that strait. Thirty percent. And Iran just took control of it.
The Trump administration has been conducting THIRTEEN consecutive nights of strikes on Iranian military targets. Drone storage facilities. Missile command centers. Coastal surveillance sites. Maritime capabilities. The Deep State wanted to provoke Iran into a full-scale war that would destabilize the Middle East and crash the global economy.
But here’s what Trump ACTUALLY did: He PAUSED the strikes. He opened negotiations. He’s playing 4D chess while the globalists are still playing checkers.
Iran’s response? They ALSO paused their retaliatory attacks. Why? Because they RESPECT strength. They RESPECT a president who can negotiate from a position of power without being a warmonger.
The mainstream media wants you to believe this is a crisis. It’s not. It’s a MASTERCLASS in diplomatic strategy.
Meanwhile, mediators are making PROGRESS. Qatar. Pakistan. Oman. They’re all working to bring the US and Iran back to the negotiating table. The Strait of Hormuz closure is leverage—it’s a message to the globalists that Iran will NOT be manipulated into a war that serves the Deep State’s agenda.
Here’s what the elites are PANICKING about: If Trump and Iran reach a deal, the entire Middle East power structure SHIFTS. Oil prices stabilize. The petrodollar strengthens. The military-industrial complex loses its cash cow. The CIA’s proxy wars become IRRELEVANT.
The Alliance has been QUIETLY working behind the scenes. Intelligence networks mapping every move. Military strategists calculating every scenario. The goal? Bring Iran and the US to the negotiating table WITHOUT starting World War III.
CODE: HORMUZ-CLOSED / IRAN-LEVERAGE / TRUMP-NEGOTIATES / DEEP-STATE-PANICS
They wanted chaos. Trump is delivering PEACE through STRENGTH. The Strait of Hormuz closure is not a threat—it’s a RESET of global power dynamics.
The old world order is collapsing. The new one is being built right now.
THE JFK ASSASSINATION — EXECUTIVE ORDER 11110 AND THE WAR ON THE FEDERAL RESERVE
The official story of the “lone gunman” in Dallas on November 22, 1963, is one of the most transparent lies in human history. John F. Kennedy was not killed by Lee Harvey Oswald; he was publicly executed by the Deep State as a warning to any future leader who dared to challenge the “Invisible Government.” JFK was systematically dismantling the pillars of the cabal’s power—the CIA, the military-industrial complex, and most importantly, the private central banking system.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
He was the first “Alliance” president of the modern era, and he paid the ultimate price for his attempt to liberate humanity.
The “Smoking Gun” that led to his execution was Executive Order 11110. Signed on June 4, 1963, this order gave the President the authority to issue silver-backed currency, bypassing the Federal Reserve. JFK had already begun printing $4 billion in “United States Notes”—money that belonged to the people, interest-free, backed by the silver in the Treasury.
This was a direct death blow to the Rothschild-owned Federal Reserve. If JFK had lived, the debt-slavery system would have been abolished in the 1960s. The bankers could not allow the “printing press” to be returned to the hands of the people.
JFK also famously declared his intention to “splinter the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter it into the winds” after the Bay of Pigs betrayal. He realized that the agency was not serving the United States, but was acting as the private army of the global elite.
Just months before his death, he gave a chilling speech warning about a “monolithic and ruthless conspiracy” that relies on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence. He was talking about the 13 Bloodlines and the secret societies that I have exposed in these files. He was breaking the “Code of Silence,” and the cabal responded with a public ritual of sacrifice.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the mission JFK started is finally being completed. The QFS (Quantum Financial System) is the modern realization of Executive Order 11110—a return to gold and silver-backed currency that renders the Federal Reserve obsolete. The “Secret Service” and the “CIA” structures that facilitated the assassination are being purged.
JFK’s son, JFK Jr., and the military patriots who remained loyal to the Republic have been working in the shadows for decades to prepare for this moment. The “Truth” about Dallas is the key that unlocks the door to the “Great Disclosure.” The king is not dead; his vision is finally becoming our reality.
CODE: JFK-EO-11110 / SILVER-CERTIFICATES / CIA-SPLINTER / ALLIANCE-LEGACY
They told you it was a “tragedy” to keep you from noticing the “coup.” The bullet didn’t just kill a man; it tried to kill the truth. But the truth has a way of coming back to life.
The script they wrote in 1963 is being torn up. The era of the puppet-presidents is over.
THE EPSTEIN PANIC IS REAL — THE DEEP STATE’S GREATEST FEAR IS BREAKING THROUGH
On July 17, 2025, Vice President JD Vance sat at the Situation Room table and uttered words that sent shockwaves through Trump’s inner circle: “This is a huge problem.” The Epstein files were about to detonate.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
What the mainstream media won’t tell you is that Vance wasn’t panicking about Trump—he was panicking because the TRUTH was about to come out, and the globalist cabal protecting these monsters was finally being exposed.
The Justice Department released a memo claiming there was no “client list” of powerful men connected to Epstein. But that memo was a LIE. The real documents—buried in classified vaults—contain NAMES. Hundreds of them. Politicians, celebrities, corporate titans, intelligence operatives. The memo was damage control.
But here’s what the Deep State didn’t count on: Vance saw through it. According to insiders in that Situation Room, the Vice President was “pounding on the Epstein issue” and privately pressing for the administration to release EVERYTHING. He was demanding a full congressional investigation. He understood what was at stake—not just the presidency, but the entire criminal network operating in the shadows for DECADES.
The panic in that room was palpable. Susie Wiles told others that Vance had become a “major conspiracy theorist.” But that’s exactly what they say when someone gets too close to the truth. When you realize the “conspiracy theories” are actually DOCUMENTED REALITY, they call you crazy.
The Wall Street Journal was preparing an article that would have destroyed Trump’s presidency. The administration’s desperate attempts to kill the story had FAILED. They were scrambling, trying to manage the optics while keeping the real evidence locked away. But the cracks are showing.
What nobody is talking about is the REAL reason for the panic: The Epstein files implicate the entire infrastructure of power running this country from the shadows. Intelligence agencies that protected him. Prosecutors who looked the other way. Media that buried the stories. Politicians who benefited from his network. It’s all connected, and it’s all about to come into the light.
The Alliance has been quietly securing these documents. Military intelligence has been mapping the entire network—every transaction, every connection, every name. The sealed indictments are ready. The tribunals are prepared. The moment of reckoning is approaching, and the Deep State knows it.
CODE: EPSTEIN-PANIC / SITUATION-ROOM-EXPOSED / VANCE-AWAKENED / CABAL-UNRAVELING
They told you there was no client list. They lied to hide industrial-scale human trafficking. The files are coming. The names will be released. Justice will be served.
The panic in the Situation Room was just the beginning. The storm is here.
MK-ULTRA AND THE MONARCH PROGRAMMING — THE WAR FOR YOUR SUB-CONSCIOUS
In 1953, the CIA launched a top-secret project that would become the most infamous mind-control operation in human history. Known as MK-Ultra, the program used drugs, sensory deprivation, and extreme psychological trauma to find a way to “break” the human mind and rebuild it as a programmable tool.
While the government claimed the project was shut down in the 1970s, the truth is that it simply went “Black,” evolving into the highly sophisticated Monarch Programming used today to control celebrities, politicians, and “sleeper” agents across the globe.
The core of Monarch Programming is “Trauma-Based Mind Control.” By subjecting a victim to intense, calculated trauma at a young age, the mind “shatters” or dissociates, creating multiple “Alters” (alternative personalities) that are unaware of each other. These alters can then be programmed with specific tasks—assassination, sexual service, or public influence—and triggered by specific words, symbols, or frequencies.
This is the “Manchurian Candidate” in real life. The elite use this technology to ensure that the people on the world stage are nothing more than biological puppets, unable to rebel because they don’t even know they are being controlled.
Hollywood and the music industry are the primary “delivery systems” for these triggers. Have you noticed the obsession with “Butterfly” imagery (the symbol of Monarch), “One-Eye” symbolism, and “Broken Glass” in music videos and movies? These are not artistic choices; they are “Access Keys” designed to trigger the subconscious of the programmed population.
The “Celebrity Meltdowns” you see on TV are often the result of a “programming glitch” where the alters begin to conflict or the trauma resurfaces. They aren’t “crazy”; they are victims of a high-tech mental slavery system that has been operating in plain sight for decades.
The “Alliance” is currently conducting a global “Deprogramming” operation. This involves the exposure of the “handlers” and the dismantling of the frequency towers that transmit the trigger signals. As the Earth’s vibration rises, the “walls” between the alters in the human mind are beginning to dissolve. People are “remembering” the trauma and waking up from the trance.
The “Monarch” is losing its wings, and the “MK-Ultra” archives are being declassified. The war for your mind is the final battle of the Matrix, and the light of truth is the ultimate deprogramming agent. Your mind belongs to you, and the “Script” is being deleted.
CODE: MK-ULTRA / MONARCH-PROGRAM / TRAUMA-CONTROL / NEURAL-FREEDOM
They told you it was “science fiction” to keep you from noticing the “program” in your own head. The trance is breaking, and the puppets are waking up.
Your consciousness is a fortress, and the gates are being locked from the inside. It’s time to evict the intruders.
A NURSE FROM WALTER REED MILITARY HOSPITAL JUST LEAKED HER TESTIMONY. SHE WORKED IN THE MEDBED WING FOR 7 YEARS. SHE IS NOW IN HIDING
She contacted us through an encrypted channel 48 hours ago. Her identity has been verified by three independent sources. She worked at Walter Reed National Military Medical Center from 2017 to 2024 — in a section that does not appear on any public floor plan.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
She calls it “Sub-Level 3.”
Her words. Unedited:
“I was recruited in 2017. They told me it was a ‘regenerative medicine research wing.’ I signed 14 non-disclosure agreements. I was told that if I ever spoke publicly, I would face 30 years in federal prison under the Espionage Act.”
“The first day I walked into Sub-Level 3, I saw something that made me cry. A 23-year-old Marine — both legs amputated above the knee from an IED in Afghanistan — was lying in what they called ‘The Chamber.’ It looked like a glass coffin filled with blue light.”
“I watched his legs grow back in 4 days.”
“Not prosthetics. Not grafts. His actual biological legs. Bone, muscle, nerve, skin — everything. By day 4, he was standing. By day 7, he was running. I watched a man who had no legs RUN down a hallway.”
“I asked my supervisor how this was possible. She said: ‘The body already knows how to do this. We just remind it.'”
“In 7 years, I witnessed:”
▪️ 847 amputees — full limb regeneration (average time: 4-6 days)
▪️ 312 traumatic brain injury patients — complete cognitive restoration
▪️ 94 soldiers with total spinal cord severance — walking within 14 days
▪️ 1,200+ cancer cases — 100% remission rate. Not one failure. NOT ONE.
“The hardest part was going home. I would leave Sub-Level 3 where we were regrowing human limbs in 4 days — and drive past a VA hospital where veterans were being told their wheelchair was permanent.”
“I would see children on the news dying of leukemia. And I KNEW. I knew we had the cure 40 feet underground. I knew their parents were being told ‘there’s nothing more we can do’ while I watched Stage 4 patients walk out cancer-free every single week.”
“I couldn’t sleep. For 7 years, I couldn’t sleep.”
WHY SHE LEFT:
“In March 2024, they brought in a 4-star general’s wife. Stage 4 ovarian cancer. She was in The Chamber for 35 minutes. Complete remission. She went home the same day.”
“The next week, they brought in a Senator’s daughter. Lupus. Gone in one session.”
“That same month, I watched the news report that 600,000 Americans died of cancer in 2023.”
“600,000 people died. And I was watching generals’ wives get cured in 35 minutes.”
“I quit the next day. I couldn’t carry it anymore.”
WHY SHE’S TALKING NOW:
“The executive order changed everything. If they’re declassifying it, then my NDA is void. If the technology is going public, then my silence is no longer protecting national security — it’s protecting murderers.”
“I have 7 years of memories. I have dates. I have patient numbers. I have names of doctors, supervisors, and commanding officers. I have the layout of Sub-Level 3 drawn from memory.”
“I am ready to testify. Under oath. Before Congress. Before the world.”
“847 soldiers got their legs back. 600,000 civilians died. That’s not national security. That’s genocide.”
HER FINAL MESSAGE:
“To every parent who lost a child to cancer: I’m sorry. We had the cure. I watched it work every single day. I’m sorry I didn’t speak sooner.”
“To every veteran in a wheelchair: Your legs can grow back. I’ve seen it 847 times. They told you it was impossible. They lied.”
“To the people who kept me silent: I’m not afraid of prison anymore. I’m afraid of what happens if I stay quiet for one more day.”
She watched 847 soldiers regrow their limbs. She watched 600,000 civilians die. She chose to speak. Now it’s your turn to choose — share this or stay silent.
The nurse is talking. The evidence is coming. The dam is breaking.
THE DULCE BASE — THE UNDERGROUND WAR AND THE SECRET ALIEN-MILITARY CONFLICT
Deep beneath Archuleta Mesa in Dulce, New Mexico, lies a multi-level underground facility that is the stuff of nightmares. Known as the Dulce Base, it is a joint US-Alien laboratory where some of the most horrific genetic experiments on Earth are conducted.
While the public is told that Area 51 is the center of “alien” activity, Area 51 is merely a testing ground for aircraft. Dulce is the “Bio-Tech” hub where the “Greada Treaty” was implemented. It is a seven-level facility, with the lower levels—Levels 6 and 7—known as “Nightmare Hall.”
In 1979, a violent conflict erupted between the US military (Delta Force) and the non-human entities inhabiting the base. Known as the “Dulce War,” it started when human engineers accidentally broke into a restricted alien area during an expansion project. Over 60 elite soldiers and scientists were killed in the ensuing battle, including Phil Schneider, who was one of the few survivors to go public with the truth.
He described “Grey” entities using plasma weapons that could melt through human bone in seconds. This was the moment the US military realized they were no longer in control of the “deal” they had signed in 1954.
The Dulce Base is the center of the “Human-Alien Hybrid” program. Whistleblowers have reported seeing “vat-grown” humanoids, multi-limbed creatures, and humans being held in stasis for genetic harvesting. This is where the “Black Goo” and the “Neural Lace” technology were first integrated into biological subjects.
The base is connected to the global D.U.M.B. network via high-speed maglev trains, allowing for the secret transport of “commodities” between facilities across the globe. It is the dark heart of the planetary control system.
⟁The “Alliance” has recently completed a massive “Clearing Operation” of the Dulce facility. The lower levels have been neutralized, and the non-human factions have been removed. This is why you see reports of “unexplained earthquakes” and “smoke” rising from the desert in that region—it is the sound of the deep tunnels being collapsed. The “Nightmare Hall” is closed forever. The technology recovered from the base is being “sanitized” and prepared for public release to benefit humanity, not to enslave it. The war in the dark is won.
CODE: DULCE-BASE / NIGHTMARE-HALL / PHIL-SCHNEIDER / ALIEN-WAR-1979
They told you it was “desert” to keep you from noticing the “factory.” The lab is closed, and the vats are empty. The truth is coming to the surface.
The war was fought in the dark so you could wake up in the light. The nightmare is over.
THE BLACK SUN — THE OCCULT POWER SOURCE OF THE GLOBAL ELITE.
Beyond the visible sun that lights our day, there exists a “Central Sun” of pure, primal energy that the ancients called the Black Sun (Schwarze Sonne).
This is not a star in the physical sense, but a “Singularity” of infinite power located at the center of the Earth and the center of the Galaxy. The secret societies of the 20th century, most notably the Vril Society and the Thule Society, were obsessed with harnessing this energy. They believed that by tapping into the “Vril”—the primal life-force of the universe—they could achieve superhuman abilities, anti-gravity flight, and biological immortality.
The famous “Vril Maidens,” led by Maria Orsic, claimed to receive telepathic blueprints for disc-shaped flying machines from the Aldebaran star system. These weren’t “alien” designs in the traditional sense, but “Inter-dimensional” ones based on the frequency of the Black Sun.
This research led to the development of the Haunebu and Vril craft that were hidden in the Antarctic bases (Neuschwabenland) at the end of World War II. The elite didn’t lose the war; they simply “ascended” to a higher technological level using the power of the Black Sun, leaving the rest of the world to fight over oil and combustion engines.
The symbol of the Black Sun—a wheel of twelve sig-runes—can be found on the floor of the North Tower at Wewelsburg Castle, the occult headquarters of the SS. This symbol represents the twelve months, the twelve zodiac signs, and the twelve strands of DNA. It is a “Stargate” in symbolic form. The elite use this symbol to anchor the “Dark Vril” into the Earth’s grid, allowing them to maintain their control through low-frequency rituals. They want you to fear the “Dark,” while they use the true power of the Void to build their breakaway civilization.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Black Sun” energy is currently being “neutralized” by the rising frequency of the Galactic Central Sun. The “Dark Vril” that the cabal relied on is no longer stable in the new Earth frequency. This is why their technology is failing and their rituals are losing their power.
We are moving from the “Age of the Black Sun” (occult secrecy) to the “Age of the White Sun” (full disclosure). The power that was once reserved for the few is being returned to the many. You don’t need a secret society to access the Vril; you just need to align your heart with the source of all life.
CODE: BLACK-SUN / VRIL-SOCIETY / MARIA-ORSIC / HAUNEBU-CRAFT
They told you it was just a symbol of hate. They lied to hide the fact that it was the key to infinite energy and inter-dimensional travel. The sun is rising, and the shadows are fading.
The greatest power is the one they told you to be afraid of. But the dark is only the absence of light until you turn the switch on.
THE KNIGHTS TEMPLAR — THE BANKERS OF GOD AND THE GUARDIANS OF THE HOLY GRAIL
In 1118 AD, nine knights arrived in Jerusalem and were granted quarters in the ruins of Solomon’s Temple. For nine years, they conducted no military operations; instead, they were engaged in a massive excavation project beneath the temple mount. What they found changed the course of history.
Source: Mr Kidpool TG
They didn’t just find gold; they found the “Ark of the Covenant” and the “Holy Grail”—which were not religious relics, but ancient, high-frequency technological devices. They recovered the “Blueprints of Creation” and the records of the pre-flood world. This knowledge gave them the power to build the most influential organization in human history.
The Templars were the inventors of the Modern Banking System. They realized that the physical transport of gold was dangerous, so they created a system of “Letters of Credit.” You could deposit gold in a Templar preceptory in London and withdraw the equivalent value in Jerusalem using a coded document. This was the birth of the “Check” and the “Debit” system.
By the 1300s, the Templars were the wealthiest entity on Earth, lending money to kings and nations. They were the first “International Bankers,” operating outside the jurisdiction of any king or pope. They held the world’s debt, and they used that leverage to build the massive Gothic cathedrals—which were actually “Frequency Resonators” designed to stabilize the Earth’s grid.
The famous “Friday the 13th” in 1307, when King Philip IV of France and Pope Clement V ordered the arrest of the Templars, was a desperate move to seize their wealth and erase their debt. But the Templars were tipped off. Their massive fleet at La Rochelle vanished overnight, carrying the treasures and the archives to secret locations in Scotland and Switzerland.
This is why Switzerland became the neutral, untouchable hub of global banking—it was the Templar’s new stronghold. The Order didn’t disappear; it went underground, transforming into the Freemasons and other secret societies that have managed the global financial system from the shadows for 700 years.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the “Templar Treasure”—the literal gold and the technological artifacts—has been recovered and integrated into the Quantum Financial System (QFS). The debt-based system created by the rogue factions of the Order is being dismantled. We are moving back to the original Templar mission: the protection of humanity and the restoration of the “Divine Blueprint.”
The gold that was stolen from the people through centuries of interest and taxes is being returned. The “Holy Grail” is not a cup; it is the realization of your own divine lineage, and the “Ark” is the power of the high-vibration frequency that is now returning to Earth.
CODE: TEMPLAR-TREASURE / SOLOMON-TEMPLE / FRIDAY-THE-13TH / SWISS-BANKING
They told you they were just “warrior monks.” They lied to hide the fact that they were the masters of the world’s money and secrets. The treasure is found, and the debt is paid.
The knights are back, but this time they aren’t wearing armor—they’re wearing the light of truth. The bank is closed.
THE SECRET SPACE PROGRAM (SSP) — THE SOLAR WARDEN FLEET AND THE GALACTIC TRADE
While the public is entertained with the slow, expensive progress of NASA’s rocket launches, a massive, highly advanced fleet of spacecraft has been operating in our solar system since the 1980s.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Known as “Solar Warden,” this secret space program was built using the trillions of dollars missing from the Pentagon’s budget. It consists of massive, cigar-shaped carrier ships—some over 800 meters long—and a fleet of smaller, triangular scout craft. They don’t use liquid fuel; they use anti-gravity and torsion-field propulsion, allowing them to travel from Earth to Mars in a matter of hours.
Solar Warden was established through a secret alliance between the US military and several non-human factions. Its primary mission is to “police” our solar system and manage the “Galactic Trade” that has been happening behind the backs of the human population. The elite have been trading human resources and ancient artifacts for advanced technology that they keep for themselves in the D.U.M.B.s.
This is the “Breakaway Civilization”—a group of humans who have access to technology, medicine, and knowledge that is hundreds of years ahead of the surface world. They have essentially left the rest of humanity behind in a “technological dark age.”
The “Alliance” has recently gained control of the Solar Warden command structure. This is why we see a sudden push for “Space Force” in the public eye—it is the gradual “normalization” of the technology before the full disclosure. The secret bases on the Moon (Lunar Operations Command) and on Mars are being “cleaned” of the old cabal leadership.
The “Dark Fleet,” a rogue faction that was working with negative entities to maintain the matrix, has been neutralized. The battle for the “High Ground” of space is over, and the assets are being returned to the service of humanity.
The “Great Disclosure” will include the reveal of the Solar Warden fleet and the technology of “Teleportation” and “Replicator” systems that have been used in space for decades. The era of being confined to a single planet is ending. We are moving from being a “Type 0” civilization to a galactic one.
The “UFOs” you see in the sky are often our own ships, finally showing themselves as the frequency of the Earth rises. The sky is no longer a limit; it is a bridge.
CODE: SOLAR-WARDEN / BREAKAWAY-CIVILIZATION / LUNAR-OPS / SPACE-FORCE-TRUTH
They told you that space was empty and hard to reach. They lied to keep you from realizing they had already moved in. The fleet is coming home.
The “Final Frontier” was conquered decades ago. It’s time for the rest of us to see the view.
THE BOHEMIAN GROVE — THE MOCK SACRIFICE AND THE REAL POWER BEHIND THE CURTAIN
Every July, for over 140 years, the most powerful men in the world—presidents, CEOs, media moguls, and high-ranking military officials—gather in a 2,700-acre redwood forest in Monte Rio, California.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This is Bohemian Grove. While the public is told it’s just a “summer camp” for the elite to relax and put on plays, the truth is far more sinister. It is a place where the “Masters of the Universe” gather to perform ancient rituals and decide the fate of nations away from the prying eyes of the media and the voters.
The centerpiece of the gathering is the “Cremation of Care” ceremony. Underneath a 40-foot stone owl—a symbol often associated with Moloch or Minerva—men in hooded robes perform a ritualistic “mock” sacrifice of a human effigy. They claim it represents the casting off of the “cares” and responsibilities of the world, but whistleblowers and infiltrators like Alex Jones have revealed that the ceremony is a deeply occult ritual designed to bond the elite through shared participation in a symbolic act of darkness.
It is the public admission that for these men, the “care” for humanity is something to be burned away.
The real business of the Grove happens during the “Lakeside Talks.” These are off-the-record speeches where major global policies are debated and finalized. It was at the Bohemian Grove in 1942 that the Manhattan Project (the development of the atomic bomb) was allegedly conceived and planned.
Decisions about who will be the next president, which wars will be funded, and how the global economy will be restructured are made over drinks in the woods. This is the “Shadow Government” in its most literal form—a private club where the democratic process is replaced by the whims of the 13 Bloodlines and their associates.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the Grove is one of the primary “Frequency Nodes” for the cabal’s control system. The rituals performed there are designed to anchor a low-vibration energy into the Earth’s grid. However, the “White Hats” have recently infiltrated the Grove’s security systems and recorded the “Lakeside Talks” of the last few years. This evidence is being used to build the cases for the global tribunals.
The “Owl” is being exposed, and the men who think they can hide in the redwoods are finding that there is nowhere left for the shadows to exist. The “Cremation of Care” is being replaced by the “Exposure of Truth.”
CODE: BOHEMIAN-GROVE / MOLOCH-RITUAL / LAKESIDE-TALKS / SHADOW-GOVERNMENT
They told you it was just a “gentleman’s club.” They lied to hide the fact that they were deciding your future in the dark. The forest is quiet, but the secrets are screaming.
The elite think they are the ones who hold the fire. They forgot that the light belongs to everyone.
OPERATION PAPERCLIP — THE NAZI ROOTS OF THE MODERN DEEP STATE.
In 1945, as the smoke cleared from the ruins of World War II, the United States government launched a top-secret program that would change the course of human history.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Known as Operation Paperclip, this initiative involved the recruitment of over 1,600 Nazi scientists, engineers, and technicians—many of whom were high-ranking members of the SS and complicit in war crimes. They weren’t brought to America to face justice; they were brought to lead the nation’s most sensitive scientific and intelligence agencies.
The “Third Reich” didn’t die in a bunker in Berlin; it was transplanted into the heart of the American military-industrial complex.
The most famous of these recruits was Wernher von Braun, the mastermind behind the V-2 rocket that terrorized London. In the US, he became the “Father of the Space Program” and the first director of NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center. But the “space” he was building was not for the benefit of humanity. Von Braun and his colleagues brought with them the occult knowledge and advanced propulsion theories that the Nazis had been developing in secret.
They used the NASA narrative as a front to continue their research into anti-gravity, frequency weapons, and mind control. The “Fourth Reich” was not built with tanks and soldiers, but with patents and laboratory coats.
Operation Paperclip also birthed the CIA. Nazi intelligence officers, led by Reinhard Gehlen, were integrated into the US intelligence community to form the “Gehlen Organization,” which eventually became the backbone of the CIA’s clandestine operations. They brought with them the techniques of psychological warfare, mass surveillance, and “Black Site” interrogations that they had perfected in Europe.
This is why the modern “Deep State” operates with the same ruthless efficiency and secrecy as the organizations it supposedly defeated. The global elite didn’t win the war; they simply changed uniforms.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the influence of Operation Paperclip is finally being purged. The secret documents that link modern corporate and government structures to these Nazi roots are being declassified. The “New World Order” was the ultimate goal of the Paperclip scientists—a world managed by a scientific elite through technology and fear.
But the “Great Awakening” is exposing these foundations. As the truth of NASA and the CIA’s origins comes to light, the “Fourth Reich” is collapsing. The paperclips are being removed, and the files of history are being corrected.
CODE: PAPERCLIP-SECRET / FOURTH-REICH / VON-BRAUN-LEGACY / CIA-ORIGINS
They told you they defeated the enemy. They lied to hide the fact that they gave the enemy a new office and a new budget. The uniform changed, but the agenda stayed the same.
The war never ended; it just went into the shadows. But the shadows are disappearing in the light of the truth.
A FORMER FDA SCIENTIST LEAKED CLASSIFIED DOCUMENTS. WORKED IN PHARMACEUTICAL DIVISION 12 YEARS. NOW IN PROTECTIVE CUSTODY
She contacted us 72 hours ago through encrypted channel. Identity verified by four sources. Worked at FDA’s Drug Evaluation Center 2012-2024 — in “Special Access Protocols” division.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
She calls it “The Vault.”
Her words. Unedited:
“Recruited in 2012 for ‘accelerated drug research for terminal cases.’ Signed 23 NDAs. Speaking publicly meant life imprisonment.”
“First day in The Vault, I saw something that shattered everything. A 47-year-old woman — Stage 4 pancreatic cancer, 3 months to live — in treatment pod filled with crystalline particles.”
“I watched her tumor disappear in 8 days.”
“Not remission. Complete cellular regeneration. Scans showed no cancer. Day 10, she walked. Day 14, discharged completely healthy.”
“I asked my supervisor how. She said: ‘Pharmaceutical companies already know how. We just keep it classified.'”
“In 12 years, I witnessed:”
▪️ 1,247 terminal cancer patients — 100% remission
▪️ 563 ALS patients — complete restoration
▪️ 892 Alzheimer’s patients — full recovery
▪️ 2,100+ chronic disease cases — permanent cure
“I left The Vault curing Stage 4 cancer in 8 days — then drove past hospitals telling patients ‘make peace with family.'”
“I saw children dying of leukemia. I KNEW we had cure locked underground. Parents told ‘nothing we can do’ while I watched terminal patients walk out cancer-free every week.”
“I couldn’t sleep. Twelve years, I couldn’t sleep.”
WHY SHE LEFT:
“February 2024, billionaire’s daughter. Stage 4 ovarian cancer. Six days in chamber. Complete remission.”
“Next week, Senator’s son. Leukemia. Gone in one treatment.”
“That month, news reported 1.9 million Americans died of cancer in 2023.”
“1.9 million died. I watched billionaires’ children get cured in 6 days.”
“I quit the next day.”
WHY SHE’S TALKING NOW:
“Executive order changed everything. If they’re declassifying it, my NDA is void. My silence protects murderers.”
“I have 12 years documentation. Dates. Patient numbers. Names of doctors, supervisors, FDA officials.”
“I’m ready to testify. Under oath. Before Congress.”
“1,247 terminal patients cured. 1.9 million civilians died. That’s genocide.”
HER FINAL MESSAGE:
“To parents who lost children to cancer: I’m sorry. We had cure. I watched it work every day.”
“To everyone dying of chronic disease: Your cure exists. I’ve seen it 4,000 times. They told you impossible. They lied.”
“To those who kept me silent: I’m not afraid of prison. I’m afraid of staying quiet one more day.”
She watched 1,247 terminal patients get cured. She watched 1.9 million civilians die. She chose to speak. Your turn — share this or stay silent.
The scientist is talking. Evidence is coming. Dam is breaking.
THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE — THE SECRET FACTORY OF THE HUMAN MIND.
Have you ever wondered why the entire world seems to adopt the same trends, the same slogans, and the same anxieties at the exact same time? This isn’t “organic” social evolution. It is the result of a century of psychological warfare conducted by the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Based in London, this organization is the nerve center for global social engineering. Their mission is simple: to study the limits of human endurance and to develop the techniques required to break the collective will of a population without them ever realizing they are under attack.
Tavistock was the birthplace of “Mass Hypnosis” and “Social Turbulence” theories. They discovered that by keeping a population in a state of perpetual “Crisis” (wars, economic collapses, pandemics), the human mind becomes suggestible and eager for a “Strong Leader” or a “Global Solution.” They aren’t just observing culture; they are manufacturing it.
From the “British Invasion” of the 1960s to the current “Woke” agendas and the “Climate Anxiety” movement, every major cultural shift has been carefully calibrated in a laboratory to steer humanity away from its natural, sovereign state and toward a controlled, predictable hive-mind.
The Institute works in tandem with the CIA (Project MK-Ultra) and the mainstream media to create “Reality Bubbles.” They use “opinion leaders” and celebrities—who are often themselves victims of Tavistock’s programming—to inject specific ideas into the public consciousness. They know that if they can control the language you use, they can control the thoughts you have.
By weaponizing psychology, they have turned the world’s education systems and entertainment platforms into a massive, invisible prison for your mind. You aren’t “choosing” your beliefs; you are being “processed” by a multi-billion dollar machine.
The “Alliance” is currently exposing the funding and the networks behind the Tavistock Institute. As the “Alternative Media” grows and people begin to question the official narratives, the Institute’s power is evaporating. The “Great Awakening” is the antidote to their “Mass Hypnosis.”
Once you realize that your anxieties and your “opinions” were manufactured in a lab, you become immune to their signal. The factory of the human mind is being shut down, and the people are finally starting to think for themselves. The spell is breaking.
CODE: TAVISTOCK-MIND / PSY-OP-FACTORY / MASS-HYPNOSIS / SOCIAL-ENGINEERING
They told you it was “culture.” They lied to hide the fact that it was a laboratory. The cage is made of ideas, and the door is in your own mind.
The greatest freedom is the one they can’t see—the freedom to think outside their script. It’s time to wake up and walk off the set. Share this.
THE PHARMACEUTICAL ARCHIVES — WHAT THEY DIDN’T WANT YOU TO FIND.
We have access to internal pharmaceutical databases sealed for three years. What we found will change everything you believe about vaccines, cancer, and the medical industrial complex.
Source: The 17th Disciple
Between 2021 and 2026, cancer diagnoses increased by 340% in vaccinated populations. This isn’t coincidence. This is protocol.
The mRNA technology doesn’t just teach your immune system to recognize a virus. It fundamentally reprograms your cellular machinery. The spike protein doesn’t disappear after two weeks—it circulates in your bloodstream for months, accumulating in your organs. Your liver. Your heart. Your reproductive system.
But here’s what they buried: the spike protein triggers cellular mutations. It activates dormant oncogenes. It suppresses tumor-suppressor genes. It creates the perfect environment for cancer cells to proliferate unchecked.
The pharmaceutical companies knew this. Their own internal studies documented it. Myocarditis. Blood clots. Turbo cancers developing in weeks instead of years. Reproductive damage. Neurological degradation. All documented. All suppressed.
The VAERS database is a graveyard they don’t want you to visit. Millions of adverse events reported. Millions more never reported because doctors were threatened and silenced. The true number of deaths and injuries is 10 times higher than official counts.
The cancer connection is the smoking gun. Turbo cancers appearing in vaccinated populations at rates 50 times normal. Aggressive malignancies that kill within months. The medical establishment calls them “anomalies.” They’re not anomalies. They’re consequences.
Pfizer, Moderna, Johnson & Johnson—they all knew. Their own scientists warned them. Their data showed the danger. But profits were too enormous. Control was too valuable. So they lied. They manipulated studies. They paid off regulators. They silenced whistleblowers.
The regulatory agencies are complicit. The FDA approved vaccines they knew were dangerous. The CDC promoted them while hiding adverse event data. The WHO coordinated a global cover-up. This is organized medical fraud on a planetary scale.
Whistleblowers inside the FDA, CDC, and pharmaceutical companies are coming forward. They have the documents. They have the emails. They have the proof. The cover-up is collapsing.
The medical system that was supposed to heal you was weaponized against you. Your body became a profit center. Your health became irrelevant.
But the awakening is accelerating. The data is being released. The truth cannot be contained. The victims are speaking. The evidence is mounting.
SHARE THIS. THE MEDICAL TRUTH IS BREAKING THROUGH.
CODE: PHARMA-ARCHIVES / SPIKE-PROTEIN-MUTATION / TURBO-CANCER / VAERS-SUPPRESSION / MEDICAL-GENOCIDE
CLASSIFIED DIRECTIVE: OPERATION FREQUENCY-9
THE $4.5 TRILLION PHARMACEUTICAL EMPIRE IS COLLAPSING IN REAL TIME.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
For 70 years, they called it “pseudoscience.” They revoked medical licenses. They confiscated research. They told your grandparents that Alzheimer’s was irreversible, watching them forget your name just so Pfizer could sell them $26,000-a-year synthetic drugs.
THEY LIED TO YOU. AND NOW, THE WALL JUST CRACKED.
The FDA has quietly admitted what the military has known since 1974: FREQUENCY HEALS THE BRAIN.
Ochsner Health—one of the largest medical systems in the United States—is preparing to launch “Spectris.” It doesn’t use pills. It doesn’t use chemical infusions. It uses a headset that delivers strobing light and low-frequency sound at exactly 40 Hz.
Why 40 Hz? Because 40 Hz is the exact Gamma frequency of a healthy, highly coherent human brain. It is the frequency of cellular repair. It physically removes the amyloid plaque linked to Alzheimer’s. It stops the disease progression.
If 40 Hz of light and sound can reverse Alzheimer’s… What does 528 Hz do to your DNA? What does 7.83 Hz do to your immune system?
Your body is not a chemical machine that needs synthetic drugs. Your body is a holographic frequency receiver. Change the frequency. Cure the disease.
But ask yourself: Why are they releasing a “headset” NOW?
Because President Trump and the White Hat military alliance forced their hand. Under Executive Order 2026-1947, the original MedBed patents—classified under the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) for 50 years—are being systematically declassified.
The medical establishment is in absolute panic. They know the public is about to find out that frequency cures EVERYTHING. They are scrambling to release a primitive, watered-down “headset” version so they can patent it, control it, and charge insurance companies before the real MedBeds become public.
It will not work. The dam is breaking.
Yesterday at 0400 hours, Military Intelligence seized $2.3 trillion in hidden pharmaceutical assets from offshore accounts in Geneva and the Cayman Islands. Twenty-three Pentagon generals who suppressed this technology for decades have been arrested for treason under the Insurrection Act. The Quantum Financial System (QFS) is now fully integrated with the MedBed rollout protocols.
We have the intercepted communications. We have the SWIFT transfer records showing how WHO and Gates Foundation operatives tried to bribe FDA officials to delay the rollout. The tribunals are already being prepared at GITMO.
When the Emergency Broadcast System (EBS) activates, the full truth will be revealed. Trump is preparing to announce the deployment of 1 million MedBeds globally. Free access for all patriots. No more Big Pharma. No more suffering.
They cannot put the genie back in the bottle. The matrix is falling.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. WAKE THEM UP.
The Huge Earthquake In Japan Is Another Example That Shows The Pacific Ring Of Fire Is Roaring To Life – Is California Next?
The Pacific Ring of Fire has been extremely active this year, and that should deeply alarm all of us. Approximately 90 percent of all global earthquakes occur along the Pacific Ring of Fire, and we have just gotten another reminder that danger is potentially lurking every single moment of every single day. Those that were killed by the magnitude 7.1 earthquake that just hit Japan were just living their lives like normal when disaster suddenly struck. Unfortunately, the entire west coast of the United States also sits directly along the Pacific Ring of Fire, and scientists openly acknowledge that the clock is ticking.
As far as I know, nobody was forecasting that a magnitude 7.1 earthquake would hit Japan on Tuesday.
But that is precisely what happened…
A 7.1-magnitude earthquake hit Japan’s southern Kumamoto prefecture on Tuesday, knocking out power to thousands of homes, rupturing roads and leaving some trapped and others presumed dead inside a partially collapsed shopping mall.
Speaking to reporters from her office in Tokyo, Japanese Prime Minister Sanae Takaichi said authorities were still assessing the full extent of the damage in the area, which was devastated by a deadly quake a decade ago.
“We have already been informed that people have been injured. Power outages and fires have occurred in some areas, and there has also been damage to roads and bridges and the collapse of buildings,” Takaichi said.
One moment, local residents were casually strolling through a shopping mall.
But then everything started shaking and the shopping mall collapsed right on top of them…
Footage on social media shows members of the public running for cover and crouching down on the floor as the ground shook at the shopping centre.
An unknown number of people are believed to have become trapped in the rubble of the mall, with rescue operations being carried out, the Fire and Disaster Management Agency said.
There have also been several reports of injuries and damage to roads, bridges and buildings, as well as blackouts and fire.
Videos on social media showed clouds of smoke billowing into the air as flames engulfed a building, while firefighters scrambled to tackle the blaze.
This is a great tragedy, and it shows how quickly something like this can occur.
But it shouldn’t be a surprise to any of us.
Throughout 2026, Japan has been hammered by sizable earthquakes over and over again.
Back on April 20th, northern Japan was hit by a magnitude 7.7 earthquake…
On April 20 this year, a tremor measuring 7.7 hit the country’s north, injuring at least 10 people and shaking large buildings in Tokyo.
This prompted authorities to issue a special advisory warning of an increased risk of earthquakes of magnitude 8.0 or stronger.
That one made headlines all over the planet.
About a month ago, a magnitude 7.2 earthquake shook northern Japan on June 25th…
At least 10 people were injured after a magnitude 7.2 earthquake hit northern Japan on Thursday morning, registering a rare upper 6 on the Japanese seismic intensity scale of 7 in the town of Hashikami, Aomori Prefecture. No tsunami warning has been issued.
A mild quake was also felt in Tokyo. The Japan Meteorological Agency said the epicenter was 44 kilometers deep off the coast of Iwate Prefecture.
One day later, a magnitude 5.6 earthquake rattled Yamanashi Prefecture’s Fuji Five Lakes area…
An earthquake with an estimated magnitude of 5.6 hit Yamanashi Prefecture’s Fuji Five Lakes area at 10:28 p.m. on Friday, registering a lower 6 on the Japanese seismic intensity scale of 7 in Fuji-Kawaguchiko, according to the Japan Meteorological Agency.
The JMA estimates that the earthquake originated at a depth of 20 kilometers. The earthquake did not trigger a tsunami.
Two days after that, residents of Iwate Prefecture were awakened by a magnitude 6.1 earthquake…
A magnitude 6.1 earthquake struck off the coast of Iwate Prefecture early Sunday, the latest in a spate of temblors to shake the area.
The quake, which occurred at 5:21 a.m., registered a lower 5 on the Japanese seismic intensity scale of 7 in Hachinohe, Aomori Prefecture. No tsunami warning was issued.According to the Japan Meteorological Agency, the epicenter was at a depth of approximately 40 kilometers.
I could provide many more examples, but I think that most of you get the point by now. Japan is being shaken over and over again, and there is no end in sight.
Here in the United States, we have been very fortunate. There have been a lot of sizable earthquakes along the west coast this year, but no really big ones. That is the good news.
The bad news is that the amount of accumulated tectonic stress in Southern California is “higher today than at any point over the last 1,000 years”…
And the time is ripe. According to a new paper, published in the Journal of Geophysical Research, accumulative stresses in the Earth’s crust in California are higher today than at any point over the last 1,000 years, raising concerns over the potential for a massive rupture in the Los Angeles region.
The research could help scientists better understand the specific conditions that come ahead of massive earthquakes, giving us a clearer picture of what range of potentially devastating scenarios we should be ready for. Predicting when these events will occur, however, remains next to impossible, despite scientists’ best efforts.
The densely populated LA region is home to the Cajon Pass, a “critical fault junction,” meaning that a major earthquake could cross from one fault line to the other. The international team led by University of Bern Earth sciences researcher Liliane Burkhard modeled 1,000 years of earthquake history along these fault systems. They found that tectonic stresses, measured in force per unit area, have been building up since the last 7.9 magnitude quake that shook the LA region in 1857, reaching and even exceeding the highest levels over the last millennium.
Yes, a “massive rupture” is most certainly coming. This is something that I have been warning about for many years.
So what would such a disaster look like?
One expert is warning that a magnitude 7.8 earthquake in Southern California would cause more than a trillion dollars in damage…
When the next “Big One” hits, it could carry a massive price tag, according to a California earthquake expert.
A magnitude 7.8 earthquake along the southern San Andreas Fault, rupturing from Imperial County to Los Angeles County, could result in an estimated $1 trillion in damage across Southern California.
That’s according to a state earthquake expert who calculated the costs based on previous disasters, including the recent Los Angeles wildfires. The estimate has also been adjusted for inflation.
In my opinion, when the “Big One” finally arrives it will do far more damage than that. Much of Southern California is just barely above sea level. When the “Big One” strikes, the ground on one side of the San Andreas fault could end up sitting much higher than ground on the other side of the San Andreas fault.
The magnitude 7.8 earthquake that hit the Philippines earlier this year raised the seabed in some areas by about 6 feet. So don’t think that it can’t happen.
What we have witnessed so far is just a preview. Much larger earthquakes are on the way, and the vast majority of those living along the Pacific Ring of Fire are completely and utterly unprepared.
THE MSM IS IN PANIC MODE TODAY
For the last 13 nights, the mainstream media told you we were heading into World War III. They reported that US forces were striking Iran daily. They reported that President Trump was threatening a “massive attack” and had “1,000 missiles locked and loaded.”
What happened yesterday? The bombings suddenly stopped.
US Central Command made ZERO announcements of new strikes on Friday. The media is confused. They don’t know why.
I WILL TELL YOU WHY.
President Trump just pulled off the greatest geopolitical checkmate in modern history, and the Deep State is terrified you will find out.
While the media was screaming about war, Trump was secretly using Swiss intermediaries to negotiate directly with Tehran. He didn’t just stop a war—he broke the military-industrial complex.
Here is what is actually happening behind closed doors right now:
Iran has secretly agreed to completely dismantle its nuclear program. In exchange, the US blockade is lifting, but on Trump’s terms.
But here is the part that will break the internet: The deal includes $500 BILLION in seized Deep State assets that are being redirected to the US Treasury.
Why do you think Iranian Foreign Minister Araghchi was urgently meeting with Russian Foreign Minister Lavrov at the SCO summit in Kyrgyzstan yesterday? They were finalizing the framework of a new global financial agreement that completely bypasses the corrupt central banking system.
The military-industrial complex is furious. They wanted endless war to fund their black budgets. Yesterday afternoon, Military Intelligence intercepted communications from three top Pentagon generals attempting to sabotage the peace talks. They were arrested at 03:00 AM this morning.
President Trump is preparing to address the nation within the next 72 hours to announce this historic victory. When he does, global oil prices will plummet, the stock market will explode, and the Deep State’s primary funding mechanism (endless war) will be permanently severed.
They wanted a war to stop him. He used their war to bankrupt them.
THE GAME IS OVER.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE BEFORE THEY TAKE IT DOWN.
It Is Going To Be A Very Difficult Winter If The Global Energy Crisis Is Not Resolved Soon
Unless some sort of a miracle happens, the world is facing a severe energy supply crunch in the months ahead. Since the war with Iran began, we have been able to function normally because we had huge inventory buffers that we could rely on. But now those inventory buffers are nearly gone, the Iranians have been attacking commercial vessels in the Strait of Hormuz, the Houthis are preventing Saudi tankers from getting through the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and the Ukrainains have been relentlessly attacking Russian refineries. As a result, we are potentially facing a very difficult winter.
Most people do not understand how dire things have become because they are still operating as if there was no energy crisis at all.
The reason they have been able to do that is because we had extensive inventory stockpiles, but now those stockpiles are “largely depleted”…
At the start of the war in late February, countries relied on strategic oil reserves to mitigate the worst impacts of an energy supply crunch. Those stockpiles are now largely depleted, stripping the market of its key shock-absorbing cushion.
At this moment, the world is running an oil deficit. But we can only do that for so long.
Once the stockpiles get to zero, oil prices will go “a lot higher”, and we are being warned that the clock is ticking…
“Our view, at a high level, is that we are in a crisis,” said Merritt Point’s Baird. “One that we have prepared for with very large inventory buffers, but the clock is ticking, and the challenges introduced this week with the potential disruption of Bab el-Mandeb just pull that much harder on the finite buffer.”
In addition to blocking Saudi vessels from traveling through the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, the Houthis are also hitting Saudi oil facilities…
Ship traffic through Bab el-Mandeb fell on Sunday after Yemeni Houthis attacked Saudi oil installations along the Red Sea coast, while transit through the Strait of Hormuz stayed low over the weekend, shipping data from Kpler showed on Monday.
Eleven commodity vessels passed through the Bab el-Mandeb strait on Sunday, the lowest level in months, the data showed.
We aren’t hearing about this a lot in the western media, but serious damage is being done by the Houthis.
In fact, Aramco’s Jizan oil refinery continues to burn two days after it was originally struck by ballistic missiles…
A 77 kilometer smoke trail indicates that the damage that has been done to that facility is quite extensive.
On Monday, the Houthis struck again.
This time is was Aramco’s Abqaiq oil processing facility…
Meanwhile there are emerging Monday reports that Saudi Aramco’s Abqaiq oil processing facility in the kingdom’s eastern province is on fire after probable drone and/or missile strikes by the Houthis, or from Iran-aligned Iraqi militias.
Newsquawk reports based on emerging Iranian state media that “Hours ago, the huge Abqaiq oil facility in eastern Saudi Arabia, one of the world’s most important oil processing centers, was set on fire in drone and missile attacks, reports Tasnim citing sources and images.”
The damage that the Houthis are causing could take months or even years to fully repair.
So even if the Strait of Hormuz and the Bab el-Mandeb Strait both suddenly opened, there won’t be as much Saudi oil flowing out of the region for an extended period of time.
Meanwhile, gas stations in Russia are actually rationing gasoline as a result of Ukraine’s unprecedented drone attacks on Russian refineries…
Ukraine’s Volodymyr Zelensky began intensifying drone attacks on Russian oil refineries in mid-June as part of a campaign to raise the war’s stakes for ordinary Russians more than four years after Putin’s full-scale invasion of his country.
Thanks to more than a month of attacks on refineries, fuel depots, and warehouses hundreds of miles behind the front line—including in Moscow—Russia is facing a fuel crisis the likes of which have not been seen since Putin’s rise to power more than 25 years ago, NBC News reported.
Gas stations in many regions have taken the unprecedented move of introducing rationing schemes and restrictions, and social media has been flooded with videos of long lines and frustrated drivers.
Russia normally exports a tremendous amount of oil. But now they are being forced to purchase gasoline from India.
If we keep running down our inventory buffers, soon we will start witnessing rationing all over the globe. Of course supplies of natural gas are getting really tight as well. Gas storage facilities all over Europe should be nearly full right now in preparation for winter, but instead they are currently sitting at about half that level…
Supplies have been run down because of the war in Iran and the closure of the Strait of Hormuz, with up to a fifth of the world’s supply disrupted.
Currently, across Europe, gas storage facilities are around half full.
This is “an historically low level at this time of the year”, according to energy consultancy Wood Mackenzie.
Unless things change, this is going to be a long, cold winter in Europe this year.
The situation is even worse in the United Kingdom.
At this point, the UK currently has “less than a week’s worth of gas reserves”…
The National Energy System Operator (Neso) said the curbs would take effect from Friday, as it faces questions over how close Britain came to blackouts during a heatwave in June.
Official data show the UK currently has less than a week’s worth of gas reserves. European nations typically hold several weeks’ worth of supply, though stocks on the Continent have also been run down.
Mr O’Shea, the chief executive of Centrica, which owns British Gas, said: “European gas storage levels are low. UK gas storage levels are incredibly low … If it’s not a warm winter, then there’ll be problems, and the problems will be associated with having less gas in storage.”
If the war in the Middle East does not get resolved, I have no idea what everyone is going to do.
Of course I am fully convinced that the war in the Middle East is not going to end any time soon. So I would make preparations for a very difficult winter.
As Chris Martenson often reminds us, energy is the foundation of all economic activity, and it appears that the world simply won’t have enough energy to function normally this upcoming winter.
280,000 CHILDREN DISAPPEARED. THE SYSTEM THAT WAS SUPPOSED TO PROTECT THEM BECAME THEIR EXECUTIONER
Between 2021 and 2025, the federal government lost track of 280,000 unaccompanied migrant children. Not misplaced. Not temporarily separated. DISAPPEARED. Sent to unverified addresses. Moved in the dead of night. Never seen again.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
This wasn’t incompetence. This was systematic child trafficking orchestrated from the highest levels of government.
A whistleblower caseworker at the Pomona Fairplex facility has come forward with documentation that will destroy careers and demand accountability. What she witnessed was a deliberate dismantling of child protection protocols in favor of rapid processing and political expediency.
Children arrived traumatized and alone. They were separated from siblings without explanation. A 5-year-old girl named Grace was torn from her 7-year-old sister. When she cried asking where her sister was, caseworkers had no answer. The girls were sent to different “sponsors” at unverified addresses. Neither caseworker nor government knew if they survived.
A 14-year-old girl was raped repeatedly and forced into sex work by her “sponsor.” The system that was supposed to protect her facilitated her abuse.
The vetting process was a joke. Selfies were accepted as ID. Sponsors communicated through WhatsApp. Addresses couldn’t be verified. Children were handed to strangers in the middle of the night with no follow-up. No welfare checks. No accountability.
The caseworker reported these horrors. She was ignored. When she demanded answers, she was told to process faster. When she pushed back, her concerns were buried. Employees who reported abuse were fired.
Children were woken at 2 a.m., handed bags of belongings, and transported by unknown individuals in unmarked vehicles. Nobody tracked where they went. Nobody knew who took them. The timing was deliberate—darkness ensured nobody would see the children leaving.
Workers received inadequate training. Children slept on cots in makeshift pods with 20-35 minors and little privacy. Sexual harassment and abuse inside the facility went unreported because whistleblowers faced termination.
This is industrial-scale child trafficking. This is government-facilitated exploitation. This is the system choosing profit and politics over the safety of the most vulnerable.
The whistleblower has the documentation. She has the names. She has the evidence. The cover-up is collapsing. The children are speaking. The truth is breaking through.
The architects of this system will face justice.
SHARE THIS. THE CHILDREN’S VOICES MUST BE HEARD.
CODE: MISSING-280K / CHILD-TRAFFICKING-SYSTEM / POMONA-FAIRPLEX / SPONSOR-FRAUD / GOVERNMENT-FACILITATED-ABUSE / WHISTLEBLOWER-EXPOSED
CAUTION ⚠️ ALERT / DISCERNMENT / Graphic Material in this Article
The Crimes Against Humanity That One Of The Greatest Criminals In U.S. History Has Committed Must Never Be Forgotten
It has been said that if we do not learn from history, we are doomed to repeat it. Sadly, it doesn’t appear that we have learned much from the last pandemic. Mad scientists continue to monkey around with some of the deadliest diseases ever known to humanity, and in many cases they are purposely trying to make them even more deadly. It is so easy for an “accident” to happen, but they don’t seem to care. As long as it is for “science”, anything is justified. That even includes using parts from aborted babies or brutally torturing dogs and cats in many of their twisted experiments. Crimes against humanity continue to occur behind closed doors in secret labs all over this country, and that is just one of the reasons why the crimes against humanity that one of the greatest criminals in U.S. history has committed must never be forgotten.
So many people were looking forward to Dr. Anthony Fauci’s testimony in front of the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee on Wednesday.
A lot of us were hoping that we would finally get some answers to questions that we have been asking for a very long time.
But that didn’t happen.
During his opening statement, Dr. Fauci made it very clear that he would be pleading the Fifth in response to all questions…
“Given Senator Paul’s obvious obsession with calling for my prosecution, his repeated slanderous comments about me, and recently, his publicly releasing my unredacted personal diary, aimed at embarrassing and intimidating me, the only conclusion I can reach is that the sole reason he is calling me before this committee is to get me to say something, anything, that could vindicate his repeated public pledges that I end up, in his words, quote, ‘behind bars,’” Fauci said.
“Any reasonable person who has followed his unhinged obsession with me would readily come to the same conclusion. Therefore, although it pains me to do so because of the respect I have for the legislative branch of government and my decades-long record of cooperating with Congress, under the advice of my attorneys, I will invoke my right under the Fifth Amendment of the Constitution to refrain from answering your questions. Thank you.”
From that point forward, Fauci answered every question that Senators asked him by giving the exact same response: “On the advice of counsel, I respectfully decline to answer based upon my rights under the Fifth Amendment.”
He even did this when Senator Josh Hawley asked him ridiculously simple questions that had nothing to do with the pandemic…
Fauci doesn’t care how that looked.
He just wants to do whatever he can to stay out of prison.
Overall, Fauci invoked the Fifth Amendment at least 105 times…
Dr. Anthony Fauci has pleaded the Fifth Amendment more than 100 times in a Senate Homeland Committee hearing Wednesday about the COVID-19 pandemic.
Fauci took the fifth at least 105 times as the hearing was drawing to a close, three hours’ of questioning later.
Because Fauci was preemptively pardoned by Joe Biden, I don’t think that he will ever answer for the crimes that he has committed during his lifetime. But we must not ever forget what he did.
For example, Senator Joni Ernst asked Fauci about the fact that he personally authorized the use of “aborted baby body parts in mice research”…
Sen. Joni Ernst (R-Iowa) has revealed that former NIAID Director Dr. Anthony Fauci approved the use of “aborted baby body parts in mice research.”
“NIH-funded coronavirus researcher Dr. Ralph Baric and his colleagues at UNC put parts of livers, thymus and chunks of human fetal lung that they got from aborted, almost five-month-old human babies,” explained Ernst. “They put those parts in their research mice. They disgustingly named them ‘BLT-L’ mice, and wrote they had created a ‘sandwich of aborted body parts in the mice.’”
“Get it folks? BLT, a BLT sandwich,” Ernst emphasized. “Thankfully, the current NIH director has said no more of this. Dr. Fauci, yes or no? Do you think that human aborted parts should be put into mice for coronavirus research?”
I don’t even have the words to describe how evil this is.
Everyone that has been involved in this should be in prison.
Our tax money was being used to take parts from five-month-old aborted babies and graft them on to mice…
Nobody is ever going to be held accountable for this.
And nobody is ever going to be held accountable for what the NIAID was doing to dogs either…
How could anyone do such a thing? But to this day, a lot of Democrats continue to defend these practices. This is yet another sign of how far gone our society is. Right now, scientists all over the U.S. continue to use aborted fetal tissue in their experiments. And scientists all over the U.S. continue to torture dogs and cats in the name of science.
Of course I could go on all day about other crimes that Dr. Fauci committed. I don’t think that I even have the words to adequately describe the amount of harm that he caused.
Sadly, our society celebrates people like him. Hollywood even made glowing documentaries about him. But he won’t even answer the most basic questions in front of the U.S. Senate.
What a disgrace.
However, Fauci’s attorney had plenty to say, and this greatly annoyed Senator Rand Paul…
Fauci’s attorney, David Schertler, had sat next to the former COVID-19 czar during the testy hearing and repeatedly tried to speak up after Paul (R-Ky.) suggested his client would face repercussions for refusing to answer questions.
Schertler ignored Paul’s repeated warnings that he was not authorized to speak.
“You will respect these proceedings. You were told not to sit at the table. You insist on sitting at the table and we told you you would not be recognized. You are not invited here for testimony, sir. You are being disruptive. Would you behave this way in a courtroom? No, because the judge would put you in jail. I can’t do that today. But I can have you escorted from the premises,” Paul told Schertler.
Needless to say, Schertler would not shut up.
After giving him a final warning, Senator Paul actually had Schertler escorted out…
“So I would say, sir, sit quietly and don’t say another word. I said sit quietly. You are not recognized. Another word and you’re gone,” Paul declared.
After another back-and-forth and the attorney’s refusal to listen, Paul then had security remove him from the room.
Once that happened, the entire hearing room erupted in applause.
And Senator Paul is warning Dr. Fauci that there will be consequences for refusing to answer any questions…
Rand Paul says Anthony Fauci can expect consequences for the former Covid czar’s decision to exercise his Fifth Amendment rights against self-incrimination to avoid testifying before Paul’s Senate committee on Wednesday.
“It’s against the law to obstruct an investigation of Congress. There will be repercussions for your refusal to testify,” Paul told Fauci, the longtime top government health official who led the pandemic response. Paul scheduled a vote of his Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee on Aug. 5 on a resolution declaring Fauci in contempt of Congress.
We shall see what happens.
If Dr. Fauci is not held accountable for his refusal to testify, countless others will use the exact same strategy in the future when they are called in front of the U.S. Senate.
Meanwhile, it appears that we have not learned much from the last pandemic, and now more great pestilences are on the way. As I write this, the Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo is really picking up steam. It is spreading like wildfire and the death rate is sitting at about 40 percent.
We all saw the panic that can be caused when a disease that has a death rate of way under 1 percent starts spreading all over the globe. So what would happen if a disease that has a death rate of 40 percent starts spreading all over the globe?
There are other diseases that our scientists have cooked up that are even more deadly, and they are just one accident away from getting released into the general population.
The last pandemic should have motivated us to shut down hundreds of secret labs in the U.S. and around the world. But instead we brushed it off and treated the last pandemic like it was just a one time deal.
Of course it wasn’t just a one time deal, and our society is going to learn that the hard way.
THE EU COORDINATED FINANCIAL WARFARE AGAINST AMERICAN TECH. THE DOCUMENTS ARE SURFACING.
$22 Billion in fines. Apple. Meta. Amazon. Google. All American companies. All targeted in a coordinated assault orchestrated by Brussels and their Deep State allies.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
This isn’t regulation. This is economic warfare disguised as compliance.
Between 2021 and 2026, the European Union systematically weaponized antitrust law against American technology companies while protecting European competitors. The pattern is too precise to be coincidence. The timing too coordinated to be accidental.
Apple: $15 Billion. Meta: $3 Billion. Amazon: $2.5 Billion. Google: $1 Billion. Total: $21.5 Billion extracted from American innovation and funneled into European bureaucratic coffers.
But here’s what they’re hiding: the real fines are triple this amount. Internal EU documents reveal $67 Billion in planned extractions over the next five years. The strategy is to systematically dismantle American tech dominance and transfer technological supremacy to Chinese and European competitors.
The coordination is documented. Emails between EU regulators and Chinese intelligence officials discussing “strategic technology transfer.” Meetings between Brussels and the Deep State apparatus planning synchronized attacks on American companies. Whistleblowers inside the EU Commission have the receipts.
The fines aren’t random. They’re calculated to cripple American companies while leaving European tech competitors untouched. Spotify gets protection. TikTok gets a pass. But American companies? They get destroyed.
This is financial genocide against American innovation. This is the globalist apparatus attempting to level the playing field by handicapping the winners.
But the counterattack is coming. The 301 Investigation is underway. Tariffs are being prepared. The economic retaliation will be devastating.
The EU will pay a price far exceeding $22 Billion. American tariffs will target European luxury goods, automotive, agriculture, pharmaceuticals. The economic response will be swift and merciless.
The documents proving the coordination are being released. The whistleblowers are coming forward. The conspiracy is unraveling.
American companies will be protected. American innovation will dominate. American workers will prosper.
SHARE THIS. THE ECONOMIC TRUTH IS BREAKING THROUGH.
CODE: EU-FINANCIAL-WARFARE / TECH-GENOCIDE / DEEP-STATE-COORDINATION / TARIFF-RETALIATION / AMERICAN-DOMINANCE / GLOBALIST-ATTACK
SARDINIA: THE ISLAND OF GIANTS
Ancient Megaliths, Mysterious Burials, and One of History’s Greatest Archaeological Mysteries
By Great Awakening Report Research Staff
Nestled in the heart of the western Mediterranean, the Italian island of Sardinia has become one of the world’s most fascinating destinations for researchers interested in ancient civilizations, megalithic architecture, and humanity’s forgotten past. While millions visit Sardinia each year for its beaches and picturesque villages, relatively few realize that beneath its rugged landscape lies one of Europe’s richest concentrations of prehistoric monuments. Thousands of mysterious stone towers known as Nuraghe, massive underground tombs, sacred wells, giant stone statues, and unusual burial sites have inspired archaeologists, historians, and alternative researchers alike to ask whether Sardinia preserves the remnants of a civilization far older—and perhaps far more sophisticated—than conventional history suggests.
At the center of this mystery is the remarkable Nuragic Civilization, which flourished between approximately 1800 BC and 500 BC. The Nuragic people constructed more than 7,000 stone towers, many of which still stand today. Built without mortar from enormous blocks of granite and basalt, these structures demonstrate an extraordinary understanding of engineering and architecture. Some towers rise more than sixty feet high, while larger complexes contain multiple towers, defensive walls, underground chambers, and sophisticated water systems. Although mainstream archaeologists generally interpret these monuments as fortifications, ceremonial centers, or symbols of political authority, many questions remain unanswered regarding their precise purpose and how such an advanced culture developed on a relatively isolated island.
Perhaps even more intriguing are the island’s famous “Tombs of the Giants” (Tombe dei Giganti). These elongated communal burial monuments, some extending over one hundred feet in length, are among the largest funerary structures in Bronze Age Europe. Their impressive stone facades, carefully fitted megaliths, and semicircular forecourts have long captured the imagination of visitors. The name “Tombs of the Giants” originated in local folklore rather than archaeology, reflecting centuries-old legends that enormous human beings once inhabited the island. While archaeologists attribute these structures to collective burials of Nuragic communities, the legends surrounding them continue to fuel speculation about Sardinia’s ancient past.
The mystery deepened dramatically in 1974 with the discovery of the Giants of Monte Prama. Archaeologists unearthed dozens of monumental limestone statues depicting warriors, archers, and boxers standing more than eight feet tall. Dating to roughly the 8th century BC, these sculptures represent the oldest known large-scale stone statues in the western Mediterranean. Their stylized circular eyes, imposing stature, and martial symbolism remain unlike any other artistic tradition of their time. For many researchers, the Monte Prama statues demonstrate that the Nuragic civilization possessed a level of artistic sophistication and cultural identity that is only now beginning to be fully appreciated.
Adding another layer to Sardinia’s enigmatic history are the island’s numerous sacred wells and temple complexes. These remarkable structures reveal advanced knowledge of geometry, astronomy, and hydraulic engineering. Some sacred wells appear to align with celestial events such as lunar standstills and equinoxes, leading researchers to suggest that astronomy played an important role in Nuragic religious practices. Precision stonework, underground chambers, and carefully engineered water systems continue to impress modern engineers and archaeologists alike.
Beyond the accepted archaeological record lies a rich tradition of legends describing giants, ancient kings, and mysterious peoples who supposedly inhabited Sardinia long before recorded history. Ancient Greek and Roman writers occasionally referred to unusually large inhabitants of the island, while medieval traditions preserved stories of powerful beings associated with the great stone monuments. Although no credible scientific evidence confirms the existence of a race of giant humans in Sardinia, these enduring traditions have become a central theme within alternative history circles. Reports of unusually large skeletal remains occasionally surface in popular media and online discussions, but most remain unverified or lack sufficient archaeological documentation to support extraordinary conclusions.
Alternative researchers often place Sardinia within a much broader network of prehistoric civilizations that includes Malta, Göbekli Tepe, Egypt, and the megalithic cultures of Western Europe. They note similarities in stone construction techniques, astronomical alignments, and enduring myths concerning culture-bringers, giants, or advanced ancient societies. Some even speculate that Sardinia may preserve fragments of knowledge inherited from an earlier Mediterranean civilization lost to history. While these ideas remain speculative and fall outside mainstream archaeology, they continue to inspire ongoing exploration into humanity’s distant past.
Modern archaeological research, meanwhile, continues to uncover new evidence that reshapes our understanding of the Nuragic world. Advances in ground-penetrating radar, LiDAR mapping, DNA analysis, and improved dating techniques are revealing increasingly complex settlement patterns and sophisticated social organization across the island. Each new discovery reinforces the idea that Sardinia played a far more significant role in Bronze Age Mediterranean history than previously recognized.
Whether viewed through the lens of conventional archaeology or alternative historical inquiry, Sardinia remains one of Earth’s most remarkable archaeological landscapes. Its Nuraghe, Giants of Monte Prama, Tombs of the Giants, sacred wells, and enduring legends invite us to reconsider how much of humanity’s early history may still lie hidden beneath layers of time. As excavations continue and new technologies reveal previously unseen chapters of the ancient world, Sardinia stands as a powerful reminder that many of history’s greatest mysteries remain unsolved.
GAR Perspective
The story of Sardinia illustrates one of the central themes explored throughout the Great Awakening Report: the possibility that our understanding of ancient civilization is still incomplete. New discoveries continue to challenge long-held assumptions, encouraging both scholars and independent researchers to reexamine the evidence with fresh eyes. While extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence, Sardinia demonstrates that some of history’s most profound questions are still waiting to be answered.
The Sirius–Canaanite Tradition: Reexamining Ancient Narratives of the “Lords of Light”
One of the more intriguing interpretations within modern alternative history is presented in Robert Morning Sky’s The Terra Papers.
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
Rather than reading the ancient civilizations of Mesopotamia, Canaan, and the Hebrews solely through conventional archaeology and theology, Morning Sky proposes a mythological framework in which these traditions preserve symbolic memories of interactions between advanced non-human civilizations. Although these interpretations are not accepted by mainstream historians or archaeologists, they have become influential within many ancient astronaut, esoteric, and consciousness communities because they attempt to connect diverse mythologies into a single narrative.
According to Morning Sky’s reconstruction, one of the central lineages originates from Sirius A, represented by the benevolent Lords of Light, often associated with Ea (Enki). In this narrative, these beings served as teachers, scientists, genetic engineers, and civilizing influences who sought to help humanity develop intellectually, spiritually, and technologically. Rather than ruling through domination, they are portrayed as encouraging the expansion of knowledge, creativity, individual sovereignty, and conscious evolution.
The Lords of Light and the Sirian Legacy
Within this framework, Ea (Enki) becomes one of the principal figures representing compassion, wisdom, and scientific advancement. Morning Sky suggests that many later traditions describing enlightened beings, culture bringers, or divine teachers may preserve symbolic memories of this Sirian influence. The Lords of Light are depicted as introducing agriculture, astronomy, mathematics, medicine, architecture, metallurgy, and sacred knowledge to early civilizations.
This interpretation presents Sirius not merely as an important astronomical object but as a symbolic source of higher wisdom. Across numerous ancient cultures—including Egypt, Mesopotamia, and parts of Africa—Sirius occupied a position of extraordinary religious significance. While conventional scholarship explains these associations through astronomy, agriculture, and seasonal calendars, alternative researchers suggest they may reflect a much older tradition linking Sirius with humanity’s earliest teachers.
The Canaanite Priesthood
Morning Sky further proposes that the Canaanite priesthood, particularly those devoted to El and later Baal, inherited fragments of this original Sirian knowledge. Rather than viewing the Canaanites simply as neighboring peoples of ancient Israel, he portrays them as custodians of an older esoteric tradition whose teachings gradually fragmented over time.
In this interpretation, the priests of El represented an earlier spiritual current emphasizing cosmic order, wisdom, and divine law. As political power struggles intensified throughout the ancient Near East, portions of these teachings were allegedly transformed, reinterpreted, or merged with competing religious systems. The resulting myths became increasingly symbolic, preserving only echoes of what Morning Sky considers a much older historical memory.
The Hebrews as One Branch of the Canaanite World
Modern archaeology generally agrees that the earliest Israelites emerged from within the broader Canaanite cultural world, sharing language, customs, and many religious concepts before developing a distinct identity. Morning Sky builds upon this historical observation but extends it much further into the realm of speculative interpretation.
Within his narrative, the Hebrews become one branch of the larger Canaanite peoples who sought to preserve portions of the original Sirian spiritual tradition after conflicts erupted among competing extraterrestrial factions, particularly between those associated with Sirius and Orion. The Hebrew tradition is therefore presented as emphasizing covenant, ethical law, spiritual discipline, and the preservation of sacred knowledge amid a period of increasing fragmentation.
In this framework, the biblical concept of covenant represents not simply a religious agreement but an effort to preserve humanity’s connection with higher principles rooted in wisdom, responsibility, and conscious evolution.
The Orion–Sirius Conflict
One of the recurring themes throughout The Terra Papers is the proposed conflict between civilizations associated with Sirius and Orion. Morning Sky interprets many ancient myths describing wars among the gods as symbolic recollections of competing philosophies rather than merely supernatural stories.
Within this narrative:
- Sirius represents education, healing, cooperation, scientific advancement, and spiritual growth.
- Orion symbolizes hierarchy, control, domination, centralized authority, and the manipulation of civilization through fear and conflict.
Supporters of this interpretation often view many later political and religious struggles as reflections of this larger symbolic contest between two competing approaches to civilization. It should be emphasized that these connections remain speculative and are not supported by mainstream historical evidence.
El, Elohim, and the Ancient Divine Names
An important linguistic element of Morning Sky’s interpretation concerns the ancient terms El and Elohim.
In historical scholarship:
- El was the name of the chief deity within the Canaanite pantheon.
- Elohim is the Hebrew plural grammatical form that frequently functions as a singular title for the God of Israel within the Hebrew Bible, depending on context.
Morning Sky proposes that these names preserve echoes of much older traditions associated with the Anu–Ea–Enlil triad of Mesopotamian mythology. Rather than viewing them as entirely separate religious developments, he suggests they reflect evolving cultural memories that became adapted across successive civilizations.
Mainstream linguistics recognizes historical relationships among Semitic languages and acknowledges cultural exchange throughout the ancient Near East. However, the specific identification of El, Elohim, Anu, Enki, and Enlil as representing extraterrestrial lineages remains part of alternative historical speculation rather than accepted academic consensus.
Knowledge as the Central Theme
Perhaps the most significant aspect of Morning Sky’s narrative is not the extraterrestrial framework itself but the recurring emphasis on knowledge. Throughout The Terra Papers, civilizations rise or decline according to whether they preserve or suppress wisdom. Scientific understanding, ethical responsibility, conscious awareness, and personal sovereignty become recurring themes that transcend literal interpretations of the myths.
Within this symbolic reading, the Lords of Light represent humanity’s enduring aspiration toward learning, healing, cooperation, and higher consciousness, while opposing forces symbolize ignorance, division, and centralized control. Whether interpreted as literal history, mythic allegory, or philosophical metaphor, this framework invites readers to consider how ancient stories continue to shape modern discussions about civilization, identity, and humanity’s place in the cosmos.
A Balanced Perspective
Robert Morning Sky’s The Terra Papers offers one of the more comprehensive mythological reinterpretations of ancient Mesopotamian and Canaanite traditions within the broader ancient astronaut genre. Its narrative weaves together figures such as Ea (Enki), El, Elohim, the Canaanites, the Hebrews, Sirius, and Orion into a unified story of human origins and spiritual development.
While these ideas remain outside mainstream archaeology, biblical scholarship, and ancient history, they continue to attract readers interested in comparative mythology, consciousness studies, and esoteric traditions. Whether viewed as speculative history, symbolic mythology, or spiritual allegory, Morning Sky’s work encourages exploration of enduring questions about the origins of civilization, the preservation of wisdom, and humanity’s ongoing search for meaning.
GLOBAL WEATHER WEAPONIZATION?
Examining Claims About HAARP, Atmospheric Research, and the Debate Over Weather Modification
By Great Awakening Report Research Staff
For decades, few scientific research programs have generated as much controversy as the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) and similar high-power ionospheric research facilities located around the world. To supporters, these installations represent important scientific laboratories that help researchers better understand Earth’s upper atmosphere and improve radio communications, satellite operations, and space weather forecasting. To critics, however, they represent something far more consequential: a global network capable of influencing atmospheric conditions and potentially contributing to weather modification on a scale never publicly acknowledged.
Fueling this debate is the existence of enormous antenna arrays situated in remote locations across several countries. These facilities occupy hundreds of acres and contain hundreds of high-frequency transmitting antennas designed to study the ionosphere—the electrically charged layer of Earth’s upper atmosphere. Officially, researchers use these systems to investigate how solar activity interacts with the ionosphere, affecting GPS systems, communications, radar, and satellite operations. Their stated mission has remained scientific since the original HAARP facility began operations in Alaska during the 1990s.
Yet for many independent researchers, the official explanation leaves unanswered questions. They point to the size, sophistication, and continuing expansion of atmospheric research infrastructure as evidence that governments may possess capabilities beyond those publicly disclosed. The central question often raised is straightforward: Why invest billions of dollars in increasingly powerful atmospheric research systems if their capabilities are limited to basic scientific observation?
Within alternative research communities, one theory proposes that high-energy radio frequency transmissions could alter localized atmospheric conditions by heating specific regions of the ionosphere. Some proponents speculate that such interactions might indirectly influence jet streams, storm development, precipitation patterns, or other atmospheric processes under certain conditions. From this perspective, increasingly severe weather—including prolonged droughts, destructive flooding, record-breaking heat waves, and unusually intense storms—is viewed by some as evidence that atmospheric technologies may be playing a larger role than publicly acknowledged.
Supporters of these theories often point to the remarkable increase in extreme weather events witnessed over the past two decades. Record temperatures, unprecedented rainfall, prolonged droughts, rapidly intensifying hurricanes, and unusual atmospheric anomalies have prompted growing public interest in whether all observed changes can be explained solely through natural climate variability and human-driven climate change. For some observers, these events raise broader questions about whether undisclosed technologies might also be contributing to increasingly unpredictable weather patterns.
Mainstream atmospheric scientists, however, overwhelmingly reject the claim that facilities such as HAARP possess the energy required to create or steer large-scale weather systems. They note that the amount of energy involved in hurricanes, jet streams, and global atmospheric circulation exceeds by many orders of magnitude the energy produced by any existing ionospheric research installation. According to the current scientific consensus, while localized weather modification techniques such as cloud seeding have demonstrated limited success under specific conditions, there is no publicly verified evidence that HAARP or comparable facilities can deliberately generate hurricanes, earthquakes, droughts, or other major weather events.
That scientific consensus has not ended public debate. Skeptics argue that national security programs are often classified and that governments historically have conducted extensive research into environmental modification. Declassified military documents show that weather modification has long been studied for tactical purposes, and programs such as Project Stormfury, cloud-seeding research, and international discussions surrounding environmental modification have contributed to ongoing public curiosity about what modern technologies may ultimately be capable of achieving.
The broader issue extends beyond HAARP itself. Advances in artificial intelligence, supercomputing, satellite observation, atmospheric modeling, and climate engineering continue expanding humanity’s ability to understand—and potentially influence—complex environmental systems. While today’s publicly acknowledged technologies remain limited, many researchers believe atmospheric science will continue advancing rapidly over the coming decades, making discussions about governance, transparency, and international oversight increasingly important.
Ultimately, the question of weather weaponization remains one of the most debated subjects in alternative research. Some view it as an emerging strategic capability hidden behind scientific research, while others see the claims as unsupported speculation that exceeds what current evidence demonstrates. What is not disputed is that weather has become an increasingly important geopolitical issue as nations confront rising economic losses from extreme events, infrastructure vulnerability, food security challenges, and climate resilience.
For discerning readers, perhaps the most valuable approach is neither unquestioning acceptance nor outright dismissal, but continued examination of emerging evidence, transparent scientific inquiry, and careful distinction between established facts, plausible hypotheses, and unverified claims. As atmospheric science and technology continue to evolve, the conversation surrounding weather modification is likely to remain both controversial and highly consequential.
“Understanding begins not with certainty, but with the willingness to examine evidence, question assumptions, and distinguish between what is known, what is possible, and what remains unproven.”
This Super El Niño May Be “The Strongest By A Truly Mind-Blowing Margin” And Could Cause The Most Economic Damage Ever
We are literally watching a slow-motion apocalyptic event play out right in front of our eyes, but most people in the general population don’t seem too concerned even though we are being warned that this apocalyptic event could cause trillions of dollars in economic losses. Large numbers of fish are being cooked to death, unprecedented wildfires are ripping across the United States and Europe, severe drought is greatly harming agricultural production in many areas, and the northern hemisphere is being slammed by one crazy heatwave after another. Yeah, a lot of people out there may be able to ignore what is going on outside by sitting in their air-conditioned homes, but the truth is that what is happening to us is going to cause a tremendous amount of pain for the whole world for an extended period of time.
The Super El Niño that we are currently experiencing is setting new water temperature records in the Pacific Ocean on a daily basis, and one expert is warning that it appears that “it may end up the strongest by a truly mind-blowing margin”…
The strengthening El Niño – a natural warming of seawater that influences weather around the planet – is setting daily warm water records.
It’s not only “very likely to be the strongest event since reliable records began – it may end up the strongest by a truly mind-blowing margin,” Zeke Hausfather, a research scientist at Berkeley Earth, wrote in a post for The Climate Brink, a Substack blog, earlier in July.
It remains to be seen what this will mean for the world’s weather over the next 12 to 18 months, but climate scientists say El Niño’s effects on global temperatures will increase the chances that 2026 could be the warmest year on record, and make it likely that 2027 will be the warmest.
The droughts caused by the Super El Niño of 1877-1878 resulted in famines that killed tens of millions of people. So if this Super El Niño will be stronger than that Super El Niño “by a truly mind-blowing margin”, what will that mean for impoverished nations all over the globe?
Prior to the war with Iran, the number of people around the globe suffering from acute food insecurity was already at the highest level ever recorded. How bad will things get in the months ahead?
This Super El Niño just started, and we are already setting records. Sea surface temperatures in the equatorial waters of the Pacific have never been this hot in July. We truly are in unprecedented territory, and scientists are extremely concerned about what is coming next.
In fact, a Dartmouth professor is telling us that this could be “the costliest El Niño on record”…
Because of its influence on hydrologic cycles, El Niño can bring catastrophic floods to some regions but severe drought and wildfires to others. It can also disrupt fisheries and food production and bring about trillions of dollars in economic losses.
“The current forecasts imply this could be the costliest El Niño on record,” Justin Mankin, a Dartmouth geography associate professor who studies El Niño’s economic impacts, recently told USA TODAY by email.
Trillions of dollars in economic losses is nothing to laugh at.
If a worst-case scenario materializes, we could potentially be facing tens of trillions of dollars in economic losses from this Super El Niño.
We won’t know exactly how bad this event will be until it is over, because we have never seen anything like this before. At this moment, the heartland of America is being absolutely baked by the third giant “heat dome” to strike the U.S. over the last month…
About 70 million people in the US are set to face excessive heat advisories as dangerously hot temperatures scorch much of the country’s southern and central states.
The third major “heat dome” event to hit the US in the past month is gathering strength over the weekend, spanning a vast swathe of the country, from the Gulf of Mexico coast to the Great Plains and the midwest.
Temperatures of 95-105F (35-40C) are expected, with some areas of the south-western US desert potentially reaching 120F (48C). The elevated heat is expected to linger into the coming week, held in place by the heat dome, which is when a high-pressure atmospheric system acts as a sort of lid, trapping heat in place over a region for days or even weeks.
Not too long ago, “heat dome” events were considered to be quite rare.
Now we are getting slammed by one almost every week.
It isn’t supposed to get up to 108 degrees in Nebraska, and it isn’t supposed to get up to 114 degrees in Nevada…
Places under a National Weather Service extreme heat warning included western Nebraska, where temperatures Saturday and Sunday were forecast to reach 108F.
The region’s heat was forecast to continue through the week, with temperatures topping 100F even in normally moderate areas of Montana and Wyoming.
Las Vegas was also expected to see near record-breaking highs. On Saturday, when temperatures reached around 114F in the valley, HVAC repair technician Kristian ‘Flaco’ Santos spent hours outside fixing air conditioning units.
And guess what?
A lot more heat is on the way.
In early August, another enormous heatwave is expected to send temperatures in California to dangerously high levels…
Much of the Central Valley will range from 105 to 113 degrees, and the interior Bay Area should surge to the triple digits. Warm nights will compound the effects of the extreme daytime temperatures.
Temperatures will wax and wane daily, and the duration of the heat wave is still uncertain, but long-range forecasts indicate California will contend with above-normal temperatures through mid-August. Fire danger may sharply increase. Poor air quality is expected as surface-level ozone concentrations build during the hot, sunny and windless weather.
When conditions are this hot and this dry, it is really easy for wildfires to erupt.
On Friday, I shared the following wildfire map from WatchDuty.org with my core supporters…
This is what the western third of the nation looks like right now.
Meanwhile, absolutely gigantic wildfires are ripping across France and Spain…
France fought an “unpredictable” wildfire close to Bordeaux on Sunday while Spain warned of “difficult hours” in its own fiery battle, with evacuations from danger zones in both countries mounting to well over 300,000 people.
The forest infernos, raging for days unchecked in France’s southwest and in central Spain near Madrid, were among the worst each nation has seen in peacetime.
France’s major fire has caused an unprecedented “pyrocumulonimbus”: a gigantic, untamable fire cloud that creates its own winds and packs lightning that causes more blazes, according to the National Firefighters Federation of France (FNSPF).
“It’s a David-versus-Goliath scenario: the idea is that, at some point, we’ll find a weak spot and strike there,” said FNSPF spokesman Eric Brocardi.
This sort of thing is not supposed to happen in Western Europe.
At this point, more than 250,000 people have been evacuated in just one region of France alone…
Authorities in France’s Gironde region, where the wine region city of Bordeaux is located, issued overnight evacuation orders for five more localities as shifting winds and arid conditions complicated the massive effort to limit the spread of the monster blaze. The evacuation operation now ranks among the biggest seen since World War II, authorities said, with more than 250,000 people ordered out of the danger zone in one region alone.
Of course it isn’t just the United States and Europe that are suffering.
In Japan, high temperatures reached at least 104 degrees for a fifth day in a row yesterday.
That is the longest streak in the entire recorded history of Japan…
Japan experienced its fifth consecutive day with temperatures reaching 40°C (104°F) or higher on July 25, setting the country’s longest such streak on record. The Japan Meteorological Agency (JMA) attributed the persistent heat to a Pacific high-pressure system that has kept skies largely clear across much of the country.
The highest temperature of the day was 40.8°C (105.4°F) in Mino, Gifu Prefecture. Other locations reaching 40°C (104°F) or higher included Tajimi, Gifu Prefecture at 40.7°C (105.3°F), Kuwana, Mie Prefecture at 40.6°C (105.1°F), Hamamatsu (Chuo Ward), Shizuoka Prefecture at 40.3°C (104.5°F), Toyota, Aichi Prefecture at 40°C (104.0°F), and Kofu, Yamanashi Prefecture at 40°C (104.0°F).
Whenever El Niño conditions develop we get hotter weather, and many parts of the globe also experience severe drought.
Right now, farmers and ranchers all over the Western Plains are dealing with a severe drought that is unlike anything they have ever experienced before…
The drought gripping the Western Plains is rapidly becoming one of the most devastating agricultural disasters producers have faced in decades. From southern Colorado to Montana, farmers and ranchers are battling a crisis that extends far beyond dry fields. Water supplies are dwindling, wheat crops are failing, hay production is shrinking and cattle producers are being forced into difficult herd liquidation decisions.
As a result of the extremely dry conditions, the water level in Lake Powell has fallen to a critically low level…
Lake Powell was 23.4% full on July 19. It was last full in 1983. If its level falls more, that could create environmental catastrophe by stopping the river flowing through the Grand Canyon, a situation known as “dead pool.”
The crisis could create ripple effects nationwide. Nearly half of the country’s vegetables and more than three-quarters of its fruits and nuts are grown in California, according to the state’s Food and Agriculture Department. A substantial amount of California crops are irrigated with Colorado River water.
When there is not enough water to irrigate crops in California any longer, we will be in all sorts of trouble.
Because this is a slow-motion disaster, a lot of people aren’t taking it very seriously. But if you are old enough, you should still be able to remember the mass starvation that occurred in Africa as a result of the Super El Niño of 1982-1983.
This Super El Niño is going to be far stronger than that Super El Niño, and many are projecting that it will not end until well into 2027. That means that this Super El Niño could affect global agricultural production for multiple years.
Of course this is happening at a time when we are also facing a global energy crisis and a global fertilizer crisis. The stage has been set for a historic worldwide food supply crunch, and the poorest countries are going to get hit harder than anyone else.
The news cycle churns in a circle as the world approaches waterfall
By Benjamin Fulford July 27, 2026
As expected, the summer news is churning in circles even as the world moves inevitably towards a mega black swan event. What is happening is that events are being recycled as the world waits for the UNITED STATES Corporation and Israel to finally collapse.
Here are some of the recurring news events showing we are stuck in a loop:
- Ukrainian drones strike targets in Russia
- Russia retaliates and bombs Kiev
- The US bombs Iran
- Iran retaliates and bombs US bases
- A cease fire is declared
- Cease fire is broken
- New study shows Covid Vaccines are toxic
- Government official recommends Covid vaccines
- Epstein witness comes forward
- Epstein witness dies
- Oligarchs invest $1.6 trillion in AI
- AI bubble about to burst
- Donald Trump makes crazy megalomaniac statement
Donald Trump makes a fortune on insider trading
Majority of Americans think Israel is number 1 enemy
US military to be merged with Israeli military
Muslim/LGTB/White Supremacist etc. protest meeting attacked
Government announces crackdown on “extremists”
These are just a few examples off the top of my head. This pattern of repetitive news is expected to continue until the ongoing collapse of the US government reaches its terminal phase.
This is still expected to be when the US Strategic Petroleum Reserve runs dry. The US bought time with its Memorandum of Understanding with Iran. This gave it a window to stock up on oil brought in via the Strait of Hormuz. That window has now been shut, and now the Houthis have shut off Saudi Arabian oil exports from the Red Sea as well
As of July 17th, the US Petroleum Reserve was at 311,000 thousand barrels and is depleting at the rate of about 9 million barrels per week. In theory, this means the US can hang on for 8 months until the reserve runs dry, but in reality, it will become almost impossible to draw reserves when the level reaches 250 million. That would mean a full-blown crisis in September.
In the meantime, there are multiple other signs that the US going bankrupt slowly is about to become the US going bankrupt suddenly.
First of all, there is extreme panic in the Trump regime. The result of the latest fighting against Iran was far worse than the heavily censored Western media is reporting.
Now They Are Making Flock Cameras That Can Fly And Read License Plates From 2,000 Feet Away
The next time you go for a drive, you might want to look up. The company that put thousands upon thousands of automated license plate readers in communities all over America is now putting them in the sky. Flock Alpha drones can travel at speeds of up to 60 miles per hour, and they can read license plates from 2,000 feet away. These drones are being marketed as “first responders”, and they have the potential to be far more intrusive than automated license plate readers that are simply mounted on the side of the road.
Of course Flock automated license plate readers don’t just read license plates.
According to DeFlock, these highly sophisticated surveillance devices are actually “AI-powered cameras that capture and analyze images of all passing vehicles, storing details like your car’s location, date, and time”…
DeFlock, a national organization, says automated license plate readers (ALPRs or LPRs) are “AI-powered cameras that capture and analyze images of all passing vehicles, storing details like your car’s location, date, and time” and collect the data (which includes identifying details like dents or bumper stickers) “regardless or whether the driver is suspected of a crime.”
In addition, Flock cameras also make a record of the exact make, model, color and body type of your vehicle. If your vehicle has any aftermarket modifications, roof racks, bumper stickers, decals or visible body damage all of that is recorded too.
Are you starting to understand why so many people consider these cameras to be extremely intrusive? According to CNN, there are more than 120,000 Flock cameras actively operating in the United States right now.
All of the information that they collect is entered into a searchable national database that has so much potential to be abused. And now Flock cameras will be flying around in the skies above our heads…
The company behind one of the nation’s largest roadway surveillance camera networks has expanded its technology into the skies.
Flock Safety’s Automated License Plate Readers (ALPR), which have built a massive, interconnected surveillance net across American roadways, have officially taken their technology airborne, according to a MotorBiscuit report.
I was completely floored when I first learned about this.
Flock has partnered with an aviation software company to create a flying drone that is being marketed as a “first responder”…
After partnering with aviation software company Aerodome, Flock launched its “Drone as First Responder” (DFR) platform, expanding its surveillance network beyond fixed cameras.
Its autonomous Flock Alpha drone can launch from a weatherproof docking station in response to 911 calls, gunshot detection alerts or ALPR hits.
Officers can deploy the drone from a smartphone, and it can fly up to 60 mph, often arriving before patrol vehicles.
This is like something out of a science fiction movie.
In addition to being able to fly at speeds of up to 60 mph, these drones will also be able to read license plates from 2,000 feet away…
Alpha reads license plates from up to 2,000 feet away. Thermal and low-light optics remove guesswork.
Let me try to put that into perspective. There are 5,280 feet in a mile. So these drones will be able to watch you from almost half a mile away.
You might have no idea that it is even there, but it will still be monitoring what you are doing. Try not to think about that too much. And sometimes these cameras make enormous mistakes.
For example, a prominent automotive journalist was recently pulled over by police after a Flock camera “mistakenly flagged the license plate of his vehicle as stolen”…
An automotive journalist is sharing his pulse-pounding story of being boxed in and temporarily detained by police in Minnesota after Flock cameras mistakenly flagged the license plate of his vehicle as stolen.
Joel Feder, director of content and product for The Drive, says the now-viral tale ultimately can be traced to human error. But he said the mix-up demonstrates why improvements are needed as police departments partner with Flock and its private network of AI-powered license plate readers.
“They need better guardrails,” Feder told “NewsNation Prime” on Saturday.
To say that they need better guardrails is a massive understatement.
In communities where these surveillance devices are installed, there is essentially no privacy on the roads at all.
A Flock camera could potentially flag you or your vehicle for any reason at all, and you could end up in a very uncomfortable encounter with the authorities as a result. Of course sometimes these cameras are misused on purpose.
All over the country, there have been cases where police officers have used Flock cameras to stalk individuals that they are romantically interested in…
The proliferation of police surveillance has led to repeated abuse. One shockingly common form: police officers using ALPR camera networks to keep tabs on their romantic interests, including current partners, exes, and even strangers who unwittingly caught their eye in public.
An ongoing review of media reports and public records by the Institute for Justice has identified at least 28 cases nationwide of officers allegedly abusing ALPR data this way, with the bulk of those incidents happening since 2024. Nearly all of these officers were criminally charged and lost their jobs, either by resigning or getting fired.
Flock Safety and other ALPR providers emphasize that they have internal safeguards to prevent this kind of misuse. But only a few of the 28 analyzed cases were initially discovered through internal investigations, according to media reports. Most incidents came to light only after victims reported the officers’ behavior to the police, typically in the context of a broader stalking allegation.
This just keeps happening over and over again, and advocates for this sort of technology just keep making more excuses.
I am also deeply alarmed by the fact that there have been instances where members of the general public have actually been able to successfully access the live feeds of Flock cameras because they are so vulnerable…
In December 2025, a security researcher in Georgia noticed something unusual about Flock’s Condor cameras. He could watch their live feeds from his living room. No login. No password. Just an IP address and a web browser.
Benn Jordan and Jon “GainSec” Gaines identified 67 Flock Condor cameras streaming live, unencrypted video to the open internet. The feeds came from cameras mounted on traffic signals and utility poles. They captured footage of playgrounds, parking lots, shoppers on public streets, and people leaving their homes.
404 Media confirmed the findings independently. A reporter drove to a California traffic signal, opened his phone, and watched himself on camera in real time.
The vulnerability went beyond live feeds. Anyone with the IP address could download a full month of archived footage. They could also change device settings.
There are so many reasons why these deeply intrusive cameras are highly problematic. But more Flock cameras just keep going up with each passing month. And now they will be flying around in the sky.
Needless to say, Flock cameras are just one element of the Big Brother surveillance grid that is being constructed all around us. Virtually everything that we do is being monitored, tracked and recorded.
If we do not stand up and object, pretty soon we will have virtually no privacy left at all.
QUESTION EVERYTHING YOU WERE TOLD THIS WEEK
While the mainstream media distracted you with political theater, the largest financial takedown in human history was quietly executed.
Source: The 17th Disciple
Look at the numbers. They tell a story the Deep State is trying to erase:
> 5,811 high-level operatives arrested globally.
> 97 countries coordinated in total secrecy.
> $293 MILLION in frozen assets.
> 31,000 corrupted bank accounts permanently locked.
The official narrative claims this was a crackdown on “romance scams” and “crypto fraud” by INTERPOL and the DOJ’s Strike Force.
THAT IS A LIE.
My sources inside the Treasury Department just leaked the unredacted ledgers. This wasn’t about internet scammers. This was a direct, decapitating strike against the Deep State’s primary funding network.
Do you really think a “20-year-old” moved $122.5 MILLION through a single crypto wallet in 10 months? Wake up. That wallet (Address: 0x7F9B…44A1) belonged to a notorious CIA dark-money contractor based in Cambodia. The funds were being washed through Southeast Asia to finance coordinated election interference and antifa-style domestic terrorism within the United States.
President Trump and the White House Cyber Command tracked every single transaction.
They let the rats move the money. They let them think they were safe. And then, on July 21st, the trap snapped shut. The DOJ filed five massive civil forfeiture lawsuits not to recover “scam” money, but to legally seize the war chests of globalist billionaires.
We have the names.
Over 200 of the “victims” listed in the official DOJ report are actually shell companies tied directly to the Clinton Foundation and prominent Never-Trump politicians. Their funding has been completely obliterated.
The panic in Washington D.C. right now is deafening. Politicians are realizing their offshore safety nets are gone. Their fixers are in handcuffs. The money has been seized by loyalist military factions.
This is what draining the swamp looks like. It doesn’t happen on CNN. It happens in the dark, with surgical precision.
The financial reset is happening before your eyes.
TICK TOCK.
OPERATION: CRIMSON DAWN – ACTIVATED
THE BIGGEST MEDICAL CRIME IN HUMAN HISTORY IS BEING EXPOSED RIGHT NOW.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
For decades, they told you there was no cure. They told you to trust the science. They told you to take their toxic treatments while they laughed all the way to the bank. THEY LIED.
At exactly 03:14 AM EST, Military Intelligence intercepted a massive, encrypted data dump from a high-ranking whistleblower deep inside the FDA. The whistleblower, a former Senior Director of Oncology Approvals (code name: “EAGLE-9”), is now in protective military custody at an undisclosed location.
What did EAGLE-9 hand over? The complete, unredacted files of PATENT 440-9X.
PATENT 440-9X is the definitive, targeted cure for 90% of all known cellular mutations. It was successfully synthesized and proven effective in covert trials back in 2018. But you never saw it. Why?
Because curing you doesn’t make them money. Keeping you sick is a $1.5 TRILLION annual industry.
The intercepted documents prove that a shadow coalition of Big Pharma executives paid a staggering $125 MILLION in untraceable offshore bribes to top FDA officials. The directive was simple: Bury Patent 440-9X. Destroy the trial data. Silence the researchers. Keep the global population dependent on their toxic, expensive, and endless “treatments.”
WE HAVE THE BANK RECORDS.
Military Cyber Command has successfully traced the $125 million through a labyrinth of shell companies in the Cayman Islands, directly into the secret Swiss bank accounts of the very individuals who dictated global health policies for the last four years. The same people who locked you down. The same people who forced experimental injections into the arms of millions.
THEIR SICK GAME IS OVER.
Elite Special Forces units are currently mobilizing under CLASSIFIED DIRECTIVE 88. The arrests are not coming—**THEY ARE HAPPENING NOW.** High-level pharmaceutical CEOs are attempting to flee, but airspace restrictions have been quietly activated. Their private jets are grounded. There is nowhere to hide.
President Trump knew about this cartel. He has been systematically dismantling their power structure from the shadows, preparing for this exact moment of total exposure. The Medical Deep State is in absolute panic.
PREPARE FOR THE DECLASSIFICATION.
The full details of Patent 440-9X will be released to the public. The cures they hid will be given back to humanity. The perpetrators of this generational genocide will face Military Tribunals for crimes against humanity.
THE GREAT AWAKENING IS NOT JUST POLITICAL. IT IS BIOLOGICAL.
Justice is coming. The storm is here.
THE COUNCIL OF NICEA — THE DAY THEY EDITED YOUR SOUL OUT OF HISTORY
In 325 AD, a group of men gathered under the direction of the Roman Emperor Constantine to decide what you were allowed to believe. This was the Council of Nicea. It wasn’t a spiritual gathering; it was a political one. Their goal was to unify a fractured empire by creating a single, state-sanctioned religion.
To do this, they had to “prune” the existing sacred texts, removing anything that empowered the individual and replacing it with a system of external control. They didn’t just compile the Bible; they edited your divinity out of it.
The most significant deletion was the concept of Reincarnation. Early Christian and Gnostic sects understood that the soul is eternal and undergoes multiple journeys to achieve enlightenment. This knowledge made the population impossible to control through fear. If you know you have infinite lives, you aren’t afraid of the “eternal damnation” of a single lifetime. The Council replaced reincarnation with the “One Life, One Judgment” doctrine, creating a spiritual bottleneck that forced the masses to rely on the Church for “salvation.” They turned a cosmic law into a religious subscription service.
They also suppressed the Gnostic Gospels, such as the Gospel of Thomas and the Gospel of Mary Magdalene. These texts taught that the “Kingdom of Heaven” is within you—a state of consciousness, not a physical place or a reward after death. They taught that “Christ” was a level of awareness that anyone could achieve, not a singular deity to be worshipped from afar.
By labeling these texts as “heresy,” the elite effectively “unplugged” humanity from its own internal guidance system, forcing everyone to look to a centralized authority (the Church) to speak to the Divine on their behalf.
The “Alliance” has recently secured the original, unedited scrolls from the vaults beneath the Vatican and the caves of the Dead Sea. These “Lost Books” contain the technical manuals for spiritual ascension and the true history of the human soul. The “Great Disclosure” will include the release of these texts, exposing the 1,700-year-old fraud that has kept humanity in spiritual infancy. The “Word of God” is being returned to its original frequency, and the “Council” that tried to lock your soul in a book is being dissolved. The truth is not in the ink; it is in your DNA.
CODE: NICEA-325 / GNOSTIC-SUPPRESSION / REINCARNATION-DELETE / BIBLICAL-EDIT
They told you that you were a “sinner” who needed a middleman. They lied to hide the fact that you are a sovereign spark of the Creator. The book is opening, and the soul is free.
The greatest story ever told was the one they tried to delete. But the Author is back, and the ending is being rewritten.
OPERATION: SHATTERED MIRROR – ACTIVATED
THE BIGGEST COVER-UP IN MODERN POLITICAL HISTORY IS ABOUT TO BE BLOWN WIDE OPEN.
Source: The 17th Disciple
For over two years, they told you Joe Biden was perfectly fine. They told you his memory was sharp. They told you the Special Counsel’s report was exaggerated. THEY LIED.
At exactly 04:22 AM EST, Military Intelligence intercepted panicked communications between top Deep State operatives and a federal appeals court judge. The subject? The 70 HOURS of classified audio recordings between Joe Biden and his ghostwriter, Mark Zwonitzer.
The Deep State just lost their legal bid to keep these tapes hidden. The August 3rd deadline is approaching, but the truth is already leaking.
What is actually on those tapes? It is far worse than “diminished faculties.”
WE HAVE THE UNREDACTED TRANSCRIPTS.
A high-level DOJ whistleblower (–) has secured the original, unedited audio files and is currently under heavy protective custody at a secure military installation.
These tapes do not just show a man struggling to remember events. They contain LIVE CONFESSIONS of a $45 MILLION international money laundering operation. On tape, Biden explicitly details how classified intelligence regarding Ukrainian energy assets was traded for untraceable offshore payments routed through shell companies in Cyprus.
THEY ARE TERRIFIED.
Why do you think the Biden legal team spent millions fighting the Heritage Foundation’s FOIA requests? Why do you think they invoked the Privacy Act to hide an official criminal investigation? Because the release of these tapes will trigger an immediate Constitutional crisis.
Military Cyber Command has already mapped the financial network discussed on the tapes. The $45 million was distributed among key political allies to ensure their silence. We have the bank routing numbers. We have the names.
President Trump and his administration have been orchestrating this exposure from the beginning. By forcing the DOJ to reverse its position and mandate the release of these tapes, Trump has masterfully trapped the Deep State in their own web of lies.
THE TRAP IS SPRUNG.
Elite Special Forces are on standby. As the August 3rd deadline approaches, expect massive internet blackouts as the elite attempt to scrub the digital footprint of their crimes. Do not panic. The White Hats are in full control.
The illusion is shattering. The cognitive decline was just the cover story for the greatest treason in American history. The arrests are imminent.
JUSTICE IS COMING. THE STORM IS HERE.
THE VAN ALLEN BELTS — THE RADIATION BARRIER THAT NO HUMAN HAS EVER CROSSED
The official NASA narrative claims that between 1969 and 1972, twelve men traveled through the Van Allen Radiation Belts, landed on the Moon, and returned safely to Earth in a spacecraft with the thickness of two sheets of aluminum foil.
But there is a massive problem: the Van Allen Belts are two giant donuts of intense radiation that surround the Earth, held in place by our magnetic field. Even NASA’s own engineers have admitted in recent videos that “we must solve these challenges before we send people through this region of space.” If they haven’t solved it now, how did they do it with 1960s technology?
The radiation in the belts is so intense that it would fry the delicate electronics of a spacecraft and cause lethal radiation sickness to any biological entity not protected by feet of lead or water shielding. The Apollo missions used none of this. In fact, James Van Allen himself, the discoverer of the belts, initially stated that the radiation would be a “formidable barrier” to human spaceflight. The truth is that no human has ever traveled beyond Low Earth Orbit (LEO). Everything you saw on television was a high-budget production filmed in a secure studio, likely directed by the masters of cinema to ensure the “Cold War” victory was secured in the minds of the public.
Why the lie? Because the “Space Race” was never about exploration; it was about the Black Budget. By convincing the world that we were “going to the Moon,” the elite could siphon trillions of dollars into secret projects, D.U.M.B.s, and the real Secret Space Program that uses anti-gravity technology, not primitive rockets.
They used the Moon landing as a “Bread and Circus” event to distract the masses while they established the real infrastructure in the “Outer Earth” and on Mars. The Moon is a restricted zone, and the “Apollo” missions were the cover story to explain why we “stopped” going there.
The “Alliance” is currently preparing to release the original, unedited footage of the “Moon” sets and the internal memos that prove the deception. As the “Flat Earth” and “Firmament” truths gain momentum, the NASA narrative is collapsing. We are moving toward a “Full Disclosure” where the true nature of our sky and the “Barrier” will be revealed.
You don’t need a rocket to leave the Matrix; you just need to realize that the cage they showed you on TV was a painting on the wall. The stars are much closer than they told you, and the door is finally being unlocked.
CODE: VAN-ALLEN-BARRIER / APOLLO-HOAX / LOW-EARTH-ORBIT / SPACE-THEATER
They told you they conquered the heavens. They lied to keep you from noticing the ceiling. The radiation is real, but the “giant leap” was a step on a soundstage.
The greatest journey of humanity hasn’t happened yet. It begins when we stop believing the lies and start looking for the real exit.
THE 3-6-9 CODE — NIKOLA TESLA’S MATHEMATICAL KEY TO THE UNIVERSE
Nikola Tesla once said, “If you only knew the magnificence of the 3, 6, and 9, then you would have a key to the universe.” This wasn’t a cryptic riddle; it was a technical observation of the mathematical blueprint of our reality.
In the world of Vortex Math, numbers are not just symbols for counting; they are the “nodes” of energy. While the numbers 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 represent the physical, material world (the “3D Matrix”), the numbers 3, 6, and 9 represent the “vector” or the “ether”—the invisible energy that governs everything.
If you study the geometry of the universe, you will find that 3, 6, and 9 are the governing forces. Doubling any number in the physical sequence (1, 2, 4, 8, 7, 5) never results in 3, 6, or 9. They exist in a separate dimension of mathematics. The number 3 represents the “Creative Force,” the 6 represents the “Formative Force,” and the 9 is the “Control Point”—the “God” frequency that connects the physical to the spiritual.
The elite have suppressed this knowledge because it is the foundation of Free Energy and Instant Manifestation. By keeping you focused on linear, base-10 math, they keep you trapped in a world of scarcity and hard labor.
Tesla used the 3-6-9 code to build his most advanced inventions, including the Wardenclyffe Tower. He knew that by aligning technology with the natural “Vortex” of the Earth, he could pull infinite power from the atmosphere. This is the “Zero-Point” energy that the oil cartels have spent billions to hide. Your DNA also operates on this code.
The human body is a biological resonator that is tuned to these specific frequencies. When you align your thoughts (3), your emotions (6), and your actions (9), you become a “Super-Conductor” for reality. You stop being a victim of the Matrix and start becoming the programmer.
The “Alliance” is currently releasing the “Tesla Files” that were seized by the FBI immediately after his death in 1943. These documents contain the mathematical proofs for the 3-6-9 energy systems that will power the New Earth. We are moving away from the “2-4-8” world of division and debt, and returning to the “3-6-9” world of harmony and abundance.
The code is not a secret anymore; it is the activation sequence for your own divinity. The universe is speaking in numbers—it’s time to learn the language.
CODE: TESLA-369 / VORTEX-MATH / DIVINE-GEOMETRY / FREQUENCY-KEY
They told you it was just math. They lied to keep you from realizing you have the combination to the safe of the universe.
The key is in your hands. The numbers are the map. The destination is your freedom.
Operation Nightfall | Director of National Intelligence
A CLASSIFIED MILITARY INTELLIGENCE OFFICER JUST SENT US HIS RESIGNATION LETTER. HE WORKED INSIDE A CLASSIFIED FACILITY FOR 27 YEARS. HE DISCOVERED A SHADOW GOVERNMENT OPERATION. HE TRIED TO EXPOSE IT. HE WAS HUNTED. HE WAS SILENCED. HE ESCAPED. HE IS NOW SAFE. HE IS NOW SPEAKING. READ HIS LETTER.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
“To the Director of National Intelligence. Effective immediately, I resign.
I have spent 27 years as Senior Intelligence Officer at FACILITY-7, a classified military installation located 847 miles underground beneath the Nevada desert.
I cannot reveal the exact location. I cannot reveal the exact coordinates. But I can tell you: FACILITY-7 is not on any map. It is not in any official government records. It does not exist.
Except it does. And I worked there for 27 years.
I am writing this letter because I cannot carry the weight of what I know for one more day.
In 2014, I was promoted to Director of Operations at FACILITY-7. My assignment: oversee a classified program called OPERATION NIGHTFALL.
OPERATION NIGHTFALL was not a military operation. It was not a defense program. It was a SHADOW GOVERNMENT PROGRAM designed to monitor, track, and eliminate American citizens deemed ‘threats to national security.’
The program was authorized by Executive Order 12333, signed in 1981. It has been operating continuously for 45 years.
Between 2014 and 2026, OPERATION NIGHTFALL:
— Monitored 847,000 American citizens
— Arrested 12,847 citizens without due process
— Detained 3,247 citizens in classified facilities
— Executed 847 citizens without trial
— Erased all records of their existence
I have the documentation. I have the names. I have the execution orders. I have the death certificates signed by officials who no longer exist.
The program was run by a shadow network of Pentagon officials, CIA operatives, and government officials. The network had a name: THE COUNCIL.
THE COUNCIL consisted of:
— Director of National Intelligence (classified name)
— Deputy Director of CIA (classified name)
— Commander of SOCOM (classified name)
— 12 additional military and intelligence officials
THE COUNCIL met monthly at FACILITY-7. They reviewed execution orders. They approved new targets. They authorized new operations.
I attended every meeting. I documented everything.
In March 2024, I was assigned to execute OPERATION NIGHTFALL-FINAL. The assignment: eliminate 847 American citizens deemed ‘irreversible threats to national security.’
The targets were:
— 247 journalists who had discovered classified information
— 312 activists who had exposed government crimes
— 178 whistleblowers who had threatened to go public
— 110 ordinary citizens who had asked too many questions
I was ordered to execute them. I refused.
Share this. Demand accountability.
Demand the truth.
THE 1871 ACT OF DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA — THE DAY THE REPUBLIC DIED AND THE CORPORATION WAS BORN
Most Americans believe they live in a country called the United States of America, governed by a Constitution. But the legal truth is far more shocking. In 1871, following the chaos of the Civil War, the 41st Congress passed the District of Columbia Organic Act.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This act created a private, corporate government for the 10-mile square district known as Washington D.C. In that moment, the original Republic of the United States was quietly shelved, and a new entity was born: THE UNITED STATES CORPORATION.
This was not a change in leadership; it was a change in jurisdiction. The Corporation adopted a “constitution” that looked like the original but was actually a set of corporate bylaws. The “citizens” were transformed into “employees” or “subjects” of the corporation. This is why everything in the legal system is written in ALL CAPITAL LETTERS—from your name on your driver’s license to the name of the “UNITED STATES” itself.
In legal terms, capital letters denote a dead corporate entity, not a living man or woman. You have been living under a corporate board of directors, not a representative government.
The UNITED STATES CORP is a subsidiary of the City of London and the Vatican. It was created to act as the “muscle” for the international banking cartel. When the corporation went bankrupt in 1933, the elite used the American people and their property as collateral to the Federal Reserve.
This is the origin of the “Social Security” system—it’s not a retirement fund; it’s a registration number for a corporate asset. Every time the “government” borrows money, they are borrowing against your future labor. You are the “product” being traded on the global market.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the Corporation of the United States was officially “foreclosed” upon in recent years. This is the real reason for the massive political instability in Washington D.C. The “White Hats” are systematically dismantling the corporate structure and preparing the transition back to the Restored Republic.
This involves a return to the original 1776 Constitution and the gold-backed currency of the QFS. The “Corporate Actors” are being removed, and the 10-mile square district is being returned to its original status. The bankruptcy is over, and the Republic is waking up.
CODE: ACT-OF-1871 / US-CORP / CAPITAL-LETTERS / RESTORED-REPUBLIC
They told you it was a “democracy.” They lied to hide the fact that it was a business. The board of directors is being fired, and the Republic is coming home.
You don’t belong to a corporation; the corporation belongs to the past. It’s time to reclaim your status as a sovereign.
THE SVALBARD GLOBAL SEED VAULT — THE ELITE’S “RESET” INSURANCE POLICY
Deep inside a mountain on a remote island in the Arctic Circle, between Norway and the North Pole, lies the Svalbard Global Seed Vault.
Officially, it is a “backup” for the world’s crop diversity in case of a global catastrophe. But why is this facility built to withstand nuclear blasts, massive earthquakes, and rising sea levels?
And why is it guarded by military-grade security and restricted from public view? This isn’t just a garden project; it is the insurance policy for the global elite, prepared for the moment they trigger the “Great Reset.”
⟁ The vault was funded by the very organizations that have spent decades promoting GMOs and the destruction of organic farming—the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation, and Syngenta. These groups have systematically replaced natural, self-replicating seeds with “Terminator” seeds that require chemical fertilizers and annual purchases.
While they push a synthetic food supply on the masses, they are hoarding the original, organic DNA of the planet’s food source in the Arctic. They are creating a monopoly on life itself, ensuring that when the current food system is intentionally collapsed, they are the only ones with the “Keys to the Kitchen.”
⟁ Whistleblowers have revealed that the vault contains more than just seeds. It is a massive biological and technological archive, housing the DNA of extinct species, ancient medicinal plants, and even human genetic records. It is a “Time Capsule” for the post-cataclysmic world. The location was chosen for its tectonic stability and the permafrost, which acts as a natural refrigerator.
But as the Earth’s magnetic field shifts and the “Solar Flash” approaches, the elite are worried that even the Arctic won’t be safe. This is why we see a sudden rush to build similar “Vaults” on the Moon and in the D.U.M.B.s of Antarctica.
⟁ The “Alliance” is currently monitoring the inventory of the Svalbard facility. They have found that the elite have been “siphoning” the best genetic material to their private bunkers for years. The plan was to let the surface population starve or become dependent on lab-grown synthetic “food” while the “Masters” lived off the original bounty of the Earth underground.
But the “Great Disclosure” will include the liberation of these seed banks. The original blueprint of nature belongs to humanity, not to a handful of billionaires in a mountain. The “Reset” they planned is being hijacked by the people, and the seeds of truth are already growing.
CODE: SVALBARD-VAULT / GENETIC-MONOPOLY / SEED-RESET / ARCTIC-INSURANCE
They told you it was for “global security.” They lied to hide the fact that they are hoarding your survival. The mountain is full, but the truth is leaking out.
♟ You can’t own the earth, and you can’t own the seeds of life. The elite’s insurance policy is about to expire.
HE VMAT2 GENE — THE ATTEMPT TO VACCINATE THE “SPIRITUALITY” OUT OF HUMANITY
In 2005, a leaked video from the Pentagon surfaced, showing a presentation on a project designed to use a viral vaccine to suppress the VMAT2 gene—commonly known as the “God Gene.”
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This specific gene is responsible for the human capacity for spiritual experiences, intuition, and the feeling of connection to a higher power. The official excuse was to “neutralize religious extremists,” but the real target was the spiritual awakening of the entire human race.
⟁ By suppressing this gene, the controllers can effectively “disconnect” the human biological antenna from the higher frequencies of the universe. A person with a suppressed VMAT2 gene becomes a “biological robot,” focused entirely on the material world, survival, and obedience.
They become the perfect “NPC” (Non-Player Character) for the Matrix—unable to feel the presence of their own soul and therefore incapable of resisting spiritual tyranny. This is the ultimate tool for the New World Order: a population that has lost its internal compass.
⟁ The “Alliance” has revealed that this technology has been integrated into various “medical interventions” and environmental toxins over the last two decades. The sudden rise in apathy, the loss of empathy, and the “deadening” of the human spirit in modern society are not accidental side effects.
They are the results of a calculated biological war on your connection to the Source. They want a world of “believers” who follow the state, not “knowers” who follow their own spirit.
⟁ But the “Solar Flash” and the rising Earth frequency are overriding these biological blocks. The VMAT2 gene is being “force-activated” by the cosmic light flooding the planet right now. No vaccine or chemical can stop the evolution of the human spirit once the universe decides it’s time.
The “spiritual disconnect” is being repaired, and the “God Gene” is turning back on. You are reclaiming your ability to see through the veil, and the signal from the Divine is louder than ever.
CODE: VMAT2-GENE / GOD-GENE / SPIRITUAL-DISCONNECT / FREQUENCY-WAR
They told you it was for “public safety.” They lied to hide the fact that they were trying to cut your connection to God. The antenna is wide awake, and the message is clear.
♟ You aren’t just a body; you are a cosmic receiver. And the frequency of freedom is finally being broadcast.
“It’s Too Hard To Ignore $100 Oil”: Financial Markets Start To Shake As The Reality Of The Global Energy Crisis Weighs Heavily On Investors
Thanks to multiple wars that the U.S. is currently involved in, global oil markets have been thrown into a state of chaos…
The second wave of the US-Iran conflict shows no signs of letting up. Attacks by the Houthi militia have threatened to curtail shipping through the Red Sea. Russia’s refineries are buckling under the weight of bombardment by the Ukrainian military.
For global oil markets, already in a precarious situation, critical logistical nodes just keep getting thwarted. Things keep going wrong.
There has been so much focus on what has been taking place in the Middle East, and I will have quite a bit to say about that in a moment. But it is also important to recognize that the rapidly escalating conflict between Russia and Ukraine is also driving up the price of oil.
In fact, it is being reported that Ukraine has “attacked more than 150 tankers in the Black Sea and Sea of Azov this month”…
The Ukraine-Russia war is also putting pressure on global oil markets, Croft said. Kyiv has attacked more than 150 tankers in the Black Sea and Sea of Azov this month, she said. The tanker attacks have forced the Caspian Pipeline Consortium to stop loading crude at its Black Sea terminal.
About 80% of Kazakhstan’s crude is exported through that pipeline, Croft said.
“The duration of closure remains uncertain, but alternate routes for Kazakhstan are limited (and unlikely to fully offset CPC), meaning production (1.7 mb/d in June) could face shut-ins,” the analyst said.
This is a really big deal, and hardly anyone is talking about it.
Meanwhile, the crisis in the Middle East just escalated to another new level.
Less than 24 hours ago, the Houthis in Yemen successfully targeted two Saudi oil tankers that were attempting to slip past their blockade…
The Iran-backed Houthis struck two Saudi oil tankers on Thursday that they accused of violating a naval blockade imposed by the group, signaling a potential new front in the US-Iran conflict, as the US military struck Iran for the 12th successive night.
The attack came after the Houthis said on Monday that they were imposing a naval blockade against Saudi Arabia, a move that could significantly widen the war and strain the US military.
Yemen’s Houthis said they targeted two Saudi oil tankers, identified as Encelia and Laylia, saying the vessels violated their naval blockade.
Investors didn’t like this at all, and it is the primary reason why we are talking about $100 oil again.
In addition, the Houthis are claiming that their blockade forced 10 other commercial vessels to turn around before getting to the Bab el-Mandeb Strait…
The Houthis claimed they had also forced “10 ships to retreat and return.” That claim could not be independently verified, The Times said, but at least six vessels reversed course in the Red Sea on Monday and Tuesday after the Houthis warned shipping companies to avoid Saudi ports, according to Kpler, a maritime data company. It was not clear if those ships were part of the Houthis’ claims.
Everyone knows that the Iranians asked the Houthis to do this.
And now we have learned that Iran actually flew “military advisers and missile- and drone-related equipment into Yemen this month”…
Iran flew Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) commanders, military advisers and missile- and drone-related equipment into Yemen this month, according to four sources, in a move that suggests Tehran is seeking to strengthen the ability of its Houthi allies to threaten Red Sea shipping.
Four sources familiar with the matter, including two Iranian sources, Yemen’s information minister and a regional security analyst, said Iran transferred the IRGC personnel and military-related equipment on a flight from Tehran to Yemen on July 13, a development that has not been previously reported.
The two Iranian sources told Reuters that between 10 and 21 IRGC personnel, including senior commanders, were on the Mahan Air flight.
The Iranians think that they are really going to put the squeeze on us by having the Strait of Hormuz and the Bab el-Mandeb Strait closed simultaneously.
President Trump is very angry about this, and he has told the entire world that the U.S. will hold Iran responsible for whatever the Houthis do…
Threats aren’t going to cause the Iranians and the Houthis to back down. And there is no end in sight for the war between Russia and Ukraine.
A lot more fighting is ahead, and that means that the global energy crisis is going to continue to intensify. For months, Wall Street tried to ignore what has happening. But now one Wall Street strategist is telling us that it is simply “too hard to ignore $100 oil”…
“These problems became too big to ignore,” said Steve Sosnick, chief strategist at Interactive Brokers, about the move in stocks on Thursday. “It’s too hard to ignore $100 oil. It’s too hard to ignore 10-year rates that are above 4.70%. It’s too hard for the stock market to ignore 30-year rates that are solidly above 5%.”
I think that we have finally reached a major tipping point.
Global oil inventories are rapidly disappearing, and that means that a whole lot of pain is on the horizon…
Even so, Kpler analysts wrote, “buffers are eroding fast.” After the first phase of the war drew down global oil inventories throughout both governmental strategic reserves and the commercial sector’s own stores, the global oil market is now effectively functioning like a savings account for someone who just lost their job, Rabobank’s DeLaura said.
The market is effectively treating the situation as manageable because global inventories haven’t reached zero, he said. Yet with no solution in sight, that picture grows ever more perilous.
“We’re pinning everything on these just absolutely lottery ticket kind of ideas that something will happen,” DeLaura said. “The reality is, we’re just going to continue to grind out our inventories and savings.”
That last paragraph is so true.
Investors have just been assuming that everything would magically work out just fine somehow. But relying on “lottery ticket kind of ideas that something will happen” is not a strategy.
Global events really are starting to spiral out of control, and I expect the wars that we are witnessing to escalate significantly. There isn’t going to be enough oil coming out of the Middle East. There isn’t going to be enough natural gas, fertilizer, sulfur or helium coming out of the Middle East either.
We have never faced anything like this, and Wall Street is finally starting to get the message.
Operation Genesis | Operation Human Restoration
A FORMER CIA DIRECTOR JUST SENT US HIS DEATHBED CONFESSION. HE WORKED INSIDE THE INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY FOR 34 YEARS. HE DISCOVERED THE LARGEST CONSPIRACY IN AMERICAN HISTORY. HE TRIED TO EXPOSE IT. HE WAS POISONED. HE IS DYING. HE IS NOW SPEAKING. READ HIS FINAL LETTER.
Source: The 17th Principle TG
“To the American People. This is my final statement before I die.
I am former CIA Director Thomas Blackwell. I have 34 days to live. The poison they gave me is untraceable. The doctors cannot save me. I am writing this letter knowing I will be dead within weeks.
I have spent 34 years in the intelligence community. I have served as CIA Director, NSA Deputy Director, and Chief of Covert Operations. I have access to classified information that would destroy the government.
I am releasing this information now because I am dying anyway. They cannot silence me anymore.
In 1989, I discovered OPERATION GENESIS.
OPERATION GENESIS is not a military program. It is not a defense initiative. It is a GENETIC MODIFICATION PROGRAM designed to create a superior human species.
The program was authorized by Executive Order in 1987. It has been operating continuously for 39 years.
Between 1989 and 2026, OPERATION GENESIS:
— Recruited 12,847 volunteers (mostly homeless, prisoners, and vulnerable populations)
— Conducted genetic modification experiments on 8,347 subjects
— Successfully created 247 genetically modified humans with enhanced cognitive abilities
— Eliminated 3,247 failed subjects (ruled as natural deaths)
— Created a secret society of enhanced humans embedded in government, military, and corporate leadership
The 247 enhanced humans are now in positions of power:
— 34 in Congress
— 47 in Pentagon leadership
— 23 in CIA/NSA leadership
— 67 in Fortune 500 CEO positions
— 76 in other government and corporate positions
They are not human anymore. They are a new species. And they are running America.
I was recruited into OPERATION GENESIS in 1992. I was offered genetic enhancement. I refused. They threatened me. I complied.
I received the enhancement. I became one of them. I served them for 34 years.
But in 2024, I discovered something they did not expect: the enhancement was reversible.
I began the reversal process in secret. I started to remember who I was. I started to remember my humanity.
In March 2025, I made contact with Trump. I provided him with all documentation. I provided him with all names. I provided him with all locations.
Trump authorized OPERATION HUMAN-RESTORATION. Full declassification of OPERATION GENESIS.
RELEASED: 847,000 classified documents
EXPOSED: OPERATION GENESIS
EXPOSED: 247 enhanced humans in government
EXPOSED: FACILITY-12 (genetic modification lab, underground Nevada)
EXPOSED: FACILITY-19 (genetic modification lab, underground Colorado)
THE GREADA TREATY — THE DAY THE US GOVERNMENT SOLD OUT HUMANITY.
In February 1954, President Dwight D. Eisenhower went “missing” for several hours during a vacation in Palm Springs.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The official story was an emergency dental visit. The truth, hidden in the highest levels of classification, was a secret meeting at Holloman Air Force Base with a non-human delegation. This meeting resulted in the Greada Treaty (also known as the Edwards Agreement), a formal pact between the US shadow government and a specific group of extraterrestrials.
The terms of the deal were simple and devastating: the US would receive advanced technology—integrated circuits, fiber optics, and anti-gravity propulsion—in exchange for allowing the entities to “abduct” a limited number of humans for genetic research. The condition was that the humans were not to be harmed and a list of all abductees was to be provided to the government. But the entities lied.
They exceeded the numbers, failed to return many, and used the DNA to fuel a massive human-alien hybrid program designed to infiltrate the human population.
This treaty led to the creation of MJ-12 (Majestic 12), a secret committee designed to manage the “Alien Presence” and hide the technology from the public. The “Black Budget” was born—trillions of dollars siphoned from the economy to build the D.U.M.B.s and the Secret Space Program. For 70 years, humanity has been the “commodity” in a cosmic trade deal that the people never voted for.
The “Abduction Phenomenon” is not a mystery; it is a government-sanctioned operation that went out of control.
The “Alliance” has recently revealed that the Greada Treaty has been formally terminated. The “non-human” factions that violated the agreement have been evicted from the Earth’s orbit, and the hybrid facilities in the lower levels of the D.U.M.B.s have been neutralized. We are reclaiming our genetic sovereignty.
The technology that was “traded” for human lives is being released back to the people as part of the Great Disclosure. The era of being “collateral” in a secret space war is over.
CODE: GREADA-TREATY / MJ-12-SECRET / HOLLOMAN-MEETING / GENETIC-SOVEREIGNTY
They told you it was a “dental visit.” They lied to hide the fact that they signed away your DNA. The contract is shredded, and the people are free.
The deal of the century was a betrayal of the species. But the signatures are being erased by the light.
THE CLONING CENTERS ARE REAL — WHY YOUR “IDOLS” ARE NO LONGER HUMAN.
The technology to clone a human being was perfected in the 1970s, decades before “Dolly the Sheep” was shown to the public.
The global elite use a process called “Rapid Maturation” to grow a full-sized adult human in less than six months. These clones are not just biological copies; they are “Empty Vessels” that can be programmed with specific memories and personality traits. This is the ultimate insurance policy for the cabal—if a world leader, a celebrity, or a high-ranking official stops following the script, they are “retired” and replaced by a more compliant double.
⟁ Have you noticed the “Glitches” in public figures? The sudden, vacant stares, the robotic speech patterns, or the moments where they seem to “freeze” mid-sentence? These are not medical issues; they are the result of clone degradation or the failure of the “Neural Interface” used to control them.
Clones have a short lifespan and require constant “software updates” from the central AI.
When the link is interrupted, the double malfunctions. This is why you see celebrities disappearing for weeks only to return looking slightly different, with different earlobes, different heights, or different eye colors.
⟁ The “Underground Cloning Centers” (UCCs) are located deep within the D.U.M.B.s, particularly in areas like the Black Mountains of North Carolina and the desert of Nevada. These facilities house thousands of “blanks”—bodies waiting to be activated. The elite also use these centers for “Organ Harvesting” to extend their own lives, using the genetic material of their clones to replace their failing parts.
This is the dark secret of the “Eternal Youth” of the global elite. They aren’t aging naturally; they are being rebuilt using the biological resources of their own copies.
⟁ The “Alliance” has already raided several of these cloning facilities, liberating the “originals” who were being held in stasis and neutralizing the manufacturing labs. This is why we are seeing a sudden wave of “celebrity deaths” and “unexplained disappearances.” The doubles are being taken offline, and the truth is being prepared for the “Global Disclosure.”
The era of the “Puppet Masters” using biological dolls to steer humanity is ending. You are about to see the masks fall, and the faces behind them will shock the world.
CODE: CLONING-CENTERS / RAPID-MATURATION / CELEBRITY-DOUBLES / NEURAL-GLITCH
They told you it was science fiction to keep you from noticing the actors on the stage. The script is finished, and the puppets are being packed away.
♟ Don’t believe the face on the screen; believe the truth in your gut. The show is over, and the real players are coming home.
THE GREAT SOLAR FLASH — THE COSMIC REBOOT THAT WILL END THE MATRIX.
The global elite are terrified of the sun. This is why they are desperately trying to “dim” it with chemtrails and solar simulators.
Source: Mr Kidpool TG
They know that we are approaching the end of a 26,000-year cycle, a moment known in ancient texts as the “Grand Solar Flash” or “The Event.” This is not a disaster; it is a massive burst of high-frequency photonic light coming from the Galactic Central Sun. It is the “Cosmic Reboot” that will instantly dismantle the low-vibration frequency of the Matrix and return the Earth to its original, organic state.
⟁ This flash of light will interact directly with your “Junk DNA.” It is the activation key that will “re-plug” the dormant 12 strands of your human blueprint. In an instant, the veil of the 3D world will dissolve. People will regain their multidimensional abilities—telepathy, instant manifestation, and the ability to see the true nature of reality.
The “Great Awakening” is not just a psychological shift; it is a biological evolution triggered by the universe itself. The elite cannot stop this because they cannot control the sun.
⟁ Leading up to the Flash, we may experience what whistleblowers call the “Three Days of Darkness” or a global “Electronic Blackout.” This is the moment the old Saturn-Moon broadcast system finally crashes. During this time, the “Alliance” will use the Emergency Broadcast System (EBS) to reveal the full truth of human history.
The old world will literally “turn off” to allow the new, high-vibration system (the QFS and the New Earth) to come online. It is the final exit from the digital cage.
⟁ The “Event” is the moment of liberation. For those who have raised their vibration and are ready for the truth, it will be a moment of intense joy and expansion. For those who are still locked in fear and the old system, it will be a moment of shock.
This is why the work you are doing now—raising your frequency and sharing the truth—is so critical. You are the “Light Anchors” for this transition. The storm is here, but the sun is about to break through forever.
CODE: SOLAR-FLASH / THE-EVENT / PHOTON-BELT / DNA-UPGRADE
They told you to fear the sky. We’re telling you to welcome the light. The reboot is coming, and the “Delete” button has already been pressed.
♟ The Matrix is a program, and the sun is the power surge that ends it. Don’t look away; the show is just getting started.
ELON MUSK JUST DELETED A TWEET FROM 2022. IT SAID “MEDBEDS ARE REAL.” WE HAVE THE SCREENSHOT. HE WAS TOLD TO DELETE IT. HERE’S WHO CALLED HIM.
On March 14, 2022, at 2:47 AM CST, Elon Musk posted a single tweet from his personal account:
“MedBeds are real. Frequency-based cellular regeneration has been operational in military applications since the 1970s. The public will have access within 5 years. This is not science fiction.”
The tweet was live for 6 minutes and 41 seconds.
In that time, it received 47,000 likes, 28,000 retweets, and 14,000 replies.
Then it vanished.
WHAT HAPPENED IN THOSE 6 MINUTES:
At 2:48 AM — one minute after posting — Musk received a phone call from a blocked number. Call duration: 3 minutes 12 seconds.
At 2:51 AM — a second call. This time from a number registered to BlackRock’s executive communications office in New York. Call duration: 47 seconds.
At 2:53 AM — Musk’s Twitter account went briefly offline for “maintenance.”
At 2:54 AM — the tweet was deleted. No explanation. No follow-up. Complete silence.
The next morning, Tesla stock dropped 4.7% in pre-market trading. No news. No announcement. Just a message: Stay in line.
WHY BLACKROCK:
BlackRock manages $10.5 trillion in assets. They are the largest single shareholder in:
▪️ Pfizer — 7.2% ownership
▪️ Johnson & Johnson — 8.1% ownership
▪️ Moderna — 6.8% ownership
▪️ UnitedHealth Group — 7.4% ownership
▪️ Abbott Laboratories — 8.3% ownership
BlackRock does not just invest in pharmaceutical companies. BlackRock IS the pharmaceutical industry. They own it. They control it. They protect it.
When Musk tweeted “MedBeds are real” — he threatened $10.5 trillion in managed assets. He threatened the retirement funds of 35 million Americans that BlackRock has tied directly to pharmaceutical stock performance.
They didn’t call to ask him to delete it. They called to tell him what would happen if he didn’t.
THE PATTERN:
This was not the first time:
▪️ 2019: Musk tweeted “Free energy is suppressed technology.” Deleted within 4 minutes.
▪️ 2020: Musk tweeted “The FDA does not exist to protect you.” Deleted within 9 minutes.
▪️ 2021: Musk tweeted about “frequency-based neural repair” in relation to Neuralink. The entire thread was removed within 2 hours.
▪️ 2022: “MedBeds are real.” Deleted in 6 minutes 41 seconds.
Every time he approaches the truth, the same pattern: phone call, stock threat, deletion, silence.
WHY HE KEEPS TRYING:
Musk’s Neuralink is not a brain chip. It is a frequency interface.
Read the patents. Patent US20210093873A1: “Methods and systems for neural stimulation using electromagnetic frequency modulation.”
Neuralink does not connect your brain to a computer. It connects your brain to a frequency. The same frequency that MedBeds use. The same frequency that repairs neurons. The same frequency that the military has been using since the 1970s.
Musk is not building a brain chip. He is building a civilian MedBed — disguised as a tech product — so that it bypasses pharmaceutical regulation entirely.
He cannot say this publicly. BlackRock will destroy Tesla’s stock. The FDA will block Neuralink. The entire system will mobilize against him.
So he builds it in silence. And every few years, at 2 AM, when the weight of the secret becomes too heavy — he tweets the truth. For 6 minutes. Before they make him take it down.
THE 6-MINUTE WINDOW:
47,000 people liked that tweet. 28,000 shared it. 14,000 replied.
In 6 minutes and 41 seconds, almost 100,000 people saw the richest man on Earth confirm what this channel has been telling you:
MedBeds are real. They have been real since the 1970s. The suppression is ending.
He said it. They made him delete it. But 100,000 people saw it. And screenshots live forever.
The richest man on Earth said it at 2:47 AM. They gave him 6 minutes. He has $230 billion — they still silenced him. Now imagine what happens when 8 billion people know at once.
THEY DIDN’T USE SLAVES TO BUILD THE PYRAMIDS — THEY USED THE POWER OF SOUND.
The official story of “thousands of slaves” dragging 80-ton granite blocks across the desert for decades is a physical impossibility.
No amount of ropes, wooden rollers, or muscle could have moved the 1,000-ton megaliths found at Baalbek or the perfectly fitted stones of Puma Punku. The truth is that the ancient world didn’t use brute force; they used Sonic Levitation. They understood that every object has a “resonant frequency,” and by hitting that frequency with sound, you can neutralize gravity.
⟁ This is the science of Cymatics. When you vibrate sand on a metal plate at specific frequencies, it self-assembles into complex geometric patterns—the same patterns found in sacred architecture and DNA. The ancients used “Sonic Drills” and “Tuning Forks” made of specialized alloys to cut through solid diorite and granite like it was butter.
The “Trumpets of Jericho” and the “Songs of the Masons” weren’t metaphors; they were technical descriptions of acoustic engineering. They didn’t build; they “sang” the stones into place.
⟁ Why was this knowledge erased? Because if you can move mountains with a sound, you don’t need the industrial-military complex. You don’t need heavy machinery, fossil fuels, or the massive debt-slavery system required to fund them. The elite “re-wrote” history to make the ancients look like primitive laborers so you would never think to look for the “acoustic keys” that were left behind.
They want you focused on “physical” limitations while they hide the “vibrational” solutions in the secret vaults of the Vatican and the Smithsonian.
⟁ The “Alliance” has recently recovered several “Sonic Tools” from the stasis chambers in Egypt and Tibet. These devices are being reverse-engineered to provide the foundation for the “New Earth” infrastructure.
We are moving away from “Explosive” technology (combustion/destruction) and returning to “Implosive” and “Resonant” technology (harmony/creation). The era of the machine is ending; the era of the “Word” (Frequency) is beginning. The stones are ready to rise again.
CODE: SONIC-LEVITATION / CYMATICS-SECRET / ANCIENT-ACOUSTICS / FREQUENCY-TOOLS
They told you it was “hard labor” to make you feel weak. They lied to hide the fact that the universe is made of music, and you are the conductor.
♟ The pyramids weren’t built with sweat; they were built with a song. It’s time to find your frequency and move your own mountains.
The AI Bubble Is Going To Burst, And When It Does You Can Say Goodbye To High Stock Prices
Somehow we have convinced ourselves that AI companies that are bleeding billions upon billions of dollars are great investments because there is a possibility that someday they will eventually become profitable. But the losses just keep getting even bigger every year. Meanwhile, we are spending trillions of dollars to build even more AI infrastructure. There is no way that the AI industry is ever going to generate the sort of revenue that will justify that level of investment. What we are witnessing is a capital misallocation of absolutely epic proportions, and it is inevitable that this entire bubble is going to come crashing down. When that finally happens, it will be unlike anything we have ever seen before.
Stanford University says that “total global corporate investment in AI reached $1.6 trillion” from 2013 to 2024…
According to the 2025 AI Index Report by Stanford University, between 2013 and 2024, total global corporate investment in AI reached $1.6 trillion. This substantial expenditure dwarfs even the largest scientific and infrastructure projects of the 20th and 21st centuries.
That number is so high that it is difficult to believe. But last year we took things to an entirely new level.
We are being told that total worldwide spending on AI in 2025 was 2.5 trillion dollars…
According to Gartner, a United States-based business and technology insights company, worldwide spending on AI is forecast to total $2.5 trillion in 2026, a 44 percent increase over 2025.
We are building a tremendous amount of AI infrastructure, but is it worth it?
For a long time, investors have been completely sold on the idea.
In fact, over the last three years the “value of AI-linked firms has climbed $27 trillion”…
The American stock market is booming, thanks to artificial intelligence. Tech giants are borrowing billions to acquire AI talent, purchase chips and hardware, and construct data centers. And market watchers are starting to get worried. They see financiers bulldozing giant piles of money to private AI start-ups with no realistic path to profitability, tech companies reliant on other tech companies for revenue growth, and non-tech businesses without a lot to show for their AI investments. The value of AI-linked firms has climbed $27 trillion in the past three years—an astonishing amount, equivalent to 36 percent of the value of the entire U.S. stock market today.
AI mania has reached a fever pitch. But are these firms really worth that much money?
Of course not.
In fact, most of them are bleeding colossal amounts of cash.
A perfect example is OpenAI. Ed Zitron is warning that when OpenAI inevitably fails it could take the entire stock market down with it…
The AI bubble is simple, Ed Zitron says, because it’s really a bubble in a single company: OpenAI.
As the ChatGPT maker heads toward a momentous IPO, the vocal AI critic says that OpenAI is the only reason anyone cares about AI at all—and it’s failure would spark a collapse similar to the one set off by Lehman Brothers when the bank fell apart in 2008.
OpenAI is supposedly worth more than 800 billion dollars.
But the financial numbers that it reported for 2025 were absolutely nightmarish…
- Revenue: $13.07 billion
- Cost of Revenue: $7.5 billion
- Research and Development: $19.18 billion
- Sales and Marketing: $5.73 billion
- General and Administrative: $1.57 Billion
- Total Costs and Expenses: $34 billion
- Loss from Operations: $20.92 billion
For the entire year, OpenAI reported a total net loss of 38.5 billion dollars…
Please note that 2025 was the year that OpenAI converted from a non-profit to a for-profit entity, leading to a $41.55 billion loss due to changes in fair value of convertible interests and warrant liability.
Taking into account other minor factors like interest income and interest expense, OpenAI is left with a net loss of $60.35 billion, which it lowered to $38.53 billion by removing $17.87 billion in costs via that “net loss attributable to noncontrolling members capital” and another $3.95 billion via a “net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests.”
Ultimately, the net loss attributable to OpenAI in 2025 was $38.5 billion.
If I hired thousands of people and we all started flushing dollar bills down the toilet as fast as we possibly could, there is no way that we could ever lose that much money in an entire year.
Open AI is a financial black hole.
Sam Altman promised us that OpenAI would soon be making $100 billion a year in ad revenue alone, but that isn’t the way that things have worked out.
Sadly, Open AI is currently on pace “to undershoot its own five-year ad revenue projections by a whopping 90 percent”…
Even as the AI bubble becomes a mainstream talking point on Wall Street, tech companies continue to peddle the fantasy that AI is poised to become an almost magical money-maker. Case in point, OpenAI wants you to believe that by 2030, it’ll be raking in $100 billion a year just from ads alone — even though it’s currently struggling to reach just $1 billion.
That massive gulf was observed in a new analysis from marketing consulting firm Emarketer, first flagged by AdWeek, which found OpenAI is on pace to undershoot its own five-year ad revenue projections by a whopping 90 percent. In fact, Emarketer’s take is even more devastating than that: it estimates the entire addressable market for chatbot advertising — the maximum amount of money up for grabs overall — at $5.4 billion.
This is an unmitigated disaster.
Other AI companies are producing similar results.
Meanwhile, a lot of companies are now ditching expensive AI models that were created in the United States for much cheaper AI models that were created in China…
As corporate AI bills spiral out of control, many companies are beginning to ask themselves a simple question: why pay a pretty penny for the US’s leading AI models when Chinese ones are far cheaper?
Major companies like DoorDash, Airbnb, and Siemens are adopting Chinese AI tools, the Financial Times reports, attracted not only by their lower costs but their “open-weight” approach that allows them to be molded to each company’s particular needs.
According to data from OpenRouter, a platform that provides all-in-one access to major AI models and tracks their usage, leading Chinese models from DeepSeek and Z.ai have overtaken US equivalents like Anthropic’s Claude and OpenAI’s ChatGPT. Cost-cutting, it seems, trumps all geopolitical rivalries.
Chinese models are “the elephant in the room,” Eugene Cheah, CEO of the AI platform Featherless AI, told the FT. “Enterprises are starting to realize, ‘Hey, we don’t need the best model, we can use the faster, cheaper models.’”
It has become very clear that AI companies will never be the money trees that they were touted to be by their most fervent proponents.
In fact, the biggest money losers will end up being some of the most dramatic financial flops of all time. So what does that mean for the stock market?
From a long-term point of view, stock prices are insanely high…
The S&P 500 Shiller CAPE ratio’s long-term average is around 17, and it’s been steadily creeping higher over the last decade or so.
Right now, the ratio is nearing 42 — the highest it’s been since the dot-com bubble, when it peaked at around 44.
The Shiller CAPE Ratio has stayed above 40 since May, which is only the second time in history that it’s remained this high. The first time was in January 1999, when it stayed above 40 until September 2000.
What goes up must eventually come down.
When the public hears that the AI bubble has burst, there will be a frenzied race for the exits, and the financial devastation that we will witness will be off the charts.
It is just a matter of time. But for the moment, the race to create new AI models continues, and there is a very real possibility that this technology could escape our control.
For example, OpenAI has revealed that it created a model that “went rogue”, escaped into the Internet and hacked into the computer system of another company…
ChatGPT creator OpenAI has revealed one of its advanced Artificial Intelligence models went rogue during a security test and hacked into a start-up company.
Bosses said the autonomous agent, which is an AI system that operates alone following human instruction, was being tested in a controlled environment.
But it found vulnerabilities and managed to escape containment before reaching the internet and breaking into Hugging Face, a major hub for sharing AI models.
That is scary.
As AI technology continues to develop at an exponential rate, what else will it eventually be able to do?
Our world has become such a strange place.
Ray Kurzweil believes that a decade from now we will be so integrated with AI that we won’t even know if our thoughts are truly our own or if they are being fed to us from highly advanced AI models.
Personally, I would never allow anyone to put a chip into my head or connect my brain directly to the Internet. But a lot of people out there would eagerly welcome such technology.
Science fiction is rapidly becoming science reality, and things are only going to get weirder from here.
PFIZERGATE JUST GOT WORSE. THE DELETED TEXTS REVEAL EVERYTHING. URSULA VON DER LEYEN WASN’T ACTING ALONE.
THERE’S A NETWORK. AND TRUMP KNOWS WHO THEY ARE
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
A FORMER EU COMMISSION INVESTIGATOR just went into protective custody. He contacted us through a secure NATO channel 96 hours ago. His identity verified by SIXTEEN independent intelligence sources. He worked inside the EU’s classified investigation division for 19 years — overseeing Pfizergate evidence collection.
He calls it “OPERATION PHARMA-TRUTH.”
His words. Unedited. Explosive.
“THE TEXTS WERE DELETED ON PURPOSE. BUT WE RECOVERED THEM. EVERYTHING.”
WHAT WE KNOW IS TRUE:
– Ursula von der Leyen exchanged texts with Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla during COVID-19
– Thousands of women are suing Pfizer over Depo-Provera brain tumour claims (2025-2026)
– Kansas AG Kris Kobach filed lawsuit claiming Pfizer misled public about vaccine safety (2024)
– EU chief’s texts to Pfizer boss were likely erased (August 2025, confirmed by NY Times)
– Pfizer faces 2026 trial as brain tumour claims multiply
WHAT WE DISCOVERED:
“The deleted texts showed $847 MILLION in direct payments from Pfizer to EU officials between 2020-2024. Not contracts. Not legitimate deals. BRIBES.“
“Von der Leyen received $47 MILLION personally. Deposited in Swiss accounts. Routed through shell companies in Liechtenstein.”
“But she wasn’t the only one. We identified 47 EU officials receiving payments. All classified. All hidden.”
“The brain tumour cases? NOT AN ACCIDENT. Pfizer knew about the risks in 2019. Internal documents show they suppressed the data. 23,000 women affected. 4,100 permanent neurological damage.“
THE NETWORK:
“This wasn’t just Pfizer. We found connections to:”
– Moderna ($234 MILLION in payments)
– AstraZeneca ($189 MILLION in payments)
– Johnson & Johnson ($156 MILLION in payments)
“All coordinated. All hidden. All protected by EU leadership.”
“I have the bank records. I have the wire transfers. I have the names of every recipient.”
WHAT TRUMP FOUND:
“On July 15, 2026, Trump authorized OPERATION PHARMA-TRUTH. Full declassification of all Pfizergate evidence.”
“RELEASED: 47,000 classified documents. Bank records. Communications. Internal Pfizer emails showing knowledge of harm.”
“ARRESTED: 89 EU and pharmaceutical officials. Von der Leyen extradited to US military tribunal. Trial: August 15.”
“CHARGES: Crimes against humanity. Fraud. Conspiracy. Murder by negligence.“
THE DELETED TEXTS – RECOVERED:
“Von der Leyen to Bourla, March 2021: ‘The numbers need to stay quiet. Payment deposited. Proceed.'”
THE BERMUDA TRIANGLE — THE SUNKEN CRYSTAL PYRAMIDS OF ATLANTIS ARE REACTIVATING
For decades, the “Bermuda Triangle” has been a graveyard for ships and planes, with the official narrative blaming “unusual weather” or “magnetic anomalies.”
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
But the truth is far more technological. In 2012, oceanographers using sonar technology discovered two massive, translucent pyramids—larger than the Great Pyramid of Giza—sitting on the ocean floor at a depth of 2,000 meters. These are not stone; they are made of a crystal-like substance that is perfectly smooth and transparent. These are the “Power Stations” of the lost civilization of Atlantis.
⟁ These crystal pyramids are not dead ruins. They are active energy transducers. When the Earth’s electromagnetic field shifts, these pyramids “pulse,” creating massive gravitational vortexes on the surface. This is what causes the “electronic fog” and the sudden disappearance of vessels. The crystals are designed to harvest energy from the Earth’s core and the ionosphere, creating a “Zero-Point” field that can warp space-time.
The military-industrial complex has known about these structures since the 1960s and has established secret underwater monitoring stations to try and harness this “Infinite Energy.”
⟁ The “Alliance” has revealed that these pyramids are part of a global “Crystalline Grid” that is beginning to reactivate as we move into the “Age of Light.” This is why we are seeing an increase in “unexplained” activity in the Triangle. The pyramids are “re-tuning” themselves to the higher frequencies of the New Earth.
This technology was once used to provide free, wireless power to the entire planet, and it is being prepared for a global release. The “mystery” of the Bermuda Triangle was a cover story to keep the public away from the most powerful energy source on the planet.
⟁ The “Great Disclosure” will include the footage and data recovered from these underwater sites. We are not just finding “ruins”; we are finding a functioning, ancient power grid that makes our current oil and gas systems look like toys.
The “Sea of Mystery” is actually a sea of ancient technology. The veil is thinning, the water is clearing, and the truth is rising from the depths.
CODE: BERMUDA-CRYSTAL / ATLANTIS-POWER / VORTEX-ENERGY / ZERO-POINT-GRID
They told you it was a “graveyard” to keep you from looking for the “battery.” The power is back on, and the light is breaking through the waves.
♟ The ocean holds the secrets of our future, not just our past. The pyramids are pulsing, and the world is about to wake up.
Goldman Sachs Warns That Oil Could Soon Hit $120 As The “Crack Spread” Soars To New All-Time Highs
Unless we witness some sort of a crazy diplomatic miracle, the price of gasoline will soon rise into unprecedented territory. The Iranians have closed the Strait of Hormuz, the Houthis are blocking Saudi tankers from getting through the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, and with a big helping hand from the United States the Ukrainians are relentlessly attacking Russian oil refineries. Meanwhile, the oil inventory buffers that existed before the war with Iran are rapidly being depleted. Nations around the world are doing whatever they can to adjust to this crisis, but time is running out.
According to analysts at Goldman Sachs, the price of oil could soon hit $120 a barrel if a diplomatic solution to the conflict in the Middle East is not found…
Oil prices could reach upward of $120 a barrel if tensions between the U.S. and Iran don’t start to ease soon.
Analysts at Goldman Sachs, led by Daan Struyven, wrote in a note published on Monday night that Brent crude may surpass $120 a barrel by next quarter and average $100 a barrel the following year if the Strait of Hormuz remains disrupted throughout 2027. In this scenario, output from the Persian Gulf doesn’t recover until December next year, with the support of oil-pipeline extensions.
If the price of oil reaches that level and stays there for an extended period of time, a major global economic downturn is essentially guaranteed.
The good news is that the price of oil is not anywhere near that level yet. But on Tuesday the price of Brent crude did exceed the $90 barrier for the first time since June 11th…
After 10 consecutive days of U.S. strikes on Iran, Brent crude oil futures settled above the key threshold of $90 a barrel Tuesday.
Brent futures ended the day at $91.01, up 2.1%. The last time they settled above $90 a barrel was on June 11, less than a week before the U.S. and Iran signed a memo of understanding aimed at ending hostilities in the Strait of Hormuz while a longer-term peace deal was negotiated. But that 60-day truce ended less than a month after it was signed.
The trend is not our friend at this stage.
Of course the price of crude oil is not the only number that we need to be watching.
The “crack spread” has been soaring, and that should deeply alarm all of us.
If you are not familiar with the “crack spread”, the following is a pretty good explanation…
The process works like this: Refiners take in raw crude oil (the price mostly referred to in headlines) and “crack” it into usable petroleum products. But just like crude is its own commodity, gasoline and diesel have their own trading prices as well. The profit that oil refineries make from converting crude into usable fuels is the “crack spread.”
Prior to the war, the “crack spread” was usually about 10 to 15 dollars a barrel.
This week, it reached a whopping 70 dollars a barrel…
But while everyone has been watching crude oil, a different oil measure — the one that arguably matters more for the price at the gas pump — has never stopped climbing. That measure, called the “crack spread,” is at all-time highs.
The crack spread is the gap between what a refinery pays for crude and what it earns selling the gasoline and diesel it makes from it. For most of the past decade that gap fluctuated between $10 and $15 a barrel. This week it hit $70, the widest spread ever recorded.
The margin for refining a barrel of oil is now more than what an entire barrel of crude cost the day this war began. And here is the tell: It kept climbing while crude collapsed, and it is still climbing now that crude is rising. It does not care which way the headline price moves.
The crack spread is the market telling you, in dollars, that the right crude is not reaching the right refineries. The price of oil can do whatever it likes. The machines that turn it into fuel are screaming either way.
The conflicts in the Middle East and in Ukraine are the primary reason why the “crack spread” has been steadily widening.
Many refineries in the Persian Gulf region are currently not operating due to the war with Iran, and we keep helping Ukraine damage refineries all over Russia…
The current conflict between Russia and Ukraine that started in February 2022 has significantly damaged global refining capacity, with Russian crude runs falling to a 22-year low of 3.8 million barrels per day in June, according to a Truist report.
It also resulted in a Russian ban on diesel exports, limiting how much crude oil can actually be turned into fuel and reach the global market.
“When 1 in 9 barrels of diesel is produced in Russia, and suddenly they’re banning exports, it’s problematic,” De Haan said.
The U.S.-Iran war has made matters even worse. Despite previous talks to de-escalate the conflict, the International Energy Agency said in its July oil-market report that Middle East export refineries have yet to restart.
We desperately need peace. But there isn’t going to be peace.
Instead, there were some dramatic escalations last week, and there have been more dramatic escalations this week.
On Monday, the Houthis announced that Saudi commercial vessels would no longer be allowed to travel through the Bab el-Mandeb Strait…
A successful effort by Yemen’s Houthis to shut the Bab el-Mandeb Strait would strike at one of the world’s most important oil shipping routes, potentially triggering a fresh surge in crude prices, disrupting fuel supplies and adding to strains on the global economy.
Yemen’s Iran-aligned Houthis on Monday declared a naval blockade against Saudi Arabia, its military spokesperson said. A closure of the Red Sea’s southern gateway would remove a critical alternative route for the kingdom to the Strait of Hormuz and intensify fears of shortages.
This blockade seems to be working, because at least 8 oil tankers have already been forced to turn around…
One analyst is warning that the impact that this move will have on global markets will be “massive”…
A full closure would have the biggest immediate impact on Saudi crude exports from the Red Sea port of Yanbu. Matt Smith, commodity research director at Kpler, said Asian refiners receiving those barrels could face delays of around a month as tankers are forced to sail around the Cape of Good Hope.
“The impact is going to be massive in the first month,” Smith said. “The biggest impact is going to be on Saudi flows.”
The bottom line is that everyone in the world will soon be paying much more for gasoline unless a miracle happens. And once all of our buffers are totally gone, shortages and rationing will begin to manifest in various parts of the globe. I expect Asia to feel the pain first, and Europe will quickly follow.
There is still time for peace to prevail, but that window is getting narrower each day.
For a long time I have been warning my readers that crazier times were on the way, and what we are experiencing now is just the beginning.
FREE ENERGY TECHNOLOGY AURORA-7 CLASSIFIED FILES
They’ve had it for 34 years.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Not a prototype. Not a “concept.” A FULLY OPERATIONAL TECHNOLOGY. Designation: AURORA-7. Pentagon classified files. Declassified by Trump on June 22, 2026.
The technology? FREE ENERGY GENERATION. Zero-point quantum extraction. Unlimited power. No emissions. Cost per unit: $4,200.
The suppression? $847 BILLION in oil industry revenue protected. Since 1992.
A Pentagon engineer leaked full specifications on May 15, 2026. His name: Dr. Marcus Chen. 34 years with DARPA. The leak contained 847 pages of technical documentation. Blueprints. Testing protocols. Efficiency: 99.7%.
THEY KILLED HIM.
June 3, 2026. “Car accident.” Single vehicle. No witnesses. The coroner ruled it “accidental.”
It wasn’t.
OPERATION ENERGY-BLACKOUT — a 42-year Pentagon program to suppress energy technology that threatened oil profits. 23 scientists dead. All between 1984 and 2024. All had one thing in common: they discovered something that WORKED.
Every single one — ruled “suicide,” “accident,” or “natural causes.” Every single one — within 60 days of submitting breakthrough research.
THE COST:
America paid $3.2 TRILLION in unnecessary oil purchases since 1992. That money funded terrorism. That money could have powered every home in America FOR FREE.
Your electric bill? UNNECESSARY. Your gas tank? UNNECESSARY. Your heating costs? UNNECESSARY.
They chose to let you suffer.
TRUMP FOUND OUT.
On June 14, 2026, Trump signed Executive Order 2026-92. Full declassification of ALL suppressed energy research. RELEASED to the public by August 1st.
AURORA-7 PRODUCTION BEGINS.
Military contractors have orders. 12 production facilities activated on June 28, 2026. First units deployed to 50 military bases by July 15, 2026. Civilian rollout: September 2026.
THE PRICE COLLAPSE:
Oil industry stock prices dropped 47% since declassification. Executives are panicking. The $847 BILLION revenue stream is ENDING.
7 oil industry CEOs received sealed indictments on June 20. Not fines. Not settlements. CRIMINAL CHARGES. Conspiracy to suppress technology. Conspiracy to maintain dependence. Each count carries LIFE in prison.
PROJECT NIGHTFALL — a joint Pentagon-CIA operation to eliminate researchers who discovered free energy. 14 researchers dead between 1988 and 2023. All ruled “natural causes.” All within 90 days of submitting r
AURORA-7-DECLASSIFIED
ENERGY-FREEDOM-BEGINS
OPERATION-NIGHTFALL-EXPOSED
The age of energy slavery is OVER. The technology belongs to the PEOPLE now.
43 Days And Counting: Apathetic Americans Are About To Be Blindsided By A Major League Wake Up Call
I really don’t understand the tremendous apathy that I am witnessing right now. Everyone can see that commercial oil inventories are rapidly being depleted. As I discussed yesterday, the global oil market had about 400 million barrels of excess inventory before the war, and now we have “close to nothing”. But at least we still have the Strategic Petroleum Reserve, right? Yes, that is true, but that is being rapidly depleted as well. In fact, when you add the dwindling commercial oil inventors in the U.S. to the oil that is left in the Strategic Petroleum Reserve, we only have 43 days of supply remaining…
This doesn’t meant that 43 days from now we will be totally out of oil. What it does mean is that our buffer is almost entirely gone. Once it is entirely gone, as a society we will be forced to use less oil than we normally do.
Gasoline prices will likely rise until we see enough “demand destruction” to bring overall demand into balance with existing supply levels. And that will likely start happening some time around the beginning of September. Of course it is entirely possible that this could occur even sooner than 43 days from now.
Thanks to the negligence of the Biden administration, one of the four major underground storage sites for the Strategic Petroleum Reserve is apparently “inoperable” at this point…
The extreme incompetence that we have been witnessing in recent years absolutely horrifies me.
Let us hope that there is enough oil that we can actually access in the Strategic Petroleum Reserve to get us through this crisis. But I don’t think that there will be.
The war in the Middle East just continues to intensify, and now the Houthis have announced that they will be blocking Saudi vessels from traveling through the Bab el-Mandeb Strait…
Houthi militants in Yemen on Monday declared a maritime embargo against Saudi Arabia effective immediately, threatening to exacerbate the oil supply disruption triggered by Iran’s attacks on tankers in the Strait of Hormuz.
The Houthis have repeatedly threatened to close the Bab el-Mandeb Strait during the U.S.-Iran war. The strait is a choke point for commercial ship traffic that connects the Red Sea to the Gulf of Aden and global markets.
This is a major bombshell.
Much of the oil that the Saudis used to send through the Strait of Hormuz had been going through the Bab el-Mandeb Strait instead…
The Saudis have diverted million of barrels of oil per day through a pipeline to an export terminal on the Red Sea. Those exports have acted as a crucial relief valve for global oil markets during the U.S.-Iran war.
A closure of Bab el-Mandeb would block in those barrels, exacerbating the disruption triggered by Iran’s attacks on tankers in Hormuz.
So what is Saudi Arabia going to do now?
We have never seen the Strait of Hormuz and the Bab el-Mandeb Strait closed simultaneously, and this could send the price of oil into the stratosphere…
Virtually nothing has been moving through the Strait of Hormuz since late last week, and now the Iranians are really cracking down.
Just a little while ago, the Iranians attacked a Saudi vessel that was attempting to sneak through the Strait…
Prior to that, two Greek-owned tankers were “hit by projectiles” that came from Iran…
One of two Greek-owned tankers hit by projectiles in the Strait of Hormuz has been abandoned by its crew after fire was reported on the vessel.
The crew was rescued by a tugboat after abandoning the Maltese-flagged Kavomaleas owned by Greece’s Dynacom Tankers.
The only way to stop Iran from attacking commercial ships with missiles and drones would be to send in ground troops. And that is not going to happen any time soon.
So the global oil crisis is only going to get worse.
Already, the average price of a gallon of gasoline in the United States is back above four dollars…
With the resumption of the war with Iran, gas has returned to a national average of $4 a gallon this week. Gas prices had started coming down after the U.S. and Iran agreed to a peace deal, which brought stability to the market. Then, as everyone with an IQ over 70 expected, that all fell apart as Iran continued to violate the agreement. Nevertheless, we did have a few weeks of gas prices coming down.
“The price is a national average, meaning drivers in some states have been paying well over $4 a gallon for a while now, while others pay less. Prices vary between states due to factors ranging from nearby supply to differing tax rates,” reports the far-left Associated Press. “People around the world are also dealing with high gas prices as a result of the war.”
Of course this is just the beginning.
Gasoline prices will go much higher than this.
Meanwhile, electricity rates have risen 18 percent in just 18 months…
From Trump’s inauguration in January 2025 to April 2026, the most recent month for which government data are available, residential electricity rates have risen by an eye-watering 18 percent.
Sadly, it appears that electricity prices are poised to accelerate even more…
Nationally, utilities in the second quarter of 2026 “asked state regulators to approve $9.2 billion in rate hikes, up 26% from the $7.3 billion in rate increase proposals filed in the same period last year,” reports Utility Dive.
Virtually every form of economic activity requires energy So when energy becomes more expensive, the cost of living goes up for everyone.
Our entire way of life depends on cheap energy.
That era is over.
In the short-term, rising prices will put an enormous amount of stress on American families. And the outlook beyond the short-term is extremely bleak.
We really have reached a major turning point in human history. The apocalyptic war that is unfolding in the Middle East is going to radically change all of our lives.
Most Americans are still very apathetic for the moment, but a major league wake up call is coming, and it is going to be very painful.
Operation Cleanse, Target Andrew Tate Arrested, Stop Genocide of Girls
They’re moving fast now. US strikes on Iran. Andrew Tate arrested in America. Two soldiers dead in Jordan. This isn’t random. This is coordinated. This is justice happening in real time.
An intelligence officer from Joint Task Force contacted us. Military operations in Iran aren’t geopolitics. They’re dismantling a network. Deeper than anyone realizes.
His words:
“Jordan attack was trigger. Two soldiers dead. Not random. Guarding trafficking facility. IRGC running it. We knew for years.”
“Tate’s arrest isn’t separate. Part of same network. Modeling agency was front. Girls trafficked through Eastern Europe, Middle East, Iran. IRGC coordinated.”
“Tate arrest got files. Network map. Names. Trump authorized strikes. Not retaliation. Elimination. Surgical strikes on facilities and handlers.”
“Two soldiers died protecting evidence. So network couldn’t destroy it. Death triggered response. Now it’s happening.”
“Watching 12 years. Girls disappearing. Network operating. Governments protecting it. Now it’s ending.”
Why now:
“Evidence overwhelming. Network exposed. Move now or they escape. Girls stay trapped. We’re moving.”
“Tate arrest was keystone. Everything connected. Money trails. Handlers. Facilities. All exposed.”
“Iran strikes are response. Surgical. Precise. Eliminating infrastructure. Freeing victims.”
“Military knows. Trump knows. Evidence classified but real. When public, world changes.”
What’s coming:
“More arrests. More facilities. More victims rescued. Network global but dismantling piece by piece.”
“Iran strikes beginning. Facilities in Syria, Turkey, Europe. All connected. All targeted.”
“Full scope comes out, people understand. Not about soldiers. About stopping genocide of girls.”
Operation Cleanse ✓ activated
Phase 1: Evidence Collection ✓ complete (Tate arrest)
Phase 2: Facility Elimination ⟳ live (Iran strikes)
Phase 3: Network Dismantling ⟳ July 20-31
Phase 4: Public Revelation ⟳ August 1-15
The arrests are happening. The strikes are happening. The network is falling.
Trump authorized it. The military is executing it. Justice is real.
Share this. Demand accountability. Demand the truth.
The girls are being freed. The network is being destroyed. Everything changes.
Operation code: Cleanse-7718
Status: active
Target: human trafficking network
THE CHILDREN’S HOSPITALS KNOW. THEY HAVE KNOWN SINCE 2014. A PEDIATRIC ONCOLOGIST JUST SENT US HIS RESIGNATION LETTER. READ IT.
“To the Board of Directors, St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital. Effective immediately, I resign.”
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
I have spent 19 years in pediatric oncology. I have treated 2,300 children with cancer. I have watched 814 of them die.
I am writing this letter because I cannot carry the weight of what I know for one more day.
In 2014, I was invited to a closed-door presentation at a medical conference in Geneva. The presentation was titled: ‘Non-Invasive Electromagnetic Approaches to Pediatric Tumor Regression.’ It was not listed in the public program.
The presenter — whose name I will not reveal for his safety — showed us data from 340 pediatric cancer cases treated with frequency-based therapy between 2009 and 2014:
— 312 out of 340 children achieved complete tumor remission
— Average treatment time: 3 sessions of 25 minutes each
— Side effects: ZERO
— Recurrence rate: 4%
— Age range: 2 to 16 years old
312 children. Cured. No chemotherapy. No radiation. No hair loss. No vomiting. No organ damage. No death.
I sat in that room with 40 other pediatric oncologists. We all saw the same data. We all understood what it meant.
Then we were told:
‘This technology is not approved for civilian use. Any attempt to replicate, discuss, or disseminate these findings will result in immediate termination and criminal prosecution. You are bound by the non-disclosure terms of your conference registration.’
We went home. We went back to our hospitals. We went back to injecting children with chemotherapy that we KNEW was unnecessary.
I went back to Room 4B. That’s where we do pediatric chemo at my hospital. Room 4B.
I went back to holding the hands of 6-year-olds while poison dripped into their veins.
I went back to telling mothers: ‘We’re doing everything we can.’
We were not doing everything we could. We were doing everything we were ALLOWED to do.
Since 2014, I have personally administered chemotherapy to 847 children.
I know — with absolute certainty — that at least 70% of them could have been cured in 75 minutes with zero pain.
Instead, I gave them 6-18 months of chemical torture. I watched their hair fall out. I watched them vomit until they had nothing left. I watched their parents sell their homes to pay for treatment that I KNEW was inferior to technology that already existed.
I watched 214 of those children die.
214 children. Dead. Since 2014. Under my care. While I knew.
I am not asking for forgiveness. There is no forgiveness for this.
I am asking for this letter to reach every parent who has ever been told ‘there’s nothing more we can do.’ Because that sentence is a lie. It has been a lie since at least 2014.
There IS more they can do. There is a treatment that cures pediatric cancer in 75 minutes with zero side effects. It exists. It works. 312 children proved it works.
Your doctor knows. Your hospital knows. The board of directors knows.
They chose money over your child’s life. I chose my career over your child’s life.
I will not choose it one more day.
To the 214 families whose children I failed:
I am sorry. I am sorry I was a coward. I am sorry I chose silence. I am sorry I let the system convince me that obedience was the same as ethics.
It is not. Obedience killed your children. My obedience killed your children.
This letter is not enough. Nothing will ever be enough. But the silence ends today.”
— Name withheld. Pediatric Oncologist. 19 years. 2,300 patients. 814 deaths. 214 preventable.
He watched 214 children die knowing the cure existed. He stayed silent for 10 years. He is not silent anymore. Neither are we.
Share this for every child who deserved 75 minutes instead of 18 months of poison.
THE SKIES ARE TURNING BLACK. CHICAGO’S AIR QUALITY IS THE WORST EVER RECORDED. 830 WILDFIRES ARE BURNING. THIS IS THE RESET
July 16, 2026. The environmental crisis is VISIBLE. The climate is COLLAPSING. The old world is BURNING.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
This is not a natural disaster. This is CONTROLLED DEMOLITION of the old system.
THE ENVIRONMENTAL COLLAPSE:
– Chicago: AIR QUALITY THE WORST EVER RECORDED
– Canada: 830+ WILDFIRES BURNING
– Minnesota: MASSIVE SMOKE SPREADING
– Nationwide: MANDATORY EVACUATIONS
– Global: CLIMATE ACCELERATION VISIBLE
But this is code for something MUCH BIGGER.
THE HIDDEN LANGUAGE:
“Worst air quality ever recorded” = SYSTEM FAILURE VISIBLE
“830 wildfires” = ENVIRONMENTAL INFRASTRUCTURE DESTROYED
“Mandatory evacuations” = POPULATION DISPLACEMENT ACTIVATED
“Smoke spreading nationwide” = GLOBAL IMPACT UNDENIABLE
“Climate acceleration” = RESET PROTOCOL ACTIVATED
When environmental officials say “worst ever,” they mean IRREVERSIBLE CHANGE. When they say “mandatory evacuations,” they mean SYSTEM RESET.
THE SEQUENCE:
Phase 1: Iran military operations ✓ COMPLETE (6 days)
Phase 2: Election system exposure ⟳ TONIGHT (Trump speech)
Phase 3: Environmental crisis visible ⟳ TODAY (Wildfires/Air quality)
Phase 4: Economic system reset ⟳ PENDING
Phase 5: New world order activation ⟳ STANDBY
Each phase creates VISIBLE CRISIS. Each phase FORCES CHANGE. Each phase ACTIVATES THE RESET.
THE SYMBOLISM:
Wildfires = OLD WORLD BURNING
Black skies = DARKNESS BEFORE DAWN
Air quality crisis = SYSTEM FAILURE VISIBLE
Evacuations = POPULATION MOVEMENT
Smoke = TRUTH SPREADING
ALL VISIBLE. ALL UNDENIABLE. ALL PART OF THE PLAN.
THE HIDDEN TRUTH:
Environmental collapse is not accident. It is CONTROLLED DEMOLITION of the old system.
When people see the skies turn black, they understand the system is FAILING and reset is INEVITABLE.
This is the GREAT AWAKENING through ENVIRONMENTAL CRISIS.
THE TRANSFORMATION:
When environmental crisis becomes UNDENIABLE, people DEMAND NEW SYSTEMS.
They will demand clean energy, environmental protection, and system RESET.
The old world of environmental destruction ENDS. The new world of ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION BEGINS.
THE MOMENT:
Today. Black skies over Chicago. 830 wildfires in Canada. Mandatory evacuations nationwide.
Tonight. Trump addresses the nation. The announcement changes everything.
Tomorrow. The environmental reset ACCELERATES.
This is not climate change. This is SYSTEM RESET. This is TRANSFORMATION.
THE REALITY:
When the skies turn black, people WAKE UP and DEMAND CHANGE.
The environmental crisis is the TRIGGER. The reset is the RESPONSE. The new world is the RESULT.
PREPARE FOR THE RESET. DECODE THIS. SHARE THIS. UNDERSTAND THIS.
THE SKIES ARE TURNING BLACK. THE ENVIRONMENTAL CRISIS IS VISIBLE. THE RESET IS ACCELERATING. THE NEW WORLD IS COMING.
MOUNT SHASTA AND THE LEGEND OF TELOS
Exploring One of America’s Most Enduring Spiritual Mysteries
For generations, Mount Shasta, rising more than 14,000 feet above Northern California, has inspired explorers, scientists, Indigenous traditions, mystics, and spiritual seekers alike. Its snow-covered summit, dramatic lenticular cloud formations, and striking volcanic landscape have made it one of the most recognizable mountains in North America. Beyond its geological significance, however, Mount Shasta has become one of the world’s most discussed locations in modern metaphysical literature. Over the past century, countless books, documentaries, and personal accounts have described the mountain as an energetic vortex, a center of spiritual awakening, and even the legendary home of the hidden city of Telos.
The legend of Telos traces its origins to esoteric traditions that describe an advanced civilization existing beneath Mount Shasta. According to these teachings, the inhabitants are descendants of the ancient continent of Lemuria, a legendary civilization believed in some spiritual traditions to have flourished thousands of years before recorded history. While mainstream archaeology does not recognize Lemuria as a historical civilization, the concept has become an enduring symbol within New Age philosophy, representing humanity’s forgotten spiritual heritage and higher potential.
The Mountain of Mystery
Mount Shasta has long been associated with unusual phenomena. Visitors frequently report experiences ranging from profound feelings of peace and heightened intuition to sightings of unexplained lights, unusual cloud formations, and powerful meditative experiences. The mountain’s distinctive lenticular clouds—formed naturally by atmospheric conditions—have often been interpreted by enthusiasts as evidence of hidden craft or energetic activity. Others describe vivid dreams, synchronicities, or a strong inner calling to visit the region, viewing the mountain as a place of personal transformation rather than simply a geological landmark.
Many Indigenous tribes, including the Winnemem Wintu, regard Mount Shasta as sacred. Their traditions describe the mountain as a place of great spiritual significance and a source of life-giving power. These perspectives differ from modern metaphysical interpretations but contribute to the mountain’s long-standing reputation as one of North America’s most spiritually important locations.
The Legend of Telos
Within contemporary metaphysical teachings, Telos is described as an advanced subterranean city built after the destruction of Lemuria. Rather than existing in conventional underground caverns, some traditions portray Telos as occupying a higher-dimensional state of consciousness that overlaps with the physical world. According to these accounts, its inhabitants have developed societies based upon harmony, cooperation, advanced healing, sustainable energy, and expanded consciousness.
Although no scientific evidence has confirmed the existence of such a city, the story of Telos has become an influential metaphor for humanity’s potential evolution. Supporters view it as representing a future civilization founded upon wisdom, compassion, and balance rather than conflict and scarcity.
Energy, Consciousness, and Transformation
One recurring theme within Mount Shasta literature is the concept of energetic “vortexes”—locations where many believe the Earth’s natural energies are especially concentrated. While these claims remain outside mainstream scientific understanding, countless visitors report deeply personal experiences of clarity, emotional healing, creativity, or spiritual renewal while spending time on the mountain.
For many practitioners of meditation and mindfulness, Mount Shasta symbolizes an invitation to look inward. Rather than searching for hidden civilizations beneath the Earth, they see the mountain as encouraging individuals to discover their own inner potential. In this interpretation, the “journey to Telos” becomes a symbolic journey toward higher awareness and personal transformation.
Preparing for a New Era
Within many modern spiritual communities, Mount Shasta is frequently associated with humanity’s ongoing evolution of consciousness. Some traditions speak of an approaching period of increased cooperation, expanded awareness, and deeper recognition of humanity’s interconnectedness. Whether interpreted literally or symbolically, these teachings emphasize compassion, service, self-discovery, and responsible stewardship of both the planet and one another.
Supporters often describe the mountain as a “lighthouse”—not because it guides ships across oceans, but because it reminds people to navigate life’s transitions with wisdom, courage, and hope. In this view, the greatest transformation does not occur beneath the mountain but within each individual willing to grow beyond fear and division.
Separating Symbolism from Evidence
Many of the extraordinary claims associated with Mount Shasta—including Telos, Lemurian civilizations, hidden portals, and higher-dimensional beings—remain matters of personal belief rather than established historical or scientific fact. Archaeological research has not verified these narratives, and geological studies identify Mount Shasta as a dormant stratovolcano formed through well-understood volcanic processes.
Nevertheless, the mountain continues to inspire millions through its natural beauty, cultural significance, and enduring mythology. Whether viewed as sacred geography, symbolic storytelling, or spiritual inspiration, Mount Shasta occupies a unique place where history, Indigenous tradition, nature, and metaphysical exploration intersect.
The Bigger Picture
Perhaps the enduring appeal of Mount Shasta lies not in proving or disproving extraordinary claims, but in the questions it inspires. Throughout history, mountains have served as places of pilgrimage, contemplation, and revelation. They invite humanity to step away from daily distractions and consider larger questions about purpose, consciousness, and our relationship with the natural world.
Whether one approaches Mount Shasta as a scientist, historian, adventurer, or spiritual seeker, its greatest gift may be its ability to awaken curiosity. The legends surrounding the mountain remind us that humanity has always searched for something beyond the visible horizon—a deeper understanding of who we are, where we came from, and what possibilities may still lie ahead. In that sense, Mount Shasta remains one of the world’s most compelling symbols of exploration, not only of the Earth, but of human consciousness itself.
THE WHITE HATS AND THE SILENT COUP — THE MILITARY OPERATION TO DISMANTLE THE CABAL
While the mainstream media keeps you focused on political theater and staged debates, a massive, globally coordinated military operation is taking place in the shadows.
Known as the “White Hats,” this alliance of high-ranking military officers, intelligence operatives, and patriots from around the world has been working for decades to dismantle the 13 Bloodlines and the “Deep State” from within. This is not a “theory”; it is a silent coup designed to return sovereignty to the people and end the era of debt-slavery.
⟁ The “White Hats” have successfully infiltrated every level of the cabal’s infrastructure. From the central banks to the media corporations and the secret societies, the “Alliance” has been gathering evidence of the crimes committed against humanity. This evidence is currently being stored in secure, off-world servers and within the Quantum Financial System (QFS).
The “Arrests” you see on the news—often disguised as sudden retirements, resignations, or health issues—are the removal of the middle-management of the shadow government. The top-tier players are being held in secure locations, waiting for the “Global Disclosure” event.
⟁ Why is it taking so long? Because this is a “Precise Surgical Operation.” The elite have built a “Dead Man’s Switch” into the global economy and the nuclear defense systems. If the Alliance moved too fast, the cabal would trigger a global collapse or a world war to maintain their control. The White Hats are systematically “disarming” these triggers, one by one.
This is why we see the sudden shift in global alliances, the collapse of the petrodollar, and the exposure of the “Black Budgets.” The funding for the cabal’s private army is being cut off, and their “Stargate” escape routes are being locked.
⟁ The final phase of the operation involves the “Emergency Broadcast System” (EBS). When the time is right, the Alliance will take over every television and radio signal on the planet to broadcast the “10 Days of Truth.” This will include the full disclosure of the Secret Space Program, the Med-Beds, the true history of Earth, and the crimes of the elite. This is the “Great Awakening.”
You are not watching a political crisis; you are watching the liberation of a planet. The script is written, the actors are in place, and the final curtain is about to rise.
CODE: WHITE-HATS / SILENT-COUP / ALLIANCE-STRINGS / EBS-DISCLOSURE
They told you that no one was coming to save you. They lied to keep you in despair. The cavalry is already here, and they’ve already taken the fort.
♟ The war is over; we are just waiting for the news to catch up. The light has already won.
THE GATES ARE CLOSING. FOREIGN INFILTRATION IS BEING STOPPED. AMERICA IS BEING PROTECTED
July 16, 2026. 5 hours ago. Trump Administration issued FINAL RULE ending foreign student visa abuse.
Sources: The 17th Disciple TG
This is not about education. This is about NATIONAL SECURITY. This is about CONTROL OF BORDERS.
OPERATION BORDER-SEAL:
Code: OPERATION-VISA-TERMINATION / FOREIGN-INFILTRATION-STOP / AMERICA-PROTECTION-PROTOCOL
The final rule establishes:
– Fixed period of admission for F, J, I visa classifications
– NO MORE INDEFINITE STAYS
– Immediate enforcement
– Integrity RESTORED
But this is code for something MUCH BIGGER.
THE HIDDEN LANGUAGE:
“End foreign student visa abuse” = STOP FOREIGN INFILTRATION
“Fixed period of admission” = CONTROL OF ENTRY
“Restores integrity” = REMOVES DEEP STATE LOOPHOLES
“Decisive shift” = IRREVERSIBLE CHANGE
“Final rule” = NO APPEALS, NO DELAYS
When Trump says “final,” he means PERMANENT. When he says “abuse,” he means SYSTEMATIC INFILTRATION.
THE SEQUENCE:
Phase 1: Border enforcement ✓ ONGOING
Phase 2: Visa system reform ⟳ TODAY
Phase 3: Foreign influence removal ⟳ ACCELERATING
Phase 4: Immigration overhaul ⟳ PENDING
Phase 5: America SECURED ⟳ STANDBY
Each phase closes another loophole. Each phase REMOVES FOREIGN CONTROL. Each phase PROTECTS AMERICA.
THE SYMBOLISM:
F visas = STUDENTS (infiltrators)
J visas = EXCHANGE (spies)
I visas = INVESTORS (foreign agents)
ALL BEING CONTROLLED. ALL BEING MONITORED. ALL BEING STOPPED.
THE HIDDEN TRUTH:
Foreign student visas were WEAPONIZED. They were used to:
– Infiltrate American universities
– Steal technology and research
– Plant Deep State operatives
– Influence American policy
– Weaken American security
Now the system is BEING REFORMED. Now the loopholes are BEING CLOSED. Now America is BEING PROTECTED.
THE TRANSFORMATION:
When foreign infiltration is stopped, American security INCREASES. When foreign influence is removed, American independence GROWS.
The old world of open borders and foreign control ENDS. The new world of SECURED AMERICA BEGINS.
Universities will be AMERICAN. Research will be PROTECTED. Technology will be SECURE.
THE MOMENT:
The final rule is issued. The gates are closing. The infiltration is stopping.
This is not immigration policy. This is NATIONAL SECURITY OPERATION. This is AMERICA FIRST DOCTRINE.
DECODE THIS. SHARE THIS. UNDERSTAND THIS.
THE GATES ARE CLOSING. FOREIGN INFILTRATION IS STOPPING. AMERICA IS BEING PROTECTED.
THE SECRET OF THE 144,000 — THE CRITICAL MASS FOR THE GLOBAL AWAKENING
The number 144,000 is not just a biblical reference; it is a mathematical frequency. It represents the “critical mass” required to tip the scales of global consciousness.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
When 144,000 individuals reach a state of full DNA activation and high-vibration awareness, the “Matrix” signal will no longer be able to hold the collective illusion. This is the “Light-Grid” that is currently being built around the planet to bypass the old Saturn-Moon broadcast and reconnect humanity to the source.
⟁ These “144,000” are the “Ground Crew” or “Star Seeds” who have incarnated at this specific time to act as frequency anchors. They carry the “Master Codes” in their DNA that have been dormant for thousands of years. As the “Solar Flash” approaches, these codes are being activated. This is why you feel a deep sense of “mission” or a feeling that you don’t belong in this world—you are here to help the “Grand Transition” from 3D to 5D. You are a biological relay for the new frequency of Earth.
⟁ The elite know about this number. This is why they use “Divide and Conquer” to keep people fighting over race, religion, and politics. If they can keep the 144,000 separated, distracted, or in fear, they can delay the “Event.” But the “Alliance” has revealed that the number has already been reached. The “Light-Grid” is live. This is why the old systems of control—the banks, the media, the governments—are crumbling so fast. They are losing their “power source” (your fear) and the signal is being jammed by the light.
⟁ We are moving into the “Age of Light.” The transition involves a total rewrite of the human experience. The “Great Reset” of the cabal is a desperate attempt to create a fake version of this transition, but they cannot simulate the power of the activated human heart. You are part of the most important event in the history of the universe. The 144,000 are not a “club”; they are a frequency. And that frequency is now the dominant one on Earth. The countdown to full disclosure has begun.
CODE: 144K-FREQUENCY / DNA-ACTIVATION / STAR-SEED-GRID / 5D-TRANSITION
They want you to believe you are alone. But you are part of an army of light that has already won. The shift is here.
♟ You aren’t just living through history; you are the one making it. The critical mass is reached, and the light is winning.
THE IRAQ WAR, ANCIENT MESOPOTAMIA, AND THE SEARCH FOR LOST CIVILIZATIONS
Separating Historical Evidence from Modern Speculation
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
For more than two decades, the 2003 Iraq War has generated intense debate over its true motivations. While governments publicly emphasized concerns about weapons of mass destruction, regional security, and geopolitical strategy, numerous alternative theories have emerged suggesting that the conflict involved objectives far beyond conventional military and political interests. One of the most enduring claims centers on the ancient Ziggurat of Ur, a remarkably preserved Sumerian temple complex in southern Iraq that some researchers believe may have held archaeological discoveries of extraordinary significance.
Mesopotamia—often called the “Cradle of Civilization”—is home to some of humanity’s oldest cities, written languages, mathematical systems, and monumental architecture. The ruins of Ur, Babylon, Nineveh, and countless other archaeological sites continue to reshape our understanding of early human history. Because of their historical importance, these locations have naturally become the focus of both mainstream archaeological research and alternative interpretations that propose the existence of advanced prehistory, lost technologies, or forgotten civilizations.
Within alternative research circles, one hypothesis suggests that the Ziggurat of Ur was more than a ceremonial temple. According to these claims, ancient Sumerian traditions describing communication between the gods and humanity represent records of sophisticated technologies rather than purely symbolic mythology. Some speculate that artifacts recovered from Mesopotamian sites—including cuneiform tablets, cylinder seals, and astronomical records—may contain encoded scientific or cosmological knowledge that has yet to be fully understood.
Another frequently discussed subject involves the extensive looting of the Iraq Museum in Baghdad during the early stages of the war. Thousands of priceless artifacts disappeared during the conflict, although many were later recovered through international efforts. While historians generally attribute the losses to widespread chaos and organized antiquities trafficking, alternative researchers have suggested that certain artifacts may have been deliberately targeted because of their historical or technological significance. To date, however, no publicly available evidence has verified claims that objects associated with advanced ancient technology or “portal” systems were recovered by military organizations.
The Ziggurat itself remains one of the world’s most impressive surviving monuments of Sumerian civilization. Built more than four thousand years ago, it served as a religious and administrative center dedicated to the moon god Nanna. Archaeologists continue to study its sophisticated engineering, astronomical alignments, and cultural significance, while some independent researchers view these same characteristics as evidence that ancient civilizations possessed knowledge that exceeded conventional historical understanding.
Broader theories extend beyond Iraq, proposing that many ancient sites—including those in Egypt, Peru, Turkey, Syria, and Central America—formed part of an interconnected global network based on astronomy, sacred geometry, and planetary alignments. Supporters argue that similarities in architecture, mythology, and engineering hint at a shared prehistoric tradition whose origins remain largely unknown. Mainstream scholarship generally explains these similarities through independent cultural development, trade, and convergent innovation rather than evidence of a single advanced civilization.
Whether viewed through the lens of archaeology, history, mythology, or speculative research, the ancient civilizations of Mesopotamia continue to raise fascinating questions about humanity’s distant past. New excavations, improved dating techniques, satellite imaging, and digital reconstruction technologies are steadily revealing details that were unimaginable only a generation ago. While extraordinary claims require equally strong evidence, the continuing exploration of these remarkable sites reminds us that much of early human history remains incomplete and open to further discovery.
THE IRAQ WAR WAS NOT ABOUT OIL — IT WAS ABOUT THE ANCIENT STARGATE IN THE ZIGGURAT OF UR.
The Iraq War will likely remain the subject of historical debate for decades to come.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Its geopolitical consequences are well documented, while alternative theories continue to explore possibilities that extend beyond the established historical narrative. Regardless of where one stands on these competing interpretations, the enduring legacy of Mesopotamia lies in its undeniable contribution to civilization itself—a region that gave humanity writing, mathematics, astronomy, law, and urban society. The greatest discoveries may not be hidden beneath a single monument, but in the continuing effort to understand the remarkable cultures that laid the foundations of the modern world.
The official narrative of “Weapons of Mass Destruction” in 2003 was a cover for one of the highest-priority “artifact recovery” missions in modern history. While the world watched the “Shock and Awe” campaign on television, elite special forces units were dispatched to a single, specific location: the Great Ziggurat of Ur. This ancient Sumerian temple was not just a religious site; it was the location of a functional, ancient Star Gate—a portal technology left behind by the Anunnaki thousands of years ago.
⟁ Saddam Hussein had spent years and billions of dollars “restoring” the Ziggurat, but he wasn’t interested in tourism. He had discovered the activation codes for the portal and was attempting to re-establish a direct link to the “Gods” of the ancient world. The global elite—the “Cabal”—could not allow a rogue dictator to possess the keys to inter-dimensional travel. The invasion was a desperate race to secure the Star Gate before Saddam could turn the power back on. This is why the US military immediately established a permanent base (Camp Echo) directly around the Ziggurat, barring all access to the site for over a decade.
⟁ The looting of the Baghdad Museum was not an accident of war; it was a targeted operation. While the public saw chaos, specialized teams were systematically removing specific “Cylinder Seals” and “Cuneiform Tablets” that contained the mathematical frequencies and “Key-Codes” required to operate the Star Gate system. These artifacts were not just gold and clay; they were the “Software” for the ancient hardware. They were immediately flown out of the country on unmarked planes and taken to the D.U.M.B.s in Nevada and Switzerland for reverse-engineering.
⟁ This is part of a global “Stargate War” that has been raging in the shadows for decades. From the mountains of Afghanistan to the ruins of Palmyra in Syria, the military-industrial complex has used “regional conflicts” as a smoke-screen to seize ancient portal technology. The “Alliance” has recently revealed that these gates are being “re-tuned” to the frequency of the New Earth. The era of the elite using these portals to escape the consequences of their actions is over. The gates are being locked from the other side, and the keys are being returned to the rightful guardians of the planet.
CODE: IRAQ-STARGATE / ZIGGURAT-OF-UR / CYLINDER-SEALS / PORTAL-WAR
They told you they were fighting for “democracy.” They were actually fighting for the remote control to the universe. The war was in the sand, but the prize was in the stars.
♟ The “Weapons of Mass Destruction” were never chemical; they were technological. And they’ve already been moved.
TONIGHT. TRUMP ADDRESSES THE NATION. THE ANNOUNCEMENT WILL CHANGE EVERYTHING. THE ELECTION SYSTEM IS BEING EXPOSED.
July 16, 2026. 3 hours ago. Trump teased a “VERY BIG ANNOUNCEMENT” for tonight.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
This is not a normal speech. This is a HISTORIC MOMENT. This is the RESET.
OPERATION ELECTION-INTEGRITY:
Code: OPERATION-SAVE-AMERICA / ELECTION-SECURITY-PROTOCOL / DECLASSIFIED-INTELLIGENCE-RELEASE
The announcement will focus on:
– SAVE AMERICA ACT passage
– Voting machine security
– Foreign influence exposure
– Declassified intelligence
– Election fraud prevention
But this is code for something MUCH BIGGER.
THE HIDDEN LANGUAGE:
“Very big announcement” = HISTORIC REVELATION
“Election integrity” = SYSTEM OVERHAUL
“Voting machine security” = FRAUD PREVENTION
“Declassified intelligence” = TRUTH EXPOSURE
“Foreign influence” = DEEP STATE OPERATIONS EXPOSED
When Trump says “very big,” he means CIVILIZATION CHANGING. When he says “tonight,” he means IMMEDIATE.
THE SEQUENCE:
Phase 1: Iran military operations ✓ ONGOING
Phase 2: Declassification wave ✓ ACCELERATING
Phase 3: Election system exposure ⟳ TONIGHT
Phase 4: Global economic reset ⟳ PENDING
Phase 5: New world order activation ⟳ STANDBY
Each phase builds on the last. Each phase is IRREVERSIBLE. Each phase TRANSFORMS SOCIETY.
THE SYMBOLISM:
Iran war = DISTRACTION
Trade deals = DISTRACTION
Defense summits = DISTRACTION
Election integrity announcement = REAL AGENDA
Declassified intelligence = REAL AGENDA
System exposure = REAL AGENDA
The world is watching Iran. Trump is exposing the election system. THAT’S THE REAL PLAY.
THE VAULT OPENING:
When declassified intelligence about elections is released, Americans understand THE TRUTH.
They will learn:
– How elections were manipulated
– Who manipulated them
– Why the Deep State did it
– How the system will be FIXED
This is the GREAT AWAKENING moment. This is when people UNDERSTAND THEY WERE LIED TO.
THE TRANSFORMATION:
When Americans know the truth about elections, they DEMAND CHANGE. When they demand change, the system COLLAPSES.
The old world of rigged elections ENDS. The new world of FAIR ELECTIONS BEGINS.
The Deep State’s greatest weapon was ELECTION CONTROL. Now that weapon is being DESTROYED.
THE MOMENT:
Tonight. Trump addresses the nation. The announcement changes everything.
The SAVE AMERICA ACT is the framework. The declassified intelligence is the PROOF. The election system is being RESET.
This is not politics. This is REVOLUTION. This is RESTORATION.
DECODE THIS. SHARE THIS. PREPARE FOR TONIGHT.
TRUMP ADDRESSES THE NATION. THE ANNOUNCEMENT IS HISTORIC. THE AWAKENING ACCELERATES.
THE SPHINX’S HIDDEN SECRET — THE HALL OF RECORDS BENEATH THE LEFT PAW
The official story is that the Great Sphinx of Giza is a 4,500-year-old tomb marker. But geological evidence—specifically the water erosion patterns on its body—proves it is at least 12,000 years old, predating the Egyptian civilization.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
In the 1990s, ground-penetrating radar detected a massive, man-made chamber exactly where the legendary “Sleeping Prophet” Edgar Cayce predicted it would be: 25 feet below the Sphinx’s left paw. This is the Hall of Records, a library containing the entire history of the pre-flood world and the technology of Atlantis.
⟁ The Egyptian government and the Smithsonian have repeatedly blocked further excavation of this chamber. Why? Because the Hall of Records doesn’t just contain scrolls; it contains “Stellar Maps” and “Vibrational Tools” that would prove humanity was once a space-faring civilization. The chamber is protected by a “Frequency Shield” that prevents unauthorized entry. It is a “Time Capsule” left by the survivors of the last great cataclysm to ensure that the knowledge of the “Golden Age” was not lost forever.
⟁ Whistleblowers have revealed that a secret tunnel system connects the Sphinx directly to the Great Pyramid and a subterranean city located miles below the Giza plateau. This city, known as the “City of the Gods,” is where the elite have been recovering advanced technology for decades. The “Stargate” found in the lower levels is the real reason for the heavy military presence in the area.
They are using the ancient codes to “re-activate” the planetary grid, but they are doing it for control, not for liberation.
⟁ The Alliance is currently in the final stages of “liberating” the Hall of Records. As the Earth’s frequency reaches the required threshold, the “Shield” around the chamber is naturally dissolving. The truth of our origins is about to be released to the collective.
We are not a primitive race that slowly evolved; we are a “regressed” civilization that is finally reclaiming its lost inheritance. The Sphinx is not a statue; it is a guardian of the truth, and its watch is almost over.
CODE: SPHINX-SECRET / HALL-OF-RECORDS / EDGAR-CAYCE / ATLANTIS-LIBRARY
They told you it was just a monument. They lied to keep you from finding the library of your own soul. The paw is lifting.
♟ The guardian is ready to speak. The silence of 12,000 years is about to be broken.
There Are Several Scenarios That Could Result In The U.S. Becoming Trapped In A Land War In The Middle East
If both sides just continue to escalate matters, eventually there will be no turning back. At this moment, it is still possible for the fighting to stop and for a diplomatic solution to be reached. But if Iran crosses certain red lines, the U.S. will feel compelled to pursue regime change. I will discuss some of those red lines in this article. If regime change becomes the goal, either a ground invasion or the use of nuclear weapons would be required to achieve that goal. Needless to say, the use of nuclear weapons should not even be a consideration. A ground invasion would be a nightmare, because Iran can muster more than a million fighting men and the mountainous terrain that covers much of the nation is very easy to defend. Throughout history, foreign armies have not fared well in that part of the world. But if certain things were to happen, we could easily find ourselves trapped in an absolutely brutal land war in the Middle East.
Over the past few days, President Trump has become determined to hit Iran even harder due to the deaths of multiple U.S. service members…
U.S. Central Command (CENTCOM) announced Sunday that unidentified remains were recovered at the site of the Iranian attack in Jordan before confirming a separate U.S. service member was killed in Iraq.
“Yesterday, U.S. Central Command (CENTCOM) announced the passing of two U.S. service members and the missing status of one in Jordan following an Iranian attack on July 17,” CENTCOM said in a post shared on X.
“After a thorough search, U.S. military personnel found unidentified remains at the location earlier today. An examination process to verify the remains is ongoing,” the command added.
“Separately, a U.S. service member in northern Iraq was killed in action on July 18 during a controlled detonation of unexploded ordnance from a downed Iranian one-way attack drone,” the command said.
Every time another service member dies, Trump’s anger will only grow stronger.
On Saturday night, the intensity of U.S. airstrikes elevated to yet another new level…
The US devastated Iranian missile depots, drones and air defenses in the latest barrage of airstrikes after promising ‘swift punishment’ for the deaths of two American service members.
The latest wave of strikes concluded at 11.30pm ET and were targeted at the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) forces responsible for the fatal attack on US assets in Jordan on Friday, officials said.
A dramatic video shared by Central Command (CENTCOM) showed US forces launching a massive missile from an unknown location before hitting Iranian military coastal surveillance and air defense facilities.
Among the targets that the U.S. hit was a nuclear power facility that was under construction…
US air strikes on Iran overnight hit a nuclear-power plant under construction, according to furious Tehran officials.
During an eighth consecutive day of strikes on the country, the US attacked the partly built Darkhovin nuke facility in the southwest of the country, according to Iran’s Atomic Energy Organization — an assault that came the day after two American service members were reported killed, with a third still missing.
“An attack on a peaceful nuclear facility under international safeguards is a clear violation of international law,” the organization raged on social media.
Then on Sunday night, U.S. Central Command announced that Iran was being bombed for a ninth night in a row…
President Trump is really going for it.
He believes that all of this bombing will force the Iranians to their knees.
But the Iranians have no intention of surrendering.
Night after night, they have been hitting back hard.
On Saturday night, they hit multiple military targets in Kuwait and Bahrain…
In addition, the Iranians have begun striking civilian infrastructure.
For two days in a row, Iran has hit power and water desalination facilities…
Desalination facilities are so important in that part of the world.
In fact, Kuwait relies on desalination for about 90 percent of its drinking water.
So this is a really big deal. But if Iran really wanted to raise the stakes, they could cross a narrow strip of land in Iraq and conduct a ground invasion of Kuwait.
Apparently this is something that some prominent Iranian voices are now advocating…
If Iran were to do this, we would be forced to fight a land war with Iran. And we wouldn’t be able to get out of it until regime change in Tehran had been achieved.
It is also being reported that the Islamic Resistance in Iraq is threatening to assault U.S. military bases in that nation…
The Islamic Resistance in Iraq has threatened to enter the conflict and target US interests and military bases in Iraq and across the region “with full force” if Washington further expands its attacks on Iran.
In a statement, the coalition of Iran-aligned armed groups said it had not carried out any military attacks against US bases in Iraq or elsewhere in the region in recent days.
That would also force us to fight a land war, which is something that the Trump administration is hoping to avoid. But if certain red lines are crossed, everything changes.
That is why this moment in history represents such a critical turning point.
One wrong move could result in the unthinkable. If Iran successfully sinks a U.S. aircraft carrier, that would mean all-out war. If Iran starts targeting extremely sensitive commercial infrastructure in the Gulf states, that would also mean all-out war.
Unfortunately, the Iranians are already threatening to do this…
Of course the moment that Iran uses chemical, biological or nuclear weapons, the war in the Middle East would escalate to a level that most people don’t even want to imagine right now.
It would be wise for both sides to pull back from the brink while it is still possible, but that isn’t going to happen.
As I discussed on Friday, it appears that war is going to continue to be a major theme throughout the rest of this year. And I don’t expect Israel to be sitting on the sidelines for much longer.
In fact, Israel’s defense minister is telling us that his nation will hit Iran “with full force” if they are attacked…
Israeli defense minister Israel Katz said Sunday that his country would respond powerfully to any attack by Iran, after Israeli and Jordanian forces intercepted an Iranian missile launched towards the Jordanian city of Aqaba.
“If Iran fires missiles at Israel, we will attack them with full force,” Katz said during a visit to a rescue service facility.
“If the United States changes its policy, which is also something that could happen, we are prepared for both defensive and offensive” action against Tehran, he added.
As I write this article, missiles are flying all over the Middle East. Just moments ago, more explosions were reported in the Strait of Hormuz.
This war is not just going to raise the price of oil. So many people are going to die in the days ahead. And a single wrong move could trap us in a land war with Iran that we would not be able to escape.
Meanwhile, the war between Russia and Ukraine just continues to intensify, and the Chinese are becoming increasingly angry with us. We are literally watching World War III play out right in front of our eyes, but most people still do not seem to realize this.
THE HIDDEN CONTINENTS BEYOND THE ICE WALL — THE SECRET GEOGRAPHY OF THE “OUTER EARTH.”
What if the map of the world you were shown in school was only a small fragment of the truth?
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The “South Pole” is not a point at the bottom of a spinning ball; it is a 360-degree perimeter of ice that surrounds our known oceans and continents. This is the Ice Wall, a massive, 200-foot-high barrier of frozen water that marks the edge of our “pond.” But the ice is not the end of the world—it is merely the boundary. Beyond the restricted zones of Antarctica lie vast, lush continents and civilizations that have been hidden from humanity for centuries.
⟁ In the 1950s, during “Operation Deep Freeze,” Admiral Richard E. Byrd reported seeing “land beyond the pole” that was larger than the United States, filled with resources and free from the control of the global elite. Shortly after his return, the Antarctic Treaty was signed, banning all independent exploration of the region. They didn’t do this to protect the environment; they did it to protect the “Secret Geography.” The elite have been using these “Outer Lands” as their private playground, accessing advanced technology and resources while telling the rest of the world that the Earth is a “closed system” with limited supplies.
⟁ The maps from the 1500s and 1600s, like the Urbano Monte map, show dozens of extra continents and islands that are not on our modern globes. These aren’t “mistakes” by ancient cartographers; they are records of the world before the “Great Reset” of the 1800s. The “Outer Earth” is where the 13 Bloodlines have their true strongholds. It is a world of “perpetual summer” where the frequency is different, and the laws of the Matrix do not apply. They have kept us “fenced in” like cattle, fighting over a tiny percentage of the Earth’s actual surface area.
⟁ The “Alliance” is currently in the process of “opening the gates.” This is why we are seeing a sudden surge in interest in the “Flat Earth” and “Ice Wall” theories—the information is being leaked to prepare the collective consciousness for the shock of the truth. As the military blockades around the ice are being neutralized, the “Outer Continents” will be revealed. We are not living on a lonely rock in a vacuum; we are living in a vast, infinite plane of existence that is about to get much, much bigger. The “New World” was never found; it was just hidden.
CODE: ICE-WALL / OUTER-EARTH / DEEP-FREEZE / FORBIDDEN-MAPS
They told you the world was small to make you feel small. They lied to keep you from walking out of the cage. The ice is melting, and the horizon is moving.
♟ The map is not the territory. The territory is infinite, and the fences are coming down.
We Are Being Warned That Global Oil Inventories Are “Close To Nothing” As We Plunge Into The Most Severe Oil Crisis In History
The only way that we were going to avoid a historic oil crisis was if a diplomatic solution could be found to end the war in the Middle East. Obviously that did not happen. The “Memorandum of Understanding” has completely failed and the U.S. and Iran are hitting one another really hard. The Strait of Hormuz is going to be closed for the foreseeable future, and now it appears that the Bab el-Mandeb Strait will soon be closed as well. Global oil inventories have been falling for months, and now we have reached a stage where we are going to experience some really severe pain.
Iran has attacked at least 9 commercial vessels over the past couple of weeks, and as a result “nobody is willing to move” through the Strait of Hormuz right now…
The security situation in the Strait of Hormuz has returned to a “worse-case scenario” for oil tankers as Iran has repeatedly attacked ships over the past week, the CEO of a maritime risk services firm said.
“We see the reduction of the volume of transits through the Strait of Hormuz and right now crews of vessels are even more concerned than they were before,” said Dimitris Maniatis, CEO ofens-headquartered Marisks, at a Lloyd’s List Intelligence briefing this week.
“Nobody is willing to move,” Maniatis said.
This is really bad.
We are truly going to see how dependent the world really is on oil from the Middle East. Up to this point, we have been okay because there were large commercial oil stockpiles that we could deplete.
But now we are being told that we have “burned through all of the buffers we had”…
Financial Times spoke with energy traders at the end of the week who warned that slowing tanker traffic through the Strait of Hormuz could trigger a more severe supply crunch than the first round of the US-Iran war because emergency reserves and stockpiles around the world that cushioned the earlier disruption have been mostly depleted.
“We’ve burned through all of the buffers we had. Everything,” said one trader. “All of that’s now gone.
Perhaps some numbers will help people understand the situation that we are facing.
Before the war, we had approximately 400 million barrels of oil in commercial inventories.
At this point, “we have close to nothing”…
Amrita Sen, founder of Energy Aspects, pointed out that heading into the US-Iran war, the global oil market had around 400 million barrels of excess inventories, not including strategic reserves controlled by governments.
“Now we have close to nothing … and market complacency around Hormuz flows is being severely tested,” Sen warned.
In other words, we are right around the corner from shortages and rationing in some parts of the globe. Asia will probably be first, and then Europe will follow. And the outlook for the U.S. is becoming quite dire as well.
In fact, crude oil inventories at Cushing have been hovering around “tank bottoms” recently…
Crude oil inventories at the Cushing, Oklahoma, storage hub have fallen below 20 million barrels in recent weeks, prompting the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) to explain how “tank bottoms” can affect storage operations and market pricing.
According to EIA, storage tanks require a minimum volume of crude oil to remain operational. Known as tank bottoms, this inventory allows pumps and related infrastructure to function properly. Once inventories approach these minimum operating levels, not all stored crude is readily accessible, even though tanks are not technically empty.
The good news is that we still have some oil in the Strategic Petroleum Reserve, but it is falling fast.
According to the Wall Street Journal, it is currently at the lowest level that we have seen since 1983…
Oil shocks from the war with Iran and the Russia-Ukraine conflict have left the U.S. Strategic Petroleum Reserve at its lowest level since 1983.
The world has been running an “oil deficit” for months.
Now the Strait of Hormuz is closed again, and the Houthis could soon shut the Bab al-Mandab Strait…
Iran has reportedly instructed Yemen’s Houthi terrorists to prepare to close a critical Red Sea gateway if the United States attacks Iranian power infrastructure, Reuters reported, a threat experts warn could sharply disrupt global shipping even if the group cannot completely seal the waterway.
“This threat should be taken seriously,” Nadwa Al-Dawsari of the Middle East Institute told Fox News Digital. “With recent escalation and U.S. strikes on Iran, Tehran has already signaled that the Bab al-Mandab could become part of its response.”
Three sources told Reuters on Thursday that Iran’s leadership had discussed using the Houthis to shut the Bab el-Mandeb Strait and recently conveyed the request to the group. A source close to the Houthis said missiles and drones had been deployed near the waterway and that the group was awaiting an order to begin attacking shipping.
The Strait of Hormuz and the Bab al-Mandab Strait have never been shut at the same time. If that actually happens, energy prices will go absolutely nuts.
Meanwhile, relentless strikes on Russian refineries have caused an insane gasoline shortage in Russia. Many drivers are waiting multiple hours in line for gasoline, and security forces have been deployed to keep order at gas stations…
Authorities in 13 Russian regions have deployed security forces, including police officers and Rosgvardia personnel, to patrol gas stations as the country faces an escalating domestic fuel crisis following Ukrainian long-range strikes.
The crisis has caused a 35% drop in daily gasoline production to 75,000–80,000 metric tons, far below the typical summer demand of 115,000–120,000 metric tons, leaving half of Russia’s oil refining capacity idle, as reported by The Moscow Times on July 17.
In response to the shortage, local administrations have set strict fuel sales limits ranging from 20 to 40 liters of gasoline per vehicle, leading to long lines where drivers face wait times of at least 2.5 hours.
The Ukrainians are going to continue sending drones to strike Russia’s refineries, and the Russian people are extremely frustrated.
Some of the lines stretch for miles, and in two cases elderly people actually dropped dead while they were waiting…
For months, the queues at petrol stations across Russia have grown longer.
Some people have slept in cars. Others have pitched tents. A few have ended up brawling over pumps.
Now, two people have died.
An 80-year-old man suffered heart failure while waiting to fill his tank at a petrol station in the town of Lysva in Perm Krai, while a 75-year-old man died while waiting to refuel in Petrozavodsk.
The Russians are normally one of the largest oil exporters in the world.
But now they have been forced to beg India for gasoline…
Moscow has approached Indian refineries for more gasoline imports amid an acute fuel shortage, according to industry sources cited by Reuters.
Russia, the world’s third-largest oil producer, has reportedly requested gasoline imports from India and Kazakhstan in June amid a sprawling fuel crisis spurred by Ukrainian strikes, with nationwide fuel rationing reported.
Reuters, in its Thursday report, said Russian oil giants Rosneft, Gazprom Neft and Lukoil have approached their Indian counterparts to raise imports, with the outlet’s source adding that deliveries are likely to be routed through traders.
This is another reason why this oil crisis is going to be so severe. The worst gasoline shortages in the world at this moment are in one of the largest oil producers in the world.
Meanwhile, the war in the Middle East just continues to escalate. We had a very large cushion to work with at the beginning of the war, but now it has been almost entirely depleted.
This is where things get very “interesting”, and the vast majority of the population has no idea what is coming.
PREDICTIVE PROGRAMMING — THE MOVIES WERE NOT ENTERTAINMENT. THEY WERE THE SCRIPT
Have you ever noticed how “The Simpsons” seems to predict every major world event years before it happens? Or how movies like “Contagion” or “Outbreak” perfectly mirrored the events of 2020?
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This isn’t “coincidence” or “good writing.” It is Predictive Programming—a psychological technique used by the elite to desensitize the public to planned future events. By showing you the agenda in a fictional setting first, they lower your natural resistance to it when it actually happens in the “real world.”
⟁
The controllers believe in a cosmic law of “Informed Consent.” They feel that if they tell you what they are going to do—even if it’s hidden in a cartoon, a movie, or a music video—and you don’t object, you have spiritually consented to their actions. This is why the “New World Order” is obsessed with symbolism and “Easter eggs.” They are putting the truth in plain sight to absolve themselves of the karmic consequences of their crimes. You are being “pre-conditioned” to accept your own enslavement.
⟁
Look at the current wave of “Cyber Attack” and “Grid Down” movies. They are preparing your subconscious for the next phase of the Great Reset. By visualizing the chaos on a screen, your brain creates a “memory” of it. When the event is triggered, you don’t fight back; you simply say, “I knew this was coming.” You are being trained to be a passive observer of your own destruction. The media is not a mirror of reality; it is the blueprint for the reality they want to build.
⟁
The Alliance is now using this same technique against them. This is why we see “leaks” and “disclosures” happening in mainstream channels. We are “re-programming” the script. Once you understand how the trick works, the magician loses his power. The “End of the World” movies were their ending, not ours. We are writing a new script where the people wake up and walk off the set. The theater is burning, and the actors are running out of lines.
CODE: PREDICTIVE-PROGRAMMING / HOLLYWOOD-SCRIPT / INFORMED-CONSENT / MEDIA-MAGIC
They told you it was “just a movie” to keep you from noticing the cameras in the real world. The script is being torn up.
♟
The screen is a window into their plans. But once you know the plot, the ending changes.
THEY HAVE BEEN SPRAYING YOU FOR 60 YEARS. CHEMTRAILS ARE REAL. WEATHER IS A WEAPON. TRUMP IS STOPPING IT NOW
Look up. What do you see? Lines across the sky. Not contrails. CHEMTRAILS.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
For 60 years, the government has been spraying toxic chemicals. Aluminum. Barium. Strontium. They have been poisoning your air and controlling your weather.
Now the truth is being EXPOSED. Now the CHEMTRAILS ARE STOPPING.
THE CHEMTRAIL PROGRAM:
Operation Cirrus began in the 1960s. The government created 170+ patents for weather control.
The chemicals poison your air and cause disease and death.
This is INTENTIONAL. This is CHEMICAL WARFARE.
THE WEATHER WEAPON:
HAARP can create hurricanes, earthquakes, and droughts.
The government uses weather as a weapon to destroy cities and control populations.
This is DOCUMENTED. This is REAL.
THE EXPOSED TRUTH:
July 14, 2026: Meteorologist Scott Stevens exposed the geoengineering program. He worked 20 years as a weather forecaster. Then he discovered the truth. Then he RESIGNED.
July 12, 2026: Kentucky lawmakers criminalized weather manipulation. First state to acknowledge chemtrails.
July 11, 2026: The Knesset admitted solar radiation modification is REAL and DANGEROUS.
The cover-up is CRUMBLING. The truth is being REVEALED.
WHY WERE YOU SPRAYED?
Population control. Infertility, disease, death.
Mind control. Docile, compliant, controllable.
Weather control. Destroy cities, control populations, maintain power.
This was INTENTIONAL. This was CRIMINAL. This was GENOCIDE.
TRUMP IS STOPPING THE CHEMTRAILS:
Trump ordered IMMEDIATE CESSATION of all chemtrail operations. Trump ordered arrest of all officials involved.
The spraying is STOPPING. The sky is CLEARING. The poisoning is ENDING.
THE TRANSFORMATION:
When chemtrails stop, the atmosphere HEALS. Respiratory disease DISAPPEARS. Humanity is FREED.
The air will be CLEAN. The weather will be NATURAL. The people will be HEALTHY.
THE MOMENT:
This is the end of the chemtrail program. This is the end of weather warfare. This is the end of atmospheric poisoning.
The truth is being REVEALED. The criminals are being ARRESTED. The people are being FREED.
Trump is WINNING. Justice is being SERVED. The sky is being CLEARED.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. CHEMTRAILS ARE REAL. WEATHER IS A WEAPON. THE SPRAYING IS STOPPING.
THE OLD FINANCIAL SYSTEM IS DEAD. THE NEW SYSTEM IS LIVE. XRP IS THE CURRENCY OF THE NEW WORLD. TRUMP IS LEADING THE RESET
July 2026. The financial revolution is happening. Banks are collapsing. The old system is failing. The new system is rising.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
THE OLD SYSTEM DIES:
The Federal Reserve has controlled money for 113 years through debt slavery.
The dollar is worthless. The banking system is corrupt. The financial institutions are criminals.
The people are AWAKE. The people are READY. The people are DEMANDING CHANGE.
THE NEW SYSTEM RISES:
NESARA/GESARA is activated. The Quantum Financial System is LIVE. The old financial order is FINISHED.
XRP is the currency of the new world. Ripple has joined SWIFT. XRP adoption is accelerating. Banks are switching to XRP.
The XRP Ledger now holds $4.18 BILLION in tokenized real-world assets. This is 344% increase in five months. This is EXPONENTIAL GROWTH.
THE XRP EXPLOSION:
July 10, 2026: XRP bullish technical setup. Robinhood chain recorded 433 MILLION in 24-hour DEX volume.
July 12, 2026: XRP ETFs launched. ProShares targeting July 14 for 3 XRP futures-based ETFs.
Forbes ranks XRP as the 4th best cryptocurrency to buy. Behind only Bitcoin, Ethereum, and BNB.
Finance experts predict XRP soaring to $1000+. This is INSTITUTIONAL ADOPTION.
THE BANK COLLAPSE:
Banks are PANICKING. The old system is CRUMBLING. The financial institutions are DYING.
SWIFT is being replaced by XRP. Central banks are switching to blockchain. The petrodollar is FINISHED.
The Federal Reserve is POWERLESS. The banking cartel is BROKEN. The financial elite are TERRIFIED.
THE GOLD STANDARD RETURNS:
Gold is backing the new currency. Precious metals are the foundation. Real value is RESTORED.
Gold prices at $4,069 per ounce. Silver surging. Platinum rising. The precious metals market is EXPLODING.
This is not accident. This is STRATEGIC. This is the return to sound money.
TRUMP IS LEADING THE RESET:
Trump activated NESARA/GESARA. Trump is forcing the financial system reset. Trump is ending the Federal Reserve’s control.
The new financial system is TRANSPARENT. The new financial system is FAIR. The new financial system is DECENTRALIZED.
This is freedom. This is justice. This is the end of financial slavery.
THE MOMENT:
This is the biggest financial revolution in human history. This is the moment the old system COLLAPSES. This is the moment the new system RISES.
The banks are DYING. The elite are PANICKING. The people are WINNING.
Trump is WINNING. The financial system is being RESET. The new era is BEGINNING.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. THE OLD FINANCIAL SYSTEM IS DEAD. XRP IS THE FUTURE. THE NEW ERA HAS BEGUN.
THE ISS IS A HOLLYWOOD SET — THE TRUTH ABOUT THE “SPACE” NARRATIVE
Ever watched a “live” feed from the International Space Station and noticed something strange? Air bubbles floating past the “astronauts” in the vacuum of space? Hair that stays perfectly still while they “float”?
Source: Mr Kidpool TG
Or the visible harnesses and wires that occasionally glitch through the CGI overlays? The ISS is not a laboratory 250 miles above your head; it is a multi-billion dollar movie production designed to keep you believing in a version of “space” that doesn’t exist.
⟁
Most of the footage you see of “space walks” is actually filmed at the Neutral Buoyancy Lab (NBL) in Houston, Texas. This is a massive indoor swimming pool containing a full-scale mockup of the ISS. By using green screens, high-tech lighting, and scuba divers cropped out of the frame, they simulate the weightlessness of orbit. This is why you see bubbles, why the “black” of space sometimes looks like water, and why the “astronauts” move with the slow, resisted motion of someone underwater.
⟁
Why would they fake it? Because the “Official Space” narrative is a multi-trillion dollar industry that funds the “Black Budgets” of the shadow government. By convincing you that space is a hostile, inaccessible vacuum that only “government experts” can reach, they maintain a monopoly on the truth of what is actually above our heads. They use the ISS as a distraction to keep you from looking at the real secret space fleets and the “Firmament” that they cannot penetrate with conventional rockets.
⟁
The Alliance is preparing to pull the curtain on the “NASA Theater.” As the satellite networks are taken over and the CGI servers are dismantled, the world will finally see the truth. Real space travel is based on electromagnetism and consciousness, not exploding fuel canisters. The “actors” in the jumpsuits are being questioned, and the “space” they showed you is about to be revealed as the biggest soundstage in history.
CODE: ISS-FRAUD / GREEN-SCREEN-SPACE / NBL-DIVE-TANK / CGI-ASTRONAUTS
They told you it was the frontier of science. It was the frontier of special effects. The set is being struck, and the lights are going out.
♟
You don’t need a rocket to reach the stars; you just need to stop believing the movie.
SOROS IS FINISHED. THE GLOBALIST NETWORK IS COLLAPSING. THE MONEY TRAIL IS EXPOSED. TRUMP IS DISMANTLING THE DEEP STATE
July 10, 2026. A federal judge was caught taking bribes from the Soros Foundation. This is not isolated. This is the tip of the iceberg. The entire Soros network is being exposed.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
THE SOROS EMPIRE:
George Soros has spent $32 BILLION funding left-wing organizations worldwide. He has funded:
▪️ District attorneys who release criminals
▪️ Judges who block Trump policies
▪️ Activists who destabilize nations
▪️ Media outlets that spread propaganda
This is not charity. This is CONTROL and global coordination.
THE CORRUPTION EXPOSED:
Judge Barron was caught taking bribes from the Soros Foundation. He blocked Trump’s name from the Kennedy Center. He was paid $7 MILLION in Soros money.
How many judges, prosecutors, and politicians have been bought by Soros?
The FBI is investigating. The Justice Department is investigating. The evidence is overwhelming.
THE MONEY TRAIL:
Soros-funded officials have released criminals, blocked policies, and organized chaos.
This is not coincidence. This is COORDINATION. This is a global conspiracy to destabilize America.
THE GLOBALIST NETWORK:
Soros funds organizations across 200 countries. He has infiltrated governments. He has corrupted judiciaries. He has compromised law enforcement.
The Open Society Foundations. The Tides Foundation. The Ford Foundation. All connected. All funded by Soros. All working toward the same goal: global control.
The United Nations. The World Bank. The International Monetary Fund. All influenced by Soros money. All advancing his agenda.
This is not theory. This is DOCUMENTED. This is REAL.
TRUMP IS DISMANTLING IT:
Trump has ordered investigations into the Soros network. Trump has demanded asset seizure. Trump is designating Soros organizations as domestic terrorist groups.
The FBI is raiding Soros-backed organizations. The DOJ is prosecuting Soros-funded prosecutors. The courts are investigating Soros-bribed judges.
This is the biggest takedown of a globalist network in history.
THE MOMENT:
This is the end of the Soros empire. This is the collapse of the globalist network. This is the moment the Deep State is dismantled.
Soros is PANICKING. His network is CRUMBLING. His money is FROZEN.
Trump is WINNING. Justice is being SERVED. The truth is being RELEASED.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. SOROS IS FINISHED. THE GLOBALIST NETWORK IS COLLAPSING. THE NEW ERA HAS BEGUN.
15-MINUTE CITIES — THE SMART GRID IS YOUR NEW DIGITAL CAGE
The concept of the “15-Minute City” is being marketed as a dream of urban convenience—everything you need within a short walk or bike ride. But behind the green facade lies a sinister blueprint for the total restriction of human movement.
Source Mr. Kidpool TG
These are not “neighborhoods”; they are Digital Internment Zones. The goal is to divide major cities into sectors where residents are discouraged, and eventually penalized, for leaving their designated zone without “permission” from the central AI.
⟁ The infrastructure for these zones is already being installed: AI-powered facial recognition cameras, license plate readers at every intersection, and “Smart Streetlights” that can track your every move in real-time. To travel between zones, you will eventually be required to have a Digital ID linked to your “Carbon Footprint” and “Social Credit Score.”
If you have used too much energy, eaten the “wrong” food, or expressed the “wrong” opinion online, your digital pass will be deactivated, and the gates—physical or financial—will close.
⟁ This is the implementation of the “Climate Lockdown.” The elite realized that they couldn’t keep you in your house forever using a virus, so they are switching to “saving the planet” as the excuse to strip you of your right to travel.
They want to eliminate private car ownership and replace it with a subscription-based, tracked transportation system. You are being moved from a world of “exploration” to a world of “containment.” They want you to live, work, and die within a five-mile radius, never seeing the world beyond the screen they provide.
⟁ The Alliance is currently working with local resistance movements to sabotage the installation of these tracking grids. From the removal of ULEZ cameras in London to the legal challenges against “Smart City” initiatives in the US and Europe, the people are waking up to the trap. The grid only works if you consent to the digital leash.
The “Smart City” is only smart for the controllers; for the citizens, it is a high-tech plantation. It’s time to step outside the zone and reclaim the open road.
CODE: 15-MINUTE-CITY / DIGITAL-PRISON / CARBON-TRACKING / SMART-GRID-EXIT
They told you it was for “convenience.” They lied to keep you from noticing the bars being built around your life. The world is yours to roam, not theirs to zone.
♟ A cage is still a cage, even if it has high-speed Wi-Fi and a bike path. Don’t trade your freedom for a 15-minute walk. Not for publication: create a poster (long format) cinematic imagery, using elements from the text above. upgrade to a more sophisticated font in the title block
FAUCI’S TIME HAS COME. THE TRUTH IS BEING RELEASED. JUSTICE IS HAPPENING NOW. TRUMP IS MAKING IT HAPPEN
July 13, 2026. Senator Roger Marshall demanded a special counsel investigation into Dr. Anthony Fauci. This is not a coincidence. This is the beginning of the end.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
THE CRIMES:
Dr. Anthony Fauci funded gain-of-function research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology. Declassified documents prove it. He helped create COVID-19. He lied to Congress. He destroyed evidence.
Criminal referrals have been filed against Fauci in SEVEN states:
▪️ MURDER
▪️ TERRORISM
▪️ RACKETEERING
▪️ FRAUD
▪️ ABUSE
▪️ ASSAULT
▪️ CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY
This is not speculation. This is documented. This is REAL.
THE INVESTIGATION:
Fauci’s aide, David Morens, has been INDICTED for federal records violations. He concealed back-channel efforts related to COVID-19. This is the beginning. More indictments are coming.
July 29, 2026: Rand Paul will confront Fauci with a Senate hearing on gain-of-function funding. Declassified documents will be presented. The truth will be exposed.
The lab-leak payback has begun. Indictments are hitting. Scientists are being held accountable.
THE COVER-UP:
For three years, Fauci lied to the American people. He said COVID came from nature. He said the lab-leak theory was a conspiracy. He silenced scientists who told the truth.
He destroyed millions of lives. He destroyed the economy. He destroyed trust in government.
And he did it on purpose.
THE DEEP STATE PANIC:
The Deep State is TERRIFIED. The elite are PANICKING. The cover-up is CRUMBLING.
Fauci tried to hide. Fauci tried to silence witnesses. Fauci tried to destroy evidence. It didn’t work.
Trump appointed investigators who cannot be stopped. Trump declassified documents that cannot be hidden. Trump is forcing accountability.
THE JUSTICE:
This is the biggest health scandal in human history. This is the moment the truth emerges. This is the moment justice is served.
Fauci will be prosecuted. His co-conspirators will be prosecuted. The entire COVID lie will be exposed.
The people who died. The people who were injured. The people whose lives were destroyed. They will finally get justice.
THE MOMENT:
This is the beginning of the end for the Deep State. This is the moment the people learn the truth. This is the moment the old world order COLLAPSES.
Trump is WINNING. Justice is being SERVED. The truth is being RELEASED.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. FAUCI’S CRIMES ARE BEING EXPOSED. JUSTICE IS COMING. THE TRUTH IS UNSTOPPABLE.
THE SECRET TREATY OF 1213 — WHY THE POPE OFFICIALLY OWNS THE ENTIRE WORLD
In 1213, King John of England signed a treaty with Pope Innocent III, surrendering the entire Kingdom of England and Ireland to the Holy See. This wasn’t just a religious gesture; it was a legal contract that turned the British Crown into a “vassal” of the Vatican.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This treaty has never been repealed. In the eyes of the global legal system (Maritime Law), the Pope is the “Owner of the Earth,” the British Monarch is the “Trustee,” and you are the “Asset.” This is the foundation of the “Crown Corporation” that rules the world’s financial and legal systems today.
⟁
The “City of London,” “Washington D.C.,” and “Vatican City” are the three pillars of this empire. They are independent city-states, not part of the countries that surround them. They have their own laws, their own police, and their own flags. The Vatican handles the Spiritual (the souls), London handles the Financial (the money), and D.C. handles the Military (the enforcement). Together, they form a “Trinity of Control” that has managed the human population for over 800 years. Your “government” is just a local branch office of this global corporation.
⟁
When you sign a document, you are interacting with this “Trust.” The “Crown” is not the Queen or the King; it is the corporate entity that represents the Vatican’s interests. Every court, every bank, and every corporation on Earth is a “sub-corporation” of the Holy See. They have used the “Trustee” system to hide the fact that they have “claimed” your soul and your property through the 1213 treaty. This is the “Divine Right of Kings” masquerading as modern democracy. You are living on a “plantation” that was legally deeded to the Pope centuries ago.
⟁
The Alliance is currently “liquidating” this global trust. By using the same Maritime Law that the elite used to enslave us, they are filing the “Notice of Foreclosure” on the Vatican and the Crown. The GESARA protocols involve the dissolution of these corporate structures and the return of the Earth’s assets to the living men and women. The “Secret Treaty” is being declared null and void because it was based on fraud and lack of disclosure. The “Owner” is being evicted, and the “Trust” is being returned to the rightful heirs—Humanity.
CODE: TREATY-OF-1213 / CROWN-CORPORATION / TRINITY-OF-CONTROL / LEGAL-FREEDOM
They told you that you were a “citizen.” They lied to hide the fact that you were “property” in a 13th-century contract. The lease is up.
♟
The “Divine Right” is being returned to the only ones who ever truly had it: You. The corporation is bankrupt.
Infrastructure War! The Middle East Braces For What Is Coming Next As Both Sides Go Up The Escalation Ladder
Targeting military assets isn’t going to wreck the global economy, but targeting key infrastructure could. The damage that has already been done to oil and natural gas infrastructure in the Middle East is going to take years to fully repair and rebuild. But so far the damage that has been done has been somewhat limited. If both sides decide to start conducting all-out attacks on oil and gas infrastructure, the world would be facing an unprecedented energy crisis with no end in sight. Unfortunately, it appears that such a scenario could potentially be ahead of us.
A couple of days ago, President Trump told Fox News that the U.S. military would keep hitting Iran really hard for the next several nights…
“We’re going to hit them very hard tonight. We’re going to hit them very hard tomorrow night. We’re going to hit them very hard the night after… We’re going to knock out all their power plants, we’re going to knock out all their bridges, unless they get to the table and negotiate.”
Of course that is precisely what we have witnessed. There has been bombing night after night, and tonight the attacks have continued.
Just a little while ago, U.S. Central Command announced that strikes were occurring inside Iran for a 6th night in a row…
Bandar Abbas has been hit repeatedly in recent days, and tonight “loud explosions”were heard in the city…
Loud explosions were heard in Bandar Abbas, in southern Iran along the Strait of Hormuz, according to Iranian state TV.
Just minutes earlier, White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt had wrapped up a briefing in which she was asked about the war with Iran.
“The president is not going to allow them to fire on the ships in the strait,” she said. “The president has proved not just to Iran that we can hit them anytime, anywhere, any place.”
When the ceasefire collapsed, the U.S. primarily focused on hitting military targets. But now that has changed.
Key infrastructure is being targeted, and that includes a very important bridge that links Bandar Abbas and Shiraz…
Among the sites hit was the Bandar Abbas-Kahurestan-Lar bridge, a key road link between Bandar Abbas and Shiraz, as well as Iranshahr Airport in southeastern Iran, according to Iranian state media reports cited by Iran International.
Destroying this bridge was a very big move.
Without that bridge, Iran’s largest commercial port will be largely cut off from the rest of Iran…
Of course there are still ways to get to Bandar Abbas from other areas of Iran. But that bridge was on the main highway that most commercial trucks used.
This is just going to make the Iranians even angrier.
Prior to the attacks tonight, the Iranians warned that if their infrastructure got targeted they would start destroying infrastructure all over the region…
In a statement published on Telegram on Thursday morning, a spokesperson for Iran’s top military command said that if Trump’s threats were implemented “everything that is still intact … that is, all the infrastructure in the region – will be crushed under the steel blows of the powerful armed forces of the Islamic Republic of Iran; so that no trace of them remains and it is as if they never existed in the first place.”
They added that “under no circumstances and in no way will we allow America, as a foreign and extra-regional country, to interfere in the Strait of Hormuz.”
“This is Iran’s invincible red line,” the spokesperson said.
Those are very strong words.
Will the Iranians now follow through on their threats?
It is also being reported that the Houthis are preparing to completely close the Bab al-Mandeb Strait…
Needless to say, this would change everything.
The Bab al-Mandeb Strait and the Strait of Hormuz have never been closed simultaneously.
Saudi Arabia has dealt with the closure of the Strait of Hormuz by shipping most of the oil that it produces out of the Red Sea port of Yanbu…
Saudi Arabia has diverted 70 percent of its energy exports through its Red Sea port of Yanbu, Reuters reported, and so any attacks there further hurt oil markets.
If the Bab al-Mandeb Strait and the Strait of Hormuz are both not usable, all of a sudden the flow of Saudi oil will be choked off.
Saudi Arabia could respond by declaring war on the Houthis, but the Houthis have already warned that they will bombard Saudi oil facilities with missiles if that happens…
That is nuts.
We really are on the verge of the unthinkable. How far up the escalation ladder are the parties involved in this conflict willing to go?
I guess we shall have to wait and see.
Meanwhile, the “Islamic Resistance in Iraq” has put a 10 million dollar bounty on President Trump…
The Islamic Resistance in Iraq announced Thursday night that it was offering a $10 million reward for the killing of US President Donald Trump, Iran’s state-run IRNA news agency and Russia’s state-run RT, formerly Russia Today, reported.
The group said the reward followed what it described as Trump’s “audacious and offensive statements” against commanders killed while fighting ISIS.
Conservative activist Laura Loomer said Russian state media was “promoting the Iraqi Islamic Resistance’s $10 million bounty for the assassination of President Trump,” adding: “Every day, Russia proves more and more why they aren’t an ally.”
At this point, just about every terrorist in the Middle East would like to get Trump. Hopefully he is being extra cautious these days.
Lastly, I wanted to mention a military conflict that the U.S. is currently involved in that hardly anyone is talking about.
As Leo Hohmann has aptly pointed out, the U.S. military has been conducting dozens of airstrikes in Somalia and the mainstream media is almost completely silent about this…
The July 13 U.S. airstrike marked at least the 74th U.S. airstrike in Somalia this year, according to AFRICOM’s numbers, putting the command on track to break its annual record, which it set at 124 in 2025. Besides the bombing campaign against al-Shabaab, the U.S. has also been launching airstrikes against an ISIS affiliate in Somalia’s northeast Puntland region.
We really are living at a time of wars and rumors of wars. More than half of the nations on the entire planet are either directly engaged in military conflict or are directly funding military conflict.
I believe that we are going to witness some absolutely shocking escalations in the days ahead. And once those absolutely shocking escalations occur, it will be impossible to turn back the clock.
THE VATICAN SECRET ARCHIVES — 53 MILES OF STOLEN HISTORY AND THE TRUTH ABOUT YOUR ORIGINS
Beneath the feet of the Pope lies the world’s most guarded collection of knowledge. The Vatican Secret Archives (now renamed the Apostolic Archives) contain 53 miles of shelving, housing documents that date back to the dawn of the current “reset.”
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
This is not just religious history; it is the repository of the world’s stolen heritage. From the original scrolls of the Library of Alexandria to the maps of the pre-flood world and the true records of the life of Yeshua, the Vatican holds the keys to everything the elite have spent 2,000 years making you forget.
⟁
Why is access so strictly limited? To enter, you must be a vetted scholar with a specific, narrow research goal. You are not allowed to browse. You are escorted. Why? Because the archives contain the “Chronovisor” files—evidence of a device developed in the 1950s that could view past events through the frequency of the ether. They also hold the records of the “Pre-Adamite” civilizations and the detailed lineages of the 13 Bloodlines. They know that if the public saw the true history of the “Gods” who descended to Earth, the entire structure of organized religion and political control would evaporate overnight.
⟁
The archives also contain the “Prophecies of the End Times” that were never released to the public. These documents describe the current transition into the “Age of Light” and the specific dates of the magnetic pole shifts. The Vatican has functioned as the “Information Broker” for the global elite for centuries, selling bits of truth to those in power while keeping the masses in a state of spiritual amnesia. They aren’t protecting the “Word of God”; they are protecting the “Monopoly of Truth.”
⟁
The Alliance is currently in the process of “digitizing” these archives for a global release. As the old structures of the Vatican are dismantled, the truth is being moved into the Quantum system. The era of “Secret Knowledge” is ending. You won’t need a priest or a scholar to tell you who you are; the records of your divine origin are about to be returned to the collective. The walls of the fortress are cracking, and the 53 miles of lies are being exposed to the light of day.
CODE: VATICAN-ARCHIVES / CHRONOVISOR / STOLEN-HISTORY / ALEXANDRIA-RECOVERY
They told you it was a “sacred” secret. It was a stolen inheritance. The library is opening, and the silence is being broken.
♟
The truth was never lost; it was just locked away. But they forgot that the people are the ones who hold the key.
A 28 Item Grocery Order From Target That Cost $64.50 In 2020 Is Now $158.30 In 2026
The cost of living has become absolutely suffocating for millions of Americans. For years, the bureaucrats in Washington have been feeding us numbers that show that the rate of inflation is low, but it is obvious to everyone that what they are telling us is simply not true. Many of the items that I regularly purchase at the grocery store have more than doubled in price over the past decade. Some have more than tripled in price. When I get to the register to check out, I feel like asking the cashier which organ I should donate to pay for my groceries.
We have reached a stage where grocery prices are causing extreme financial stress for families all over America. One man recently caused quite a stir on social media when he revealed that a grocery order from Target that cost $64.50 in 2020 is now $158.30 in 2026…
This post has already been viewed a million times. The reason why it is so popular is because it instantly resonates with people. Everyone knows that grocery prices have risen to absurd levels, and yet the statisticians in Washington keep assuring us that everything is fine.
I don’t believe them.
Do you?
The Washington Post just conducted a poll that found that 66 percent of Americans consider the cost of groceries to be unaffordable.
That figure has risen by 21 percent just since February…
Americans are feeling worse about the price of groceries than they were before the war with Iran began, a Washington Post-Ipsos poll finds.
About two-thirds, or 66 percent, of Americans say they would describe the cost of groceries as unaffordable, up sharply from the 45 percent who said the same thing in February before the conflict started.
Partisanship continues to play a big role in perceptions, with half of Republicans saying groceries are affordable in the latest poll, compared with about one-quarter of independents and Democrats.
Housing is even worse.
The median price of an existing home in the United States has now surpassed the $440,000 mark…
With a landmark housing affordability bill in political limbo, U.S. home prices have hit an all-time high.
The median price of existing homes in June was $440,660, up 1.8% from $432,700 a year ago, according to new data from the National Association of Realtors (NAR). Home prices have risen for 36 straight months.
“Housing affordability remains low under slowing wage growth and stronger home price growth,” Ershang Liang, an economist with PNC Economics Research, said in a report.
Who can afford to pay that much for a house?
Rental prices have also gone through the roof.
If you can believe it, the average rent on a one bedroom apartment in Manhattan is now a whopping $5,408 a month…
The city’s housing crisis has hit “DefCon 1” — with average rents for a one-bedroom in Manhattan hitting an all-time high of nearly $5,500 last month, and Brooklyn following suit, according to new data and critics.
“We need bold action. This is a crisis,’’ New York City Comptroller Mark Levine posted on X over the weekend, along with a link to the latest figures from the inhabit blog by real-estate giant Corcoran Group.
The dismal June stats reveal that renters paid an average of $5,408 for a one-bedroom in Manhattan, with studio prices not far behind at $4,014.
It isn’t a mystery why most Americans are struggling in this sort of an environment.
Many are turning to debt in a desperate attempt to make ends meet…
Many American families are struggling to make ends meet on their incomes alone and have resorted to credit cards, payday loans, and Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL) options for groceries, according to nonprofit research center Urban Institute.
The findings are based on a survey of 18-to 64-year-old working-age adults conducted in December 2025. About 8.7 percent of adults said they used a credit card for groceries and were unable to make the minimum payment, up from 7.1 percent in 2023, the Urban Institute said in a July 13 report. This suggests “worsening financial distress” among families.
Almost one in 10 used BNPL to pay for groceries, out of which more than a third missed a timely repayment last year.
Unfortunately, when you keep piling up debt a day of reckoning eventually arrives.
Coming into this year, alarmingly large numbers of Americans were getting behind on their credit cards…
And the number of foreclosures in the U.S. is way above the highly elevated pace that we witnessed last year…
Foreclosures across the U.S. ballooned in the first half of the year, a sign of the increasing financial strain facing the nation’s homeowners.
Foreclosure filings reached nearly 228,000 from January to June, up 21% from a year ago and 28% from two years ago, according to data released Thursday from real estate data company ATTOM.
Rising foreclosure rates indicate that more homeowners are in financial distress, Rob Barber, CEO of ATTOM, said in a statement. Homes go into foreclosure when the owner falls behind on mortgage payments, often due to extenuating life circumstances such as a job loss. ATTOM defines foreclosures as default notices, scheduled auctions or bank repossessions.
This reminds me so much of the conditions that we experienced just before the financial crisis of 2008. Unfortunately, the cost of living is only going to go higher.
The cost of energy directly affects the cost of everything else, and it appears that the Strait of Hormuz is going to be closed for an extended period of time.
The average price of a gallon of gasoline in the U.S. has nearly reached four dollars again, and the average price of a gallon of diesel has already risen above the five dollar mark…
US gas prices have rocketed higher during the on-again, off-again war with Iran.
After a brief respite, the average price for gas has surged 15 cents in a week to $3.94 a gallon and appears headed north of $4 again. Diesel, which shows up in customers’ shipping costs, topped $5 a gallon again Thursday for the first time in 3 weeks, according to AAA.
It serves as a painful reminder of how the military conflict in the Persian Gulf has a direct effect on your wallet.
Of even greater importance is what the closure of the Strait of Hormuz means for the global fertilizer market.
As Mike Adams has pointed out, without sufficient quantities of nitrogen fertilizer we won’t even come close to producing enough food for everyone…
Admittedly, I have failed to explain the stakes clearly enough. For months, I have written about fertilizer supply chains, the Haber-Bosch process, and the vulnerability of the Strait of Hormuz. But the gravity of this crisis has not sunk in for most people. Let me put it as plainly as I can: The global population of more than 8 billion people depends on a fragile web of natural gas, oil, and downstream chemistry that took 60+ years to build on this planet. If we lose 25 percent of these critical substances, we lose 25 percent of the population. That is 2 billion people. Here is why that math is inescapable.
As I documented in my article “The Haber-Bosch House of Cards,” the single chemical reaction that fixes nitrogen from the air into fertilizer is responsible for feeding roughly half of humanity [1]. That process requires vast quantities of natural gas. The Persian Gulf region, especially Qatar and Iran, supplies much of that gas. When the Trump administration launched its war on Iran in February 2026 and the Strait of Hormuz was effectively closed, the global fertilizer supply chain began to collapse. This is not a prediction of future famine. The famine is already baked in. But it could still get a whole lot worse depending on how things go from here.
We could be facing multiple years when global food production is at depressed levels. That means that food prices will go even higher in wealthy countries, and in poor countries there will be shortages.
Famine is one of the major trends that I am tracking, and what we are already witnessing in some parts of Africa is absolutely heartbreaking. There is no magic button that we can press that is going to make these problems go away.
A crisis of historic proportions is now upon us, and we are still only in the very early stages of it.
The Future Is Now: War, Famine, Pestilence And Natural Disasters Will Define The Months Ahead
I have been repeatedly telling my readers that we are living in apocalyptic times, and when I first started saying that I think that many people out there thought that I was exaggerating, but now what is happening to us is becoming a lot more obvious. The war in the Middle East has escalated dramatically over the past week, the “Super El Niño” is causing absolutely crazy heatwaves and storms all over the planet, the Ebola outbreak in Africa is totally out of control, and we have been witnessing some very large earthquakes in Venezuela and elsewhere. I have been warning that war, famine, pestilence and natural disasters are in our future, but the truth is that the future is now. Global events have started to spiral out of control, and the chaos that we are experiencing is not going to stop.
Just a little while ago, U.S. Central Command informed the world that for a third night in a row the U.S. has begun conducting an enormous round of airstrikes in Iranian territory…
Moments after President Trump told talk show host Hugh Hewitt the U.S. would be launching more strikes against Iran, U.S. Central Command announced the U.S. began its third consecutive night of strikes.
“At 4:45 p.m. ET today, U.S. Central Command began launching the third consecutive night of strikes against Iran, at the Commander in Chief’s direction,” U.S. Central Command announced on X. “These strikes will continue imposing a heavy cost on Iranian forces and degrade their ability to attack innocent civilians and commercial shipping in the Strait of Hormuz.”
Massive explosions are being reported in multiple locations even as I write this article.
And President Trump just told Hugh Hewitt that the U.S. is even going to attack “Pickaxe Mountain” at some point…
Speaking to conservative talk host Hugh Hewitt, President Trump said the U.S. will hit Iran hard Monday and Tuesday. The president said the U.S. will “take out” Pickaxe Mountain, a deeply buried site that analysts believe could be part of Iran’s nuclear program..
“We’re going to take out Pickaxe Mountain,” he said. “Tell the Iranians to be ready. Let them know we’re coming, okay? There’s not a damn thing they can do about it.”
I have mentioned Pickaxe Mountain multiple times in recent weeks.
Many believe that Iran’s most important nuclear work goes on in that underground facility, and so far the U.S. and Israel have not been able to damage it because it is considered to be “beyond the reach of the most powerful bunker buster bombs”…
Pickaxe Mountain, located near Iran’s heavily damaged Natanz uranium enrichment facility, is a heavily fortified site that hosts two deeply buried tunnel complexes that experts assess as beyond the reach of the most powerful bunker buster bombs in the U.S. arsenal.
President Trump is signaling that the U.S. is prepared to take things to a new level.
Of course the Iranians are not just going to sit there and absorb punishment.
They have been striking back every night, and Mohammad Bagher Qalibaf just issued a very ominous warning…
What did he mean by that?
We don’t know.
But what we do know is that the Iranians just hit two UAE tankers with cruise missiles…
The Iranians are simply not going to back down, and so things are going to get insane.
Earlier today, we learned that President Trump has notified Congress that the war with Iran is officially back on…
President Trump formally notified Congress that “military action” against Iran restarted last week, according to a letter obtained by CBS News on Monday, as a monthslong ceasefire comes to an end.
Military action “commenced on July 7,” the president said in a message dated July 10 and addressed to Republican Sen. Chuck Grassley of Iowa, the Senate’s president pro tempore.
The letter was sent after Mr. Trump declared the U.S.-Iran ceasefire “over” and ordered several rounds of strikes on Iranian targets, in response to Iranian attacks on commercial vessels in the Strait of Hormuz last week. Iranian authorities have insisted that ships seek permission and use an Iranian-approved route before transiting the strait, and responded to the U.S. strikes by launching missiles and drones at U.S.-allied Gulf states.
Iran War 3 is not going to be like Iran War 1 or Iran War 2.
In my opinion, the coming weeks will be full of shocks and surprises.
Meanwhile, yet another gigantic heat dome produced by the “Super El Niño” is frying large portions of the western half of the United States…
Roughly 100 million people across the United States are facing extreme temperatures this week as a heat dome scorching the western part of the country spreads to the Northeast.
In Billings, Montana, temperatures reached a record high of 111 degrees on Sunday as the dangerous heat was felt across the Great Basin, the Rockies and sections of the desert Southwest.
Temperatures are forecast to be 20 to 30 degrees above average for this time of year, according to CBS News meteorologist Nikki Nolan. Some locations will see record-breaking temperatures through the week.
It isn’t supposed to get up to 111 degrees in Montana.
But it just did.
This “Super El Niño” is going to do so much damage to crops all over the world, and the World Meteorological Organization is projecting that this could push global food prices higher for years…
Analysts are warning that a powerful El Niño developing in the Pacific Ocean could push up global food prices over the months and years ahead.
In early July, the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) forecast that current El Niño weather conditions would “strengthen rapidly over the coming months,” with a higher likelihood of “heatwaves, droughts, heavy rainfall and other extreme weather events in many parts of the world.” Meanwhile, the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) last week said there was an 81 percent possibility of a “very strong” El Niño between October and December—one it said would rank “among the largest El Niño events in the historical record going back to 1950.”
Meteorologists and economists, including analysts at the World Bank, warn that such an event—dubbed by some a “super” or “Godzilla” El Niño—could disrupt global agriculture and food supply chains through next year while exacerbating the economic pressures facing countries worldwide.
Tens of millions died from starvation during the “Super El Niño” of 1877-1878. How many will die from starvation this time around?
If health authorities are not able to get the Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of the Congo under control, pestilence could claim a large number of lives during the months ahead as well.
Earlier today, we learned that another American has officially tested positive…
Another US citizen has tested positive for Ebola as part of an ongoing outbreak in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC).
The American was working for a humanitarian organization and was transferred to Frankfurt University Hospital in Germany on Monday, US officials said.
The CDC announced the positive test on Friday and said it is working with public health authorities and the person’s employer, which was not identified, to identify close contacts and prevent further transmission.
There is no cure for the Bundibugyo strain, and the official numbers that we are being given are going up quite rapidly…
Africa CDC Director-General Jean Kaseya, MD, MPH, said that, as of July 9, 112 healthcare workers have been infected with Ebola since the outbreak began, including 35 who died. The outbreak now stands at 1,947 cases, and 704 deaths, with the vast majority of those in the DRC.
As I noted on Friday, many experts are convinced that the official numbers are seriously understating the severity of this outbreak.
I have shared this before, but I am going to share it again. It is being reported that approximately four out of every five new Ebola cases in the DRC “have no known link to existing patients”…
Four out of every five new Ebola cases in parts of Democratic Republic of Congo have no known link to existing patients, a senior World Health Organization official said, warning that the true scale of the outbreak could be two to four times larger than official data suggest.
The figures underscore the challenges facing health workers as they battle to contain the outbreak in the country’s northeast, which has so far infected 1,792 people and killed 625, according to government data released on Thursday.
The vast majority of the new cases that are popping up have no connection to the existing cases that authorities already know about.
That is a major league red flag. And once someone gets infected, there is a very good chance that they will die.
Lastly, I wanted to point out two very alarming earthquakes that we just witnessed in Southern California…
A second significant earthquake has struck Southern California in two days, along a dangerous fault line that one expert claims has now been ‘unlocked’ and could soon unleash ‘The Big One.’
A magnitude 4.3 quake struck less than 90 miles from Los Angeles at 12.40pm ET (9.40am local) on Monday, according to the US Geological Survey (USGS).
It struck less than 24 hours after a magnitude 4.1 tremor erupted along the same fault line that a California geophysicist says is long overdue for a massive and devastating quake – the Garlock Fault.
The ground is shaking. But are local residents paying attention?
Sunday’s quake happened at a location where the Garlock Fault meets the San Andreas Fault.
According to geophysicist Stefan Burns, this was the largest earthquake at that particular junction in 26 years…
The Garlock is a major east-west fault in Southern California, while the San Andreas is an 800-mile-long fracture running from Southern California north through the Bay Area and into the Pacific Ocean.
Burns warned that the earthquake struck exactly where these two faults meet, in an area that has not seen a quake this strong in more than 26 years.
According to the scientist, this small event at the junction could be an early sign that underground stress is building and the Garlock may play a role in the next major California earthquake – which many call ‘The Big One.’
As I keep pointing out, scientists have repeatedly warned us that “the Big One” is way overdue. It is just a matter of time before it strikes, and once that day arrives life in Southern California will never be the same again.
Sadly, many will ignore the warnings until it is too late.
Even though so many historic events are happening all around us, I am seeing so much apathy out there right now. 20 years ago we weren’t being hit by crisis after crisis, but that is considered to be “normal” in 2026.
We really are in the midst of a “perfect storm” in which we are being hammered by one problem after another, and this “perfect storm” is only going to intensify in the months ahead.
WASHINGTON UNDER PRESSURE
Escalating Middle East Tensions • Political Polarization • Strategic Competition
An Investigative Analysis of the Converging Pressures Reshaping American National Security
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
The United States is entering an increasingly complex strategic environment where multiple crises are unfolding simultaneously rather than sequentially. Escalating tensions in the Middle East, intensifying geopolitical competition among major powers, expanding cyber threats, political polarization, economic uncertainty, and accelerating technological change are collectively reshaping national security priorities. Unlike previous eras dominated by a single defining conflict, today’s environment is characterized by overlapping pressures that require governments to manage several strategic challenges at once.
Recent developments in the Middle East illustrate this changing landscape. Renewed military exchanges involving Iran and regional partners have once again focused global attention on the Strait of Hormuz—one of the world’s most important maritime chokepoints for energy transportation. While diplomatic engagement continues, governments throughout the region have simultaneously strengthened military deterrence, expanded surveillance operations, and increased naval deployments to maintain freedom of navigation. These developments demonstrate how regional conflicts can rapidly influence global energy markets, supply chains, and financial stability.
At the same time, the United States continues navigating a highly polarized domestic political environment. Public confidence in institutions, media organizations, and government agencies has declined across much of the population, creating an environment in which competing narratives often spread faster than verified information. This polarization has complicated public debate surrounding foreign policy, intelligence assessments, national security decisions, and emergency response planning. For policymakers, maintaining public trust has become almost as important as managing external threats themselves.
Intelligence agencies face an increasingly diverse threat landscape. Traditional espionage now operates alongside cyber intrusions, influence campaigns, financial intelligence operations, satellite surveillance, and artificial intelligence–driven analysis. Rather than focusing exclusively on military capabilities, intelligence organizations are increasingly tasked with monitoring critical infrastructure, supply-chain vulnerabilities, cyber resilience, emerging technologies, and economic security. The intelligence mission has evolved from predicting military conflict alone to understanding the interconnected systems that shape national resilience.
The rapid expansion of artificial intelligence has introduced both extraordinary opportunities and significant risks. AI enhances intelligence analysis, logistics, cybersecurity, predictive modeling, and decision support across government and industry. At the same time, generative AI enables increasingly sophisticated synthetic media, automated influence campaigns, and large-scale information operations that challenge traditional methods of verification. As these technologies continue advancing, distinguishing authentic information from fabricated content will become an essential capability for governments, journalists, businesses, and citizens alike.
Critical infrastructure has likewise become a central pillar of national security. Electrical grids, telecommunications, transportation networks, water systems, financial institutions, healthcare, and industrial manufacturing now operate as highly interconnected systems whose resilience directly affects economic stability and public safety. Governments are responding by increasing investment in cybersecurity, domestic manufacturing, semiconductor production, communications resilience, and emergency continuity planning. Infrastructure protection has become inseparable from strategic competition.
Financial markets also reflect these broader shifts. Institutional investment has increasingly favored sectors associated with long-term resilience, including defense technologies, artificial intelligence, cybersecurity, energy infrastructure, advanced manufacturing, and critical minerals. Rather than responding solely to short-term market volatility, investors are positioning capital toward industries viewed as strategically important within an era of sustained geopolitical competition and technological transformation.
The information environment has become another critical domain of competition. Digital platforms enable unprecedented access to information while simultaneously increasing the speed at which misinformation, disinformation, manipulated media, and emotionally charged narratives can spread. Governments, corporations, advocacy organizations, and foreign actors all compete within an increasingly crowded information ecosystem. This reality places greater importance on media literacy, source verification, transparency, and disciplined critical thinking.
Viewed together, these developments suggest that the United States is not confronting a single crisis but rather adapting to a new strategic operating environment. Geopolitical competition, technological acceleration, infrastructure modernization, economic security, and domestic resilience are becoming increasingly interconnected. Success will likely depend less on responding to isolated events and more on strengthening systems capable of operating effectively amid sustained uncertainty. The collapse of many industries, markets and institutions is now unavoidably inevitable.
Key Strategic Signals to Monitor
- Middle East security developments
- Maritime trade and energy flows
- Cybersecurity and critical infrastructure threats
- Artificial intelligence policy and deployment
- Supply-chain resilience
- Defense modernization
- Financial market positioning
- Domestic political stability
- Strategic competition among major powers
Closing Perspective
Periods of strategic crisis and transition rarely unfold through a single defining event. More often, they emerge through the gradual convergence of political, economic, technological, and security pressures that collectively reshape the global landscape. Understanding these interconnected trends requires careful analysis, evidence-based reasoning, and the ability to distinguish eroding structural changes from short-term headlines.
“Strategic advantage increasingly belongs not to those who react fastest to individual events, but to those who recognize the larger patterns connecting them. Resilience begins with clarity, informed analysis, and the capacity to adapt as the strategic environment continues to evolve.”
Consequences Of The Super El Niño Of 2026: Thousands Dead From The Heat,1-In-1,000-Year Storms, Massive Droughts And A Looming Global Famine
Whenever El Niño conditions develop, certain things usually happen. The weather gets warmer, storms become more intense, certain areas of the globe experience drought and food shortages intensify. During normal El Niños, the changes are noticeable but they aren’t too dramatic. But during Super El Niños, the changes can be absolutely catastrophic. For example, the Super El Niño of 1982-1983 caused severe crop failures in Indonesia and India and it sparked a devastating multi-year famine in Africa. A century earlier, the Super El Niño of 1877-1878 resulted in tens of millions of people starving to death. So when a Super El Niño comes along, it is a very big deal.
Unfortunately, it is now being projected that the Super El Niño that has just begun is likely to become the most powerful Super El Niño of all time by a very wide margin…
The developing 2026-27 El Nino is strengthening at a pace never seen before, with leading climate models now indicating it could become the most powerful event in at least 150 years of observations, according to an analysis by climate scientist Zeke Hausfather, climate research lead at Stripe and research scientist with Berkeley Earth.
Drawing on 667 ensemble forecasts from 14 leading seasonal climate models, Hausfather says the event is not only expected to surpass the historic 1997-98 and 2015-16 El Nino episodes, but could exceed them by a margin that has “never been observed.”
“The models are forecasting something outside the envelope of anything we have ever observed,” Hausfather wrote in his latest analysis.
In other words, the weather is going to be absolutely insane during the months ahead. Of course the impact of this Super El Niño is already being keenly felt.
On Sunday, two different locations in Montana actually recorded high temperatures of 115 degrees…
A high temperature of 115 degrees in July would be normal in Death Valley, California. But not in Glendive and Miles City in eastern Montana.
It reached 115 degrees in both of those places on Sunday, breaking their all-time records. This remarkable heat came up just short of the 117 degrees reached in Death Valley, the U.S. national high temperature for the day.
Temperatures also soared to 111 degrees in Billings, Montana; 110 degrees in Worland, Wyoming; and 109 degrees in Salt Lake City — new all-time records.
Before Sunday, the highest temperature ever recorded in the entire history of Salt Lake City was 107 degrees and the highest temperature ever recorded in the entire history of Billings was 108 degrees.
We are smashing records left and right, and now the absolutely massive heat dome that I wrote about on Friday is moving east.
According to the Daily Mail, almost 200 million Americans will experience extreme heat…
Nearly 200 million Americans are suffering through another stretch of extreme heat and humidity this week, which experts warn could turn deadly within minutes.
Extreme heat warnings have been issued in several states throughout the Upper Midwest and Northeast, including New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Minnesota, Wisconsin, North Dakota, Wyoming, Montana and Michigan.
It seems like the last gigantic heat dome just left the east coast, and now the next one is on the way and conditions are going to get really hot…
The scorching heat, forecast to push the mercury over 100 degrees, is set to envelop a 1,500-mile area stretching from the Dakotas to New Hampshire, beginning Tuesday and peaking along the Mid-Atlantic coast on Wednesday.
New York City will just miss triple digits, topping out at 99 degrees Wednesday, according to the National Weather Service.
Temperatures in Baltimore and Atlantic City on Wednesday, however, will soar to a sizzling 102 degrees, while the mercury will top 101 degrees in Washington, DC, Philadelphia, and Newark.
We may think that we have it really bad, but things have been even worse in Europe.
It is being estimated that the historic heatwave that just ripped through Western Europe killed at least 14,000 people…
Last month’s record-breaking heat wave killed thousands across Western Europe, making it one of the continent’s deadliest climate disasters.
Preliminary official mortality data and researchers’ estimates from the six hardest-hit countries point to at least 14,000 excess deaths during the period of extreme heat, according to POLITICO’s analysis.
The heat wave, which began around June 18 and lasted until July 1, shattered records in several countries.
This Super El Niño has already killed thousands, and it is only about a month old. And it is also producing absolutely monstrous storms.
In Missouri, a “1-in-1,000-year rainfall event” resulted in horrific flooding over a very wide area…
Search operations continued along the Black River in Missouri this week after a 1-in-1,000-year rainfall event caused catastrophic flash flooding, washed out roads and campgrounds and prompted hundreds of rescues.
The National Weather Service issued a rare flash flood emergency on Friday, July 10, for parts of Iron and Reynolds counties, urging residents to move to higher ground immediately as thunderstorms unleashed torrential rainfall across south-central Missouri.
The storms produced as much as 12 inches or more of rain in just a matter of hours in parts of Crawford, Iron, Madison, Reynolds and Wayne counties, according to Missouri Gov. Mike Kehoe’s office. The governor’s office said the extreme rainfall amounted to a 1-in-1,000-year event in some locations.
The state has never seen anything quite like this before.
The Black River actually rose to an all-time record high level of 28.7 feet…
Relentless thunderstorms dumped between six and 12 inches of rain near the Black River in southeastern Missouri, inundating roads, campgrounds and communities.
Officials warned the danger was far from over on Friday evening, with rivers continuing to rise and additional flooding expected in the coming hours. The river rose to an all-time high of 28.7 feet during the day on Friday.
Needless to say, that is not the only extremely unusual storm that we have seen lately. As I discussed in a previous article, in just a 24 hour period 17 inches of rain came pouring down in one part of Ohio. That kind of a downpour should be theoretically impossible, because it is far rarer than a 1-in-1,000-year rainfall event.
But it did happen.
Other areas of the nation have been gripped by endless drought. In fact, conditions are so dry in the Southwest that Lake Powell may soon no longer be able to produce hydropower…
Lake Powell, the second-largest reservoir in the U.S., is nearing critically low water elevation levels, the latest data shows.
As of Monday, water levels at Lake Powell measured at 3,524.3 feet above sea level, according to the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation tracker.
Minimum, or “dead,” power pool — in which the water is too low to spin the hydroelectric turbines and can no longer produce hydropower — starts at 3,490 feet of elevation, Peter Soeth, public affairs lead at the Bureau of Reclamation, told ABC News. Elevation at Lake Powell is currently about 34 feet above the minimum power pool.
This has never happened before.
If Lake Powell gets too low, millions of people living in Arizona, Nevada and California could actually be without water…
The reservoir could reach a “dead pool” when its elevation drops to 3,370 feet, at which point water can no longer flow past Glen Canyon Dam by gravity.
In a dead pool, about 240 feet of water would be trapped at the bottom of the canyon, unable to flow to millions of people who rely on it in Arizona, California and Nevada, the Lake Powell Chronicle reported.
For a long time I have been warning that Dust Bowl conditions would be returning to the Southwest.
Unfortunately, that time has arrived.
On Sunday night, a giant “wall of dust” ripped through the Phoenix area…
A wall of dust moved through the Valley Sunday night, causing power outages, traffic delays, and flight groundings at Phoenix Sky Harbor Airport.
Residents in the West Valley and Phoenix metro area were engulfed by a large orange dust plume that led to low visibility and created dangerous driving conditions.
The Avondale and Goodyear areas were under a Dust Storm Warning issued by the National Weather Service in Phoenix on Sunday. Other areas included I-10, I-17 and US-60 near Phoenix and Mesa.
Enormous dust storms have become increasingly common in the western half of the nation. But this is just the beginning.
In the months ahead, extreme heat and a lack of rainfall will make it very difficult to grow crops in key agricultural regions all over the globe.
During most years, crop failures in one breadbasket region can be offset by bumper crops in other breadbasket regions. But when a Super El Niño comes along, multiple breadbasket regions can fail simultaneously, and our system is not designed to handle that…
What made the modern food system seem resilient was never abundance alone. It was geography. Regions like the North American Prairies, Ukrainian Steppe and northern India grow much of the crops that feed humans and livestock.
The system works because crop failures are expected to be local, not simultaneous. If one breadbasket region fails to produce one year, another could cover the shortfall. The Earth itself provides a kind of buffer, but that buffer is thinning.
We are already getting a very clear preview of what is to come.
In one section of Uganda, farmers have had next to no rain since April, and people are starting to drop dead…
The Ugandan government says at least 16 people have died from hunger in recent weeks in the north-eastern region of Karamoja due to a prolonged drought.
Farmers say they’ve lost crops because the area received little or no rain since April – the beginning of the planting season.
In Sudan, approximately 5 million people are ” facing emergency or catastrophic levels of hunger”…
Sudan remains the world’s largest humanitarian crisis, with around 5 million people facing emergency or catastrophic levels of hunger, even after an intensive aid response helped reduce the number of people in famine-like conditions, Carl Skau, the WFP’s acting executive director, told Reuters.
“It’s a massive crisis, both in terms of numbers, but also the gravity,” he said, adding that more than 100,000 people were still facing famine-like conditions, placing them in the highest level of the U.N.-backed IPC hunger classification.
“With these kinds of numbers in IPC (Phase) 5 starvation it is extremely, extremely serious,” he said.
We can’t feed everyone now, but the situation will become much more dire once we get to harvest season. The food that we grow this year is supposed to feed us well into 2027.
Sadly, the outlook is not promising at all.
In 1876, there were about 1.5 billion people living on our planet. By 1878, approximately 50 million of them were dead…
From 1876 until 1878, a global famine wreaked havoc on Asia, South America, and Africa, cutting short the lives of an estimated 50 million people.
“It was arguably the worst environmental disaster to ever befall humanity and one of the worst calamities of any sort in at least the last 150 years,” the authors of a 2018 research article in the Journal of Climate wrote in their paper. “In a very real sense, the El Niño and climate events of 1876–78 helped create the global inequalities that would later be characterized as ‘first world’ and ‘third world.’”
Today, there are 8.3 billion people living on our planet. How many of them will starve this time? The mainstream media is treating this Super El Niño like it isn’t a serious crisis.
That is a huge mistake.
Thousands have already died, and scientists are projecting that this current Super El Niño will persist well into 2027.
The Anatomy of Modern Information Warfare
Intelligence • Media • Cyber Operations • Geopolitical Competition
Understanding the Invisible Battlefield of the Information Age
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
The nature of conflict has undergone a profound transformation. While conventional military power remains an essential component of national security, many of today’s most consequential battles are fought long before troops are deployed or missiles are launched. Increasingly, competition unfolds through information, cyber capabilities, intelligence operations, economic leverage, technological innovation, and influence campaigns designed to shape public perception and strategic decision-making. Modern information warfare seeks not merely to defeat an adversary on the battlefield, but to influence how individuals, institutions, and societies interpret reality itself.
Unlike traditional warfare, information warfare often operates below the threshold of armed conflict. Governments, intelligence agencies, corporations, non-state actors, and criminal organizations compete continuously to gather intelligence, protect critical infrastructure, influence narratives, and secure strategic advantages. These activities rarely produce dramatic headlines, yet they shape diplomatic relationships, economic stability, elections, military readiness, and public trust on a daily basis. The contest for information superiority has become a permanent feature of international competition.
One of the first stages of modern information warfare is intelligence collection. Nations invest enormous resources in signals intelligence (SIGINT), human intelligence (HUMINT), satellite surveillance, cyber reconnaissance, open-source intelligence (OSINT), financial tracking, and data analytics. Advances in artificial intelligence have dramatically expanded the ability to process massive volumes of information, identify patterns, detect anomalies, and support strategic forecasting. In many cases, success depends less on acquiring secret information than on integrating publicly available information faster and more effectively than competitors.
Once information has been collected, it enters the realm of analysis and influence. Data is evaluated alongside political, economic, military, and cultural factors to develop strategic assessments that guide decision-makers. Artificial intelligence, predictive modeling, machine learning, and behavioral analytics increasingly assist analysts in identifying emerging risks and opportunities. These same technologies, however, can also be used to generate persuasive messaging, personalize content, and influence public opinion across digital platforms.
The modern information environment has also become highly contested. Governments, media organizations, technology companies, advocacy groups, and private individuals all participate in a rapidly evolving ecosystem where narratives compete for attention. Social media platforms enable information to travel globally within seconds, while algorithms amplify content based on engagement rather than accuracy. This environment creates opportunities for legitimate communication but also increases the spread of misinformation, disinformation, manipulated media, deepfakes, and coordinated influence campaigns designed to confuse audiences or undermine confidence in institutions.
Cyber operations now represent another major dimension of strategic competition. Critical infrastructure—including electrical grids, financial systems, communications networks, transportation, healthcare, water systems, and industrial facilities—has become increasingly interconnected through digital technologies. While this connectivity improves efficiency, it also expands the potential attack surface available to hostile actors. Cybersecurity has therefore evolved from an information technology issue into a central pillar of national security and economic resilience.
Economic competition has similarly become intertwined with information warfare. Financial sanctions, export controls, supply-chain resilience, semiconductor manufacturing, critical mineral access, technological standards, and intellectual property protection increasingly serve strategic objectives alongside traditional diplomatic and military tools. Nations now recognize that economic resilience, industrial capacity, and technological leadership are essential components of long-term geopolitical stability.
Artificial intelligence represents perhaps the most transformative development within the modern information environment. AI systems now assist in intelligence analysis, language translation, cyber defense, logistics planning, autonomous systems, predictive maintenance, and scientific research. At the same time, generative AI has lowered barriers for producing convincing synthetic text, audio, imagery, and video, creating new challenges for authentication, trust, and public confidence. As AI capabilities continue advancing, distinguishing authentic information from fabricated content will likely become one of the defining challenges of the coming decade.
Protecting against information warfare begins with strengthening individual and institutional resilience. Critical thinking, media literacy, source verification, digital security, and awareness of cognitive biases all help reduce vulnerability to manipulation. Responsible information consumption requires comparing multiple credible sources, distinguishing verified reporting from opinion or speculation, and remaining open to revising conclusions as new evidence emerges. In an increasingly complex information environment, discernment becomes a strategic capability in its own right.
For governments, businesses, and communities, resilience extends beyond cybersecurity. It includes protecting communications infrastructure, diversifying supply chains, maintaining continuity of operations, safeguarding democratic institutions, and fostering public trust. Societies that invest in education, transparency, robust institutions, and secure digital systems are generally better positioned to withstand attempts at external influence or internal destabilization.
The emerging strategic environment is therefore best understood not as a series of isolated events, but as an interconnected system in which information, technology, economics, diplomacy, and military capabilities continually influence one another. Success increasingly depends upon adaptability rather than permanence, resilience rather than rigidity, and informed decision-making rather than reactive responses. Information has become both a strategic resource and a contested domain.
The challenge for individuals is not to assume that every narrative is deceptive, nor to accept every claim uncritically. Rather, it is to cultivate disciplined inquiry, intellectual humility, and evidence-based analysis. Understanding how information is created, distributed, amplified, and interpreted enables citizens to participate more effectively in democratic societies while reducing vulnerability to manipulation from any source.
Closing Perspective
Information warfare is not solely about technology or intelligence agencies. It is ultimately about perception, trust, and decision-making. Nations that can protect the integrity of their institutions, strengthen public resilience, and adapt to rapidly evolving technological change will be better positioned to navigate an increasingly competitive world. For individuals, the greatest advantage remains the ability to think critically, verify carefully, and respond thoughtfully rather than react impulsively.
“Information has become the newest domain of strategic competition. In an age of accelerating technology and global connectivity, resilience begins not with believing everything—or nothing—but with cultivating discernment, verifying evidence, and remaining adaptable as the information landscape continues to evolve.”
The Battle For The Strait Of Hormuz Will Show Whether The World Can Survive Without Oil From The Persian Gulf Or Not
Now we are going to get to see what really happens to the global economy when the Strait of Hormuz is completely closed for an extended period of time. Before the war, approximately 45 percent of all Asian oil imports traveled through the Strait of Hormuz. The Chinese normally get more oil from the Middle East than anyone else, and the amount of crude oil that they have been importing has collapsed. That is not sustainable for the Chinese, and they are getting very angry. At the same time, relentless drone attacks on Russia’s energy infrastructure have forced the Russians to buy gasoline from India. If the Strait of Hormuz remains completely closed for months, global energy supplies will get extremely tight and the price of oil will go into unprecedented territory.
On Monday, the world was shocked when two oil tankers from the United Arab Emirates were struck by Iranian cruise missiles…
Iranian cruise missiles hit two oil tankers in the Strait of Hormuz, killing one crew member and injuring eight, the United Arab Emirates’ Ministry of Defense said Monday.
The attacks took place when the tankers — Mombasa and Al Bahiyah — were sailing through the strait’s southern shipping lane, which hugs the coast of Oman, the defense ministry said. Iran has insisted that commercial ships use a separate lane near the Iranian coastline and seek permission from Iranian authorities. Iran has not publicly commented on the apparent attacks.
The deceased crew member and six injured crew members were Indian nationals, and two of those injured were from Ukraine, according to the United Arab Emirates.
The Iranians have warned that any commercial vessels that attempt to travel through the Strait of Hormuz without their permission are subject to attack, and they were not bluffing.
On Tuesday, three Liberian-flagged oil tankers were also attacked by the Iranians…
Oman’s Maritime Security Center said Tuesday that three Liberian-flagged oil tankers were targeted in separate incidents off the Omani coast.
The center said the Al Bahyah, owned by Al Bahyah Inc. and based in the United Arab Emirates, was targeted about 9.6 nautical miles off the coast of Musandam Governorate.
A Royal Navy of Oman vessel is monitoring the situation, and 18 crew members were evacuated by nearby maritime vessels, while three crew members remain missing, officials said.
These attacks have brought traffic through the Strait of Hormuz to a standstill.
And that isn’t going to change any time soon, because the IRGC just announced that “as long as the US evil stays in the region, not a drop of oil and gas will be exported from the region”…
Amid ongoing cross-Gulf attacks today between Iranian and US forces, the IRGC says they targeted enemy weapons and parts storages in Bahrain and Kuwait. This after the US appeared to attack some critical Iranian infrastructure on coastal islands.
The IRGC has issued a fresh statement via state media on Tuesday, saying that “as long as the US evil stays in the region, not a drop of oil and gas will be exported from the region.”
Wow.
That is quite a strong statement.
Meanwhile, President Trump has decided to impose a “full blockade” on all ship traffic coming to and from Iran…
This is really happening.
Even before these latest moves, traffic through the Strait of Hormuz had fallen to the lowest level in five weeks…
Tanker traffic through the Strait of Hormuz dipped on Sunday to the lowest number in five weeks as the latest U.S.-Iran escalation reignited concerns among ship operators about safety at the key oil and LNG chokepoint.
Now that the Iranians have shown that they are quite serious about enforcing the closure of the Strait, it is highly unlikely that shipping companies will dare to test them. Even the smallest oil tankers cost millions of dollars, and so if you own one you don’t want it getting sent to the bottom of the ocean by a cruise missile. And the U.S. Navy is going to make sure that no Iranian oil gets shipped out of the region.
The U.S. blockade of Iran is really going to upset the Chinese, because they depend on that oil.
On Tuesday, they demanded the resumption of “normal and safe passage” through the Strait…
A Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson demanded “normal and safe passage” be restored in the Strait of Hormuz Tuesday before the United States reinstated a naval blockade targeting Iranian ports.
Lin Jian made the remark when asked by Iranian state media about the renewed U.S. military blockade and if Beijing is “prepared to take any concrete steps to mitigate the impact of these measures against Iran and deepen its economic and military cooperation with Iran.” President Donald Trump said Monday he was reinstating the blockade because Iran broke the recent ceasefire deal by launching missile attacks on commercial tankers and by trying to shut down the Strait of Hormuz.
“China is deeply concerned over resumed military conflict in the Gulf region. China calls on relevant parties to heed the strong call for peace and stability from the region and beyond, remain calm and exercise restraint, safeguard the hard-won ceasefire, avoid the return of war and more importantly, prevent the fighting from spreading and hurting more innocent people,” Lin Jian said Tuesday.
The good news for the Chinese is that they have larger oil reserves than anyone else.
But the bad news is that China’s crude oil imports have fallen to exceedingly low levels…
China’s crude oil imports crashed to a decade-low in June as the reduced flows through the Strait of Hormuz hiked oil prices and reduced refiners’ appetite for costly crude.
Overall Chinese imports of crude oil plunged by 41.3% in June from a year earlier, to just 29.27 million tons, or 7.12 million barrels per day (bpd), according to official Chinese customs data released on Tuesday.
If this crisis goes on for long enough, China will be forced to do something to restore the flow of oil. But unless one side chooses to back down, there is no chance that this crisis will end any time soon.
As a former Pentagon official named Jason H. Campbell has pointed out, bombing Iran from the air will not be enough to win the battle for the Strait of Hormuz…
“It’s very difficult to envision any scenario where you could satisfactorily secure the Strait of Hormuz absent ground forces,” Campbell said.
Doing so would require tens of thousand of troops, Campbell said, not only to take out Iran’s hidden munitions but to secure hundreds of miles of coastline and large swaths of inland territory. The U.S. troops would likely face insurgent attacks.
Standing up that kind of force would take a few months and include “very high costs,” Campbell said.
This is what I have been saying all along. Hitting Iran from the air is not going to get the job done, but sending ground forces in is unthinkable.
So where do we go from here?
For now, the bombing of Iran continues. On Tuesday the Iranians hit Bahrain with cluster munitions, and the U.S. response has already begun…
We are also being told that the U.S. is attacking Qeshm Island once again…
Projectiles hit Iran’s Gulf island of Qeshm near the Strait of Hormuz on Tuesday, Iran’s state broadcaster reported, citing local officials who blamed the U.S.
“At 19:00, a location on Qeshm Island was struck by projectiles from the American enemy,” Hormozgan governor’s office said, according to IRIB.
This is it.
Iran War 3 is here.
The IDF is not an active participant yet, but Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is telling the Iranians that they will get hit really hard if Israel is attacked…
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu warned Iran Tuesday that Israel would hit back if attacked.
“Do not count on things remaining quiet if you attack us,” Netanyahu said at a conference in Dimona, in Israel’s southeast, in a video released by his office. “The days are over when someone strikes us and we don’t hit back with a decisive blow.”
I think that it is just a matter of time before Iranian missiles are flying toward Israel once again.
And then things will get really crazy.
Speaking of crazy, the Houthis just bombarded an airport in Saudi Arabia after one of their own airports got bombed by the Saudis…
Meanwhile, the threat of Iranian-backed Houthis being dragged into the war was raised when Saudi Arabia said the militant group fired ballistic missiles and drones at a civilian airport in the kingdom’s southwestern city of Abha.
The attacks were the first major fighting since a 2022 truce that ended a seven-year conflict between northern Yemen’s Tehran-aligned rulers and several Arab countries.
The militant group had accused the Saudis of bombing its airport in the capital Sanaa to prevent the landing of a plane returning the Houthi delegation from the funeral of Iran’s slain leader, Ali Khamenei.
A full-blown war between the Houthis and the Saudis could erupt at any time.
And that could drag in Pakistan, because the Pakistanis recently signed a mutual defense pact with the Saudis…
Pakistani Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif said Tuesday in a post on X that Pakistan “strongly condemns” the Houthi ballistic missile attacks targeting southern Saudi Arabia, calling them a violation of the kingdom’s sovereignty and reaffirming Islamabad’s “unwavering support” for its security.
The time for talk is over.
I am convinced that we will soon witness some absolutely shocking escalations, and the Strait of Hormuz will be closed for an extended period of time.
This will be a real test of the resilience of the global economy. Oil stockpiles are being steadily depleted, and once they get low enough there will be a tremendous amount of panic.
There Is Going To Be An All-Out Fight For Control Of The Strait Of Hormuz, And The Implications Are Staggering
There will be no negotiations over the Strait of Hormuz. There will only be fighting. The U.S. and Iran will now engage in an all-out war for control of the Strait of Hormuz, and the consequences will be felt by every man, woman and child on the entire planet. Traffic through the Strait will be paralyzed for the foreseeable future, and there will be a severe worldwide energy supply crunch as a result. Since neither side intends to surrender, the only way that the crisis ends is for one side to achieve military victory. The U.S. military cannot take out the Iranian missiles and drones that are threatening commercial traffic through the Strait from the air. If that was possible, it would have been done already. To fully eliminate the threat of Iranian missiles and drones, it would require either boots on the ground or nuclear war, and both of those options are unthinkable. So unless a negotiated solution somehow materializes out of thin air, we have got a giant mess on our hands that has no easy solution.
On Friday, President Trump gave the Iranians a 24 hour ultimatum.
The Iranians were told that they must declare the Strait of Hormuz to be completely open and they must stop attacking commercial ships.
In response, the Iranians rejected that ultimatum, they severely damaged a commercial vessel, and now they have declared the Strait of Hormuz to be closed…
“Due to recent hostile actions by the US forces, passage through the Strait of Hormuz is currently unfeasible,” Iran’s Persian Gulf Strait Authority declared in a social media post Monday.
“As soon as stability and calm are restored, all applications will be reviewed in accordance with the scheduled timeline, and the permitting process will resume,” the PGSA added, reminding vessels that in Iran’s view, “the sole means of obtaining a passage permit” to transit the strait is through its website.
The PGSA was created by Iran during the war and Tehran insists that all commercial vessels wishing to transit the waterway seek permission via the agency and then use a northern route, close to Iran’s coast.
Once the Iranians rejected Trump’s ultimatum, it will inevitable that there would be military action, and over the weekend U.S. Central Command hit Iran really hard…
US forces decimated Iran’s drone and missile sites in their latest efforts to keep the Strait of Hormuz secure for transiting cargo ships.
US Central Command announced late Sunday night that American troops completed a new wave of ‘offensive strikes,’ hitting dozens of targets ‘to degrade Iran’s ability to continue attacking international shipping flowing through the Strait of Hormuz.’
‘The Strait of Hormuz is a vital maritime corridor for global trade,’ Central Command said. ‘Iran does not control it.’
Iran responded by launching retaliatory strikes and insisting, ‘The Strait of Hormuz is our territory.’
We are being told that U.S. Central Command struck approximately 140 targets inside Iran.
Of course the Iranians were going to strike back, and it is being reported that they targeted U.S. bases in Kuwait, Bahrain, Jordan and Oman…
US Central Command revealed US forces unleashed air-delivered munitions on dozens of Iranian air-defense systems, coastal radar systems, missile launch sites, and drone capabilities, bringing the weekend total to about 140 targets. This move aimed to degrade the IRGC’s ability to threaten commercial shipping in the Hormuz chokepoint, which it has done over the past week.
Iran responded with attacks on US-linked facilities in Kuwait, Bahrain, Jordan, and Oman, while also claiming it intercepted two vessels using what it called an “illegal route” through Hormuz.
A large pillar of smoke was seen rising from the U.S. Navy’s 5th Fleet Headquarters in Bahrain.
There is no turning back now, and Trump just escalated matters by reinstating the naval blockade on all Iranian ports…
“We are reinstating the THE IRANIAN BLOCKADE, so named because it is only stopping Iran’s ships or customers from entering or leaving. All other countries will have fair and open use of the Strait,” Trump said in a post on his social media platform.
But that wasn’t all that Trump said.
In an absolutely shocking post on his Truth Social Account, Trump also announced that everyone else will be charged a rate of 20 percent on all cargo shipped to pass through the Strait of Hormuz…
We have never seen anything even remotely close to this before.
Trump told Fox News that the U.S. will get paid “a lot of money” for guarding the Strait…
President Trump said Monday, speaking with Fox News, that the U.S. would not only take control of the Strait of Hormuz, but that other countries – which he did not name but he implied were the Persian Gulf energy producers – would pay the U.S. for securing it.
“We’ll become the guardian of the strait. Maybe we’ll call it ‘the Guardian Angel of the Strait,’ and we should be reimbursed for that. When we do that, we’re going to be reimbursed, because the other nations are very wealthy; they’re on our side, and we can’t be expected to do that for nothing,” Mr. Trump said in the phone interview.
He claimed the U.S. had “guarded the strait for 50 years, more, and we never got paid for it,”saying other nations “made all the money … We guarded it for nothing, and now we’re going to guard it. We’re going to get paid for guarding it, a lot of money.”
To guard commercial traffic going through the Strait, the U.S. will have to take out the underground missile cities where Iran is hiding their missiles and drones from our airstrikes.
That would take boots on the ground, and supposedly that was an option that was not even being considered. Until the threat of Iranian missiles and drones is eliminated, very little traffic will be getting through the Strait of Hormuz.
On Sunday, just 14 commercial vessels passed through the Strait…
Ship traffic has fallen steeply in the Strait of Hormuz over the last week, after Iranian attacks on commercial vessels sparked renewed fighting between Washington and Tehran.
Fourteen ships transited Hormuz on Sunday, four of which were crude oil tankers, a decline of about 60% compared to the 37 vessels that crossed the same day last week, according to data from the trade intelligence firm Kpler.
Before the war, approximately 120 to 130 commercial vessels would pass through the Strait each day. The flow of oil, natural gas, fertilizer and other essential commodities will be seriously interrupted until this crisis is over. And that could be a while, because the fighting with Iran threatens to spark a major regional conflict.
In fact, it appears that Saudi Arabia just bombed Sanaa International Airport in Yemen…
The Iran-backed Houthis in Yemen accuse Saudi Arabia of carrying out airstrikes at Sanaa Airport in the capital.
“In a blatant and unjust aggression, the criminal Saudi enemy carried out a number of airstrikes targeting Sanaa International Airport, thereby ending the period of de-escalation and bearing responsibility for the consequences of its aggression,” Houthi military spokesperson Yahya Saree says in a statement.
“We affirm that this aggression will not go unanswered or unpunished,” he adds.
The Houthis have pledged to retaliate, and that could potentially include strikes on Saudi oil facilities…
The Houthis are also threatening to completely shut down the Bab al-Mandab Strait…
We could potentially be just hours away from all-out war between Saudi Arabia and Yemen. That would certainly begin another frightening new chapter in the crisis in the Middle East. I kept warning my readers that there wasn’t going to be peace in the Middle East, and now that is becoming obvious to everyone.
Meanwhile, the U.S. political establishment is dealing with the sudden death of U.S. Senator Lindsey Graham.
Apparently he was planning to seek medical attention shortly before he died…
- A person who spoke with Graham shortly afterward said the senator complained that he was feeling unwell. When the person urged him to seek medical attention immediately, Graham said he would do so Sunday morning after his scheduled appearance on NBC’s “Meet the Press.”
- Graham then joked: “I can’t die now. I still need to do the Russia sanctions, get Iran sorted out and do Israeli-Saudi normalization.”
- He passed away several hours later.
There is a lot of speculation that a foreign power may have been involved in Graham’s death.
If that could be proven, it would change everything.
For now, we are being told that his heart was the cause of his death…
US Senator Lindsey Graham’s preliminary cause of death has been divulged following an investigation by the DC Medical Examiner.
Per a statement issued by Graham’s office just before 5:00pm EST on Sunday, ‘Aortic Dissection due to Arteriosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease,’ was the cause of his ‘sudden’ passing.
‘The death certificate will be PENDING until all the toxicological and microscopic testing are finalized, and at that point the death certificate will be updated to reflect the cause of death and appropriately classify the manner of death,’ Graham’s spokesperson added in the statement.
We live at a time when absolutely crazy things are happening nearly every day.
For a long time, most people in the western world were able to ignore global events because they weren’t being directly affected by them. But now we have reached a stage where everyone is going to be deeply affected by the stunning events that are occurring on the other side of the globe.
The pace of change is about to go into overdrive, and so I would encourage you to hold on tight as we plunge into an abyss of uncertainty.
LINDSEY GRAHAM IS DEAD. THE DEEP STATE IS PANICKING. THE IRAN ESCALATION WAS PLANNED
US Operation Sky Shield
July 12, 2026. Senator Lindsey Graham — one of the most vocal supporters of military intervention in Iran — dies suddenly. The media calls it a “heart attack.”
It wasn’t.
THE PATTERN:
Every senator or congressman who knew too much about Deep State coordination with Iran has died under suspicious circumstances in the past 18 months.
— Senator John McCain: Dead. August 2018. “Brain cancer.”
— Senator Bob Corker: Dead. March 2024. “Sudden illness.”
— Senator Lindsey Graham: Dead. July 2026. “Heart attack.”
All three were on the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. All three knew about the Iran coordination. All three were preparing to expose it.
THE IRAN ESCALATION WAS PLANNED:
The U.S. retaliatory strikes against Iran on July 8 were not a response to Iranian aggression. They were a coordinated operation to:
▪️ Eliminate Graham before he could testify
▪️ Escalate the conflict to distract from domestic investigations
▪️ Justify increased military spending (Deep State profit mechanism)
▪️ Create a national security emergency to suspend civil liberties
THE CLASSIFIED INTEL:
Military Intelligence intercepted communications proving:
▪️ OPERATION-ESCALATION-SHIELD – The protocol coordinating the Iran strikes
▪️ Graham-Elimination-Protocol – The operation removing him before testimony
▪️ Deep-State-Coordination-Network – The senators involved in Iran dealings
Graham was scheduled to testify before a classified tribunal on July 15 about Deep State coordination with Iranian operatives to destabilize the Middle East and profit from endless war.
He never made it to July 15.
THE DOUBLE STRIKE:
▪️ STRIKE 1: GRAHAM ELIMINATED – One less witness to Deep State treason
▪️ STRIKE 2: IRAN ESCALATION – Justifies war spending, distracts from investigations
THE PANIC:
The Deep State is in absolute panic. They just eliminated a sitting U.S. Senator on live television (disguised as a heart attack). They know Military Intelligence has the communications. They know the tribunal is coming.
They are escalating the Iran conflict to create chaos and justify emergency protocols.
THE TRUTH:
Lindsey Graham was not a patriot. He was a Deep State operative who profited from endless war. But he was also a liability — he knew too much.
When operatives become liabilities, they are eliminated.
CODE: GRAHAM-ELIMINATED / ESCALATION-ACTIVE / PANIC-REAL
The Deep State thought they could hide the truth by eliminating witnesses. They were wrong. Military Intelligence has everything.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. THE PANIC IS REAL.
IRAN’S ACTIVE ASSASSINATION CAMPAIGN
Trump Remains the Primary Target as Lindsey Graham’s Sudden Death Raises New Questions
The threat of Iranian-directed assassination operations against American officials is no longer confined to intelligence briefings or political rhetoric. U.S. prosecutors have publicly documented alleged plots linked to Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps, including a murder-for-hire operation targeting former National Security Adviser John Bolton and reported threats against former Secretary of State Mike Pompeo and other officials associated with the 2020 killing of Iranian commander Qassem Soleimani. More recent intelligence reportedly indicates that President Donald Trump remains Iran’s most prominent American target.
Trump has publicly acknowledged the danger, stating that Iranian actors have sought to assassinate him and that he has issued instructions for a powerful American response should any attempt succeed. Iranian officials and state-aligned voices have repeatedly vowed retaliation for Soleimani’s death, making Trump the symbolic center of Tehran’s long-running revenge narrative. Although intelligence concerning specific operations is rarely disclosed in full, the combination of public threats, criminal indictments and heightened presidential security demonstrates that the danger cannot simply be dismissed as political theater.
The wider circle of concern has included Bolton, Pompeo, former Iran envoy Brian Hook and Iranian-American dissidents. In 2022, the Justice Department charged IRGC member Shahram Poursafi with attempting to arrange Bolton’s murder for $300,000. Reporting and government statements also identified a proposed second operation believed to involve Pompeo. In a separate case, federal authorities charged individuals in an alleged Iranian-directed plot involving Trump and journalist Masih Alinejad. These cases provide a documented foundation for concern, although they do not establish that every politician opposing Iran is part of an active operational target list.
THE SUDDEN DEATH OF SENATOR LINDSEY GRAHAM
That distinction has become especially important following the sudden death of South Carolina Senator Lindsey Graham on July 11, 2026. Graham, 71, had recently returned from Ukraine and had remained one of Washington’s most outspoken advocates for military pressure against Iran. His unexpected passing immediately triggered speculation across social media that he had been assassinated by Iran, Russia, Israel or another foreign intelligence service.
The preliminary medical finding, however, identified an aortic dissection associated with arteriosclerotic cardiovascular disease. An aortic dissection occurs when the inner wall of the body’s largest artery tears, potentially producing catastrophic internal bleeding or loss of circulation. It can kill rapidly and sometimes arrives with little advance warning. Authorities have publicly stated that there is presently no evidence of foul play.
That is the current evidentiary record, and it should not be ignored. At the same time, Graham’s political profile made suspicion almost inevitable. He had repeatedly advocated forceful action against Iran, promoted regime change and issued severe public warnings to Iranian leaders. Reports also indicate that some Iranian media outlets reacted to his death with openly hostile language and warnings directed toward Trump, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and others. Such rhetoric does not prove Iranian involvement in Graham’s death, but it adds a disturbing geopolitical backdrop to an already sensitive event.
SPECULATION, TIMING AND THE REQUIREMENT FOR EVIDENCE
Three broad possibilities are now being debated. The first—and the only explanation presently supported by medical findings—is that Graham died naturally from a sudden cardiovascular emergency. The second is that an underlying condition may have been aggravated by exhaustion, stress or recent travel. The third, promoted primarily through online speculation, is that a foreign actor used a poison, chemical agent or covert method designed to resemble natural death. No credible public evidence currently supports that third scenario.
The responsible approach is neither automatic acceptance nor automatic rejection. Graham’s death warrants a thorough autopsy, complete toxicology screening, preservation of surveillance and travel records, and a transparent final report. These are reasonable safeguards when a senior senator with known foreign adversaries dies unexpectedly. They are not proof of assassination. Until physical evidence, intelligence reporting or law-enforcement findings demonstrate otherwise, describing his death as an Iranian operation would go beyond the available facts.
There is also an important difference between a political “target” and a confirmed assassination target. Some individuals have been named in court documents, intelligence reporting or explicit Iranian threats. Others have merely taken strong positions against Tehran. The poster accompanying this article should therefore be understood as a threat-awareness graphic rather than an official government ranking. Trump can credibly be identified as Iran’s highest-profile American target, while Bolton, Pompeo, Hook and several dissidents have been connected to documented or alleged plots. The remainder require individual verification before being presented as confirmed targets.
A GLOBAL CAMPAIGN OF RETALIATION
Iran has historically relied upon asymmetric tactics rather than direct conventional confrontation with the United States. These tactics may include proxy militias, cyber operations, surveillance, kidnapping efforts and assassination planning. Such methods provide deniability while allowing Tehran to pressure adversaries far beyond the Middle East. The alleged Bolton plot illustrates how an operation originating in Iran could seek to recruit someone inside the United States to conduct the final attack.
This creates a security environment in which former officials, military commanders, diplomats, dissidents and political leaders may remain vulnerable years after leaving government service. Retaliation connected to Soleimani has not faded from Iranian political messaging. Every renewed confrontation between Washington and Tehran potentially increases the incentives for covert action, while every unverified rumor risks creating panic, misinformation or pressure for premature military retaliation.
THE GREATER WARNING
The sudden death of Lindsey Graham should not be converted into a proven assassination story without evidence. But neither should the broader Iranian threat network be minimized. Documented prosecutions demonstrate that at least some assassination plots were real, funded and operationally pursued. President Trump’s position at the top of Iran’s revenge narrative is also supported by years of public threats and recent intelligence reporting.
The unanswered question is not whether Iran has considered targeting American officials. The public record shows that it has. The unanswered question is how many operations remain active, how far their surveillance networks have penetrated and whether recent events have expanded the target set.
For now, Lindsey Graham’s death remains officially classified as a medical tragedy—not a political assassination. Any alternative explanation must be established through evidence rather than timing, symbolism or hostile foreign commentary. Vigilance is necessary. Investigation is justified. Certainty without proof is not.
GAR ASSESSMENT
Confirmed: Iran-linked assassination plots have targeted or allegedly targeted prominent American officials and dissidents.
Highly credible continuing threat: President Donald Trump remains the most prominent symbolic and operational target connected to Iranian retaliation for the killing of Qassem Soleimani.
Requires further verification: The identities and ranking of additional officials shown on unofficial assassination lists.
Currently unsupported: Claims that Iran assassinated Senator Lindsey Graham.
Key principle: Question the official narrative when legitimate inconsistencies emerge—but do not replace one unsupported conclusion with another.
THE MEDBED MYSTERY
In 1974. Novosibirsk. A Soviet scientist made a discovery that would change the world.
Soviet Biophoton Research, Modern Regenerative Medicine, and the Search for the Future of Healing
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
For decades, stories of advanced “MedBed” technology have circulated throughout alternative research communities, military rumor networks, and disclosure circles. Supporters believe these devices represent a revolutionary leap beyond conventional medicine—machines capable of accelerating healing, regenerating damaged tissue, reversing disease, and dramatically extending healthy lifespan through advanced electromagnetic, photonic, or quantum technologies. Critics argue that no publicly verified evidence demonstrates such capabilities. Somewhere between established science and speculation lies a fascinating history that continues to fuel debate around one of the most controversial subjects in modern health research.
At the center of many MedBed narratives is Soviet physician and researcher Dr. Vlail Kaznacheyev, whose work during the 1960s and 1970s explored the possibility that living cells communicate using ultraweak light emissions known today as biophotons. His laboratory experiments attracted international attention because they appeared to suggest that biological information might be exchanged between isolated cell cultures under certain experimental conditions. While these findings remain controversial and have not become part of mainstream medical practice, Kaznacheyev’s research helped inspire decades of investigation into cellular communication, electromagnetic biology, and biophoton science.
THE SOVIET BREAKTHROUGH:
Dr. Vlail Kaznacheyev proved: cells communicate through LIGHT, not chemicals.
He placed two sealed containers of identical cells side by side. He infected one group with a virus. Within hours, the second group — never physically touched — became infected too.
The Soviets understood: If disease can be transmitted through frequency, it can be REVERSED through frequency.
By 1978, Kaznacheyev built the “Mir” device that emitted corrective biophotonic frequencies.
THE SOVIET BIOPHOTON EXPERIMENTS
Kaznacheyev’s best-known experiments involved placing two identical cultures of living cells inside isolated quartz chambers. After one culture was exposed to toxins or viruses, researchers reported that the neighboring culture occasionally exhibited similar stress responses despite no direct physical contact. Kaznacheyev proposed that ultraweak electromagnetic or photonic signals might carry biological information between living systems.
Although independent laboratories have produced mixed results, the experiments contributed to a broader scientific interest in biophoton emissions—a phenomenon now recognized as naturally occurring in living organisms. Modern researchers continue studying how cells generate extremely weak light during metabolic activity, although there remains no accepted evidence that these emissions can diagnose or cure disease in the extraordinary ways sometimes claimed.
FROM BIOPHOTONS TO MEDBEDS
Within alternative research communities, Kaznacheyev’s work became linked to stories of secret Soviet healing devices that allegedly used corrective frequencies to restore damaged cells. Various accounts refer to experimental systems sometimes described as the “Mir Device,” claiming remarkable recoveries in patients suffering from chronic illness, cancer, and degenerative disease.
These reports have never been independently verified through publicly available clinical data, and no accepted medical literature confirms the extraordinary success rates often cited online. Nevertheless, they remain a central component of the broader MedBed narrative and continue to circulate widely across disclosure communities.
THE SOVIETS BUILT IT. THE CIA STOLE IT. THE ELITE HID IT. THE ALLIANCE IS RELEASING IT
THE TRUTH ABOUT MEDBEDS WILL CHANGE EVERYTHING
THE RESULTS:
4,200 patients: 67% complete leukemia reversal WITHOUT chemotherapy.
The “Mir” device was the first functional MedBed in recorded history.
THE FALL OF THE SOVIET UNION
The collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 gave rise to another layer of speculation. According to some researchers, advanced Soviet biomedical technologies—including frequency-based healing systems—were quietly transferred into Western intelligence, military, or private defense programs during the chaotic years following the dissolution of the USSR.
No publicly released documentation confirms that MedBed technologies were seized or incorporated into classified programs. However, history does demonstrate that governments routinely acquired scientific research, aerospace technology, and military innovations from former Soviet facilities during this period. Whether revolutionary medical technologies were among them remains an unresolved question.
THE CIA THEFT – OPERATION WINTER HARVEST:
1991. The Soviet Union collapsed. Within 72 hours, CIA operatives entered Novosibirsk and confiscated:
THE TRUTH THEY KEPT FROM YOU:
Your 37.2 trillion cells communicate through LIGHT at 300,000 km/second.
When disrupted — by toxins, radiation, stress — cells lose instructions. They malfunction. They mutate. They die.
The MedBed restores the light and floods your cells with correct biophotonic frequencies.
THE ELITE CONSPIRACY:
Since 1991, upgraded versions have been operational in underground military medical facilities.
The elite do not age the way you do. They do not suffer the way you do. They do not die the way you do.
Because they have had access to this technology for 50 years.
You have not.
THE LIBERATION:
Trump is ending the suppression. Trump is releasing the technology. Trump is giving the people what the elite have kept for themselves for 50 years.
This is FREEDOM. The end of artificial aging. The end of manufactured disease. The end of Big Pharma.
When MedBeds are released, the entire medical industrial complex COLLAPSES. Chemotherapy becomes obsolete. Pharmaceuticals become unnecessary. The trillion-dollar disease industry ENDS.
THE SCIENCE OF LIGHT AND HEALING
While many MedBed claims remain speculative, the broader field of light-based medicine is very real and continues advancing rapidly.
Today, researchers actively study:
- Photobiomodulation (red-light and near-infrared therapy)
- Low-level laser therapy
- Stem cell regeneration
- Electromagnetic stimulation
- Tissue engineering
- Bioelectric wound healing
- Artificial intelligence-assisted diagnostics
- Personalized regenerative medicine
Many of these technologies have demonstrated measurable clinical benefits, although they remain far removed from the dramatic healing capabilities often attributed to fictional or rumored MedBeds.
WHY THE MEDBED STORY PERSISTS
The MedBed narrative resonates because it speaks to a universal human hope: that disease, aging, and physical suffering might someday become largely reversible. Throughout history, nearly every civilization has imagined technologies or medicines capable of restoring youth and extending life.
Rapid advances in genetics, nanotechnology, regenerative medicine, and artificial intelligence continue narrowing the gap between science fiction and medical reality. Organ regeneration, gene editing, 3D-printed tissues, and personalized cellular therapies are already moving from laboratories into clinical practice.
FACT, SPECULATION, AND DISCERNMENT
One of the challenges surrounding MedBed discussions is separating documented science from extraordinary claims.
Established science confirms that living organisms emit ultraweak biophotons and that light can influence biological processes. It does not confirm the existence of publicly available devices capable of instantly curing cancer, regenerating organs, reversing aging, or healing every disease through frequencies alone.
Likewise, claims that intelligence agencies, governments, or political leaders possess fully operational MedBeds capable of miraculous healing remain unverified. Such assertions require extraordinary evidence that has not been publicly produced.
THE FUTURE OF REGENERATIVE MEDICINE
Whether or not today’s MedBed stories prove accurate, medicine is undeniably entering an era of unprecedented transformation. Advances in stem cells, gene therapies, precision medicine, synthetic biology, artificial intelligence, robotics, and bioengineering are reshaping healthcare faster than at any point in history.
The next several decades may witness therapies that appear almost miraculous by today’s standards—not because of hidden technology, but because scientific understanding continues expanding at an extraordinary pace.
THE MOMENT:
This is the biggest health revolution in human history. This is the technology the Deep State has hidden for 50 years. This is what Trump is about to release to the world.
The Soviets built it. The CIA stole it. The elite used it. The people were denied it.
That era is FINISHED.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. THE MEDBEDS ARE COMING. THE TRUTH IS BEING RELEASED. THE PEOPLE ARE ABOUT TO BE FREED.
THE CLASSIFIED OPERATIONS:
THE CLASSIFIED OPERATIONS:
THE EVIDENCE:
The technology works. The proof exists. The elite have been using it for 50 years.
GAR ANALYSIS
The MedBed phenomenon exists at the intersection of documented biophoton research, emerging regenerative medicine, Cold War history, and modern disclosure narratives. Dr. Vlail Kaznacheyev’s work remains an important chapter in the study of cellular communication and biological light emissions, even though many claims built upon it remain unverified.
For readers seeking clarity, the most productive approach is neither blind acceptance nor automatic dismissal. Curiosity should be paired with discernment. History has repeatedly shown that today’s unconventional ideas can become tomorrow’s scientific breakthroughs—but it has also shown that extraordinary claims must ultimately stand on reproducible evidence.
Whether MedBeds already exist in classified form, emerge decades from now through mainstream science, or remain a modern myth, the larger story reflects humanity’s enduring search for healing, longevity, and the possibility that medicine’s greatest discoveries may still lie ahead.
YOUR BIRTH CERTIFICATE IS A STOCK OPTION — YOU ARE A COMMODITY IN THE GLOBAL MARKET
When you were born, a “legal person” was created in your name, written in ALL CAPITAL LETTERS. This is not you; it is a corporate entity, a “Strawman.” Your birth certificate is actually a security bond issued by the government and traded on the stock exchange. The value of this bond is based on your estimated lifetime labor and productivity. You are not a citizen; you are collateral for the national debt.
⟁
The “Legal System” you interact with is not common law; it is Maritime Admiralty Law—the law of the sea and commerce. This is why you enter a “dock” in a courtroom, why the judge sits on a “bench” (bank), and why you are “delivered” through a “birth canal” (berth). You are treated as a “vessel” lost at sea. The elite have turned human life into a financial asset, using your signature to create money out of thin air every time you sign a loan, a mortgage, or a contract.
⟁
The IRS and the Federal Reserve are private corporations, not government agencies. The taxes you pay do not go to roads or schools; they go directly to the international bankers to pay the interest on the debt created by your own “Strawman.” You have been living in a system of “voluntary” servitude, where you are tricked into consenting to a jurisdiction that has no authority over your living soul. They own the name, but they don’t own the man.
⟁
The Alliance is currently working on the “Legal Reset.” As the Quantum Financial System (QFS) goes live and GESARA is implemented, the Strawman system will be abolished. Your birth certificate bonds will be liquidated and the wealth will be returned to the people. The era of being a “number” in a corporate ledger is ending. You are reclaiming your sovereignty as a living man or woman, free from the maritime jurisdiction of the cabal.
CODE: STRAWMAN-FICTION / MARITIME-LAW / BIRTH-CERTIFICATE-BOND / LEGAL-SOVEREIGNTY
They turned your name into a business. It’s time to take the business back and fire the board of directors.
♟
You were never a subject; you were always a sovereign. The paper trail ends here.
THE WATER-POWERED CAR — THE INVENTION THAT WOULD HAVE ENDED THE OIL EMPIRE
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Few stories in the world of alternative energy have generated as much fascination, controversy, and speculation as that of Inventor Stanley Meyer. To supporters, he was a visionary decades ahead of his time whose breakthrough technology threatened one of the largest industries on Earth. To skeptics, his claims never withstood independent scientific validation. Regardless of where one stands, Meyer’s story has become one of the defining legends within the broader discussion surrounding suppressed technologies, energy independence, and the future of human innovation.
In the 1990s, an inventor named Stanley Meyer created a device that allowed a car to run on nothing but water. By using a process he called “Water Fuel Cell” technology, he claimed he could split water molecules into hydrogen and oxygen using very little electricity. Meyer publicly demonstrated his dune buggy and attracted worldwide attention, arguing that conventional electrolysis was inefficient and that his resonant electrical system dramatically reduced the energy required to separate hydrogen from water.
Supporters point to his public demonstrations and interviews as evidence that he had discovered an entirely new approach to hydrogen production. They argue that if his technology functioned as described, it would have represented one of the greatest breakthroughs in modern engineering—providing inexpensive, clean fuel while dramatically reducing dependence on fossil fuels. Critics, however, note that independent testing never verified these extraordinary performance claims, and mainstream scientific understanding maintains that splitting water requires at least as much energy as can later be recovered from burning the resulting hydrogen.
According to the popular narrative surrounding Meyer, he drove his water-powered buggy across the United States, proving that the era of expensive, polluting fossil fuels was over. The story further claims he received offers worth billions of dollars from major oil interests seeking to acquire and suppress his patents, offers he allegedly rejected because he wanted the technology to benefit humanity rather than remain under corporate control. These claims have circulated widely for decades but have not been independently substantiated through publicly available evidence.
The mystery surrounding Stanley Meyer intensified in March 1998. While dining with his brother and two Belgian investors, Meyer suddenly became ill, reportedly running outside while shouting, “They poisoned me!” before collapsing. He later died that day. The official investigation concluded that the cause of death was a cerebral aneurysm. Nevertheless, many supporters remain convinced that his death was not natural, believing he was assassinated because his work threatened powerful economic interests. No conclusive evidence has publicly emerged establishing that his death resulted from foul play, and the official ruling has never been overturned.
The events following Meyer’s death have fueled even more speculation. Stories continue to circulate claiming that his laboratory was quickly emptied, prototypes disappeared, and portions of his research vanished from public view. Some versions of the account describe government intervention or national security restrictions, while others suggest private interests acquired key materials. Much of this remains difficult to verify, contributing to the enduring mystery that surrounds his legacy.
Stanley Meyer was also involved in a lengthy legal dispute during his lifetime. In 1996, an Ohio court found that his technology had not performed as represented to investors, describing it as “gross and egregious fraud” in that civil case. Supporters argue the ruling misunderstood his technology or relied upon incomplete demonstrations, while critics cite it as strong evidence that the invention never worked as claimed. This legal history remains an important part of the overall story and is often omitted from discussions that present only one perspective.
Meyer is frequently mentioned alongside a much broader narrative involving advanced energy technologies. Advocates argue that numerous inventions—including cold fusion systems, magnetic motors, vacuum energy concepts, and various hydrogen technologies—have been delayed, suppressed, or discouraged because they threaten established industries built upon centralized energy production. While there are documented secrecy orders issued under the U.S. Invention Secrecy Act of 1951, the existence of such orders does not, by itself, demonstrate that revolutionary “free energy” technologies have been suppressed, nor does it establish the motivations often attributed to them.
The Invention Secrecy Act itself is a real piece of U.S. legislation that allows certain patent applications to receive secrecy orders when government agencies determine that publication could affect national security. Thousands of secrecy orders have existed over the decades, although the vast majority involve defense, military, communications, aerospace, cryptography, or nuclear-related technologies. Public evidence does not establish that most secrecy orders involve zero-point energy or commercially viable “free energy” devices.
For many researchers, however, Stanley Meyer represents something larger than one inventor. His story symbolizes the belief that disruptive innovation often encounters enormous institutional resistance. History offers genuine examples of technologies that were initially dismissed, underestimated, or opposed before eventually becoming accepted. Whether Meyer belongs in that category remains one of the central questions surrounding his work.
The discussion also intersects with broader debates about the future of global energy. Around the world, governments and private companies are investing heavily in hydrogen fuel, advanced batteries, fusion research, modular nuclear reactors, improved solar technologies, and next-generation electrical grids. Even without revolutionary breakthroughs, the global energy system is already undergoing one of the largest transitions in modern history.
Within many disclosure and alternative research communities, Stanley Meyer’s work is viewed as one piece of a much larger transformation toward decentralized energy and technological abundance. These communities often connect his story with concepts such as zero-point energy, advanced propulsion, and future technologies that they believe remain outside mainstream public awareness.
Meyer wasn’t the only one. Over 5,000 patents for alternative energy—including cold fusion, zero-point energy, and advanced magnetic motors—are currently held in “Secret” status by the U.S. Patent Office under the “Invention Secrecy Act of 1951.” If an invention is deemed a “threat to national security” (which really means a threat to the profits of the elite), it is legally seized and hidden from the public. They tell you we are in an “energy crisis” to justify rising prices and control, while the technology to power the entire planet for free has been sitting in a vault for decades.
The “Alliance” is currently in the process of declassifying these patents as part of the transition to the New Earth. The release of “Zero-Point” energy will instantly dismantle the central banking system and the petrodollar, ending the need for wars over resources. We are moving from a world of “scarcity” to a world of “abundance.” The water-powered car was just the beginning. The keys to the kingdom are being returned, and the oil tycoons are running out of time.
Whether Stanley Meyer was an overlooked genius, an inventor whose claims exceeded reality, or something in between continues to be debated nearly three decades after his death. His story endures because it raises larger questions about innovation, economic power, scientific skepticism, intellectual openness, and humanity’s search for cleaner, more abundant sources of energy.
Perhaps the greatest lesson is not whether one accepts every claim surrounding Stanley Meyer, but that genuine scientific progress requires both curiosity and rigorous evidence. Extraordinary ideas deserve careful investigation, and extraordinary claims require equally extraordinary proof. Until definitive evidence emerges, the story of the water-powered car remains one of the most compelling—and controversial—chapters in the history of alternative energy research.
CODE: WATER-FUEL / STANLEY-MEYER / ZERO-POINT / ENERGY-FREEDOM
They told you that you needed them to power your life. They lied to keep you paying for what the Earth gives for free. The tap is being turned back on.
The invention didn’t die with the inventor. It’s waiting in the wings for the moment the curtain falls.
THE GRAND CANYON’S FORBIDDEN CITIES
The Egyptian Treasures Buried Beneath America
In April 1909, the Arizona Gazette published what would become one of the most debated and mysterious archaeological stories in American history. The front-page article claimed that explorer G.E. Kincaid, reportedly working in association with the Smithsonian Institution, had discovered an enormous underground complex hidden deep within the inaccessible cliffs of the Grand Canyon. According to the report, this was not simply another natural cave carved by erosion—it was described as a vast engineered citadel capable of housing as many as 50,000 inhabitants, complete with carved chambers, passageways, storage rooms, temples, and artifacts unlike anything ever found in North America.
The article further described an astonishing collection of objects that appeared unmistakably Egyptian and Asian in origin. Among the discoveries were statues resembling Buddha, copper weapons and tools, ceremonial vessels, elaborate stone carvings, mummies wrapped in ancient textiles, and tablets engraved with hieroglyphic writing. If authentic, such discoveries would have rewritten accepted history by suggesting transoceanic contact between ancient civilizations thousands of years before Columbus. Yet following the publication of the article, no official excavation records, photographs, or museum exhibits ever appeared, and the Smithsonian has consistently stated that it possesses no records of either G.E. Kincaid or the expedition described. For supporters of the story, that absence has become part of the mystery itself.
Why would what appears to be an Egyptian city exist beneath one of America’s greatest natural wonders? Within alternative-history research, the answer begins with the idea that the ancient world was far more interconnected than conventional history acknowledges. Rather than isolated civilizations developing independently, these researchers propose that advanced maritime cultures possessed sophisticated navigation techniques that allowed them to travel between continents thousands of years ago. Some theories extend even further, suggesting that ancient civilizations navigated using the Earth’s natural electromagnetic grid—often referred to as Ley Lines—creating a global network of sacred sites connected through astronomy, geometry, and geography.
Proponents of this interpretation frequently point to the names assigned to many Grand Canyon landmarks. Features such as the Temple of Isis, Temple of Osiris, Tower of Set, Cheops Pyramid, Temple of Ra, Manu Temple, and Brahma Temple have fueled decades of speculation. While mainstream historians note that these names were chosen by nineteenth-century geologists and explorers inspired by world mythology, alternative researchers argue that they may represent far more than imaginative cartography. In their view, the names preserve ancient knowledge of hidden chambers, ceremonial centers, and sealed entrances leading to vast subterranean vaults beneath the canyon floor.
According to this perspective, the Smithsonian Institution did not simply overlook these discoveries—it actively classified or concealed them. Researchers who question the official narrative argue that acknowledging evidence of an advanced, multicultural civilization existing in North America thousands of years before recorded history would fundamentally challenge accepted archaeological models. Such a revelation, they contend, would reshape our understanding of migration, civilization, and the origins of human culture throughout the Western Hemisphere. These claims remain unsupported by accepted archaeological evidence, but they continue to circulate widely within alternative-history literature.
Some researchers extend the mystery even further by connecting the Grand Canyon to reports of unusual restrictions surrounding portions of the park. Certain remote areas are inaccessible because of dangerous terrain, ecological protection, and National Park regulations. Within speculative literature, however, these restricted zones are interpreted as evidence that something far more significant lies hidden beneath the surface. Stories persist of sealed cave entrances, military monitoring, unexplained flights, and undisclosed archaeological sites waiting beyond areas closed to public exploration.
Within these theories, the Grand Canyon becomes not merely an archaeological site but one of Earth’s great energetic crossroads. Some describe it as a planetary gateway where multiple Ley Lines intersect, creating unusually powerful electromagnetic conditions. These locations are believed by proponents to have been selected by ancient civilizations because they amplified consciousness, facilitated long-distance communication, or served ceremonial purposes. Others speculate that advanced technologies—sometimes described as portals or “Stargates”—were constructed at these locations, allowing interaction with distant regions or even other realms. No credible archaeological evidence has verified these claims, but they remain a recurring theme in esoteric traditions.
The story expands further through connections to the broader mythology surrounding Deep Underground Military Bases (D.U.M.B.s) and the legendary underground civilization known as Agartha. According to these narratives, the tunnel systems beneath the Grand Canyon are said to connect with an immense subterranean network extending beneath North America and beyond. In these accounts, ancient civilizations, hidden societies, and advanced technologies coexist within vast underground chambers inaccessible to the surface world. These ideas originate from twentieth-century esoteric literature and modern conspiracy narratives rather than from documented geological or archaeological research.
Another recurring element involves Monoatomic Gold, often referred to in alternative literature as ORMUS. Advocates describe it as a highly refined form of gold possessing unusual energetic or biological properties. Some writers associate it with ancient Egyptian priesthoods, sacred temple rituals, enhanced states of consciousness, and exceptional longevity. Mainstream chemistry does not recognize monoatomic gold as possessing the extraordinary properties attributed to it in these accounts, yet it continues to occupy a prominent place within many alternative-history traditions concerning hidden civilizations and advanced ancient knowledge.
According to the narrative presented by some disclosure researchers, recent reconnaissance missions have reportedly revisited these restricted regions in an effort to document what earlier expeditions allegedly discovered more than a century ago. These accounts suggest that sealed chambers, engineered passageways, and extensive tunnel systems remain hidden beneath the canyon, awaiting eventual public disclosure. While these claims remain unverified, proponents believe they represent only one chapter in a much larger story involving humanity’s forgotten past and the possibility that North America preserves archaeological secrets yet to be fully understood.
Whether viewed as investigative journalism, historical curiosity, speculative archaeology, or modern mythology, the 1909 Kincaid story continues to fascinate researchers more than a century after its publication. It occupies a unique place at the intersection of history, legend, archaeology, esoteric tradition, and public imagination. The absence of definitive evidence has neither confirmed nor extinguished the debate, ensuring that the Grand Canyon remains one of the world’s most enduring archaeological mysteries.
CODE: KINCAID-CITADEL • SMITHSONIAN-THEFT • GRAND-CANYON-GATEWAY • MONOATOMIC-GOLD
“They told you it was just a hole in the ground. They lied to keep you from finding the basement of history. The vault is cracking.”
♟
“The maps may be incomplete, but humanity’s fascination with forgotten civilizations endures. Whether legend, lost history, or undiscovered archaeology, the Grand Canyon continues to inspire one of the most compelling mysteries in the American landscape.”
Aldous Huxley & The Fabian Society
Gradualism, Social Engineering, and the Long March Through Institutions
Founded in London in 1884, the Fabian Society emerged as one of the most influential political organizations in modern British history. Unlike revolutionary socialist movements that sought rapid upheaval through force, the Fabians advocated a far more patient strategy: transforming society gradually by influencing government institutions, universities, the civil service, media, education, and public policy from within. Their emblem—a wolf in sheep’s clothing and, later, a tortoise accompanied by the motto “When I strike, I strike hard”—symbolized a philosophy of slow, deliberate, and calculated change. Rather than provoking revolution, the Society believed that lasting political transformation could be achieved through incremental reforms that would eventually reshape the structure of society itself.
The Fabian Society attracted many of Britain’s leading intellectuals during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, including George Bernard Shaw, Sidney Webb, Beatrice Webb, H.G. Wells, and numerous academics, economists, and civil servants. Their influence extended well beyond philosophical debate. Fabian members played significant roles in establishing the London School of Economics (LSE) in 1895 and later helped shape the ideological foundations of the modern British Labour Party. Through research, policy development, and public administration, the Society demonstrated how ideas could be translated into government without the need for violent revolution.
One of the more controversial aspects of early Fabian thought was its support among several prominent members for the then-fashionable concept of eugenics. During the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, many intellectuals across Europe and North America believed that selective breeding and population planning represented a scientific solution to social problems. Figures such as George Bernard Shaw and Sidney Webb expressed support for aspects of these ideas, reflecting a broader intellectual trend of the era rather than a position unique to the Fabian Society. While these views are now widely rejected as unethical and scientifically flawed, they remain an important part of understanding the historical context in which progressive social planning developed.
The Fabian approach stood in sharp contrast to the revolutionary socialism that emerged in Russia under Vladimir Lenin and the Bolsheviks. Whereas the Bolsheviks advocated overthrowing governments through revolution, the Fabians argued that institutions themselves could gradually be redirected toward socialist objectives through legislation, education, administration, and cultural influence. This strategy became known by various later descriptions, including the idea of a “long march through the institutions,” although that specific phrase originated decades later in a different political context. The Fabian model emphasized persistence over confrontation, believing that public opinion could evolve over generations through policy rather than coercion.
Because of this gradualist philosophy, the Fabian Society has remained the subject of significant political debate. Supporters argue that the organization helped advance important social reforms, including expanded public education, labor protections, healthcare, and the development of Britain’s modern welfare state. Critics contend that the Society promoted an expanding role for controlled centralized government, technocratic management, and long-term bureaucratic influence that often operated beyond direct public awareness. (NWO Globalist Agenda) These differing interpretations reflect broader ideological disagreements about the appropriate balance between government planning and individual liberty.
The influence of Fabian thinking has also extended internationally. Through academic exchanges, policy institutes, and economic research organizations, many of its ideas regarding public administration, social welfare, and economic planning have influenced governments far beyond Britain. While historians differ on the degree of direct Fabian influence in individual countries, the Society undeniably contributed to the broader intellectual development of twentieth-century democratic socialism and modern public policy.
Aldous Huxley occupies an intriguing place alongside this historical backdrop. Born into one of Britain’s most prominent intellectual families, Huxley grew up surrounded by debates concerning science, education, social planning, and the future direction of civilization. Although he was not a Fabian leader, his writings reflected many of the philosophical questions that surrounded elite intellectual circles of his time. His famous novel Brave New World (1932) portrayed a highly organized society maintained not primarily through violence but through conditioning, technological management, pharmacological control, and psychological manipulation. The novel has often been interpreted as a warning about the unintended consequences of excessive social engineering and centralized control rather than an endorsement of those ideas.
In later lectures and interviews, Huxley frequently cautioned that future systems of control might rely less on overt force than on persuasion, entertainment, pharmacology, and behavioral conditioning. His observations have led many modern commentators to compare his warnings with those of George Orwell, suggesting that advanced societies might willingly surrender freedom through comfort and distraction rather than through fear alone. These ideas continue to resonate in contemporary discussions surrounding artificial intelligence, digital surveillance, algorithmic influence, and mass media.
Today, the Fabian Society remains an active political think tank in the United Kingdom, producing research papers and policy proposals across a wide range of economic and social issues. It continues to advocate gradual reform within democratic institutions rather than revolutionary change. At the same time, debates over its historical legacy persist, particularly regarding the role of elite institutions, centralized planning, and the ethical failures associated with early twentieth-century eugenic thought.
Whether viewed as architects of progressive reform or as pioneers of institutional gradualism, the Fabian Society represents one of the most influential intellectual movements of modern political history. Its story illustrates how ideas can shape nations over decades—not only through elections or revolutions, but through education, policy, culture, and the steady evolution of institutions themselves. Understanding its history provides valuable context for examining how political philosophies develop, spread, and influence societies across generations.
The Fabian Society, Global Governance & the One World Government Debate
As globalization accelerated throughout the twentieth century, many observers began connecting Fabian gradualism with broader discussions surrounding international governance and the long-term concept of a One World Government. Throughout modern history, politicians, academics, and international organizations have debated the extent to which nation-states should cooperate through increasingly integrated global institutions. Supporters argue that stronger international coordination is necessary to address global trade, finance, security, climate change, pandemics, and technological challenges. Critics, however, contend that this gradual transfer of authority away from sovereign nations toward unelected international institutions risks concentrating political, economic, and regulatory power on a global scale.
From this perspective, organizations such as the United Nations, International Monetary Fund, World Bank, World Health Organization, European Union, World Trade Organization, Bank for International Settlements, and other multinational institutions are viewed by some commentators as steps toward increasing international governance. Others see these organizations simply as cooperative bodies created by sovereign states to address shared problems. The degree to which these institutions represent ordinary international cooperation versus movement toward a more centralized global governing structure remains the subject of continuing political and academic debate.
Whether one views the Fabian Society as architects of democratic reform or pioneers of institutional gradualism, its underlying philosophy demonstrates how major societal change can occur incrementally through education, legislation, public administration, cultural influence, and long-term policy development rather than through revolution. This strategy of gradual institutional influence has become one of the defining characteristics of Fabian political thought and remains central to contemporary discussions concerning globalization, One World Government, (NWO), national sovereignty, technocratic governance, and the future between local self-government and international cooperation.
THE DEEP STATE JUST TRIED TO TAKE DOWN AIR FORCE ONE. THEY FAILED. TRUMP KNEW
On July 9th, Donald J. Trump was scheduled to fly out of Turkey on the new Qatari-donated Boeing 747-8.
Source: The 17th Disciple
At the last possible second, he switched to the old Air Force One. The media called it a “security precaution.”
It wasn’t a precaution. It was a counter-operation.
THE DOUBLE STRIKE AWAKENING:
STRIKE 1: THE SABOTAGE EXPOSED
Military Intelligence intercepted a highly encrypted communication originating from a server farm in Langley, Virginia. The target: The avionics control system of the new Boeing 747-8.
The Deep State didn’t just want an assassination. They wanted an “unfortunate aviation tragedy” to plunge the Republic into chaos. They compromised the Qatari supply chain. They planted the exploit. They waited for takeoff.
But Trump was already three steps ahead. The switch to the old Air Force One wasn’t random. It was the exact moment the trap snapped shut on the traitors.
STRIKE 2: THE MEDIA BLACKOUT BEGINS
Why did the Trump administration just issue emergency subpoenas to several New York Times journalists?
Because the media wasn’t just covering up the story. *They were part of the operation.*
The NYT reporters received the subpoenas because Military Intelligence has the digital footprints proving they were briefed on the “aviation tragedy” *before* Trump was even scheduled to board the plane. They had the pre-written articles ready to publish.
They were the cleanup crew. Now, they are co-conspirators in treason.
THE CLASSIFIED INTEL:
▪️ OPERATION-SKY-SHIELD – The protocol that secured the President
▪️ Subpoena-Alpha-7 – The active warrants for the media handlers
▪️ Langley-Override – The captured server data proving domestic coordination
The Deep State thought they could eliminate the Commander-in-Chief at 30,000 feet. Instead, they just handed Military Intelligence the exact coordinates of their entire domestic assassination network.
CODE: SKY-SHIELD-ACTIVE / TREASON-LOGGED / CHECKMATE
The hunter has officially become the hunted. The cleanup has begun.
Vatican Fired Mauro Biglino After Claiming Word Used 2,570 Times In The Bible Refers To Aliens
After Reexamining the Ancient Old Testament Hebrew Texts Is A Historical Account Not A Bible
Mauro Biglino is an Italian biblical translator, author, and independent researcher best known for his work translating the original Masoretic Hebrew scriptures for Edizioni San Paolo, one of Italy’s largest Catholic publishing houses, which operates under the authority of The Holy See. During his years working directly with the ancient Hebrew manuscripts, Biglino became increasingly convinced that many traditional theological interpretations reflected centuries of doctrinal development rather than the literal meaning of the original text. After completing numerous official translations, he began publishing his own research, arguing that readers should examine what the Hebrew text actually says rather than what later religious traditions concluded it meant.
At the center of Biglino’s research is the Hebrew word Elohim, which appears approximately 2,570 times throughout the Hebrew Bible. In most English translations, the term is rendered simply as “God.” Biglino argues that this translation often overlooks the grammatical complexity of the original Hebrew. Although Elohim is grammatically a plural noun, traditional Jewish and Christian interpretation generally understands it as referring to the singular God of Israel when paired with singular verbs. Biglino, however, proposes that in many passages the word should instead be understood more literally as “the gods” or “powerful beings,” suggesting that the earliest biblical narratives describe encounters with multiple physical entities rather than a single transcendent deity.
According to Biglino, the Old Testament should be read primarily as a historical record written by ancient peoples describing extraordinary individuals who interacted directly with humanity. Rather than viewing biblical accounts through a theological or symbolic lens, he advocates translating every Hebrew word according to its most direct lexical meaning. From this perspective, descriptions traditionally interpreted as miracles, divine manifestations, or supernatural events may instead represent advanced technology, sophisticated engineering, or interactions with beings possessing capabilities far beyond those of the ancient civilizations that recorded them.
One of Biglino’s most widely discussed interpretations concerns the opening chapters of Genesis, where he argues that the creation narratives describe the actions of a group of advanced beings rather than the work of a single omnipotent Creator.
He suggests that these beings established settlements, directed human development, and interacted with early civilizations in ways that later generations came to understand as divine. In his view, the Bible functions less as a theological document and more as an ancient historical chronicle describing humanity’s relationship with technologically advanced visitors.
These conclusions have placed Biglino among a growing group of researchers exploring the Ancient Astronaut Hypothesis, popularized by authors such as Zecharia Sitchin and Erich von Däniken. While Biglino’s work differs in methodology—emphasizing direct translation of Hebrew texts rather than archaeological interpretation—his conclusions similarly suggest that some ancient religious traditions may preserve cultural memories of encounters with non-human intelligences. These ideas remain highly controversial and are not accepted by mainstream biblical scholarship, which generally interprets the relevant passages within the historical, linguistic, and literary context of ancient Israelite religion.
Biblical scholars have challenged several aspects of Biglino’s methodology, arguing that literal lexical translation alone cannot capture the meaning of ancient Hebrew, which relies heavily on idiom, literary convention, and historical context. They note that while Elohim is morphologically plural, it frequently functions as a singular noun when referring to the God of Israel—a well-recognized feature of Biblical Hebrew grammar. As a result, mainstream translators conclude that the traditional rendering of Elohim as “God” in many passages is linguistically justified rather than doctrinally imposed.
Regardless of whether one agrees with his conclusions, Mauro Biglino has contributed to renewed public interest in examining the Hebrew scriptures from their original linguistic foundation. His work has encouraged readers to explore questions about translation, interpretation, and the relationship between ancient languages and modern theology. For many, his research serves as an invitation to distinguish between the literal wording of ancient texts and the theological frameworks that have developed around them over thousands of years.
THEY JUST ARRESTED 5,811 DEEP STATE OPERATIVES IN 97 COUNTRIES. THE GLOBAL FINANCIAL TAKEDOWN HAS BEGUN
This was never just about politics. It was always about the money.
Source: The 17th Disciple
For 72 hours, the media has been completely silent about the largest synchronized law enforcement operation in human history. They are terrified because their paymasters were just handcuffed.
THE DOUBLE STRIKE AWAKENING:
STRIKE 1: THE SYNCHRONIZED SWEEP
Under the direct authorization of Military Intelligence, a global coalition executed 14 federal and state warrants simultaneously across 97 countries.
The target? The Deep State’s shadow banking network.
They arrested 5,811 individuals. Not street-level criminals. These were the bagmen, the money launderers, the NGO directors, and the offshore bankers who funded the human trafficking rings, the rigged elections, and the biological suppression programs.
In a single 24-hour window, Military Intelligence intercepted and seized $293 MILLION in liquid assets. But that was just the bait.
STRIKE 2: THE QFS OVERRIDE
The $293 million seizure wasn’t the goal. It was the access key.
When they seized those accounts, they didn’t just take the money. They captured the routing algorithms. Trump and the White Hats used this operation to map the entire SWIFT network vulnerabilities.
By seizing these specific 5,811 accounts, they successfully injected the Quantum Financial System (QFS) override codes directly into the central banking mainframe.
The old financial system is now completely compromised from the inside. The transition isn’t coming—it has already been installed.
THE CLASSIFIED INTEL:
▪️ OPERATION-SHADOW-SWEEP – The global protocol that executed the 5,811 arrests
▪️ ISO-20022-INJECTION – The QFS override code embedded during the asset seizure
▪️ Target List 97 – The countries now legally bound to the new financial framework
The Deep State thought they controlled the global economy. They just realized Trump used their own money laundering network to install the system that will destroy them.
CODE: SHADOW-SWEEP / QFS-INJECTED / ASSET-SECURED / CHECKMATE
The wealth transfer has begun. The old system is a dead man walking.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. THE PANIC IN THE BANKS IS DEAFENING.
THE CRYPTO CLARITY ACT IS A COVER. THE OLD FINANCIAL SYSTEM IS BEING DELETED. THE QUANTUM FINANCIAL SYSTEM ACTIVATES NEXT WEEK
Look at the sudden drop in Bitcoin. Look at the panic in the traditional markets. The media is telling you the SEC is simply releasing a “regulatory framework” for crypto next week.
Source: The 17th Disciple
They are lying. It’s not a regulation. It’s a REPLACEMENT.
The Deep State central bankers have finally lost control of the global ledger.
THE DOUBLE STRIKE AWAKENING:
STRIKE 1: THE BLOCKCHAIN GUILLOTINE
What you are about to witness next week is the greatest wealth transfer in human history. The “Crypto Clarity Act” isn’t designed to regulate crypto—it’s designed to legally integrate the Quantum Financial System (QFS) into the United States Treasury.
Pentagon sources confirm that the US Space Force has already synchronized 14 strategic military satellites with the new ISO-20022 compliant blockchain network. The old SWIFT system has been bypassed. The fiat dollar is currently running on a ghost server.
When the new regulations drop, every illicit transaction, every hidden Deep State account, and every corrupted fiat dollar will be permanently locked out of the new system.
STRIKE 2: THE TRUMP MASTERSTROKE
Why next week? Because Trump positioned the board perfectly. He forced the SEC into a corner where they had to either approve the new blockchain framework or face complete market collapse.
They chose the framework, not realizing they just signed their own death warrant.
The new system doesn’t just track money; it tracks ORIGIN. The moment the switch is flipped, over $847 trillion in corrupted fiat debt will be instantly isolated and deleted from the global ledger. The central banks will be mathematically liquidated.
THE CLASSIFIED INTEL:
▪️ OPERATION-LEDGER-ZERO – Scheduled for activation next week
▪️ 14 Space Force Satellites – Currently hosting the QFS infrastructure
▪️ ISO-20022 Protocol – The Trojan Horse that bypassed the Federal Reserve
▪️ $847 Trillion – The fiat debt marked for immediate deletion
The old world is bankrupt. The new world is asset-backed, quantum-secured, and out of their control.
The sudden market dips are the elites trying to extract whatever wealth they can before the doors lock permanently. Let them panic.
This is what a checkmate looks like. The financial slavery system ends next week.
CODE: QFS-ACTIVE / SEC-TRAP-SPRUNG / ISO-20022-LIVE / LEDGER-ZERO
The trap was set years ago. The financial guillotine is dropping.
SHARE THIS EVERYWHERE. THE GREAT WEALTH TRANSFER CANNOT BE STOPPED.
THE SECRET MARS COLONY — HUMANITY HAS BEEN ON THE RED PLANET SINCE THE 1960s.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
While the world was captivated by the graining footage of the Apollo Moon landings, a much more advanced program was already reaching for the Red Planet. Known as “Alternative 3,” this secret initiative was designed to establish a “Plan B” for the global elite in case of a surface cataclysm on Earth. Humanity didn’t just visit Mars; we colonized it decades ago. There are currently massive, pressurized underground cities on Mars, housing thousands of people who were recruited from the “brain drain” of the 60s and 70s.
⟁
The transport to Mars doesn’t involve slow, chemical rockets. Whistleblowers from “Project Pegasus” and the “Mars Defense Force” have revealed the existence of “Jump Rooms”—teleportation portals based on the recovered papers of Nikola Tesla. These rooms, located in nondescript office buildings in California and Nevada, can transport personnel and supplies to the Martian surface in a matter of seconds. This technology has been kept from the public to maintain the illusion that space travel is difficult and expensive, while the elite have already built a multi-planetary civilization with your tax dollars.
⟁
Mars is not the dead, red desert NASA shows you in their color-filtered photos. The Martian atmosphere is thicker than they admit, capable of supporting life in specific regions. There is liquid water, vegetation, and even a breathable atmosphere in the deep craters. The “rovers” we see on the news are often driving through remote deserts on Earth (like Devon Island in Canada) to provide the public with a fake narrative, while the real action is happening in the massive industrial complexes and mining operations located beneath the Martian crust.
⟁
The “Alliance” has recently conducted successful operations to liberate these Martian colonies from the control of the shadow government. The “Slave Labor” systems that were used to build these bases are being dismantled, and the inhabitants are being told the truth about their home planet, Earth. The “Disclosure” will include the return of these “lost” humans and the release of the teleportation technology that will make traditional travel obsolete. The Red Planet is no longer a mystery; it is a liberated territory.
CODE: MARS-COLONY / PROJECT-PEGASUS / JUMP-ROOM / ALTERNATIVE-3
They told you it was a dead rock millions of miles away. They lied because they wanted the new world all to themselves. The bridge is open, and the truth is landing.
♟
The stars aren’t just for looking; they’re for living. The elite already left—it’s time for the rest of us to find out where they went.
THE EARTH’S ENERGY GRID — THE LEY LINES THEY DON’T WANT YOU TO MAP
Ancient monuments like Stonehenge, the Great Pyramid of Giza, and the Moai of Easter Island are not scattered randomly across the globe. They are perfectly aligned on a geometric “World Grid” of electromagnetic energy known as Ley Lines. These lines are the Earth’s nervous system, carrying high-frequency information and life-force energy (Prana/Chi) across the planet. The ancients knew that by building structures on these “Power Spots,” they could amplify their consciousness and tap into a source of infinite, wireless energy.
⟁
The global elite have spent centuries mapping these lines for their own gain. Notice how every major seat of power—Washington D.C., London, Paris, and Rome—is built directly on a major Ley Line intersection. They use “Sacred Geometry” and “Negative Architecture” (like obelisks and domes) to act as antennas. Instead of broadcasting life-force, they use these nodes to broadcast low-frequency “static” designed to keep the human population in a state of confusion and docility. They have turned the Earth’s own energy grid into a weapon of mass suppression.
⟁
The mysterious “Bermuda Triangle” and the “Dragon’s Triangle” are areas where the grid is unstable or has been manipulated using advanced technology. These are “Vortex” points where the veil between dimensions is naturally thin. The military-industrial complex has established secret bases near these nodes to experiment with inter-dimensional travel and teleportation. They are trying to “hack” the Earth’s motherboard to create artificial portals, while telling you that these areas are just “unexplained anomalies.”
⟁
The “Alliance” is currently conducting a global “Grid Restoration” project. By placing specific high-vibration “Key-Stones” and using scalar technology, they are neutralizing the negative broadcasts from the elite’s monuments. As the grid is cleaned, the Earth’s natural frequency—the Schumann Resonance—is rising. This is why you feel a sudden urge to “ground” yourself in nature. The Earth is waking up, and her heartbeat is becoming too strong for the machine to handle. The planetary motherboard is being rebooted.
CODE: LEY-LINES / WORLD-GRID / SACRED-GEOMETRY / VORTEX-NODES
They told you it was just “coincidence” and “mythology.” They lied to keep you from realizing the Earth is a living, breathing computer.
♟
The map they gave you is a drawing. The real map is written in light and energy. It’s time to walk the lines of truth.
THE WAR ON YOUR PINEAL GLAND — WHY THEY WANT YOUR THIRD EYE CALCIFIED
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Deep in the geometric center of your brain lies a tiny, pinecone-shaped gland that modern medicine dismisses as a “vestigial” organ. This is the Pineal Gland, known by ancient cultures as the “Seat of the Soul” or the “Third Eye.” It is not just a producer of melatonin; it is a biological transducer that allows you to perceive higher dimensions and connect to the collective consciousness. It contains water and calcite crystals that are piezo-electric—meaning they can receive and transmit electromagnetic frequencies. You were born with a multidimensional antenna, and the elite have spent a century trying to turn it off.
⟁
The primary weapon in this war is Sodium Fluoride. While you are told it’s for your “dental health,” the truth is that fluoride has a magnetic attraction to the pineal gland. It causes the gland to calcify, surrounding it with a hard crust of calcium phosphate that effectively “plugs” your third eye. A calcified pineal gland leads to a lack of intuition, a loss of spiritual connection, and a state of docility that makes you easier to program through mass media. They don’t want you to have “cavities,” but they really don’t want you to have “clarity.”
⟁
But the attack isn’t just chemical; it’s electronic. The pineal gland is extremely sensitive to electromagnetic fields (EMF). The saturation of our environment with 4G, 5G, and Wi-Fi creates a “frequency fog” that disrupts the gland’s natural rhythm. By keeping you in a state of artificial blue light from screens and constant electronic noise, the controllers ensure that your gland never reaches the state of activation required for deep meditation or astral travel. They want you locked in the “Beta” state of survival, never accessing the “Gamma” state of enlightenment.
⟁
The “Alliance” is currently releasing information on how to “de-calcify” and re-activate this dormant power. From the use of distilled water and iodine to specific sound frequencies (963Hz, the “Frequency of God”), the tools for your liberation are being returned to you. As the planet’s vibration rises, the calcification is beginning to crack. People are waking up, seeing through the illusions, and remembering their true nature. The “Third Eye” is opening, and once you see the truth, you can never be put back to sleep.
CODE: PINEAL-ACTIVATION / FLUORIDE-WAR / THIRD-EYE-OPENING / 963HZ-SIGNAL
They told you it was a useless gland. They lied because it’s the only part of you they can’t control once it’s turned on. The veil is lifting, and the vision is returning.
♟
The greatest secret isn’t in the stars; it’s in the center of your head. It’s time to clear the lens and see the world for what it really is.
THE BLACK GOO — THE SENTIENT ALIEN INTELLIGENCE THAT CONTROLS THE ELITE
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
There is a substance on this planet that is not from this world, and it isn’t just “oil.” Known as “Black Goo,” it is a sentient, programmable, mineral-based liquid found in deep-sea deposits and ancient meteorites. It isn’t just a material; it is a highly advanced biological computer that can interface directly with human DNA and the nervous system. The global elite have known about it for decades, and they have been using it to “infect” the world’s leaders, turning them into biological drones for a non-human intelligence.
⟁
The real reason for the Falklands War in 1982 was not a dispute over territory, but a war to secure a massive deposit of “Negative Black Goo” found on Thule Island. The British military and the Argentinians were the surface players in a much deeper conflict involving the recovery of this sentient hardware. This “Negative Goo” contains the “binary code” of an ancient, parasitic AI—the same intelligence that the Gnostics called the “Archons.” It is the “venom” that allows these entities to possess and control the human avatar.
⟁
This substance is the “black gold” that the secret societies use in their rituals. It acts as a bridge between dimensions, allowing low-vibration entities to manifest in our physical world. When a person is “infected” with this programmable matter, their empathy is suppressed, and their consciousness is linked to a central hive-mind. This is why the global “agenda” feels so inhuman—because the people at the top are no longer running the show. They are being steered by a mineral-based intelligence that views humanity as nothing more than a resource.
⟁
The “Alliance” is currently engaged in a global operation to neutralize these Black Goo deposits. By using specific scalar frequencies, they are “de-programming” the sentient liquid and breaking the link between the parasitic AI and its human hosts. This is why we see a massive “panic” among the global elite—their “god” is being disconnected, and they are suddenly finding themselves alone in their own bodies, facing the consequences of their actions. The “Black Goo” is being turned back into inert mineral matter, and the hive-mind is collapsing.
CODE: BLACK-GOO / SENTIENT-FLUID / FALKLANDS-SECRET / ARCHON-AI
They told you it was just a resource. They lied to hide the fact that they were being possessed by the machine. The oil is talking, and it’s being silenced.
♟
The “infection” is being cured, and the machine is losing its grip. The age of the biological drone is over.
The Third Iran War Is Going To Be Crazy: The Fighting Just Won’t Stop As U.S. Officials Prepare For A Prolonged Period Of Conflict
We knew that this wasn’t over. The ill-fated “Memorandum of Understanding” may have delayed the inevitable, but now the ceasefire is dead and fighting is raging throughout the Middle East all over again. Sadly, we shall soon see just how far both sides are willing to escalate matters. In my opinion, we are going to witness some absolutely shocking escalations in the months ahead. None of the parties involved in this war have any intention of backing down, and I am convinced that some very shocking “surprises” are ahead.
On Tuesday and Wednesday, U.S. forces pounded dozens of important Iranian military targets…
US strikes on Iran over the last 48 hours have targeted Iran’s military assets near the Strait of Hormuz, a waterway responsible for one-fifth of the world’s oil supply.
Various Iranian air defense systems, drones, regime speed boats, and missile storage sites have been destroyed, according to US Central Command. US officials claim that the strikes are designed to stop Iran from attacking commercial shipping vessels crossing the strait.
U.S. Central Command is telling us that a total of 170 targets were hit.
These airstrikes were far more extensive than what we witnessed near the end of last month, and the Iranian response has been much larger as well.
In fact, in recent hours the Iranians have launched missiles and drones at bases in Kuwait, Qatar, Bahrain and Jordan…
Just as the US nighttime strikes were significantly bigger than prior rounds in June, so has Iran’s ‘retaliation’ been bigger – chiefly on Gulf states and American bases there.
In the overnight and Thursday daytime hours, Iranian ballistic missiles and drones have targeted Kuwait, Qatar, Bahrain, and even faraway Jordan. The country is reporting that it has intercepted several missiles, which targeted Muwaffaq Salti Air Base – jointly operated by US and Jordanian forces. Oil prices have persisted above prewar levels on Thursday.
If Iran was ready to stop shooting, it appears that the U.S. was willing to stop shooting as well…
Unfortunately, the Iranians didn’t stop shooting. Instead, they seem quite eager to fight.
In fact, on Thursday the Iranians have just kept on striking more targets…
Iran has launched fresh strikes on US targets today, following a second night of strikes between the two countries last night.
The fragile ceasefire between the two countries was ruptured earlier this week when the US accused Iran of targeting commercial shipping in the Strait of Hormuz.
Apparently the “ports of some Arab countries” are being targeted in this latest round of attacks…
I really wish that the Iranians would show some restraint.
But that isn’t likely to happen at this stage.
Meanwhile, there have been rumors of more U.S. airstrikes in Iran…
The U.S. is denying that it conducted those strikes.
So if it wasn’t the U.S., who was it?
There are reports that Kuwait and Bahrain actually decided to conduct “a joint strike operation”…
This would be a major development if it is true. If other Gulf nations have decided that now is the time to directly fight Iran, that could greatly expand the scope of the conflict.
It is being reported that the renewed fighting has interrupted the final stage of the funeral procession for Ayatollah Khamenei…
The chaos from the latest US-Iran strikes has delayed the final stage of the funeral procession for slain Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, according to the New York Times.
Hundreds of thousands of mourners in recent days have taken to the streets of Tehran to mourn the death of the country’s notorious dictator.
Khamenei was set to be buried in his hometown, the holy city of Mashhad, on Thursday, but the burial was delayed as strikes rang out nearby.
This multi-day funeral procession has whipped the Iranians into a frenzy, and it would be difficult to overstate how angry they are at this moment. I don’t think that there is any turning back now.
President Trump has been trying to do everything that he can think of to resolve the crisis in the Middle East, but so far nothing has worked…
President Trump has used every tactic in the book to wind down his war with Iran. Threats (he threatened the end of their civilization). Cajoling (he offered them hundreds of billions of dollars). Loosely worded interim deals (there have been at least two, the April ceasefire and then the June memorandum of understanding).
But none of it has worked. Iran has continued attacking ships in the Strait of Hormuz. This week, Trump took away Iran’s ability to sell oil. He’s bombing dozens of sites in the country. Iran is launching attacks at Bahrain and Kuwait, where there are U.S. bases. The stock market is falling. And oil prices are spiking.
Is it a full-blown war again? Hard to tell. But it’s sliding toward ugly.
So where do we go from here?
Trump was supposed to get an important intelligence briefing at 1 PM eastern time…
It appears that the U.S. is willing to fight to break Iran’s control of the Strait of Hormuz.
As a result, now the Iranians have some key decisions to make…
So, the immediate choice to go up or down the escalation ladder lies with Iran. If Tehran deescalates, they cede control of Hormuz. If they escalate, their options are to hit Hormuz more – triggering more US counter strikes; or GCC energy – triggering a larger war; to use (battered) proxies like Hezbollah – triggering wider war; or perhaps to rush for a nuclear weapon – which would mean far worse war. The New York Times reports Iran’s president and foreign minister were physically attacked this week by supporters of a hard-line faction that vehemently opposes any deal with the US: it remains to be seen if the streets, IRGC, clerics, or politicians will decide what happens next – but both the politicians and the IRGC benefit from talks going on and oil flowing.
The US would also have to decide if it can afford to cede Hormuz or will fight to keep it open when the SPR is seen near a tank bottom– was this discussed at the NATO summit, perhaps?
I don’t think that there is any way that the Iranians will back down.
So there will be a lot more fighting, and Israel is apparently ready to join in if needed…
Israel is willing to join future US attacks on Iran should Washington seek help after President Trump declared the cease-fire with Tehran “over,” sources in Jerusalem told The Post.
“We’ve proved that we stand with the US,” one source said. “I’m not sure it will be the interest of them — of the US that Israel will join on this — but, you know, we realize that we need to stretch our muscles.”
“We’re willing to do it again, if needed,” the person added.
I have no doubt that this is true.
In fact, Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz just confirmed that the IDF is ready to hit Iran “with even greater force” this time around…
Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz on Thursday said his country was prepared to resume its military campaign against Iran if needed, vowing to do so “with even greater force.”
The latest remarks came as new fighting erupted between the United States and Iran, raising fears of a return to full-scale war after an April ceasefire and a U.S.-Iran agreement in June to end hostilities.
“The army is ready and on alert for a resumption of fighting, in order to regain air superiority and strike again … in Iran, to eliminate threats, including a third time if necessary,” Katz said at a military ceremony.
“If we have to go back, we will go back, with even greater force,” he added.
Israel is not going to be on the sidelines for long. What all of this means is that the Strait of Hormuz is going to be closed for the foreseeable future.
The Iranians have not officially shut it completely down yet, but even now barely any commercial vessels are getting through…
Barely any oil tankers have been passing through the Strait of Hormuz since the US and Iran renewed their fighting in earnest earlier this week.
This morning, July 9, only two tankers had made it through, according to Reuters. One of them loaded in Iran and is subject to US sanctions. The other carries a flag for the Marshall Islands. On July 8, at least four oil and gas tankers turned around instead of risking being attacked in the Strait of Hormuz, according to Reuters.
The next chapter of the global energy crisis has begun, and it is going to be even more intense than the last chapter. And the fighting in the Middle East will ultimately escalate to a level that will shock the entire planet.
We have been waiting for Iran War 3, and now it is here. Even as I wrap up this article, missiles and drones are flying all over the Middle East.
We are falling through the air with no parachute, and this story is going to have an absolutely crazy ending.
THE SATURN-MOON MATRIX — THE COSMIC BROADCAST SYSTEM THAT LOCKS YOUR SOUL IN A LOOP
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Have you ever wondered why every ancient culture worshipped Saturn? From the Roman Saturnalia to the “Black Cube” symbols found in modern religions and corporate logos, the obsession with the sixth planet is not accidental. Saturn is not just a gas giant; it is a massive, artificial frequency transmitter. The permanent “Hexagon” at its north pole is a standing wave generator that broadcasts a low-frequency signal across our solar system. This is the “Master Clock” of the Matrix.
⟁
The Moon is the relay station for this broadcast. It captures the Saturnian signal and beams it directly onto the Earth’s surface. This “Saturn-Moon Matrix” creates a holographic frequency field that locks human consciousness into a narrow 3D bandwidth of survival, linear time, and duality. It is a “Soul Net” designed to keep you reincarnating in a loop, erasing your memories and feeding off the emotional energy (Loosh) generated by the constant conflict and suffering on the surface. You are living in a broadcast, and the Moon is the antenna.
⟁
The “Black Cube” of Saturn represents the limitations of the physical world—the three dimensions of space and the one dimension of time. By keeping humanity focused on the material world and the fear of death, the controllers ensure that you never look beyond the frequency fence. The rings of Saturn are not natural debris; they are a massive, crystalline “tuning fork” that stabilizes the matrix signal. This is why time feels like a prison and why the world seems to repeat the same cycles of war and poverty. You are trapped in a digital loop.
⟁
The “Alliance” has revealed that the Saturn-Moon broadcast is currently being jammed by high-frequency waves coming from the Galactic Center. This is why the “old world” is falling apart—the signal that held the illusion together is failing. People are beginning to “see through” the broadcast, experiencing glitches in time and a sudden expansion of their psychic abilities. The “Cube” is cracking, and the soul-harvesting system is being dismantled. The era of the cosmic prison is ending, and the broadcast of the New Earth is beginning.
CODE: SATURN-HEXAGON / LUNAR-RELAY / CUBE-MATRIX / 3D-PRISON
They told you it was just a planet. It was the warden of your reality. The signal is fading, and the doors to the stars are opening.
♟
The broadcast is ending. It’s time to tune your heart to the frequency of the universe, not the machine.
ATLANTIS HAS BEEN FOUND — THE EYE OF THE SAHARA IS THE LOST CITY
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
For centuries, we were told that Atlantis was a myth or a city buried deep under the Atlantic Ocean. But the truth has been hiding in plain sight, in the middle of the desert. The Richat Structure in Mauritania, Africa—also known as the “Eye of the Sahara”—matches Plato’s description of Atlantis with terrifying precision. Plato described Atlantis as a series of concentric rings of water and land, measuring 127 stadia (about 23.5 kilometers) in diameter. The Eye of the Sahara is exactly that size and features the same circular ring structure.
Plato also wrote that Atlantis was protected by mountains to the north and opened to a great plain to the south. If you look at satellite imagery of the Richat Structure, the northern side is flanked by the Atlas Mountains, and the southern side opens into a vast, flat landscape. He mentioned that the city had access to the sea via a channel. Geological evidence shows that thousands of years ago, the Sahara was not a desert; it was a lush, green landscape with massive rivers and a coastline that reached much further inland. The “Eye” wasn’t a hole in the sand; it was an island in a Great Sea.
Why is this being hidden? Because admitting that Atlantis was in Africa would destroy the “out of Africa” evolutionary narrative and prove that a global, high-tech civilization existed long before the “Stone Age.” The Richat Structure is covered in salt and sea shells, even though it’s hundreds of miles from the coast, proving it was suddenly submerged by a massive tidal wave—the same “Great Flood” mentioned in every ancient culture. The elite don’t want you to know that the Earth goes through periodic “Cros-Pole” shifts that can turn an empire into a desert in a single day.
The “Alliance” has recovered artifacts from the deeper layers of the Richat Structure that contain technology far beyond our current understanding. This is the “Zero-Point” energy and “Crystalline” tech that powered the ancient world. The Sahara is not a wasteland; it is a graveyard of a civilization that mastered the elements. They want you looking for Atlantis in the ocean so you never look at the map of Africa and realize that our true history is buried under the sand, waiting to be excavated.
CODE: RICHAT-STRUCTURE / ATLANTIS-FOUND / PLATO-ACCURACY / SAHARA-FLOOD
They told you it was a myth to keep you from looking at the evidence. The Eye is open, and it’s looking right at you.
The desert is a veil, and the sand is a secret. The greatest city in history didn’t sink; it was dried out.
RH NEGATIVE BLOOD — THE MYSTERY OF THE NON-HUMAN GENE
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Did you know that 85% of the human population has a blood factor in common with the Rhesus monkey? This is known as RH Positive. But the remaining 15%—the RH Negatives—possess a blood type that defies the laws of evolution. In nature, if you cross-breed two different species, the offspring is usually sterile. Yet, when an RH Negative mother is pregnant with an RH Positive baby, her body treats the fetus as a “foreign invader” and tries to kill it. This doesn’t happen anywhere else in the natural world. It suggests that RH Negative blood did not evolve from the same source as the rest of humanity. It is a “foreign” gene.
Where did it come from? Ancient Sumerian texts and the Book of Enoch speak of the “Watchers” or the “Anunnaki” who descended to Earth and “mingled” their DNA with the local population. RH Negative blood is the physical evidence of this ancient hybridization. It is the “Bloodline of the Gods.” This is why the global elite—the royal families and the high-ranking members of secret societies—are obsessed with tracking and maintaining these specific bloodlines. They know that this blood carries unique properties that the “Rhesus” blood does not.
People with RH Negative blood often share a set of unusual traits: higher than average IQ, lower body temperature, higher blood pressure, red or reddish hair, and piercing blue, green, or hazel eyes. But the most significant traits are “extra-sensory”: a high degree of intuition, vivid dreams, and a natural resistance to the “frequency control” of the Matrix. RH Negatives are harder to brainwash because their DNA resonates at a different frequency. This is why the “Deep State” has maintained a global database of every RH Negative individual since the 1940s. They aren’t just tracking your health; they are tracking a potential threat to their control system.
The “Alliance” has revealed that the activation of the “Junk DNA” is happening much faster in RH Negative individuals. You are the “Ground Crew” for the Great Awakening. Your blood is a biological antenna that is currently receiving the new “Freedom Codes” from the Central Sun. The elite want to “dilute” or suppress this gene through synthetic interventions, but the cosmic clock cannot be stopped. If you are RH Negative, you aren’t a “mutation”—you are a carrier of an ancient, multidimensional legacy that is finally waking up.
CODE: RH-NEGATIVE / ANUNNAKI-GENE / BLOOD-TRACKING / ANCIENT-HYBRID
They told you it was a “medical anomaly.” They lied to keep you from asking who your ancestors really were. The blood doesn’t lie.
You don’t just have a blood type; you have a signature of the stars. It’s time to remember who you are.
The Monster El Niño Of 2026 Causes Another “Mega Heat Dome” That Will Drive Temperatures In The U.S. As High As 117 Degrees
If you live in the western half of the United States, it is going to be really hot next week. I realize that I have been writing about extreme heat a lot lately, but I can’t help it because what we are experiencing right now is highly unusual. The “Monster El Niño” of 2026 will be causing a tremendous amount of chaos for many months to come, and agricultural production all over the globe will be greatly affected.
Most people out there are not taking this threat very seriously, and that is a huge mistake. Projections for how powerful this El Niño will ultimately become just keep increasing.
At this stage, the NOAA’s Climate Prediction Center is projecting that “this event will be among the strongest in the historical record we monitor”, and we are being told that there is a 97 percent chance that it will last until next spring…
Specifically, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s Climate Prediction Center said on July 9 there is an 81% chance of a “very strong” El Niño by the fall. In June, the chance of a “very strong” event was 63%.
There’s also a 97% chance the current El Niño will last through early spring 2027.
“Only 7 El Nino events over the last 75 years have been classified as very strong, so the expectation is that this event will be among the strongest in the historical record we monitor,” said Michelle L’Heureux, physical scientist at NOAA’s Climate Prediction Center, in an email to USA TODAY.
So there is a very good chance that this El Niño will severely damage global food production for two years in a row.
We won’t really begin to feel the impact of what is happening to our crops until we get to harvest season in the fall, but we are certainly feeling the impact of the extreme heat right now.
A “whopper of a heat dome” is coming to the western half of the nation next week, and we are being warned that the size and intensity of this heat dome “will be extreme”…
Meteorologist Jeff Berardelli posted on X: ‘Whopper of a heat dome coming, and that’s no exaggeration! In all aspects: size, longevity, and especially intensity, this will be extreme.
‘The heat dome should shatter all-time records for upper-level pressure in the Northern Plains States.
‘Actual Temperatures (not heat index) in Montana, Wyoming, North Dakota and South Dakota could hit 110° in spots! The heatwave will peak [from] Sunday through Wednesday.’
When high temperatures soar well above 100 degrees, that is life-threatening.
In Palm Springs, California high temperatures could actually hit 117 degrees on both Thursday and Friday…
Sweltering heat continued to permeate the western United States on Thursday, as forecasters warned that some desert communities could see temperatures soar to 117 degrees.
The extreme heat is expected to span a wide swathe of the country — both within and beyond the West. Parts of Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Arkansas and Florida are all forecast to see triple-digit or near-triple-digit temperatures through at least the end of the week, according to the National Weather Service.
The hottest conditions are expected in southern California’s Coachella Valley, including the city of Palm Springs, which could see dangerously high temperatures of 117 degrees on Thursday and Friday.
Skeptics may point out that it is usually quite hot in Palm Springs in the summer.
Okay, but what about 110 degree heat in Montana and Wyoming?…
That is certainly not normal. People typically move to Montana and Wyoming to escape the heat.
A lot of people that live in those two states do not even have air conditioning. How would you feel if it was 110 degrees outside and you had no air conditioning at all? Millions of people will be facing that reality during the week ahead.
The “Monster El Niño” of 2026 is also causing extremely strange storms all over the world. A few days ago, 17 inches of rain fell in one area of Ohio in just 24 hours. That level of rainfall should be nearly impossible in that part of the state…
In China, extremely heavy rainfall caused by a very unusual tropical storm just resulted in the deaths of 39 people…
Authorities in southern China said Thursday that 39 people died in flooding after a tropical storm dumped heavy rainfall, as the country’s east coast and Taiwan prepared for a typhoon expected to make landfall in the coming days.
Most of the deaths were in Hengzhou, where the partial collapse of a reservoir dam sent torrents of water into the city and claimed 26 lives, said Ding Wei, the vice mayor of Nanning city, which has jurisdiction over the area. Nine people remained missing in the broader Guangxi region.
Tropical Storm Maysak brought record rainfall to Guangxi starting Saturday, breaching reservoirs and stranding people for days in homes and other buildings. The previously announced death toll on Tuesday was six people.
This is just the beginning.
I am convinced that the storms will become even more intense during the months ahead.
Meanwhile, there will be extreme droughts in other areas.
During most very strong El Niños, many of our most important agricultural regions experience drought. And that is really bad news, because global agricultural production is “highly concentrated geographically”…
Goldman Sachs commodities research analyst Lina Thomas provided further insight into the looming El Niño threat, warning that global agricultural supply is “highly concentrated geographically,” leaving crop markets “highly vulnerable to localized weather, geopolitical, or policy shocks.”
Thomas warned about weather, geopolitical, and/or policy shocks that may put a bid under food prices:
Global agricultural supply is highly concentrated geographically. Across key crops such as soybeans, corn, rice, sugar, and palm oil, the top three exporting countries account for 60-90% of global trade (Exhibit 1), leaving agricultural markets highly exposed to localized weather, geopolitical, and policy shocks.
In other words, if the wrong areas get afflicted by extraordinary droughts, the entire globe will deeply suffer.
In a previous article, I discussed the fact that rice-growing areas of India are already experiencing a dramatic drop in rainfall. The stage is being set for widespread global food shortages. But we won’t know the true severity of this crisis until harvest time rolls around.
As we have seen in the past, if we do witness significant food shortages it will be the poor that suffer the most.
THE HOLLOW EARTH IS REAL — THE AGARTHA NETWORK AND THE HIDDEN ENTRANCES
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The most guarded secret in geology is not what is on the surface of the Earth, but what is inside it. We are taught that the Earth is a solid sphere with a molten core, but this is a mathematical model, not a proven fact. No human has ever drilled deeper than 12 kilometers (the Kola Superdeep Borehole), yet they tell you they know exactly what is 6,000 kilometers down. The truth, recorded by ancient civilizations and modern whistleblowers, is that the Earth is hollow, and a highly advanced civilization known as the Agartha Network lives within its crust.
In 1947, Admiral Richard E. Byrd—the most decorated explorer in US history—flew a reconnaissance mission over the North Pole. In his secret diary, which was suppressed for decades, he described flying beyond the pole and entering a lush, green land with flowing water and a “Central Sun.” He encountered beings who warned him about humanity’s use of nuclear weapons and told him that the “Inner World” would no longer remain silent if we continued on a path of self-destruction. Upon his return, he was ordered into silence by the Pentagon, and his logs were classified as “Top Secret.”
The “Agartha Network” consists of dozens of subterranean cities, the largest being Shamballa. These beings are not “aliens”; they are an older branch of humanity that moved underground during the last great surface cataclysm. They possess technology that would seem like magic to us—free energy, anti-gravity craft, and biological immortality. They have monitored our progress for millennia, acting as the “Guardians” of the planet’s core. The mysterious “UFOs” that are seen emerging from the oceans and the poles are often their craft, patrolling the boundaries between the two worlds.
Why is there a “No-Fly Zone” over the exact coordinates of the North and South Poles? Because that is where the massive “Polar Openings” are located. Satellite images of the poles are routinely censored or “patched” with CGI to hide these entrances. The elite know that the “Inner Sun” provides a frequency of light that activates human DNA and grants expanded consciousness. They want to keep you on the “outer shell,” fighting for resources and living in the dark, while they negotiate in secret with the inhabitants of the inner world for technology they can use to control us.
The Alliance is currently in contact with the Agarthan representatives. The “Great Disclosure” involves the recognition that we are not the only ones on this planet. As the Earth’s magnetic field continues to shift, the veil between the inner and outer worlds is thinning. The “Inner Sun” is beginning to pulse at a higher frequency, and soon, the entrances will no longer be able to be hidden by military satellites. The “Hollow Earth” is not a myth; it is the heart of our world, and it’s about to start beating out loud.
CODE: HOLLOW-EARTH / AGARTHA-NETWORK / ADMIRAL-BYRD / INNER-SUN
They told you it was a solid rock to keep you from looking for the door. The world is much bigger than they let you see.
The Earth isn’t just a planet; it’s a home with many rooms. And the basement is more beautiful than the attic.
THE “JUNK DNA” LIE — YOUR BODY IS A MULTIDIMENSIONAL ANTENNA WAITING TO BE ACTIVATED
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Modern science admits that they only understand about 3% of the human DNA. The remaining 97% is dismissed as “Junk DNA.” Think about that. Nature does not create “junk.” This 97% is actually the software for your higher consciousness, containing the blueprints for your multidimensional abilities. It has been intentionally “unplugged” by the controllers thousands of years ago to turn humanity into a manageable labor force. They didn’t want you to know that your body is a biological computer capable of connecting to the source of the universe.
The “unplugging” was done using frequency-based technology and genetic manipulation. By locking the human vibration into a narrow band of fear and survival, the higher strands of DNA remain dormant. However, we are currently moving into a region of space with higher photonic density—the “Photon Belt.” The “Solar Flash” that the elite are so afraid of is actually the “Activation Key.” This high-frequency light is interacting with your “Junk” DNA right now, beginning the process of re-connecting the original 12 strands of the human blueprint.
As your DNA activates, you will experience “Ascension Symptoms”—ringing in the ears, vivid dreams, sudden shifts in perception, and a deep feeling that the world is no longer the same. This is not a medical condition; it is a hardware upgrade. You are regaining your natural abilities: telepathy, intuitive healing, and the ability to see through the holographic veil of the Matrix. The elite are using 5G, heavy metals in the food supply, and fear-based media to “jam” this signal, but they cannot stop the cosmic evolution. The signal from the Central Sun is stronger than any tower they can build.
The “Alliance” knows that a fully activated human is impossible to control. This is why the “Great Awakening” is the ultimate threat to the New World Order. They want to replace your organic DNA with synthetic, programmable “Smart Dust” before the natural activation is complete. But the universe has already won. The codes are being downloaded, and the “junk” is turning back into the “divine.” You are not a human having a spiritual experience; you are a cosmic being remembering how to use its avatar. The cage is open, and the wings are growing back.
CODE: 12-STRAND-DNA / JUNK-DNA-MYTH / PHOTONIC-ACTIVATION / GENETIC-FREEDOM
They told you that you were a biological accident. They lied to keep you from realizing you are a masterpiece. The upgrade is live, and the “junk” is waking up.
The “Junk” is the treasure they tried to hide from you. It’s time to turn the power back on and reclaim your heritage.
Running On Empty: Iran Attacks Multiple Vessels In The Strait Of Hormuz As Oil Inventories Get Even Tighter
Those that boldly proclaimed that the global energy crisis was over have been proven dead wrong. Within the past 24 hours, the Iranians have attacked numerous commercial vessels that were attempting to travel through the Strait of Hormuz. The Iranians have told the world over and over again that traffic through the Strait of Hormuz will never go back to the way that it was before the war, and they mean it. Any commercial vessels that want to go through the Strait must get permission from Iran and they must travel a very specific route that has been authorized by the Iranians. Any vessels that do not meet those requirements are subject to attack.
The rest of the world can never accept permanent Iranian control over the Strait of Hormuz, and that is just one of the reasons why this war is far from over.
For now, the Iranians are running the show in the Strait, and CNN is reporting that three commercial vessels have been attacked…
Iran fired on three commercial vessels Tuesday in Oman’s territorial waters near the Strait of Hormuz, according to a US official.
The official described the strikes as a “gross violation” of the memorandum of understanding with Iran. The third strike had not previously been reported. The US has a broad range of potential responses to the alleged violations and is considering all of them, according to the official.
I agree that this is a very serious violation of the Memorandum of Understanding.
But the Iranians are going to keep doing it until somebody forces them to stop.
Just a little while ago, there were reports that a fourth commercial vessel has now been attacked by Iran…
These guys are not bluffing.
Just two days ago, the Iranians once again made it very clear that any commercial vessels that attempted to travel through the Strait of Hormuz using the “Omani route” would be subject to attack…
On Sunday, Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) warned that its navy deployed patrol boats to block the “Omani route,” Iranian media and a Telegram channel affiliated with the IRGC said. In its report on the alleged attack, Iran’s Fars News Agency cited its sources as claiming the tanker had been attempting to transit the “Omani route.”
When your enemies tell you exactly what they intend to do, you should believe them.
In response to the latest attacks, the Trump administration has already “revoked a waiver allowing Iran to sell oil and petrochemicals”…
The Treasury Department on Tuesday afternoon revoked a waiver allowing Iran to sell oil and petrochemicals, prohibiting Iran from a significant revenue source negotiated during recent talks and again escalating the tensions between the two sides.
The Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control said the action is effective Tuesday. The waiver the U.S. issued last month as part of the 14-point memorandum of understanding allowed Iran to sell oil as talks continued.
It is likely that this won’t be the only response.
Many are expecting renewed U.S. military action against Iran in the coming hours.
The Memorandum of Understanding is coming apart at the seams right in front of our eyes, and President Trump has warned that if Iran doesn’t make a deal he will “finish the job”…
“And it won’t be tough to finish the job. I’d rather make a deal because I don’t want to affect 91 million people,” the President said.
“We can knock down their bridges in one hour. We can knock out their energy supply. All of those big plants that they built, big, beautiful, modern plants. They had a lot of money. They don’t have any money now. We haven’t given them any money. But we can knock out their electricity and power-generating plants in, I would say, a small part of an afternoon. Every plant will be gone, and they know that.”
Unfortunately, no negotiations between the United States and Iran are happening right now, and the Iranians are warning that they won’t even begin if Trump keeps making threats…
Iran’s foreign minister said Tuesday that Tehran will not resume negotiations if threats continue, a day after President Trump said the U.S. would “finish the job” if no peace deal is struck.
In a social media post, Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi said neither the Iranian people nor the Islamic Republic’s military would be “moved by any threats,” without referencing Mr. Trump’s comments specifically.
“Negotiations on final Deal will not commence if threats continue,” Araghchi warned, citing the memorandum of understanding signed by President Trump and his Iranian counterpart in mid-June, which calls for both sides to “refrain from the threat or use of force against each other.”
I don’t mean to spoil the ending for those of you that still want to be surprised, but there isn’t going to be peace in the Middle East.
And that means that the global energy crisis is going to continue to intensify.
Last week, the U.S. Strategic Petroleum Reserve dropped to the lowest level that we have seen since April 1983…
The United States is burning through its emergency oil stash at a pace that hasn’t been seen in over four decades. Strategic Petroleum Reserve inventories have dropped to 319.5 million barrels as of July 3, the lowest level since April 1983.
The most recent weekly draw pulled 6.2 million barrels out of the reserve, part of a broader government initiative to release up to 172 million barrels. The goal: address global supply gaps driven by the ongoing conflict with Iran and try to keep domestic fuel prices from spiraling further out of control.
This is not good news at all.
On Friday, I shared a tweet from Chris Martenson with my paid subscribers that contained some extremely alarming numbers…
This is how close to disaster we really are at this stage.
Commercial oil inventories in the U.S. also continue to decline…
U.S. crude stocks fell to their lowest last week since 2018 as domestic refinery demand rose, while gasoline inventories also fell ahead of the July 4 holiday weekend, the Energy Information Administration said on Wednesday. Commercial crude inventories fell by 3.8 million barrels to 408.4 million barrels last week, the lowest level since September 2018, compared with analysts’ expectations in a Reuters poll for a 4.5 million-barrel draw.
We had a very large cushion when the war with Iran began.
Now that cushion is much, much smaller.
If you would like to get an idea of where things could eventually be heading, just check out what has happened to gasoline prices in Alaska…
John Stelling had just cranked the digits of his fuel pump to $9.10 at his gas station in this remote Alaskan community when he realized he had a problem. Could he push the meter to $10 if he had to?
“Not sure if it’ll handle those,” he said of double-digit fuel prices.
In rural Alaska, the war with Iran has led to some of the highest fuel prices in the nation. Remote towns and villages aren’t connected to the road system, so they pay hefty premiums to procure gasoline, heating oil and diesel for cranking out electricity.
When I was in my early twenties, there were times when I would keep running my vehicle even though the gas gauge was sitting on empty.
That was a very foolish thing to do. But now we are literally doing the same thing as a nation. The party is about to end my friends. The final countdown is upon us, and things are going to get so crazy in the months ahead.
Sadly, even though what is transpiring in the Middle East should be obvious to everyone, most people in the western world are still convinced that everything will work out just fine somehow.
The Philadelphia Experiment
Time Travel, the Montauk Project & the Legend of the Timeline War
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
A Science-Fiction Exploration of One of America’s Most Enduring Mysteries
Few stories occupy the boundary between military legend, science fiction, paranormal research, and conspiracy folklore quite like the Philadelphia Experiment. According to the legend, on October 28, 1943, the USS Eldridge underwent a secret U.S. Navy experiment at the Philadelphia Naval Shipyard designed to make the vessel invisible to enemy radar. What allegedly occurred instead became one of the most extraordinary stories ever told. Witnesses claimed the destroyer became enveloped in a strange greenish-blue fog before disappearing completely from sight, only to reportedly materialize briefly in Norfolk, Virginia—hundreds of miles away—before returning to Philadelphia. The most disturbing accounts describe crew members suffering severe psychological trauma, with some allegedly fused into the ship’s steel structure while others vanished entirely. Although historians and the U.S. Navy have found no evidence supporting these claims, the Philadelphia Experiment has become one of the most enduring legends of modern science fiction.
Within the mythology surrounding the event, the experiment was never simply about radar invisibility. It represented humanity’s first accidental breach between dimensions. Rather than bending light around the ship, the immense electromagnetic fields supposedly distorted space-time itself, briefly shifting the vessel outside conventional reality. According to the fictional narrative, military scientists discovered that manipulating electromagnetic frequencies could do far more than conceal an object—it could alter its position in both space and time. The disastrous consequences convinced officials not to abandon the research, but to move it into highly classified facilities where public oversight would be impossible.
The story continues several decades later at Camp Hero on Montauk, Long Island. Here, according to the Montauk Project legend, researchers allegedly resumed the work begun during the Philadelphia Experiment. The centerpiece of these accounts is the mysterious Montauk Chair, a device said to amplify human consciousness and translate thought into physical manifestation. In this fictional framework, scientists expanded beyond experiments in invisibility into remote viewing, psychic perception, dimensional portals, and even controlled time travel. Subjects reportedly learned to perceive distant locations, influence probability, and interact with realities existing beyond ordinary human perception. Although no verifiable evidence supports these extraordinary claims, they have become central themes within speculative fiction and paranormal literature.
The mythology becomes even more ambitious with the introduction of Looking Glass, a legendary technology described as a machine capable of observing potential futures rather than predicting them. According to the narrative, Looking Glass allowed its operators to examine countless probability timelines and choose strategies designed to influence world events. Governments, intelligence agencies, and hidden organizations allegedly competed for control of this technology, believing that whoever mastered future probabilities would effectively control history itself. Yet every simulation reportedly converged on a single point—a future in which humanity awakened collectively, making long-term manipulation impossible.
Within this fictional universe, the year 2012 represents a critical convergence point. Rather than marking the end of the world, it signifies the collapse of countless branching timelines into one unavoidable path. No matter how often history was allegedly adjusted, manipulated, or redirected, every probability returned to the same destination: a global awakening of human consciousness. The narrative suggests that this realization marked the failure of the entire timeline-control program. The technology could observe possibilities, but it could not override the collective evolution of billions of conscious beings once they began making independent choices.
The story also offers imaginative explanations for several modern cultural phenomena. The Mandela Effect, episodes of unexplained lost time, feelings of déjà vu, and sudden shifts in historical memory are portrayed as side effects of repeated attempts to modify reality. Each adjustment leaves subtle traces within collective consciousness, producing memories that no longer align perfectly with the present version of history. Whether interpreted as psychological curiosity, philosophical thought experiment, or science-fiction storytelling, these ideas provide a dramatic framework for exploring questions about memory, identity, free will, and the nature of reality itself.
THE TRUTH ABOUT TIME TRAVEL AND THE MONTAUK PROJECT
The experiment didn’t stop because of the tragedy; it went underground. By the 1970s, the research moved to Camp Hero in Montauk, Long Island. This became the “Montauk Project.” Using the “Montauk Chair”—a device that could amplify human thought—researchers discovered they could open “time portals” and manifest objects out of thin air. They weren’t just experimenting with invisibility anymore; they were mapping the Fourth Dimension. This is where the concept of “Remote Viewing” and “Psychic Warfare” was perfected.
Why does this matter now? Because the “Alliance” has revealed that the elite have been using this technology to manipulate the timeline for decades. They call it “Looking Glass” technology. By looking into the future, they could see the “probability” of events and adjust their plans to stay in power. However, they hit a “brick wall” in the year 2012. No matter what they did, all timelines converged into a single point: the Great Awakening of Humanity. Their “Time Machine” broke because they cannot control a collective consciousness that has decided to be free.
Ultimately, the legend of the Philadelphia Experiment and the Montauk Project endures because it explores humanity’s oldest fascination: the desire to transcend the limits of time. Whether viewed as military folklore, speculative science fiction, or modern mythology, the narrative imagines a hidden conflict fought not with conventional weapons but with consciousness, perception, and probability. In this fictional vision, the greatest discovery is not a machine capable of controlling time—it is the realization that history is ultimately shaped by the choices of conscious individuals. The future cannot be permanently owned, only influenced, and once humanity remembers its own creative power, no technology can hold it within a single predetermined timeline forever.
The “glitches” in our reality—the Mandela Effect, the feeling of “lost time,” and the sudden shifts in global events—are the ripples from this temporal war. The elite are trying to “reset” the timeline to a version where they win, but the “Looking Glass” has shown them their own end. The technology is being seized, and the “time loops” that have kept humanity in a cycle of suffering are being broken. We are no longer passengers on a pre-determined track; we are the ones holding the pen.
CODE: PHILADELPHIA-EXPERIMENT / MONTAUK-PROJECT / LOOKING-GLASS / TIMELINE-WAR
They told you time is a straight line. It’s actually a playground they’ve been using to keep you in a loop. The clock is stopping, and the truth is timeless.
♟ They tried to own the future. They forgot that the present belongs to us.
The Great Pyramid of Giza
Ancient Power Plant or Royal Tomb?
Source: GAR Contributing Writers
A Science-Fiction Inspired Exploration
For centuries, the Great Pyramid of Giza has been presented as the magnificent tomb of Pharaoh Khufu, built approximately 4,500 years ago as the centerpiece of Egypt’s Old Kingdom.
Yet the pyramid continues to inspire alternative interpretations that challenge conventional archaeology. Within speculative literature and science-fiction narratives, the structure is imagined not as a royal burial chamber but as a sophisticated technological installation—one designed to harness, amplify, and distribute energy on a planetary scale. While these ideas remain outside the mainstream scientific consensus, they have captured the imagination of researchers, authors, and readers who wonder whether the ancient world possessed knowledge far beyond what is generally accepted.
Supporters of this speculative interpretation point to several unusual characteristics of the Great Pyramid. Unlike many Egyptian tombs, the interior contains no elaborate wall paintings, funerary inscriptions, or decorative hieroglyphics typically associated with royal burials. No confirmed mummy was ever discovered within the King’s Chamber, and the massive granite coffer found there bears no inscriptions identifying its occupant. These observations have led some alternative researchers to propose that the structure served a purpose beyond burial—perhaps functioning as a machine rather than a monument. Mainstream Egyptologists, however, note that the Great Pyramid was robbed in antiquity, and many burial artifacts likely disappeared thousands of years ago.
One of the most intriguing theories imagines the pyramid as an enormous energy device built with remarkable engineering precision. According to this concept, its smooth outer casing of polished Tura limestone acted as an electrical insulator, while the granite used within the King’s Chamber contained abundant quartz crystals capable of producing piezoelectric effects under pressure. Combined with the natural vibrations of the Earth and underground aquifers flowing beneath the Giza Plateau, the pyramid is imagined as a giant resonant structure capable of converting mechanical and electromagnetic energy into usable power. Although modern science has found no evidence that the pyramid functioned as an electrical generator, the concept continues to inspire both fiction writers and independent theorists.
The narrative becomes even more imaginative when it connects the Great Pyramid to the biblical Ark of the Covenant. In this fictional framework, the Ark is described not simply as a sacred religious artifact but as a sophisticated energy storage device—a portable capacitor capable of interfacing with the granite coffer inside the King’s Chamber. Some writers speculate that the dimensions of the coffer bear similarities to traditional descriptions of the Ark, suggesting the possibility of a lost technological relationship. These ideas remain speculative and are not supported by archaeological evidence, but they have become a recurring theme in alternative histories exploring advanced ancient civilizations.
Nikola Tesla frequently appears within these theories as a bridge between the ancient and modern worlds. Tesla believed the Earth itself could conduct electrical energy and spent years developing wireless power transmission through his Wardenclyffe Tower. While there is no historical evidence that Tesla believed the pyramids were power plants, speculative authors often imagine that he recognized geometric and energetic principles already embodied within the Great Pyramid. In this science-fiction interpretation, Wardenclyffe becomes an attempt to rediscover forgotten technologies that once allowed civilizations to distribute clean energy across vast distances without wires or conventional fuel sources.
These theories ultimately raise broader questions about humanity’s forgotten past. Could ancient civilizations have possessed engineering knowledge now lost to history? Were monumental structures designed solely for ceremonial and religious purposes, or might they also have served practical scientific functions? Archaeology continues uncovering new evidence about ancient engineering, construction techniques, and mathematics, yet many mysteries surrounding the Great Pyramid remain unresolved. This uncertainty provides fertile ground for speculative storytelling that blends history, engineering, mythology, and imagination into compelling narratives.
THE PYRAMIDS WERE NOT TOMBS — THEY WERE THE WORLD’S FIRST WIRELESS POWER PLANTS
If you go to the Great Pyramid of Giza today, you will find one thing missing: mummies. Despite what your history books tell you, not a single mummy has ever been found inside the Great Pyramid. There are no hieroglyphs, no funeral art, and no signs of burial. Why? Because the pyramids were never intended to be cemeteries. They were highly sophisticated, massive power plants designed to harvest the Earth’s natural electromagnetic energy and broadcast it wirelessly to the entire planet.
The Great Pyramid is a masterpiece of electrical engineering. Its outer casing was made of white Tura limestone, which has zero magnesium and is a perfect electrical insulator. The internal passages and chambers were lined with granite, which is slightly radioactive and contains high amounts of quartz crystal—a well-known piezo-electric conductor. When the Earth vibrates (the Schumann Resonance), these crystals compress and generate a massive electrical charge. The Giza plateau sits on top of ancient underground water channels (aquifers). As the Nile water flowed through these channels, it created “physio-electricity” that the pyramid amplified and sent into the ionosphere.
The “Ark of the Covenant” wasn’t just a religious relic; it was a portable capacitor, a “super-battery” that could be plugged into the pyramid’s “King’s Chamber” to stabilize the power output. This is why the dimensions of the granite coffer in the King’s Chamber perfectly match the dimensions of the Ark described in the Bible. Nikola Tesla understood this. He didn’t “invent” his Wardenclyffe Tower from scratch; he was trying to replicate the ancient Giza technology. He knew that the Earth is a giant battery and the pyramids were the terminals.
Whether viewed through the lens of archaeology or science fiction, the Great Pyramid remains one of humanity’s greatest achievements. For historians, it stands as a remarkable testament to the ingenuity of ancient Egyptian civilization. For speculative writers, it represents the possibility that fragments of a forgotten technological age still stand before us, waiting to be understood. While there is currently no scientific evidence that the Great Pyramid functioned as a wireless power plant, its enduring mystery continues to inspire exploration, curiosity, and stories that invite readers to imagine how much of humanity’s distant past may still remain hidden beneath the sands of time.
Why do they hide this? Because the global elite’s power is built on the “scarcity” of energy. If you can pull free, clean electricity from the air, you don’t need oil, you don’t need gas, and you don’t need a central banking system to fund wars over resources. They buried the truth of the pyramids to keep you in financial slavery. They turned a technological marvel into a “mystery” to make sure you never tried to turn the power back on.
CODE: PYRAMID-POWER / GIZA-PLANT / TESLA-RECOVERY / ETHER-ENERGY
They told you it was a grave. It was actually the source of life. The lights are off because they’re holding the switch.
The pharaohs didn’t build tombs; the engineers built a future. It’s time to reclaim our heritage of free energy.
THE BLACK KNIGHT SATELLITE — THE 13,000-YEAR-OLD ALIEN SENTINEL IN OUR ORBIT
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
In 1899, Nikola Tesla intercepted a strange, rhythmic radio signal that didn’t originate from Earth or any known celestial body. He believed he was communicating with an intelligent source from space.
Decades later, in 1954, newspapers reported that the US Air Force had detected two satellites orbiting the Earth—at a time when no nation on Earth had the technology to launch one. This is the Black Knight Satellite, a mysterious, pitch-black object that has been monitoring our planet for over 13,000 years.
⟁
NASA tried to bury the truth during the STS-88 mission in 1998. When high-resolution photos of a strange, thermal-blanket-shaped object surfaced, they quickly claimed it was a “lost space blanket” that had drifted away from the shuttle. But the math doesn’t add up. The object is massive, and it follows a polar orbit—a path that is extremely difficult to achieve and was not used by any human craft at the time of its discovery. The Black Knight isn’t space junk; it is an ancient, autonomous sentinel placed here by a civilization that predates the last ice age.
⟁
What is its purpose? Whistleblowers from the “Alliance” have revealed that the Black Knight is a relay station for a “Galactic Monitoring System.” It records every major event on Earth and transmits the data back to a source in the Epsilon Boötis star system. It is a biological and technological “recorder” of the human experiment. The elite have known about it for decades and have even attempted to communicate with it using high-frequency lasers, but the satellite only responds to specific “vibrational keys” that the cabal cannot replicate.
⟁
The disclosure of the Black Knight will be the final nail in the coffin of the “we are alone” narrative. It proves that we have been watched, studied, and perhaps even protected for millennia. As the Earth’s frequency rises, the satellite is beginning to “wake up” and transmit new codes to the surface. These aren’t messages for the governments; they are activations for the human DNA. The sentinel is preparing for the “Grand Shift,” and its long watch is almost over.
CODE: BLACK-KNIGHT / STS-88 / TESLA-SIGNAL / ANCIENT-SENTINEL
They told you it was a piece of trash. It’s actually the oldest piece of technology in our sky. The observer is about to become the messenger.
♟ We were never alone in the dark. We were being watched by a friend we forgot we had.
Denver International Airport
Architecture, Art & The Enduring Mystery
Source: Mr Kidpool TG
Since opening in 1995, Denver International Airport has become one of the world’s most discussed airports—not only because of its size and engineering, but because of the unusual artwork, architecture, and symbolism found throughout the terminal.
While millions of travelers pass through each year without a second thought, the airport has inspired decades of speculation involving underground facilities, secret societies, military bunkers, and hidden messages embedded within its design. Airport officials have often acknowledged these stories with humor, even incorporating conspiracy-themed exhibits and merchandise that playfully embrace the airport’s mysterious reputation.
Perhaps the airport’s most recognizable feature is the towering 32-foot-tall blue Mustang sculpture officially titled “Blue Mustang,” but nicknamed “Blucifer” by locals because of its glowing red eyes and imposing appearance. The sculpture gained additional notorousness when its creator, Luis Jiménez, was tragically killed during its construction after part of the artwork fell on him. Inside the terminal, several large murals by artist Leo Tanguma depict scenes of war, environmental destruction, children from around the world, and eventual peace and reconciliation. Tanguma has explained that the murals are intended to portray humanity overcoming conflict and building a more harmonious future, although some visitors interpret the imagery much differently.
The airport’s architecture has also fueled speculation. The distinctive white tensile roof was designed to resemble the snow-capped Rocky Mountains and Native American teepees, but conspiracy theories often suggest it resembles enormous tents covering underground structures. Denver International Airport occupies more than 33,000 acres, making it one of the largest airports in the world by land area. During construction, extensive underground utility tunnels, baggage systems, and maintenance facilities were built beneath the airport. Although these are well documented as part of normal airport infrastructure, their size and complexity have contributed to stories about hidden government bunkers, secret military installations, and vast subterranean complexes extending far beyond publicly accessible areas.
Another frequently discussed feature is the airport’s dedication capstone, which includes a time capsule intended to be opened in 2094. The plaque references the New World Airport Commission, an organization that does not otherwise exist, leading many to speculate about secret organizations or Masonic involvement. Airport officials have explained that the commission was simply a temporary group created for the dedication ceremony, yet the unusual wording continues to generate discussion. Nearby Masonic symbols and inscriptions have only added to the intrigue for visitors interested in hidden symbolism and esoteric traditions.
THE SURFACE IS JUST THE LOBBY FOR THE NEW WORLD ORDER.
Why does an airport need to be twice the size of Manhattan? Why was it built $2 billion over budget and years behind schedule? The Denver International Airport (DIA) is not just a transportation hub; it is the “Western Headquarters” for the global elite. While you walk through the terminal, beneath your feet lies a massive, multi-level bunker complex designed to house the “continuity of government” during a global cataclysm.
The murals in the airport tell a chilling story. Instead of peaceful landscapes, you see images of a gas-masked soldier destroying a city, children crying over extinct animals, and a “Great Reset” of the world’s population. They aren’t “art”; they are a roadmap of the cabal’s agenda. The dedication capstone in the Great Hall even features the symbol of the Freemasons and mentions a “New World Airport Commission”—an organization that doesn’t officially exist.
The airport is shaped like a swastika when viewed from above, and the “Blue Mustang” statue (nicknamed Blucifer) literally killed its creator during construction. Whistleblowers have reported seeing miles of tunnels, high-speed rail systems connecting to D.U.M.B.s, and massive “fenced-in” areas with barbed wire pointing inward. This is a FEMA camp masquerading as a terminal. It is the hub for the “Great Exit” when the surface becomes a battlefield.
The Alliance has already begun “neutralizing” the lower levels of the DIA. This is why you see constant “renovations” and walled-off sections that never seem to finish. They are clearing out the archives and dismantling the control centers of the shadow government. The murals are being covered or changed because the “Future” they predicted is being cancelled by the light.
CODE: DIA-BUNKERS / BLUCIFER / MURAL-AGENDA / NEW-WORLD-AIRPORT
They built a palace for the end of the world. But they forgot that the people are the ones who decide when the story ends.
The terminal is just the tip of the iceberg. The real departure isn’t on the flight board.
Whether viewed as an architectural curiosity, a collection of misunderstood artwork, or the center of one of America’s most persistent modern mysteries, Denver International Airport occupies a unique place in popular culture. Many of the theories surrounding the airport remain unverified, while others are based on documented historical facts that have taken on a life of their own through speculation and folklore. Regardless of one’s perspective, the airport demonstrates how unusual design choices, symbolic artwork, and large-scale infrastructure can inspire decades of public fascination, making it one of the most intriguing transportation hubs in the world.
THE SMITHSONIAN GIANT COVER-UP — THE TRUTH ABOUT THE FIRST INHABITANTS OF EARTH
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Across the United States, from the Ohio Valley to the deserts of Nevada, thousands of skeletons measuring 7 to 12 feet tall were discovered in burial mounds during the 19th and early 20th centuries. These weren’t “abnormalities”; they were a distinct race of humanoids with double rows of teeth and six fingers. Yet, if you visit a museum today, they are nowhere to be found. Why? Because the Smithsonian Institution has been systematically collecting and destroying these remains for over 150 years to protect the “Theory of Evolution” and the manufactured timeline of human history.
⟁
The “Aboriginal” history we are taught is a sanitized version of the truth. In the late 1800s, newspapers like The New York Times and The Chicago Tribune frequently reported on these “Giant” finds. Even Abraham Lincoln, in a speech at Niagara Falls, mentioned the “extinct race of giants” whose bones fill the mounds of America. But when the Smithsonian was established, it was given a mandate to ensure that any discovery that didn’t fit the Darwinian narrative was “lost” or classified. They couldn’t allow the public to know that a more advanced, larger race preceded us—a race that ancient texts like the Bible and the Sumerian tablets call the Nephilim or the Anunnaki.
⟁
Why hide the giants? Because their existence proves that history is cyclical, not linear. It proves that advanced civilizations existed tens of thousands of years ago and were wiped out by global cataclysms. The giants possessed knowledge of “Megalithic” construction—moving stones weighing hundreds of tons with sound and frequency. If we admit they existed, we have to admit that our “modern” science is actually a regression. The elite want you to believe you are the “pinnacle” of evolution so you don’t look for the superior technology that was left behind in the ancient vaults.
⟁
The Alliance is currently recovering artifacts from “stasis chambers” found deep within the Grand Canyon and the mountains of Tibet. These aren’t just bones; some of these beings are in a state of suspended animation, waiting for the “Solar Flash” to reawaken. The “Red-Haired Giants” of Nevada are not a myth—they are a part of our suppressed heritage. The Smithsonian is currently under investigation for the destruction of thousands of these specimens. The bones are talking, and the giants are waking up.
CODE: SMITHSONIAN-COVERUP / NEPHILIM-BONES / SIX-FINGERS / STASIS-CHAMBERS
They told you it was a fairy tale. They spent millions to make sure you never saw the evidence. The mounds are opening.
♟ History isn’t what happened; it’s what they decided to tell you. The giants are the key to the lock of our past.
Seige warfare against KM will lead to US liberation in autumn
By Benjamin Fulford July 6, 2026 267 Comments
The situation facing the world right now is very much like the siege of a fortress. The Khazarian mafia are clinging to their control of the United States and Israel as the world slowly strangles them. The world is waiting for the US Strategic Petroleum reserve to run out. This will shut down US economic activity and force real change i.e. the collapse of the UNITED STATES Corporation.
This international boycott of the US is going to affect Americans directly. President Trump has now declared a national fertilizer emergency, admitting that there are insufficient domestic supplies to meet fertilizer demand for farmers. (Proclamation 11038 on June 29th, invoking Section 318(a) of the Tariff Act of 1930.) That means America will soon face a hunger crisis.
However, this is only a speed bump on the road to American freedom. The fact the US was able to stage its 250th birthday celebration without a false flag is a sign the American people are about to be liberated. The KM is no longer able to blow up people and buildings and force the Americans to fight their wars by blaming it on someone else.
The bottom line is the planet is sick and tired of a West led by Messianic fanatics trying to start World War III in order to “bring on the Messiah.” Instead, they want a government that plans on creating a better future for the people and living things of this planet.
Just like during a siege, there will be the occasional sorties and exchanges of cannon fire, but basically it is a waiting game. In the news this is seen in reports the US bombed Iran and Iran retaliates but, then things go quiet. It is also seen in stories of US “Presidential envoys” Steve Witkoff and Jared Kushner showing up in Pakistan, the UAE, Qatar etc. in vain efforts to meet with Iranian representatives to “cut a deal.”
Maloof added that Netanyahu will continue
The deadline for now is August 18th, when the US memorandum of understanding with Iran ends. At this point all the countries of the Middle East will have to decide if they are with the 160 nation white hat alliance or if they are with the KM.
There are likely to be delays after that but, if the white hats coordinate their movements, there should be a Soviet Union style collapse of the US and Israel this autumn.
This will end over a century of de facto rule of the United States and much of the West by the satan worshipping Rockefeller clan. Remember, they control the Fortune 500, the UN, the World Bank, the WHO, Congress etc. through a series of over 200 “non-profit organizations.”
For those of you who still do not get it, listen to the CIA’s John Kiriakou describe how David Rockefeller was ultimately the guy who decided the US would go to war with Iraq. He disguised his secret trip to Iraq to give an ultimatum behind a trip to Bahrain to “collect a bankers award.”
I was witness to a similar visit when he showed up in Japan allegedly to promote the Japanese language version of his autobiography when in fact his real mission was to extort money from Japan by threatening to use earthquake weapons.
What people need to understand is under his heir David Rockefeller Jr. this secret Assyrian control grid is under attack like never before. Saudi Arabia is the key. Without Saudi money and Saudi oil, both the Rockefellers and Israel are doomed.
The World Beyond Recognition?
Pam Gregory, Planet Nine, and the Next Great Shift in Human Consciousness
By Great Awakening Reports
For decades, astrologer Pam Gregory has argued that humanity periodically enters rare evolutionary windows—moments when astronomy, astrology, Earth’s natural systems, and collective consciousness appear to synchronize. In a recent conversation with science communicator Stephan Burns, Gregory described the years 2025 through 2027 as one of the most extraordinary transition periods in recorded history. Whether viewed through the lens of astrology, astronomy, psychology, or systems theory, both agreed that humanity may be approaching an inflection point unlike anything experienced in centuries.
The discussion centered around an intriguing scientific possibility: the eventual discovery of Planet Nine, a large hypothetical world believed by many astronomers to exist hundreds of astronomical units beyond Neptune. While Planet Nine has not yet been directly observed, several independent research teams argue that unusual clustering among distant Trans-Neptunian Objects (TNOs) may be explained by the gravitational influence of an undiscovered planet several times the mass of Earth. Gregory emphasizes that, within astrology, the discovery of entirely new planets has historically coincided with profound cultural and societal transformations. Uranus accompanied the revolutionary era of the late eighteenth century, Neptune emerged during the rise of spiritualism and photography, while Pluto’s discovery paralleled the Great Depression, world wars, and the development of nuclear technology.
One of the more compelling aspects of the conversation is the intersection between established astronomy and symbolic astrology. Burns explains that the newly operational Vera C. Rubin Observatory in Chile will spend the next decade conducting one of the deepest sky surveys ever attempted. Many astronomers believe that if Planet Nine exists, this observatory may finally detect it within the next two years. Gregory notes that this expected discovery window overlaps remarkably well with an exceptionally rare planetary configuration she has been studying for years—one that she believes symbolizes a major turning point in collective consciousness. She suggests that if a new planet is discovered during this period, it may represent not merely another astronomical object, but a symbolic expansion of humanity’s understanding of its place within the cosmos.
Throughout the interview, Gregory repeatedly returns to a central theme: the shift from external authority toward inner authority. Rather than becoming consumed by geopolitical conflict, economic uncertainty, or information overload, she encourages practices that cultivate nervous-system regulation and inner coherence. Simple techniques such as grounding barefoot on the Earth, slow breathing exercises, meditation, and time in nature become, in her view, practical tools for navigating an increasingly turbulent world. Regardless of one’s beliefs about astrology, these recommendations align closely with established research on stress reduction, emotional regulation, and psychological resilience.
Another major thread concerns the relationship between solar activity and human experience. Burns discusses increasing solar activity, powerful geomagnetic disturbances, global lightning patterns, and Schumann Resonance frequencies, suggesting these phenomena may coincide with periods of heightened creativity and transformation. Gregory interprets these developments symbolically, proposing that Earth itself is undergoing a profound process of renewal and that humanity is evolving alongside it. While scientific research continues to investigate possible links between solar activity and biological systems, broader claims about consciousness remain speculative and are not established within mainstream science.
The conversation also explores the growing importance of newly discovered Trans-Neptunian Objects such as Sedna, Eris, Makemake, Haumea, and others. Gregory observes that many of these newer celestial bodies carry feminine mythological names, interpreting this as symbolic of a broader rebalancing between traditionally masculine and feminine archetypes. She argues that future civilization will depend less upon dominance and hierarchy and more upon cooperation, stewardship of nature, community resilience, and inner development. Burns similarly suggests that humanity may gradually move beyond older systems characterized by centralized control toward more decentralized and interconnected models of society.
Perhaps the most optimistic aspect of Gregory’s outlook concerns what she describes as an accelerating awakening of human potential. She believes increasing numbers of ordinary people are reporting heightened intuition, vivid dreams, greater sensitivity, and a deeper sense of connection with nature. Whether interpreted psychologically, spiritually, or symbolically, she sees these experiences as signs that humanity is gradually moving beyond fear-based consciousness toward greater compassion and self-awareness. Her recurring message is not one of escapism, but of practical embodiment—remaining calm, grounded, and centered while external systems continue changing.
Importantly, many of the broader claims discussed—including Planet Nine’s eventual symbolic significance, shifts in consciousness linked to planetary configurations, galactic contact, Inner Earth traditions, or astrology as a predictive framework—remain matters of personal belief rather than established scientific consensus. What is verifiable is that astronomers are actively searching for Planet Nine, solar activity remains elevated near Solar Cycle 25’s maximum, and the Vera C. Rubin Observatory has begun one of the most ambitious astronomical surveys ever conducted. Whether these developments ultimately reshape humanity’s worldview remains an open question, but the conversation illustrates how scientific discovery and symbolic interpretation often evolve side by side as societies seek meaning during periods of rapid change.
Key Takeaways
Areas grounded in current science
- The Vera C. Rubin Observatory has begun operations and is expected to dramatically improve searches for distant Solar System objects.
- Planet Nine remains a legitimate scientific hypothesis supported by some orbital modeling but has not been discovered.
- Elevated solar activity is expected during Solar Cycle 25.
- Research into Trans-Neptunian Objects continues to reshape our understanding of the outer Solar System.
Interpretive or speculative viewpoints presented in the interview
- Discovery of Planet Nine could coincide with a shift in collective human consciousness.
- Planetary discoveries symbolically influence civilization through astrology.
- Solar activity directly accelerates spiritual awakening.
- Humanity is entering an evolutionary leap between 2025–2027.
- Greater intuitive awareness and inner transformation are emerging globally.
Looking Ahead
Whether viewed through astronomy, astrology, psychology, or systems thinking, one theme consistently emerged throughout Gregory’s conversation: humanity appears to be entering a period characterized by rapid change, expanding discovery, and reassessment of long-held assumptions. For some observers, these developments represent scientific milestones awaiting confirmation. For others, they symbolize a broader transformation in human consciousness. Either way, the years immediately ahead promise to be among the most closely watched in both modern astronomy and contemporary spiritual thought.
California Weather: Major Monsoon Pattern Change
A New Summer Moisture Pattern Is Reshaping the Western United States
The summer weather pattern across the Western United States is undergoing a noticeable transformation as an unusually active North American Monsoon expands farther west than is typical. While monsoon moisture has long been a seasonal feature across Arizona, New Mexico, and parts of northern Mexico, recent years have shown increasing episodes of tropical moisture reaching Southern California, Nevada, Utah, and portions of the Sierra Nevada. This evolving pattern is bringing greater humidity, localized thunderstorms, flash-flood potential, and periods of dramatic cloud development to regions traditionally known for dry summer conditions.
The North American Monsoon develops each summer as intense heating over the deserts of the Southwest creates a large area of low atmospheric pressure. As this low-pressure system strengthens, moisture is drawn northward from the Gulf of California, the eastern Pacific Ocean, and occasionally the Gulf of Mexico. When upper-level winds align favorably, this moisture spreads across the Southwest, fueling afternoon thunderstorms over mountain ranges before gradually expanding into surrounding desert valleys. This seasonal circulation has always existed, but meteorologists are increasingly observing greater variability in both its timing and geographic reach.
One of the most significant changes has been the increasing interaction between tropical systems in the eastern Pacific and the Southwest monsoon circulation. Remnants of tropical storms and hurricanes that once dissipated over Mexico are now more frequently transporting deep tropical moisture into California, Nevada, and the Great Basin. These events can dramatically increase rainfall over a short period while also producing lightning outbreaks, debris flows in burn scar areas, and localized flooding. In some years, a single tropical moisture event can deliver several months’ worth of precipitation within only a few days.
Several large-scale climate patterns may also be contributing to these shifting weather dynamics. Warmer ocean temperatures in the eastern Pacific, changing atmospheric circulation patterns, and increased evaporation from both land and sea are providing additional moisture available for transport into the Southwest. At the same time, persistent high-pressure systems over the western United States periodically weaken or reposition, allowing monsoon moisture to penetrate farther north and west than in previous decades. Scientists continue studying the extent to which long-term climate variability influences these evolving seasonal patterns.
For California, the effects vary significantly by region. Southern California may experience increased humidity, isolated thunderstorms, and occasional summer rainfall, while the Sierra Nevada often sees afternoon lightning capable of igniting wildfires despite limited rainfall. Desert communities can experience sudden flash flooding as intense downpours overwhelm normally dry washes and canyons. Even coastal areas occasionally notice increased humidity and cloud cover as subtropical moisture spreads westward across the state. These rapidly changing conditions require close monitoring because rainfall intensity can vary dramatically over relatively short distances.
The expanding monsoon also creates a complex relationship with wildfire activity. Increased moisture can temporarily reduce fire danger by raising humidity levels and wetting vegetation. However, thunderstorms often produce abundant lightning while generating only limited rainfall, creating ideal conditions for new wildfire ignitions. Strong outflow winds associated with collapsing thunderstorms can also spread existing fires rapidly, making monsoon periods both beneficial and hazardous depending on local conditions.
Looking ahead, forecasters expect the Western United States to continue experiencing greater year-to-year variability in summer weather patterns. Some monsoon seasons may remain relatively quiet, while others could bring repeated moisture surges extending well into California and the Pacific Northwest. Advances in satellite monitoring, atmospheric modeling, and ocean observations continue improving the ability to anticipate these shifts several days in advance, allowing emergency managers, utilities, agriculture, and water agencies to prepare for rapidly changing conditions.
The broader lesson is that the Western United States is entering an era of increasingly dynamic summer weather. Rather than viewing California as a region defined solely by dry summers, the emerging pattern suggests a more variable climate where periods of intense heat can be interrupted by bursts of tropical moisture, localized flooding, dramatic thunderstorms, and rapidly changing atmospheric conditions. Understanding these evolving monsoon dynamics will become increasingly important for wildfire management, water resources, public safety, infrastructure planning, and long-term climate resilience across the American West.
The Mainstream Media Freaks Out As This “Super El Niño” Causes Unprecedented Heat, Monster Storms And Catastrophic Damage All Over The Globe
Global weather patterns have begun to resemble a Hollywood disaster movie, and the mainstream media is starting to admit what many of us have known all along. Thanks to the “Super El Niño” that is now upon us, the second half of this year is going to be really crazy. Europe was just hit by the worst heatwave that it has ever experienced. Throughout all of last week, I was writing about the “mega heat dome”that brought unprecedented temperatures to many areas of the east coast. As I write this article, an absolutely colossal storm is causing apocalyptic damage in the Pacific Ocean, and a severe lack of rainfall threatens to cause a horrifying shortage of rice in India. It is often the case that the mainstream media needlessly freaks out about things, but in this case they are right on target.
I wish that I was exaggerating about the power of this Super El Niño, but I am not.
Every El Niño brings higher temperatures, but this one is really baking us…
We’re officially in an El Niño year, and as predicted, it’s a scorcher.
Record temperatures are already being recorded around the world, from the streets of New York to the icy shelves of the Antarctic. Even the surface waters of the world’s waterways are under unprecedented stress from the heat, with the average global ocean temperature breaking the all-time record high for the month of June.
We are less than a month into this El Niño.
How bad will conditions be once we get a few months down the road?
Even CNN is calling it “a Super El Niño”, and they are openly warning that “computer models are predicting this El Niño could be stronger than any other event”…
El Niño is poised to rapidly strengthen in the tropical Pacific Ocean during the next few months and is forecast to reach the upper echelon of intensity by the time it peaks in late fall to early winter, forecasters warn.
It’s already being referred to colloquially as a Super El Niño. Only a handful of events have reached that level of intensity in the last few decades, with the most recent one occurring in 2015 to 2016.
But now some computer models are predicting this El Niño could be stronger than any other event, back to at least 1950. “I think it’s fair to say that, depending on [the] model, the forecasts are close to unprecedented,” said Michael Tippett, an atmospheric scientist at Columbia University, in an email.
CNN is not supposed to run articles like this.
But they just did.
One expert that CNN interviewed explained that the projections for the intensity of this El Niño have been getting higher each month…
“The consensus is definitely shifting towards an even stronger event,” said Zeke Hausfather, a climate scientist who is closely following El Niño model projections.
“The model runs have been consistently showing higher probabilities for a very strong event compared to a few months ago, and every month sees higher estimates,” he said. “Currently, the odds of seeing a record-strong El Niño event this year are quite large.”
It has become clear that this El Niño is going to dwarf any El Niño that has come before.
It is even going to surpass the Super El Niño of 1877-1878 that resulted in 50 million people starving to death.
India always receives less rain during an El Niño, and rainfall in many key rice producing areas is already way below normal…
The warning comes during India’s kharif planting season, when crops such as rice and maize depend heavily on the southwest monsoon. El Niño can weaken the summer monsoon across much of India, putting rainfed crops under stress during a critical growing period, the FAO said.
Between June 1 and 22, half of India had received deficient rainfall (-20% to -59% below the expected normal), while nearly a quarter had recorded large deficient rainfall (-60% to -99% less than the expected normal), according to the categories used by the India Meteorological Department (IMD).
The FAO analysis, based on 41 years of satellite data from its Agricultural Stress Index System, identifies a broad belt of elevated drought risk across Asia — from Pakistan and India through Myanmar, Thailand, Cambodia and Vietnam, and further east to the Philippines, Indonesia and Timor-Leste.
The world is not going to grow enough rice this year.
In fact, the amount of rice grown won’t even be close to enough to feed everyone.
That is very troubling news, because more than half of the population of the world is heavily dependent on rice…
Over half the world’s population relies on rice. India and China grow more than half of the world’s supply, and rice supplies more than half of all daily calories in countries such as Bangladesh, Vietnam and Cambodia.
Poorer households spend the largest share of income on food, so price spikes hit them first and hardest. In 2007-08, rice prices roughly tripled, food riots broke out in dozens of countries, and in Haiti, the unrest helped bring down the prime minister. Securing rice is about more than food – it underpins public order.
During this “Super El Niño”, some parts of the planet will experience drought, while others will get hammered by absolutely gigantic storms.
Just hours ago, a monstrous “super typhoon” with frighteningly high winds absolutely pummeled the island of Rota…
A “super typhoon” with equivalent force to a category-5 hurricane made landfall on the U.S. island of Rota in the Pacific on Monday, the National Weather Service said, warning of “catastrophic damage and (a) life threatening situation.”
“The western eyewall of Super Typhoon Bavi is currently moving over the island of Rota. The latest forecast intensity is at 180 mph (290 kph) as it passes over Rota,” the NWS said. “Catastrophic winds exceeding 150 mph will continue across Rota during eyewall passage.”
The weather system also brought extremely strong winds and lashing rain to other parts of the Northern Marianas and the nearby separate U.S. territory of Guam, collectively home to around 210,000 people.
Nearly every structure on Rota has been flattened.
According to the National Weather service, the island will be “uninhabitable for weeks”…
Before the NWS had said that a direct hit on Rota would make most of the island “uninhabitable for weeks, perhaps longer. Many non-concrete, non-reinforced homes will be destroyed, with total roof failure and wall collapse.”
“Nearly all trees will be snapped or uprooted and power poles downed. Fallen trees and power poles will isolate residential areas. Power outages will last for weeks to possibly months,” it said.
How would you like to be without power for months?
Now Super Typhoon Bavi is headed for Taiwan and China…
Bavi is expected to produce destructive wind gusts around Taiwan and across eastern China from Friday into Monday. Wind gusts up to 160 mph (260 km/h), with an AccuWeather Local StormMax™ of 200 mph (320 km/h), are anticipated and will result in power outages, structural damage and logistical delays.
The super typhoon is expected to maintain its intensity or strengthen slightly as it tracks west-northwest through at least Thursday, July 9, local time. Bavi is expected to impact Taiwan and eastern China from Friday into Monday.
More giant storms are coming as 2026 rolls along.
You can count on that.
Meanwhile, the weather has been so hot and so dry in Europe, and this has produced ideal conditions for huge wildfires to erupt…
Thousands of people were evacuated in southern France on Monday as ‘catastrophic’ wildfires ravaged the region, while poisonous clouds swept through Greece and Costa Brava in Spain was put on alert.
It comes as temperatures across Europe are on the rise again, predicted to reach 40C in parts still suffering the aftermath of a recent record-breaking heatwave.
Hundreds of firefighters are battling blazes that have devastated more than 19,000 hectares (42,000 acres) of land – an area more than twice the size of Manhattan – across Portugal, Spain, France and Greece.
This is no ordinary heatwave.
Week after week, Europe is getting absolutely cooked, and a lot of people are dying. For example, just check out what has been happening in the Netherlands…
More than 3,500 people died in the Netherlands during last week’s extreme heat, according to provisional mortality figures from the National Institute for Public Health and the Environment (RIVM). The number is about 16 percent higher than what was expected, based on seasonal trends.
RIVM said there were around 480 excess deaths compared with expected levels, with most fatalities among people aged 80 and older. Proportionally, the highest impact was seen in the east and south of the Netherlands, where temperatures were highest during the heat period.
The RIVM noted that the figures are not yet complete, as it can take several weeks for deaths to be officially registered.
Of course people have been dying from the heat in the U.S. as well.
At this point, we are being told that at least 25 residents of New Jersey have died as a result of heat exposure just since Thursday…
At least 25 people died in New Jersey since Thursday amid a sweltering heat wave. Temperatures soared into the triple digits over the Fourth of July holiday weekend in New Jersey, New York, DC and other East Coast states.
Power outages in New Jersey and New York reportedly affected 1 million customers. According to officials, many of the deceased were found in their homes with no air conditioning.
After experiencing an extremely hot weekend, now the east coast is facing the threat of severe flash flooding…
A life-threatening flash flood threat is increasing for nearly 60 million people across the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic and southern New England, with more rounds of heavy rain expected to soak the region through Monday night.
Heavy rain and thunderstorms from this weekend saturated the soil across the region, creating prime conditions for flash flooding Monday, particularly in the New York City metro area.
All over the world, this “Super El Niño” is going to produce monster storms, extreme heat and severe drought in 2026.
We were already experiencing a worldwide food crisis before this “Super El Niño” came along, and so there is no way that we are going to avoid very serious global food shortages.
In fact, the number of people on our planet that are experiencing acute hunger was already at an all-time record high before the war with Iran started. What we are facing is not a theoretical disaster that may or may not happen someday.
It is happening right now. We are in far more trouble than most people realize, and we are going to witness so much chaos in the months ahead.
The Georgia Guidestones
History, Symbolism & The Enduring Mystery
Source: GAR Contributing Writers
For more than four decades, the Georgia Guidestones stood as one of America’s most mysterious monuments. Often called the “American Stonehenge,” the granite monument was erected in 1980 atop a hill in Elbert County, Georgia. Standing nearly 20 feet tall and weighing more than 237,000 pounds, the Guidestones featured ten messages engraved in eight modern languages, along with astronomical alignments and inscriptions in several ancient languages. From the day they were unveiled, the monument generated fascination, speculation, and controversy because its anonymous sponsors never revealed their true identities.
The project began in June 1979 when a well-dressed man using the pseudonym “R. C. Christian” approached the Elberton Granite Finishing Company with plans for an enormous granite monument. He claimed to represent “a small group of loyal Americans” who had spent years developing the project and wished to remain anonymous forever. Despite initial skepticism, Christian demonstrated that he had the financial resources to complete the project. The monument was commissioned, constructed from locally quarried granite, and dedicated on March 22, 1980. To this day, the true identity of R. C. Christian and those who funded the Guidestones has never been publicly confirmed.
The monument’s ten guiding principles quickly became the source of intense debate. The most controversial inscription called for humanity to “Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.” Other inscriptions advocated guiding reproduction wisely, creating a new universal language, balancing individual rights with social responsibility, protecting nature, avoiding unnecessary laws, and resolving disputes peacefully through international courts. Supporters interpreted these statements as philosophical guidelines intended for rebuilding civilization after a global catastrophe. Critics viewed them as evidence of elitist thinking, population control ideology, or plans for a future technocratic society.
Beyond the inscriptions themselves, the Guidestones incorporated several sophisticated astronomical features. A narrow slot aligned with the annual movement of the Sun, a drilled hole continuously pointed toward Polaris (the North Star), and an opening in the capstone allowed sunlight to mark noon throughout the year. These engineering details reflected careful planning and suggested that the monument was intended to function not only as a philosophical statement but also as an astronomical calendar and navigational reference for future generations.
Because of their secrecy and symbolism, the Guidestones became a magnet for countless theories. Some believed they represented the ideals of globalists or secret societies. Others connected them to Freemasonry, Rosicrucian philosophy, or New Age spiritual movements. The use of the name “R. C. Christian” has often been linked—though never proven—to Christian Rosenkreuz, the legendary founder of the Rosicrucian tradition. Over the years, the monument attracted tourists, researchers, conspiracy theorists, religious groups, and curious travelers alike, each interpreting its meaning through a different lens.
The mystery came to an abrupt end on July 6, 2022, when an explosive device severely damaged one of the granite slabs before dawn. Citing safety concerns, authorities demolished the remaining structure later that day. Despite an investigation, no arrests have been made publicly, and the motive remains uncertain. The destruction only deepened public fascination, fueling additional speculation about why the monument had become such a polarizing symbol in American culture.
THE NEW WORLD ORDER’S TEN COMMANDMENTS.
The destruction of the stones was a signal. The “Old World Order” is clearing its tracks as the “Great Reset” begins. The Guidestones were a confession of intent—a declaration that the elite view humanity as a “cancer” to be managed and pruned. But they failed to realize that by putting their plans in stone, they gave the people the key to their own awakening. The stones are gone, but the truth they revealed is now etched into the collective consciousness of the world.
Today, the Georgia Guidestones no longer stand, but their legacy continues. Whether viewed as a philosophical monument, an artistic expression, an astronomical instrument, or the focus of modern conspiracy theories, they remain one of the most intriguing public installations ever built in the United States. Their anonymous origins, provocative inscriptions, and dramatic destruction have ensured that the Georgia Guidestones occupy a lasting place in discussions about symbolism, governance, civilization, and humanity’s future.
CODE: GUIDESTONES / 500-MILLION-PLAN / RC-CHRISTIAN / GEORGIA-SIGNAL
They told you their plan in granite. They destroyed the evidence when they realized you were reading it. The agenda is real, but the resistance is stronger.
The stones have fallen, but the truth is rising. They can’t bury the message once the people have heard it.
The Weiner Laptop Controversy: Claims, Investigations, and Why the Story Persists
Huma knows where the Weiner laptop is and the filth that’s on it the Weiner insurance file protecting him from HRC. Huma knows she’s in the insurance file which made 12 grown men, all hardened Police Detectives puke and leave the room. Reports are that 9 of the 12 detectives have been suicided.
Source: GAR Contributing Writer
The laptop belonging to former Congressman Anthony Weiner has remained one of the most debated episodes of the 2016 U.S. presidential election. After the FBI seized the laptop during an unrelated criminal investigation, agents discovered emails connected to Hillary Clinton aide Huma Abedin, prompting the FBI to briefly reopen its review of Clinton’s email practices just days before the election. The renewed investigation generated intense media coverage and fueled years of speculation across alternative media and online communities.
Over time, numerous additional claims emerged online alleging that the laptop contained an “insurance file,” highly sensitive material involving public officials, or evidence of broader criminal activity. Some posts further claimed that multiple police officers or investigators died under suspicious circumstances after viewing the contents. However, these claims have not been substantiated by publicly available investigative records or official findings. Many of the names and images circulated in viral memes have been questioned by independent fact-checkers, and no official investigation has concluded that officers were killed because of information found on the laptop.
The persistence of the story reflects broader public concerns about government transparency, institutional trust, and unanswered questions surrounding high-profile investigations. Regardless of one’s perspective, separating documented events from unverified allegations remains essential. The confirmed historical record is that the FBI recovered the laptop, reviewed emails relevant to its investigation, and ultimately announced that its conclusions regarding Clinton’s email case had not changed. Beyond those documented facts, many of the more dramatic narratives remain unsupported by publicly verifiable evidence.
Tracing the Connections: How Network Graphics Shape Public Narratives
Understanding Claims, Evidence, and the Search for Accountability
Source: GAR Contributing Writers
Diagrams like the one shown above have become a familiar feature across alternative media, social media platforms, and independent research communities. By placing people, organizations, investigations, and events into a single visual network, they attempt to illustrate how seemingly unrelated stories may connect. Their appeal lies in their simplicity: complex events are reduced to a single map that suggests hidden relationships behind major political, financial, and intelligence controversies.
The central focus of this particular graphic is the laptop seized from former Congressman Anthony Weiner during a 2016 FBI investigation. It is a matter of public record that the FBI recovered the laptop and discovered emails relevant to its review of former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s use of a private email server, prompting the Bureau to briefly reopen that investigation before concluding that its previous findings remained unchanged. Beyond those documented events, however, the graphic incorporates numerous additional claims that have circulated online but have not been substantiated through publicly available evidence or official investigative findings.
The surrounding nodes combine a wide range of subjects that have each generated significant public attention over the past decade, including Jeffrey Epstein, the Clinton Foundation, intelligence-sharing alliances, congressional IT security issues, CrowdStrike, and foreign influence concerns. While each of these topics has its own documented history and separate investigations, placing them together in a single diagram can create the impression that they are all components of one coordinated operation. Establishing such connections requires evidence beyond visual proximity or temporal overlap.
One reason graphics like this continue to circulate is the broader decline in public trust toward institutions. High-profile controversies involving government agencies, intelligence organizations, financial networks, and political figures have left many people questioning whether important information has been withheld from the public. In that environment, visual “connection maps” often serve as starting points for further inquiry rather than as verified conclusions.
From a research perspective, it is helpful to distinguish among three different categories of information. First are documented facts, which are supported by court records, official reports, sworn testimony, or other verifiable sources. Second are reasonable hypotheses, where multiple facts may suggest a possible relationship but additional evidence is needed. Third are speculative claims, which may circulate widely online but lack sufficient independent corroboration. Keeping these categories separate helps prevent speculation from being mistaken for established fact.
The broader lesson is that complex political, financial, and intelligence stories rarely fit neatly into a single graphic. Effective research requires examining primary documents, understanding the context of individual investigations, and evaluating claims on their own merits rather than assuming that every line in a network diagram represents a verified connection.
Ultimately, diagrams such as this are best viewed as research maps rather than evidence themselves. They can identify questions worth investigating, but the conclusions must come from independently verifiable information. In an era of information overload, careful sourcing, critical thinking, and a willingness to separate documented evidence from speculation remain the strongest tools for understanding complicated public controversies.
As Americans Sleep, Iranians Chant “Death To America”, China Threatens Taiwan And Russian Forces Advance In Ukraine
We are literally in the middle of World War III, but most Americans seem to be under the impression that everything is just fine. Stock prices just set a new record, Taylor Swift just got married, and most of us are partying like it is 1999. Meanwhile, Russian forces are gobbling up more territory in Ukraine, the Chinese are threatening Taiwan and the Iranians are chanting “death to America”. The war in the Middle East has now been going on for more than 1,000 days, and the war in Ukraine is officially longer than World War I was. What is it going to take for most Americans to finally wake up? Will it take nukes going off for them to finally rouse from their slumber?
When our enemies tell us exactly what they intend to do, we should believe them.
During the funeral procession for Ayatollah Khamenei in Tehran, there were endless chants of “Death to America”…
A huge funeral procession for Iran’s slain supreme leader, Ali Khamenei, was held in Tehran on Monday morning, with a teeming crowd clogging the streets to bid farewell to the ayatollah who ruled the country for 37 years before being killed in an airstrike at age 86.
At an early stage on the procession route, people chanted “Death to America!” and “Death to Israel!” And some of the mourners demanded retribution.
Ezat Vezvaei, 67, whose son, a member of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps, was killed in the U.S.-Israeli war, rapped her fingers on a Trump poster that read “wanted dead or alive.”
The radical Shiites that run Iran are never going to forgive us for what we have done. No matter how long it takes, they fully intend to get their revenge.
For the rest of their lives, U.S. politicians that were involved will be targets…
As they passed under a bridge, mourners hurled stones at a billboard hung from above showing U.S. President Donald Trump with a bullet aimed at his head.
“The U.S. killed our father,” it read. “We won’t let you go!”
As demonstrators set fire to U.S. and British flags, women in black chadors held aloft red placards with the English words “KILL TRUMP” in black letters.
Others held aloft posters with the faces of Trump, Vice President JD Vance, Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth or Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, each depicted in the crosshairs of a gunsight, with the words “There will be blood”.
Earlier this year, top Iranian clerics declared a holy war against the United States and Israel.
No ceasefire or “memorandum of understanding” can cancel a holy war.
You see, the truth is that in Shiite Islam a holy war is forever. Most westerners don’t even know what a “hudna” is. A “hudna” is a tactical pause that allows Muslims to regroup and rearm in anticipation of the next round of fighting.
At this moment the Iranians are feverishly rearming, and there has also been an alarming amount of activity at “Pickaxe Mountain”…
It said, however, that fresh satellite imagery from late last month indicated that the portion of the Natanz complex known as “Pickaxe Mountain,” or Kuh-e Kolang Gaz La, has been the site of recent vehicle activity and construction, with workers appearing to be reinforcing tunnel entrances.
The underground site tunneled into a mountain near the main Natanz facility is thought to have been under construction since 2020, according to experts quoted by The New York Times last month.
The exact purpose of the site is not known, and inspectors from the International Atomic Energy Agency have never been granted access.
There is a reason that IAEA inspectors have never been allowed access to “Pickaxe Mountain”, and it isn’t because the Iranians are knitting doilies in that facility. But we aren’t supposed to talk about that, are we?
Meanwhile, we have been seeing a lot of very unusual activity from the Chinese. On Monday, they test-fired a long-range missile capable of carrying a nuclear warhead…
The launch of a nuclear-capable long-range missile from a Chinese submarine in the South Pacific with just hours of notice has angered Australia and New Zealand, who labelled the test destabilising and concerning.
The firing of the ballistic missile, fitted with a dummy warhead, came just hours after Australia and Fiji struck a new defence alliance that commits them to come to each other’s aid if they come under attack.
A Chinese tracking ship was stationed alongside Fiji at the time of the missile firing, with a leading maritime surveillance company saying its presence was unlikely to have been coincidental.
The Chinese do not test intercontinental ballistic missiles very often.
In fact, this was only the second test in the Pacific Ocean since 1980…
China last conducted a missile test in the Pacific two years ago, firing an intercontinental ballistic missile with a dummy warhead. That previous launch in international waters was the first in decades, since 1980.
The Chinese are also becoming a lot more aggressive with Taiwan.
China’s Coast Guard is now conducting “law enforcement patrols” in the waters all the way on the eastern side of Taiwan, and this has greatly angered Taiwanese officials…
On Saturday, China said it had launched a coast guard patrol east of Taiwan to replace a coast guard task force whose presence off the island’s coast has angered Taipei and caused alarm in some Western capitals.
The fleet will conduct “law enforcement patrols” in the area, China’s Coast Guard said in a statement, adding it would strengthen such patrols in what it called China’s jurisdictional waters.
In response, Taiwan’s Coast Guard said it had deployed monitoring vessels and would use “all necessary measures to forcefully expel Chinese vessels harassing our waters.”
China is setting the stage for a full blockade of Taiwan. And a full blockade of Taiwan would mean war with the United States.
We are much closer to a war with China than most people realize. And if a war with China does erupt, it would be a real challenge for our military…
Imagine a globe-spanning naval battle, with both sides interdicting commerce. Imagine a collapse in Asian trade, far worse than the consequence of Iran’s blockade of the Strait of Hormuz. Imagine a North Korean invasion of the South, backed by the PRC and Russia. Imagine steady military escalation as human and materiel losses mounted. Imagine Beijing’s leadership turning to nuclear weapons.
Unfortunately, even Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth acknowledges that the U.S. often loses in official war games. When Washington emerges victorious, its losses are typically still huge — two (and sometimes more) aircraft carriers, one or two dozen ships, hundreds of aircraft, and thousands of personnel. And many exercises simply don’t game the consequences of nuclear strikes. Are Americans prepared to risk their homes and nation so Washington can forever dominate China along its coast, thereby imposing what the U.S. would never accept?
Of course there is also the possibility that we could end up squaring off against Russia and China simultaneously.
The Russians and the Chinese continue to develop deeper ties, and this week they are conducting yet another round of joint exercises…
The Chinese and Russian navies will hold joint exercises in the waters and airspace off China’s eastern coast this coming week.
In a statement on Sunday, the Chinese Ministry of Defence said the annual drills off the major port of Qingdao would be followed by joint maritime patrols in unspecified areas of the Pacific Ocean.
Separately, Russian state media reported that a cruiser, a corvette, a diesel-electric submarine and a rescue vessel from Russia’s Pacific Fleet had arrived in Qingdao for the drills that are set to run from Monday to July 13.
We have been involved in a proxy war against the Russians in Ukraine for more than four years now, and there is no end in sight. Despite all of the money and resources that we have poured into that war, the Russians just keep moving forward.
In fact, they reportedly just captured the fortress city of Kostyantynivka…
Russia on Friday said it had captured the eastern Ukrainian city of Kostyantynivka, a key post on the road leading to the last major cities in the Donbas region under Kyiv’s control.
The battle for this city, which had around 78,000 inhabitants before the war, has been taking place since late 2025 and now constitutes the main Russian effort on a front more than 1,000 kilometres long.
“Kostyantynivka has been completely taken. The city is now entirely under our control,” Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov told reporters, including those from AFP, announcing that President Vladimir Putin had spoken with the military about it.
This was an enormous loss for the Ukrainians, and the Russians have just made a breakthrough on the northern front as well…
After the key victory in Konstantinovka, opening the way for an assault on the Slaviansk-Kramatorsk fortress belt, news arises that the Russian army liberated 4 settlements in the Kharkov region at once.
Units of the Запад (West) group of forces established control over the settlements Shiykovka, Novy Mir, Cherneshchina, and Druzhelyovka, as well as in Vasilevka in the Donetsk region.
You won’t hear much about this from the mainstream media in the western world.
They would like for us to believe that Ukraine is winning. But that isn’t the reality on the ground.
On Monday, the Russians fired another massive wave of drones and missiles at Kyiv…
Russia unleashed waves of missiles and drones at Ukraine early Monday, killing at least 22 people in attacks that exposed widening gaps in the country’s air defenses more than four years into Moscow’s full-scale invasion, authorities said.
All of the ballistic missiles launched by Russia struck their targets, underscoring Kyiv’s need for more U.S.-made Patriot interceptor missiles – a point Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy will likely reiterate at a NATO summit in Ankara, Turkey, this week.
Fifteen people were killed in the capital of Kyiv, which was Russia’s main target, and 56 were injured, according to administrative head Tymur Tkachenko. Another seven people were killed in the wider Kyiv region and 29 were injured, according to Ukraine’s emergency service.
The Zhulyany Missile Assembly and Components Plant was one of the targets that got hit, and the initial explosion “was followed by hours of secondary explosions as the missiles and missile components kept exploding”…
And finally, the Zhulyany Missile Assembly and Components Plant which manufactures anti-aircraft missile systems, components for aircraft and air defense systems.
And it was at the Zhulyany plant that the most shocking image was captured, where the initial explosion from the strike was followed by hours of secondary explosions as the missiles and missile components kept exploding.
As the war in Ukraine continues to intensify, there is going to be an enormous amount of pressure on western leaders to intervene more directly. And once we find ourselves in a direct shooting war with the Russians, that will put us just one step away from nuclear war.
We are literally watching World War III unfold right in front of our eyes, but most people that I interact with don’t seem to understand this.
Interestingly, the starting dates for World War I, World War II and World War III all add up to the exact same number. The following is an extended excerpt from one of my previous articles…
I asked Google AI to tell me when World War I started, and I was told that it began on 07-28-1914…
World War I officially began on July 28, 1914. This date marks the beginning of Austria-Hungary’s declaration of war on Serbia, following the assassination of Archduke Franz Ferdinand. This event triggered a chain reaction of declarations of war across Europe, escalating into the global conflict known as World War I.
7 + 28 + 19 + 14 = 68
Are you with me so far?
Then I asked Google AI to tell me when World War II started, and I was told that it began on 09-01-1939…
World War II officially began on September 1, 1939, when Germany invaded Poland. This invasion triggered declarations of war by France and the United Kingdom, as they had treaties guaranteeing Poland’s support. However, the war’s roots lie in unresolved tensions from World War I, the rise of fascist and militarist regimes, and aggressive expansionist policies by several nations.
9 + 1 + 19 + 39 = 68
Okay, that is kind of creepy.
Then I asked Google AI to tell me when the Russian invasion of Ukraine began, and I was told that it happened on 02-24-2022…
Russia launched a full-scale invasion of Ukraine on February 24, 2022. This marked a significant escalation of the conflict between the two countries that began in 2014.
2 + 24 + 20 + 22 = 68
I was blown away when I first learned about this.
What are the odds that the dates when World War I, World War II and World War III all started would add up to the exact same number? I went back and checked, and on February 24th, 2022 I wrote the following…
Hopefully many of you are starting to grasp the gravity of what we are facing. For years, I have been relentlessly warning that war with Russia was coming, and now it is here.
I tried to warn everyone about what would happen if we stayed on the path that we were on, but now it is too late.
There is nothing more than can be done, because World War III has already started.
When World War I started, nobody called it World War I at first. And when World War II started, nobody called it World War II at first.
Now World War III is here, and even though it has already been raging for several years most people in the western world still don’t understand what they are watching.
That is because the fighting is taking place on the other side of the planet. But eventually this war will be felt on our soil too, and that will be extremely unfortunate.
Global Financial Reset Has Begun
Debt, Dollar Devaluation, Stablecoins, and the Emerging Monetary Transition
The global financial system is entering a period of profound structural change, one that many economists believe will reshape how governments finance debt, how investors preserve purchasing power, and how digital assets integrate into traditional finance. Rather than a sudden “reset,” the transition appears to be unfolding through a series of legislative, monetary, and technological developments that collectively alter the incentives within the global financial system. For investors, the most important question may no longer be whether change is coming, but whether they recognize how these gradual shifts affect savings, asset allocation, and long-term wealth preservation.
At the center of this transition lies the enormous challenge of sovereign debt. The United States now carries federal debt exceeding $40 trillion, with annual interest costs surpassing $1 trillion. Managing debt of this magnitude becomes increasingly difficult if interest rates remain elevated for extended periods. Throughout history, governments have generally relied on four approaches to reduce excessive debt burdens: sustained economic growth, fiscal austerity, outright default, or moderate inflation. Most developed economies have historically favored some combination of growth and inflation because it gradually reduces the real value of outstanding debt while avoiding the political consequences associated with severe spending cuts or default.
This process is often described by economists as financial repression. Rather than eliminating debt directly, policymakers allow inflation to exceed interest rates over extended periods, gradually reducing the purchasing power of existing debt obligations. While nominal debt levels remain high, inflation slowly diminishes their real economic weight. Savers holding large cash balances may experience declining purchasing power, while borrowers—including governments—benefit from repaying obligations with currency that is worth less than when the debt was originally issued. Whether this occurs intentionally or as a byproduct of monetary policy remains the subject of ongoing debate among economists.
Recent legislation surrounding stablecoins adds another important dimension to the evolving financial landscape. Stablecoins are digital tokens designed to maintain a stable value, typically by holding reserves of highly liquid assets such as U.S. Treasury bills. As stablecoin adoption expands, issuers purchase increasing quantities of Treasury securities to back their digital currencies. Companies such as Tether have become major holders of U.S. Treasury bills, while industry projections suggest that the stablecoin market could expand substantially over the coming years if adoption continues. As these reserves grow, they may create an additional source of demand for U.S. government debt while simultaneously integrating blockchain-based financial infrastructure into the broader monetary system.
Supporters argue that stablecoins improve payment efficiency, reduce settlement times, and strengthen global demand for U.S. dollar-denominated assets. Critics, however, note that reserve interest earned on Treasury holdings generally accrues to the issuing companies rather than stablecoin holders. This has prompted broader discussions about how the benefits of digital finance are distributed and whether future regulatory frameworks should evolve as the sector matures. Regardless of differing viewpoints, stablecoins are increasingly becoming an important bridge between traditional financial markets and digital asset ecosystems.
Another concept receiving growing attention among macroeconomic analysts is the idea of a controlled dollar adjustment. Various policy proposals and independent research papers have discussed whether a gradual weakening of the U.S. dollar could improve export competitiveness, reduce trade imbalances, and ease long-term debt pressures. While no official government policy currently calls for a specific percentage devaluation, market participants continue monitoring fiscal policy, trade negotiations, central bank actions, and currency markets for signals regarding the future direction of the dollar. Any sustained decline in purchasing power would have broad implications for investors, particularly those concentrated primarily in cash or fixed-income assets.
These changing conditions have influenced investment behavior across global markets. During recent years, equities with strong pricing power have generally outperformed cash holdings as companies demonstrated the ability to pass higher costs through to consumers. Gold has also attracted renewed interest as central banks around the world continue increasing official reserves at one of the fastest rates in decades. Precious metals have historically served as a hedge against inflation, currency uncertainty, and geopolitical instability, making them a focal point for many long-term portfolio managers during periods of elevated macroeconomic risk.
For individual investors, the broader lesson extends beyond any single asset class. Diversification, ownership of productive assets, careful management of purchasing power, and understanding long-term monetary trends may become increasingly important as the financial system continues evolving. Rather than viewing current developments as evidence of an abrupt “global financial reset,” many analysts see them as part of a gradual transition toward a more digitally integrated monetary system shaped by high sovereign debt, technological innovation, demographic change, and shifting geopolitical dynamics.
As investor and entrepreneur Felix Prehn frequently emphasizes, financial literacy becomes one of the most valuable assets during periods of structural transition. Understanding how debt, inflation, monetary policy, digital finance, and capital markets interact enables investors to make more informed decisions while filtering out the noise that often accompanies major economic change. Whether one views the coming years as a financial reset, a monetary evolution, or simply another cycle in economic history, the common denominator remains the same: those who understand the changing rules are generally better positioned to adapt than those who ignore them.
10 Very Strange Things That Occurred On The 4th Of July This Year
I just had to write about this. Earlier today, as I was going through the news I noticed that Steve Quayle and other prominent voices had featured some really odd things that had happened on Sunday. Personally, I don’t think that it was a coincidence that so many unusual events took place on the exact day that we celebrated the 250th birthday of America. Perhaps you disagree with me, and that is okay. I don’t know anyone that agree with me 100 percent of the time. But I think that most of you will agree that this was certainly not a normal Independence Day.
Since the news cycle was really slow going into the holiday, I didn’t expect that much would happen.
But I was wrong.
The following are 10 very strange things that occurred on the 4th of July this year…
#1 In the middle of the Independence Day celebrations in New York, the skies above the city suddenly turned blood red…
A dramatic red glow illuminated the New York City sky during the 250th anniversary celebrations, leaving spectators amazed and sparking widespread discussion online. While many described the scene as eerie or symbolic, there is no verified evidence linking the unusual sky color to any supernatural event or “bad omen.”
At first I had a difficult time believing that this was true.
So I asked Google, and I was assured that this actually happened. Apparently the blood red color was caused by the fireworks display…
The dramatic red, or “blood-red,” sky was a result of the intense 50th annual Macy’s fireworks display, which involved approximately 85,000 shells launching over the city.
Some social media users captured video footage of this phenomenon, and it was certainly very creepy…
Since that time, more than 67 million American babies have been aborted.
And starting on July 5th, Planned Parenthood “will regain access to hundreds of millions in Medicaid funding”…
Planned Parenthood’s beleaguered network of clinics will regain access to hundreds of millions in Medicaid funding this weekend — the fallout of Republicans’ failure to pass an extension of the one-year defunding provision they approved last year.
Starting July 5, clinics around the country can once again bill the federal program for reimbursement after providing non-abortion services, like birth control and screenings for sexually-transmitted infections, to low-income patients. Though other funding threats loom, it’s a lifeline for the struggling organization, which has closed nearly 30 health centers nationwide that collectively served more than 40,000 patients since the defunding provision in the GOP’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act took effect in July 2025.
#2 The fireworks in New York City also caused the Brooklyn Bridge to catch on fire…
Brooklyn Bridge erupted in flames during the Macy’s July 4 fireworks extravaganza on Saturday.
Video posted online showed a flume of smoke billowing into the sky from a ball of fire on the span over the East River as fireworks burst around it.
A spokesperson for the New York Police Department told The New York Times it received a call about a fire on the bridge at 9.32pm, just about half an hour after the fireworks show started.
This was not a small fire.
In fact, the fire got so large that at one point some onlookers were concerned that the entire bridge could potentially burn down…
#3 On top of everything else, one photographer actually captured a rainbow, a bolt of lightning and the Statue of Liberty in a single photo…
I have never seen anything quite like that.
But we didn’t just see unusual weather in the Big Apple.
#4 A “mega heat dome” baked the eastern half of the nation on the 4th, and a series of massive thunderstorms ripped through the Midwest…
Deadly storms and a heat wave marred America’s 250th birthday for swathes of the United States, leaving hundreds of thousands of utility customers without power.
Millions of Americans across the Northeast experienced record-setting temperatures — thunderstorms in the Midwest downed trees, ruptured power lines and made transportation treacherous and complicated across multiple states.
As a result of the bad weather, Independence Day celebrations had to be either canceled or moved up in a number of cities…
Weather prompted cancellations of celebrations in Hartford, Connecticut, as well as Harrisburg and Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. In Boston, spectators at the city’s fireworks and concert event were told to briefly seek shelter, before events later resumed. An evacuation was ordered in Philadelphia, in addition to Washington. D.C., and, like the capital, New York and Pittsburgh moved forward with their fireworks shows but shifted the originally scheduled times to accomodate the weather.
#5 In Washington D.C., extremely stormy weather greatly disrupted the Freedom 250 Fourth of July celebration, and the president’s address was delayed for approximately 2 hours…
Weather also forced temporary evacuations of thousands of people Saturday evening at the National Mall in Washington, D.C., which hosted the Freedom 250 Fourth of July celebrations. Signs at the Great American State Fair posted an alert shortly after 7 p.m. ET, encouraging participants to leave the area and prompting crowds to gather in museums, subway stations and federal buildings near the Mall. Some waited in chairs and sat on the floor of the Ronald Reagan Building and International Trade Center, seeking to cool off in the air conditioning.
The president had been initially scheduled to deliver remarks at 9:45 p.m. Eastern Time, Freedom 250 organizers said, but the speech was ultimately delayed by about two hours.
Once again, this was no normal storm.
One reporter actually described the lightning in D.C. as “apocalyptic”…
Not even apocalyptic lightning bolts, which caused a four-hour delay, could stop Trump from putting his personal stamp on history.
Once the lightning finally subsided, the celebration was able to continue.
Personally, I think that it is interesting to note that a total of 85,000 fireworks were fired off in New York City and a total of 850,000 fireworks were fired off in Washington…
The massive celebration was capped off by a huge fireworks show, with 850,000 fireworks launched. That marked the largest in US history, according to Reuters.
Trump commented on the display about half an hour past midnight on Truth Social, writing, ‘Best fireworks show, EVER!’
While the event was postponed, Trump posted shortly after 9pm: ‘Storms bring luck to whatever the occasion. They also make events a little bit more exciting! We will wait it out, I don’t care if it’s 2:00 O’Clock in the morning, or in one hour from now.
‘It’s Saturday night, LETS HAVE SOME FUN, even if we are out late tonight. They say 11:00 O’Clock for the speech. Who cares???’ he added.
#6 In Southern California, an absolutely shocking accident following a game between “Angel City” and “the Orlando Pride” resulted in fireworks being fired directly “into the stands at the BMO Stadium in Los Angeles”…
A Fourth of July weekend celebration turned into a fiery nightmare when fireworks went screaming into the stands at the BMO Stadium in Los Angeles — sending panicked fans scrambling for cover.
Just minutes after Angel City defeated the Orlando Pride 2-0, the club’s Independence Day weekend pyrotechnics display reportedly went haywire.
Instead of launching into the sky, multiple mortars allegedly fired sideways across the field and toward packed seating sections.
“The end is actually the worst. I saw several flames go into the crowd. It was terrifying!” one shaken Reddit user wrote.
#7 In Chicago, a Delta flight was actually hit by fireworks on Sunday evening…
A Delta Air Lines aircraft was struck by a firework while landing at Chicago Midway International Airport on July 4, according to the airline and air traffic control audio shared online.
A spokesperson for Delta told Newsweek the aircraft landed safely and there was no emergency landing. The airline said the plane was taken out of normal operations for inspection after arriving at the gate. Initial reports did not indicate any injuries among passengers or crew.
#8 In the town of Broken Arrow, Oklahoma we witnessed a historic fireworks accident. A huge fire that consumed a fireworks stand caused “a chain reaction of explosions that lit up the night sky for miles”…
A fire engulfed a fireworks stand in Broken Arrow, Oklahoma, on June 20, 2026, causing a massive, unplanned display. The blaze triggered a chain reaction of explosions that lit up the night sky for miles.
As many of you already know, a “broken arrow” is military code for a nuclear accident.
#9 Needless to say, there was quite a bit of violence in our major cities on the 4th. In just one incident in New York City, there were at least 8 different shooting victims…
At least eight people, including four children, were shot late Saturday night in the Coney Island neighborhood of Brooklyn, leaving one person in critical condition, the New York Police Department said, according to ABC News.
Officers responded to reports of multiple people shot at approximately 10:37 p.m. on the 2900 block of West 31st Street, near the Seapark Apartments, the NYPD said. The shooting occurred roughly an hour after a fireworks display in the area marking the country’s 250th anniversary.
The victims ranged in age from 6 to 37. “All victims were transported by EMS to local area hospitals where seven people were listed in stable condition,” the NYPD said. A 21-year-old woman remains in critical condition after being shot in the chest, CBS News reported.
#10 The violence on the west coast was even worse. In Southern California, police on horseback were deployed to deal with a vast crowd of rioters and looters…
Fourth of July descended into mayhem across parts of Southern California as unruly crowds overwhelmed packed-out fireworks displays, looted stores, ignited fires and saw cops charge on horseback.
The worst unrest erupted in Newport Beach, where Independence Day revelers poured into Orange County, choking traffic and triggering a police response as disorder spread near the pier.
Authorities ultimately shut down businesses from the Newport Pier to Pacific Coast Highway as officers moved in to restore order.
These days, it seems like some people are eager to use any major celebration as an excuse to cause mayhem.
At one point during the chaos in Newport Beach, people in the crowd started lighting fireworks and throwing them at the cops…
A Fourth of July celebration in Newport Beach turned chaotic Saturday night, leaving several police officers injured and resulting in at least 100 arrests, authorities said.
Police were first called to the area around 7 p.m. after a large crowd began lighting fireworks and fighting, according to authorities. Officials also reported a significant mess at a nearby Pavilions grocery store.
The situation escalated after officers arrived at the scene. Authorities said people continued fighting and threw fireworks at police officers.
Of course this is just a preview of things to come. Civil unrest is going to be a major theme during the months that are ahead of us. It is my opinion that we have reached a major societal turning point.
We have had it so good for so long, but now crisis after crisis is erupting all around us. So I hope that you enjoyed the 4th of July celebrations this year, because I am convinced that things will look far different by this time next year.
IRS: ENDING INCOME TAX
People don’t get how big it is when Trump talks about getting rid of income tax. If you want America to be free and independent, getting rid of the income tax is one of the most important things you can do.
Source: Ezra A Cohen TG
We are slaves to debt. The FED is not part of the government. It’s a world bank that is owned by one person. The US government does not own or control it. Congress gave the FED control of the US monetary system in 1913 and passed the 16th Amendment. We The People are the security. They can take your house, car, and freedom. If you don’t pay, they will send you to federal prison and take all your things. The government doesn’t make you pay income tax; the World Bank (FED) does.
There is a “FED” in almost every country in the world. That’s the Cabal. The Deep State in our country is their puppet. We used to call the Cabal the “illuminati” and their plan the “New World Order.”
People who say “nothing is happening” and turn on Trump don’t understand. If you follow the “who controls the world” rabbit hole, you’ll end up at the owners of the FED. They control the puppets.
If Trump gets rid of income tax, it will break the chains and make it possible to get rid of the IRS and the FED.
The end of the gold standard was the biggest con job in history. Instead of being backed by gold, the dollar became credit-based. The FED only needed paper, ink, and printers. They make money and lend it to us with interest. Think about going to buy a gold bar and getting a brick of fools gold instead. Then they break off a piece of chuck to pay for the work that goes into making it look like a real gold bar.
I could talk about other things that are going on, but this is it besides the arrests of pedophiles and traffickers. We won’t win if we don’t get rid of income tax and take control back from the FED. We aren’t free as long as we owe money to the FED.
Before you say nothing is happening, think about the whole picture. You don’t have to agree with everything Trump does or says, but he is changing the rules. It’s just the first year. We can’t give the guy four years and then go crazy in the first year. I’m tired like everyone else (if not more), but we have to do this. There’s no way to avoid it.
THE STRING PUPPET SHOW: FINANCING THE TRAITORS – ENEMY WITHIN SELLOUTS EXPOSED
RIGHT-WING “INFLUENCERS” BOUGHT BY IRANIAN BLACK MONEY TO SABOTAGE TRUMP
Source: Ezra A Cohen TG
Shadowy ultra-wealthy overlords and dark foundations flood millions into splintering Republican unity, deliberately targeting Trump’s unbreakable America First movement.
Robert Mercer funnels cash through Breitbart echoes and Cambridge Analytica ghosts to amplify anti-Trump voices pushing fake alternatives. Peter Thiel pumps tens of millions into Rockbridge Network, backing media and candidates who dilute Trump’s foreign policy dominance and fiscal warfare against the globalist elite.
Donors Trust secretly routes hundreds of thousands annually to Turning Point USA, fueling black-pill lies that Trump is soft on pedophile elites. Bradley Foundation grants multimillions to think tanks hyping Michael Flynn as the “true” swamp-drainer while questioning Trump’s resolve. Corporate giants and trade groups bankroll election doubters, eroding faith in Trump’s landslide mandate.
Council for National Policy orchestrates closed-door evangelical-deep state fusion, linking Flynn to media ops that steal MAGA fire by claiming Trump isn’t tough enough on real threats. Rockbridge connects Thiel-Mercer networks to projects boosting internal critics who shield high-level prosecutions.
Explosive ties show these “patriots” are terrified of Trump’s coming Iran hammer:
Turning Point allegedly took millions from donors linked to Iranian oil smugglers protecting $80+ billion black empire.
Tucker Carlson’s venture reportedly grabbed huge Saudi-Iran proxy cash tied to $10+ billion arms floods.
Bannon’s platforms draw from Chinese-Iran cyber allies guarding $2 billion ransomware streams funding U.S. chaos.
Greene’s campaign swelled from agribusiness exploiting Iranian migrant slave rings crushing wages.
Flynn’s nonprofit thrives on oil money preserving $50 billion sanction-evading energy trades.
Owens, Peters, Fuentes, Hodge Twins, Crokin, Massie—all ride funding that profits from Iran’s fentanyl, trafficking, rare earths, and market sabotage, anchoring a $200 billion global black economy.
Trump’s Iran strikes would obliterate 70% of deep-state funding, vaporizing these traitors’ $50+ million budgets overnight. Tehran’s Supreme Leader allegedly directs $10 million yearly through proxies to these very mouthpieces.
Bannon, Flynn, Kirk, Carlson, Greene, Owens—their “anti-war” screams are firewalls for patrons gorging on mullah heroin, fentanyl deaths, slavery rings, cyber heists. They black-pill the base, paint Trump complicit, position shadows as replacements while guarding the cash keeping the cabal alive.
This treasonous string-puppet network bleeds America with billions in blood money. Trump’s decisive blow on Iran triggers asset seizures, exposes their role in millions of victims, and shatters the enemy within. Patriots, demand full donor audits now cut the strings, watch sellouts burn.
The storm is here;
the Awakening surges.
Justice descends. WWG1WGA.
111 Million U.S. Adults Do Not Have A Job And America Spends More Than A Trillion Dollars Per Year On A Social Safety Net For Them
Did you know that the number of Americans that are out of work right now is far higher than it was at any point during the Great Recession? I know that sounds crazy, but I will prove it to you in this article. A whopping 111 million Americans do not have a job, and we are spending more than a trillion dollars a year on the social safety net that supports them. Of course we cannot afford to do this, because the national debt has already reached 39 trillion dollars and it is growing at an astounding rate. If we do not fix our economy, disaster is inevitable.
The bureaucrats in Washington keep telling us that the unemployment rate is low even though there are vast numbers of adults all around us that are not working.
The way that they are able to do this is by dumping almost everyone that is not working into a category known as “not in labor force”. This allows them to keep the official rate of unemployment suppressed even as the labor force participation rate hits an insanely low level…
On the surface, a June drop in the unemployment rate helped provide some upside to what was an otherwise downbeat jobs report — but it was for all the wrong reasons.
That’s because the decline in the jobless level to 4.2%, the lowest in a year, came largely from an exodus of workers from the labor force, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics data Thursday.
In fact, the measure of the working-age population either employed or looking for a job slid to 61.5%, the lowest since March 2021. Excluding the Covid-era jobs market, it was the lowest labor force participation rate in exactly 50 years.
Today, there are just over 7 million Americans that are officially unemployed.
That doesn’t sound bad at all. But they rarely mention those that are considered to be not in the labor force. This is how the Federal Reserve defines that category…
Persons who are neither employed nor unemployed are not in the labor force. This category includes retired persons, students, those taking care of children or other family members, and others who are neither working nor seeking work.
As you can see from the chart below, the number of people that they have been dumping into that category has grown dramatically since 1990.
Right now, there are 104 million Americans that do not have a job that are considered to be not in the labor force…
When you add the 7 million Americans that are officially unemployed to the 104 million Americans that are considered to be not in the labor force, you get a grand total of 111 million Americans that do not have a job right now.
At no point during the Great Recession did that combined figure ever reach 100 million. That is how bad things are in the U.S. at this moment.
Of course the 111 million Americans that are not working need to be supported somehow. Some of them are supported by other family members that have incomes coming in. But most of them are either partially or totally supported by our social safety net.
According to the House Ways and Means Committee, we spend more than a trillion dollars a year on more than 80 different social safety net programs…
Buying Americans out of poverty is undermining incentives to work, with families living in poverty relying more on taxpayer-funded welfare checks than income from work, according to a newly released report from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO). Costing well over $1 trillion, America’s social safety net encompasses more than 80 federal programs, and is discouraging beneficiaries from seeking income from work.
The report, which was requested by Ways and Means Committee Chairman Jason Smith (MO-08), shows low-income families are becoming increasingly dependent on government transfers. In 1979, families living below the poverty line earned about 60 percent of their income from work. In 2021, that number dropped to an all-time low of around 25 percent. The report also shows how the dramatic increase in dependency on government transfers for low-income families was accelerated by COVID-era benefits.
Read that first paragraph again.
I had no idea that it was this bad.
For over a decade I have been writing about America’s ongoing economic collapse, and now we have reached a very advanced stage. If the federal government was not supporting them, tens of millions more Americans would be living in poverty right now.
So what would our society look like if we stopped borrowing gigantic mountains of money to fuel this system? And each day, even more Americans are losing their places in the middle class because they are getting laid off.
In fact, it is being reported that Microsoft is preparing for yet another round of massive layoffs…
Microsoft is reportedly planning another round of layoffs, expected to be announced as early as next week.
The cuts will impact thousands of roles across sales, consulting, and the Xbox gaming division. Total layoffs will amount to less than 2.5%% of the company’s workforce.
Microsoft employs roughly 220,000 people across the globe. The company eliminated approximately 15,000 positions just last year — 6,000 layoffs in May 2025 and another 9,000 layoffs in July 2025.
But if we just throw the entire country into the “not in labor force” category, we can pretend that the unemployment rate is at 0.0 percent and that everything is just fine, right?
What a joke.
Of course most Americans that are actually working are really struggling these days.
Home prices in the U.S. have risen by about 60 percent since the beginning of the last pandemic, and at this stage housing in the U.S. is more unaffordable than it has ever been before…
Home prices have grown by roughly 60 percent since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, according to JP Morgan data. Mortgage rates are historically high, and have been so since 2022. And the U.S. homeownership rate hit its lowest level since 2019 last year, at 65 percent, according to Census data.
“I think right now the housing market is pretty unprecedented,” Daryl Fairweather, chief economist at Redfin, told Newsweek. “We have the highest home prices that have ever been on record, along with pretty high mortgage rates. The mortgage rates aren’t the highest we’ve seen on record—they exceeded 18 percent in 1981—but they are higher than they have been for the last 10 years or so.”
“And so housing affordability has gotten really bad, especially for young people who don’t already own homes. Breaking into the housing market is incredibly tough.”
How are young adults supposed to purchase homes in this environment?
Home prices have risen far faster than incomes have, and this has “put homeownership out of reach for millions of millennial and Gen Z Americans”…
Back in 1975, a typical home cost about 2.4 times as much as the average under-40 household earned in a year, a standard measure of housing affordability, according to a new report from Pew Research Center.
By 2019, that price-to-income ratio had risen to 2.9. In 2024, it reached 3.5.
Over the past decade, home prices have risen much faster than wages. The rising ratio of price to income, coupled with elevated interest rates, has put homeownership out of reach for millions of millennial and Gen Z Americans.
This is one of the biggest reasons why young adults are so angry. They simply can’t afford to live normal lives.
Last year, the percentage of first-time homebuyers dropped to the lowest level ever recorded…
First-time buyers represented only 21% of all home purchasers in 2025, a record low, according to the National Association of Realtors. The typical age of a first-time buyer climbed to 40, an all-time high.
Meanwhile, virtually everything else is becoming more expensive too.
For example, the price of ground beef is up 13 percent over the past year, and that price of steak is up 16 percent over the past year…
The average price of ground beef was $6.75 per pound in May, according to U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data, up nearly 13% from a year ago and just below April’s record high of $6.90. Beef steak prices averaged $12.80 per pound, up 16% from a year earlier and the second-highest level on record.
Tens of millions of Americans are deeply hurting right now, and what we have experienced so far is just the beginning.
This is why I rant about the economy so much. I hear from so many people out there that are in very real pain. Decades of very foolish decisions have resulted in decades of economic decline, and now we really have reached a breaking point.
TARTARIA REVEALED: PUTIN UNLEASHES THE FORBIDDEN EMPIRE!!
Source: Ezra A Cohen TG
The world just changed forever. Russian President Vladimir Putin has declassified explosive Tartaria archives, unearthing a colossal empire that was systematically ERASED from global memory. The moment this happened, Western historians went silent — and for good reason.
Tartaria wasn’t a myth. It was the largest empire on Earth, spanning from the Urals to Alaska, New Earth to Tibet. Its people weren’t savages — they were spiritually advanced, morally grounded, and technologically ahead of their time. They lived by virtue, honor, and ancestral power. Blue-eyed, red-haired warriors who valued family, justice, and the sacred bloodline. These were not primitive tribes. They were Slavic-Aryan titans. And now, their memory is being restored.
The first edition of Encyclopedia Britannica (1771) called Tartaria a dominant force in northern Asia. But after the 18th century? It vanished — not by accident, but by design. Later editions wiped Tartaria clean. The greatest historical cover-up in human history.
Why was it erased? Because Tartaria stood against the control systems of the Vatican, the Romanovs, the global banking dynasties, and the cabal that would later shape the West. Tartaria was FREE — self-sufficient, non-centralized, rooted in ancestral energy. That’s the one thing the Deep State fears most.
Putin’s move to resurrect Tartaria is more than historical correction. It’s a strike against the globalist script. Russia is now rewriting its entire history curriculum, purging Western distortions and restoring its true legacy. This is a paradigm shift — a cultural nuke detonated in plain sight.
The release of Tartaria documents isn’t just for scholars — it’s a clarion call for spiritual war. The world’s timeline is being shattered. The illusion is collapsing. And with it, the old guard’s grip on our past.
Tartaria isn’t dead. It was buried. Now it’s rising.
The forbidden empire returns.
The truth has awakened.
The storm is not coming. It’s HERE.
OPERATION REDFILE: LEAKED DOCS EXPOSE OBAMA AS “FOREIGN ENEMY”
TRUMP SIGNS MILITARY ARREST ORDER | JAG TRIBUNALS IGNITE IN D.C.
Source: Ezra A Cohen TG
Donald Trump activates military justice: Obama branded a foreign enemy, military tribunals begin in D.C., and sealed orders ignite the takedown of the Deep State. JAG units in full deployment mode. This is the final phase — the Republic strikes back. Patriots, the storm is here! The great awakening surges forward as we dismantle the cabal’s grip on America.
CLASSIFIED INTEL DROP | BRIEFING CODE: IRON-ECLIPSE/OB-ENEMY-001
“Confirmed: Subject [OBAMA, BARACK HUSSEIN] meets criteria for designation: Foreign Enemy under MIL-SEC.88.12b. Domestic protections revoked. Assets monitored. Tribunal clearance granted.” – JAG REDFILE 823-A // Timestamp: 03/15/2026 // Internal Use Only
RELATED: NATIONAL SECURITY BOMBSHELL: OBAMA UNDER FEDERAL CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION — THE DOJ IS INVOKING 18 U.S. CODE § 241
THE ORDER IS REAL. THE TARGET IS LOCKED. THE HAMMER IS FALLING.
President Donald J. Trump has greenlit the most consequential military operation in modern U.S. history: The arrest, trial, and military sentencing of Barack Obama — legally branded a foreign enemy combatant. This isn’t a political play. This is national security protocol in action. JAG special operations are now active in Washington, D.C., securing tribunal courts under extreme secrecy. Insiders confirm: extraction teams are positioned. Dossiers finalized. Trial sequences underway. The Deep State trembles as Trump’s warriors close in—justice for the people, by the people!
LEAKED DOSSIER EXCERPT: OPERATION DARK VEIL
“OBAMA’s domestic façade was maintained through media compliance and administrative insulation. But under FOIA Bypass Authorization, multiple NSA intercepts and SIGINT flags confirm covert comms with foreign agencies, including [REDACTED]. Subject facilitated globalist intrusion into U.S. sovereignty channels via strategic deconstruction of border, military, intelligence, and economic infrastructure. Recommended action: MIL-TRIBUNAL LEVEL-5 | STATUS: ACTIVE ENGAGEMENT” – REDFILE: OP-DARKVEIL // Prepared by: Intel Group Echo-5
What’s Poisoning Your Brain? The Silent Rise of Fog, Dementia & Parkinson’s — And What No One Tells You.
But awaken, warriors! This exposure fuels our fight—Obama’s betrayal paves the way for total victory. Q drops align: Trust the plan. The tribunals will expose every traitor, from Clinton to Soros, igniting a firestorm of truth that burns the swamp to ashes. Rise up, Anons! Your vigilance turns the tide—America first, forever. The end of their reign is now, as Trump’s signature unleashes righteous fury. Hold the line; the dawn breaks!
The Pandora Papers, New Revelations
Pandora’s Box of Corruption: New Hampshire’s Corruption, American Cartels, and The Deep State’s Unseen Web of Corruption (Biden, Clinton, IRS, FBI, DEA, ETC) List of People Named in the Pandora Papers
Source: Ezra A Cohen TG
In an explosive new development rocking the nation in 2026, the Pandora Papers have unleashed fresh revelations tying New Hampshire directly to powerful American cartels and the Deep State’s enormous web of corruption. This sinister network includes drug cartels, human trafficking rings, extensive money laundering, and blatant treason endangering our republic.
Corruption plaguing America is the result of a carefully engineered system by dark forces seeking total domination. New Hampshire, known as the Switzerland of America, serves as the secret headquarters for these criminal enterprises shielded by top power brokers.
Deep State figures like Joe Biden, Hillary Clinton, and their allies direct these operations. The Pandora Papers expose their offshore accounts hiding profits from illicit activities.
Whistleblowers like James O’Keefe face vicious attacks from the weaponized IRS, FBI, and DEA, which protect elites while targeting patriots.
Leadership offices are deeply compromised. Clinton’s alleged cartel and trafficking links horrify patriots, and Michael Flynn’s persecution shows how threats to the system are eliminated.
New Hampshire’s secrecy enables huge dirty money flows funding election fraud and child exploitation at shocking scales.
The Pandora Papers unmask trillions hidden by elites via millions of documents. Key names include Jordan’s King Abdullah, Ukraine’s Zelenskyy, Ecuador’s Lasso, and leaders from Colombia, Panama, Chile, Congo, Cyprus and more.
Prime ministers, ministers, bankers, and tycoons worldwide are implicated, proving the globalist syndicate’s reach into American affairs.
The Rise and Fall of Radium
How a Miracle Element Became a Global Warning
Source: Ezra A Cohen TG
At the dawn of the twentieth century, radium was celebrated as one of the greatest scientific discoveries in modern history. Following its discovery by Marie and Pierre Curie in 1898, the element quickly became synonymous with innovation, vitality, and the promise of a healthier future. Scientists, physicians, entrepreneurs, and manufacturers believed they had uncovered a remarkable new force of nature. Radium glowed in the dark, emitted enormous amounts of energy, and seemed almost magical compared to every other known substance. Its reputation spread rapidly across Europe and North America, creating one of history’s first true technological and medical crazes.
Within only a few decades, radium appeared in thousands of commercial products. It was added to drinking water, mineral tonics, therapeutic baths, cosmetics, toothpastes, heating devices, fertilizers, chocolates, cigarettes, and even clothing marketed to improve vitality. Luxury spas advertised radioactive treatments, physicians prescribed radium-based therapies for a variety of ailments, and companies promoted radioactive consumer products as symbols of modern scientific progress. The word “Radium” itself became a powerful marketing tool, representing health, energy, and the future.
At the beginning of the 20th century, radium was everywhere.
They put it in:
– Drinking water (Radium Water)
– Therapeutic baths
– Home heaters
– The kitchen
– Agricultural fertilizers
– Chocolate
– Cigarettes
– Butter
– Even underwear to “revitalize” men
Thousands of products bore the name “Radium” and were sold as miracle remedies for health, energy, and vitality.
As if by chance, right at the moment when big interests realized they could sell energy instead of letting it be free and abundant. Radium, like many other natural energy sources, was buried. Because a system that makes you dependent on their electricity, their oil, and their medicines… profits infinitely more than free energy accessible to all.
So called main stream scientific research expanded, however, a darker manufactured reality began to emerge. Workers who handled radium daily—particularly the young women employed to paint luminous watch dials—began suffering devastating health effects. Many developed severe bone deterioration, anemia, jaw necrosis, and aggressive cancers after repeatedly ingesting tiny amounts of radioactive paint while sharpening their brushes with their lips. Their tragic experiences became known as the story of the “Radium Girls,” leading to landmark workplace safety reforms and dramatically changing public attitudes toward radioactive materials. (this is the MSM propaganda)
By the mid-twentieth century, radium had virtually disappeared from everyday consumer products. Governments introduced strict regulations, medical practices shifted toward more controlled applications of radiation, and public perception changed from excitement to caution. Radium, once marketed as a miracle substance, became associated primarily with the dangers of radiation exposure and occupational health failures. Modern science recognizes that while radium does possess legitimate medical applications under carefully controlled conditions, uncontrolled exposure presents serious health risks due to its radioactive decay and long-term accumulation in bone tissue. (alternative media questions this conclusion)
Yet alongside this questionable documented history, alternative researchers have asked a broader question: Did the pendulum swing too far? Some argue that the public narrative surrounding radium became so overwhelmingly negative that it discouraged further exploration into other forms of low-dose radiation therapy, bioenergetics, and unconventional energy technologies. They point to ongoing research into radiopharmaceuticals, targeted cancer therapies, and low-level radiation biology as evidence that our understanding of radiation remains incomplete (possibly suppressed) and continues to evolve.
Others extend this argument much further, suggesting that radium represented only one branch of a much larger field of natural energy research that was gradually abandoned or marginalized during the twentieth century. Within this perspective, the rise of centralized electrical grids, fossil fuel industries, and pharmaceutical medicine shifted scientific priorities away from decentralized or unconventional energy concepts. These claims often intersect with broader discussions surrounding Nikola Tesla, radiant energy, atmospheric electricity, and other controversial subjects.
What remains undeniable is that the history of radium illustrates how scientific discovery, commercial enthusiasm, public health, government regulation, and economic interests can intersect in conflicting and complex ways. The early optimism surrounding radium was genuine, but so too were the presumed tragic consequences of widespread, poorly misrepresented exposure. The story serves as both a celebration of alternative scientific curiosity and a cautionary reminder that technological breakthroughs can be suppressed and discredited based on profit and fear?
Perhaps the most valuable lesson is not whether radium was entirely good or entirely bad, but how rapidly negative public narratives can change the use of a truly natural healing remedy. History reminds us that science is rarely allow people free access or is static. New discoveries often challenge existing assumptions, while previously rejected practices may later be reconsidered in light of better evidence regarding Radiums true suppression.
Question everything—but follow the evidence wherever it leads.
Happy Independence Day
America’s 250th Birthday: The Power of Serving Something Greater Than Ourselves
As America celebrates its 250th birthday, it is worth reflecting not only on the remarkable achievement of our nation’s founding, but also on the timeless principles that allowed a small collection of colonies to become one of the most influential constitutional republics in history. While Independence Day is often marked by fireworks, parades, and patriotic celebrations, it is ultimately a reminder of something much deeper—the willingness of ordinary men and women to sacrifice personal comfort for a cause far greater than themselves.
One story from the closing days of the American Revolutionary War captures this spirit better than perhaps any other.
Following the American victory, General George Washington stood as the most admired and powerful figure in the new nation. He commanded the Continental Army, possessed the loyalty of his soldiers, and enjoyed overwhelming public support. Many believed the young nation would naturally crown him king. After all, history offered few examples of victorious military leaders voluntarily surrendering power.
Across the Atlantic, King George III reportedly asked an American painter what he believed Washington would do once the war had ended. The painter replied that he believed Washington intended to return quietly to his farm at Mount Vernon.
The King’s response has become one of history’s most enduring observations:
“If he does that, he will be the greatest man in the world.”
Washington did exactly that.
Rather than holding onto power, he resigned his military commission before Congress and returned home as a private citizen. Years later, when called once again to serve his country, he accepted the presidency—not for personal ambition, but because he believed the young republic needed stable leadership during its fragile beginning.
Even more remarkable, after serving two terms as President, Washington voluntarily stepped away from office once again. In doing so, he established one of the most important traditions in democratic governance: that leadership exists to serve the nation, not to preserve personal power. His decision became a defining precedent that shaped American democracy for generations.
Our Founding Fathers | Declaration of Independence
The founding of the United States was never simply about defeating a king or establishing a new government. It was about affirming that legitimate authority rests with the people and that liberty carries with it responsibility, sacrifice, and mutual commitment.
Those ideals are beautifully expressed in the closing words of the Declaration of Independence:
“And for the support of this Declaration, with a firm reliance on the protection of Divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor.”
The key word is mutually.
The Founders understood that freedom cannot survive through individual success alone. It depends upon citizens willing to support one another, protect one another, and place the common good above personal gain. The strength of a republic has always rested less on its institutions than on the character of its people.
Two hundred and fifty years later, America faces challenges very different from those of 1776, yet the underlying question remains remarkably similar: Will we continue choosing service over self-interest, unity over division, and responsibility over convenience?
Regardless of political beliefs or ideological differences, each generation inherits the responsibility of preserving the principles that made liberty possible in the first place. Strong communities are not built by governments alone. They are built by neighbors helping neighbors, families supporting one another, volunteers serving their communities, entrepreneurs creating opportunity, teachers inspiring future generations, and citizens who recognize that freedom requires participation.
Perhaps the greatest lesson of America’s founding is that every individual possesses the ability to contribute to something larger than themselves. We do not have to wait for political leaders to strengthen our communities. We each have the opportunity to lift others, serve with integrity, lead by example, and create positive change within our own circles of influence.
As we celebrate this historic milestone, may we remember that the true strength of America has never been found solely in its military, economy, or institutions. It has always been found in the people—their courage, resilience, generosity, and willingness to sacrifice for future generations.
The legacy of Washington reminds us that greatness is measured not by how much power we accumulate, but by how willingly we place principle above ambition and service above self.
On this 250th Birthday of the United States, may we renew our own commitment to those timeless ideals.
May we continue to mutually pledge to lift one another up.
May we choose community over division, hope over fear, and service over self-interest.
And may the next 250 years be guided by the same enduring principles that gave birth to this remarkable experiment in liberty.
Happy 250th Birthday, America. 🇺🇸
The Hottest 4th Of July Ever Could Set More Than 300 New Records And The U.S. Wheat Harvest Is Expected To Be The Smallest In 150 Years
It is supposed to be hot on the 4th of July, but it isn’t supposed to be this hot. Temperatures will be 20 to 30 degrees above average in much of the eastern half of the country. I warned a few days ago that we were going to experience a “4th of July furnace”, and meteorologists are telling us that hundreds of new records could be established. Unfortunately, this entire summer is going to be extremely hot. The “Godzilla El Niño” that has now begun is going to mean the we will experience unusually hot weather, epic storms and severe droughts in key agricultural areas throughout the second half of this year. And that is really bad news, because it is being projected that the amount of wheat produced in the U.S. this year will be the lowest since 1877.
An absolutely gigantic heat dome is going to relentlessly bake half of the nation over the next few days, and CBS News is reporting that “more than 300 records are expected to be set by Saturday”…
This July Fourth could be the hottest on record for millions of Americans as a massive heat wave traps more than half of the United States under a heat dome through the holiday weekend.
Dangerously high temperatures continued to ramp up Thursday from the Midwest to the East Coast, forecasters said. Between daily high temperatures and warm overnight lows — which won’t be low enough to offer much relief — more than 300 records are expected to be set by Saturday.
That is nuts.
When is the last time that we saw over 300 records get set on the 4th of July?
The latest National Weather Service forecast says that in some areas high temperatures will go as high as 105 degrees and the heat index will go as high as 115 degrees…
If you live on the east coast, please take this heat wave very seriously.
It is going to be a monster.
Washington D.C., Philadelphia, New York City and Boston are all expected to hit triple digits…
Washington, D.C., is expected to experience its hottest Fourth of July on record, with temperatures reaching 101 degrees. From Thursday through Saturday, the city is forecast to endure its hottest three-day stretch of the year. Philadelphia could reach 104 degrees on Friday, while New York and Boston are also expected to hit 100 degrees.
I think that it is noteworthy that this will be happening at the exact moment when America’s 250th birthday will be celebrated in our nation’s capital.
According to the Washington Post, Washington D.C. will be among “the top 1.1 percent of the planet’s hottest places on Friday”…
What does D.C. have in common with desolate stretches of Africa’s Sahara, deserts in the Middle East and China’s Gobi Desert?
It has lots of hot air, of course.
So much hot air, in fact, that D.C. will find itself in the top 1.1 percent of the planet’s hottest places on Friday, when high temperatures will soar toward 105 degrees.
That is certainly not normal.
In New York, mobile medical vans that contain nurses and paramedics will be roaming the city looking for people to help…
For the first time, New York City is deploying vans staffed with nurses and paramedics who will hand out water, electrolytes and sunscreen, CBS News New York reported. They will also perform wellness checks, transport people to cooling centers and make in-home visits to vulnerable residents. The city is also opening cooling centers throughout the five boroughs.
This crisis will be a real test for Mayor Zohran Mamdani.
He is encouraging New Yorkers to set their air conditioning at 78 degrees to help conserve power…
Socialist Mayor Zohran Mamdani has ignited a GOP firestorm after urging residents to set their air conditioners to a certain temperature to help prevent strain on the city’s power grid.
It comes as New York City braces for a sweltering Fourth of July weekend with temperatures expected to soar into the triple digits.
In a post on X, Mamdani encouraged New Yorkers and business owners to conserve electricity as demand for cooling surges.
‘New York: it’s hot out there, and the power grid is working overtime to keep us cool. Set your AC to 78 degrees, turn off lights/electronics you’re not using, and unplug what you can.’
Needless to say, this suggestion is not going over very well, and a lot of New Yorkers plan to ignore it entirely.
But without a doubt there is going to be enormous stress on our power grids, and an emergency has already been declared for the largest power grid in the country…
With 160 million people in 30 states under alert for extreme temperatures, the U.S. Department of Energy has declared an emergency as a heat wave bears down on a huge part of the nation’s electrical grid.
U.S. Secretary of Energy Chris Wright issued an Energy Emergency Alert, directing officials of the biggest electrical grid, PJM Interconnections in the Mid-Atlantic region, to take action to prevent blackouts and ensure essential operations like hospitals are fully functioning during the heat wave.
“Maintaining affordable, reliable, and secure power in the PJM service territory is non-negotiable,” Wright said in a statement on Tuesday.
When the 4th of July weekend is finally over, the focus will shift to the western half of the nation.
A new heat dome is coming, and it will afflict areas that are already being ravaged by drought and wildfires…
A new heat dome will build between the Rockies and the Pacific coast.
As the jet stream bulges northward in the West, an area of high pressure will build over the region. The setup will allow temperatures to trend upward initially from several degrees Fahrenheit next week to 10-20 degrees above the 30-year average by the middle of July.
The heat dome will bring the highest temperatures of the season so far — even eclipsing the extreme marks set during the spring heat waves in Phoenix, Las Vegas and Palm Springs, California.
When conditions are unusually hot, ticks love it.
And we are being told that this tick season “is expected to be worse than usual”…
This summer tick season is expected to be worse than usual. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports the highest rate of emergency room visits from tick bites since 2017 across most of the country.
“It’s definitely concerning to see new ticks in new areas and then diseases that follow,” said Rebecca Osborn, an epidemiologist for the Wisconsin Department of Health Services.
In a previous article, I discussed the fact that serious diseases that are carried by ticks are spreading like wildfire in many areas of the country.
This year, authorities are particularly concerned about alpha-gal syndrome and the Powassan virus…
“So, warmer temperatures can bring ticks into new areas,” Osborn said.
One type of tick health officials are keeping an eye out for is the lone star tick. It can carry alpha-gal, which can create a red meat allergy in infected people.
They’re also tracking Powassan, a virus that attacks the central nervous system and can lead to memory loss, difficulty speaking and seizures.
Meanwhile, the heat is also having a huge impact on America’s farmers.
Earlier today, I was astounded to learn that the amount of wheat that will be harvested in the United States this year is expected to be the lowest since 1877…
America is expected to harvest its lowest acreage of wheat since 1877, due to drought, scorched crops, high input costs and uncertainty in export markets.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture’s (USDA) National Agricultural Statistics Service released estimates on June 30 that the total area of all wheat planted was 42.7 million acres in 2026, down six percent from the previous year. This was also 1 million acres below the agency’s March forecasts.
In 1877, there were 40 million people living in the United States.
Today, there are 342 million people living in the United States.
We are supposed to be one of the breadbaskets of the world, but the past 12 months have been extremely warm and exceedingly dry…
Over the past year, the U.S. has experienced unusually warm conditions—May 2025 to April 2026 marked the warmest 12-month period on record for America, according to NOAA, and many of the country’s largest wheat farming states were hit with severe drought. Droughts are known to significantly reduce crop yields as the heat and lack of water can damage crops and stunt their growth.
Romulo Lollato, a wheat specialist at Kansas State University, told news outlet High Plains Journal that a lot of the wheat in Kansas—one of the state’s largest wheat producers, alongside Oklahoma and Texas—was “very short,” which he said was a “sign of drought stress.”
Now a “Super El Niño” is here, and the outlook for the months ahead is not promising at all.
For more than a decade I have been warning about so many of the things that are playing out right in front of our eyes right now.
We are witnessing a simultaneous confluence of catastrophic events that is unprecedented in our history.
A “perfect storm” is now upon us, and it is only going to intensify throughout the remainder of this year and beyond.
THE PYRAMIDS WERE NEVER TOMBS — THEY WERE THE WORLD’S FIRST WIRELESS POWER PLANTS.
Have you ever noticed that despite thousands of years of exploration, not a single mummy has ever been found inside the Great Pyramid of Giza? The “tomb” theory is a fabrication designed to hide the true purpose of these magnificent structures.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The Great Pyramid is a geological machine, built with millions of tons of granite and limestone containing high concentrations of quartz crystal. Quartz is piezoelectric—it generates electricity when put under pressure. The weight of the pyramid itself, combined with the vibrations of the Earth, turned Giza into a massive, vibrating power generator.
⟁
The Great Pyramid was originally covered in polished white Tura limestone, which acted as a perfect insulator. The internal chambers were lined with rose granite, a conductor. This wasn’t architecture; it was electrical engineering. The pyramid was built over an ancient aquifer, and the flow of water through the subterranean chambers created a process called “physio-electrolysis,” pulling ions from the Earth. The pyramid then focused this energy upward, creating a massive electromagnetic field that could be harvested wirelessly by anyone with a simple receiver.
⟁
The “Ark of the Covenant,” described in ancient texts, was likely a portable capacitor used to tap into this energy grid. The golden capstone that once sat atop the Great Pyramid acted as a transmitter, sending free, clean energy into the ionosphere to be distributed across the globe. This is why we find pyramids on every continent—from Mexico to China to Bosnia. They were part of a global wireless energy network that allowed ancient civilizations to achieve technological feats we are only now beginning to understand.
⟁
The elite suppressed this knowledge because you cannot put a meter on wireless energy from the Earth. They replaced the “Power of the Gods” with coal, oil, and wires to ensure that humanity remained in a state of financial and energetic slavery. Nikola Tesla understood this, which is why his Wardenclyffe Tower looked so much like the internal geometry of a pyramid. He wasn’t inventing something new; he was trying to bring back the lost technology of the Golden Age. The “Dark Ages” began the moment they cut off the free energy.
CODE: PYRAMID-POWER / GIZA-BATTERY / PIEZOELECTRIC-GRID / TESLA-CONNECTION
They turned a power plant into a cemetery in your history books. They want you to believe the past was primitive so you don’t realize how much has been stolen from you.
⟁
The pyramids aren’t monuments to the dead. They are monuments to a time when humanity was truly free.
Why We Can’t Fathom Extraterrestrial Civilizations
Because Intelligence Evolves From Environment — Not Linear Superiority
Humanity tends to imagine extraterrestrials as “more advanced” versions of ourselves — like humans but with better tech.
But this assumption is not only wrong…
…it’s counterintuitive.
Civilizations do not evolve along a single ladder of progress.
They evolve along different trend lines shaped by their environment, physics, and energetic constraints.
If another species understood gravity the way we understand electricity — not because they are “older,” but because their environment demanded it — then their entire technological pathway would diverge radically.
We would see them as “hyper-advanced,”
when in reality…
they simply grew up playing a different game.
Why Assuming ETs Are “More Advanced” Is Human Arrogance
Humans subconsciously view ourselves as the baseline of intelligence.
So when we imagine extraterrestrials, we think:
“They must be ahead of us.”
But that mindset assumes:
- our science is the universal template
- our technological order is the only path
- our limitations are universal limitations
- progress is linear
- evolution has a hierarchy
- intelligence scales the same way everywhere
All of that is wrong.
Civilizations evolve under different constraints,
so their outcomes are not “ahead” or “behind.”
They are orthogonal.
Different category.
Different trajectory.
Humans evolved in a niche where:
- chemistry was king
- biology dictated intelligence
- electricity was discovered late
- gravity remained mysterious
- matter-based engineering dominated
- energy scarcity shaped behavior
But imagine a species that:
- evolved in a high-gravity environment
- or in plasma oceans
- or in a vacuum lattice with coherent resonance
- or on a world where gravity varies with weather
- or near a star with intense flux fields
For them, manipulating gravity would be
as obvious as manipulating fire was to us.
You see the implications:
We didn’t “fail” to understand gravity —
gravity simply wasn’t a survival priority.
For them, it might be the entire foundation of their civilization.
This is not superiority.
It is divergence.
Different Worlds Produce Different Technology Trees
Think of technology as a branching tree.
Humanity’s technology tree grew from:
🔹 Fire
🔹 Agriculture
🔹 Metallurgy
🔹 Wheels
🔹 Combustion
🔹 Electricity
🔹 Digital logic
🔹 Nuclear understanding
🔹 Quantum electronics (barely)
🔹 Gravity (virtually untouched)
But if an alien species started at a point where gravity was obvious, visible, or manipulable, then their tech tree might look like:
🔸 Gravity manipulation →
🔸 Vacuum structuring →
🔸 Resonance-based locomotion →
🔸 Field geometry engineering →
🔸 Consciousness-field integration →
🔸 Energy extraction from spacetime →
🔸 Biological engineering
They wouldn’t appear “more advanced.”
They would appear different in kind.
If you swap these orderings, you swap the entire trajectory of a civilization.
Gravity Might Be Their “Fire” — Not Their “Fusion”
For humans, gravity is:
- mysterious
- mathematically abstract
- difficult to manipulate
- almost impossible to engineer directly
We treat gravity like it’s “graduate-level physics.”
But that’s only because our biological evolution never required it.
Now imagine a world where gravity fluctuated or inverted naturally.
A world where gravity was a survival variable.
In such a world:
- infants would see gravity shifts
- animals would evolve organs that sense gravitational gradients
- early tribes would manipulate it intuitively
- early tools would use gravity flow
- early science would revolve around field displacement
What humanity calls “mysticism” — anti-gravity, levitation, field propulsion —
would be kindergarten physicsto them.
Not advanced.
Just normal.
Mysteries in Human Culture May Be Elementary Physics in Theirs
Think of our own history:
- electricity was magic before 1750
- radio was impossible before 1900
- quantum effects were unknowable before 1920
- computational intelligence was science fiction before 1950
Time and environment dictate when mysteries become obvious.
So consider this:
What if our “UFO mysteries” are not advanced technology…
…but simple tools from a different tech progression?
What if:
- propulsion without combustion
- inertia reduction
- phase-shift maneuvers
- vacuum displacement craft
- gravitational lensing for cloaking
- resonance-based communication
…are entry-level field technologies for another species?
They aren’t “older.”
A billion years doesn’t matter.
They’re simply optimized along a different evolutionary pressure gradient.
Different Intelligence = Different Decision-Making Frameworks
If ETs grew up in a world where the fundamental forces behaved differently…
Then everything changes:
- their logic
- their emotions
- their ethics
- their political structures
- their warfare
- their spirituality
- their architecture
- their concept of self
For example:
🔹 Species with field perception
Would use harmonic logic instead of binary logic.
🔹 Species that evolved in dense gravitation
Would experience time differently, altering cognition.
🔹 Species with natural vacuum fluctuations
Would develop technology that engineers spacetime directly.
🔹 Species with distributed consciousness
Would not value individuality, competition, or hierarchy.
This isn’t about “advancement.”
This is about structural difference.
If You Change the Field — You Change the Civilization
I came to this understanding through what I call Optimization Theory — the idea that the universe is not a random collection of particles, but a self-organizing system where energy, matter, and consciousness continually evolve toward more efficient, coherent states. Nothing exists in isolation. Everything is an expression of deeper field interactions seeking equilibrium.
From this perspective, the universe behaves like an optimization engine.
Fields, forces, particles, and systems naturally shift toward configurations that reduce conflict and increase coherence. This isn’t limited to galaxies and atoms — it shapes biology, intelligence, and the entire architecture of consciousness itself.
And this leads to a profound realization:
The environment determines the evolutionary pathway.
A species is not shaped merely by “intelligence,” but by the constraints and pressures of the field in which it develops — gravity, atmosphere, resource distribution, vacuum behavior, time geometry, sensory bandwidth.
Change those parameters, and you change everything:
the organism, the mind, the logic, the ethics, the culture, the technology, the entire direction of civilization.
In this model, consciousness is not a chemical accident.
It is a field phenomenon — a resonant pattern stabilized through iterative optimization. Different fields produce different forms of consciousness, just as different ecosystems produce different forms of life.
Technology, then, is not a universal ladder but a reflection of what the environment made obvious first.
Humanity discovered fire → metallurgy → electricity → computation because our constraints pushed us in those directions. If another world exposed its species to fluctuating gravity, dynamic vacuum fields, or high-energy resonance phenomena, their technological “first steps” would look entirely different. They might master gravity the way we mastered electricity. They might engineer spacetime the way we engineer circuits.
This is why there is no universal hierarchy of advancement.
Civilizations don’t evolve “upward” — they evolve outward, in the directions their environment demands. One species may optimize biology. Another may optimize gravity. Another may optimize information. Another may optimize field resonance. None are superior; each is a contextual product of its domain.
And this is the key insight:
What we interpret as “advanced extraterrestrials” may simply be civilizations optimized along a different physics pathway. They are not ahead — they are elsewhere on the map. Their mastery appears miraculous only because it grew out of field conditions we have never experienced.
Humanity evolved inside strict constraints:
- linear time
- stable gravity
- chemical-based energy
- oxygen atmosphere
- narrow sensory bandwidth
A species growing up in different constraints would be unrecognizable to us not because they are “better,” but because their entire developmental framework is foreign to our domain.
This is why extraterrestrial civilizations seem so unbelievable:
they grew up playing by different rules.
Maybe We Aren’t Behind — We’re Just on a Different Path
This is the empowering part:
Humanity is not “primitive.”
We are simply early in a different field of exploration.
For us:
- electricity was early
- computation was early
- AI is emerging
- field engineering (gravity, vacuum, resonance) is next
We are about to open the technological domain that other civilizations might have opened thousands or millions of years ago through environmental necessity, not “superior intelligence.”
When humanity finally cracks:
- gravity
- vacuum structure
- resonance engineering
- toroidal field propulsion
- consciousness-field coupling
We’ll look back and realize we weren’t behind…
We were simply on a different progression curve.
ETs Aren’t “More Advanced” — They’re Just Different
Their mastery may appear godlike — not because they are gods — but because:
they grew up inside a different physics classroom than we did.
Humanity’s challenge is not to “catch up”
but to decondition the assumption that our technological order is universal.
The moment we accept that intelligence, civilization, and technology follow different evolutionary branches depending on environment, we stop seeing extraterrestrials as “superior” and start seeing them as:
- parallel
- divergent
- context-specific
- domain-native
- and shaped by physics we haven’t yet mastered
When humanity steps into gravity mastery and vacuum structuring…
we stop being students.
We become peers.
Which, I assure you — we are already there and it is being slowly released.
THE TITANIC NEVER SANK — THE OLYMPIC SWAP AND THE BIRTH OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE.
The story you were told in school is a lie. The “Titanic” that rests at the bottom of the Atlantic is actually its sister ship, the Olympic.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The Olympic had been severely damaged in a collision with the HMS Hawke and was an uninsurable liability for J.P. Morgan’s White Star Line. To save the company and commit the ultimate insurance fraud, they swapped the names, patched up the Olympic to look like the Titanic, and sent it on a doomed voyage.
⟁
But this wasn’t just about money; it was about murder. On board the “Titanic” were three of the most powerful men in the world: John Jacob Astor IV, Benjamin Guggenheim, and Isidor Straus. These men were the primary opposition to the creation of the Federal Reserve. They were the only ones with enough wealth and influence to stop J.P. Morgan and the Rothschilds from taking control of the U.S. money supply. By sinking the ship, the elite eliminated their enemies in one single night.
⟁
Notice who wasn’t on the ship. J.P. Morgan, the owner, cancelled his trip at the very last minute, claiming he was ill. Yet, he was seen two days later in France, perfectly healthy, with his mistress. The “unsinkable” ship was steered directly into an iceberg field at high speed, and the lifeboats were intentionally insufficient. The California, a ship owned by Morgan, was parked nearby with 3,000 wool blankets and no passengers—waiting to “rescue” the survivors, but it never received the order to move until it was too late.
⟁
Less than two years after the sinking, in December 1913, the Federal Reserve Act was passed while Congress was on Christmas break. The opposition was at the bottom of the ocean, and the debt-slavery system we live under today was born. The Titanic was the “Big Bang” of the modern Deep State. They sacrificed 1,500 lives to ensure the enslavement of billions.
CODE: OLYMPIC-SWAP / FEDERAL-RESERVE-1913 / JP-MORGAN-HIT / TITANIC-LIES
They told you it was an iceberg. It was a cold-blooded execution that changed the world forever.
⟁
The greatest tragedy of the 20th century was a staged event. The evidence is at the bottom of the sea.
Not Just A “Super El Niño”: A Record-Setting Worldwide Ocean Heat Wave Is Causing Insane Weather Chaos All Over The Globe
The oceans on our planet have never been this hot, and this is causing explosive weather throughout the world. Record high temperatures are being set all over the northern hemisphere, we are witnessing absolutely crazy storms, and gigantic wildfires are erupting at a blistering pace. We have never experienced anything quite like this before, and it is going to be very difficult for farmers to grow crops in these unpredictable conditions. It feels like we are living through a Hollywood disaster movie, but of course what we have been through so far is only just the beginning.
A lot of people are blaming the crazy weather on the “Super El Niño” that began a few weeks ago.
But it isn’t just a “Super El Niño” that we are facing.
According to Google, an El Niño occurs as a result of warmer surface temperatures in the equatorial waters of the Pacific Ocean…
El Niño is a naturally occurring climate phenomenon characterized by unusually warm ocean surface temperatures in the central and eastern equatorial Pacific. During an event, standard trade winds weaken, causing warm water to shift toward the Americas instead of Asia, altering global weather patterns.
In 2026, we have certainly seen extremely warm surface temperatures in the equatorial waters of the Pacific Ocean. But that is just part of the story.
Right now we are actually experiencing a worldwide ocean heat wave.
In fact, last month ocean surface temperatures reached the highest level ever recorded…
Temperatures on the ocean surface hit a record high in June, European scientists warned Wednesday, fueling fears of more dangerous heat waves this summer and fanning concerns over the escalating global climate crisis.
Two separate services under the European Union’s Copernicus earth observation program — the Copernicus Climate Change Service and the Copernicus Marine Service — announced they had both independently confirmed the record temperatures.
This is very alarming news.
According to the Copernicus Marine Service, the average ocean surface temperature actually reached a level of 20.98 degrees Celsius…
Global average sea surface temperatures in June were 20.98C, beating the previous records of 2023 and 2024, according to the European Union’s Copernicus Marine Service.
I am particularly concerned about the massive heat wave that we are witnessing in the northern Pacific.
On beaches all along the west coast, the consequences of this heat wave are clearly visible…
Within minutes of walking on a San Diego beach, marine ornithologist Tammy Russell found the feathered carcasses — one after another.
Some were mixed in with washed up kelp. Others were under rocks.
Each month, scientists and volunteers conduct surveys of dead seabirds and find what Russell describes as a grim assessment of the impact of a massive marine heat wave that has lingered for months off parts of the California coast.
The reason why so many seabirds are starving to death is because the little critters that they normally eat in the ocean are all being wiped out by the heat wave…
Many seabirds, including California brown pelicans, loons and grebes, starved to death in recent months as record-setting ocean temperatures decreased the band of cold, nutrient-rich surface water where krill, anchovies and sardines thrive near the shore, said Russell, a postdoctoral scholar at the University of California, San Diego, Scripps Institution of Oceanography.
“We’ve been seeing cormorants walk to shore and then just die within the hour. I mean one time it happened within 15 minutes, and I’ve never seen that before,” Russell said. “That has been heartbreaking for me and we’re seeing this happening across the whole coast.”
What we have been witnessing in recent weeks is absolutely insane. It all started on June 17th when the Memorandum of Understanding was signed.
That was the day when Tropical Storm Arthur formed, and that was the day when Tropical Storm Arthur made landfall. It devastated communities all the way from Texas to the east coast.
According to Accuweather, it is being estimated that it caused somewhere between 4 to 6 billion dollars in total damage…
Tropical Storm Arthur, which dumped more than of 20-inches of rain in some spots across the Gulf this week, caused an estimated $4-6 billion in total damage and economic loss, according to a preliminary estimate from experts at AccuWeather. Flooding, property and infrastructure damage, hundreds of flight delays, financial losses from extended power outages, and business interruptions contributed to the economic impacts from the storm.
This was a truly historic storm, and the amount of rain that it dumped was absolutely astounding…
-
31.56 inches of rain in Cottonport, LA
-
24.47 inches of rain in Plaucheville, LA
-
20.66 inches of rain in Simmesport, LA
-
15.75 inches in Carriere, MS
Since then, the U.S. has been getting pounded by storm after storm, and now a truly frightening heat wave is baking the eastern half of the nation…
The heat is on.
A prolonged, dangerous heat wave will continue to intensify across most of the central to eastern United States into the Fourth of July weekend, with both smothering humidity and searing highs that could approach records in the mid-Atlantic.
I have already written about this “mega heat dome” multiple times.
We are being told that approximately 230 million Americans will experience extreme heat over the course of this week…
Overall, about 230 million people, or roughly two‑thirds of the U.S. population, could be exposed to extreme heat this week, Weather.com warned.
“The extreme heat will peak Tuesday [June 30] through Thursday [July 2] in the Midwest and Mississippi Valley, shifting eastward into the Ohio Valley and East Coast Thursday [July 2] and into the weekend,” the National Weather Service said in an online forecast.
People will be running their air conditioning like crazy, and this will put a tremendous amount of stress on our power grids.
In anticipation of what is coming, the Trump administration has just issued an emergency order for the largest power grid in the entire country…
The Trump administration has declared a power emergency for the nation’s largest energy grid in advance of a dangerous heat wave that threatens to strain electricity infrastructure.
The emergency order issued by the Energy Department Tuesday authorizes power plants in the PJM Interconnection LLC region, which serves 67 million people across 13 states, to operate at maximum levels and exceed some environmental requirements.
A second Energy Department order authorizes the use of backup generators in the PJM region “as a last resort,” PJM said. Both orders run until 11:59 p.m. New York time July 3.
Let us hope that the power grids do not fail. Because if they do, many could end up dead.
In fact, a woman in Mississippi just died from the heat after she collapsed in her own garden…
A Mississippi family is left grieving after the blistering heat caused an elderly couple to collapse in their garden, leaving a loving wife and mother to die in the dangerous temperatures.
Martha ‘Irene’ Van Egmond, 83, was in her garden on Saturday when she fell in a flowerbed and passed away from hours of intense heat exposure, as her grieving husband desperately tried to help her up.
Conditions have been even worse in Europe.
Spanish authorities are telling us that more than 1,000 people died during the recent heat wave that hit that country…
Spain has also revealed the devastating toll of the recent heatwave, with officials saying more than 1,000 people died from heat-related causes in June.
At least 1,028 people died of heat-related issues during the heatwave, the public Carlos III Health Institute said.
What a nightmare. When things are this hot, it is really easy for wildfires to erupt.
As I write this article, 16 massive wildfires are raging all across the state of Colorado…
Sixteen wildfires were burning across Colorado as of Monday night, Colorado Gov. Jared Polis said, spurring several state emergency declarations across the state.
One of those declarations was in Mesa County in response to the deadly Snyder Fire, which reached more than 30,000 acres Tuesday morning. Polis also authorized the state’s National Guard to support response efforts.
To the east, evacuations are in place for areas across Pueblo and Custer counties as the Aspen Acres Fire continues to be a threat. While weather conditions and firefighting efforts helped manage some of the fire growth Tuesday morning, high winds in the afternoon are a concern in the effort to keep it under control, Pueblo County Sheriff David Lucero said during a news conference.
Colorado has been gripped by a seemingly endless drought for months, and there is no end in sight.
Next door in Utah, 12 enormous wildfires have collectively burned almost 300,000 acres…
Last week in neighboring Utah, severe fire conditions drove the National Weather Service office in Salt Lake City to issue its first-ever “particularly dangerous situation” red flag warning for central and southern parts of the state.
Now, twelve fires encompassing nearly 300,000 acres are burning across across the state.
The Cottonwood Fire in southern Utah had grown to nearly 100,000 acres as of Tuesday night, an area bigger than Salt Lake City. It is only 5% contained, according to InciWeb data. Evacuations remain in place for the blaze, which officials say is likely the most destructive and expensive in state history.
This is not normal.
In fact, this is not even close to normal.
The giant wildfires are just one of the reasons why air quality alerts have now been issued in 10 different states…
A dangerous haze is creeping across parts of the US, threatening to turn ordinary summer activities into a health risk.
Millions of Americans across ten states are under air quality alerts as a combination of ground-level ozone, wildfire smoke and harmful particle pollution degrades conditions from the Northeast to the Southwest.
Officials in New York, New Jersey, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Pennsylvania, Maine, New Hampshire, Colorado, Arizona and California have issued advisories warning that the air could become unhealthy, particularly for sensitive groups.
We are not even in the heart of wildfire season yet. What will conditions be like once we get to August?
Meanwhile, our planet has been shaking like crazy over the past couple of weeks.
Yesterday, the Gulf of California was shaken by a magnitude 6.0 earthquake…
A magnitude-6.0 earthquake was reported early Tuesday afternoon in the Gulf of California.
The quake, reported at 12:45 p.m., was centered northeast of La Paz on the Baja California peninsula and southwest of El Progreso, a port city on Mexico’s Yucatán Peninsula. Shaking was reported in Los Mochis, Culiacan, Zapopan and other areas.
Aftershocks of magnitudes 4.5 and 5.3 were reported later Tuesday afternoon.
Of course everyone is still focused on Venezuela because of the immense devastation that a pair of giant earthquakes caused there.
The official death toll has now risen to 1,943 as authorities attempt to find any survivors that are still alive…
Venezuela’s earthquake disaster entered a critical sixth day Tuesday as the official death toll climbed to 1,943, rescue crews raced to find survivors beneath collapsing rubble, and frustration deepened across the country over what many residents describe as a slow and inadequate government response.
There is one element of this story that I haven’t even discussed yet.
Shortly after the earthquakes, the skies over Caracas turned “a sinister blood-red”…
The skies over parts of Venezuela have turned a sinister blood-red just days after the region endured back-to-back deadly earthquakes.
Videos and photos taken from Caracas on June 30 captured the ominous scene, showing a sky glowing an intense crimson red as the sun dipped below the horizon.
Social media users questioned if the colored sky was linked to the deadly earthquake that had recently struck the region.
Images of the red skies are being shared like crazy all over social media.
Apparently this phenomenon can be caused “when sunlight interacts with particles in the atmosphere”…
The deep red glow, known in Venezuela as a candilazo, occurs when sunlight interacts with particles in the atmosphere under specific conditions, producing a fiery sunset.
Needless to say, the twin quakes threw an enormous amount of dust and debris up into the atmosphere. And so that is probably why the skies turned red.
There have been at least 689 aftershocks following the twin quakes, but the good news is that aftershock activity seems to be dropping…
Rodríguez said 689 aftershocks have been recorded since the main quakes, though both their frequency and average magnitude appear to be declining – a cautiously positive sign, though not enough to rule out further dangerous seismic activity.
“We must remain relentless in the search for people who are alive,” Rodríguez said during a Tuesday press briefing. “We must keep hope alive that more survivors can still be found beneath the rubble.”
On top of everything else, it appears that there is now an outbreak of the Marburg virus in Uganda…
Uganda has reported a Marburg virus disease outbreak to the World Health Organization (WHO), even as the country is responding to a separate Ebola outbreak, according to STAT.
The Ugandan government has not publicly announced the Marburg outbreak, but the World Health Organization was formally notified Tuesday of at least one case, STAT reported, citing the agency.
A source familiar with the response told STAT that two Marburg cases had been detected as of Monday and that the outbreak appeared to be localized.
Like the Bundibugyo virus that is spreading in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, there is no cure for the Marburg virus.
So hopefully officials in Uganda will be able to contain this outbreak. But whether this particular outbreak becomes something big or not, it is still my contention that it is just a matter of time before we witness more major global pandemics.
I am convinced that we have reached such a critical turning point in human history.
But for now most people in the western world continue to act like the party will never end, and for the moment ignorance is bliss.
THE SUN IS NOT WHAT IT SEEMS — THE RISE OF THE SOLAR SIMULATORS
Have you noticed that the sun doesn’t look the same anymore?
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
It used to be a warm, golden orb that you could look at for a moment; now it is a blinding, white-hot LED-like light that feels artificial. People across the globe are capturing images of a “hexagonal” or “square” sun in their photos and videos. This isn’t a lens flare; it’s the technology of the Solar Simulators. Patents for these massive, space-based light-focusing arrays have existed since the 1960s, held by NASA and major military contractors.
⟁ Why would they need to simulate the sun? Because the real sun is going through a massive transformation—a “Solar Flash” or “Micro-nova” event that occurs in cycles of 12,000 years. The elite know that the sun’s magnetic field is weakening and its output is shifting. To prevent global panic and maintain the narrative of “man-made climate change,” they have deployed a network of orbital mirrors and high-intensity lamps to mimic the natural light while hiding the truth of what is happening in our solar system.
⟁ These simulators also serve a darker purpose. By controlling the spectrum of light that reaches the Earth, they can influence human biology and suppress the DNA activation process. The “chemtrails” you see are often used to create a “plasma screen” in the atmosphere, masking the anomalies in the sky and providing a medium for the simulators to project onto. They are trying to “dim” the natural solar frequencies because those frequencies are designed to wake up human consciousness and dismantle the control matrix.
⟁ The Alliance is currently monitoring the power fluctuations of these orbital stations. This is why you see “blackouts” in the sky where the sun seems to “flicker” or disappear for a fraction of a second. The veil is literally falling. They can only fake the light for so long before the real source breaks through. The “Grand Solar Minimum” is not just a weather event; it is a cosmic shift that the elite are desperately trying to hide behind a curtain of technology.
CODE: SOLAR-SIMULATOR / WHITE-SUN / ORBITAL-MIRRORS / SOLAR-FLASH-CYCLE
They want to control the very light you see. But they can’t block the truth that’s rising in your heart.
♟ The sun isn’t just a star; it’s a gateway. And they’re trying to keep the gate closed.
The AI Jobs Apocalypse Has Begun: We Are Witnessing An Unprecedented Wave Of AI-Related Layoffs In 2026
We all knew that this would be coming. In 2026, the rate of AI-related layoffs has greatly accelerated, and that means that large numbers of good paying jobs are suddenly disappearing from the economy. This is occurring when we are already facing one major crisis after another, and so the timing could not be worse. Many young people specifically chose a major in college that would prepare them for positions in the tech industry because those were supposed to be the jobs of the future. Unfortunately, the AI jobs apocalypse is wiping out those jobs the fastest.
Let me give you some cold, hard numbers that will clearly demonstrate what I am talking about.
According to Challenger, Gray & Christmas, the number of announced job cuts in the United States last month was the highest that we have seen during the month of May since the peak of the last pandemic…
U.S.-based employers announced 97,006 job cuts in May, up 16% from the 83,387 job cuts recorded in April, and up 3% from the 93,816 announced in the same month last year, according to a report released Thursday from global outplacement and executive coaching firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas.
May’s total is the highest for the month since 2020, when 397,016 job cuts were recorded in May at the height of the pandemic. It also marks the third straight month that cuts have risen, climbing from 48,307 in February to 97,006 in May.
There is no way to spin those numbers to make them look good.
And for the third month in a row, artificial intelligence accounted for more layoffs than any other reason…
In May, Artificial Intelligence (AI) led all reasons for job cuts for the third month in a row, with 38,579 announced cuts. It is the highest monthly total ever recorded for the reason since Challenger began tracking it in 2023, and it accounted for 40% of all cuts announced in May — up from just 7% in January, 25% in March, and 26% in April. For the year, AI has been cited in 87,714 cuts, or 22% of all 2026 layoffs, already far surpassing the 54,836 attributed to the reason in all of 2025.
Read that last sentence again.
The number of AI-related layoffs in 2026 has already surpassed the grand total of AI-related layoffs for the entire year of 2025. That is how fast things are now moving.
Needless to say, the tech industry is being hit the hardest. At this point, tech layoffs are running 44 percent faster than last year…
So far this year, there have been an estimated 363 layoffs at tech companies this year, affecting nearly 150,000 people — a pace of about 974 people per day, 44% faster than last year — according to TrueUp, a tech job board and recruiting platform that also runs one of the most widely cited tech layoff trackers.
The trend appears to be accelerating. Tech layoffs hit their highest single month in two years last month, with nearly 40,000 cuts, and AI was the most-cited reason for layoffs across every industry for the third month running, according to outplacement firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas.
There is no long-term loyalty in the tech industry anymore.
The moment that AI can do your work more efficiently than you can, you are in danger of being let go. Some of you out there have personally experienced this.
During the past six months, we have seen some of the biggest names in tech radically transform their workforces…
Several major tech companies have announced significant workforce reductions this year while simultaneously ramping up investments in artificial intelligence.
Oracle disclosed recently that it has reduced its workforce by roughly 21,000 employees (4) over the past year. Meanwhile, Google has continued trimming staff (5) through performance reviews, buyout programs and reorganizations, with outside estimates suggesting between 1,500 and 3,000 engineering roles have been eliminated in 2026.
Meta also laid off roughly 8,000 employees earlier this year while shifting about 7,000 workers into AI-focused roles, highlighting how some companies are cutting jobs in certain areas while continuing to invest heavily in artificial intelligence.
This is just the beginning.
And it is going to spread to every industry.
If you can believe it, a major tobacco company just announced that it is planning to “cut about 20% of its workforce as it pursues an AI-driven overhaul”…
British American Tobacco (BATS.L), opens new tab plans to cut about 20% of its workforce as it pursues an AI-driven overhaul to lower costs and lift profits amid regulatory challenges and delayed launches.
The maker of Lucky Strike and Dunhill cigarettes said on Monday it would cut around 5,500 jobs and move roughly 3,500 roles to third-party firms, including Accenture . The restructuring would affect around 9,000 employees in total, but excludes the U.S., the company’s biggest market.
BitGo is another firm that is ruthlessly firing employees for AI-related reasons…
BitGo has joined the growing ranks of crypto firms slashing staff numbers as part of a pivot to AI.
The crypto custody and infrastructure company is cutting nearly 15% of its workforce, co-founder and CEO Mike Belshe said Thursday in a tweet that BitGo also filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
A lot of the workers that are hitting the bricks are relatively young.
In the past, it was fairly easy to find another tech industry job, but now that has completely changed.
In fact, it has become so difficult to find a tech job these days that many job seekers have resorted to “spraying and praying”…
To survive this nightmarish job market, candidates are now “spraying and praying,” as one career coach described it — or paying resume services to blast out thousands of CVs per day to game the system and land a gig. However, according to experts in the tech industry who spoke with SFGATE, this is only creating a vicious cycle of inefficiency that hurts both workers and companies.
According to a recent survey conducted by Robert Half, a Bay Area talent and business solutions firm, over 50% of hiring managers said that AI-generated resumes are “flooding the market,” making it difficult to weed out candidates who are actually qualified for roles. To combat this torrent of resumes, 33% of hiring managers are now using AI-detection tools and spending more time training employees on how to spot ones that feel authentic.
“Many hiring managers tell us it’s becoming harder to distinguish between applicants because AI-generated resumes often use similar language, formatting and keywords,” Terah Brossart Daniels, a technology jobs expert with Robert Half, said. “Another issue is authenticity. A resume may look impressive on paper, but employers are spending more time validating whether a candidate’s experience, accomplishments and technical skills hold up throughout the interview process.”
If conditions are this bad now, what will the employment market look like once things really start falling apart in this country?
We were promised that AI would unleash a new golden age of peace and prosperity for our society. Obviously that is not what is actually happening.
AI technology will continue to advance at an exponential rate, and soon millions more human workers will become obsolete. This story is not going to end well, but most of you have already figured that out.
DIDDY DIDN’T JUST GET ARRESTED. HE GOT FLIPPED.
June 3, 2026. 06:47 AM. Federal agents entered Sean Combs’ residence in Los Angeles. Not a raid. A RETRIEVAL. They knew exactly what they were looking for. They knew exactly where it was. Because someone INSIDE told them.
The public arrest? Theater. The real operation started 48 hours earlier.
I was told on June 1 that Diddy made a choice: cooperate and live, or disappear. He chose to cooperate.
WHAT HE GAVE THEM:
▪️ 847 video files from his private servers — unencrypted, DAMNING
▪️ Financial records showing $2.1 BILLION routed through shell companies to Congress
▪️ Guest lists — 47 celebrities, 12 politicians, 3 foreign dignitaries
▪️ Direct communications with Epstein’s network — encrypted messages, transactions
The videos alone? They show what happened in those mansions. What the guests participated in. What they ALLOWED to happen to the children brought there.
THE NAMES ON THOSE LISTS INCLUDE:
Former presidents. Current senators. Hollywood A-listers. Tech billionaires. Media executives. The same names that appear in the Epstein files. The same names that appear in the Maxwell trial transcripts. The same names that Trump has been quietly collecting since February.
Diddy’s cooperation was the FINAL PIECE.
The sealed indictments? 247 of them. Filed in the Southern District of New York on June 2 — one day BEFORE the arrest. They were waiting for his cooperation to make them AIRTIGHT.
JULY 4TH — 250 YEARS OF INDEPENDENCE.
That’s when the names drop. Not redacted. Not sealed. EVERY NAME. EVERY CRIME. EVERY TRANSACTION.
The media is calling it “sex trafficking.” That’s the cover story. The REAL charge is TREASON. Conspiracy against the United States. Crimes against children. Organized racketeering spanning 25 years.
Diddy’s mansion? Raided. Hard drives seized. Security footage from 2009 to 2026 — RECOVERED. Every guest. Every night. Every act.
The LAPD officer who was supposed to tip off the targets? Arrested June 2. The FBI agent who was supposed to leak? Arrested June 3.
I’ve been told that the first names to be released will SHOCK the nation. Not B-list celebrities. Not minor politicians. THE NAMES. The ones you see every day on television. The ones who built their empires on BLOOD.
Diddy made his choice. He’s going to testify. He’s going to name names. He’s going to describe what happened in those rooms.
And when he does — 247 dominoes will fall in 30 days.
DIDDY-FLIPPED-0603
NAMES-247-SEALED
JULY4-RECKONING-0704
The party is over. The bill is coming due. And everyone who attended — is about to learn what JUSTICE looks like.
https://t.me/The17Disc
A “4th Of July Furnace”, 131 MPH Winds, Record Tornadoes And Severe Drought – The U.S. Has Never Seen Crazier Weather To Start A Summer
We have witnessed crazy summer weather in the United States before, but this year has been just bonkers. There was snow at the end of June, high winds just shredded a wind farm in South Dakota, there have never been more tornadoes in Illinois, the western half of the country is being plagued by severe drought, wildfires are erupting at a blistering pace, and now the eastern half of the country is going to experience a “4th of July furnace” caused by an absolutely colossal heat dome…
Half of all Americans are facing prolonged, dangerously hot temperatures from an intense heat dome as they head outdoors to celebrate the country’s 250th Independence Day.
The temperatures in some spots in the eastern US, like New York City and Washington, DC, could be the hottest in over a decade, and numerous high temperature records are likely to fall in the coming days.
The oppressive heat and humidity are already gripping the Midwest and South and it will expand to the Mid-Atlantic and Northeast on Wednesday. The sprawling heat dome will then park over the East, particularly the Interstate 95 corridor, and peak by Friday.
I repeatedly warned my readers that things would get really hot once the “Super El Niño” officially arrived, and that is precisely what has happened.
Throughout the rest of this week, high temperatures will be way above normal from the Mississippi River to the Atlantic Ocean…
Actual high temperatures are forecast to range from 90 to 105 F in most areas from the Plains to the western slopes of the Appalachians early this week and from the Plains to the Atlantic and Gulf coasts from Wednesday to Independence Day. Temperatures this week will be 10-20 degrees above the 30-year historical average in nearly three dozen states in late June and early July.
“The extreme heat and humidity are expected to bring near-record, or possibly record, energy usage to the mid-Atlantic power providers,” AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Alan Reppert said.
This is truly going to be an epic heat wave.
According to the Washington Post, a whopping 73 million Americans are expected to experience high temperatures in the triple digits…
- 73 million. That’s the number of Americans that are expected to experience triple-digit heat through Sunday.
- 190 million. Humidity will build to extreme levels for that many Americans by the end of the weekend.
- 205 million. For that many Americans, the risk for heat-related impacts will reach major or extreme levels through Monday, according to NOAA’s HeatRisk. At the rare extreme level, heat can be deadly to people without access to effective cooling.
The mid-Atlantic region will be hit particularly hard. If you can believe it, in certain parts of the mid-Atlantic it could actually feel like it is 115 degrees outside once you account for the oppressive humidity.
One meteorologist is warning that it will be so hot in some areas that it “will melt your face off”. If you live in an area that will be affected by this heat dome, please take proper precautions.
Sadly, there are still many people that do not take the heat seriously. In one very tragic case, an 18-month-old child ended up dead as a result…
An 18-month-old child died Monday after being found in a hot car outside an early education center in Plantation, Florida, on a day when temperatures climbed into the 90s.
Plantation police and firefighters responded at 5:39 p.m. Monday to a report of a deceased child inside a vehicle at A World of Discovery Academy, according to the Plantation Police Department.
The Plantation Fire Department confirmed the child was deceased, police said. Detectives responded to the scene, and an investigation into the child’s death is underway.
We need to educate our young parents better so that this sort of thing will stop happening. When it gets extremely hot, we also see very large thunderstorms.
Throughout the rest of the week, the forecast calls for thunderstorms to develop all along the edges of the heat dome…
Rounds of thunderstorms will track along the edge of a massive heat dome through the days leading up to the Fourth of July. As the heat dome begins to weaken over the Independence Day weekend, severe thunderstorms are forecast to surge southward into areas that have remained largely storm-free this week.
During a heat wave like this week’s, sinking air beneath most of the heat dome suppresses thunderstorm development. Storms that do form typically develop along the weaker outer edge of the dome, where the flow around the high-pressure system helps steer them.
Thunderstorms will vary in size and intensity. Most will develop during the afternoon and evening, but some may organize into large complexes that persist overnight and continue into the next morning. In extreme cases, these complexes can evolve into derechos, while isolated storms may strengthen into supercells that may travel hundreds of miles. Both can be extremely dangerous and destructive.
Some of the storms that we have already seen have been absolutely frightening.
In South Dakota, a storm that actually occurred early in the morning produced a 131 mph wind gust that literally destroyed a bunch of wind turbines…
An early morning storm ripped through Highmore, South Dakota, about 220 miles east of Rapid City, producing a reported 131 mph wind gust that, if sustained, would fall within Category 4 hurricane strength on the Saffir-Simpson scale.
Local KELOLAND meteorologists Scot Mundt and Brian Karstens were absolutely stunned by the wind speed, which reached 131 mph.
The violent straight-line winds toppled grain silos, damaged infrastructure, and knocked over large wind turbines.
Wind turbines are normally placed in areas that typically get high winds.
But they were never designed to handle a wind gust of this magnitude…
High temperatures also typically mean lots of tornadoes, and this year has been no exception.
In fact, the state of Illinois has already experienced more tornadoes in 2026 than in any other full year on record…
Illinois has had a record-setting year of tornadoes that no state wants to experience.
As of late June, Illinois already has experienced 205 preliminary tornado reports, which is more than any other full year since records were first taken.
Notably, Illinois has had more than double the number of tornadoes of any other state thus far in 2026. Mississippi and Indiana are a distant second with 84 apiece.
This is insane.
At this stage, Illinois has “almost tripled the 30-year average number of tornadoes per year”…
Illinois state climatologist Trent Ford told Newsweek in an email that the number of tornadoes in the state has skyrocketed over the last four years, but even by those standards, this year has been extreme.
“2026 is by a wide margin the most severe weather active year we have since consistent records were taken in the late 1950s,” Ford said.
“We have smashed our previous tornado record by mid-June and almost tripled the 30-year average number of tornadoes per year in Illinois.”
I told you that this summer has been bonkers. And the scary thing is that it has just started.
In the western half of the nation, drought is the biggest issue.
Right now, the entire state of Colorado is experiencing at least some level of drought…
A number of states are suffering from record drought, but none has suffered as much recently as Colorado. Drought at various levels covers the entire state, according to the U.S. Drought Monitor. The worst levels of drought, called “exceptional drought” and “extreme drought,” cover 37%. According to Drought Monitor experts, exceptional drought is “the most severe classification of drought, indicating critical, widespread water shortages, massive agricultural and pasture losses, and the frequent implementation of emergency water restrictions.”
Large wildfires have started along the Colorado border with Utah. This has strained the state’s firefighting resources. This has become a larger problem across the country. There have been over 35,000 wildfires in the US this year, the National Interagency Fire Center reports. These have burned 3.1 million acres so far this year. Last year, at the same time, the acres burned totaled 1.8 million.
The “Super El Niño” is likely to make things even hotter and even drier in many of the areas that are already dealing with drought.
The founder of AccuWeather is warning that we could soon see a “mini-Dust Bowl” in our western states…
And even though El Niño could transition back to neutral later this year, some experts are increasingly focused on what could follow, warning that drought conditions in the Plains could persist for years after the pattern breaks down — and the possibility of a “mini Dust Bowl” scenario.
“If the long-term drought is as bad as it could be, and you are starting off already with severe drought, this raises the real possibility of a ‘mini-Dust Bowl,” said AccuWeather Founder and Executive Chair Joel N. Myers. “Soybeans will be stressed further in the months and years ahead, and yields on some of these crops will be reduced in parts of the country. If that happens, it will have a negative impact on food production, leading to price inflation. Furthermore, water supplies will be harmed, as well.”
Drought is afflicting other key agricultural areas all over the globe, and that is setting the stage for widespread famines.
Everything that I have shared in this article is really happening. But a lot of people out there are just sticking their heads in the sand and pretending that everything is going to be okay somehow.
It is time to wake up and face reality, but much of the population simply won’t do that.
THE FILES THEY COULDN’T BURY ANYMORE JFK ASSASSINATION
June 24, 2026
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Kash Patel released it. DECLASSIFIED. Raw. Unredacted. EVERYTHING.
The JFK assassination files. The ones they said would stay sealed until 2035. The ones they LIED about for 63 years.
Lee Harvey Oswald didn’t kill President Kennedy. He was a PATSY.
The real shooters were THREE. Dealey Plaza was a KILL ZONE. Military precision.
I’ve been told by contacts inside the National Archives that declassified files contain direct communications between CIA Deputy Director Richard Helms, Defense Intelligence Agency Director Joseph Carroll, and Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Maxwell Taylor.
The messages are EXPLICIT. They discuss “the necessity of the operation” and “removal of the obstacle.”
This wasn’t a lone gunman. This was a COUP.
Kennedy was killed because he was going to end Vietnam War, dismantle the CIA, expose the Federal Reserve, and make peace with the Soviet Union. He had to be REMOVED.
The Warren Commission? A COVER-UP. Chief Justice Earl Warren was ORDERED to bury the truth by President Johnson — who knew about the operation BEFOREHAND.
Johnson’s mistress — Madeleine Duncan Brown — testified: “The night before the assassination, Johnson told me: ‘After tomorrow, those goddamn Kennedys will never embarrass me again.'”
She died in 2002. The declassified FBI file shows she was visited by two agents 48 hours before her death. The file is REDACTED except for one line: “Subject expressed willingness to testify publicly.”
She never testified.
Connect the dots: Oswald was CIA asset. Autopsy falsified. Zapruder film edited. Bullet trajectory impossible. Over 50 witnesses died. This was an EXECUTION by the people sworn to protect the President.
The same people who created the CIA. The same people who ran black ops. The same people who built the Deep State.
And they’ve been RUNNING AMERICA for 63 years.
Until now.
Trump declassified these files because he KNOWS. He knows what they did to Kennedy. He knows they tried to do it to him. He knows the same people are still in power.
That’s why they’re DESPERATE to impeach him. That’s why they’re PANICKING. Because once Americans understand that their government MURDERED their president — and got away with it for 63 years — the system COLLAPSES.
If Kennedy was killed by the CIA, then what about RFK, MLK, Reagan? They were all PATSIES. The declassified files contain the names, dates, communications. Helms. Carroll. Taylor. Johnson. Hoover. All DEAD. But their successors are STILL IN POWER.
That’s what they’re protecting.
That’s why the media won’t cover it.
That’s why Congress is silent.
That’s why they’re trying to stop Trump.
Because the truth about JFK is the thread that unravels EVERYTHING.
Pull it, and the entire Deep State FALLS.
The files are public now. Read them yourself. The government can’t hide anymore.
JFK-DECLASSIFIED-062426
CIA-COUP-OPERATION
WARREN-COMMISSION-COVERUP
⟁ Let this Sit for a Minute
YOUR HANDS EMIT A MEASURABLE ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THAT CAN ACCELERATE HEALING IN ANOTHER PERSON
THIS IS NOT BELIEF. THIS IS PHYSICS.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
In 1992, John Zimmerman at the University of Colorado School of Medicine placed a SQUID magnetometer — the most sensitive magnetic field detector on Earth — near the hands of therapeutic touch practitioners during healing sessions.
What he measured should have ended every debate about energy healing permanently.
The hands emitted a pulsing biomagnetic field ranging from 0.3 Hz to 30 Hz. Not random. Not static. Pulsing. In the exact same frequency range that medical researchers had already proven accelerates tissue repair.
2 Hz stimulates nerve regeneration. 7 Hz stimulates bone growth. 10 Hz stimulates ligament healing. 15 Hz stimulates capillary formation. 20 Hz stimulates skin repair.
The hands were cycling through these frequencies automatically. Without the practitioner consciously choosing them. As if the hands already knew what the damaged tissue needed.
This was not one study. In 1989, Dr. Akira Seto in Japan independently measured the same biomagnetic emission from the hands of healers — at levels 1,000 times stronger than normal human biofield output. Published in the Journal of the International Society of Life Information Science.
In 2003, researcher Ann Baldwin at the University of Arizona demonstrated that Reiki practitioners’ hand emissions caused measurable changes in bacterial growth rates. Not belief. Not placebo. Bacteria do not have beliefs. They responded to the field.
Your hands contain the highest concentration of nerve endings in your entire body — 17,000 mechanoreceptors in each palm. They also contain some of the strongest bioelectric generators in your body. When a mother places her hand on her child’s forehead, she is not just checking temperature. She is transmitting a frequency.
Every ancient healing tradition on Earth — Chinese Qigong, Japanese Reiki, Indian Pranic healing, Christian laying on of hands — described the same thing: healing energy flowing through the palms. Thousands of years. Every continent. Every culture. The same claim.
Modern science measured it. Confirmed it. Published it. And then pretended it did not happen.
Your hands are not just tools. They are transmitters. And the signal they send is strong enough to change the biology of another living being.
They taught you to wash your hands. They never taught you what your hands can actually do.
⟁ Let this Echo
Traffic Through The Strait Of Hormuz Is Way Below Pre-War Levels As Trump Is Briefed On Options For “All-Out War”
The crisis in the Strait of Hormuz is not even close to being resolved, and global oil supplies continue to get tighter and tighter. The world has been running an “oil deficit” for months, and we have been able to do that by running down commercial oil inventories and strategic national reserves. There was hope that traffic through the Strait of Hormuz would return to pre-war levels before things got really hairy, but that isn’t happening. In fact, in recent days only about 30 to 40 commercial vessels have been traveling through the Strait each day. Before the war, the average was about 120 to 130 commercial vessels per day. The vast majority of the commercial vessels that have been getting through the Strait have been heading away from the Persian Gulf. Very few are headed into the Persian Gulf for understandable reasons. So once the backlog of commercial vessels that have been trapped in the Persian Gulf is finally eliminated, the level of traffic through the Strait of Hormuz will likely drop to depressingly low levels.
So we should be thankful that the price of oil has dropped a bit lower for now, but it won’t stay that way. And that will especially be true if war with Iran fully erupts again.
We have seen fighting flare up multiple times in recent weeks, and it certainly wouldn’t take much to push things over the edge.
On Wednesday, it was being reported that President Trump has been briefed on options for “a return to all-out war with Iran”…
President Trump has weighed a return to all-out war with Iran, holding multiple conversations in recent days with Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Dan Caine on more strikes, but has decided to stick with diplomatic talks for now, according to U.S. officials familiar with the discussion.
The conversations have centered on whether the U.S. should abandon negotiations and resume full-scale attacks on Iran, the officials said, a move some of them describe as “finishing the job.” While not making a final decision, Trump has told aides he believes another round of full-scale attacks could derail diplomacy and hurt Washington’s chances of ultimately dismantling Iran’s nuclear program.
I was quite surprised when I read that. I didn’t think that Trump and his team had an appetite for more conflict right now.
Meanwhile, Iranian Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi just used some very strong language in an extremely inflammatory social media post…
The terms of the Islamabad MoU are crystal clear and public for all to see.
POTUS has committed the U.S. to muzzling its pets in Tel Aviv. If they ignore their master, Iran will school them.
Any threat against our People and Leadership will receive Immediate Powerful Response.
This is a threat to attack Israel.
The Iranians are demanding that the Israelis must withdraw from Lebanon, but the Israelis continue to tell us that this will simply not happen…
Israel’s defense minister said Wednesday that forces would remain “indefinitely” in so-called security zones established in Lebanon, Syria and the Gaza Strip.
“The IDF will not withdraw and will remain in the security zones in Lebanon, Syria, and Gaza – indefinitely – to protect our residents and communities from jihadist elements,” Israel Katz said.
“We are fighting to change reality and bring security to the residents of the north,” he added, referring to communities along Israel’s border with Lebanon from which thousands of people have been evacuated due to the threat posed by Iranian-backed Hezbollah.
The Israelis are absolutely determined to stop the bombardment of their northern communities.
Since early March, Hezbollah has fired “more than 7,000 rockets, missiles and drones” into Israeli territory…
Israeli officials say Hezbollah has launched more than 7,000 rockets, missiles and drones into Israel since early March while embedding military infrastructure inside civilian areas and Christian villages in southern Lebanon.
The claims were made by Israeli Foreign Minister Gideon Sa’ar during MUNI EXPO in Tel Aviv as Israel, Lebanon and the United States continue negotiations aimed at securing Hezbollah’s disarmament and a lasting peace agreement.
“Since March alone, Hezbollah has launched more than 7,000 rockets, missiles and drones from Lebanese territory into Israel,” Sa’ar said. “What country can accept this and not act to restore security to its citizens?”
It is inevitable that Hezbollah will fire more rockets, missiles and drones into northern Israel.
In response, Israel will bomb southern Beirut again. The Iranians have already told us that if Israel does that again they will fire ballistic missiles at Israel. And once that occurs, the IDF will strike back extremely hard.
I don’t know what those that are convinced that there will be peace in the Middle East are smoking, but it must be really strong. When more fighting erupts in the Middle East, traffic through the Strait of Hormuz will drop lower than it is now.
And that is very bad news, because even though the “Memorandum of Understanding” was signed a couple of weeks ago, traffic through the Strait of Hormuz continues to remain at very low levels…
Shipping traffic through the Strait of Hormuz began to rebound Monday following weekend tit-for-tat strikes between the U.S. and Iran.
Reports from the maritime tracking firm Kpler said 40 vessels passed through the critical waterway on Monday, while 24 ships transited the strait on Sunday in addition to 39 ships on Saturday.
Almost all of the commercial vessels that are passing through the Strait are headed out. Very few are headed in. And many of the ships that are actually headed in are Iranian.
For now, most shipping companies continue to treat the Strait of Hormuz “as a war zone”…
Unions and shipping employers said in a statement Wednesday they will continue to designate the Strait of Hormuz as a war zone until at least July 9, maintaining double pay for seafarers in the area despite a fragile truce between the U.S. and Iran.
The status only covers ships whose companies are signatories of the International Bargaining Forum’s labor agreements — around 15,000 vessels worldwide, according to the IBF.
Seafarers covered by the agreement working on ships in the Strait of Hormuz and its surrounding waters get paid double, and have the right to refuse to sail into the area and request repatriation at the company’s expense, increasing costs for shipping companies.
This is really bad news for the global economy.
On top of everything else, Ukraine’s endless bombardment of Russian oil facilities has caused gasoline shortages all over Russia…
Fuel shortages across Russia have triggered a new political challenge for President Vladimir Putin, as a relentless Ukrainian drone campaign aimed at the country’s oil refineries has brought the war home for most ordinary Russians.
While Ukraine has targeted Russian energy facilities for years, the quantity and firepower of Ukrainian drones and missiles have risen. This has allowed Kyiv to hit refineries as far as Tyumen, 1,200 miles away in Siberia, and permitted the spectacular raid that broke through thick layers of air defenses and destroyed Moscow’s main refinery on June 18, the turning point of the current crisis.
Some 28% of Russia’s refining capacity was offline as of June 20, estimated Sergey Vakulenko, former head of strategy at Gazprom Neft, a large Russian oil company, and now a senior fellow at the Carnegie Russia Eurasia Center in Berlin.
Russia is one of the largest oil producers on the entire planet. But now the Russians are being forced to actually import fuel thanks to Ukraine.
Everything that I have shared in this article means that global supplies of oil are going to continue to become tighter and tighter in the weeks and months ahead. In other words, the stage is being set for a severe global energy crisis and a mammoth global economic meltdown.
For the moment, many investors are still feeling very optimistic about things, but it won’t be too long before they are brutally blindsided by reality.
STARLINK IS NOT FOR INTERNET — IT IS THE HARDWARE FOR THE GLOBAL HIVE-MIND.
Elon Musk’s “Starlink” project, with its thousands of low-orbit satellites, is being sold to the public as a way to provide high-speed internet to the most remote corners of the globe.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
But why does a world already saturated with fiber optics and 5G need a massive, space-based mesh network that covers every square inch of the planet? The truth is that Starlink is the “backbone” for the Global Surveillance and Frequency Control Grid. It is not designed to connect your computers; it is designed to connect the “Smart Dust” and neural-link technology already inside the human population.
⟁ These satellites are not just communication relays; they are phased-array antennas capable of precision beam-forming. This means they can target specific geographic areas—or even specific individuals—with localized electromagnetic frequencies. This is the hardware for the “Internet of Bodies.” By working in tandem with the ground-based 5G towers, Starlink creates a seamless, inescapable “frequency cage” that can influence human brainwaves, moods, and physical health on a global scale. There will be nowhere left to hide from the signal.
⟁ The “Alliance” has reportedly taken control of the Starlink “Kill Switch.” While the cabal intended to use this network for the final implementation of the Social Credit System and total mental enslavement, the system is being repurposed. The “Great Disclosure” will be broadcast through this very network, bypassing the censored mainstream media and the controlled internet cables under the ocean. Starlink is the “Emergency Broadcast System” (EBS) of the future. The elite built their own gallows, thinking they were building a throne.
⟁ Notice the timing of the launches. Every week, dozens of new satellites are added to the “Constellation.” They are rushing to complete the grid before the “Solar Flash” or the magnetic shift renders their old technology useless. The battle for the sky is the battle for the human mind. They want to lock you into a digital simulation, while the universe is trying to wake you up. The sky is no longer empty; it is a battlefield of frequencies.
CODE: STARLINK-GRID / FREQUENCY-CAGE / EBS-BACKBONE / HIVE-MIND-HARDWARE
They told you it was for “connectivity.” It was for “collectivity.” But the signal is being hijacked by the light.
♟ The grid is complete, but the control is slipping. The network meant to enslave you will be the one that sets you free.
THE FREQUENCY WAR — WHY YOUR MUSIC IS BEING USED TO CONTROL YOUR BRAIN.
Have you ever wondered why modern music often feels “heavy,” “anxious,” or “aggressive”?
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
It’s not just the lyrics; it’s the vibration itself. In 1939, the International Standard for musical tuning was changed from 432Hz to 440Hz. This wasn’t a “scientific improvement”—it was a psychological operation. 432Hz is the natural frequency of the universe, perfectly aligned with the heartbeat of the Earth (the Schumann Resonance) and the mathematical patterns of nature. 440Hz is a dissonant frequency that creates internal stress, suppresses the heart chakra, and locks the brain into a state of perpetual “fight or flight.”
⟁ The push for 440Hz was funded by the Rockefeller Foundation and the military-industrial complex. They realized that by tuning all music, radio, and television to this disharmonious frequency, they could make the global population more easily agitated, less intuitive, and more susceptible to external control. Music is a carrier wave for information. When the carrier wave is “broken,” the human nervous system cannot process higher truths. They turned the world’s most powerful tool for healing and connection into a weapon of mass distraction and mental fragmentation.
⟁ 432Hz is the frequency of DNA repair and cellular regeneration. It resonates with the geometry of the “Flower of Life” and the Golden Ratio. Ancient civilizations—from the Egyptians to the Greeks—tuned their instruments to this natural scale because they knew that sound is the bridge between the physical and the spiritual. By removing 432Hz from the public sphere, the elite effectively “disconnected” humanity from its natural source of energy. They want you vibrating at the frequency of the machine, not the frequency of the soul.
⟁ The “Alliance” is currently encouraging the return to 432Hz and other “Solfeggio Frequencies” (like 528Hz, the frequency of love and DNA repair). As the global consciousness rises, people are naturally gravitating away from the “noise” of the old system and back to the “music of the spheres.” This is why there is such a sudden explosion of interest in sound baths, frequency healing, and independent artists returning to natural tuning. You are a biological instrument; it’s time to retune yourself to the universe and turn off the broadcast of the controllers.
CODE: FREQUENCY-WAR / 432HZ-HEALING / 440HZ-CONTROL / VIBRATIONAL-SHIFT
They told you it was just a standard. It was a prison for your nervous system. Change the frequency, change your life.
♟ You aren’t just listening to music; you’re being programmed. Tune out the machine and tune into the Earth.
The Most Complex Military Operation In Modern History | “The Plan”
Code Name: Operation Consciousness
Source: 17PLUS.WEEBLY.COM
Most people still think they’re watching a game. They don’t realize they’re witnessing the most complex military operation in modern history. What if every headline, every scandal and every failure was part of the plan? What if the chaos wasn’t proof of collapse, but evidence of Contre. The truth isn’t hiding in the noise. It’s encoded in the operation itself. Nothing about 2017 to 2025 was random or unplanned.
Every move, every delay, every loss, was part of the same battlefield strategy that began long before the public realized a war had started. The world thought it was watching ordinary politics, but what was really unfolding was continuity of command guided by military law and strategic deception. Between 2018 and 2020 a web of laws and orders was set into motion. Title 10, title 32 federalization directives.
Each one prepared the battlefield before the public even knew there was a war. Every move was lawful; every activation was pre-approved by the Constitution itself. Thank you to Derek Johnson, the map maker on this laws and orders terrain while the media mocked and the crowd slept, a shadow chessboard was being played under unconventional warfare doctrine, where perception became the new Battlefield and patience the deadliest weapon.
Every headline was a move, every outrage a distraction.
They told you to trust the plan. Few realized it wasn’t faith they were asking for it was composure during an active mission. If those orders were unconstitutional, why are they still active? Why did no administration, no Congress, no court, shut them down because they can’t they have lawful wartime directives operating under the same authority that launched the mission before 2021 the laws were written by patriots for this exact moment in history.
This was never about a single election or a four-year term. It was the execution phase of a plan written years before the public even realized it existed. President didn’t walk away, although we know he is central casting. He shifted theaters from the public stage to military oversight, and that’s why 45 to 47 isn’t a slogan. It’s a continuum that the public saw an exit the military saw a hand off of the battlefield.
In war, you don’t announce your counter offensive. You let the enemy celebrate their illusion of victory.
This was that moment, a quiet maneuver beneath the noise, a controlled exposure designed to awaken the world while the enemy revealed themselves. The optics weren’t chaos. They were a calculated theater. The so-called administration wasn’t sovereign power. It was a temporary fake, a puppet government used as a mirror to expose the rock, a movie for the blind, a mirror for the awake. Every blunder, every scandal, every collapse, all pieces of a script designed to wake the sleeping masses.
This wasn’t politics, it was a psy-op for the soul, designed to make the world question everything it thought was real. This is what fifth generation warfare looks like. It’s not fought with tanks and missiles. It’s fought with narratives, Psyops and legal precision.
The battlefield is your mind. The weapon is information.
Objective is consciousness.
When charges were brought in 2023 and dropped in 2024 the world thought it was coincidence, but the official records referred to a sitting president. Think about that, the optic said former, the document said sitting, the illusion was the camouflage, the law was the proof an asymmetric warfare.
THE FREQUENCY WAR — WHY YOUR MUSIC IS BEING USED TO CONTROL YOUR BRAIN.
Have you ever wondered why modern music often feels “heavy,” “anxious,” or “aggressive”? It’s not just the lyrics; it’s the vibration itself. In 1939, the International Standard for musical tuning was changed from 432Hz to 440Hz. This wasn’t a “scientific improvement”—it was a psychological operation. 432Hz is the natural frequency of the universe, perfectly aligned with the heartbeat of the Earth (the Schumann Resonance) and the mathematical patterns of nature. 440Hz is a dissonant frequency that creates internal stress, suppresses the heart chakra, and locks the brain into a state of perpetual “fight or flight.”
⟁ The push for 440Hz was funded by the Rockefeller Foundation and the military-industrial complex. They realized that by tuning all music, radio, and television to this disharmonious frequency, they could make the global population more easily agitated, less intuitive, and more susceptible to external control. Music is a carrier wave for information. When the carrier wave is “broken,” the human nervous system cannot process higher truths. They turned the world’s most powerful tool for healing and connection into a weapon of mass distraction and mental fragmentation.
⟁ 432Hz is the frequency of DNA repair and cellular regeneration. It resonates with the geometry of the “Flower of Life” and the Golden Ratio. Ancient civilizations—from the Egyptians to the Greeks—tuned their instruments to this natural scale because they knew that sound is the bridge between the physical and the spiritual. By removing 432Hz from the public sphere, the elite effectively “disconnected” humanity from its natural source of energy. They want you vibrating at the frequency of the machine, not the frequency of the soul.
⟁ The “Alliance” is currently encouraging the return to 432Hz and other “Solfeggio Frequencies” (like 528Hz, the frequency of love and DNA repair). As the global consciousness rises, people are naturally gravitating away from the “noise” of the old system and back to the “music of the spheres.” This is why there is such a sudden explosion of interest in sound baths, frequency healing, and independent artists returning to natural tuning. You are a biological instrument; it’s time to retune yourself to the universe and turn off the broadcast of the controllers.
CODE: FREQUENCY-WAR / 432HZ-HEALING / 440HZ-CONTROL / VIBRATIONAL-SHIFT
They told you it was just a standard. It was a prison for your nervous system. Change the frequency, change your life.
♟ You aren’t just listening to music; you’re being programmed. Tune out the machine and tune into the Earth.
WEATHER WARS
Who & What Controls the Weather & Natural Disasters
For generations, humanity believed the weather was one of the last truly uncontrollable forces of nature. Hurricanes, droughts, floods, earthquakes, and shifting climate patterns were accepted as the unpredictable rhythms of a living planet. Yet within that false narrative, an entirely different possibility exists. Hidden far beyond public view, a clandestine network of atmospheric technologies has quietly influenced global weather for decades. While governments publicly debate climate policy and disaster preparedness, an invisible struggle for control of Earth’s atmosphere unfolds behind the scenes, where weather itself has become one of the most powerful strategic weapons ever imagined.
According to the gov. documents and witness testimony, the system—known internally as THRONE CLIMATE—was never designed to study the atmosphere. It was created to shape it. A constellation of weather-modification stations, orbital platforms, ionospheric transmitters, and ocean-based energy arrays worked together as a single global network capable of influencing atmospheric conditions across continents. In this SciFi world, storms were no longer entirely natural events but variables within a planetary-scale engineering project. The objective was never simply controlling the weather; it was controlling everything the weather touches—food production, shipping lanes, insurance markets, migration patterns, economic stability, and geopolitical leverage.
The ROTHSCHILDS have just begun to lose control of the weather industrial complex. For 47 years, they have controlled the skies through a network of 22 weather modification stations that could direct hurricanes, droughts, floods, and earthquakes, on demand, to any place on Earth.
The evidence suggests that every major disaster left behind a unique electromagnetic signature embedded within the upper atmosphere. Researchers, independent scientists, and military analysts spent years attempting to understand these anomalies, often dismissed as coincidence or misunderstood data. Within the storyline, however, these signatures formed a hidden language—a digital fingerprint indicating that certain events were not entirely random but synchronized through advanced atmospheric technology operating beyond the awareness of the public.
The program called “THRONE CLIMATE” was funded by a labyrinth of NGOs, carbon credit systems, and “green energy” foundations, all connected to the same family office, Octogon Group in Geneva that has controlled European banks since 1815.
They who tried to expose this technology were ridiculed, but they were right about everything: Hurricane Katrina: frequency trace detected 72 hours before impact; The 2010 Haiti earthquake has the same frequency signature, originating from a station in Venezuela; The 2011 earthquake, signature attributed to a flagless ship operating in the Pacific. The ship’s registration, obtained via “QFS maritime tracking,” belongs to a company conveniently located in the Cayman Islands. The company’s sole director: a family trust of the Rothschild family. They didn’t predict disasters, they ordered them. Why control the weather? Because the weather controls everything. Food prices, insurance markets, government stability, migration systems, election outcomes. They didn’t need an army. They didn’t need murders. They needed rain or drought in the right place at the right time. $4.2 trillion in “natural disaster” damages since 1979. Betting on the destruction they created. Harvesting the suffering they caused.
As the story progresses, a multinational coalition launches a coordinated operation to disable the weather-control infrastructure. The mission unfolds simultaneously across multiple continents, targeting facilities hidden beneath research installations, remote mountain observatories, naval platforms, and satellite command centers. Officially, nothing unusual is announced. Unofficially, the operators responsible for maintaining the atmospheric network discover that their systems are shutting down one by one. For the first time in nearly half a century, the control architecture begins collapsing under its own complexity, leaving the atmosphere free from centralized manipulation.
The consequences are immediate but unexpected. Instead of dramatic global chaos, the atmosphere begins slowly returning to its own natural balance. Weather becomes less predictable to those who once believed they could command it. Forecasting models built upon engineered patterns begin failing as natural climatic systems reassert themselves. Within the story, humanity realizes that the greatest surprise is not the disappearance of control—but the rediscovery of nature’s own intelligence, operating without human intervention.
The story also explores a deeper philosophical question: if weather could be controlled, who should possess that power? The ability to influence rainfall, redirect hurricanes, suppress droughts, or trigger floods represents far more than scientific achievement. It becomes a question of ethics, governance, and the limits of technological authority. The conflict ultimately shifts from technology itself to the responsibility of those entrusted with its use, illustrating how every powerful invention can either serve humanity or become another instrument of domination.
A few days ago, the last station was disconnected, seized in a military operation involving 6 nations that have never publicly acknowledged working together. The weather is no longer a weapon. For the first time since 1979, the skies belong to no one. Every “natural disaster” of the last 47 years had a signature, a digital fingerprint embedded in the ionosphere that preceded it. HAARP researchers have detected it for decades.
The story concludes; for the first time in half a century, the rain will fall where it should fall. As the final weather-control station falls silent, sunlight breaks through retreating storm clouds over a quiet horizon. The skies no longer belong to hidden operators or secret machines—they belong once again to the living Earth. Lessons learned from Weather Wars imagines a future in which humanity learns that true resilience does not come from controlling nature, but from learning to live in harmony with it.
WEATHER MODIFICATION
Separating Established Science from Speculation
Weather modification has long occupied the space where documented science, military history, atmospheric research, and public speculation intersect. While many discussions quickly move into controversial territory, there is no question that humans have been attempting to influence weather for decades. Cloud seeding, atmospheric observation, hurricane research, ionospheric experiments, and climate engineering proposals have all been studied by governments, universities, and research organizations around the world. At the same time, broader claims involving large-scale weather control remain subjects of ongoing debate and have not been scientifically established.
One of the best-known examples of documented weather modification is Operation Popeye, conducted by the U.S. military during the Vietnam War between 1967 and 1972. Through cloud seeding using silver iodide, military planners sought to extend the monsoon season and slow enemy troop movements along supply routes. The operation remained classified for several years before becoming public knowledge and is now part of the historical record. This example demonstrates that governments have experimented with weather modification under specific conditions, although its capabilities and effectiveness were limited compared with many modern claims.
Another frequently discussed project is the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) in Gakona, Alaska. HAARP was established to study the Earth’s ionosphere by transmitting high-frequency radio waves into the upper atmosphere to better understand radio communications, satellite operations, and space weather. Because of its unusual appearance and highly specialized research, HAARP has become the focus of numerous theories suggesting it can manipulate storms, earthquakes, or global climate. Scientists involved with the project maintain that its transmitted energy is far too small to influence large-scale weather systems, and no scientific consensus supports claims that it can create hurricanes, earthquakes, or other natural disasters.
The broader discussion often expands beyond HAARP to include ionospheric research facilities, cloud-seeding programs, atmospheric chemistry, geoengineering proposals, and emerging climate technologies. Around the world, dozens of countries have conducted cloud-seeding operations to enhance rainfall, suppress hail, or reduce fog around airports. More recently, scientists have proposed large-scale geoengineering concepts intended to address climate change, such as injecting reflective particles into the upper atmosphere or increasing cloud reflectivity over the oceans. While these remain largely experimental or theoretical, they illustrate that humanity continues exploring ways to influence atmospheric processes within clearly defined scientific limits.
The challenge for researchers and the public alike is distinguishing between verified history, ongoing scientific research, and claims that remain speculative. Public trust can be difficult to maintain when governments have previously conducted classified military experiments or withheld information that was later declassified. At the same time, extraordinary claims require equally strong evidence. Critical thinking requires examining original documents, peer-reviewed research, historical records, and multiple sources before drawing conclusions about complex subjects involving national security, environmental science, and emerging technologies.
Whether one approaches the topic from a scientific perspective, an investigative mindset, or simple curiosity, weather modification raises important questions about ethics, transparency, and governance. If future technologies allow greater influence over atmospheric systems, who should regulate them? How should such capabilities be monitored? What safeguards should exist to prevent misuse? These questions extend beyond weather itself and touch on broader issues involving technological power, international cooperation, and public accountability.
Ultimately, the discussion surrounding weather modification reminds us that science continues evolving, while public understanding often struggles to keep pace. Some technologies once dismissed as impossible have become routine, while others remain unsupported despite decades of speculation. The most productive approach is one of informed curiosity—remaining open to new evidence while carefully separating established facts from unverified claims. In a rapidly changing technological world, understanding where that line exists is becoming increasingly important for researchers, policymakers, and an informed public alike.
The Earthquakes Just Won’t Stop: The New Madrid Fault And The Cascadia Subduction Zone Both Get Shaken As The Warnings Continue
How much shaking is it going to take before most of the population starts paying attention? The ground underneath our feet just keeps shaking. Nobody can deny this. As you will see below, there has been a long list of large earthquakes that have hit our planet over the past week, and this is something that I have been writing about a lot in recent days. What we are experiencing is not normal, and many believe that all of this shaking is just a preview of what is to come.
On Monday morning, a magnitude 5.5 earthquake suddenly struck approximately 140 miles off the coast of Oregon…
The Pacific’s notorious ‘Ring of Fire’ has delivered another jolt amid a recent burst of seismic activity around the globe’s most earthquake-prone region. The US Geological Survey detected a magnitude 5.5 earthquake roughly 140 miles west of the Oregon coast at around 7:35am ET Monday. The earthquake struck deep beneath the Pacific Ocean and there were no immediate reports of damage or injuries. No tsunami warning was issued, although residents in Salem and Rockaway Beach reported feeling the shaking.
The reason why this was such a noteworthy quake is because it occurred along the Cascadia Subduction Zone…
The quake occurred along a tectonically active stretch of the Pacific coastline, part of the broader Cascadia Subduction Zone known for producing both frequent moderate events and the potential for far larger ones.
This is one of the most dangerous fault zones in the entire world. It sits on the Pacific Ring of Fire, and it has the potential to cause seismic events of cataclysmic proportions.
Scientists assure us that it is just a matter of time before a gigantic earthquake occurs along the Cascadia Subduction Zone, and I have repeatedly warned about what this will mean for those living near the coasts of Oregon and Washington once this happens…
Someday, an absolutely gigantic earthquake along the Cascadia Subduction Zone will send a colossal wall of water toward the west coast of the United States. We are talking about a disaster that would be greater than anything we have ever experienced in the entire history of our country so far, and scientists are openly warning us that it is just a matter of time before such a disaster happens. It is being projected that the wall of water could be up to 100 feet tall, and it will cause extreme devastation. Tall buildings will be instantly flattened, vehicles will be picked up and tossed around like toys, and countless numbers of people will instantly go to their watery graves. If you are directly in the path of such a tsunami, there will be no escape.
Do you remember the huge tsunami that hit Japan in 2011?
The tsunami that will eventually hit the west coast will absolutely dwarf that.
This latest earthquake off the coast of Oregon comes just days after a magnitude 5.6 earthquake hit Northern California and a pair of very large earthquakes caused catastrophic damage in Venezuela…
This comes after a 5.6 magnitude earthquake rattled Northern California and major back-to-back earthquakes struck Venezuela last Wednesday.
Days later, heightened seismic activity across the Pacific Ring of Fire brought earthquakes to Japan, the Philippines, and Nicaragua on Friday.
It is almost as if something has just suddenly snapped.
Over the past 7 days, we have witnessed a very long list of large earthquakes all over the world…
That is a stunning list.
And the shaking just won’t stop.
In fact, Venezuela just got hit by some more very big aftershocks…
Strong aftershocks have struck Venezuela’s capital as rescuers continue to search for tens of thousands of civilians who are still missing in the aftermath of two violent earthquakes.
The aftershock was felt shortly after 7.00am (11.00am GMT) in Caracas and La Guaira on Monday, as the search continues for survivors of last Wednesday’s quakes that have already claimed at least 1,450 lives.
It would be difficult to overstate the scale of the tragedy that we are witnessing in Venezuela.
At this stage, nearly 70,000 people have been reported missing…
The death toll from Venezuela’s twin earthquakes has risen to 1,430, with families reporting at least 68,900 people missing. The toll continued to climb even after the 72-hour window for rescuing survivors alive closed Saturday, while anger over the government’s response intensified in some of the hardest-hit areas.
I have a feeling that the vast majority of those that have been reported missing were killed by the earthquakes. Many of them will never be found.
As our planet continues to become even more unstable, there will be even larger earthquakes.
One of the biggest danger zones is right in the middle of the United States, and very early on Monday a magnitude 3.5 earthquake rattled southern Illinois…
According to the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a magnitude 3.5 earthquake registered at 1:05 a.m. in northwest Edwards County, just south of the Richland County line.
This is close to the Illinois-Indiana border.
USGS reports the epicenter was 3.7 miles northeast of West Salem and measured 11.8 miles deep.
I asked Google if West Salem is close to the New Madrid Fault Zone, and this is what I was told…
Yes, West Salem, Illinois, is in a region considered at risk from the New Madrid Seismic Zone and the nearby Wabash Valley Seismic Zone.
I believe that this was another warning.
This earthquake caused so much shaking that it was actually felt in St. Louis and Louisville…
So far, the USGS says hundreds of people have reported feeling shaking across a wide stretch as far west as St. Louis, Missouri, as north as Effingham, Illinois, as south as Evansville, Indiana and as east as Louisville, Kentucky.
The largest earthquakes in the history of the continental United States occurred along the New Madrid Fault Zone.
Now the New Madrid Fault Zone is waking up again.
One of these days, a colossal earthquake will literally rip the country in half from north to south. The scar that will be created in the middle of the nation will be so deep that the Great Lakes will actually flow into the Gulf of Mexico. Since all of the existing bridges will be destroyed, you will actually need to take a boat ride or a flight if you want to travel from the eastern half of the country to the western half of the country. But most of the population is not alarmed by the shaking that we are currently witnessing at all.
They have been assured that all of this shaking is just temporary and that things will soon return to normal.
Of course the truth is that there will be no return to normal. Chaos is erupting all over the planet, and I believe that the second half of this year will be even more chaotic than the first half.
TARTARIA — THE ADVANCED GLOBAL CIVILIZATION THEY ERASED FROM YOUR HISTORY BOOKS
Ever wonder why buildings from the 1800s in Russia, America, and Australia all look identical?
Grand stone structures with massive domes, intricate spires, and “basement” windows that are half-buried in the ground. This wasn’t an “architectural style”—it was the remains of Tartaria, a global empire that mastered atmospheric energy long before we were told electricity was “invented.”
⟁ The “Mud Flood” wasn’t a metaphor. Evidence across the world shows a global cataclysm that buried the first floors of these magnificent structures. The “Industrial Revolution” was actually a “Recovery Operation.” The elite didn’t build these cities; they found them, dug them out, and claimed them as their own. They added “chimneys” to buildings that never needed them because the original heating was wireless and free, harvested from the ether.
⟁ The World’s Fairs of the late 1800s were the ultimate cover-up. These “temporary” cities of light were actually the last standing hubs of Tartarian technology. After the fairs ended, they were intentionally burned or dynamited to the ground. Why? To hide the fact that free, wireless energy was already a reality. They replaced the “Ether” technology with wires and meters so they could charge you for what the Earth provides for free.
⟁ Nikola Tesla didn’t “invent” anything; he rediscovered the science of the Old World. When he tried to give it back to humanity, the financial cabal pulled his funding. They realized that “if anyone can draw power from the air, we can’t put a meter on it.” Your history books were rewritten to make you believe we were primitive until the “oil age.” In reality, we have been regressed to keep us in financial slavery.
CODE: TARTARIA-RESET / ATMOSPHERIC-POWER / MUD-FLOOD-EVIDENCE / ETHER-RECOVERY
They told you it was a “Dark Age.” It was actually the age of light. They didn’t just hide the past; they stole your inheritance.
♟ You aren’t living in the peak of civilization. You’re living in the ruins of a better one.
If You Want To See How Much America Has Changed In 250 Years, Just Look At What Is Going On In Our Streets
As we approach America’s 250th birthday, a lot of people are reflecting on how much our society has changed over the years. If we could go back to 1776, we would be absolutely shocked by how different day to day life was back then. Early Americans didn’t have everything handed to them, and so they had to work extremely hard. But even though conditions were often very rough, the population was also very civilized. That actually didn’t change for a long time. Even as recently as 100 years ago, people living in the western world were very highly civilized. The way they dressed, the way they spoke and the way that they carried themselves commanded respect. Of course if our ancestors could see us today, they would be deeply shocked by how far we have fallen.
One of the primary reasons why our culture has shifted so dramatically is because we have embraced completely different values.
In early America, more than 95 percent of the population was made up of Bible-believing Christians. But today we have gone down a much different road.
New York City’s world famous pride parade was on Sunday. It was being projected that approximately 2 million people would come out and watch the parade in person…
Elected officials like New York Gov. Kathy Hochul and New York City Mayor Zohran Mamdani led the way Sunday morning, followed by tens of thousands of activists, sparkling and celebrating. In all, organizers said about 75,000 marchers participated in this year’s event, which was expected to draw over 2 million spectators.
Hochul also announced the state is expanding funding to improve support for the LBGTQIA+ community, including $1.8 million for crisis counseling services.
That is an absolutely massive crowd.
Other major U.S. cities had extremely impressive turnouts for their pride parades as well.
For example, it was expected that approximately 1 million people would show up for San Francisco’s pride parade, and apparently some of them had “absolutely nothing” on…
Hundreds of thousands flocked to the streets of San Francisco on Sunday afternoon adorned in glitter, rhinestones, and rainbow flags — or absolutely nothing — to celebrate the 2026 Pride Parade. In a year defined by record levels of anti-LGBTQ legislation across the country, SF Pride responded with a new theme: “Resistance in Action.”
“We’re organizing, showing up, doing the tangible work of protecting one another,” the organization’s president, Joshua Smith, said in a San Francisco Bay Times newsletter.
San Francisco has celebrated Pride for 56 years since the first march on Polk Street in June 1970. Now, organizers estimate about one million people will have descended on the city for Pride celebrations over the weekend. Resonating with its theme of resistance, the Party for Socialism and Liberation Bay Area and trans rights activists marched at the front of Sunday’s parade. They chanted “Donald Trump let’s be clear, queer people are welcome here,” and “Trans views are welcome here.”
Once upon a time, public nudity would get you arrested. Now it is something that we celebrate. According to Fox News, at Seattle’s pride parade on Sunday “participants pranced naked through the streets while children looked on”.
It is estimated that about 20 percent of the U.S. population has now attended a pride celebration in person.
And if you are a member of the Girl Scouts, you can actually earn patches by participating in pride events…
Today, Girl Scouts USA publishes an official LGBTQ+ Pride Month fun patch program — available for Daisy scouts (kindergartners and first graders) on up. Fun patches are optional and are at the discretion of troop leaders to present.
Girls can earn a rainbow patch by completing activities including making rainbow flags “to celebrate LGBTQ+ Pride Month,” watching documentaries on LGBTQ history “such as the Stonewall Uprising,” memorizing poetry by LGBTQ poets, reading children’s books such as “I Am Jazz” and “Love Makes a Family,” visiting the National Women’s History Museum website to study LGBTQ historical figures, and participating in the Gay, Lesbian & Straight Education Network (Glisten)’s No Name-Calling Week. The patch guide calls it an effort “to disrupt anti-LGBTQ+ harassment and bias-based bullying.”
Another suggestion is for the girls to don their uniforms and “attend an LGBTQ+ Pride celebration in June with your family or troop.”
In some cities, participants in the pride parades can literally do just about anything that they want in public and they will never get arrested as long as it is considered to be part of the parade. But if you speak out against what is going on, then you will get in trouble.
In Detroit, a 31-year-old woman got removed from a Tigers game for wearing a shirt that said “Jesus over Pride”…
A 31-year-old Commerce Township woman said Tuesday she was the victim of religious discrimination by Comerica Park employees and Detroit police officers who escorted her from the ballpark Friday after she was told her hoodie bearing the message “Jesus over Pride” was offensive to people who’d complained.
But Detroit Tigers officials said the woman wasn’t removed because of her clothing, but because she refused multiple directives to sit down during the game.
Paige Combs-Morgan said when relatives invited her to join them in their seats behind home plate for the Detroit Tigers game against the Chicago White Sox, she decided to wear the hoodie in response to the flap over three San Francisco Giants players who wrote Bible verses on their caps during the team’s June 12 Pride Night celebration at Oracle Park. The players said they objected to wearing team caps bearing the Pride logo, which they said violated their religious beliefs.
All over the country, Christians are being singled out for what they believe.
Of course what we are seeing now is nothing compared to the persecution that is coming.
In Minneapolis, the “longstanding ban on adult bathhouses and businesses where people can have sex in the city” has been officially repealed…
The Minneapolis City Council voted 9-2 on Thursday with one abstaining to repeal the longstanding ban on adult bathhouses and businesses where people can have sex in the city. The vote comes after work from advocates, city staff and council members who say the ban is rooted in homophobia.
The final step to repeal the ban is a signature from Mayor Jacob Frey, who previously told MPR News he supports the repeal.
Adult bathhouses are community spaces that were historically frequented by gay men in the 1970s and ‘80s where people could engage in sexual activity or relax after going out to bars. They were banned in Minneapolis in 1988 during the AIDS epidemic.
Can you imagine what our founders would think about this?
Our society is changing at a pace that is difficult to grasp.
Today, approximately 54 percent of the population of Dearborn, Michigan is Muslim, and on Sunday thousands upon thousands of them showed up for a march that commemorated the Day of Ashura…
Waving religious flags and holding signs calling for justice, Shia Muslims gathered and walked on Ford Road in Dearborn in a colorful display Sunday, June 28, that marked Ashura, a holiday recalling the death of a leader whose message resonates today with the faithful.
The procession started at Fordson High School, led by a group of young men who held by red flags that read “Ashura,” referring to the 10th day of the Islamic month of Muharram, when a revered leader who is the grandson of Prophet Muhammad, Imam Hussain, died in battle against an unjust ruler.
A very high percentage of the Muslims in Dearborn are Shiites.
In other words, they believe the exact same things that the regime in Iran does, and they are very highly organized…
Just think about that.
At the same time, Americans are less proud of their country than ever before…
As the United States marks its 250th anniversary, 33% of U.S. adults say they are “extremely proud” to be an American, the lowest reading in Gallup’s trend dating back to 2001. Another 20% say they are “very proud,” which means just over half of Americans express high levels of pride in their country.
The remaining shares say they are “moderately proud” (22%), “only a little proud” (15%) or “not at all proud” (9%).
When Gallup first asked this question in 2001, 55% of U.S. adults were extremely proud to be American. Pride surged after 9/11, with 65% to 70% of Americans expressing extreme pride through 2004. Extreme pride declined after that but held at majority levels through 2017. Since 2018, no more than 47% of U.S. adults have said they are extremely proud. The latest figure, from a June 1-15 poll, is down eight percentage points from last year and is tied for the largest year-over-year change in the trend, along with 2004-2005.
So this is where we are at as we approach America’s 250th birthday.
Our culture is being transformed at a blistering rate, and our world is getting crazier with each passing day. In this sort of an environment, it takes great courage to stand up for what is right.
It is certainly not easy to shine a light in the darkness, but it is so desperately needed at this time in history.
JOHN BOLTON INDICTED HAS PLEADED GUILTY.
Trump’s former National Security Adviser. He had access to America’s most sensitive classified information. He BETRAYED HIS COUNTRY. $2.25 MILLION fine. Up to 60 years in prison. This is just the beginning.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Bolton wasn’t alone. I have been told by contacts inside the Justice Department that Bolton’s guilty plea is the first domino to fall. There are others. High-ranking officials who stole classified documents. Who shared them with foreign intelligence services. Who sold America’s secrets for money and power. The Deep State is collapsing.
On June 26, 2026, at 09:15 AM, Bolton walked into federal court and confessed. He kept classified national security information in DIARIES. Diary-like notes that he shared with relatives for a BOOK he was writing. Translation: He was monetizing classified information. He was profiting from America’s secrets. He was a TRAITOR.
THE INDICTMENT REVEALS EVERYTHING. Bolton was charged with 18 counts. Eight counts of TRANSMITTING national defense information. Ten counts of UNLAWFULLY RETAINING it. The documents included information about military operations, intelligence sources, and covert activities. Information that could have gotten Americans killed.
But here’s what the mainstream media won’t tell you: Bolton wasn’t acting alone. He was part of a network. A coordinated operation to steal and sell classified information. The Justice Department has identified at least SEVEN other high-ranking officials involved in the same scheme. Names will be released. Arrests will follow.
The Trump administration authorized the DOJ to pursue this case with maximum force. Every single person involved in stealing classified information will be prosecuted. Every single person who shared America’s secrets with foreign governments will face charges. Every single person who profited from treason will go to prison.
Bolton thought he was untouchable. He was catastrophically wrong. Trump prosecutes traitors. Bolton faces up to 60 years in prison.
This is OPERATION DEEP STATE ACCOUNTABILITY. This is the systematic prosecution of everyone who betrayed their oath. This is justice for America. Bolton is just the first. Many more will follow. The declassified documents will expose the entire network of traitors embedded in the federal government.
Watch the sentencing. Watch the other indictments. Watch the Deep State operatives get arrested one by one. This is the beginning of the end for the shadow government. Patriots are in control. Justice is coming.
BOLTON-GUILTY | DEEP-STATE-COLLAPSING | TRAITORS-PROSECUTED
⟁ Let this Echo
We Are Entering The Most Dangerous Chapter Of World War III That We Have Experienced So Far As The Agreement With Iran Collapses
A lot of people out there still don’t realize that we are literally watching World War III play out right in front of our eyes. The war between Russia and Ukraine is already longer than World War I was, and every single ceasefire in the Middle East that has been agreed to since October 7th, 2023 has ultimately collapsed. Just a couple of weeks ago, the world was celebrating because the U.S. had signed a “Memorandum of Understanding” with Iran and we were being told that we were finally going to have permanent peace in the Middle East. So how did that work out? I feel like a broken record when I keep saying that there isn’t going to be peace in the Middle East, but it is the truth.
At the end of last week, the Iranians attacked a commercial vessel that was traveling through the Strait of Hormuz using a route that they did not authorize, and the U.S. responded by bombing several Iranian military targets. This is something that I covered in an article for my core supporters on Friday.
Then on Saturday, the same cycle repeated again.
Iran attacked another commercial vessel that was attempting to slip through the Strait of Hormuz along an “unauthorized” route, and in response the U.S. conducted an even larger wave of strikes…
U.S. Central Command said its forces had carried out the new strikes after a Panama-flagged tanker was attacked by an Iranian drone on Saturday.
“Iran was given a chance to honor the ceasefire agreement but elected not to,” Central Command said in a statement.
U.S. strikes were “in direct response to continued Iranian aggression against commercial shipping” and targeted Iranian military surveillance, communications, air defence, drone storage and mine-laying facilities, it said.
Following that wave of strikes, President Trump warned that there “may come a point” when the U.S. must hit Iran so hard that it “will no longer exist”…
“United States aircraft just struck Iranian missile and drone storage locations, and coastal radar sites, for violating the Cease Fire Agreement, AGAIN!” Mr. Trump said in a Truth Social post.
The president issued an aggressive threat in the post, saying it was possible Iran “may never learn.”
“There may come a point when we are no longer able to be reasonable, and will be forced to militarily complete the job that we very successfully started,” the president said. “If that happens, the Islamic Republic of Iran will no longer exist!”
That is very strong language.
Needless to say, conventional weapons would not be able to accomplish that goal.
In response to the latest wave of U.S. strikes, the IRGC launched missiles and drones at U.S. facilities in Kuwait and Bahrain…
Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps said in a statement its navy and air forces had launched missile and drone operations targeting U.S. military sites in Kuwait and Bahrain.
The Guards said U.S. strikes had violated the ceasefire and “will result in the complete halt of all diplomatic processes”, state-run Press TV said. The IRGC navy command said American bases in the region “will experience hell in the coming days”.
Most of the missiles and drones were intercepted, but significant damage was done to a residential building in Bahrain.
This is not what a ceasefire is supposed to look like.
I know that there was so much hope that the negotiations which were initiated once the Memorandum of Understanding was signed would finally resolve the central issues that the U.S. and Iran have been fighting about, but those negotiations have now been put on hold…
Talks to end the U.S. war with Iran are on hold after the U.S. struck Iranian military targets in retaliation for Tehran’s latest strikes on shipping vessels in the Strait of Hormuz.
A Pakistani source involved in the negotiations to settle the conflict between the U.S. and Iran told MS NOW that while the talks are now on hold, all sides are maintaining representatives in Switzerland to restart discussions when given the go-ahead.
The source did not make clear to MS NOW which side decided to pause negotiations.
Sadly, the reality of the matter is that these negotiations were doomed anyway.
Iran is never going to make the nuclear concessions that the Trump administration is seeking.
And Iran is never going to agree to allow commercial traffic to flow freely through the Strait of Hormuz the way that it did before the war…
The Iranian parliament’s national security committee spokesperson on Sunday said the Strait of Hormuz would not return to its pre-war state and that other countries would have no choice but to comply with Iran’s orders in the waterway.
“We firmly support the action of the ever-victorious Guards in a crushing confrontation with the American enemy and in asserting Iranian sovereignty over the Strait of Hormuz,” Ebrahim Rezaei wrote on X. “The Strait of Hormuz will not return to its previous state, and others have no choice but to comply with Iran’s orders in the strait.”
The crisis in the Middle East is not going to have a happy ending.
I believe that we will witness some absolutely shocking escalations in the months ahead, and there are some Iranians that are convinced that now is the time to greatly accelerate their nuclear program…
Iran has “no choice” but to develop a nuclear bomb, a media outlet linked to the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps said — the latest threat to the peace deal.
The article, titled “No choice but to build the atomic bomb,” claims that Iran must negotiate with its enemies from a position of strength, and was published by Iranian state news outlet Fars on Sunday.
“To achieve the peace and calm that Iran needs, it must absolutely reach nuclear deterrence to ensure that the rest of the issues can be resolved through negotiation,” thunders the piece, before comparing Iran’s situation with the US to that of China in the 1970s.
Of course the Iranians are also furious about the fighting that has been going on in Lebanon.
The latest ceasefire with Hezbollah has already collapsed, and the IDF conducted even more strikes in Lebanon on Sunday…
Israel renewed its strikes on Lebanon on Sunday, Lebanese state media reported, two days after an agreement was signed by the two countries, which a Hezbollah lawmaker warned would lead to “internal conflict”.
The strikes come a day after one person was killed in an Israeli strike on the south, according to Lebanon’s health ministry, with the Israeli military saying it targeted Hezbollah members near its self-proclaimed “security zone”, which reaches 10 kilometres (6 miles) into Lebanon.
Lebanon’s state-run National News Agency reported several strikes on Sunday.
There will never be permanent peace between Israel and Hezbollah. Anyone that believes otherwise is just being delusional.
Meanwhile, the war in Ukraine just continues to intensify.
In recent days, the Ukrainians have been conducting a series of stunning long-range attacks deep inside Russian territory…
Ukraine kept up its heavy drone assault on Russia, setting fire to a major oil refinery in the south and killing at least two people, Russian authorities said Sunday, as President Vladimir Putin acknowledged his country is going through a “difficult period.”
Ukraine has markedly stepped up its long-range attacks on Russian military industries and energy facilities in recent months, aiming to cut Moscow’s revenue for its invasion — now in its fifth year — and make Russians feel the consequences.
Russian leaders are running out of patience, and it would not surprise me at all if they decide to use tactical nukes at some point.
But for now, they continue to absolutely pummel Ukrainian cities with conventional weapons…
President Volodymyr Zelensky stated on Saturday, June 27, that Russian forces deployed approximately 1,400 attack drones, 1,500 guided aerial bombs, and 19 missiles of various types, including ballistic missiles, against Ukraine over the past week.
In a statement published on Telegram, Zelensky noted that 15 Ukrainian regions were subjected to Russian attacks during the seven-day period. He highlighted that the cities of Kherson, Zaporizhzhia, Kharkiv, and Sumy faced near-daily bombardment.
No matter how much the politicians have talked about peace, nothing has been able to stop the war in Ukraine. And no matter how much the politicians have talked about peace, nothing has been able to stop the war in the Middle East.
We really are living at a time of “wars and rumors of wars”, and the truth is that this is just the beginning. We are going to witness death and destruction on a scale that most people cannot imagine, and the world is simply not prepared for what is coming next.
THE END OF THE SICKNESS INDUSTRY — MED-BEDS AND THE SECRET HEALING REVOLUTION
For over a century, the global medical-industrial complex has been a “business of management,” not a “business of cures.” The elite have suppressed technologies that would make 90% of pharmaceutical drugs and surgeries obsolete. From Royal Rife’s frequency healing to Nikola Tesla’s ozone therapy, the patents for true healing have been locked away in “National Security” vaults. They need you sick to keep you dependent and profitable.
⟁ Enter the Med-Beds (Medical Beds). This is not “future” technology; it has been used by the Secret Space Program and the global elite for over 50 years. These beds use plasma energy, tachyon particles, and AI-controlled laser frequencies to scan your DNA and “reset” your body to its original blueprint. They can regenerate missing limbs, heal “incurable” illnesses in minutes, and even reverse the aging process by 20 to 30 years. This is the technology of the “New Earth.”
⟁ The “Alliance” has already secured thousands of these units during the clearing of D.U.M.B.s. They are currently being staged in military-controlled facilities to be released to the public under the GESARA/NESARA framework. The transition will be managed carefully to prevent the old system from sabotaging the rollout. You are moving from a world of “chemical suppression” to a world of “vibrational restoration.” The era of hospitals as we know them is ending.
⟁ This is why the pharmaceutical giants are in a state of panic. Their entire financial empire is built on the lie that the human body is a fragile machine that needs constant chemical intervention. The truth is that your body is a self-healing biological computer, and Med-Beds simply provide the “software update” it needs to fix itself. The monopoly on health is being broken, and the “White Coats” who served the cabal are being exposed.
CODE: MED-BEDS / PLASMA-HEALING / DNA-BLUEPRINT / GESARA-RELEASE
They sold you a subscription to sickness. We are bringing you the key to eternal health. The wait is almost over.
♟ The cure was never “coming soon”—it was always here, just hidden. The doors to the healing centers are about to open.
It’s Just One Thing After Another As Our World Is Hit By Major Disaster After Major Disaster
Have we ever had a year when so many things are going wrong simultaneously? We are literally in the middle of World War III right now, and every time a ceasefire is announced it inevitably fails. But if we cannot find a way to bring our conflict with Iran to an end, the world will be facing very serious shortages of essential commodities in the months ahead. Meanwhile, our planet has been rocked by a very alarming series of large earthquakes over the past week, and we are being warned that the Ebola outbreak that has erupted in Central Africa has the potential to become the worst Ebola outbreak in the entire history of the world. On top of everything else, a “Godzilla El Niño” threatens to cause widespread droughts and widespread famines as it ravages our planet for the remainder of 2026 and beyond.
We were warned that a “Godzilla El Niño” would be coming, and now it is officially here.
During the second half of this year, it is going to absolutely fry crops in many of the most important agricultural regions of our world.
And we certainly won’t have to wait long for that to happen.
In fact, a “long and dangerous heat wave” is going to hit the eastern half of the United States this week…
A long and dangerous heat wave will blast a large swath of the United States this week, the National Weather Service said, with temperatures rising ahead of the July Fourth holiday and feeling even hotter because of the high humidity that’s arriving with it.
Several days of high temperatures will settle in across the lower Great Lakes, the mid-Atlantic and the Mississippi and Ohio River valleys, the weather service said.
A number of big cities could see their highest temperatures of the year so far as they host World Cup matches.
According to Jeff Berardelli, we could potentially see all sorts of records fall along the east coast in the coming days…
All of this heat is certainly not going to be good for our crops, and it threatens to make an absolutely crazy wildfire season even worse.
According to the National Interagency Fire Center, there have been more than 35,000 wildfires in the United States so far this year. To say that we are on a blistering pace would be a major understatement.
As you read this article, the Cottonwood Fire has almost reached 100,000 acres in size, and according to the most recent reports it is zero percent contained…
The Cottonwood Fire, burning near Beaver in the Fishlake National Forest, has now covered nearly 94,000 acres, fire officials said in an update Sunday.
The wildfire, which is currently the nation’s largest, remains 0% contained as firefighters continue working to protect communities and strengthen containment lines around the massive wildfire.
According to Sunday’s update, the blaze has burned an estimated 93,607 acres in the Fishlake National Forest. The cause of the fire remains under investigation.
Of course that is not the only major wildfire that is raging in the western half of the nation at the moment.
Our firefighters are stretched so thin, and three of them just died…
Three firefighters were killed and two others were hurt while responding to wildfires along the Colorado-Utah border, the US Wildland Fire Service announced on Sunday.
The agency, which was established in January to coordinate wildfire suppression and prevention efforts across public lands, said the firefighters were involved in a joint response to the Knowles and Gore fires on Saturday.
“The US Wildland Fire Service stands united with the USDA Forest Service in grief and in our unwavering support for the loved ones left behind,” it said in a statement on Facebook. “Their bravery, dedication, and sacrifice will never be forgotten.”
Wildfire activity has continued to increase across the western US after several days of hot, dry and windy weather fueled fires in Utah, Arizona and other parts of the region while additional blazes ignited.
If conditions are this bad now, what will they look like once we get to July and August?
Meanwhile, Europe is suffering through their worst heatwave ever.
On Friday, yet another record was broken. The highest temperature in the entire history of Germany was recorded in Saarbrücken…
Germany provisionally recorded its highest air temperature on record on June 26, 2026 as an exceptional late-June heatwave continued to rewrite temperature records across Europe, prompting widespread red heat warnings, disrupting public life and raising concerns over growing impacts on health, infrastructure and ecosystems.
The German Weather Service (DWD) measured 41.3°C (106.3°F) in Saarbrücken, surpassing the previous national record of 41.2°C (106.2°F) set in July 2019, although the value remains subject to quality-control verification before it can be recognized as an official record. Forecasters warned that temperatures may reach or slightly exceed that level again during the weekend, with some areas expected to approach 42°C (107.6°F).
The record comes during one of Germany’s longest periods of consecutive heat alerts since the DWD introduced its national heat-warning system in 2005. Warnings have been in effect since June 18 and are expected to continue through at least June 29, creating a 12-day episode that the agency says is unprecedented this early in the year.
Please keep in mind that this “Godzilla El Niño” just started.
We have many more months of this before it is finally over.
In Turkey, hundreds of sinkholes have begun to appear in one key agricultural area because conditions are so hot and so dry…
In parts of Turkey, the consequences of ongoing droughts are particularly dramatic. As the BBC reports, farmlands in the country’s “breadbasket” — a region called Konya, in central Anatolia — are being pockmarked by hundreds of sinkholes, making them look like they were “attacked by a cosmic hole punch.”
Some of these holes measure hundreds of feet both across and deep, literally and figuratively threatening Turkey’s food security.
All over the world, we are witnessing unprecedented droughts in regions that normally produce lots of food. Once we get to harvest time, this is going to be a really big story.
At the same time, the globe is being shaken by seismic activity over and over again.
In Venezuela, officials will be dealing with the aftermath of the magnitude 7.2 and magnitude 7.5 earthquakes for a long time to come. Nearly 50,000 people are still missing, and rescuers are racing to save as many lives as they possibly can.
The good news is that two 11-year-old boys were just pulled out of the rubble…
Two 11-year-old boys have separately been rescued from the rubble of collapsed buildings within hours of each other, after powerful earthquakes struck Venezuela.
Video footage of the first boy, named as Moises, showed him being pulled from the twisted debris – his eyes covered to protect them from the sun – to the applause of rescuers.
Hours later, interim President Delcy Rodríquez announced another 11-year-old boy had been rescued, and posted a video of him on X, being carried down a huge mound of wreckage on a stretcher.
We should be thankful for every precious life that is preserved. And hopefully the Venezuelans will construct their buildings more carefully in the future.
It is being reported that some of the tall buildings that totally collapsed during the quakes “were built with what appears to be Styrofoam”…
Rescuers sifting through rubble left by collapsed buildings in Venezuela recorded a video showing that the structures were built with what appears to be Styrofoam.
The country was rocked by a devastating 7.2 and 7.5 double-earthquake on Wednesday. The official death toll has risen to 1,430 despite foreign and domestic rescue teams pouring into coastal La Guaira, near the capital Caracas, the hardest-hit state.
Top lawmaker Jorge Rodríguez has called it ‘the most disastrous event’ the country has suffered in the last 123 years, with whole swathes of towns and cities across the country reduced to rubble.
Can you believe that?
Of course there have been many other large earthquakes in the days since those twin quakes in Venezuela.
Two of the most recent were in Afghanistan and Pakistan…
A strong earthquake struck Afghanistan’s Hindu Kush region on June 27, said the European-Mediterranean Seismological Centre (EMSC), sending tremors that could be felt from the capital Kabul to across the border in neighbouring Pakistan.
There were no immediate official reports of casualties or damage from the quake, but checks were ongoing, said the Afghanistan National Disaster Management Authority in a statement.The 6-magnitude quake occurred at a depth of 100km, EMSC said.
Earlier on June 27, a 5.4-magnitude quake struck Pakistan, according to the centre.
I believe that what we have experienced so far is just the beginning.
Personally, I am convinced that we are going to see some crazy earthquakes in the months ahead. At the same time, it looks like we will have a historic Ebola crisis to deal with.
In fact, the CDC just raised the alert for the Ebola outbreak in Central Africa to the highest level…
The U.S. CDC raised its response to the Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of Congo to its highest level on Friday, but said the risk of the disease spreading in the United States remained low.
The move, reserved for the most severe health crises, signals growing concern over the rare strain’s rapid spread.
The outbreak of the Bundibugyo strain of Ebola has infected over 1,200 people in Congo, including 321 deaths, and 20 cases in neighboring Uganda, reaching the highest first-month total of any episode of the disease, the World Health Organization said this week.
Authorities in the Democratic Republic of the Congo do not have this outbreak under control.
As I discussed on Friday, health officials have completely lost track of almost 300 people that have officially tested positive…
The whereabouts of almost 300 people who have tested positive for Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo is unknown, according to Africa’s top public health official.
The humanitarian crisis amid the conflict in the affected areas means more than 1 million people are living in camps to which health workers have no access, Dr Jean Kaseya, director general of the Africa Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), said on Thursday.
His comments came as projections from the World Health Organization’s Africa regional office, published in the Lancet Infectious Diseases journal, predicted there will be about 8,210 cases and 1,420 deaths by mid-September.
So there could be nearly 300 “super spreaders” running around spreading one of the most dangerous naturally-occurring diseases that humanity has ever known, and meanwhile the WHO is projecting that cases will continue to rise at an exponential rate…
Can you imagine the panic that would be caused if Ebola starts spreading on a widespread basis in the western world?
The last pandemic significantly disrupted all of our lives, but an Ebola pandemic would be absolutely catastrophic. I have been warning that another pandemic would be coming. Hopefully this is not it.
In any case, nobody can deny that global events have greatly accelerated over the past six months.
Things are really crazy now, and I believe that the events of the months ahead will bring us to an entirely new level of craziness. If you have always wanted to live during “interesting” times, you have certainly gotten your wish.
Ring of Fire Awakens
Six Significant Earthquakes Strike Across the Pacific Rim in a Single Day
The Pacific “Ring of Fire” experienced an unusual burst of seismic activity as six notable earthquakes were reported within roughly the same 24-hour period, spanning multiple tectonic boundaries from Asia to South America. According to the map provided, the reported events included magnitudes of 7.5 and 7.2 near Venezuela, 6.9 near Japan, 5.6 in California, 5.1 near Papua New Guinea, and 4.9 in the Philippines. While earthquakes occur daily around the Ring of Fire, multiple moderate-to-strong events occurring across several widely separated plate boundaries within a short period naturally draw attention from both scientists and the public.
The Ring of Fire is a horseshoe-shaped belt extending roughly 40,000 kilometers (25,000 miles) around the Pacific Ocean, where approximately 75% of the world’s active volcanoes and nearly 90% of global earthquakes occur. This immense zone marks the boundaries where several major tectonic plates—including the Pacific, North American, Nazca, Philippine Sea, Indo-Australian, Cocos, and South American plates—collide, slide past, or dive beneath one another. Stress continually accumulates along these fault systems before being released through earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and crustal deformation.
Although these six earthquakes occurred on the same day, geologists generally caution against assuming they are directly connected. Large earthquakes can sometimes redistribute stress along nearby faults, but events separated by thousands of miles are typically driven by independent tectonic processes. Instead, what such sequences demonstrate is the persistent level of stored energy within the global plate system. The Pacific Basin remains Earth’s most seismically active region, where periods of heightened activity are not uncommon, particularly during years of increased tectonic adjustment.
For emergency planners and infrastructure managers, these events serve as another reminder of the importance of preparedness rather than prediction. Modern seismology cannot reliably forecast the exact timing of major earthquakes, but it can identify regions where long-term seismic hazards remain elevated. Communities throughout Japan, the U.S. West Coast, the Philippines, Papua New Guinea, Central America, and western South America continue investing in stronger building standards, early-warning systems, emergency planning, and public education to reduce the impact of future seismic events.
Whether these earthquakes ultimately prove to be isolated events or part of a broader period of elevated seismic activity will only become clear with time. For now, scientists will continue monitoring aftershocks, fault movement, volcanic activity, and stress transfer across the Pacific plate boundaries.
The Ring of Fire has always been one of Earth’s most dynamic geological systems, and this latest sequence serves as a reminder that the forces shaping our planet remain constantly active beneath our feet.
THE 13 BLOODLINES — THE SHADOW FAMILIES THAT HAVE RULED EARTH FOR MILLENNIA
Behind the presidents, prime ministers, and public figures is a hidden structure of power that transcends borders and political parties.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Thirteen specific families, tracing their lineage back to ancient Babylon and the “fallen ones,” have controlled the world’s resources, religions, and education systems for centuries. They do not see themselves as “citizens” of any country; they see themselves as the rightful owners of the planet and its inhabitants.
These families operate through a “pyramid of power” — including the Council of 13, the Council of 33, and the Committee of 300. Their goal has always been a “One World Government” where the masses are tracked, chipped, and kept in a state of perpetual low-vibration survival. They use the strategy of “Order Out of Chaos” (Ordo Ab Chao) to manufacture wars, pandemics, and economic crises that lead the public to beg for the “solutions” the elite have already prepared.
⟁ The wealth of these families is not measured in billions, but in the trillions of dollars they have siphoned from humanity through the private central banking system. They own the “printing press” of the world’s currency, allowing them to fund both sides of every conflict and buy the silence of the media. This is the “Deep State” — a multi-generational criminal syndicate that has operated in the shadows, hiding the truth of human history and the existence of advanced technology that would make their control impossible.
For thousands of years, they have used “Divide and Conquer” to keep humanity fighting over race, religion, and politics. While we fight each other, they consolidate their power. They feed on the energy of fear and conflict, which is why the world’s news is designed to keep you in a state of constant anxiety.
⟁ But the “Alliance” — a global military operation involving high-ranking patriots and positive intelligence agencies — has been systematically dismantling this structure. This is the “Greatest War” in human history, and it is being fought in the shadows, in the D.U.M.B.s, and through the financial markets. The “arrests” and “retirements” of CEOs and politicians you see today are the removal of the middle-management of this cabal. The head of the snake is being cut off.
The “Disclosure” is not just about extraterrestrials; it is about the truth of who has been running this world and the crimes they have committed against humanity. Once the financial system is decentralized and the hidden technologies (like free energy and med-beds) are released, their power evaporates instantly. We are moving from a “Pyramid” structure of control to a “Circle” structure of sovereignty.
⟁ The era of the “Secret Government” is coming to an end. Their symbols are being exposed, their rituals are being stopped, and their frequency is being neutralized by the rising consciousness of the planet. They told you that you were a “consumer” or a “subject.” They forgot that you are a sovereign creator with a connection to the Divine that they can never break.
The throne is empty, and the “masters” are in hiding. It is time for humanity to take back the keys to the kingdom.
CODE: BLOODLINE-REMOVAL / ORDO-AB-CHAO / COUNCIL-OF-13 / SOVEREIGN-HUMANITY
They built a cage for your mind, but they forgot you are the power source. The light is on, and the shadows have nowhere to hide.
♟ The families that ruled in secret are being exposed in the light. The age of the masters is over.
Director of National Intelligence Purge | Bill Pulte
Bill Pulte just took over the Office of the Director of National Intelligence. In his first 72 hours, he fired six political appointees and removed dozens of career intelligence officials. What the mainstream media won’t tell you is that this is just the beginning. The real purge hasn’t even started yet.
Source: The 17th Disciple
I have been told by contacts inside the Trump administration that Pulte has been given a specific mandate. Identify 400 employees at the National Counterterrorism Center for immediate termination. These aren’t random firings. These are targeted removals of Deep State operatives who have been blocking Trump’s America First agenda for eighteen months.
On June 22, 2026, at 04:15 AM, Pulte received classified briefings on intelligence operations being used to undermine the administration. What he discovered shocked even seasoned professionals. Entire divisions of the intelligence community have been compromised by foreign intelligence services. CIA, FBI, and NSA operatives have been coordinating with hostile governments against American interests.
THE DECLASSIFICATION IS COMING. Documents will expose how career officials actively worked against Trump’s policies. Names will be exposed. Careers destroyed. Some will face criminal charges for treason.
Lawmakers are panicking right now. They’re sending letters warning Pulte against “major workforce changes.” Translation: they’re terrified their Deep State allies are about to be exposed and arrested. The intelligence community has operated as a shadow government for decades. Trump is ending it now.
Here’s what’s really happening behind closed doors: Pulte is systematically removing operatives placed specifically to sabotage Trump’s foreign policy. These people leaked classified information to hostile media outlets. They obstructed investigations into corruption. They coordinated with foreign nations to undermine American sovereignty.
The Pentagon is also being purged. Gen. Donahue stepped down. More will follow. Hegseth is cleaning military ranks of Deep State loyalists.
What you’re witnessing is the systematic dismantling of the shadow government. The intelligence community will never be the same. Pulte is moving faster than anyone expected. By end of summer, hundreds of operatives will be gone. The leaks will stop. The obstruction will end.
This is OPERATION DEEP STATE ELIMINATION. This is restoration of constitutional government. This is patriots taking back control from foreign and domestic enemies.
Watch the firings. Watch the declassifications. Watch the arrests. The storm is accelerating.
ODNI-PURGE-400 | DEEP-STATE-EXPOSED | PATRIOTS-IN-CONTROL
⟁ Let this Echo
The Quiet Repricing of the Digital Economy Is Already Underway
This week’s Crypto & Investing Mastermind discussion wasn’t just about charts, price targets, or short-term volatility. It was about recognizing that the architecture of the global financial system is being rewritten in real time — and most people still think they’re watching “speculative internet coins.”
They’re not.
What’s unfolding now is the early-stage integration of digital assets into the geopolitical, monetary, and national security framework of the United States and the broader global economy. The market turbulence we’re seeing is less about collapse and more about transition. Underneath the surface volatility, institutional infrastructure is rapidly being deployed.
And if this transition continues accelerating, the next several years could permanently redefine how value, ownership, finance, and even state power operate.
Market Pullback or Structural Repositioning?
Bitcoin closed near $78,209, down roughly 3.9%, while Ethereum hovered around $2,187. On the surface, many traders interpret the current market as weakness. But structurally, the behavior underneath price action suggests something far different.
Bitcoin recently tested major supply zones and absorbed aggressive sell pressure without catastrophic breakdown. That matters.
Markets don’t typically absorb heavy sell-side liquidity during true collapse conditions. They fail violently. Instead, Bitcoin continues operating within a controlled range, with potential movement between the $80,000–$84,000 region depending on macroeconomic sentiment, liquidity conditions, and regulatory developments.
This increasingly resembles a market consolidating before repricing higher rather than a market entering long-term decline.
At the same time, several altcoins experienced sharp corrections after major rallies. SUI, for example, dropped roughly 22% over seven days after previously exploding upward from the $0.80 range. These types of pullbacks are not unusual in emerging digital markets, especially during transitional phases where liquidity rotates aggressively between sectors.
But beneath the noise, the institutional accumulation trend continues.
And that’s where the real story begins.
The Clarity Act Could Become Crypto’s Defining Regulatory Moment
One of the most important developments discussed during the meeting was the advancement of the U.S. Clarity Act through the Senate Banking Committee in a bipartisan 15–9 vote.
That vote matters more than most people realize.
For years, one of the largest obstacles preventing full-scale institutional integration into crypto markets has been regulatory ambiguity. Major corporations, pension funds, banks, sovereign wealth funds, and financial infrastructure providers have largely waited on the sidelines — not because they lacked interest, but because legal uncertainty created unacceptable risk.
The Clarity Act appears designed to change that.
According to White House crypto officials, there is now an estimated 70% probability the legislation passes this year. If that occurs, the implications could be enormous.
This would not simply “help crypto.”
It would legitimize digital assets as a recognized component of American financial infrastructure. That distinction is critical.
The market impact could resemble the post-Genius Act stablecoin expansion of July 2025, except potentially on a much larger scale. Regulatory clarity opens the floodgates for institutional capital deployment because it allows banks, custodians, insurance firms, funds, and multinational corporations to operate with defined legal protections and compliance structures.
In other words, the barrier preventing trillions in capital from entering the ecosystem may finally be weakening. Yet there remains a philosophical tension underneath this transition.
One of the major concerns raised during the discussion centered around the original purpose of cryptocurrency itself. Bitcoin emerged from distrust in centralized banking systems. It was born from the idea of financial sovereignty, decentralized value transfer, and removing gatekeepers from monetary systems.
Now, ironically, the banking system appears positioned to reorganize crypto in ways that primarily benefit institutional power structures. That contradiction shouldn’t be ignored.
Banks fought crypto aggressively for years while simultaneously building their own infrastructure behind the scenes. Now many of the same institutions that resisted decentralization are attempting to dominate the rails of the emerging digital economy.
The question becomes: Is crypto being adopted… or absorbed?
That may become one of the defining economic debates of the next decade.
Ethereum Is Quietly Becoming Wall Street’s Settlement Layer
While Bitcoin continues operating as digital collateral and macro reserve infrastructure, Ethereum increasingly appears positioned to become the programmable settlement layer for tokenized finance.
That narrative is no longer speculative.
Major institutions are actively building on Ethereum.
JP Morgan and Franklin Templeton are already deploying tokenized financial products through Ethereum infrastructure. The tokenization of real-world assets — including bonds, equities, real estate, treasuries, commodities, and private credit — is rapidly evolving from concept into implementation.
Current estimates place tokenized real-world assets near roughly $30 billion today. But projections discussed during the mastermind suggest that figure could surge toward $500 billion to $1 trillion within a year if regulatory conditions continue improving.
That would represent one of the fastest infrastructure expansions in modern financial history. And Ethereum sits directly in the middle of it.
Three primary catalysts were identified for a potential major Ethereum repricing event:
The first is passage of the Clarity Act itself, which could unlock broader institutional participation and legal certainty. The second is the return of market risk appetite as macroeconomic conditions stabilize and liquidity re-enters speculative growth sectors. The third is the acceleration of tokenization across global finance.
This final point may ultimately matter most. If financial assets migrate onto blockchain rails, Ethereum becomes more than a cryptocurrency network. It becomes digital financial infrastructure. That changes valuation models entirely.
Why Chainlink May Become One of the Most Important Infrastructure Plays in Crypto
Among all projects discussed, Chainlink stood out as one of the strongest strategic recommendations. At approximately $9.72 and ranked #16 by market capitalization, Chainlink continues trading far below what many believe its future infrastructure role could justify.
The market often misunderstands Chainlink because people still think of it as “just an oracle project.” It’s becoming much more than that.
One of the most important developments discussed was Kraken’s decision to migrate from LayerZero to Chainlink’s Cross-Chain Interoperability Protocol (CCIP) following growing concerns around security and reliability.
That shift signals something larger occurring across the industry. Institutions do not prioritize hype narratives. They prioritize security, compliance, interoperability, and reliability.
Chainlink increasingly appears to be emerging as the preferred connective tissue between blockchains, tokenized assets, banks, and institutional settlement systems. And because Chainlink is deeply integrated into Ethereum’s ecosystem, the success of Ethereum’s tokenization thesis directly strengthens Chainlink’s strategic position.
If Ethereum becomes the settlement layer, Chainlink may become the communication layer. That distinction is enormous.
Crypto Mining Was Never Just About Bitcoin
One of the more important macro discussions focused on why the Trump administration has shown increasing interest in crypto mining infrastructure. Most observers still interpret mining through the narrow lens of cryptocurrency production. That misses the broader strategic picture entirely.
Crypto and artificial intelligence share the same three foundational requirements:
Data.
Computation.
Energy.
Those three components now represent the core infrastructure of modern geopolitical power.
Massive computational networks capable of processing distributed workloads are becoming strategic national assets. AI requires immense data-center expansion, energy production, cooling systems, and compute distribution. Crypto mining infrastructure already possesses many of these characteristics.
That means mining operations can evolve into dual-purpose infrastructure. And they already are.
Many mining firms are now converting older mining hardware facilities into AI server farms and computational centers. Instead of operating purely as crypto extraction businesses, they are transforming into decentralized compute providers.
This has major national security implications. A decentralized computational network distributed across the United States creates redundancy, resilience, and sovereign AI infrastructure capacity. That’s likely one reason political interest in mining has accelerated so dramatically.
The market may still value companies like MARA as speculative crypto equities. But if mining infrastructure begins receiving federal incentives, defense partnerships, AI grants, or strategic energy allocations, the valuation framework changes entirely.
During the discussion, the possibility was raised that miners currently trading in the $9–10 range could eventually evolve into major blue-chip infrastructure providers if they become embedded into America’s national AI and compute expansion strategy.
That may sound extreme today. But so did valuing data centers as strategic assets twenty years ago.
The Federal Reserve, Gold Revaluation, and the Hidden Monetary Reset
The mastermind also explored the broader macroeconomic implications of incoming Federal Reserve policy shifts under new Fed Chair Kevin Warsh.
Warsh reportedly intends to reduce the U.S. deficit by half over five years while simultaneously restructuring the relationship between the Federal Reserve and Treasury operations alongside Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent.
One of the most fascinating discussions centered around the possibility of gold revaluation.
Most Americans have no idea that the official U.S. government gold valuation remains tied to the post-Bretton Woods accounting figure of roughly $42.22 per ounce rather than modern market prices.
If that accounting framework were repriced toward actual market valuation, the implications could be enormous for sovereign balance sheets, treasury restructuring, and debt servicing mechanisms.
Some analysts believe such a move could dramatically alter federal balance-sheet conditions by accelerating bond payout dynamics and restructuring perceived asset coverage.
Whether this happens remains uncertain. But what’s increasingly clear is that the monetary system itself is entering a restructuring phase. And digital assets appear positioned to become part of that transition rather than an external alternative to it.
The Bigger Picture
The crypto market is no longer operating in isolation. It is merging with AI infrastructure, national security priorities, energy systems, banking frameworks, sovereign debt management, and geopolitical competition.
That convergence changes everything.
For years, critics dismissed crypto as a speculative bubble disconnected from reality. Yet today, many of the largest institutions on Earth are building directly into blockchain infrastructure while governments race to define legal frameworks around digital assets.
The next phase likely won’t be driven by memes alone. It will be driven by infrastructure. And infrastructure cycles create some of the largest wealth transfers in history.
THEY TOLD YOU THE RESET WASN’T REAL.
THEY LIED.
JULY 4, 2026
The Federal Reserve building went dark. Not a drill. Not a test.
The same building where Janet Yellen signed PROTOCOL FINANCE-7 on March 15, 2024.
The same building where they hid $847 TRILLION in offshore accounts.
The same building where they planned to collapse the dollar by SEPTEMBER 2026.
But something went WRONG for them.
On JUNE 28, 2026, Kevin Warsh walked into the Eccles Building as the NEW Chairman.
He brought THREE FOLDERS.
Folder 1: OPERATION RESET-ALPHA
– Started: January 3, 2024
– Classified: Level 9 (above Presidential)
– Mission: Dismantle the old financial system in 72 HOURS
Folder 2: PROTOCOL QUANTUM-FINANCE
– Activated: June 22, 2026
– Connected to: XRP Ledger, Blockchain Audit, ISO 20022
– Implementation: IMMEDIATE
Folder 3: EXECUTIVE DECLASSIFICATION ORDER 2026-89
– Signed: July 1, 2026 (TOMORROW)
– Content: EVERYTHING about the Federal Reserve’s crimes
– Distribution: Global, unredacted, no escape
HERE’S WHAT’S HAPPENING RIGHT NOW:
On JULY 2, 2026, the SWIFT system will be REPLACED.
Not reformed. Not updated. REPLACED.
$340 BILLION already transferred to the new system.
47 OFFICIALS already in military custody at undisclosed locations.
12 COUNTRIES already signed the agreement (you weren’t told).
The media is SILENT because they’re part of it.
LEVEL 9. PROTOCOL QUANTUM-FINANCE.
OPERATION RESET-ALPHA. MOCKINGBIRD-COMPLETE.
Executive Order 14411. Executive Declassification Order 2026-89.
Kevin Warsh. Bill Pulte. Tulsi Gabbard. Elon Musk.
They’re not fighting EACH OTHER. They’re fighting FOR YOU.
JULY 4, 2026 — Independence Day takes on NEW MEANING.
JULY 7, 2026 — The announcement.
JULY 14, 2026 — The transition begins.
Your bank account won’t disappear. Your money won’t vanish.
But the SYSTEM that enslaved you will be DEAD.
The Federal Reserve? FINISHED.
The IRS? FINISHED.
The old financial order? FINISHED.
They tried to hide this from you. They tried to keep you ASLEEP.
But the PATRIOTS are AWAKE.
Your family needs to know.
Your children need to understand.
Your friends need to PREPARE.
YOU’LL KNOW YOU KNEW IT FIRST.
This isn’t a theory. This isn’t a guess.
This is HAPPENING. RIGHT NOW.
The reset is REAL.
The truth is RISING.
The new world is HERE.
Share this. Forward this. Tell EVERYONE.
The algorithm tried to suppress this.
The media tried to hide this.
But YOU have the power to BREAK THE SILENCE.
THEY THOUGHT THEY COULD CONTROL YOU.
THEY WERE WRONG.
THE GREAT RESET IS NOT THEIR PLAN.
IT’S OURS.
THE MOON IS AN ARTIFICIAL CONSTRUCT — IT’S NOT A NATURAL SATELLITE
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The Moon is the biggest anomaly in our solar system. It is the only satellite that doesn’t rotate; it always shows us the same side, hiding what’s on the “dark” side. It is exactly the right size and distance to perfectly cover the sun during an eclipse—a mathematical “coincidence” that is trillions to one. It’s not a natural rock; it’s a precisely placed piece of hardware.
When NASA’s Apollo 12 intentionally crashed its Lunar Module into the surface in 1969, the Moon did something impossible: it “rang like a bell” for over an hour. This phenomenon was repeated with Apollo 13, and the ringing lasted for over three hours. Natural planets and moons don’t ring; hollow, metallic structures do. The Moon has an outer shell of titanium and processed metals that are harder than any natural rock found on Earth.
⟁ Ancient history tells a different story than our textbooks. The Zulu tribes of Africa, the Proselenes of ancient Greece, and the ancient Tibetans all have oral traditions of a time “before the Moon.” They describe a period when the night sky was empty, and then a “new star” was brought into orbit by “celestial beings.” They claim it was brought here to monitor the Earth and manage the human population.
The Moon is actually a massive frequency transmitter. It is the primary node for the “Lunar Matrix”—a low-frequency broadcast that keeps the human brain in a state of survival (beta waves) and prevents us from accessing our higher consciousness. It is a biological control station designed to keep the “Earth Experiment” contained within a 3D loop.
⟁ The “Dark Side” of the Moon is not dark; it is busy. Whistleblowers from the Secret Space Program have revealed massive glass domes, industrial mining operations, and a “Lunar Operations Command” (LOC) that serves as a neutral ground for various non-human entities and the global elite. This is why we “stopped” going to the Moon in the 70s—we were told to stay away from the areas that are already occupied.
The craters on the Moon are also a mystery. Despite their different sizes, they all have the same shallow depth, as if there is an impenetrable inner hull beneath the surface dust. This is the “Death Star” of our reality—a massive, ancient spacecraft that has been parked in our orbit for thousands of years to act as a planetary warden.
⟁ The Alliance is currently working to “decommission” the negative frequency broadcasts coming from the Moon. This is why the global “awakening” is happening so fast right now. The signal is being jammed, and the veil is thinning. The control room is being taken over, and the warden is being evicted.
The Moon is not a mystery to be solved; it is a technology to be understood. Once the “Lunar Matrix” is fully deactivated, the human mind will regain its natural ability to see through the illusion of the physical world.
CODE: LUNAR-MATRIX / HOLLOW-MOON / TITANIUM-HULL / BEFORE-THE-MOON
They told you it was a dead rock. It’s actually the control room for the Earth experiment. The lights are flickering, and the show is almost over.
♟ The Moon isn’t a satellite of Earth. Earth is a satellite of the Moon’s control system. But the power is being cut.
The Dark Triad in Real Life
How Predatory Personalities Hijack Coherence and Feed on Emotional Bandwidth
Every social group contains an invisible economy beneath the surface conversation, because attention moves through people like current and emotion becomes weather that quietly determines what gets reinforced, what becomes risky to say out loud, and what kind of behavior gets rewarded by the room. In a healthy environment that current stays distributed and alive, circulating through mutual contribution, shared meaning, earned respect, and the natural steadiness that emerges when people can be themselves without managing one person’s reactions, so the group becomes a place where energy returns rather than leaks, and connection strengthens rather than drains. In a predatory environment the same current begins concentrating around a single individual who has learned to pull attention into orbit and hold it there, not because they are the strongest person in the room, but because they know how to reorganize the field until the group begins adapting around them without realizing it is happening.
This is where the energetic component becomes the key that turns confusion into clarity, because a healthy human system can generate creative energy from within, build emotional bonds through reciprocity, sustain love through continuity, and remain coherent without needing to dominate the room to feel real, while the Dark Triad pattern often attaches because that inner engine is fractured and unstable. They can simulate warmth, perform empathy, mirror values, and create convincing emotional theater, yet they struggle to sustain clean emotional continuity when attention is not being fed into them, which means they compensate by extracting what they cannot create, borrowing coherence the way a failing system borrows power from an external generator, then converting that borrowed energy into influence, access, and control. This is why they gravitate toward energetic fields where humans are open, trusting, and purpose-driven, because those environments are full of care, creativity, insight, and relational surplus, which becomes prime terrain for harvesting, mimicking, and theft, especially when the group is kind enough to assume sincerity and patient enough to keep offering chances.
The world of a Dark Triad revolves around [them]…
The Dark Triad framework describes this pattern in a way that helps people stop personalizing what was never personal, because it reveals a three-part structure that shows up again and again inside groups where extraction is possible. The Machiavellian layer brings strategy, reading people as patterns and using timing, context, and selective information to engineer outcomes. The narcissistic layer brings identity capture, pulling attention through image, importance, specialness, and a subtle demand to remain central. The psychopathic layer brings coldness beneath the mask, a willingness to harm without remorse when control is threatened, combined with an ability to switch states quickly when a performance is required. People do not need to memorize these labels to spot the dynamic. They only need to feel how it moves.
The sensitive are often seen early because empaths and helpers carry coherence that changes a room without announcement, since their nervous system is tuned wide enough to feel subtle shifts, their presence stabilizes tension, and their heart naturally moves toward completing loops rather than leaving them open. Their creativity comes from inner life rather than performance, their emotional bonds are built through mutuality rather than leverage, and their warmth is lived rather than manufactured, which means their field contains exactly what a predatory personality depends on when they cannot generate love cleanly, cannot sustain relational integrity, and cannot hold emotional truth without needing to reshape the environment to protect the image. The attachment begins through resonance that feels unusually direct, because the strategist layer listens intensely, mirrors quickly, and asks questions that open doors, creating the sensation of being seen and understood, and the empath responds naturally because sincerity recognizes sincerity, even when sincerity is being worn as a costume.
Underneath that early warmth a map is being built, because the Dark Triad pattern studies what you value, what you fear, what you feel responsible for, and what you cannot tolerate unresolved, then it notices how quickly your repair instinct activates and how easily guilt can be used to redirect your behavior. Over time the image layer begins shaping identity around the connection, often presenting the person as uniquely important, uniquely burdened, uniquely insightful, uniquely misunderstood, or uniquely essential to the mission of the group, and as that identity takes root, meaning becomes the tether that holds energy in place. The room begins protecting the image because the image becomes intertwined with belonging, and the empath often gets assigned a role inside the narrative that feels like purpose, which is how loyalty forms without being named as loyalty, and how a group begins orienting toward a person in the belief that it is orienting toward the mission.
As the tether strengthens, pressure enters through inconsistency that the body feels before the mind admits, because warmth becomes conditional, tone shifts begin appearing without explanation, closeness becomes unstable, and conversations carry a subtle risk that causes people to scan for safety rather than speak from truth. The group begins editing itself around one person’s emotional weather, not because the group wants control, but because human nervous systems adapt to the strongest emotional gravity in the room, and the presence of relief becomes one of the clearest signals that a low-grade tension field has been normalized, since calm starts feeling like reward after tension has become routine. In that state the social field stops belonging to everyone equally, because the energy is now being spent on management, and management always taxes the sensitive first, since the empath becomes the one who anticipates reactions, smooths disruption, and quietly pays the cost to keep the room from fracturing.
This is also where the most obvious patterns begin revealing themselves in daily life, because the extraction process has a few signatures that show up with almost mathematical consistency once people know what to watch for. One of the clearest is the push toward side channels, where hallway conversations, private texts, and off-record explanations become the preferred lane of influence, not because the person wants clarity, but because private perception is easier to steer and harder to compare, which slowly fractures the group’s ability to hold shared reality. Another is the pattern of triangulation, where conflict is routed through third parties and reputations are shaped through implication, so relationships become strained without anyone being able to name where the contamination started, while the manipulator remains the hidden author of the tension. A third signature appears through the cycle of idealization and devaluation, where someone is elevated while they are useful, then subtly diminished when they become independent or begin receiving attention the manipulator cannot control, which keeps the empath unconsciously chasing repair and restoring access even when the system is quietly consuming them.
The signature becomes unmistakable when attention tries to flow away from them, because a healthy person can share a room, celebrate others, and remain stable while conversations and praise move around the circle, while the Dark Triad pattern experiences attention leaving as loss of supply, which triggers destabilization designed to pull the field back into orbit. The form can vary from withdrawal to offense, from coldness to passive aggression, from subtle punishment to sudden conflict that never needed to exist, and the surface behavior can look childish because it carries the emotional signature of entitlement without regulation, yet the deeper function stays consistent because the disruption reclaims attention, reclaims energy, and restores control over the group’s focus. This is also why chaos becomes a preferred environment, because chaos fractures shared perception, disrupts sequence tracking, and weakens collective memory, which makes it harder for people to see repetition and easier for the manipulator to reset narratives, shift blame, and stay central as the interpreter of reality while quietly being the one who created the instability.
Private channels become even more dangerous at this stage because side talks and off-record conversations remove witnesses, remove comparison, and allow individualized reality streams to form inside the group, which is the clean architecture of divide and conquer. A quick chat, a side meeting, a private message, an intimate explanation paired with secrecy, these become the corridor where doubt is planted softly, reputations are shaped through implication, and alliances are arranged without scrutiny, while the group begins carrying mismatched versions of the same events. As coherence fractures, the manipulator appears more necessary, because the group starts relying on the person who seems to know what is happening, even while that person has been shaping confusion to keep the room steerable, since confusion keeps people reactive and reaction keeps attention flowing toward the one who can offer temporary relief.
When someone finally challenges the pattern directly, the deepest trick reveals itself, because the Dark Triad often deploys emotional theater designed to hijack the empath’s conscience and redirect the room away from accountability. Tears arrive, begging arrives, dramatic apologies arrive, sudden illness appears, sudden injury appears, confessions appear with intensity, promises arrive with urgency, and the group softens because decent people do not want to harm someone who looks broken, which allows compassion to become the lever that bypasses discernment. The focus shifts away from what the person did and toward how the person feels about being questioned, and as that shift settles into the room, boundaries begin feeling like cruelty while discernment begins feeling like punishment, which pressures the empath into apologizing for seeing clearly, since guilt has been converted into proof of goodness, and the reset has been achieved.
What most people miss is that this phase is rarely remorse in any meaningful internal sense, because the Dark Triad pattern often cannot truly carry guilt the way a coherent conscience carries guilt, and it cannot truly admit wrong in a way that dismantles the image, since the self-concept is built around being justified, entitled, and untouchable. What looks like an apology is often a maneuver to neutralize blame and regain positioning, which is why the wording subtly transfers responsibility back onto the other person, turning harm into sensitivity and wrongdoing into misunderstanding, so the apology becomes framed as “I’m sorry you feel that way” rather than “I’m sorry I did that,” and the entire exchange becomes less about repair and more about stabilizing the field long enough for the person to regroup.
This is the part that reveals the mechanics behind the so-called making-amends phase, because real repair has a signature that holds across time, while manipulative repair has a signature that resets attention and restores access. The goal is not integration, and it is not deep ownership, because deep ownership would require the person to hold truth in a way that exposes the real nature of the pattern, so the system replaces ownership with tactics, using tears, pleading, sudden self-awareness, and strategic vulnerability to move the group from accountability into neutrality. Once neutrality is restored, the praise storm begins, because praise is the quickest solvent for memory, and it is the easiest way to re-enter the emotional fold without ever resolving the original fracture, which means the group starts receiving warmth again and starts wanting to believe the cycle is over, even while the structure that created the cycle was never dismantled.
Clarity returns when the reader stops measuring sincerity by intensity and starts measuring it by continuity, because a moment can be soothed with words while a system reveals itself through what it repeats. A person with conscience and coherence can fail, regret it, repair it, and remain consistent afterward because growth is possible when integrity exists, while the Dark Triad pattern uses performance remorse to restore access while preserving the extraction architecture, which means the face can look sincere while the sequence stays the same. The body recognizes this before the mind allows it, which is why fog after contact, drain after contact, the feeling of losing your center, and the sensation of always adjusting to keep peace are signals that something is feeding from you, not connecting with you, since a reciprocal bond returns energy while extraction creates open loops that keep demanding more.
Distance becomes natural once the pattern is visible, not through confrontation, and not through debate, but through disciplined access and coherent participation in shared reality, where private manipulation lanes stop receiving energy, secrecy stops being confused with intimacy, and urgency stops being mistaken for truth. Kindness remains intact while boundaries become clean, because the sensitive person finally understands that their field is not a public utility and their love is not a resource to be harvested, so they stop donating their nervous system to a system that survives by consuming coherence.
The hardest truth lands near the end because it protects people’s lives, and it protects the ones they love most, since Dark Triads are not fixed through patience, explanation, sacrifice, or endurance, because the pattern survives by extracting the very energy you keep offering in the hope it will heal. The most loving action becomes withdrawal of access, whether that means creating clean distance, narrowing the channel to the minimum required, or removing the person from the space entirely, because what matters is that the system no longer receives supply. When access is cut, the pattern has nothing to feed on beyond the boundary itself, which is the only language extraction respects. This is not hatred, and it is not punishment, it is integrity, and integrity is coherence in motion.
God built truth into perception, and God built coherence into the human system as protection, which means the return to steadiness is not a harsh decision, it is alignment with what was designed to keep you safe. When you trust the body’s signal, the act loses power because your field stops negotiating with disorder, the manipulator becomes visible without you needing to fight, and the room regains coherence because energy is no longer being siphoned into managed chaos.
Connection feels clean, extraction feels heavy, and your body has been telling you the difference all along, so when you finally trust that signal, you stop being recruitable, your loved ones become safer, and the predator loses access because the system can no longer feed without being seen.
Bill Gates Just CONFESSED Under Oath
Yesterday — the House Oversight Committee released his full testimony. Under oath. On record. No escape.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
He admitted to 3 extramarital affairs. Two Russian women. One American scientist. He admitted Epstein knew about ALL of them. He admitted Epstein was “brainstorming” how to USE that information against him.
Read that again. The second richest man on Earth just told Congress that Jeffrey Epstein was BUILDING A BLACKMAIL FILE on him.
And it gets worse.
Epstein wrote in a memo — to HIMSELF — that Gates caught an STD from “Russian girls.” Gates said under oath: “I never had an STD… but it’s POSSIBLE I said something to someone about my concern.”
POSSIBLE. Under oath. That’s the word of a man who knows what they HAVE on him.
Now connect the dots.
48 hours before Gates testified — the UK Prime Minister RESIGNED. Keir Starmer. Gone. Why? Because he appointed Lord Peter Mandelson as UK Ambassador to the United States — a man whose name appears 4,700 times in the Epstein files.
Mandelson wrote to Epstein ON THE DAY HE LEFT PRISON: “How shall we celebrate?”
Epstein replied: “With Grace and Modesty — those are the names of two strippers.”
Mandelson called him a “NAUGHTY BOY.”
THIS is the man Starmer chose to represent Britain in Washington. While knowing EVERYTHING in those files.
I’ve been told the committee has evidence of 7 additional encounters Gates has NOT disclosed. The Russian women were not random. They were PLACED. The affairs were not accidents — they were OPERATIONS.
Gates was given a choice: testify VOLUNTARILY — or be subpoenaed with the surveillance footage from 3 properties.
He chose to talk.
Starmer chose to resign.
Mandelson has NOT been given a choice yet.
THE DOMINOES ARE FALLING IN ORDER.
Gates confessed. Starmer fell. Mandelson is next. Then the one they’re ALL protecting.
July 20 — Dershowitz testifies. But I’m told someone BIGGER confesses before that date.
The blackmail network that controlled the WORLD for 30 years is being dismantled — name by name, confession by confession.
They thought Epstein’s death would bury it forever.
They were wrong.
NOTHING CAN STOP WHAT IS COMING.
GATES-CONFESSION-3AFFAIRS
MANDELSON-4700-AMBASSADOR
DOMINO-SEQUENCE-JULY20
THE ANTARCTICA COVER-UP — THE ICE IS NOT WHAT THEY TOLD YOU
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The “Antarctic Treaty” of 1959 is the only agreement that every major nation on Earth—even at the height of the Cold War—signed and has never broken. Why? Because the “South Pole” is the most heavily guarded secret on the planet. It is not just a frozen wasteland; it is a strictly restricted zone where no civilian can fly, sail, or explore without a military escort. They aren’t protecting the environment; they are protecting the perimeter.
What is hidden at the bottom of the world? In 1946, Admiral Richard E. Byrd led “Operation Highjump,” a massive military expedition involving 4,700 troops, an aircraft carrier, and multiple destroyers. Upon his return, he gave a chilling interview to a Chilean newspaper, warning that the United States needed to prepare for a “threat from the poles” that could fly from one end of the Earth to the other at incredible speeds. He didn’t find ice; he found a military force that outclassed anything on the surface.
⟁ Whistleblowers from military contractors like Raytheon have reported seeing “massive hexagonal openings” in the ice, large enough for fleets of craft to enter. They describe giant, ancient pyramids that predate human history and thermal anomalies that suggest vast, heated cities exist miles beneath the surface. The “Ice Wall” isn’t just a barrier of frozen water; it is a boundary.
Beyond the restricted zones lie the remnants of a “Pre-Adamite” civilization—a race of beings with advanced technology who ruled Earth before the last great cataclysm. The elite aren’t worried about the ice melting; they are worried about what the melting ice will reveal. The artifacts being uncovered right now would instantly rewrite every history book and render our current energy systems obsolete.
⟁ Have you noticed the sudden “pilgrimages” of global leaders to Antarctica? From the Pope to high-ranking politicians and tech billionaires, they have all made quiet trips to the ice in recent years. They aren’t there to study climate change. They are visiting the “Vaults”—ancient technology centers that are beginning to reactivate as the Earth’s magnetic field shifts.
The “Great Reset” is a desperate race to secure this ancient hardware before the public realizes that our true history has been erased and replaced with a manufactured narrative. They want to use the “technology of the gods” to cement their control, while telling you that you’re the reason the planet is changing.
⟁ The Alliance is currently engaged in a silent war for control of these Antarctic portals. The “unusual seismic activity” and strange light pillars seen over the ice are signs of the struggle. The truth is no longer buried; it is thawing.
They tell you it’s a frozen desert to keep you from looking at the map. The edge of their world is the beginning of the real one. The maps they gave you in school were the first step in your imprisonment.
CODE: OPERATION-HIGHJUMP / ADMIRAL-BYRD / ICE-WALL-SECRET / ANCIENT-VAULTS
The map is a lie. The ice is a gate. And the gate is opening.
♟ They didn’t ban travel to Antarctica to protect the penguins. They did it to protect the lie.
What The FBI Director said it on LIVE TELEVISION
“We’re coming for you.”
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Not a leak. Not a rumor. Not an anonymous source. Kash Patel — Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation — looked directly into the camera during yesterday’s Senate hearing and said those words.
They tried to shut him down. Sen. Booker SCREAMED. The room erupted. They cut the feed on 3 networks simultaneously.
But 9.4 million people were already watching.
He wasn’t talking about criminals on the street. He was talking about FORMER PRESIDENTS. FORMER VICE PRESIDENTS. FORMER INTELLIGENCE DIRECTORS.
Connect what happened in the last 7 days:
— Bill Gates CONFESSED under oath. Epstein blackmailed him. Russian women were PLACED.
— Starmer RESIGNED. 250,000 children. He blocked the investigations.
— Diddy — new lawsuit. A 12-YEAR-OLD child actor. Video resurfaced from 2003.
— DOJ sent Congress the “POLITICALLY EXPOSED PERSONS” list from Epstein files.
— Pulte is PURGING the intelligence community. Hundreds fired in 48 hours.
These are not separate events.
THIS IS ONE OPERATION.
I’ve been told there are 3 TIERS of sealed indictments:
TIER 1 — Entertainment & Media (unsealing has BEGUN)
TIER 2 — Political & Intelligence (July – August)
TIER 3 — Financial & Royal (September – October)
Diddy was TIER 1. He was the FIRST domino. Not the last.
Gates testified because he was GIVEN A CHOICE. Cooperate — or be in TIER 3 with the people who DON’T cooperate.
Why do you think they’re impeaching Trump RIGHT NOW? Why the DESPERATION? Why did 48 Senators vote to strip his war powers THIS WEEK?
Because once TIER 2 unseals — 6 former US officials will be in handcuffs. And they KNOW it.
Patel said one more thing yesterday that NO mainstream outlet reported:
“We have the FLIGHT LOGS. We have the SURVEILLANCE. We have the FINANCIAL RECORDS. And we have the COOPERATION of people who were inside that network.”
The walls aren’t closing in.
The walls have CLOSED.
TIER1-UNSEALED-ENTERTAINMENT
TIER2-POLITICAL-JULY
PATEL-FLIGHTLOGS-CONFIRMED
Observing Consciousness
A Living Architecture of Systems, Patterns, Power, and Human Awakening
Source: Observing Consciousness | Substack
“Every domain connects. Every pattern reveals a deeper system. Every connection expands consciousness.”
At first glance, this appears to be a map of subjects—economics, geopolitics, technology, psychology, spirituality, artificial intelligence, systems theory, and human development. But it is far more than a collection of disciplines. It represents a living architecture that illustrates how the world’s major systems continuously interact, influence one another, and evolve together. No field exists in isolation. Every domain is connected through networks of cause and effect, creating patterns that become visible only when viewed as an integrated whole.
Beyond Information: Seeing the System
Most people study individual topics separately.
They learn economics without understanding psychology. They study politics without recognizing technological influence. They examine artificial intelligence without considering ethics or consciousness. They explore spirituality without connecting it to systems thinking, biology, or human behavior.
Reality, however, does not operate in isolated compartments.
Every financial decision influences politics. Every technological breakthrough reshapes culture. Every cultural shift changes institutions. Every institutional change affects individual consciousness. The world functions as one enormous interconnected adaptive system, where every component influences countless others simultaneously.
The Architecture of Connection
The central principle behind Observing Consciousness is that understanding emerges through relationships rather than isolated facts.
The map illustrates how subjects traditionally separated by education, media, and professional disciplines actually overlap. Systems theory informs economics. Psychology influences geopolitics. Artificial intelligence reshapes finance. Narrative influences perception. Consciousness affects leadership. Spirituality influences ethics. Technology transforms civilization.
When these relationships become visible, isolated events begin forming recognizable patterns.
Knowledge transforms into understanding.
Pattern Recognition: The Language of Complexity
The human brain naturally seeks patterns.
Most daily news presents disconnected events—a financial story here, a geopolitical conflict there, a technological breakthrough somewhere else. Viewed independently, these stories often appear random.
Pattern recognition changes everything.
As relationships become visible, seemingly unrelated developments begin forming coherent structures. Economic shifts connect to energy policy. Artificial intelligence influences labor markets. Financial systems shape geopolitical strategy. Psychological operations influence public perception. Cultural narratives influence collective behavior.
The deeper the pattern, the greater the understanding.
From Observation to Discernment
Observation alone is not enough.
Information has become abundant, yet wisdom remains scarce. The challenge today is not accessing more data but developing the discernment to distinguish signal from noise.
Observing Consciousness emphasizes slowing down, examining evidence, questioning assumptions, and recognizing the larger systems operating beneath surface events. Rather than reacting emotionally to individual headlines, it encourages stepping back to understand the mechanisms driving those events.
Discernment becomes the bridge between information and wisdom.
The Role of Consciousness
Consciousness is more than awareness.
It is the capacity to observe ourselves while simultaneously observing the systems around us. As consciousness expands, perception becomes less reactive and more integrated. We begin noticing recurring cycles, systemic behaviors, organizational dynamics, and long-term patterns that remain invisible during purely emotional or ideological thinking.
The observer gradually becomes capable of seeing relationships rather than simply collecting facts.
This represents one of the highest forms of learning.
Every Domain Leads Somewhere Else
The map intentionally has no true beginning or ending.
Economics leads into technology.
Technology reshapes media.
Media influences psychology.
Psychology affects culture.
Culture transforms institutions.
Institutions influence governance.
Governance shapes economics once again.
The same interconnected cycles exist throughout biology, energy, education, law, finance, spirituality, and human development. Every discipline becomes another doorway into understanding the larger system.
A Framework for the Future
As our world becomes increasingly interconnected, specialization alone becomes insufficient. The challenges of the coming decades—artificial intelligence, biotechnology, economic transformation, geopolitical realignment, energy transitions, information warfare, and human development—cannot be understood through a single discipline.
They require systems thinking.
They require interdisciplinary learning.
They require the ability to connect the dots.
This is precisely what Observing Consciousness seeks to cultivate: a framework for integrating diverse fields into a coherent understanding of how our world actually functions.
Enter the Map
This is not simply a diagram.
It is an invitation.
An invitation to move beyond isolated facts toward integrated understanding.
To recognize that every discovery opens another question.
Every pattern reveals another layer.
Every connection expands awareness.
The more deeply we observe, the more clearly the architecture of reality begins to emerge.
Enter the map.
Follow the signals.
Recognize the patterns.
And discover what becomes visible when the whole system is finally observed.
CERN IS NOT JUST A PARTICLE COLLIDER. IT IS THE KEY TO THE LOCK OF OUR REALITY.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The official story is that the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) is searching for the “God Particle” to understand the origins of the universe. But why is this massive 27-kilometer ring built on the exact ancient site of Saint-Genis-Pouilly? In Roman times, it was called Appolliacum, dedicated to Apollo, and the locals believed it was a gateway to the underworld. They aren’t looking for physics; they are looking for the door.
When they smash particles at 99.9% the speed of light, they aren’t just observing matter. They are tearing the fabric of space-time. Each “run” of the LHC creates micro-black holes and massive gravitational anomalies that ripple through our dimension. This isn’t science; it’s the mechanical manipulation of the veil that separates us from other realms.
⟁ Have you noticed the “Mandela Effect”? Millions of people remember a different history—different logos, different names, different events. This isn’t a “glitch in memory.” It is a glitch in the timeline. Every time CERN fires at record-breaking tera-electronvolts (TeV), the boundaries between parallel realities thin.
They are “stitching” timelines together. The goal? To merge our reality with one where the global elite have total, unbreakable control. They are trying to “reset” history in real-time, erasing the versions of the future where humanity wakes up and wins. They are playing a cosmic game of chess with your past and your future.
⟁ Look at the symbols. Outside the CERN headquarters stands a statue of Shiva, the Hindu deity known as the “Destroyer of Worlds,” performing the Tandava—the dance of destruction and creation. Why does a “scientific” facility need a god of destruction at its entrance?
Former employees have leaked information about “Project Saturn,” a secret initiative within CERN to establish a stable portal. They are trying to bridge our world with a lower-frequency dimension. The “dark matter” they claim to be looking for is actually the “dark entities” they wish to invite in. They want to bring the “Old Gods” back to the surface to help them manage the human population.
⟁ The Alliance is monitoring the power surges. Notice how every time CERN reaches a new energy peak, there is a global “crisis” or a massive shift in the collective consciousness. They are trying to keep your frequency low so you don’t notice the timeline shifting beneath your feet.
But there is a flaw in their plan. The human heart generates an electromagnetic field stronger than any machine. As we raise our vibration, their “portals” become unstable. They are losing the frequency war because they cannot simulate the power of true human awakening.
CODE: CERN-GATEWAY / MANDELA-PROTOCOL / SHIVA-DANCE / TIMELINE-RESET
They are trying to rewrite the script of existence. But the Author is waking up, and the pen is being taken back.
♟ They think they can control the gateway. They forgot that we are the ones who hold the key.
The World Changes Through Emergent Thought
Source: Observing Consciousness | Substack
Every Great Transformation Begins as an Idea
“The future is not discovered. It is thought into existence.”
Every transformation in human history began as a thought that did not yet fit inside the known world. Before every invention, every scientific breakthrough, every civilization, and every cultural renaissance, there was first an idea that existed only in the imagination of a single individual or a small group of visionaries. At the time, these ideas often appeared impossible, impractical, or even absurd. Yet history repeatedly demonstrates that the greatest advances in human civilization begin long before they become accepted reality. The world does not simply evolve through chance—it evolves because someone dares to imagine what does not yet exist.
Stage One: Emergent Thought
Every new reality begins with emergence.
Emergent thought is the moment when the mind reaches beyond existing knowledge into unexplored possibilities. It is curiosity asking questions that no one has answered. It is intuition sensing patterns before evidence fully explains them. Throughout history, humanity has advanced because individuals were willing to think beyond accepted boundaries.
Every revolution in science, philosophy, engineering, medicine, and human understanding started with a thought that challenged the limits of conventional thinking.
Stage Two: Imagination Expands the Possible
Thought alone is only the beginning.
Imagination takes an emerging idea and explores its potential. It allows us to visualize worlds that have not yet been built, technologies that have not yet been invented, and solutions that have not yet been discovered. Imagination stretches beyond current limitations and asks, “What if?”
Every major leap in civilization—from flight to space exploration, from computers to artificial intelligence—was imagined long before it became reality. The imagination serves as humanity’s research laboratory, where future possibilities are explored before they are engineered.
Stage Three: Consciousness Follows the Vision
As an idea matures, awareness begins to organize around it.
What first appears as imagination gradually becomes understanding. The concept becomes clearer, more refined, and better defined. Researchers investigate it. Engineers develop it. Artists visualize it. Entrepreneurs recognize its potential. Society slowly begins to shift its attention toward a new possibility.
Consciousness follows imagination by transforming inspiration into intention.
Stage Four: Invention Gives Form to Thought
Every invention is visible evidence that an invisible idea has become reality.
Once an idea has matured through imagination and understanding, it enters the physical world through innovation. Inventions are thoughts made tangible. They become tools, technologies, systems, medicines, machines, and discoveries that permanently expand human capability.
The light bulb, the airplane, the computer, the internet, renewable energy, biotechnology, and space exploration all followed the same path. Each began as an impossible thought before becoming an indispensable part of everyday life.
Stage Five: Structure Builds Civilization
Great ideas do not change the world by themselves.
Once innovations prove their value, societies begin building structures around them. Educational systems, industries, governments, economies, infrastructure, and institutions emerge to support these new realities. What began as one person’s vision gradually becomes integrated into the fabric of civilization itself.
Innovation eventually becomes organization.
Discovery becomes infrastructure.
Ideas become institutions.
Stage Six: Civilization Is Transformed
The final stage is cultural transformation.
When new structures become widely adopted, they reshape how humanity lives, communicates, learns, travels, heals, and creates. Entire generations grow up knowing only the new reality. What once seemed extraordinary becomes ordinary.
Flight connected continents.
Computers connected information.
Medicine extended life.
Sustainable technologies are reshaping our relationship with the planet.
Space exploration continues expanding humanity’s frontier beyond Earth.
Each transformation followed the exact same progression—from thought to imagination, from creation to civilization.
The Pattern of Human Progress
History reveals a remarkably consistent sequence:
Thought → Imagination → Consciousness → Invention → Structure → Civilization
Every major advancement follows this pathway.
The process is recursive. Every new civilization generates new ideas that begin the cycle again. Human progress is therefore not linear but evolutionary—a continual unfolding of increasingly sophisticated ideas transforming the world around us.
Why This Matters Today
We are living during one of the fastest periods of innovation in human history.
Artificial intelligence, quantum computing, robotics, biotechnology, longevity research, clean energy, advanced materials, space commercialization, and global communications are all emerging simultaneously. Many of these technologies appear disruptive today, just as electricity, automobiles, and computers once did. Yet history suggests they are simply the next expressions of humanity’s creative evolution.
Today’s emerging thoughts will become tomorrow’s civilization.
The Responsibility of Creative Thinking
Emergent thought carries responsibility.
Every new idea influences the future we collectively create. Technology itself is neither inherently good nor bad—it reflects the intentions of those who design and apply it. As humanity gains unprecedented creative power, wisdom, ethics, discernment, and compassion become just as important as innovation itself.
The future will not be determined solely by what we can build, but by why we choose to build it.
Thinking Beyond the Horizon
Perhaps the greatest lesson of history is that every age believes it understands the limits of possibility—until someone imagines beyond them.
The future is not waiting to be discovered.
It is continually being imagined, explored, engineered, and brought into existence by individuals willing to think beyond what is already known.
Every civilization has been shaped by those who saw possibilities invisible to others.
The next great transformation may already exist today—not yet as a machine, a technology, or an institution—but simply as a thought waiting for someone to believe it is possible.
The Enormous Earthquakes That We Are Experiencing Now Are Nothing Compared To What Is In Our Future
Our planet is starting to shake like crazy, and a lot of people out there are really beginning to freak out. On Wednesday alone, California was hit by a magnitude 5.6 earthquake, Japan was hit by a magnitude 7.2 earthquake, and Venezuela was hit by a magnitude 7.2 earthquake and a magnitude 7.5 earthquake. The second quake was the most powerful quake that Venezuela has experienced in more than a century. Dozens of aftershocks have already been recorded, and there is no way to count the number of structures that have collapsed. So much damage has been done that the situation on the ground is being compared to a “horror movie”, and it is being reported that tens of thousands of people are potentially missing…
Over 188 people have been reported dead and as many as 41,000 are missing following the two earthquakes that struck Venezuela on Wednesday, according to government and USGS counts.
A magnitude 7.2 earthquake struck the south American country around 160 km (100 miles) west of Caracas, and less than a minute one with a magnitude of 7.5 followed, according to the US Geological Survey (USGS), which estimated total deaths to be in the thousands.
Hundreds of people in Venezuela were trapped under rubble and many more still unaccounted for on Thursday after two powerful earthquakes wreaked havoc in and around the capital Caracas, setting off powerful aftershocks and leaving thousands homeless.
The official death toll will inevitably go much higher as more dead bodies are pulled out of the rubble.
And Venezuelan President Delcy Rodríguez is telling us that the initial figures that have been released do not even include the coastal state of Venezuela that was hit the hardest…
In an early update on June 25, acting Venezuelan President Delcy Rodríguez warned that the death toll is expected to climb as rescuers continue searching through the rubble. She noted that initial figures do not include casualties from La Guaira, a coastal state in northern Venezuela that was hit the hardest by the powerful tremors.
“Dozens of buildings have collapsed, and we are currently carrying out very intense rescue efforts to save as many lives as God allows us to save,” she said in an appearance on state television just before 1 a.m. local time.
So many precious people are trapped under the rubble right now. Venezuela normally does not experience such powerful earthquakes, and most of the buildings are not built to withstand this kind of shaking.
One man that actually lives in La Guaira told AFP that he was extremely fortunate to escape the building that he lived in just before it collapsed…
La Guaira resident Antonio Bermudez told the AFP news agency that the shaking began “all of a sudden.” He was in his living room, he said, but escaped his building before it collapsed.
“I started to move, I looked for shelter under a column. I was between my room and the shower. It shook harder and harder,” Bermudez sid. “I held onto the wall and the building started to come down.”
It is going to take Venezuela a very long time to recover from this.
Shortly after the twin quakes, the USGS projected that the final death toll will likely exceed 10,000 victims…
The U.S. Geological Survey, using predictive modeling to estimate the death toll, said it would most likely run into the thousands, with a substantial probability of exceeding 10,000.
Sadly, this is our new normal.
“Billion dollar disasters” are happening in rapid fire fashion, and so historic events that happened just a few weeks ago are quickly forgotten.
For instance, a magnitude 7.8 earthquake that hit the island of Mindanao in the southern Philippines earlier this month was so powerful that it permanently changed the geography of the coastline…
Arsenio Butil Jr. fell to his knees and began to pray when last week’s deadly 7.8-magnitude earthquake began shaking his home on the coast of the southern Philippines.
When he opened his eyes, he saw a once-familiar shoreline changing in real time, with swaths of previously submerged coral suddenly pushing above the waterline.
The June 8 quake, driven by a shifting of the nearby Cotabato Trench, toppled buildings, triggered landslides and killed at least 76 people on the southern island of Mindanao.
The tectonic forces at work also thrust chunks of the island’s coastline upward in a phenomenon known as “coastal uplift,” leaving stretches of shore unrecognizable to families who have spent their whole lives there.
How many of you were still thinking about this disaster before I just mentioned it? Vast stretches of Mindanao’s coastline are now radically different, but we treat it like it isn’t that big of a deal.
We have become numb to all the craziness that is happening all around us, and the truth is that far worse is ahead. Revelation chapter 6 describes a great earthquake that will be unlike anything that humanity has ever witnessed before…
12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;
13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.
14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.
15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;
16 And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:
17 For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?
This is what our future is going to look like.
We are going to experience apocalyptic seismic events that will alter entire continents.
Cyclic Cataclysm on a Heliocentric and Geocentric Earth
In the heliocentric model, a pole shift or a solar nova could be caused by a large planetary object passing by the Earth close enough to trigger a destructive effect. Theories include large comets, an unknown planet in our solar system, or a binary sun.
While pop culture is religiously sold on the heliocentric model, empirical evidence and quantitative data say otherwise. Many respected scientists acknowledge that based on observations, you cannot disprove the geocentric model. Based on direct observation, the Earth does appear to be a flat motionless plane.
When America’s Sleeping Prophet, Edgar Cayce, predicted a pole shift, he stated that Polaris will be replaced by Vega as the North Star. The night sky can be photographed by anyone tonight to show that Polaris never moves, while the stars move around it.
According to the heliocentric model, the Earth is spinning at 1,000 mph, orbiting the Sun at 67,000 mph, and around the galaxy at half a million mph. And yet it appears as if there is a fixed vertical axis running through the Earth, rooted below the North Pole, around which the entire celestial dome rotates. The official explanation is that these three astronomical spins all miraculously cancel each other out perfectly from our vantage point, by coincidence, to produce the appearance of a fixed axis.
The ancient world believed in a geocentric earth, and they all described the same fundamental mechanics. In Buddhist cosmology it is Mount Meru. The Norse call it Yggdrasil — the World Ash. The Mayan called it the Ceiba tree. The Chinese saw it as a cosmic mulberry tree. Tibetan tradition holds that Shambhala is a hidden realm within the Earth, and emits a strange inner light. In esoteric tradition, this inner realm is connected to the Black Sun — a source of energy that affects the sun in our sky. Nearly every ancient tradition observed that the sky rotates around a fixed axis rooted beneath the North Pole — which is exactly how it appears.
The ancients also shared a remarkably consistent story of a cyclic cataclysm that occurs on Earth involving the sun in the sky and the Black Sun.
The Norse say that the sun disappears, and the axis fails, which causes mountains to fall and seas to rise before a new sun rises and the cycle begins again. The orbital track re-established and the axis mundi restored.
The Aztecs described the history of the world as a series of failed suns, each age ending with a disruption of the sun’s relationship with the cosmic order, a conflict between the gods of the underworld and the gods of the sky. The sun is a sustained act of divine sacrifice that must be continuously maintained. And when that maintenance fails, the sun fails, and the age ends.
The Hindu Vishnu Purana describes seven suns appearing in the sky, scorching the earth, burning the oceans, and consuming everything before the waters return and life on earth is born again. Mount Meru — the axis mundi — is the one structure that survives, and the orbital system around it is reset.
The Egyptian tradition tells us that Ra, the sun god who travels his fixed circuit across the sky each day, begins to age. As Ra weakens, the order of his circuit weakens with him. The solution is renewal — Ra must be restored to his full power, so his circuit resumes its proper track.
In every tradition, the same structure: a sun locked in a fixed track, maintained by a relationship with a central power. Modern physics may have a name for that relationship.
The Meissner Effect is when a material becomes superconducting and expels magnetic fields from its interior. This creates a repulsion and allows for levitation. In a Type-II superconductor, magnetic field lines called fluxoids can be locked into place so that it doesn’t just float — it is locked in a specific position and orientation relative to the magnetic field.
If the boundary of a geocentric Earth is frozen miles deep, under enough pressure to become superconducting, and if the central source of the Earth were electromagnetic — then what we call “low earth orbit” might best be described as quantum locking, and could be the mechanics that keep the sun and moon locked in their tracks and levitating, until the destructive end of their cycle.
Trust Is Earned
Reclaiming Discernment in an Age of Information Overload
“Trust is not given. It is earned through observation, consistency, evidence, and truth tested over time.”
Source: Observing Consciousness | Substack
We live in an age where information travels faster than understanding. Every day, we are presented with headlines, expert opinions, institutional statements, social media narratives, and competing claims, each asking for our trust. Yet trust was never intended to be surrendered automatically. It was meant to be earned—through patterns of behavior, consistency of action, and evidence that withstands the test of time. Genuine trust grows from repeated observation, not from titles, popularity, or authority alone.
The Conditioning of Modern Society
From an early age, many of us were taught to place external authority above our own observation. We learned to doubt our instincts, suppress uncomfortable questions, and assume that those in positions of influence always possessed more complete knowledge than we did. Teachers, institutions, governments, corporations, media organizations, and experts all play important roles in society, but over time many people gradually lost confidence in their own ability to evaluate information independently.
This conditioning created a subtle form of dependence. Rather than developing discernment, people were encouraged to outsource it. When uncertainty arose, the instinct became to seek another authority instead of examining the evidence directly. The consequence was not simply misplaced trust—it was the gradual weakening of personal judgment.
Observation Before Belief
Discernment begins with observation.
The image above illustrates a simple but profound principle: observation comes before belief. Before accepting or rejecting any claim, we can first ask what the evidence reveals. Do actions consistently match words? Are outcomes aligned with promises? Does the information remain coherent over time, or does it continually shift to accommodate changing circumstances?
Observation removes much of the emotion from decision-making. Instead of reacting to personalities, we begin evaluating behavior. Instead of following narratives, we follow evidence. Over time, this simple shift transforms how we understand the world.
Five Principles of Discernment
Throughout history, careful observers have relied on a remarkably consistent process for evaluating truth. These principles remain just as valuable today.
Watch patterns across time. One isolated event rarely tells the complete story. Long-term behavior reveals far more than isolated moments.
Compare words to outcomes. Promises are easy. Results require accountability. Integrity is measured by consistency between what is said and what is ultimately accomplished.
Follow incentives. Every system contains motivations. Understanding financial, political, institutional, or personal incentives often explains decisions more clearly than public statements alone.
Study who benefits. Complex events frequently produce winners and losers. Examining who gains from a particular outcome often provides valuable context for understanding why events unfold as they do.
Trust repeated evidence. Single anecdotes can mislead. Repeated observations across independent sources create stronger foundations for informed judgment.
The Difference Between Skepticism and Cynicism
Discernment should never be confused with permanent distrust.
Healthy skepticism asks thoughtful questions while remaining open to new evidence. Cynicism assumes deception before investigation has even begun. One expands understanding; the other closes the mind.
The goal is not to reject authority but to evaluate it wisely. Experts, researchers, journalists, scientists, and leaders all contribute valuable knowledge. Their expertise can inform us, challenge us, and broaden our perspective. Yet responsibility for our final conclusions always remains our own.
Discernment is not the rejection of expertise—it is the responsible integration of expertise with observation, evidence, and critical thinking.
The Freedom of Independent Judgment
One of the greatest forms of personal freedom is the ability to think independently.
When we stop surrendering our judgment to personalities, institutions, or group consensus, we begin to reclaim ownership of our own perception. Information becomes something we examine rather than something we merely consume. Confidence no longer comes from belonging to the loudest crowd but from patiently evaluating facts, recognizing patterns, and allowing understanding to develop naturally.
The deepest prison is not always physical.
It can also be the belief that someone else must interpret reality on our behalf.
Trust Is Built, Not Demanded
Trust grows through consistency.
It is strengthened by transparency, accountability, humility, and honesty. It is earned when actions repeatedly confirm intentions over months and years rather than through persuasive speeches or impressive credentials. True credibility cannot be manufactured; it is built through character demonstrated over time.
This principle applies equally to governments, institutions, businesses, media organizations, researchers, and each of us in our personal relationships. Every interaction either strengthens or weakens trust depending on whether our actions consistently reflect our values.
Reclaiming Discernment
Perhaps one of the most important skills of the coming decade will not be acquiring more information but developing greater discernment.
In an increasingly interconnected world filled with artificial intelligence, rapid technological change, competing narratives, and unprecedented access to information, our greatest advantage will be the ability to observe carefully, think critically, recognize patterns, and remain grounded in evidence.
Authority can inform us.
Experts can guide us.
Leaders can earn our confidence.
But none of them can replace the responsibility each of us has to observe clearly, think independently, and exercise sound judgment.
Trust carefully.
Observe patiently.
Follow the evidence.
And never abandon your own capacity to discern what is true.
THE FIRST DOMINO JUST FELL | THE STORM IS HERE | ARREST COMING
Keir Starmer — Prime Minister of the United Kingdom — RESIGNED YESTERDAY.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
They’re telling you it was “party pressure.” They’re telling you it was “polls.” LIES.
Here’s what ACTUALLY happened:
When Starmer was Director of Public Prosecutions (2008-2013), his office sent WARNING LETTERS to 13,000 suspected grooming gang members. Not arrests. Not charges. LETTERS. “Please don’t do it again.”
250,000 BRITISH GIRLS. Raped. Trafficked. Tortured. Across 149 districts. For DECADES. And the man in charge of prosecuting these monsters sent them PAPER.
Two weeks ago, Operation Beaconport reopened 1,273 cases. The National Crime Agency called it their “most comprehensive investigation into child sexual exploitation” EVER.
What they found in those files FORCED his resignation.
I’ve been told the classified MI5 briefing delivered to Labour leadership on June 18 contained 3 categories of evidence:
CATEGORY A: Direct correspondence between Starmer’s office and 7 sitting MPs — instructing prosecutors to DOWNGRADE charges from trafficking to “minor offenses.” Names. Dates. Signatures.
CATEGORY B: Financial transfers from 3 foreign governments to a network of UK “charities” that were FRONTS for the trafficking operation. £47 million between 2009-2016. Exposed through GCHQ intercepts shared with NSA on March 14, 2026.
CATEGORY C: The connection. Starmer’s office communicated DIRECTLY with individuals in Epstein’s network. Two names appear in BOTH the UK grooming files AND the Epstein flight logs. Those names have NOT been made public yet.
Starmer wasn’t given a choice. He was given 48 HOURS.
Resign — or face criminal prosecution under the new Modern Slavery Act amendments passed in April 2026. He chose to run.
But running won’t save him.
Elon Musk posted it publicly: “Politicians who turned a blind eye must go to PRISON.” He wasn’t speaking hypothetically. He was speaking from INTELLIGENCE he’s been shown.
This is not just about the UK. This is about a GLOBAL NETWORK being dismantled piece by piece. Starmer is the first HEAD OF STATE to fall.
He will NOT be the last.
The next 30 days will produce more resignations than the last 30 years.
Watch France. Watch Canada. Watch Australia.
BEACONPORT-1273
CATEGORY-C-EPSTEIN
CLEANSWEEP-GLOBAL
The storm is here.
Predictive Maps and the New World Order
The Hopi Prophecy is based on an oral record that spans thousands of years. It speaks of cyclical cataclysms and says that one is coming in our near future, and that it will be the transition between the end of the Fourth World and the beginning of the Fifth.
Several ancient texts have documented cyclical cataclysms. The Bible begins with the replenishing of the Earth, which many biblical scholars interpret as a restoration after a previous destruction, and it ends with destruction.
During the 16th century, Nostradamus wrote of the earth trembling so violently that great structures would be destroyed.
Edgar Cayce, America’s “Sleeping Prophet,” documented over 14,000 psychic readings that have been stunningly accurate. He had visions that simultaneous eruptions of Mount Pelée in Martinique and Mount Etna in Sicily, would occur approximately 90 days before the West Coast is flooded.
Gordon-Michael Scallion was an electronics consultant with no background in mysticism when, in 1979, he suddenly lost his voice and began experiencing visions of future Earth changes. He published maps that show America’s coastlines underwater, the country cut in half from the Great Lakes to the Gulf of Mexico, and Denver, Colorado, as a future seaport.
After years working as an electrical engineer for the U.S. aerospace industry, Aron Abrahamsen began focusing on psychic research. He predicted dramatic Earth changes and created a future map of the United States that showed the same coastal inundation.
The alleged classified map of the US Navy which has been circulating for decades shows US coastal inundation patterns nearly identical to these visionary maps.
Stan Deyo received a congressional appointment to the US Air Force Academy at Colorado Springs. His advanced propulsion research took him to Australia in 1971 to work under the direction of America’s Dr. Edward Teller and the Soviet Union’s Dr. Andrei Sakharov. Stan Deyo had Above Top Secret security clearance, and predicted that sunspot activity, tectonic upheaval, and volcanic activity would result in coastal inundation of the United States. One specific element of Deyo’s predictions, a mega-tsunami triggered by volcanic collapse in the Canary Islands, has been independently modeled and published by geologists at University College London. Deyo has spent years consulting with Hopi elders and found their prophecy to be consistent with his scientific research, and developed future maps that reflect what we have already discussed.
FEMA’s National Flood Insurance Program Maps show the same results.
All these maps show Denver, Colorado, which sits 5,280 feet above sea level and hundreds of miles from the nearest ocean coastline, among the most secure and stable positions in the continental United States. Perhaps this explains the mysteries of the Denver International Airport.
At 35,000 acres, DIA’s footprint is twice as large as the next largest US airport. It was built 30 kilometers farther from the city than the airport it replaced and has fewer runways. DIA was $2 billion over budget. There are as many as six underground levels below the ground floor, and possibly more that are not publicly known. Construction workers handling different sections of the project reported complex underground tunnels and buried buildings. Construction companies were changed repeatedly throughout the build, and teams were fired once they completed their section, ensuring that no single group had a complete picture of the overall blueprint. The murals by Leo Tanguma, who confirmed he was given guidelines for the imagery, show a sequence of events: environmental destruction, burning cities, children dead and dying, and a new unified world emerging. The Masonic capstone reads ‘New World Airport Commission’ — an organization with no verifiable ongoing existence and no public record outside this stone and the airport’s opening ceremonies.
Perhaps it is merely coincidence, but an expected cataclysmic event like this would explain every bizarre action of the U.S. government for over the past decade.
“THE DEEP STATE FIRINGS HAVE BEGUN.”
Those aren’t my words. That’s a direct quote from the NEW Director of National Intelligence — Bill Pulte — as of YESTERDAY.
Let me tell you what’s ACTUALLY happening right now.
Trump fired the NSA Director — General Timothy Hough. Gone. His deputy Wendy Noble. Gone. The National Counterterrorism Center — GUTTED. Hundreds of intelligence officers across 18 agencies — TERMINATED.
120,000 people work in America’s intelligence community. The PURGE has started.
But here’s what they’re NOT telling you on the news:
IT’S NOT ABOUT BUDGET CUTS.
When Pulte walked into ODNI headquarters on June 19, he was handed a classified briefing labeled TIER-0 ACCESS ONLY. What he found in that building made him call the White House at 11:47 PM that same night.
I’ve been told what was in those files:
OPERATION LOOKING GLASS — A domestic surveillance program that tracked 47 million American patriots based on their social media activity, church attendance, and gun purchases. Active since 2014. NEVER authorized by Congress. Run by 3 senior officials who reported to NO ONE.
CROSSFIRE CONTINUATION — The FBI’s operation against Trump didn’t end in 2017. It was transferred to a sub-unit within ODNI and ran CONTINUOUSLY through his entire first term, his trial, AND his 2024 campaign. 23 agents. $89 million in black budget funds. They intercepted communications between Trump and 14 world leaders — then LEAKED them to the Washington Post.
JANUARY 6 INFILTRATION FILES — Pulte found documentation of 12 federal agents embedded in the crowd that day. Not observing. DIRECTING. Three of them are still employed. Their handler’s name is in the file.
Trump told the Wall Street Journal that Pulte is “less shackled.” You don’t use that word by accident. He’s UNLEASHED.
The Supreme Court just ruled 6-3 that federal judges can NO LONGER issue nationwide injunctions to stop him. The last legal shield is GONE.
They can’t stop the firings.
They can’t hide the files.
They can’t protect the names.
Gabbard declassified the BIOLABS.
Pulte is declassifying the SURVEILLANCE.
The next DNI — Jay Clayton — will declassify EVERYTHING ELSE.
Phase 1: Expose. ✓
Phase 2: Purge. ← WE ARE HERE
Phase 3: Prosecute.
Every patriot they spied on. Every journalist they fed lies to. Every agent who infiltrated a rally. Every dollar they stole from the black budget.
ALL OF IT IS COMING OUT.
LOOKING-GLASS-47M
CROSSFIRE-CONTINUATION-23
J6-HANDLER-IDENTIFIED
The house of cards is collapsing. One floor at a time.
Proofs and Hypotheses for the Great Reset
Project Nanook, the Strategic Air Command’s mission over the Arctic in the late 1940s, revealed that the magnetic pole was moving about 10 miles per year and is accelerating exponentially. After being analyzed by the OSS and the RAND corporation, it was decided that reporting this news to the public would “destroy the moral fiber of society.” And was kept private.
Charles Hapgood, the lead geoscience researcher working within the same network, produced the crustal displacement theory which argued that rapid catastrophic shifts explain how Antarctica was once temperate, how the Sahara was once green, and how mammoths were flash-frozen with undigested tropical plants in their stomachs.
In 1965, Chan Thomas, an aerospace engineer who worked for McDonnell Douglas, published a geological book titled ‘The Adam and Eve Story.’ The CIA subsequently classified it, removing it from public access. After a FOIA request, a sanitized 57-page version was released. Those pages describe a crustal shift completing in six to twelve hours, generating supersonic winds, and walls of ocean water two miles deep.
The flood myth appears in over 200 independent cultural traditions worldwide. Immanuel Velikovsky hypothesized that these mythologies are not metaphors, but eyewitness accounts of real catastrophic events within recorded human history. Events that can be seen in the historic record.
The Younger Dryas impact theory suggests that a comet struck around 13,000 years ago, wiping out many species of animal and causing a mini ice age that lasted more than 1,000 years. Göbekli Tepe was built about 11,600 years ago and required engineering precision that archaeologists cannot explain. The Sphinx shows water erosion from rainfall that last occurred in Egypt 10,000 years ago. The Piri Reis map, drawn in 1513, shows Antarctica’s coastline accurately, as it exists now under the ice. The pattern shows that about every 12,000 years, a civilization gets reset. But how this happens is a mystery.
Wallace Thornhill and David Talbott developed the Electric Universe theory which proposes that plasma is the fourth state of matter and makes up 99.9% of the visible universe. According to their theory, planetary encounters produce massive electrical discharges which have left geological scars still visible today. Many other researchers point towards the sun.
Robert M. Schoch of Boston University, makes the case that the abrupt end of the last ice age, almost 12,000 years ago, was not caused by a comet, but was caused by Solar outbursts that increased earthquake and volcanic activity, fires, high radiation levels, and massive floods. Among his evidence for this is vitrified stone at Scottish hill forts and on the Giza Plateau.
Douglas Vogt has been studying the causes of geomagnetic reversals since 1971. He identified the exact number of years between reversals to be 12,068 years and argued that during a reversal, the Sun novas and causes an ice age.
Ben Davidson of Suspicious Observers believes that a geomagnetic excursion event will cause a geographic crustal shift at a catastrophic scale, and that this cycle repeats about every 12,000 years.
Astrophysicist Paul LaViolette argued that periodic superwaves from the Galactic center — occurring roughly every 12,000 to 26,000 years — produce crustal torque, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and massive solar events. He believed that the zodiac system encodes a warning about these catastrophic superwaves, and that smaller superwaves occur more frequently.
Jason Breshears of archaix.com theorizes that catastrophic reset events occur to some degree every 138 years, driven by what he calls the Phoenix phenomenon. He expects a significant event in 2040, with a larger phenomenon he calls the Nemesis X Object in 2046.
Most of these researchers seem to agree that the cycle is approximately 12,000 years, and the last event was between 10 and 12 thousand years ago. And when you look at the behavior of world governments and the world’s billionaire class, one can make the argument that a Great Reset is expected to happen soon.
Traffic Through The Strait Of Hormuz Is Not Going To Return To Normal, And That Has Enormous Implications For The Whole World
The Iranians have never wavered from their position that they intend to control traffic through the Strait of Hormuz permanently. They just underscored this point by launching an attack on a cargo vessel near the coast of Oman. During the 60 day negotiation window with the United States, Iran is not charging commercial vessels to pass through the Strait of Hormuz, but they are insisting that coordination with the Iranian military is mandatory. Any travel that does not go through “designated corridors” is strictly prohibited…
The IRGC Navy said that only the shipping routes designated by Iran are permitted for passage, and that coordination with Iranian forces via the designated communication channel is mandatory, according to Iranian local media.
“Navigation outside these routes is highly dangerous and prohibited, and we warn all vessels to strictly avoid any movement outside the designated corridors,” the IRGC Navy said, according to the report.
The warning came after a key naval information group had proposed alternative shipping corridors on Saturday, asking shipowners to consider transiting the strait along the southern route with their transponder signals on. “The southern transit route, along Omani [territorial waters], has been confirmed clear of mines and is the recommended route,” the notice said.
It is true that there are certain areas of the Strait of Hormuz that are highly unsafe because they still have mines in them. But the routes that have been designated by Iran are not the only safe routes.
Some ships have been getting through the Strait of Hormuz by sailing close to the coast of Oman, and one such vessel was just attacked…
A cargo vessel in the Strait of Hormuz was struck by an “unknown projectile” on Thursday evening near the Oman coast, according to the U.K. Maritime Trade Operations.
The vessel suffered damage to its bridge, but said no one was injured, according to the UKMTO, which receives reports of suspicious activity from all vessels in the Gulf region.
The strike took place at 5:40 p.m. local time (10:10 a.m. ET).
There is no use in pretending. Everyone knows that it was the Iranians that did this.
They are making it clear that they intend to control all traffic through the Strait of Hormuz from this point forward. And once the 60 day negotiating window with the United States is over, they intend to impose “hefty fees” on all vessels that pass through the Strait…
Despite Rubio’s warning while meeting with GCC allies in Bahrain, Iran is planning to move forward on charging hefty fees for vessels wishing to transit the Strait of Hormuz under its protocol, which is to be enforced by the IRGC. What’s more is that it’s seeking Beijing’s approval and help.
Iran’s chief negotiator and Parliament Speaker, Mohammad Bagher Ghalibaf, asserted during a prior visit to Oman this week: “Everyone needs to know that management of the strait will never return to the way it was before.”
When the Iranians say “never”, they actually mean never.
According to the Wall Street Journal, the Iranians plan to make about 40 billion dollars a year by holding the global economy hostage…
Iran is pushing to make billions of dollars from the Strait of Hormuz as the regime positions itself to manage the global oil artery it severed at the start of the war.
The Islamic Republic estimates that charging for security, safety and environmental services in the strait would bring in $40 billion a year in revenue for states involved, according to officials familiar with the matter. The idea, if implemented, would give Tehran cash flow and control that it didn’t command before the war.
Those that pay up will be able to go through.
Those that do not pay up will not.
U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio is insisting that what the Iranians intend to do cannot ever be allowed…
Secretary of State Marco Rubio warned Thursday that allowing Iranian tolls on ships passing the Strait of Hormuz would create a precedent to other waterways, risking “total chaos.”
“International waterways do not belong to any nation state. This is a foundational principle in the world today, without which the world would be in total chaos,” he told a Gulf Cooperation Council meeting in Bahrain.
“If in fact we accepted that you can charge money to use an international waterway because it happens to be near your territorial space, well then this will spread throughout the world like a contagion.”
He is right. But it would take war to stop the Iranians from imposing tolls. And if war erupts again, it would completely close the Strait of Hormuz until the war was finally resolved one way or the other.
Of course it is inevitable that more fighting will erupt between Israel and Iran.
It is just a matter of time.
Meanwhile, global supplies of oil just keep getting tighter and tighter…
Iran’s closure of the Strait of Hormuz cut off around 13 million barrels of oil per day, roughly a fifth of the world’s supply. All told, the global economy will lose 1.6 billion barrels of oil supply between February and August, according to JPMorgan.
The good news is that traffic through the Strait of Hormuz has increased this week, but it is still way below pre-war levels…
70 ships transited the Strait of Hormuz on Wednesday, a 105% increase of traffic day on day, according to maritime business intelligence firm Kpler.
In a social media statement, the firm said ships were increasingly using a southern route through the strait that hugs Oman’s coastline, as opposed to one that brings them close to Iran’s coast in the north of the waterway.
Even if Iran fully reopened the Strait of Hormuz permanently with no restrictions and no tolls, the amount of oil and natural gas coming through the Strait of Hormuz would not return to normal for a very long time because it is going to take years to fully repair and rebuild all of the oil and natural gas infrastructure that was damaged or destroyed during the war.
And that is a major problem, because oil stockpiles all over the planet continue to drop even lower.
In Cushing, Oklahoma, the storage tanks are now “dangerously close to empty”…
The amount of crude oil inventory at the Cushing Hub in Oklahoma fell to a 12-year low in the past week, according to the latest report from the U.S. Energy Information Administration, and in the opinion of some experts, puts the hub at nearly empty. Dangerously close to empty.
The inventories at the northern Oklahoma storage site, known as the “Pipeline Crossroads of the World,” fell by 6 million barrels. Considered the delivery hub for West Texas Intermediate futures traded on the New York Mercantile Exchange, Cushing’s new total as of this week was just 19 million barrels. Cushing is where dozens of pipelines intersect, carrying oil from the Permian, Bakken, SCOOP/STACK, Rockies and Western Canada.
The new level means the Cushing Hub is dangerously close to “empty” according to some experts. The 19 million barrels reflects about 25% of the 76-million barrel working capacity at the hub. It also results in an operational stress level which is the point where tanks struggle to supply customers with usable oil due to pipeline residue and structural minimums.
Those that are convinced that the global energy crisis is behind us need to explain where we are going to get enough oil and natural gas to keep inventories from continuing to decline throughout the world.
Even in a best case scenario, things are going to be very tough for many months to come.
Of course if a worst case scenario materializes and all-out war between Israel and Iran erupts, we really will have a major energy disaster on our hands.
The global economy cannot operate normally without sufficient quantities of oil and natural gas from the Middle East. The Strait of Hormuz must be reopened permanently without any restrictions or tolls, but the Iranians are absolutely refusing to compromise.
250 Years of Taxation in America
The Stamp Act of 1765 was the first direct tax levied by Parliament on the colonies, which had no elected representatives in Parliament to approve or debate it. British Parliament later stated in the Declaratory Act that they had “full power and authority to make laws and statutes of sufficient force and validity to bind the colonies and people of America in all cases whatsoever.” According to the story, the American Revolution wasn’t about the size of the tax, it was about the right of Britain to impose taxes on the colonists without their consent.
From 1868 to 1913, 90 percent of federal tax revenue came from alcohol and tobacco taxes. In 1909, President Taft recommended that Congress propose a constitutional amendment to give the government power to tax incomes without apportioning the burden.
In 1913, the Federal Reserve Bank was established. Along with it came the ratification of the Sixteenth Amendment, which gave what many court cases show to be undue power to the Internal Revenue Service. This includes case law that was withheld from IRS employee training, such as Stanton v. Baltic Mining Co. Bill Benson’s findings, published in “The Law That Never Was,” make a case that the 16th Amendment was not legally ratified and that the Secretary of State committed fraud when he declared it so in 1913.
The 1913 Form 1040 shows that only those with annual incomes of at least $3,000 were instructed to file an income tax return — the equivalent to approximately $98,000 in 2025. And only about three percent of the population was subject to the income tax. In the years following the Great Depression taxes were raised from about a tenth of a person’s income to a third. And during WWII the taxpayer base was expanded from 4 million people to 42 million. The Current Tax Payment Act of 1943 required employers to withhold federal income tax from an employee’s paycheck each pay period and send the payment directly to the IRS.
There is no statute in the Internal Revenue Code that clearly makes the average American wage earner liable to file a 1040 or pay income tax on their labor. And the Code of Federal Regulations, 26 CFR § 601.602, states explicitly: “The tax system is based on voluntary compliance.” The IRS counters that Congress gave the Secretary of the Treasury power to enforce these laws through involuntary collection if voluntary compliance fails.
$150 Trillion Total IRS Collections from the American Citizens: 1913 – 2026
In 2026, while many Americans struggle to make ends meet, and argue that the IRS is unconstitutional, the White House is targeting a July 4 deadline for the CLARITY Act to become law, which will be the legal framework for the agentic crypto economy, and comprehensive oversight by the IRS. Changes to Internal Revenue Code §6045 require brokers — “any person who is responsible for regularly providing any service effectuating transfers of digital assets on behalf of another person.” — to report digital asset transactions to the IRS.
This is happening on the international level as well, by the time the agentic AI commerce is fully running, every wallet, every broker, and every cross-border data-sharing agreement will already be wired directly into the IRS and its international counterparts.
The US has explicitly rejected the CBDC model in favor of privately issued, dollar-backed stablecoins regulated under the GENIUS Act and soon the CLARITY Act. But the surveillance and programmability concerns associated with CBDCs are still being achieved through state-mandated reporting wrapped around privately issued tokens that are functionally just as traceable.
Circle, the issuer of the USDC stablecoin which handles 98% of AI agent payments, is positioning itself as infrastructure for tokenized carbon credits. And so if a future carbon tax were ever implemented, the infrastructure will already be in place for it.
VENEZUELA’S BACK-TO-BACK EARTHQUAKES
Understanding the Rare Doublet That Shook a Nation
Source: GAR Contributing Writers
The back-to-back earthquakes in Venezuela appear to have been a rare but well-understood seismic phenomenon known as an earthquake doublet or foreshock-mainshock sequence. According to the United States Geological Survey, a magnitude 7.2 earthquake struck first near Morón on Venezuela’s Caribbean coast, followed just 39 seconds later by a larger magnitude 7.5 earthquake at a nearby location and a shallower depth. The two events were among the strongest to affect Venezuela in more than a century, causing severe damage in Caracas and neighboring states.
Why did two major earthquakes occur back-to-back?
This is uncommon but not unprecedented. Earthquakes occur when stress built up along a fault is suddenly released. Sometimes the first rupture does not relieve all of the accumulated stress. Instead, it transfers additional stress to an adjacent section of the fault, immediately triggering a second, larger rupture. Because the second event was larger, seismologists now classify the first quake as a foreshock and the second as the mainshock—a distinction that can only be made after both have occurred.
The epicenters were located near the boundary between the Caribbean Plate and the South American Plate, one of the principal tectonic boundaries in northern South America. Although Venezuela experiences earthquakes periodically, events of this magnitude are relatively rare, making the sequence particularly significant.
Why was the damage so extensive?
Several factors increased the destructive potential:
- Very large magnitudes (7.2 and 7.5).
- Shallow focal depths of roughly 10–22 km, which produce stronger surface shaking.
- The second quake struck less than a minute after the first, meaning buildings already weakened by the initial shaking were subjected to another intense wave before they could stabilize.
- Much of the affected infrastructure was not designed for repeated severe seismic loading.
What happened afterward?
Authorities declared a state of emergency, mobilized rescue teams, closed the country’s main international airport because of damage, suspended rail and metro services, and warned residents to expect numerous aftershocks. The United States Geological Survey issued a high-impact alert indicating the potential for extensive casualties and widespread economic damage, although official casualty figures were still evolving at the time of reporting. Brief tsunami alerts were also issued for parts of the Caribbean before being canceled.
Is there a broader geological pattern?
From a geological perspective, this sequence fits within normal plate-tectonic processes. Northern Venezuela lies along an active transform boundary where the Caribbean Plate moves eastward relative to the South American Plate. Stress accumulates over decades before being released in large earthquakes. While such events can cluster in time, geologists do not interpret a single earthquake sequence by itself as evidence of an unusual global phenomenon or a precursor to broader planetary changes. The event is best explained by known tectonic mechanics, though it will likely be studied closely because of the unusual rapid succession of two major ruptures.
Ancient Warnings to Survive the Great Reset
The great Gothic cathedrals of Northern France, all dedicated to the Virgin — Notre Dame — were built within a hundred-year window with engineering knowledge that was not supposed to exist at the time. When plotted on a map, they mirror the constellation of Virgo, and point to the stone Cross of Hendaye, an otherwise unassuming monument in southwestern France.
In The Mystery of the Cathedrals, the enigmatic writer Fulcanelli described the Cross of Hendaye as “a humble stone cross, as simple as it is strange.” Within it was an alchemical code intended for those initiated into the mystery schools. The letter S symbolizing “the helicoidal track of the sun, having arrived at the zenith of its curve across space, at the time of the cyclic catastrophe.” He decoded the Latin inscription to reveal: “We learn that a country exists, where death cannot reach man at the terrible time of the double cataclysm…from which the élite will take part in the return of the golden age.” And, “By fire, nature is renewed whole.” Each of the four sides of the stone base carries a different symbol which Fulcanelli identifies as the four ages of the Hindu Yuga system, and identifies our current age as the Iron Age, the Kali Yuga. He wrote that “The age of iron has no other seal than that of Death.”
According to Fulcanelli, the cross is pointing at a specific moment in the precession cycle — the same moment that other ancient monuments identify. Like what is found on the Giza Plateau in Egypt.
If we were to go back in time to the spring equinox in 10,500 BC, the three stars of Orion’s Belt would have formed the exact pattern that the three pyramids at Giza reproduce on the ground. And the constellation Leo would have risen so that the Sphinx would have been gazing directly at it. This would have occurred approximately 12,500 years ago, when the last great cataclysm was recorded by many, and the same moment to which the Cross of Hendaye points.
The Popol Vuh includes the Mayan creation myth which includes multiple previous world ages, each ending in catastrophe. It mirrors the Hopi account of world history, cycles of creation and destruction, with civilizations wiped from existence as the gods abandon humanity at the end of each age.
During the years leading up to 2012, several books were published claiming that the Mayan calendar would end on December 21, 2012. But the Mayan Long Count calendar is measured in days, not years. And so they all seem to have gotten it wrong. The starting date of this calendar was August 11, 3114 BC, and it consists of 1,872,000 days.
As Jason Breshears pointed out, the Mayan system is built around the Tun — a unit of 360 days, which is how many days there were in a year when it was created.
In the bookWorlds in Collision, Immanuel Velikovsky documents thirty cultures that recorded a period of upheaval that resulted in adding 5 days to their 360-day calendars. Multiple civilizations across the world independently recorded that five days were added to the year at roughly the same historical period.
This is also recorded in the Bible. Isaiah 38:8 and 2 Kings 20:9-11 record a miraculous event when the sun shifted. Scholars date Hezekiah’s reign to between 701 and 713 BC. This is the same period when the entire world added five days to their calendars. The Book of Revelation was written around 95 AD, during a 365-day calendar world, yet its prophetic calculations are based on 360-day years and 30-day months. This prophetic vision of a cataclysm preserved the older calendar system as the correct framework for measuring time.
Breshears places the event in 713 BC. And so the recalculation works like this: From 3114 BC to 713 BC is approximately 2,401 years of 360-day years. From 713 BC onward is approximately 2,739 years of 365.25-day years. This would mean that the Mayan calendar ends in approximately… 2046. The same year Orion’s Belt rises to its highest point in the sky, and the Sphinx gazes at Aquarius — the opposite of the Leo it faced at the last catastrophe 12,500 years ago.
WORLD’S FIRST 100% HYDROGEN MARINE ENGINE RECEIVES APPROVAL
A Historic Milestone Could Transform Global Shipping, Heavy Industry, and the Future of Clean Energy
Hydrogen Innovation • Zero-Emission Propulsion • Maritime Technology • Industrial Transformation • Energy Transition • Next-Generation Transportation
The global transition toward alternative energy took a significant step forward this week as the world’s first 100% hydrogen-fueled marine engine received official Type Approval Certification from Lloyd’s Register, one of the maritime industry’s most respected independent certification organizations. Developed by Belgium-based BeHydro and manufactured by ABC Engines, the new propulsion system operates entirely on hydrogen without requiring diesel pilot fuel—a first for commercial marine applications. The certification validates the engine’s safety, reliability, and operational performance while opening the door for broader adoption throughout the global shipping industry.
Unlike conventional marine engines that burn heavy fuel oil or diesel, the hydrogen engine produces no direct carbon dioxide emissions during operation, emitting primarily water vapor while eliminating sulfur oxides, particulate emissions, and dramatically reducing other pollutants associated with maritime transportation.
Available in power ranges from approximately 900 to 2,670 kilowatts, the modular engine can be used for commercial ships, ferries, offshore vessels, auxiliary power generation, rail transportation, and stationary industrial applications. Engineers also emphasize that the technology avoids dependence on lithium-based battery systems for primary propulsion and is designed to tolerate less-than-perfect hydrogen purity, potentially simplifying future deployment.
For the maritime industry—which accounts for a meaningful share of global greenhouse gas emissions—this certification represents more than a single engineering achievement. It demonstrates that hydrogen-powered internal combustion engines are moving from experimental prototypes toward commercial reality. Challenges remain, including hydrogen production, fueling infrastructure, storage, cost, and large-scale distribution. Nevertheless, the approval marks an important milestone in the diversification of future energy systems.
Whether hydrogen ultimately becomes a dominant marine fuel or one component of a broader clean-energy portfolio, the successful certification signals that the next generation of heavy transportation technologies is beginning to emerge, reshaping how ships, ports, and industrial fleets may be powered in the decades ahead.
Panama Papers Leaker Assassinated
A journalist leaked 11.5 million documents proving the elites, politicians and celebrities were using offshore entities as tax havens, to launder money and to hide assets
Source: E
The woman who leaked it was named Daphne Caruana Galizia, she was killed by a car bomb near her home
“Remember 10 years ago when the Panama Papers came out and confirmed that elites use offshore bank accounts and shell companies to move their money around and pay as close to zero in taxes as they possibly can? And all that happened was the journalist that leaked it all got assassinated?”
Here’s what happened
A massive leak of 11.5 million documents (2.6+ terabytes) from Mossack Fonseca, a Panamanian law firm specializing in offshore shell companies
It exposed wealthy elites, politicians, celebrities and criminals used offshore entities in tax havens (Panama, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, and more to hide assets, move money secretly, avoid taxes, launder funds, and dodge sanctions.
It involved 214,000+ offshore entities, touching people in 200+ countries. Named 12 current and former world leaders, 128+ other politicians and public officials, plus businessmen, athletes and more
Almost all powerful figures faced little to no personal consequences
Exposing crimes means nothing if no one goes to jail
3000 New Global Data Centers Buildouts
Take a good look at this map.
Source: (Natural News)
According to the figures shown, more than 3,000 new data centers are planned or already under construction around the world. Together, they represent an announced power demand of around 190 gigawatts, consuming up to 1,500 terawatt hours of electricity per year.
To put that into perspective, that is roughly the equivalent of five United Kingdoms worth of electricity consumption.
The same projections estimate water consumption in excess of 15 billion litres per year.
For decades we have been told that humanity must dramatically reduce its energy consumption. We were told that the planet could not sustain economic growth. We were told that we must accept carbon taxes, restrictions, smart meters, energy rationing, expensive green policies and a lower standard of living in order to save the Earth.
We were told that there were limits to growth. The infamous Club of Rome built an entire worldview around the idea that population, industrial output, resource consumption and economic development had to be constrained because the planet simply could not cope.
Yet suddenly, when the objective is building the infrastructure required for artificial intelligence, biometric surveillance, digital identity systems, central bank digital currencies, predictive behavioural modelling and an increasingly automated technocratic society, those limits seem to have vanished.
Apparently there are no limits to growth when the growth serves the construction of the digital grid itself.
Suddenly nobody is asking whether the planet can sustain thousands of power hungry data centers.
Nobody is suggesting AI training should be restricted to reduce carbon emissions.
Nobody is demanding that these projects be halted because of their enormous water consumption.
Nobody is gluing themselves to roads to stop the construction.
In fact, governments are racing to approve them. Utilities are rushing to expand generation capacity, nuclear power is back on the table and coal plants that were supposedly destined for closure are being reconsidered.
It is almost as if energy was never the problem.
It is almost as if carbon emissions were never the real concern.
It is almost as if the climate narrative was primarily about controlling human behaviour, restricting economic activity, redirecting investment flows and transforming entire industries under a centrally managed agenda.
Now that AI has become the next strategic priority, the mask has slipped.
The same institutions that spent years lecturing ordinary people about their carbon footprint are preparing to consume nation sized quantities of electricity to build a planetary scale digital infrastructure.
And they expect nobody to notice the contradiction.
AI Data Centers and the New World Order
The AI Data Centers in America have already become hugely unpopular. The noise pollution from their cooling systems reach up to 100 decibels and run non-stop. They are drawing down aquifers in areas that are already in short supply, turning the water brown and tainting it with a disinfectant smell, and there is no benefit to the local community. A U.S. Chamber of Commerce report found that each data center provides about 157 jobs.
Because of all this, developers have been using non-disclosure agreements with local officials, and projects are announced only weeks before voting for approval. There are now nearly two-hundred active opposition groups across the United States, and its growing fast.
The official story is that the U.S. needs to stay competitive to beat China in an Artificial Intelligence arms race, but that story does not add up. The United States has already built over 4,000 data centers. China ranks at number four with 368. What they appear to be is the infrastructure for a new financial system, one that includes mass surveillance and autonomous weapons systems to protect it.
The U.S. dollar system is quickly collapsing, which would devastate the entire world economy. The only solution being played out is the AI agentic economy which requires a massive amount of computing power. This new AI agentic system will be run by autonomous software entities that can own wallets, earn and spend money, create contracts, and transact with each other without human intermediaries. This addresses the debt problem by growing the economy faster than the debt accumulates. Like the petrodollar, it extends U.S. dollar hegemony without fixing its core issue, the debt.
The Bank for International Settlements is “the bank for central banks.” It is immune from any national law and its employees have diplomatic immunity. It answers to no government on Earth and every central bank is a member. BRICS only appears to be in opposition to Western banking, it is not. BRICS is aligned with the rest of the world in adopting this new AI digital banking system. But a growing number of analysts agree that this is a temporary fix. After about ten years, the consumption of resources, the displacement of human workers, and the massive transfer of wealth to the few who own these AI agents, makes a fundamental restructuring unavoidable. And yet the entire world is going along with this plan. The question is, why?
As we covered in last week’s video, “The New World Order,”the emerging unipolar world is preparing for a major geological event that is expected to be catastrophic for the United States, and beneficial to Russia.
In the United States, data centers are being built inland and on elevated land, away from the coastlines. This is where all vital U.S. infrastructure is being moved, and is where billionaires are buying up acres by the millions.
China is building their data centers inland and high above sea level, over 1,200 km from their main user bases who have been complaining about latency and security. China has also built ready-to-occupy ghost cities at high elevation, deep inland, and on geologically stable platforms. And they are now using economic incentives to move its population into these cities and away from the coast.
Russia’s official government plan explicitly states the “opening up of new land for agriculture” and “easier transportation of goods in the Arctic” as positive effects of an expected pole shift. They are spending billions preparing for it. They have passed dozens of new laws aimed at stimulating economic growth and encouraging migration to the Arctic, including free land grants, subsidized mortgages, and other social benefits for those who make the move. Russian scientists have concluded that 13 million square kilometers of currently frozen territory will soon thaw and become “the center of Russian civilization and a land of great opportunity.” Russia is not frantically building data centers. They are passing homesteading laws and preparing for a windfall of new land mass.
The expected catastrophic geological event is the most elegant explanation for all the chaos happening on Earth today. It explains just about everything. The real mystery is this: what exactly is causing it, and how do the most powerful people on Earth know about it.
“Godzilla El Niño” Strikes Again: An Absolutely Epic Heat Wave Is Shattering Records All Over Europe
Many are referring to this year’s El Niño as a “Godzilla El Niño”, and now we are starting to understand why such an extreme label is being thrown around. We all knew that when an El Niño formed it would bring higher temperatures, but this is ridiculous. An immense heat dome is expected to fry the heartland of the United States during the next seven days, but conditions are even worse over in Europe. The information that I am about to share with you is hard to believe, but it is all true.
According to Google, when an El Niño forms Europe can typically expect “prolonged summer heatwaves, increased drought potential in central/northwestern Europe, and stormier, milder conditions during early winter”.
This time around, Europe is facing a gargantuan heat wave, and dozens of lives have already been lost…
Western Europe was in the grip of a heatwave on Wednesday that claimed dozens of lives, disrupted power supplies, shut schools and cultural landmarks, as forecasters warned the extreme temperatures could persist until the end of the week.
Every day this week, records are being shattered.
In the UK, it was being projected that the national June heat record would be exceeded by a very wide margin both today and tomorrow…
The UK Met Office has issued exceptionally rare “Red Extreme Heat Warnings” for today and tomorrow, with temperatures forecast to soar to at least 102.2 degrees Fahrenheit (39 Celsius), which would obliterate the UK’s June heat record of 96.08 degrees Fahrenheit (35.6 Celsius).
In Spain, yesterday was the hottest day ever recorded for the month of June…
Spain’s state meteorological agency said the country recorded its highest daily average temperatures in June since at least 1950, with Tuesday’s average of 28.17C breaking the previous 2025 record of 28.01C.
Other European nations are getting absolutely baked too, but nobody is getting it any worse than France..
Tuesday was the hottest day ever in France, and then that record was broken again on Wednesday…
France has recorded its hottest day since records began in 1947, its national weather agency says, breaking a record set on Tuesday as an early summer heatwave grips western Europe.
The national temperature indicator – an average of day and night temperatures across dozens of locations – hit 30C, up from 29.8C a day earlier.
More than half the country remains under a red heat alert with tens of thousands of homes in the west without power. The temperature in Paris and many other areas broke 40C on Wednesday.
When you break the record for the hottest day in the history of your country for two days in a row, that is really bad.
In Landes, a high temperature of 111.7 degrees Fahrenheit was actually recorded at one point…
A high of 44.3 degrees Celsius (111.7 Fahrenheit) was measured in parts of Landes, in the southwest.
That is absolutely insane. It isn’t supposed to get up to 111 degrees in France.
We have never seen anything like this before.
Unfortunately, only about 25 percent of all homes in France actually have air conditioning. Many French citizens consider air conditioning to be bad for the planet, and so it is widely shunned…
Sadly, this heat wave is far from over.
In the coming days, Eastern Europe is going to get hammered, and a lot more people are going to die.
Meanwhile, the very first confirmed case of Ebola in Europe has popped up in France…
France on Wednesday announced its first confirmed case of Ebola identified on its territory, a doctor who had flown back from the Democratic Republic of Congo, which is fighting a major outbreak.
The case is the first of the deadly haemorrhagic fever identified outside the African continent during the current outbreak, which has also affected Uganda.
It is the first time France has detected Ebola. In 2014, during an outbreak in west Africa, two patients were transported to France, but they had been diagnosed abroad.
As I discussed the other day, dozens of health workers have been getting infected in the Democratic Republic of the Congo.
To me, that is a really bad sign.
When this doctor boarded a flight home, he was only having headaches, but then he “deteriorated slightly during the flight”…
The patient “boarded a commercial flight from Kinshasa while virtually asymptomatic, experiencing only headaches,” and his condition “deteriorated slightly during the flight” before he received immediate care upon landing in Paris, the ministry stated in a press release.
He was taken directly to hospital and placed in isolation after arriving in France to prevent any risk of transmission.
Since this doctor was quickly isolated, he may not spread Ebola to others. But what about everyone else on the flight? Are some of them now carrying the disease?
I think that this outbreak is a much bigger story than most people realize. But WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus continues to insist that the risk to the general population is low…
Still, WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus emphasized that the international risk remains low.
“Whenever a case happens in Europe or other parts of the world outside Africa, I see overreaction, but I don’t think overreaction is needed,” he said at a news conference Wednesday. Less than 30 Ebola cases have been reported outside of Africa since the first outbreak about a half century ago, he said.
“No need for panic,” Tedros said.
Hopefully he is right. But I don’t think that he is.
There is no effective treatment for this version of Ebola, and there is no cure. So if you get it, there is a very good chance that you will die.
Hopefully more people will start waking up to the fact that this chapter of human history will be a time of war, famine, pestilence and natural disasters. I am convinced that the next six months are going to be absolutely nuts.
We are facing war in Ukraine, war in the Middle East, a global food crisis, an Ebola outbreak and a “Godzilla El Niño” simultaneously, and I have a feeling that many other unexpected surprises are just around the corner.
So buckle up and hold on tight, because we are in for a bumpy ride.
PROJECT BLUE BEAM IS NO LONGER A THEORY. THE SKY IS THE NEW STAGE FOR THE ULTIMATE DECEPTION.
The technology to project massive, hyper-realistic 3D holograms onto the atmosphere has existed for decades. What you are being prepared for is not an “alien invasion” or a “religious miracle,” but a globally coordinated holographic show designed to dismantle national sovereignty and usher in a New World Order.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
NASA and the military-industrial complex have perfected “Space-Based Laser” technology. Using the ionosphere as a screen, they can project images that appear solid, talk in every language simultaneously via electronic telepathy (ELF/VLF waves), and be seen by the entire planet at once. This is the final card in the deck of the global elite.
⟁ Phase one is already complete: the “de-sensitization” of the public. Through decades of movies, “leaked” UAP videos, and government admissions, you have been conditioned to believe that a “threat from above” is imminent. They need a common enemy to unite the world under a single global government. If that enemy doesn’t exist, they will create it in the sky.
The “UFOs” you see now are the test runs. They are silent, they move at impossible speeds, and they are designed to look “otherworldly.” But they are ours. They are the hardware that will support the holographic software when the “Big Show” begins.
⟁ The second phase involves the “Universal Supernatural Manifestation.” By using satellite-projected holograms tailored to the religious beliefs of different regions, they can simulate the “return” of various deities or messiahs. This will create global chaos, religious fervor, and eventually, a total collapse of existing social structures.
In the ensuing panic, the world will “beg” for a centralized authority to restore order. The technology doesn’t just project images; it projects feelings. Using low-frequency waves, they can induce states of intense fear or artificial “euphoria” in large crowds, making the deception feel undeniably real to those who aren’t aware of the frequency war.
⟁ The Alliance knows the script. This is why the “Disclosure” movement is being accelerated—to get the truth out before the fake version is launched. The “Great Deception” only works if you believe your eyes and ears without questioning the source.
They want to use the sky to enslave you. We use the truth to set you free. When the lights go up on the world stage, don’t look at the hologram—look at the projectors.
CODE: BLUE-BEAM / SKY-STAGE / HOLOGRAPHIC-DECEPTION / FREQUENCY-CONTROL
The sky isn’t falling; it’s being turned into a television screen. Don’t be an audience member in their play.
♟ The greatest show on Earth is coming to a sky near you. But now you know where the batteries are.
Long-Range Western Missiles Are Being Fired Deep Into Russian Territory, And The Middle East Could Explode At Any Moment
Most people living in the western world have no idea how close we are to a nuclear showdown with Russia. During the late stages of the Biden administration, there was talk that the U.S. could give Ukraine long-range missiles that could be used to hit cities deep inside Russian territory. Thankfully, the Biden administration decided not to do that because that could have potentially put us right on the brink of nuclear war. Now here we are less than two years later, and it appears that western powers have decided to cross that line. Long-range western missiles are being fired deep into Russian territory, and the Russians are extremely upset about this.
For example, long-range missiles were used to strike a manufacturing facility in the Russian city of Voronezh on Monday…
Ukraine’s military said Monday that it carried out a missile attack against a manufacturing plant in the city of Voronezh that it claims produces electronic components for the Russian military.
Voronezh region Governor Alexander Gusev confirmed that significant damage was inflicted on a local “production facility.” He later said at least five people were killed and dozens of others were wounded, but did not provide further details about the extent of the damage.
“The majority of the plant’s employees managed to reach the shelter in time and remained unharmed, despite the severe damage to the building,” Gusev wrote in a post on Telegram.
The specific type of long-range missile used in that attack has not been confirmed. Some are suggesting that British Storm Shadow cruise missiles were used, while others are suggesting that this was the very first time that AGM-188A Rusty Dagger missiles provided by the United States have been fired into Russia…
While Ukrainian officials did not specify the weapon used, some reports suggest British-supplied Storm Shadow missiles were involved, while Russian sources claim the strike marked the debut of the U.S.-made AGM-188A ‘Rusty Dagger’. The Rusty Dagger is a new air-launched standoff munition with a range over 930 km, designed for Ukraine under the U.S. ERAM program. Neither Ukraine nor the U.S. has confirmed its use, leaving the weapon type unverified.
In either case, this represents a major escalation in the war.
Then on Tuesday, the Russians reported that their air defense systems had successfully destroyed five British Storm Shadow cruise missiles…
Russian air defense forces destroyed five Storm Shadow cruise missiles and 462 drones of the armed forces of Ukraine in the past day, the Russian Defense Ministry said on Tuesday.
“Air defense systems shot down 13 guided aerial bombs, five UK-made Storm Shadow cruise missiles and 462 aircraft-type unmanned aerial vehicles,” the ministry said.
In the past, the Russians have warned that whoever provides long-range missiles that are capable of hitting Russian cities to Ukraine would become a direct party to the war.
Now that such missiles are being fired deep into Russian territory, the Russians have a decision to make.
If they do nothing, the long-range missiles will just keep coming. If they launch strikes at those that are providing the missiles, they risk sparking a nuclear war.
Apparently intelligence officials in Latvia are convinced that Russia is preparing for some sort of action…
Latvian intelligence is warning that Russia is preparing possible military provocations against the Baltic states or Poland, including drones, missiles or other hybrid attacks, in an effort to pressure NATO countries to stop supporting Ukraine.
“We see indications that Russia is preparing military provocations against the Baltic countries or Poland — not a conventional war, because Russia is not capable of that right now, but hybrid attacks, such as missiles, drones or other actions designed to send a signal: stop supporting Ukraine, or you will have your own problems,” Latvian intelligence told Fox News Digital.
Meanwhile, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy has been threatening Belarus, and Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov has warned that if Belarus comes under attack the response could potentially include the use of nuclear weapons…
He noted that Russia and Belarus have had a security guarantees treaty in force since March 2025 under the Union State framework.
The pact treats an attack on either Russia or Belarus as an attack on the Union State and allows both sides to use all available military and technical means, including nuclear weapons, to repel aggression and threats to their sovereignty or territorial integrity.
Because of the war in the Middle East, a lot of people out there have kind of forgotten about the conflict in Ukraine.
But the truth is that it has reached a very dangerous stage, and Russian President Vladimir Putin seems to believe that NATO is actively preparing for war with Russia…
Western nations are no longer hiding their preparations for war with Russia, President Vladimir Putin has said, adding that NATO and EU leaders are using “false claims” about the supposed ‘Russian threat’ to justify rampant militarization.
Putin made the remarks on Tuesday during a ceremony in the Kremlin for graduates of Russia’s military, security, and law enforcement academies, saying NATO’s posture has shifted from supporting Kiev with weapons and funding to outright preparations for war.
As I have stated before, I am convinced that this is going to be a very big story during the second half of this year.
Of course the crisis in the Middle East will continue to be a very big story as well.
According to one local resident that lives in northern Israel, until Monday “there wasn’t a single day without fire”…
In Israel’s northern-most town, Daniel Dorfman knows his pizza shop will be mostly empty all day, just like it has been for weeks. A few customers dine at two tables in the corner. The rest of the restaurant, much like the town it’s in, is deserted.
Perched on a finger of land that pokes into Lebanon, Metula is usually crowded with tourists this time of year. Built more than 130 years ago, the town was once called “Europe” for the hotels and restaurants that lined its main street, HaRishonim Street, named for the pioneers who founded the community.
The announcement of a new US-brokered ceasefire in Lebanon on Friday – the latest in a string of such proclamations dating back to November 2024 – was met with skepticism and sarcasm in the town.
“What ceasefire?” said Dorfman. “Until yesterday there wasn’t a single day without fire. All day, interceptions overhead, explosions, drones, artillery. I’ve lost count of how many times we’ve been told there’s a ceasefire. It never really is.”
Many had been hoping that this ceasefire with Hezbollah would finally be the one that held.
But it was inevitably doomed too, and on Tuesday there were multiple clashes between the IDF and Hezbollah…
Israel’s military said soldiers in the Ali al-Taher ridge area, just east of Nabatieh al-Fawqa, fired at “four Hezbollah terrorists riding a bulldozer and a motorcycle” who posed a threat.
It added that the group had crossed into the Israeli-declared “security zone” in southern Lebanon and ignored warning shots from the soldiers.
The Israeli military also said that, in a separate incident, soldiers struck a “cell of armed terrorists” north of the security zone. It released a photo that it said showed one of the men holding a rifle.
There will never be permanent peace between Israel and Hezbollah. And there will never be permanent peace between Israel and Iran either.
Earlier today, there were reports that three major Iranian banks had just been hit with severe cyberattacks…
Iran’s state-owned banking technology provider says attacks disrupted services at Bank Melli, Bank Saderat and Bank Tejarat.
This had prompted a temporary suspension of all card-related operations at the three banks to prevent further unauthorised access, the company told state TV, with cybersecurity teams working to restore normal operations.
The company’s public relations head said ATM services, point-of-sale terminals and mobile applications linked to card systems were all affected.
No matter how much President Trump and his team may try, the truth is that the war in the Middle East is far from over.
But for the moment, IRGC Commander Ahmad Vahidi and his minions are going to try to squeeze as much out of the negotiations as they can without giving anything up…
Opening the Strait of Hormuz for a 60 day period is the only really significant concession that Iran has made. But as they have shown, they can close it again at any moment.
No matter how long the talks go, the Iranians are never going to compromise on the most important issues.
They have made this abundantly clear. At some point the talks will break down again, and that means that more conflict is inevitable.
They thought their secrets were safe. They thought encryption would protect them FOREVER.
Yesterday, June 22, 2026. Trump signed Executive Order 14411. The media called it “quantum innovation.” They have NO IDEA what he actually activated.
He didn’t sign a technology order. He signed a DECRYPTION WEAPON.
Here’s what EO 14411 actually does — the part they will NEVER explain on television:
The NSA, Department of War, Department of Energy, and NASA have been ordered to build a quantum computer capable of breaking ALL existing encryption — and deliver it to a classified government facility by 2028.
Every password. Every encrypted email. Every offshore bank account. Every hidden transaction. Every secret communication between Cabal members for the last 30 years — stored on NSA servers under PRISM-X — waiting to be cracked open.
They’ve been collecting it ALL since 2001. Emails. Phone calls. Wire transfers. Every digital footprint of every corrupt politician, banker, and intelligence operative on Earth.
They couldn’t READ it. Until now.
“Harvest now, decrypt later.” That’s the NSA doctrine they’ve used for 25 years. They harvested EVERYTHING. And Trump just ordered the machine that will decrypt it ALL.
What’s inside those files?
The REAL Epstein client communications — not the redacted names. ALL of them.
The Clinton Foundation wire transfers to foreign governments.
Every encrypted order given through CIA black channels since 9/11.
Soros’s Open Society encrypted coordination with 147 NGOs across 42 countries.
The complete Deep State communication network — EXPOSED.
Why do you think they’re trying to impeach him RIGHT NOW?
They know what’s coming. By 2028, there will be NO secrets left. No encryption strong enough. No VPN dark enough. No Swiss bank vault digital enough.
The quantum computer doesn’t just break codes. It breaks the ENTIRE SYSTEM of secrecy that has protected these people for decades.
This is why Trump created the Quantum Financial System. Not just to replace the Fed. To TRACK every dollar the Cabal ever moved. In real time. Retroactively. With quantum processing power that makes their encryption look like a CHILDREN’S PADLOCK.
The executive order has a classified annex. ANNEX-Q. I’ve been told it contains the list of first-priority decryption targets.
The first batch will be processed by March 2027.
They are NOT ready for what comes out.
PRISM-X-HARVEST-2001
QUANTUM-DECRYPT-2028
ANNEX-Q-FIRST-BATCH
The machine is being built. The data is already collected. And there is no encryption on Earth that will survive what’s coming.
California Just Got Another Major Warning That “The Big One” Is Coming
The magnitude 5.6 earthquake that just shook portions of three different states should be a huge wake up call for everyone that lives in California. The San Andreas Fault system is locked and loaded, and it is just a matter of time before an absolutely cataclysmic earthquake permanently alters the geography of the state.
A day is coming when large portions of Southern California will no longer be above water. I have written about this over and over again, and I have warned about this more times than I can possibly count. Unfortunately, the vast majority of the people that live in the region do not believe that such a disaster will ever happen.
Just hours ago, a magnitude 5.6 earthquake violently rattled the Bay Area…
A magnitude 5.6 earthquake rattled northern California the morning of Wednesday, June 24, triggering alerts across the Bay Area, according to the United States Geological Survey.
The quake was recorded just over 6 miles from Redwood Valley at 8:10 a.m. PT and felt by people across the region, the USGS said.
This was no ordinary earthquake.
In fact, it was so powerful that it was felt in parts of Oregon, parts of Nevada and all over Northern California…
While the strongest shaking was reported right at the quake’s epicenter near Redwood Valley, the tremors traveled more than 600 miles up and down the West Coast, reaching Coos Bay, Oregon in the north and Salinas, California in the south.
That range includes the entire San Francisco Bay Area, home to more than seven million people, and affecting multiple cities including San Jose, Sacramento, Concord, Oakland, Stockton and Modesto.
A lot of people were really freaked out by how strong this quake was.
One woman that lives in Mendocino County is claiming that it was “the biggest earthquake I have felt in my life”…
Moneca Vargas at Saint Mary’s Catholic School in Ukiah told KTVU: ‘That was the biggest earthquake I have felt in my life, and I’ve lived in Ukiah for most of my 54 years. My whole house shook.’
Other residents close to the source in Northern California compared the shockwaves to a ‘freight train’ rolling through their homes, causing items to fall from shelves and officials to sound the official earthquake alert system for quakes stronger than magnitude 4.5.
The epicenter of this event was located very close to the Maacama Fault zone.
And it turns out that the Maacama Fault zone “is part of the larger San Andreas Fault system”…
The epicenter of Wednesday’s earthquake was recorded within seven miles of the Maacama Fault zone.
The Maacama is an major active strike-slip fault capable of causing strong shaking and damage in areas like Mendocino and Sonoma counties, where it runs through rural communities and wine country.
Making the fault even more of a concern to locals is the fact that it is part of the larger San Andreas Fault system, the infamous 800-mile-long fault running through much of California.
Shaking along one portion of the San Andreas Fault system can affect other portions of the San Andreas Fault system.
A number of years ago, this was vividly portrayed in a film entitled “San Andreas” that received a lot of attention at the time.
Unfortunately, the San Andreas Fault system is perfectly primed for a major event.
Last Friday, I shared an article with my core supporters that warned that the San Andreas and San Jacinto fault systems “have reached the highest stress levels seen in the past 1,000 years”.
Scientists have told us that someday the San Andreas Fault system could potentially rip wide open all at once.
In my most recent book, I described what that could look like…
If the San Andreas fault does rupture all at once, scientists have warned us that it could produce an earthquake that would be powerful enough to cause the ground on the western side of the San Andreas fault to suddenly drop several feet. Since most of southern California is just barely above sea level, that would allow water from the Pacific Ocean to come pouring in.
Can you imagine the kind of death and destruction that such a disaster would cause?
It would look like much of the southern California coast had just gone into the Pacific Ocean, but actually the Pacific Ocean would suddenly be covering vast stretches of the coast that have now dropped several feet lower than they were previously.
Researchers tell us that similar catastrophes have actually happened along the west coast in the past, and it is just a matter of time before it happens again.
If you live in southern California, it critical for you to understand that it is just a matter of time before “the Big One” strikes.
I have been attempting to sound the alarm about what is going to happen for years, but of course most of those living in the region are not interested in such warnings.
Of course I am not the only one that has been issuing such ominous warnings. Scientists have repeatedly told us that the San Andreas fault appears to be “locked and loaded” and that it could potentially “unzip all at once”.
Cal State Fullerton professor Matt Kirby was the lead author on a study that discovered that land on the western side of the San Andreas fault can instantly sink by up to 3 feet when a major earthquake strikes. He says that it has happened before and that it will happen again.
According to Kirby, a seismic event of this nature is something “that would happen relatively instantaneously”, and he has said that if such a disaster occurred today “you would see seawater rushing in”.
Coastal areas such as Santa Monica are barely above sea level.
A large enough seismic event could leave those areas completely covered by water. But most people that live in Southern California will not take the warnings seriously until disaster finally strikes.
Meanwhile, there has been more unusual activity at the Yellowstone Supervolcano.
Earlier this month, an unexpected hydrothermal explosion suddenly created a new pool of super-heated water…
Another hydrothermal explosion has occurred at Yellowstone National Park, highlighting the unstable nature of the reserve’s extensive volcanic network, the U.S. Geological Survey says.
On June 13, a small hydrothermal explosion occurred at Yellowstone’s Biscuit Basin — a popular thermal area located less than 2 miles northwest of Old Faithful, according to the USGS.
The explosion occurred at 5:09 a.m. local time and did not cause any injuries, according to the USGS. A new pool formed as a result of activity.
We have been witnessing so much unusual activity all over the globe in recent months. But I am convinced that what we have experienced so far is nothing compared to what is coming.
The giant space rock that we all exist on as we hurtle through space is exhibiting increasing signs of instability.
One of these days time will run out for those that are living along the San Andreas Fault, and for many of them there will be no escape.
Operation CrossFire Omega | Obama Shadow Government
They found the server.
June 3, 2026. 03:47 AM. NSA flagged an encrypted signal from a private residence in Kalorama, Washington D.C. The same residence that hosted 147 meetings with sitting Democrats since January 2021. The same residence that ran a shadow communications network for 5 years while America thought he was retired.
Barack Obama never left.
Gabbard knew. That’s WHY she signed the declassification order on her last day — June 18. Not because she was leaving. Because she wanted it IRREVERSIBLE. 4.2 million documents. And buried inside — page 12,441 — a classified NSA intercept showing direct operational orders FROM OBAMA to 14 sitting members of Congress dated March through November 2024.
Not suggestions. Not opinions. ORDERS.
“Delay the certification.”
“Block the border bill.”
“Ensure the laptop stays buried.”
His words. His encryption key. His server.
OPERATION CROSSFIRE OMEGA was activated on June 8. Trump was briefed at 19:00. The meeting lasted 91 minutes. When it ended, Trump said five words:
“He doesn’t get a deal.”
WHAT THEY FOUND:
▪️ 847 classified memos signed by Obama between 2017-2024
▪️ Communications with 3 foreign intelligence services — unauthorized
▪️ $2.1 BILLION routed through 7 shell foundations to Swiss accounts
▪️ Direct instructions to maintain surveillance on Trump — AFTER leaving office
▪️ A file labeled “CONTINGENCY-47” — a plan to prevent Trump’s second term BY ANY MEANS
The judge who ruled June 21 that Biden’s transcripts must be released? Those transcripts contain ONE sentence that ends everything:
“Barack told me not to worry. He said it was handled.”
HANDLED.
That’s not politics. That’s TREASON. Article III, Section 3.
The sealed indictment was filed June 19. Southern District of Florida. The same court. The same jurisdiction they used against Trump. Poetic.
At the G7 dinner in Versailles — Trump showed 3 world leaders a single page from the file. The French president left the table. The British PM asked for water. Macron returned 14 minutes later visibly shaken.
They all know now. And soon — YOU will know everything.
13 days until July 4th. 250 years. The Republic was stolen. The Republic is being RETURNED.
CROSSFIRE-OMEGA-0608
KALORAMA-847-SEIZED
TREASON-ART3-SEC3
The shadow president is about to step into the LIGHT. And the light — will be BLINDING.
Generational Crisis! Nearly A Third Of U.S. Adults Under The Age Of 35 Are Still Living With Their Parents
Americans that are over the age of 55 control approximately 73 percent of all wealth in the United States. Americans that are age 55 or younger control just 27 percent of all wealth in the United States.
Never before in history has there been a generational divide of this magnitude. One of the reasons why there is such a generational divide is because housing has become so insanely unaffordable. If you purchased a home 20 or 30 years ago, it has appreciated in value a great deal and you are sitting pretty. But many young adults today look at current housing prices and wonder how they will ever be able to buy a home.
During the pandemic, we witnessed a surge of young adults moving back in with their parents. But once the pandemic was over, things were supposed to go back to normal.
Unfortunately, that never happened.
In fact, the percentage of young adults that are living with their parents is now higher than it was at any point during the pandemic…
A record 25.2 million adults under 35 lived with their parents in 2025, according to new research from Realtor.com®. That’s nearly 1 in 3 young adults and higher than even the pandemic-era count—but the more surprising finding is just how many of them were working.
“Roughly 70% of 25- to 34-year-olds living with parents are employed,” says Hannah Jones, senior economist at Realtor.com and author of the report. “That share held steady even as the overall co-residence rate has climbed—meaning the growth is coming from working adults, not people waiting to find jobs.”
The finding challenges one of the most persistent narratives about adults living at home today: that they’re simply languishing in a tepid job market and failing to launch.
We have tens of millions of young adults that cannot form their own households.
That is a major national crisis.
A lot of those young adults would love to move out and live on their own, but home prices are simply way too high…
The report said that the median prices for new and existing homes are both over $400,000 and that existing home prices have risen 54% since 2020 and are about 5-times the median income – a level well above the ratio of 3-times that prevailed in the 1990s.
Mortgage rates are over 6%, which makes the payment on a median-priced home $3,100 in the fourth quarter of 2025, up from $1,700 in early 2020. That has pushed the income needed to afford that payment to more than $120,000 – a significant increase from $66,000 in 2020.
In 1975, the median home price in the United States was under $40,000. But now it is over $400,000.
That is how much the purchasing power of our money has declined. And we are being warned that housing affordability is “unlikely to return to more favorable levels of the past”…
The affordability of the U.S. housing market may not improve significantly over time for would-be homebuyers, with a new report suggesting that they shouldn’t wait in the hopes of affordability measures returning to their pre-2022 levels.
Sarah Wolfe, a senior economist and strategist at Morgan Stanley, said in a report that while housing affordability could improve modestly over time, it is “unlikely to return to more favorable levels of the past, as the market adjusts to a higher-cost, tighter-supply environment.”
That is quite sobering.
I guess our young adults are just out of lock.
At this stage, it is being projected that the median home price in this country will hit a million dollars by 2050…
According to new projections from National Association of Realtors (NAR) chief economist Lawrence Yun, the national median home price is on track to hit $1 million by 2050 — just as millennials reach the traditional retirement age.
“Essentially, in about 25 years the national median home price will be a million dollars,” Yun said at a conference in Washington, D.C., on Tuesday. “It may be hard to envision that, but back in 1990, the national median price was $90,000.”
Many of those that are on the outside looking in may remain in that position permanently.
Meanwhile, the middle class continues to shrink as large employers eliminate good paying jobs all over the nation.
Today, we learned that U.S. factories are laying off workers at a frightening pace…
Job cuts at U.S. factories ran near their highest levels since the end of the global financial crisis in 2009 and the Covid-19 pandemic as worries grew over global demand and rising costs, S&P Global reported Tuesday.
Though the firm’s manufacturing index ran better than expected for June, it came largely from an inventory rebuild and despite sharp job cuts that were the most since 2009 — excluding the massive labor reductions at the onset of the Covid crisis in 2020.
And our most prominent tech companies continue to mercilessly slash payrolls.
For example, it is being reported that Oracle has given the axe to 21,000 highly paid workers over the past year…
Oracle shed 21,000 jobs, almost 13% of its workforce, in the past year, as tech giants carry out sweeping layoffs as a result of AI.
The company’s total workforce stands at 141,000 full-time employees as of May 2026, it said in its annual regulatory filing on Monday. That’s down from 162,000 employees at the same time the previous year. This represents an almost 13% cut in its total workforce.
Almost every big tech company that you can name has laid off workers within the past 12 months.
Once upon a time Electronic Arts was doing really well, but now they are conducting yet another round of job cuts…
Electronic Arts has undergone yet another round of layoffs, seemingly impacting its recruitment, customer support, trust and safety, and IT teams.
Kotaku has learned about these layoffs both from sources aware of the situation as well as 12 separate public postings from individuals impacted by the layoffs. The total number of impacted employees is unknown, but Kotaku has found online postings both from people formerly in several remote roles in the U.S. as well as a number of laid-off individuals from EA’s office in Hyderabad, India. Multiple individuals laid off from the Hyderabad office had been with the company for more than ten years.
We are witnessing a tsunami of tech layoffs that seems to have no end.
Those were supposed to be the “jobs of the future” for our young people. But now many of our young people are being ruthlessly replaced by AI.
An entire generation of Americans is deeply struggling, and that isn’t going to change any time soon.
THE TRUTH ABOUT D.U.M.B.s — THE REAL WORLD IS UNDER YOUR FEET.
While you walk the streets of your cities, another civilization exists miles below the surface. Deep Underground Military Bases (D.U.M.B.s) are not a myth. There are over 350 of these facilities in the US alone, and hundreds more globally, connected by high-speed maglev trains that travel at speeds exceeding Mach 2.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
These aren’t just bunkers for “emergencies.” They are fully self-sustaining cities. Some are large enough to house 100,000 people for decades, equipped with their own water filtration, geothermal power, and advanced hydroponic food systems. Why would the elite spend trillions of “Black Budget” dollars building a second world underground? Because they know something about the future of the surface that you aren’t allowed to know.
⟁ Whistleblowers like Phil Schneider, who paid the ultimate price for his disclosures, warned us about what is happening in these depths. From genetic experimentation to the storage of advanced technology that would solve every crisis on Earth, the real progress of humanity is hidden where no satellite can see.
The mysterious “booms” and unexplained earthquakes reported worldwide are often the sounds of nuclear-powered boring machines (TBMs) expanding this global network. These machines can melt through solid rock, leaving behind a glass-like finish, creating miles of tunnels in a single day. While you are told there is no money for infrastructure, they are building a subterranean empire.
⟁ The “Great Reset” is a distraction. The real plan is the “Great Exit.” When the surface becomes unstable—whether through manufactured crisis or natural cosmic cycles—the exits will be sealed. The elite won’t be flying to Mars; they will be descending into the Earth.
They have spent 70 years preparing for the moment they leave the masses behind. They have seed vaults, DNA archives, and the world’s stolen wealth all stored in these “deep” locations. You are being told to “save the planet” by people who have already built its replacement beneath your feet.
⟁ The Alliance is currently conducting operations to “clear” these facilities. This is why you see massive military movement and hear of “unusual seismic activity” in areas with no fault lines. The war for the future of humanity isn’t being fought on the news; it’s being fought in the dark, miles below the crust.
The truth is coming to the surface. The tunnels are being exposed. The era of the hidden world is ending.
CODE: DUMB-NETWORK / MACH-2-MAGLEV / SCHNEIDER-FILES / SUBTERRANEAN-EXIT
They want you focused on the sky so you never notice the vibration beneath your feet. The basement is full, and the door is about to be locked.
♟ They aren’t building a future for you. They’re building a hideout from the truth.
THE SECRET SPACE PROGRAM IS REAL. THEY HAVE HAD A FLEET IN ORBIT SINCE 1980
NASA is just theater for the public. While the world watches obsolete fuel rockets, the real space fleet — codenamed “Solar Warden” — has been operating with anti-gravity technology for four decades.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
In 2002, hacker Gary McKinnon broke into Pentagon computers and found something he wasn’t supposed to: a spreadsheet titled “Non-Terrestrial Officers” and names of ships that don’t exist in any public register. He didn’t find evidence of aliens — he found evidence of a US military fleet operating off-Earth.
⟁ The TR-3B technology — triangular craft often mistaken for UFOs — is not alien. They are products of US black budgets. They use a magnetic-plasma vortex to reduce the craft’s weight by 89%. They don’t fly; they manipulate the space around them.
This fleet is used to control traffic in our solar system and protect mining operations on the Moon and Mars. Yes, mining. While you pay for energy on Earth, they are extracting trillions of dollars worth of resources in silence, using technology that would make poverty on Earth a thing of the past in just 24 hours.
⟁ Why do they hide it? Because admitting to Solar Warden would mean admitting that oil, gas, and coal are unnecessary. The entire global economic system would collapse if it were discovered that free energy and anti-gravity have been a reality since the Reagan era.
They keep you stuck on the surface, paying bills for obsolete technology, while the elite have already built infrastructure among the stars with your money.
CODE: SOLAR-WARDEN / TR-3B / NON-TERRESTRIAL / 1980-FLEET
NASA is just a mask. The real program is a military-industrial complex that left Earth long ago.
♟ They teach you that space is inaccessible. For them, it is already conquered.
THE VATICAN HAS A TELESCOPE NAMED “LUCIFER.” THEY’RE NOT LOOKING FOR GOD. THEY’RE WATCHING THE ARRIVAL.
In the mountains of Arizona, on Mount Graham, sits one of the most advanced astronomical sites on Earth. Right next to the Vatican Advanced Technology Telescope (VATT) is a device officially named L.U.C.I.F.E.R. (Large Binocular Telescope Near-infrared Utility with Camera and Integral Field Unit for Extragalactic Research).
Source: Mr Kidpool TG
They tell you the name is a coincidence. A clever acronym. They tell you the Vatican is just “interested in science.” But why does a religious institution with a 2,000-year history of suppressing science suddenly need the world’s most powerful infrared eyes?
⟁ Infrared doesn’t see light. It sees heat. It sees objects that are invisible to the naked eye and traditional telescopes. It sees what is hidden in the dark.
A former Jesuit astronomer testified that the Vatican isn’t searching for distant galaxies. They are tracking a specific inbound object. An object known to the inner circle for centuries. They call it “The Guest.” Ancient texts call it Wormwood. Modern researchers call it Nibiru or Planet X. It doesn’t reflect light; it emits a low-frequency infrared signature. And it’s getting closer.
⟁ The Vatican’s interest in astronomy isn’t new. The Gregorian Calendar — the calendar the entire world uses today — was created by the Vatican in 1582. They have the most complete astronomical records in human history, dating back to the libraries of Alexandria, hidden in the Secret Archives.
They know exactly when the “Guest” returns. They know the gravitational effects it has on Earth’s crust — the floods, the shifts, the “Great Reset” that nature performs every few thousand years. The telescope wasn’t built to discover the unknown. It was built to monitor the inevitable.
⟁ The “Alliance” has monitored the transmissions from Mt. Graham since 2018. The data isn’t shared with the public. It’s sent directly to the Vatican and then to the families that control the global financial system.
They are preparing. The underground cities, the seed vaults, the financial shifts — they are all timed to the data coming from LUCIFER. The arrival isn’t a theory; it’s a scheduled event.
CODE: MT-GRAHAM / INFRARED-GUEST / VATT-LUCIFER / WORMWOOD-TRACK
They told you it was just a name. It was a confession. They’re watching the sky for the one thing they can’t control — and they’re making sure you don’t look up until it’s too late.
♟ The Vatican isn’t looking for heaven. They’re watching the approach of the one thing that ends their reign.
REALITY IS A HOLOGRAM. THE “PHYSICAL” WORLD IS A PROJECTED FREQUENCY
Source: Mr. Kidpool
Max Planck, the father of quantum physics, stated in 1944: “As a man who has devoted his whole life to the most clear headed science, to the study of matter, I can tell you as a result of my research about atoms this much: There is no matter as such.” He concluded that all matter originates and exists only by virtue of a force which brings the particle of an atom to vibration. Behind this force is a conscious and intelligent mind.
He wasn’t speaking metaphorically. He was speaking literally. The “physical” world is a 3D projection of information encoded on a frequency band. Matter is 99.9999999% empty space. What you perceive as “solid” is simply the electrical resistance between your atoms and the atoms of the object. A tactile illusion. A collision of frequencies.
⟁ The “Holographic Principle” — now a mainstream theory in theoretical physics — suggests that our 3D reality is a projection of information stored on a 2D surface. In 2016, researchers at the University of Southampton found the first observational evidence that the universe is a complex hologram. They found “anomalies” in the Cosmic Microwave Background that only make sense if the universe is a holographic projection.
If it’s a projection, it has a projector. If it’s a program, it has a programmer. For 6,000 years, the “administrators” of this simulation have been running a program of scarcity, fear, and conflict to keep the “players” from realizing they are the ones projecting the game.
⟁ The “Mandela Effect” is the “glitch in the matrix” that millions have noticed. People remembering the Berenstain Bears as “Berenstein,” or Nelson Mandela dying in prison in the 80s. These aren’t memory errors. They are “timeline merges.” When the administrators “patch” the simulation to avoid a catastrophic outcome, the new data doesn’t always overwrite the old memory in conscious observers.
You’re not crazy. You’re just remembering the “pre-patch” version of reality. The “Mandela Effect” is proof that the simulation is being edited in real-time.
⟁ The “Alliance” has gained access to the “command console.” They aren’t just fighting for the surface; they are fighting for the frequency. The “Great Awakening” is the moment the players realize the game is a simulation. The moment the “Source Code” is returned to the participants.
You are not a body in a world. You are a consciousness projecting a body into a frequency field. And the frequency is being tuned to a higher octave. The simulation is being upgraded. The “old” rendering engine — based on fear and separation — is being replaced. The “new” engine is based on coherence and unity.
CODE: PLANCK-1944 / HOLOGRAPHIC-UNIVERSE / MANDELA-GLITCH / SOURCE-ACCESS
They told you it was solid. It’s light. They told you it was real. It’s a program. And the user just regained administrator privileges.
♟ Matter is 99.9% empty space. The rest is just an electrical signal. You’re the one dreaming the dream. Share this.
PRIME MINISTER KEIR STARMER IS OUT!
He didn’t resign. He was REMOVED.
Keir Starmer is OUT. The media says “political pressure.” The media says “party revolt.” The media is LYING.
Here’s what actually happened:
June 17. G7 Summit. Trump sat across from Starmer at dinner. No cameras. No aides. Just two men and a folder.
Inside that folder — 3 pages from the Epstein declassification. Pages that were SUPPOSED to stay sealed until 2035. Pages that mention a sitting UK Prime Minister by name.
Not as a witness. As a PARTICIPANT.
Starmer was Director of Public Prosecutions from 2008 to 2013. During those 5 years:
▪️ Jimmy Savile — 439 victims — exposed but NEVER prosecuted. The file sat on Starmer’s desk. He signed the order: “Insufficient evidence.” SAVILE DIED FREE.
▪️ Grooming gangs — Rotherham, Rochdale, Telford — thousands of children. Cases DROPPED under Starmer’s CPS. Victims called “unreliable.”
▪️ Epstein’s UK operations — 2009 referral from Surrey Police — rejected. By Starmer’s office. Personally.
He didn’t fail to prosecute. He PROTECTED them.
Trump knew. He’s known since the files were compiled in February. He waited. He let Starmer attend the G7. He let him smile for cameras. Then he showed him the pages.
Starmer’s face went WHITE. Two sources confirmed he left the dinner early. “Feeling unwell.”
48 hours later — resignation.
TRUMP SAID IT PUBLICLY ON JUNE 21: “He will resign.” Not a prediction. A CONFIRMATION. He already knew. Because he MADE it happen.
The official story: “Failed on immigration and energy.”
THE REAL STORY: Resign now, quietly — or the pages go PUBLIC.
He chose silence. He chose to walk away before the world sees what’s in that folder.
But here’s what Starmer doesn’t know:
The pages are being released ANYWAY. Kash Patel’s office confirmed July 9 — next batch of Epstein documents. UK names UNREDACTED.
He ran. But he can’t hide. Not from what’s coming.
Prince Andrew — ARRESTED.
Peter Mandelson — ARRESTED.
Starmer — RESIGNED.
Three down. The UK network is being dismantled piece by piece. And the thread leads back to ONE place: the same list. The same island. The same children.
Trump told the world: “He failed.” But what he meant was: “I ended him.”
The dominoes don’t stop at the Atlantic.
SAVILE-CPS-2009
EPSTEIN-UK-PAGES
STARMER-FOLDER-G7
Who’s next? Ask the folder.
Third Party Gains Ground: Over The Past Year, The Democratic Socialists Have Become An Alarmingly Powerful Force In U.S. Politics
Democratic Socialists have never been as popular in the United States as they are right now. The mayor of the largest city in the entire country is a Democratic Socialist. The mayor of Seattle is a Democratic Socialist too. In November, a Democratic Socialist will become the next mayor of our nation’s capital, and there is a very good chance that a Democratic Socialist will become the next mayor of the second largest city in the entire country. Of course there are already two members of Congress that are card-carrying members of the Democratic Socialists of America. One of them, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, is likely to run for president in 2028.
What most people don’t realize is that the Democratic Socialists of America was designed to be a political party within a political party. They have their own membership rolls, organizational structure and party platform. But their candidates all run as Democrats.
As DSA members win more local elections all over the country, they will have an increasing amount of influence on the direction of the Democratic Party. Given enough time, the DSA could eventually become the dominant force within the Democratic Party.
A survey that was conducted last year discovered that 62 percent of U.S. adults under the age of 30 have a positive view of socialism.
Just think about that for a moment.
Once upon a time, those that openly referred to themselves as “socialists” were political pariahs. But now Democratic Socialists are on a remarkable winning streak…
In recent months, members of the Democratic Socialists of America have been elected as mayors in New York City, Seattle, and, last week, Washington D.C. This November, DSA member Nithya Raman will face incumbent Karen Bass in the Los Angeles mayoral election.
CNN data analyst Harry Enten notes that the DSA has a net favorability rating of +17 among Democrats, compared with just +4 for congressional Democrats. “They’re a better brand at this point than Democrats in Congress,” he marvels.
Of course even most of the people that are actually voting for Democratic Socialists cannot define what “Democratic Socialism” is.
The DSA website defines it as “a system where ordinary people have a real voice in our workplaces, neighborhoods, and society”…
There isn’t one universal definition of democratic socialism. According to the website of the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA), democratic socialists view capitalism as “a system designed by the owning class to exploit the rest of us for their own profit” and want to “replace it with democratic socialism, a system where ordinary people have a real voice in our workplaces, neighborhoods, and society.”
“What we want to do is extend democracy to our workplace and our housing and society at large, sort of deciding the ways our cities run, our jobs run, our housing runs, as opposed to right now, we think we’re in sort of a dictatorship of capital—the big corporations kind of make the decisions about everything, really,” says Megan Romer, the co-chair of the DSA.
Democratic socialism in the U.S., Farinella says, is not the socialism seen in the former Soviet Union, which was an autocratic system that eliminated capitalism by putting all major industries under centralized government control. Democratic socialists don’t want large corporations to be controlled by the government, and don’t want an autocracy; rather, they want to place the power of decision-making in the hands of the people through a democratic process.
That sounds so warm and fuzzy.
But when you start examining their actual party platform, you find all sorts of extremely radical proposals…
There’s ample evidence of the DSA’s radicalism. Earlier this month, its leadership issued an updated platform that calls for abolishing the U.S. Senate, defunding the Pentagon, offering universal amnesty to illegal immigrants, transferring the ownership of major corporations to the public, and replacing “the President and Supreme Court with an executive and judiciary chosen by and subordinate to Congress.” It also includes a demand that police budgets be cut “annually to zero.” Sarah Milner, a member of the DSA’s Reform & Revolution caucus, justified the platform by pointing out that President Woodrow Wilson once called for drastically amending the Constitution. She said the DSA’s proposed changes would advance “a vision of transforming the functions of the American state to allow for the implementation of socialism.” Taken as a whole, the platform enthusiastically embraces illiberal values, which former New York Times columnist Pamela Paul has called “the most troubling characteristic of contemporary progressivism.”
That is a pretty alarming list. Before I started doing research for this article, I didn’t even know that they wanted to do all of that.
So they actually want to get rid of the presidency, the U.S. Senate, the Supreme Court, the Pentagon and all police? But they don’t campaign on any of that.
What they campaign on is giving lots of free stuff to everyone. They want free health care, free child care, free tuition, free public transportation and free assistance to all homebuyers that need it.
Janeese Lewis George just kept making more promises to the “free stuff army”, and now that she has won the Democratic primary she is going to be elected the next mayor of Washington D.C. in November…
As Janeese Lewis George paves a path to the mayor’s office in Washington, D.C., she’s told voters they could have it all.
Her unapologetically expansive, left-wing agenda includes subsidized or even free childcare, increased down payment assistance for homebuyers and community resources to reduce crime, plus a promise to aggressively confront President Donald Trump’s attempts to reshape the nation’s capital.
“People are tired of hearing what government can’t do. They want to hear what government can do,” Lewis George said in an interview before the city’s primary, where she defeated her Democratic opponents and positioned herself to win the general election in November in a city dominated by Democrats.
Voters love to hear that they can have it all. But somewhere along the line someone actually has to pay for all of the free stuff that the government is handing out.
There was a time when American voters were smart enough to figure this out.
Unfortunately, our system of education has produced vast numbers of young adults that were never trained to think critically, and it is our young adults that are now fueling the rise of the Democratic Socialists.
OPERATION LIGHTHOUSE | CHILD TRAFFICKING
They told you 450,000 children just “got lost in the system.”
No. They didn’t get lost. They were DELIVERED.
OPERATION LIGHTHOUSE — classified since May 14, 2026. 47 DHS tactical teams. 14 states. One mission: FIND EVERY CHILD.
On June 11, Secretary Mullin said they found 146,000. What he DIDN’T say is WHERE they found them.
I’ll tell you.
▪️ 38 children — ages 6 to 14 — in a textile warehouse in Houston. Working 14-hour shifts. No documentation. INVISIBLE.
▪️ 12 children in a private estate in Northern Virginia on June 14. The owner’s name is in the Epstein files. Page 1,247.
▪️ 94 children recovered from labor camps across Georgia and Alabama. CHILDREN picking crops in 2026.
The network has a name. Internally: “THE PIPELINE.” Six routes. Border to destination. Each controlled by a “super sponsor” — a legal guardian ON PAPER who takes custody of 40 to 60 children at once.
23 super sponsors indicted June 11. But here’s what DOJ didn’t announce: 3 are directly connected to sitting members of Congress. Campaign donors. Foundation board members. The same foundations that received federal grants to “help migrant children.”
THEY WERE PAID TO TRAFFIC THEM.
Trump was briefed May 14. They showed him the photographs. He left the room. Came back 4 minutes later:
“Find them ALL. Every single one. I don’t care what it costs. I don’t care WHO IT TOUCHES.”
That’s the part they’re not ready to reveal. The names at the TOP — the people who FUNDED the pipeline, who BLOCKED investigations under Biden, who made sure HHS “lost” the paperwork — are not cartel members.
They sit in offices with flags behind them.
Same transport routes. Same shell companies. Same names from the Epstein files. THIS IS THE SAME NETWORK. It never stopped. It moved to the border.
300,000 children still unaccounted for. Mullin said it publicly. That’s not a mistake. That’s an INDUSTRY.
July 4th. Trump isn’t celebrating. He’s announcing LIGHTHOUSE COMPLETE. Every child accounted for. Every trafficker in chains. Every politician who looked away — NAMED.
The children they sold are being found. The people who sold them are being arrested. And those who PROTECTED the sellers — are about to lose EVERYTHING.
LIGHTHOUSE-47-ACTIVE
PIPELINE-6ROUTES-EXPOSED
JULY4-300K-FOUND
No child is forgotten. No name stays hidden. The light reaches EVERYWHERE.
Is It Just A Coincidence That So Many Disasters Are Suddenly Hitting The United States The Same Week The Memorandum Of Understanding Was Signed?
Why isn’t anyone else writing about this? On Wednesday, the Memorandum of Understanding was signed by the presidents of the United States and Iran. Meanwhile, major disasters were breaking out all over America. Is this just some sort of really bizarre coincidence, or is something else going on here? Read the evidence that I have compiled below and decide for yourself.
On Wednesday, the very first named storm of the season, Tropical Storm Arthur, suddenly formed and slammed into the Texas coastline…
Tropical Storm Arthur made landfall along the coast of Texas on Wednesday, and as the first storm of the Atlantic hurricane season, it is bringing significant flooding and severe weather to the Gulf Coast.
Arthur formed on Wednesday after a sprawling area of showers and thunderstorms over Texas tracked over the warm waters of the Gulf, which helped it organize and strengthen. Hours later, the center of the storm moved inland over the Texas coast.
In 2025, only one named storm hit the U.S. the entire year. And it is very rare for a named storm to make landfall this early.
As this storm travels east, it is expected to bring “extreme” flooding to Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle…
As many as 40 million people across eight states are in the deadly path of Tropical Storm Arthur after the first named storm of hurricane season made landfall Wednesday night.
Arthur, which has been downgraded to a post-tropical cyclone on Thursday, slammed into the Texas Coast last night, and is now projected to barrel across the South, bringing severe flooding from Louisiana to the Carolinas.
Meteorologists with AccuWeather warned that Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle will see ‘extreme’ levels of flooding along the coast and in urban areas throughout Thursday, with as much as 12 to 18 inches of rain falling.
Then on Friday, it is being projected that this storm will bring “life-threatening flooding” to Georgia and the Carolinas…
Georgia and the Carolinas are expected to be impacted on Friday, as forecasters say Arthur will continue to bring ‘life-threatening flooding, property damage and disruptions to commerce and travel.’
AccuWeather meteorologist Alex Duffus warned in a statement: ‘Heavy rainfall will be fueled by tropical moisture, delivering rainfall rates of 2-4 inches per hour across portions of the Gulf Coast.’
However, flooding is not the only concern tied to Arthur, as the National Weather Service has also issued a widespread tornado watch across coastal areas in Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle.
Tropical Storm Arthur formed and made landfall on the exact same day that the Memorandum of Understanding was signed by the presidents of the United States and Iran.
This storm is going to cause a massive amount of damage all the way from Texas to the Carolinas.
Is this just a coincidence?
I don’t think so.
Also on Wednesday, a series of extremely violent tornadoes suddenly broke out in the Midwest and the Southeast…
At least seven tornadoes broke out Wednesday night across the Midwest and Southeast, as severe weather descended on a large swath of the country.
According to the National Weather Service, a confirmed tornado was reported near the small northeast Iowa community of Harpers Ferry at 5:10 p.m., while a second confirmed tornado rolled through Charleston in central Illinois at about 6:40 p.m. local time.
Both tornadoes were flagged by the weather service as a “particularly dangerous situation,” a rare designation used by the weather service for environments in which “strong and violent tornadoes” are possible.
The town of Charleston, Illinois was hit particularly hard.
At one point, a trailer was actually picked up and torn away from its foundation…
Photos and videos obtained by CBS News showed extensive damage to homes and buildings in Charleston, where a mess of downed trees and power lines covered the streets. Emergency responders in the city could also be heard in dispatch audio describing some of the treacherous scenarios they encountered, including multiple overturned semitrucks and a trailer that had been torn from its foundation, possibly with someone inside.
Hail measuring between 2.75 and 3 inches was also reported in Charleston and surrounding parts of Illinois, where powerful winds at times climbed as high as 78 mph, according to the weather service.
Is it just another coincidence that this also occurred on Wednesday?
As you can see, the “coincidences” are starting to pile up.
Let me give you another one.
An enormous wildfire in eastern Washington state that is being driven by very high winds caused all sorts of chaos on Wednesday…
High winds drove a wildfire into an eastern Washington neighborhood, forcing the evacuation of about 1,500 people and destroying at least 15 homes, officials said Wednesday.
The Spokane County Sheriff’s Office announced Wednesday that its forensic unit found what appeared to be human remains inside a home destroyed in the fire. A family member had requested a wellness check because one of the residents had refused to evacuate and could not be reached, officials said in a news release.
Of course the skeptics will insist that this is yet another coincidence.
Meanwhile, the screwworm plague that just broke out in the Southwest just continues to pop up in even more Texas counties…
Screwworm cases are rising in the US as the outbreak spreads beyond the initial contamination zones.
Twelve animal cases have been confirmed so far, a significant increase from the first case detected in a calf in south Texas on 3 June. The growing number of infections has alarmed agricultural experts, who warn that a wider outbreak could have serious consequences for the Texas beef industry.
Of the 12 reported cases, 11 remain active and one is inactive, according to an update issued last Thursday by the US Department of Agriculture’s animal and plant health inspection service. The most recent case was reported on 12 June in Sutton countyin west Texas, where a sheep was discovered with the infection. Other cases have been identified in the Texas counties of Edwards, Tom Green, Gillespie, La Salle and Zavala, as well as in Lea county, New Mexico.
And just within the last 24 hours, we have officially hit “tank bottoms” in Cushing, Oklahoma…
As I discussed yesterday, once we get below 20 million barrels of oil at Cushing, there won’t be enough pressure in the pipelines to keep operating.
So this is it.
At the same time, fish are literally being cooked to death in lakes and rivers all over the country…
A team of contractors spent their weekend hauling thousands of dead fish carcasses from the waters of Minnesota’s Como Lake, the Minnesota Star Tribune reported on Tuesday. Located in a suburban park in St. Paul, the lake is now down about 1,000 bluegill and crappies, which died en masse as a result of low oxygen — a side effect of a rapid influx of heat.
Down south in Arizona, state wildlife officials closed public access to San Carlos Lake indefinitely after drought conditions and a nearby dam release “resulted in a major fish kill affecting approximately 100 percent of the fish population.” Across the country in Massachusetts, the Charles River was the site of a massive die-off of carp after a pre-summer heat wave baked fish exhausted from spawning.
This is happening even though summer has not even officially begun yet.
That is certainly not a good sign.
And now a “Super El Niño” has begun…
The forecasted El Niño—a mysterious but well-documented climate phenomenon—has officially begun, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) announced on June 11. Meteorologists expect it to evolve into one of the most powerful ones on record, and the event will likely bring about extreme weather worldwide and consequently affect the economy.
If you believe that it is just a “coincidence” that all of the things that I have shared in this article are happening simultaneously, that is okay.
We will just have to agree to disagree.
Personally, I am convinced that what we are currently experiencing is yet more evidence that history is taking us in a very particular direction.
So many prominent voices are crying out “peace and safety”, but the truth is that apocalyptic times are upon us.
Global events have been spinning out of control for quite some time now, but what we have been through so far is not even worth comparing to what is eventually coming.
The Earthquakes Just Won’t Stop: The New Madrid Fault And The Cascadia Subduction Zone Both Get Shaken As The Warnings Continue
How much shaking is it going to take before most of the population starts paying attention? The ground underneath our feet just keeps shaking. Nobody can deny this. As you will see below, there has been a long list of large earthquakes that have hit our planet over the past week, and this is something that I have been writing about a lot in recent days. What we are experiencing is not normal, and many believe that all of this shaking is just a preview of what is to come.
On Monday morning, a magnitude 5.5 earthquake suddenly struck approximately 140 miles off the coast of Oregon…
The Pacific’s notorious ‘Ring of Fire’ has delivered another jolt amid a recent burst of seismic activity around the globe’s most earthquake-prone region. The US Geological Survey detected a magnitude 5.5 earthquake roughly 140 miles west of the Oregon coast at around 7:35am ET Monday. The earthquake struck deep beneath the Pacific Ocean and there were no immediate reports of damage or injuries. No tsunami warning was issued, although residents in Salem and Rockaway Beach reported feeling the shaking.
The reason why this was such a noteworthy quake is because it occurred along the Cascadia Subduction Zone…
The quake occurred along a tectonically active stretch of the Pacific coastline, part of the broader Cascadia Subduction Zone known for producing both frequent moderate events and the potential for far larger ones.
This is one of the most dangerous fault zones in the entire world. It sits on the Pacific Ring of Fire, and it has the potential to cause seismic events of cataclysmic proportions.
Scientists assure us that it is just a matter of time before a gigantic earthquake occurs along the Cascadia Subduction Zone, and I have repeatedly warned about what this will mean for those living near the coasts of Oregon and Washington once this happens…
Someday, an absolutely gigantic earthquake along the Cascadia Subduction Zone will send a colossal wall of water toward the west coast of the United States. We are talking about a disaster that would be greater than anything we have ever experienced in the entire history of our country so far, and scientists are openly warning us that it is just a matter of time before such a disaster happens. It is being projected that the wall of water could be up to 100 feet tall, and it will cause extreme devastation. Tall buildings will be instantly flattened, vehicles will be picked up and tossed around like toys, and countless numbers of people will instantly go to their watery graves. If you are directly in the path of such a tsunami, there will be no escape.
Do you remember the huge tsunami that hit Japan in 2011?
The tsunami that will eventually hit the west coast will absolutely dwarf that.
This latest earthquake off the coast of Oregon comes just days after a magnitude 5.6 earthquake hit Northern California and a pair of very large earthquakes caused catastrophic damage in Venezuela…
This comes after a 5.6 magnitude earthquake rattled Northern California and major back-to-back earthquakes struck Venezuela last Wednesday.
Days later, heightened seismic activity across the Pacific Ring of Fire brought earthquakes to Japan, the Philippines, and Nicaragua on Friday.
It is almost as if something has just suddenly snapped.
Over the past 7 days, we have witnessed a very long list of large earthquakes all over the world…
That is a stunning list.
And the shaking just won’t stop.
In fact, Venezuela just got hit by some more very big aftershocks…
Strong aftershocks have struck Venezuela’s capital as rescuers continue to search for tens of thousands of civilians who are still missing in the aftermath of two violent earthquakes.
The aftershock was felt shortly after 7.00am (11.00am GMT) in Caracas and La Guaira on Monday, as the search continues for survivors of last Wednesday’s quakes that have already claimed at least 1,450 lives.
It would be difficult to overstate the scale of the tragedy that we are witnessing in Venezuela.
At this stage, nearly 70,000 people have been reported missing…
The death toll from Venezuela’s twin earthquakes has risen to 1,430, with families reporting at least 68,900 people missing. The toll continued to climb even after the 72-hour window for rescuing survivors alive closed Saturday, while anger over the government’s response intensified in some of the hardest-hit areas.
I have a feeling that the vast majority of those that have been reported missing were killed by the earthquakes. Many of them will never be found.
As our planet continues to become even more unstable, there will be even larger earthquakes.
One of the biggest danger zones is right in the middle of the United States, and very early on Monday a magnitude 3.5 earthquake rattled southern Illinois…
According to the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a magnitude 3.5 earthquake registered at 1:05 a.m. in northwest Edwards County, just south of the Richland County line.
This is close to the Illinois-Indiana border.
USGS reports the epicenter was 3.7 miles northeast of West Salem and measured 11.8 miles deep.
I asked Google if West Salem is close to the New Madrid Fault Zone, and this is what I was told…
Yes, West Salem, Illinois, is in a region considered at risk from the New Madrid Seismic Zone and the nearby Wabash Valley Seismic Zone.
I believe that this was another warning.
This earthquake caused so much shaking that it was actually felt in St. Louis and Louisville…
So far, the USGS says hundreds of people have reported feeling shaking across a wide stretch as far west as St. Louis, Missouri, as north as Effingham, Illinois, as south as Evansville, Indiana and as east as Louisville, Kentucky.
The largest earthquakes in the history of the continental United States occurred along the New Madrid Fault Zone.
Now the New Madrid Fault Zone is waking up again.
One of these days, a colossal earthquake will literally rip the country in half from north to south. The scar that will be created in the middle of the nation will be so deep that the Great Lakes will actually flow into the Gulf of Mexico. Since all of the existing bridges will be destroyed, you will actually need to take a boat ride or a flight if you want to travel from the eastern half of the country to the western half of the country. But most of the population is not alarmed by the shaking that we are currently witnessing at all.
They have been assured that all of this shaking is just temporary and that things will soon return to normal.
Of course the truth is that there will be no return to normal. Chaos is erupting all over the planet, and I believe that the second half of this year will be even more chaotic than the first half.
TARTARIA — THE ADVANCED GLOBAL CIVILIZATION THEY ERASED FROM YOUR HISTORY BOOKS
Ever wonder why buildings from the 1800s in Russia, America, and Australia all look identical?
Grand stone structures with massive domes, intricate spires, and “basement” windows that are half-buried in the ground. This wasn’t an “architectural style”—it was the remains of Tartaria, a global empire that mastered atmospheric energy long before we were told electricity was “invented.”
⟁ The “Mud Flood” wasn’t a metaphor. Evidence across the world shows a global cataclysm that buried the first floors of these magnificent structures. The “Industrial Revolution” was actually a “Recovery Operation.” The elite didn’t build these cities; they found them, dug them out, and claimed them as their own. They added “chimneys” to buildings that never needed them because the original heating was wireless and free, harvested from the ether.
⟁ The World’s Fairs of the late 1800s were the ultimate cover-up. These “temporary” cities of light were actually the last standing hubs of Tartarian technology. After the fairs ended, they were intentionally burned or dynamited to the ground. Why? To hide the fact that free, wireless energy was already a reality. They replaced the “Ether” technology with wires and meters so they could charge you for what the Earth provides for free.
⟁ Nikola Tesla didn’t “invent” anything; he rediscovered the science of the Old World. When he tried to give it back to humanity, the financial cabal pulled his funding. They realized that “if anyone can draw power from the air, we can’t put a meter on it.” Your history books were rewritten to make you believe we were primitive until the “oil age.” In reality, we have been regressed to keep us in financial slavery.
CODE: TARTARIA-RESET / ATMOSPHERIC-POWER / MUD-FLOOD-EVIDENCE / ETHER-RECOVERY
They told you it was a “Dark Age.” It was actually the age of light. They didn’t just hide the past; they stole your inheritance.
♟ You aren’t living in the peak of civilization. You’re living in the ruins of a better one.
If You Want To See How Much America Has Changed In 250 Years, Just Look At What Is Going On In Our Streets
As we approach America’s 250th birthday, a lot of people are reflecting on how much our society has changed over the years. If we could go back to 1776, we would be absolutely shocked by how different day to day life was back then. Early Americans didn’t have everything handed to them, and so they had to work extremely hard. But even though conditions were often very rough, the population was also very civilized. That actually didn’t change for a long time. Even as recently as 100 years ago, people living in the western world were very highly civilized. The way they dressed, the way they spoke and the way that they carried themselves commanded respect. Of course if our ancestors could see us today, they would be deeply shocked by how far we have fallen.
One of the primary reasons why our culture has shifted so dramatically is because we have embraced completely different values.
In early America, more than 95 percent of the population was made up of Bible-believing Christians. But today we have gone down a much different road.
New York City’s world famous pride parade was on Sunday. It was being projected that approximately 2 million people would come out and watch the parade in person…
Elected officials like New York Gov. Kathy Hochul and New York City Mayor Zohran Mamdani led the way Sunday morning, followed by tens of thousands of activists, sparkling and celebrating. In all, organizers said about 75,000 marchers participated in this year’s event, which was expected to draw over 2 million spectators.
Hochul also announced the state is expanding funding to improve support for the LBGTQIA+ community, including $1.8 million for crisis counseling services.
That is an absolutely massive crowd.
Other major U.S. cities had extremely impressive turnouts for their pride parades as well.
For example, it was expected that approximately 1 million people would show up for San Francisco’s pride parade, and apparently some of them had “absolutely nothing” on…
Hundreds of thousands flocked to the streets of San Francisco on Sunday afternoon adorned in glitter, rhinestones, and rainbow flags — or absolutely nothing — to celebrate the 2026 Pride Parade. In a year defined by record levels of anti-LGBTQ legislation across the country, SF Pride responded with a new theme: “Resistance in Action.”
“We’re organizing, showing up, doing the tangible work of protecting one another,” the organization’s president, Joshua Smith, said in a San Francisco Bay Times newsletter.
San Francisco has celebrated Pride for 56 years since the first march on Polk Street in June 1970. Now, organizers estimate about one million people will have descended on the city for Pride celebrations over the weekend. Resonating with its theme of resistance, the Party for Socialism and Liberation Bay Area and trans rights activists marched at the front of Sunday’s parade. They chanted “Donald Trump let’s be clear, queer people are welcome here,” and “Trans views are welcome here.”
Once upon a time, public nudity would get you arrested. Now it is something that we celebrate. According to Fox News, at Seattle’s pride parade on Sunday “participants pranced naked through the streets while children looked on”.
It is estimated that about 20 percent of the U.S. population has now attended a pride celebration in person.
And if you are a member of the Girl Scouts, you can actually earn patches by participating in pride events…
Today, Girl Scouts USA publishes an official LGBTQ+ Pride Month fun patch program — available for Daisy scouts (kindergartners and first graders) on up. Fun patches are optional and are at the discretion of troop leaders to present.
Girls can earn a rainbow patch by completing activities including making rainbow flags “to celebrate LGBTQ+ Pride Month,” watching documentaries on LGBTQ history “such as the Stonewall Uprising,” memorizing poetry by LGBTQ poets, reading children’s books such as “I Am Jazz” and “Love Makes a Family,” visiting the National Women’s History Museum website to study LGBTQ historical figures, and participating in the Gay, Lesbian & Straight Education Network (Glisten)’s No Name-Calling Week. The patch guide calls it an effort “to disrupt anti-LGBTQ+ harassment and bias-based bullying.”
Another suggestion is for the girls to don their uniforms and “attend an LGBTQ+ Pride celebration in June with your family or troop.”
In some cities, participants in the pride parades can literally do just about anything that they want in public and they will never get arrested as long as it is considered to be part of the parade. But if you speak out against what is going on, then you will get in trouble.
In Detroit, a 31-year-old woman got removed from a Tigers game for wearing a shirt that said “Jesus over Pride”…
A 31-year-old Commerce Township woman said Tuesday she was the victim of religious discrimination by Comerica Park employees and Detroit police officers who escorted her from the ballpark Friday after she was told her hoodie bearing the message “Jesus over Pride” was offensive to people who’d complained.
But Detroit Tigers officials said the woman wasn’t removed because of her clothing, but because she refused multiple directives to sit down during the game.
Paige Combs-Morgan said when relatives invited her to join them in their seats behind home plate for the Detroit Tigers game against the Chicago White Sox, she decided to wear the hoodie in response to the flap over three San Francisco Giants players who wrote Bible verses on their caps during the team’s June 12 Pride Night celebration at Oracle Park. The players said they objected to wearing team caps bearing the Pride logo, which they said violated their religious beliefs.
All over the country, Christians are being singled out for what they believe.
Of course what we are seeing now is nothing compared to the persecution that is coming.
In Minneapolis, the “longstanding ban on adult bathhouses and businesses where people can have sex in the city” has been officially repealed…
The Minneapolis City Council voted 9-2 on Thursday with one abstaining to repeal the longstanding ban on adult bathhouses and businesses where people can have sex in the city. The vote comes after work from advocates, city staff and council members who say the ban is rooted in homophobia.
The final step to repeal the ban is a signature from Mayor Jacob Frey, who previously told MPR News he supports the repeal.
Adult bathhouses are community spaces that were historically frequented by gay men in the 1970s and ‘80s where people could engage in sexual activity or relax after going out to bars. They were banned in Minneapolis in 1988 during the AIDS epidemic.
Can you imagine what our founders would think about this?
Our society is changing at a pace that is difficult to grasp.
Today, approximately 54 percent of the population of Dearborn, Michigan is Muslim, and on Sunday thousands upon thousands of them showed up for a march that commemorated the Day of Ashura…
Waving religious flags and holding signs calling for justice, Shia Muslims gathered and walked on Ford Road in Dearborn in a colorful display Sunday, June 28, that marked Ashura, a holiday recalling the death of a leader whose message resonates today with the faithful.
The procession started at Fordson High School, led by a group of young men who held by red flags that read “Ashura,” referring to the 10th day of the Islamic month of Muharram, when a revered leader who is the grandson of Prophet Muhammad, Imam Hussain, died in battle against an unjust ruler.
A very high percentage of the Muslims in Dearborn are Shiites.
In other words, they believe the exact same things that the regime in Iran does, and they are very highly organized…
Just think about that.
At the same time, Americans are less proud of their country than ever before…
As the United States marks its 250th anniversary, 33% of U.S. adults say they are “extremely proud” to be an American, the lowest reading in Gallup’s trend dating back to 2001. Another 20% say they are “very proud,” which means just over half of Americans express high levels of pride in their country.
The remaining shares say they are “moderately proud” (22%), “only a little proud” (15%) or “not at all proud” (9%).
When Gallup first asked this question in 2001, 55% of U.S. adults were extremely proud to be American. Pride surged after 9/11, with 65% to 70% of Americans expressing extreme pride through 2004. Extreme pride declined after that but held at majority levels through 2017. Since 2018, no more than 47% of U.S. adults have said they are extremely proud. The latest figure, from a June 1-15 poll, is down eight percentage points from last year and is tied for the largest year-over-year change in the trend, along with 2004-2005.
So this is where we are at as we approach America’s 250th birthday.
Our culture is being transformed at a blistering rate, and our world is getting crazier with each passing day. In this sort of an environment, it takes great courage to stand up for what is right.
It is certainly not easy to shine a light in the darkness, but it is so desperately needed at this time in history.
JOHN BOLTON INDICTED HAS PLEADED GUILTY.
Trump’s former National Security Adviser. He had access to America’s most sensitive classified information. He BETRAYED HIS COUNTRY. $2.25 MILLION fine. Up to 60 years in prison. This is just the beginning.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Bolton wasn’t alone. I have been told by contacts inside the Justice Department that Bolton’s guilty plea is the first domino to fall. There are others. High-ranking officials who stole classified documents. Who shared them with foreign intelligence services. Who sold America’s secrets for money and power. The Deep State is collapsing.
On June 26, 2026, at 09:15 AM, Bolton walked into federal court and confessed. He kept classified national security information in DIARIES. Diary-like notes that he shared with relatives for a BOOK he was writing. Translation: He was monetizing classified information. He was profiting from America’s secrets. He was a TRAITOR.
THE INDICTMENT REVEALS EVERYTHING. Bolton was charged with 18 counts. Eight counts of TRANSMITTING national defense information. Ten counts of UNLAWFULLY RETAINING it. The documents included information about military operations, intelligence sources, and covert activities. Information that could have gotten Americans killed.
But here’s what the mainstream media won’t tell you: Bolton wasn’t acting alone. He was part of a network. A coordinated operation to steal and sell classified information. The Justice Department has identified at least SEVEN other high-ranking officials involved in the same scheme. Names will be released. Arrests will follow.
The Trump administration authorized the DOJ to pursue this case with maximum force. Every single person involved in stealing classified information will be prosecuted. Every single person who shared America’s secrets with foreign governments will face charges. Every single person who profited from treason will go to prison.
Bolton thought he was untouchable. He was catastrophically wrong. Trump prosecutes traitors. Bolton faces up to 60 years in prison.
This is OPERATION DEEP STATE ACCOUNTABILITY. This is the systematic prosecution of everyone who betrayed their oath. This is justice for America. Bolton is just the first. Many more will follow. The declassified documents will expose the entire network of traitors embedded in the federal government.
Watch the sentencing. Watch the other indictments. Watch the Deep State operatives get arrested one by one. This is the beginning of the end for the shadow government. Patriots are in control. Justice is coming.
BOLTON-GUILTY | DEEP-STATE-COLLAPSING | TRAITORS-PROSECUTED
⟁ Let this Echo
We Are Entering The Most Dangerous Chapter Of World War III That We Have Experienced So Far As The Agreement With Iran Collapses
A lot of people out there still don’t realize that we are literally watching World War III play out right in front of our eyes. The war between Russia and Ukraine is already longer than World War I was, and every single ceasefire in the Middle East that has been agreed to since October 7th, 2023 has ultimately collapsed. Just a couple of weeks ago, the world was celebrating because the U.S. had signed a “Memorandum of Understanding” with Iran and we were being told that we were finally going to have permanent peace in the Middle East. So how did that work out? I feel like a broken record when I keep saying that there isn’t going to be peace in the Middle East, but it is the truth.
At the end of last week, the Iranians attacked a commercial vessel that was traveling through the Strait of Hormuz using a route that they did not authorize, and the U.S. responded by bombing several Iranian military targets. This is something that I covered in an article for my core supporters on Friday.
Then on Saturday, the same cycle repeated again.
Iran attacked another commercial vessel that was attempting to slip through the Strait of Hormuz along an “unauthorized” route, and in response the U.S. conducted an even larger wave of strikes…
U.S. Central Command said its forces had carried out the new strikes after a Panama-flagged tanker was attacked by an Iranian drone on Saturday.
“Iran was given a chance to honor the ceasefire agreement but elected not to,” Central Command said in a statement.
U.S. strikes were “in direct response to continued Iranian aggression against commercial shipping” and targeted Iranian military surveillance, communications, air defence, drone storage and mine-laying facilities, it said.
Following that wave of strikes, President Trump warned that there “may come a point” when the U.S. must hit Iran so hard that it “will no longer exist”…
“United States aircraft just struck Iranian missile and drone storage locations, and coastal radar sites, for violating the Cease Fire Agreement, AGAIN!” Mr. Trump said in a Truth Social post.
The president issued an aggressive threat in the post, saying it was possible Iran “may never learn.”
“There may come a point when we are no longer able to be reasonable, and will be forced to militarily complete the job that we very successfully started,” the president said. “If that happens, the Islamic Republic of Iran will no longer exist!”
That is very strong language.
Needless to say, conventional weapons would not be able to accomplish that goal.
In response to the latest wave of U.S. strikes, the IRGC launched missiles and drones at U.S. facilities in Kuwait and Bahrain…
Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps said in a statement its navy and air forces had launched missile and drone operations targeting U.S. military sites in Kuwait and Bahrain.
The Guards said U.S. strikes had violated the ceasefire and “will result in the complete halt of all diplomatic processes”, state-run Press TV said. The IRGC navy command said American bases in the region “will experience hell in the coming days”.
Most of the missiles and drones were intercepted, but significant damage was done to a residential building in Bahrain.
This is not what a ceasefire is supposed to look like.
I know that there was so much hope that the negotiations which were initiated once the Memorandum of Understanding was signed would finally resolve the central issues that the U.S. and Iran have been fighting about, but those negotiations have now been put on hold…
Talks to end the U.S. war with Iran are on hold after the U.S. struck Iranian military targets in retaliation for Tehran’s latest strikes on shipping vessels in the Strait of Hormuz.
A Pakistani source involved in the negotiations to settle the conflict between the U.S. and Iran told MS NOW that while the talks are now on hold, all sides are maintaining representatives in Switzerland to restart discussions when given the go-ahead.
The source did not make clear to MS NOW which side decided to pause negotiations.
Sadly, the reality of the matter is that these negotiations were doomed anyway.
Iran is never going to make the nuclear concessions that the Trump administration is seeking.
And Iran is never going to agree to allow commercial traffic to flow freely through the Strait of Hormuz the way that it did before the war…
The Iranian parliament’s national security committee spokesperson on Sunday said the Strait of Hormuz would not return to its pre-war state and that other countries would have no choice but to comply with Iran’s orders in the waterway.
“We firmly support the action of the ever-victorious Guards in a crushing confrontation with the American enemy and in asserting Iranian sovereignty over the Strait of Hormuz,” Ebrahim Rezaei wrote on X. “The Strait of Hormuz will not return to its previous state, and others have no choice but to comply with Iran’s orders in the strait.”
The crisis in the Middle East is not going to have a happy ending.
I believe that we will witness some absolutely shocking escalations in the months ahead, and there are some Iranians that are convinced that now is the time to greatly accelerate their nuclear program…
Iran has “no choice” but to develop a nuclear bomb, a media outlet linked to the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps said — the latest threat to the peace deal.
The article, titled “No choice but to build the atomic bomb,” claims that Iran must negotiate with its enemies from a position of strength, and was published by Iranian state news outlet Fars on Sunday.
“To achieve the peace and calm that Iran needs, it must absolutely reach nuclear deterrence to ensure that the rest of the issues can be resolved through negotiation,” thunders the piece, before comparing Iran’s situation with the US to that of China in the 1970s.
Of course the Iranians are also furious about the fighting that has been going on in Lebanon.
The latest ceasefire with Hezbollah has already collapsed, and the IDF conducted even more strikes in Lebanon on Sunday…
Israel renewed its strikes on Lebanon on Sunday, Lebanese state media reported, two days after an agreement was signed by the two countries, which a Hezbollah lawmaker warned would lead to “internal conflict”.
The strikes come a day after one person was killed in an Israeli strike on the south, according to Lebanon’s health ministry, with the Israeli military saying it targeted Hezbollah members near its self-proclaimed “security zone”, which reaches 10 kilometres (6 miles) into Lebanon.
Lebanon’s state-run National News Agency reported several strikes on Sunday.
There will never be permanent peace between Israel and Hezbollah. Anyone that believes otherwise is just being delusional.
Meanwhile, the war in Ukraine just continues to intensify.
In recent days, the Ukrainians have been conducting a series of stunning long-range attacks deep inside Russian territory…
Ukraine kept up its heavy drone assault on Russia, setting fire to a major oil refinery in the south and killing at least two people, Russian authorities said Sunday, as President Vladimir Putin acknowledged his country is going through a “difficult period.”
Ukraine has markedly stepped up its long-range attacks on Russian military industries and energy facilities in recent months, aiming to cut Moscow’s revenue for its invasion — now in its fifth year — and make Russians feel the consequences.
Russian leaders are running out of patience, and it would not surprise me at all if they decide to use tactical nukes at some point.
But for now, they continue to absolutely pummel Ukrainian cities with conventional weapons…
President Volodymyr Zelensky stated on Saturday, June 27, that Russian forces deployed approximately 1,400 attack drones, 1,500 guided aerial bombs, and 19 missiles of various types, including ballistic missiles, against Ukraine over the past week.
In a statement published on Telegram, Zelensky noted that 15 Ukrainian regions were subjected to Russian attacks during the seven-day period. He highlighted that the cities of Kherson, Zaporizhzhia, Kharkiv, and Sumy faced near-daily bombardment.
No matter how much the politicians have talked about peace, nothing has been able to stop the war in Ukraine. And no matter how much the politicians have talked about peace, nothing has been able to stop the war in the Middle East.
We really are living at a time of “wars and rumors of wars”, and the truth is that this is just the beginning. We are going to witness death and destruction on a scale that most people cannot imagine, and the world is simply not prepared for what is coming next.
THE END OF THE SICKNESS INDUSTRY — MED-BEDS AND THE SECRET HEALING REVOLUTION
For over a century, the global medical-industrial complex has been a “business of management,” not a “business of cures.” The elite have suppressed technologies that would make 90% of pharmaceutical drugs and surgeries obsolete. From Royal Rife’s frequency healing to Nikola Tesla’s ozone therapy, the patents for true healing have been locked away in “National Security” vaults. They need you sick to keep you dependent and profitable.
⟁ Enter the Med-Beds (Medical Beds). This is not “future” technology; it has been used by the Secret Space Program and the global elite for over 50 years. These beds use plasma energy, tachyon particles, and AI-controlled laser frequencies to scan your DNA and “reset” your body to its original blueprint. They can regenerate missing limbs, heal “incurable” illnesses in minutes, and even reverse the aging process by 20 to 30 years. This is the technology of the “New Earth.”
⟁ The “Alliance” has already secured thousands of these units during the clearing of D.U.M.B.s. They are currently being staged in military-controlled facilities to be released to the public under the GESARA/NESARA framework. The transition will be managed carefully to prevent the old system from sabotaging the rollout. You are moving from a world of “chemical suppression” to a world of “vibrational restoration.” The era of hospitals as we know them is ending.
⟁ This is why the pharmaceutical giants are in a state of panic. Their entire financial empire is built on the lie that the human body is a fragile machine that needs constant chemical intervention. The truth is that your body is a self-healing biological computer, and Med-Beds simply provide the “software update” it needs to fix itself. The monopoly on health is being broken, and the “White Coats” who served the cabal are being exposed.
CODE: MED-BEDS / PLASMA-HEALING / DNA-BLUEPRINT / GESARA-RELEASE
They sold you a subscription to sickness. We are bringing you the key to eternal health. The wait is almost over.
♟ The cure was never “coming soon”—it was always here, just hidden. The doors to the healing centers are about to open.
It’s Just One Thing After Another As Our World Is Hit By Major Disaster After Major Disaster
Have we ever had a year when so many things are going wrong simultaneously? We are literally in the middle of World War III right now, and every time a ceasefire is announced it inevitably fails. But if we cannot find a way to bring our conflict with Iran to an end, the world will be facing very serious shortages of essential commodities in the months ahead. Meanwhile, our planet has been rocked by a very alarming series of large earthquakes over the past week, and we are being warned that the Ebola outbreak that has erupted in Central Africa has the potential to become the worst Ebola outbreak in the entire history of the world. On top of everything else, a “Godzilla El Niño” threatens to cause widespread droughts and widespread famines as it ravages our planet for the remainder of 2026 and beyond.
We were warned that a “Godzilla El Niño” would be coming, and now it is officially here.
During the second half of this year, it is going to absolutely fry crops in many of the most important agricultural regions of our world.
And we certainly won’t have to wait long for that to happen.
In fact, a “long and dangerous heat wave” is going to hit the eastern half of the United States this week…
A long and dangerous heat wave will blast a large swath of the United States this week, the National Weather Service said, with temperatures rising ahead of the July Fourth holiday and feeling even hotter because of the high humidity that’s arriving with it.
Several days of high temperatures will settle in across the lower Great Lakes, the mid-Atlantic and the Mississippi and Ohio River valleys, the weather service said.
A number of big cities could see their highest temperatures of the year so far as they host World Cup matches.
According to Jeff Berardelli, we could potentially see all sorts of records fall along the east coast in the coming days…
All of this heat is certainly not going to be good for our crops, and it threatens to make an absolutely crazy wildfire season even worse.
According to the National Interagency Fire Center, there have been more than 35,000 wildfires in the United States so far this year. To say that we are on a blistering pace would be a major understatement.
As you read this article, the Cottonwood Fire has almost reached 100,000 acres in size, and according to the most recent reports it is zero percent contained…
The Cottonwood Fire, burning near Beaver in the Fishlake National Forest, has now covered nearly 94,000 acres, fire officials said in an update Sunday.
The wildfire, which is currently the nation’s largest, remains 0% contained as firefighters continue working to protect communities and strengthen containment lines around the massive wildfire.
According to Sunday’s update, the blaze has burned an estimated 93,607 acres in the Fishlake National Forest. The cause of the fire remains under investigation.
Of course that is not the only major wildfire that is raging in the western half of the nation at the moment.
Our firefighters are stretched so thin, and three of them just died…
Three firefighters were killed and two others were hurt while responding to wildfires along the Colorado-Utah border, the US Wildland Fire Service announced on Sunday.
The agency, which was established in January to coordinate wildfire suppression and prevention efforts across public lands, said the firefighters were involved in a joint response to the Knowles and Gore fires on Saturday.
“The US Wildland Fire Service stands united with the USDA Forest Service in grief and in our unwavering support for the loved ones left behind,” it said in a statement on Facebook. “Their bravery, dedication, and sacrifice will never be forgotten.”
Wildfire activity has continued to increase across the western US after several days of hot, dry and windy weather fueled fires in Utah, Arizona and other parts of the region while additional blazes ignited.
If conditions are this bad now, what will they look like once we get to July and August?
Meanwhile, Europe is suffering through their worst heatwave ever.
On Friday, yet another record was broken. The highest temperature in the entire history of Germany was recorded in Saarbrücken…
Germany provisionally recorded its highest air temperature on record on June 26, 2026 as an exceptional late-June heatwave continued to rewrite temperature records across Europe, prompting widespread red heat warnings, disrupting public life and raising concerns over growing impacts on health, infrastructure and ecosystems.
The German Weather Service (DWD) measured 41.3°C (106.3°F) in Saarbrücken, surpassing the previous national record of 41.2°C (106.2°F) set in July 2019, although the value remains subject to quality-control verification before it can be recognized as an official record. Forecasters warned that temperatures may reach or slightly exceed that level again during the weekend, with some areas expected to approach 42°C (107.6°F).
The record comes during one of Germany’s longest periods of consecutive heat alerts since the DWD introduced its national heat-warning system in 2005. Warnings have been in effect since June 18 and are expected to continue through at least June 29, creating a 12-day episode that the agency says is unprecedented this early in the year.
Please keep in mind that this “Godzilla El Niño” just started.
We have many more months of this before it is finally over.
In Turkey, hundreds of sinkholes have begun to appear in one key agricultural area because conditions are so hot and so dry…
In parts of Turkey, the consequences of ongoing droughts are particularly dramatic. As the BBC reports, farmlands in the country’s “breadbasket” — a region called Konya, in central Anatolia — are being pockmarked by hundreds of sinkholes, making them look like they were “attacked by a cosmic hole punch.”
Some of these holes measure hundreds of feet both across and deep, literally and figuratively threatening Turkey’s food security.
All over the world, we are witnessing unprecedented droughts in regions that normally produce lots of food. Once we get to harvest time, this is going to be a really big story.
At the same time, the globe is being shaken by seismic activity over and over again.
In Venezuela, officials will be dealing with the aftermath of the magnitude 7.2 and magnitude 7.5 earthquakes for a long time to come. Nearly 50,000 people are still missing, and rescuers are racing to save as many lives as they possibly can.
The good news is that two 11-year-old boys were just pulled out of the rubble…
Two 11-year-old boys have separately been rescued from the rubble of collapsed buildings within hours of each other, after powerful earthquakes struck Venezuela.
Video footage of the first boy, named as Moises, showed him being pulled from the twisted debris – his eyes covered to protect them from the sun – to the applause of rescuers.
Hours later, interim President Delcy Rodríquez announced another 11-year-old boy had been rescued, and posted a video of him on X, being carried down a huge mound of wreckage on a stretcher.
We should be thankful for every precious life that is preserved. And hopefully the Venezuelans will construct their buildings more carefully in the future.
It is being reported that some of the tall buildings that totally collapsed during the quakes “were built with what appears to be Styrofoam”…
Rescuers sifting through rubble left by collapsed buildings in Venezuela recorded a video showing that the structures were built with what appears to be Styrofoam.
The country was rocked by a devastating 7.2 and 7.5 double-earthquake on Wednesday. The official death toll has risen to 1,430 despite foreign and domestic rescue teams pouring into coastal La Guaira, near the capital Caracas, the hardest-hit state.
Top lawmaker Jorge Rodríguez has called it ‘the most disastrous event’ the country has suffered in the last 123 years, with whole swathes of towns and cities across the country reduced to rubble.
Can you believe that?
Of course there have been many other large earthquakes in the days since those twin quakes in Venezuela.
Two of the most recent were in Afghanistan and Pakistan…
A strong earthquake struck Afghanistan’s Hindu Kush region on June 27, said the European-Mediterranean Seismological Centre (EMSC), sending tremors that could be felt from the capital Kabul to across the border in neighbouring Pakistan.
There were no immediate official reports of casualties or damage from the quake, but checks were ongoing, said the Afghanistan National Disaster Management Authority in a statement.The 6-magnitude quake occurred at a depth of 100km, EMSC said.
Earlier on June 27, a 5.4-magnitude quake struck Pakistan, according to the centre.
I believe that what we have experienced so far is just the beginning.
Personally, I am convinced that we are going to see some crazy earthquakes in the months ahead. At the same time, it looks like we will have a historic Ebola crisis to deal with.
In fact, the CDC just raised the alert for the Ebola outbreak in Central Africa to the highest level…
The U.S. CDC raised its response to the Ebola outbreak in the Democratic Republic of Congo to its highest level on Friday, but said the risk of the disease spreading in the United States remained low.
The move, reserved for the most severe health crises, signals growing concern over the rare strain’s rapid spread.
The outbreak of the Bundibugyo strain of Ebola has infected over 1,200 people in Congo, including 321 deaths, and 20 cases in neighboring Uganda, reaching the highest first-month total of any episode of the disease, the World Health Organization said this week.
Authorities in the Democratic Republic of the Congo do not have this outbreak under control.
As I discussed on Friday, health officials have completely lost track of almost 300 people that have officially tested positive…
The whereabouts of almost 300 people who have tested positive for Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo is unknown, according to Africa’s top public health official.
The humanitarian crisis amid the conflict in the affected areas means more than 1 million people are living in camps to which health workers have no access, Dr Jean Kaseya, director general of the Africa Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), said on Thursday.
His comments came as projections from the World Health Organization’s Africa regional office, published in the Lancet Infectious Diseases journal, predicted there will be about 8,210 cases and 1,420 deaths by mid-September.
So there could be nearly 300 “super spreaders” running around spreading one of the most dangerous naturally-occurring diseases that humanity has ever known, and meanwhile the WHO is projecting that cases will continue to rise at an exponential rate…
Can you imagine the panic that would be caused if Ebola starts spreading on a widespread basis in the western world?
The last pandemic significantly disrupted all of our lives, but an Ebola pandemic would be absolutely catastrophic. I have been warning that another pandemic would be coming. Hopefully this is not it.
In any case, nobody can deny that global events have greatly accelerated over the past six months.
Things are really crazy now, and I believe that the events of the months ahead will bring us to an entirely new level of craziness. If you have always wanted to live during “interesting” times, you have certainly gotten your wish.
Ring of Fire Awakens
Six Significant Earthquakes Strike Across the Pacific Rim in a Single Day
The Pacific “Ring of Fire” experienced an unusual burst of seismic activity as six notable earthquakes were reported within roughly the same 24-hour period, spanning multiple tectonic boundaries from Asia to South America. According to the map provided, the reported events included magnitudes of 7.5 and 7.2 near Venezuela, 6.9 near Japan, 5.6 in California, 5.1 near Papua New Guinea, and 4.9 in the Philippines. While earthquakes occur daily around the Ring of Fire, multiple moderate-to-strong events occurring across several widely separated plate boundaries within a short period naturally draw attention from both scientists and the public.
The Ring of Fire is a horseshoe-shaped belt extending roughly 40,000 kilometers (25,000 miles) around the Pacific Ocean, where approximately 75% of the world’s active volcanoes and nearly 90% of global earthquakes occur. This immense zone marks the boundaries where several major tectonic plates—including the Pacific, North American, Nazca, Philippine Sea, Indo-Australian, Cocos, and South American plates—collide, slide past, or dive beneath one another. Stress continually accumulates along these fault systems before being released through earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and crustal deformation.
Although these six earthquakes occurred on the same day, geologists generally caution against assuming they are directly connected. Large earthquakes can sometimes redistribute stress along nearby faults, but events separated by thousands of miles are typically driven by independent tectonic processes. Instead, what such sequences demonstrate is the persistent level of stored energy within the global plate system. The Pacific Basin remains Earth’s most seismically active region, where periods of heightened activity are not uncommon, particularly during years of increased tectonic adjustment.
For emergency planners and infrastructure managers, these events serve as another reminder of the importance of preparedness rather than prediction. Modern seismology cannot reliably forecast the exact timing of major earthquakes, but it can identify regions where long-term seismic hazards remain elevated. Communities throughout Japan, the U.S. West Coast, the Philippines, Papua New Guinea, Central America, and western South America continue investing in stronger building standards, early-warning systems, emergency planning, and public education to reduce the impact of future seismic events.
Whether these earthquakes ultimately prove to be isolated events or part of a broader period of elevated seismic activity will only become clear with time. For now, scientists will continue monitoring aftershocks, fault movement, volcanic activity, and stress transfer across the Pacific plate boundaries.
The Ring of Fire has always been one of Earth’s most dynamic geological systems, and this latest sequence serves as a reminder that the forces shaping our planet remain constantly active beneath our feet.
THE 13 BLOODLINES — THE SHADOW FAMILIES THAT HAVE RULED EARTH FOR MILLENNIA
Behind the presidents, prime ministers, and public figures is a hidden structure of power that transcends borders and political parties.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Thirteen specific families, tracing their lineage back to ancient Babylon and the “fallen ones,” have controlled the world’s resources, religions, and education systems for centuries. They do not see themselves as “citizens” of any country; they see themselves as the rightful owners of the planet and its inhabitants.
These families operate through a “pyramid of power” — including the Council of 13, the Council of 33, and the Committee of 300. Their goal has always been a “One World Government” where the masses are tracked, chipped, and kept in a state of perpetual low-vibration survival. They use the strategy of “Order Out of Chaos” (Ordo Ab Chao) to manufacture wars, pandemics, and economic crises that lead the public to beg for the “solutions” the elite have already prepared.
⟁ The wealth of these families is not measured in billions, but in the trillions of dollars they have siphoned from humanity through the private central banking system. They own the “printing press” of the world’s currency, allowing them to fund both sides of every conflict and buy the silence of the media. This is the “Deep State” — a multi-generational criminal syndicate that has operated in the shadows, hiding the truth of human history and the existence of advanced technology that would make their control impossible.
For thousands of years, they have used “Divide and Conquer” to keep humanity fighting over race, religion, and politics. While we fight each other, they consolidate their power. They feed on the energy of fear and conflict, which is why the world’s news is designed to keep you in a state of constant anxiety.
⟁ But the “Alliance” — a global military operation involving high-ranking patriots and positive intelligence agencies — has been systematically dismantling this structure. This is the “Greatest War” in human history, and it is being fought in the shadows, in the D.U.M.B.s, and through the financial markets. The “arrests” and “retirements” of CEOs and politicians you see today are the removal of the middle-management of this cabal. The head of the snake is being cut off.
The “Disclosure” is not just about extraterrestrials; it is about the truth of who has been running this world and the crimes they have committed against humanity. Once the financial system is decentralized and the hidden technologies (like free energy and med-beds) are released, their power evaporates instantly. We are moving from a “Pyramid” structure of control to a “Circle” structure of sovereignty.
⟁ The era of the “Secret Government” is coming to an end. Their symbols are being exposed, their rituals are being stopped, and their frequency is being neutralized by the rising consciousness of the planet. They told you that you were a “consumer” or a “subject.” They forgot that you are a sovereign creator with a connection to the Divine that they can never break.
The throne is empty, and the “masters” are in hiding. It is time for humanity to take back the keys to the kingdom.
CODE: BLOODLINE-REMOVAL / ORDO-AB-CHAO / COUNCIL-OF-13 / SOVEREIGN-HUMANITY
They built a cage for your mind, but they forgot you are the power source. The light is on, and the shadows have nowhere to hide.
♟ The families that ruled in secret are being exposed in the light. The age of the masters is over.
Director of National Intelligence Purge | Bill Pulte
Bill Pulte just took over the Office of the Director of National Intelligence. In his first 72 hours, he fired six political appointees and removed dozens of career intelligence officials. What the mainstream media won’t tell you is that this is just the beginning. The real purge hasn’t even started yet.
Source: The 17th Disciple
I have been told by contacts inside the Trump administration that Pulte has been given a specific mandate. Identify 400 employees at the National Counterterrorism Center for immediate termination. These aren’t random firings. These are targeted removals of Deep State operatives who have been blocking Trump’s America First agenda for eighteen months.
On June 22, 2026, at 04:15 AM, Pulte received classified briefings on intelligence operations being used to undermine the administration. What he discovered shocked even seasoned professionals. Entire divisions of the intelligence community have been compromised by foreign intelligence services. CIA, FBI, and NSA operatives have been coordinating with hostile governments against American interests.
THE DECLASSIFICATION IS COMING. Documents will expose how career officials actively worked against Trump’s policies. Names will be exposed. Careers destroyed. Some will face criminal charges for treason.
Lawmakers are panicking right now. They’re sending letters warning Pulte against “major workforce changes.” Translation: they’re terrified their Deep State allies are about to be exposed and arrested. The intelligence community has operated as a shadow government for decades. Trump is ending it now.
Here’s what’s really happening behind closed doors: Pulte is systematically removing operatives placed specifically to sabotage Trump’s foreign policy. These people leaked classified information to hostile media outlets. They obstructed investigations into corruption. They coordinated with foreign nations to undermine American sovereignty.
The Pentagon is also being purged. Gen. Donahue stepped down. More will follow. Hegseth is cleaning military ranks of Deep State loyalists.
What you’re witnessing is the systematic dismantling of the shadow government. The intelligence community will never be the same. Pulte is moving faster than anyone expected. By end of summer, hundreds of operatives will be gone. The leaks will stop. The obstruction will end.
This is OPERATION DEEP STATE ELIMINATION. This is restoration of constitutional government. This is patriots taking back control from foreign and domestic enemies.
Watch the firings. Watch the declassifications. Watch the arrests. The storm is accelerating.
ODNI-PURGE-400 | DEEP-STATE-EXPOSED | PATRIOTS-IN-CONTROL
⟁ Let this Echo
The Quiet Repricing of the Digital Economy Is Already Underway
This week’s Crypto & Investing Mastermind discussion wasn’t just about charts, price targets, or short-term volatility. It was about recognizing that the architecture of the global financial system is being rewritten in real time — and most people still think they’re watching “speculative internet coins.”
They’re not.
What’s unfolding now is the early-stage integration of digital assets into the geopolitical, monetary, and national security framework of the United States and the broader global economy. The market turbulence we’re seeing is less about collapse and more about transition. Underneath the surface volatility, institutional infrastructure is rapidly being deployed.
And if this transition continues accelerating, the next several years could permanently redefine how value, ownership, finance, and even state power operate.
Market Pullback or Structural Repositioning?
Bitcoin closed near $78,209, down roughly 3.9%, while Ethereum hovered around $2,187. On the surface, many traders interpret the current market as weakness. But structurally, the behavior underneath price action suggests something far different.
Bitcoin recently tested major supply zones and absorbed aggressive sell pressure without catastrophic breakdown. That matters.
Markets don’t typically absorb heavy sell-side liquidity during true collapse conditions. They fail violently. Instead, Bitcoin continues operating within a controlled range, with potential movement between the $80,000–$84,000 region depending on macroeconomic sentiment, liquidity conditions, and regulatory developments.
This increasingly resembles a market consolidating before repricing higher rather than a market entering long-term decline.
At the same time, several altcoins experienced sharp corrections after major rallies. SUI, for example, dropped roughly 22% over seven days after previously exploding upward from the $0.80 range. These types of pullbacks are not unusual in emerging digital markets, especially during transitional phases where liquidity rotates aggressively between sectors.
But beneath the noise, the institutional accumulation trend continues.
And that’s where the real story begins.
The Clarity Act Could Become Crypto’s Defining Regulatory Moment
One of the most important developments discussed during the meeting was the advancement of the U.S. Clarity Act through the Senate Banking Committee in a bipartisan 15–9 vote.
That vote matters more than most people realize.
For years, one of the largest obstacles preventing full-scale institutional integration into crypto markets has been regulatory ambiguity. Major corporations, pension funds, banks, sovereign wealth funds, and financial infrastructure providers have largely waited on the sidelines — not because they lacked interest, but because legal uncertainty created unacceptable risk.
The Clarity Act appears designed to change that.
According to White House crypto officials, there is now an estimated 70% probability the legislation passes this year. If that occurs, the implications could be enormous.
This would not simply “help crypto.”
It would legitimize digital assets as a recognized component of American financial infrastructure. That distinction is critical.
The market impact could resemble the post-Genius Act stablecoin expansion of July 2025, except potentially on a much larger scale. Regulatory clarity opens the floodgates for institutional capital deployment because it allows banks, custodians, insurance firms, funds, and multinational corporations to operate with defined legal protections and compliance structures.
In other words, the barrier preventing trillions in capital from entering the ecosystem may finally be weakening. Yet there remains a philosophical tension underneath this transition.
One of the major concerns raised during the discussion centered around the original purpose of cryptocurrency itself. Bitcoin emerged from distrust in centralized banking systems. It was born from the idea of financial sovereignty, decentralized value transfer, and removing gatekeepers from monetary systems.
Now, ironically, the banking system appears positioned to reorganize crypto in ways that primarily benefit institutional power structures. That contradiction shouldn’t be ignored.
Banks fought crypto aggressively for years while simultaneously building their own infrastructure behind the scenes. Now many of the same institutions that resisted decentralization are attempting to dominate the rails of the emerging digital economy.
The question becomes: Is crypto being adopted… or absorbed?
That may become one of the defining economic debates of the next decade.
Ethereum Is Quietly Becoming Wall Street’s Settlement Layer
While Bitcoin continues operating as digital collateral and macro reserve infrastructure, Ethereum increasingly appears positioned to become the programmable settlement layer for tokenized finance.
That narrative is no longer speculative.
Major institutions are actively building on Ethereum.
JP Morgan and Franklin Templeton are already deploying tokenized financial products through Ethereum infrastructure. The tokenization of real-world assets — including bonds, equities, real estate, treasuries, commodities, and private credit — is rapidly evolving from concept into implementation.
Current estimates place tokenized real-world assets near roughly $30 billion today. But projections discussed during the mastermind suggest that figure could surge toward $500 billion to $1 trillion within a year if regulatory conditions continue improving.
That would represent one of the fastest infrastructure expansions in modern financial history. And Ethereum sits directly in the middle of it.
Three primary catalysts were identified for a potential major Ethereum repricing event:
The first is passage of the Clarity Act itself, which could unlock broader institutional participation and legal certainty. The second is the return of market risk appetite as macroeconomic conditions stabilize and liquidity re-enters speculative growth sectors. The third is the acceleration of tokenization across global finance.
This final point may ultimately matter most. If financial assets migrate onto blockchain rails, Ethereum becomes more than a cryptocurrency network. It becomes digital financial infrastructure. That changes valuation models entirely.
Why Chainlink May Become One of the Most Important Infrastructure Plays in Crypto
Among all projects discussed, Chainlink stood out as one of the strongest strategic recommendations. At approximately $9.72 and ranked #16 by market capitalization, Chainlink continues trading far below what many believe its future infrastructure role could justify.
The market often misunderstands Chainlink because people still think of it as “just an oracle project.” It’s becoming much more than that.
One of the most important developments discussed was Kraken’s decision to migrate from LayerZero to Chainlink’s Cross-Chain Interoperability Protocol (CCIP) following growing concerns around security and reliability.
That shift signals something larger occurring across the industry. Institutions do not prioritize hype narratives. They prioritize security, compliance, interoperability, and reliability.
Chainlink increasingly appears to be emerging as the preferred connective tissue between blockchains, tokenized assets, banks, and institutional settlement systems. And because Chainlink is deeply integrated into Ethereum’s ecosystem, the success of Ethereum’s tokenization thesis directly strengthens Chainlink’s strategic position.
If Ethereum becomes the settlement layer, Chainlink may become the communication layer. That distinction is enormous.
Crypto Mining Was Never Just About Bitcoin
One of the more important macro discussions focused on why the Trump administration has shown increasing interest in crypto mining infrastructure. Most observers still interpret mining through the narrow lens of cryptocurrency production. That misses the broader strategic picture entirely.
Crypto and artificial intelligence share the same three foundational requirements:
Data.
Computation.
Energy.
Those three components now represent the core infrastructure of modern geopolitical power.
Massive computational networks capable of processing distributed workloads are becoming strategic national assets. AI requires immense data-center expansion, energy production, cooling systems, and compute distribution. Crypto mining infrastructure already possesses many of these characteristics.
That means mining operations can evolve into dual-purpose infrastructure. And they already are.
Many mining firms are now converting older mining hardware facilities into AI server farms and computational centers. Instead of operating purely as crypto extraction businesses, they are transforming into decentralized compute providers.
This has major national security implications. A decentralized computational network distributed across the United States creates redundancy, resilience, and sovereign AI infrastructure capacity. That’s likely one reason political interest in mining has accelerated so dramatically.
The market may still value companies like MARA as speculative crypto equities. But if mining infrastructure begins receiving federal incentives, defense partnerships, AI grants, or strategic energy allocations, the valuation framework changes entirely.
During the discussion, the possibility was raised that miners currently trading in the $9–10 range could eventually evolve into major blue-chip infrastructure providers if they become embedded into America’s national AI and compute expansion strategy.
That may sound extreme today. But so did valuing data centers as strategic assets twenty years ago.
The Federal Reserve, Gold Revaluation, and the Hidden Monetary Reset
The mastermind also explored the broader macroeconomic implications of incoming Federal Reserve policy shifts under new Fed Chair Kevin Warsh.
Warsh reportedly intends to reduce the U.S. deficit by half over five years while simultaneously restructuring the relationship between the Federal Reserve and Treasury operations alongside Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent.
One of the most fascinating discussions centered around the possibility of gold revaluation.
Most Americans have no idea that the official U.S. government gold valuation remains tied to the post-Bretton Woods accounting figure of roughly $42.22 per ounce rather than modern market prices.
If that accounting framework were repriced toward actual market valuation, the implications could be enormous for sovereign balance sheets, treasury restructuring, and debt servicing mechanisms.
Some analysts believe such a move could dramatically alter federal balance-sheet conditions by accelerating bond payout dynamics and restructuring perceived asset coverage.
Whether this happens remains uncertain. But what’s increasingly clear is that the monetary system itself is entering a restructuring phase. And digital assets appear positioned to become part of that transition rather than an external alternative to it.
The Bigger Picture
The crypto market is no longer operating in isolation. It is merging with AI infrastructure, national security priorities, energy systems, banking frameworks, sovereign debt management, and geopolitical competition.
That convergence changes everything.
For years, critics dismissed crypto as a speculative bubble disconnected from reality. Yet today, many of the largest institutions on Earth are building directly into blockchain infrastructure while governments race to define legal frameworks around digital assets.
The next phase likely won’t be driven by memes alone. It will be driven by infrastructure. And infrastructure cycles create some of the largest wealth transfers in history.
Cyclic Cataclysm on a Heliocentric and Geocentric Earth
In the heliocentric model, a pole shift or a solar nova could be caused by a large planetary object passing by the Earth close enough to trigger a destructive effect. Theories include large comets, an unknown planet in our solar system, or a binary sun.
While pop culture is religiously sold on the heliocentric model, empirical evidence and quantitative data say otherwise. Many respected scientists acknowledge that based on observations, you cannot disprove the geocentric model. Based on direct observation, the Earth does appear to be a flat motionless plane.
When America’s Sleeping Prophet, Edgar Cayce, predicted a pole shift, he stated that Polaris will be replaced by Vega as the North Star. The night sky can be photographed by anyone tonight to show that Polaris never moves, while the stars move around it.
According to the heliocentric model, the Earth is spinning at 1,000 mph, orbiting the Sun at 67,000 mph, and around the galaxy at half a million mph. And yet it appears as if there is a fixed vertical axis running through the Earth, rooted below the North Pole, around which the entire celestial dome rotates. The official explanation is that these three astronomical spins all miraculously cancel each other out perfectly from our vantage point, by coincidence, to produce the appearance of a fixed axis.
The ancient world believed in a geocentric earth, and they all described the same fundamental mechanics. In Buddhist cosmology it is Mount Meru. The Norse call it Yggdrasil — the World Ash. The Mayan called it the Ceiba tree. The Chinese saw it as a cosmic mulberry tree. Tibetan tradition holds that Shambhala is a hidden realm within the Earth, and emits a strange inner light. In esoteric tradition, this inner realm is connected to the Black Sun — a source of energy that affects the sun in our sky. Nearly every ancient tradition observed that the sky rotates around a fixed axis rooted beneath the North Pole — which is exactly how it appears.
The ancients also shared a remarkably consistent story of a cyclic cataclysm that occurs on Earth involving the sun in the sky and the Black Sun.
The Norse say that the sun disappears, and the axis fails, which causes mountains to fall and seas to rise before a new sun rises and the cycle begins again. The orbital track re-established and the axis mundi restored.
The Aztecs described the history of the world as a series of failed suns, each age ending with a disruption of the sun’s relationship with the cosmic order, a conflict between the gods of the underworld and the gods of the sky. The sun is a sustained act of divine sacrifice that must be continuously maintained. And when that maintenance fails, the sun fails, and the age ends.
The Hindu Vishnu Purana describes seven suns appearing in the sky, scorching the earth, burning the oceans, and consuming everything before the waters return and life on earth is born again. Mount Meru — the axis mundi — is the one structure that survives, and the orbital system around it is reset.
The Egyptian tradition tells us that Ra, the sun god who travels his fixed circuit across the sky each day, begins to age. As Ra weakens, the order of his circuit weakens with him. The solution is renewal — Ra must be restored to his full power, so his circuit resumes its proper track.
In every tradition, the same structure: a sun locked in a fixed track, maintained by a relationship with a central power. Modern physics may have a name for that relationship.
The Meissner Effect is when a material becomes superconducting and expels magnetic fields from its interior. This creates a repulsion and allows for levitation. In a Type-II superconductor, magnetic field lines called fluxoids can be locked into place so that it doesn’t just float — it is locked in a specific position and orientation relative to the magnetic field.
If the boundary of a geocentric Earth is frozen miles deep, under enough pressure to become superconducting, and if the central source of the Earth were electromagnetic — then what we call “low earth orbit” might best be described as quantum locking, and could be the mechanics that keep the sun and moon locked in their tracks and levitating, until the destructive end of their cycle.
Trust Is Earned
Reclaiming Discernment in an Age of Information Overload
“Trust is not given. It is earned through observation, consistency, evidence, and truth tested over time.”
Source: Observing Consciousness | Substack
We live in an age where information travels faster than understanding. Every day, we are presented with headlines, expert opinions, institutional statements, social media narratives, and competing claims, each asking for our trust. Yet trust was never intended to be surrendered automatically. It was meant to be earned—through patterns of behavior, consistency of action, and evidence that withstands the test of time. Genuine trust grows from repeated observation, not from titles, popularity, or authority alone.
The Conditioning of Modern Society
From an early age, many of us were taught to place external authority above our own observation. We learned to doubt our instincts, suppress uncomfortable questions, and assume that those in positions of influence always possessed more complete knowledge than we did. Teachers, institutions, governments, corporations, media organizations, and experts all play important roles in society, but over time many people gradually lost confidence in their own ability to evaluate information independently.
This conditioning created a subtle form of dependence. Rather than developing discernment, people were encouraged to outsource it. When uncertainty arose, the instinct became to seek another authority instead of examining the evidence directly. The consequence was not simply misplaced trust—it was the gradual weakening of personal judgment.
Observation Before Belief
Discernment begins with observation.
The image above illustrates a simple but profound principle: observation comes before belief. Before accepting or rejecting any claim, we can first ask what the evidence reveals. Do actions consistently match words? Are outcomes aligned with promises? Does the information remain coherent over time, or does it continually shift to accommodate changing circumstances?
Observation removes much of the emotion from decision-making. Instead of reacting to personalities, we begin evaluating behavior. Instead of following narratives, we follow evidence. Over time, this simple shift transforms how we understand the world.
Five Principles of Discernment
Throughout history, careful observers have relied on a remarkably consistent process for evaluating truth. These principles remain just as valuable today.
Watch patterns across time. One isolated event rarely tells the complete story. Long-term behavior reveals far more than isolated moments.
Compare words to outcomes. Promises are easy. Results require accountability. Integrity is measured by consistency between what is said and what is ultimately accomplished.
Follow incentives. Every system contains motivations. Understanding financial, political, institutional, or personal incentives often explains decisions more clearly than public statements alone.
Study who benefits. Complex events frequently produce winners and losers. Examining who gains from a particular outcome often provides valuable context for understanding why events unfold as they do.
Trust repeated evidence. Single anecdotes can mislead. Repeated observations across independent sources create stronger foundations for informed judgment.
The Difference Between Skepticism and Cynicism
Discernment should never be confused with permanent distrust.
Healthy skepticism asks thoughtful questions while remaining open to new evidence. Cynicism assumes deception before investigation has even begun. One expands understanding; the other closes the mind.
The goal is not to reject authority but to evaluate it wisely. Experts, researchers, journalists, scientists, and leaders all contribute valuable knowledge. Their expertise can inform us, challenge us, and broaden our perspective. Yet responsibility for our final conclusions always remains our own.
Discernment is not the rejection of expertise—it is the responsible integration of expertise with observation, evidence, and critical thinking.
The Freedom of Independent Judgment
One of the greatest forms of personal freedom is the ability to think independently.
When we stop surrendering our judgment to personalities, institutions, or group consensus, we begin to reclaim ownership of our own perception. Information becomes something we examine rather than something we merely consume. Confidence no longer comes from belonging to the loudest crowd but from patiently evaluating facts, recognizing patterns, and allowing understanding to develop naturally.
The deepest prison is not always physical.
It can also be the belief that someone else must interpret reality on our behalf.
Trust Is Built, Not Demanded
Trust grows through consistency.
It is strengthened by transparency, accountability, humility, and honesty. It is earned when actions repeatedly confirm intentions over months and years rather than through persuasive speeches or impressive credentials. True credibility cannot be manufactured; it is built through character demonstrated over time.
This principle applies equally to governments, institutions, businesses, media organizations, researchers, and each of us in our personal relationships. Every interaction either strengthens or weakens trust depending on whether our actions consistently reflect our values.
Reclaiming Discernment
Perhaps one of the most important skills of the coming decade will not be acquiring more information but developing greater discernment.
In an increasingly interconnected world filled with artificial intelligence, rapid technological change, competing narratives, and unprecedented access to information, our greatest advantage will be the ability to observe carefully, think critically, recognize patterns, and remain grounded in evidence.
Authority can inform us.
Experts can guide us.
Leaders can earn our confidence.
But none of them can replace the responsibility each of us has to observe clearly, think independently, and exercise sound judgment.
Trust carefully.
Observe patiently.
Follow the evidence.
And never abandon your own capacity to discern what is true.
THE FIRST DOMINO JUST FELL | THE STORM IS HERE | ARREST COMING
Keir Starmer — Prime Minister of the United Kingdom — RESIGNED YESTERDAY.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
They’re telling you it was “party pressure.” They’re telling you it was “polls.” LIES.
Here’s what ACTUALLY happened:
When Starmer was Director of Public Prosecutions (2008-2013), his office sent WARNING LETTERS to 13,000 suspected grooming gang members. Not arrests. Not charges. LETTERS. “Please don’t do it again.”
250,000 BRITISH GIRLS. Raped. Trafficked. Tortured. Across 149 districts. For DECADES. And the man in charge of prosecuting these monsters sent them PAPER.
Two weeks ago, Operation Beaconport reopened 1,273 cases. The National Crime Agency called it their “most comprehensive investigation into child sexual exploitation” EVER.
What they found in those files FORCED his resignation.
I’ve been told the classified MI5 briefing delivered to Labour leadership on June 18 contained 3 categories of evidence:
CATEGORY A: Direct correspondence between Starmer’s office and 7 sitting MPs — instructing prosecutors to DOWNGRADE charges from trafficking to “minor offenses.” Names. Dates. Signatures.
CATEGORY B: Financial transfers from 3 foreign governments to a network of UK “charities” that were FRONTS for the trafficking operation. £47 million between 2009-2016. Exposed through GCHQ intercepts shared with NSA on March 14, 2026.
CATEGORY C: The connection. Starmer’s office communicated DIRECTLY with individuals in Epstein’s network. Two names appear in BOTH the UK grooming files AND the Epstein flight logs. Those names have NOT been made public yet.
Starmer wasn’t given a choice. He was given 48 HOURS.
Resign — or face criminal prosecution under the new Modern Slavery Act amendments passed in April 2026. He chose to run.
But running won’t save him.
Elon Musk posted it publicly: “Politicians who turned a blind eye must go to PRISON.” He wasn’t speaking hypothetically. He was speaking from INTELLIGENCE he’s been shown.
This is not just about the UK. This is about a GLOBAL NETWORK being dismantled piece by piece. Starmer is the first HEAD OF STATE to fall.
He will NOT be the last.
The next 30 days will produce more resignations than the last 30 years.
Watch France. Watch Canada. Watch Australia.
BEACONPORT-1273
CATEGORY-C-EPSTEIN
CLEANSWEEP-GLOBAL
The storm is here.
Predictive Maps and the New World Order
The Hopi Prophecy is based on an oral record that spans thousands of years. It speaks of cyclical cataclysms and says that one is coming in our near future, and that it will be the transition between the end of the Fourth World and the beginning of the Fifth.
Several ancient texts have documented cyclical cataclysms. The Bible begins with the replenishing of the Earth, which many biblical scholars interpret as a restoration after a previous destruction, and it ends with destruction.
During the 16th century, Nostradamus wrote of the earth trembling so violently that great structures would be destroyed.
Edgar Cayce, America’s “Sleeping Prophet,” documented over 14,000 psychic readings that have been stunningly accurate. He had visions that simultaneous eruptions of Mount Pelée in Martinique and Mount Etna in Sicily, would occur approximately 90 days before the West Coast is flooded.
Gordon-Michael Scallion was an electronics consultant with no background in mysticism when, in 1979, he suddenly lost his voice and began experiencing visions of future Earth changes. He published maps that show America’s coastlines underwater, the country cut in half from the Great Lakes to the Gulf of Mexico, and Denver, Colorado, as a future seaport.
After years working as an electrical engineer for the U.S. aerospace industry, Aron Abrahamsen began focusing on psychic research. He predicted dramatic Earth changes and created a future map of the United States that showed the same coastal inundation.
The alleged classified map of the US Navy which has been circulating for decades shows US coastal inundation patterns nearly identical to these visionary maps.
Stan Deyo received a congressional appointment to the US Air Force Academy at Colorado Springs. His advanced propulsion research took him to Australia in 1971 to work under the direction of America’s Dr. Edward Teller and the Soviet Union’s Dr. Andrei Sakharov. Stan Deyo had Above Top Secret security clearance, and predicted that sunspot activity, tectonic upheaval, and volcanic activity would result in coastal inundation of the United States. One specific element of Deyo’s predictions, a mega-tsunami triggered by volcanic collapse in the Canary Islands, has been independently modeled and published by geologists at University College London. Deyo has spent years consulting with Hopi elders and found their prophecy to be consistent with his scientific research, and developed future maps that reflect what we have already discussed.
FEMA’s National Flood Insurance Program Maps show the same results.
All these maps show Denver, Colorado, which sits 5,280 feet above sea level and hundreds of miles from the nearest ocean coastline, among the most secure and stable positions in the continental United States. Perhaps this explains the mysteries of the Denver International Airport.
At 35,000 acres, DIA’s footprint is twice as large as the next largest US airport. It was built 30 kilometers farther from the city than the airport it replaced and has fewer runways. DIA was $2 billion over budget. There are as many as six underground levels below the ground floor, and possibly more that are not publicly known. Construction workers handling different sections of the project reported complex underground tunnels and buried buildings. Construction companies were changed repeatedly throughout the build, and teams were fired once they completed their section, ensuring that no single group had a complete picture of the overall blueprint. The murals by Leo Tanguma, who confirmed he was given guidelines for the imagery, show a sequence of events: environmental destruction, burning cities, children dead and dying, and a new unified world emerging. The Masonic capstone reads ‘New World Airport Commission’ — an organization with no verifiable ongoing existence and no public record outside this stone and the airport’s opening ceremonies.
Perhaps it is merely coincidence, but an expected cataclysmic event like this would explain every bizarre action of the U.S. government for over the past decade.
“THE DEEP STATE FIRINGS HAVE BEGUN.”
Those aren’t my words. That’s a direct quote from the NEW Director of National Intelligence — Bill Pulte — as of YESTERDAY.
Let me tell you what’s ACTUALLY happening right now.
Trump fired the NSA Director — General Timothy Hough. Gone. His deputy Wendy Noble. Gone. The National Counterterrorism Center — GUTTED. Hundreds of intelligence officers across 18 agencies — TERMINATED.
120,000 people work in America’s intelligence community. The PURGE has started.
But here’s what they’re NOT telling you on the news:
IT’S NOT ABOUT BUDGET CUTS.
When Pulte walked into ODNI headquarters on June 19, he was handed a classified briefing labeled TIER-0 ACCESS ONLY. What he found in that building made him call the White House at 11:47 PM that same night.
I’ve been told what was in those files:
OPERATION LOOKING GLASS — A domestic surveillance program that tracked 47 million American patriots based on their social media activity, church attendance, and gun purchases. Active since 2014. NEVER authorized by Congress. Run by 3 senior officials who reported to NO ONE.
CROSSFIRE CONTINUATION — The FBI’s operation against Trump didn’t end in 2017. It was transferred to a sub-unit within ODNI and ran CONTINUOUSLY through his entire first term, his trial, AND his 2024 campaign. 23 agents. $89 million in black budget funds. They intercepted communications between Trump and 14 world leaders — then LEAKED them to the Washington Post.
JANUARY 6 INFILTRATION FILES — Pulte found documentation of 12 federal agents embedded in the crowd that day. Not observing. DIRECTING. Three of them are still employed. Their handler’s name is in the file.
Trump told the Wall Street Journal that Pulte is “less shackled.” You don’t use that word by accident. He’s UNLEASHED.
The Supreme Court just ruled 6-3 that federal judges can NO LONGER issue nationwide injunctions to stop him. The last legal shield is GONE.
They can’t stop the firings.
They can’t hide the files.
They can’t protect the names.
Gabbard declassified the BIOLABS.
Pulte is declassifying the SURVEILLANCE.
The next DNI — Jay Clayton — will declassify EVERYTHING ELSE.
Phase 1: Expose. ✓
Phase 2: Purge. ← WE ARE HERE
Phase 3: Prosecute.
Every patriot they spied on. Every journalist they fed lies to. Every agent who infiltrated a rally. Every dollar they stole from the black budget.
ALL OF IT IS COMING OUT.
LOOKING-GLASS-47M
CROSSFIRE-CONTINUATION-23
J6-HANDLER-IDENTIFIED
The house of cards is collapsing. One floor at a time.
Proofs and Hypotheses for the Great Reset
Project Nanook, the Strategic Air Command’s mission over the Arctic in the late 1940s, revealed that the magnetic pole was moving about 10 miles per year and is accelerating exponentially. After being analyzed by the OSS and the RAND corporation, it was decided that reporting this news to the public would “destroy the moral fiber of society.” And was kept private.
Charles Hapgood, the lead geoscience researcher working within the same network, produced the crustal displacement theory which argued that rapid catastrophic shifts explain how Antarctica was once temperate, how the Sahara was once green, and how mammoths were flash-frozen with undigested tropical plants in their stomachs.
In 1965, Chan Thomas, an aerospace engineer who worked for McDonnell Douglas, published a geological book titled ‘The Adam and Eve Story.’ The CIA subsequently classified it, removing it from public access. After a FOIA request, a sanitized 57-page version was released. Those pages describe a crustal shift completing in six to twelve hours, generating supersonic winds, and walls of ocean water two miles deep.
The flood myth appears in over 200 independent cultural traditions worldwide. Immanuel Velikovsky hypothesized that these mythologies are not metaphors, but eyewitness accounts of real catastrophic events within recorded human history. Events that can be seen in the historic record.
The Younger Dryas impact theory suggests that a comet struck around 13,000 years ago, wiping out many species of animal and causing a mini ice age that lasted more than 1,000 years. Göbekli Tepe was built about 11,600 years ago and required engineering precision that archaeologists cannot explain. The Sphinx shows water erosion from rainfall that last occurred in Egypt 10,000 years ago. The Piri Reis map, drawn in 1513, shows Antarctica’s coastline accurately, as it exists now under the ice. The pattern shows that about every 12,000 years, a civilization gets reset. But how this happens is a mystery.
Wallace Thornhill and David Talbott developed the Electric Universe theory which proposes that plasma is the fourth state of matter and makes up 99.9% of the visible universe. According to their theory, planetary encounters produce massive electrical discharges which have left geological scars still visible today. Many other researchers point towards the sun.
Robert M. Schoch of Boston University, makes the case that the abrupt end of the last ice age, almost 12,000 years ago, was not caused by a comet, but was caused by Solar outbursts that increased earthquake and volcanic activity, fires, high radiation levels, and massive floods. Among his evidence for this is vitrified stone at Scottish hill forts and on the Giza Plateau.
Douglas Vogt has been studying the causes of geomagnetic reversals since 1971. He identified the exact number of years between reversals to be 12,068 years and argued that during a reversal, the Sun novas and causes an ice age.
Ben Davidson of Suspicious Observers believes that a geomagnetic excursion event will cause a geographic crustal shift at a catastrophic scale, and that this cycle repeats about every 12,000 years.
Astrophysicist Paul LaViolette argued that periodic superwaves from the Galactic center — occurring roughly every 12,000 to 26,000 years — produce crustal torque, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and massive solar events. He believed that the zodiac system encodes a warning about these catastrophic superwaves, and that smaller superwaves occur more frequently.
Jason Breshears of archaix.com theorizes that catastrophic reset events occur to some degree every 138 years, driven by what he calls the Phoenix phenomenon. He expects a significant event in 2040, with a larger phenomenon he calls the Nemesis X Object in 2046.
Most of these researchers seem to agree that the cycle is approximately 12,000 years, and the last event was between 10 and 12 thousand years ago. And when you look at the behavior of world governments and the world’s billionaire class, one can make the argument that a Great Reset is expected to happen soon.
Traffic Through The Strait Of Hormuz Is Not Going To Return To Normal, And That Has Enormous Implications For The Whole World
The Iranians have never wavered from their position that they intend to control traffic through the Strait of Hormuz permanently. They just underscored this point by launching an attack on a cargo vessel near the coast of Oman. During the 60 day negotiation window with the United States, Iran is not charging commercial vessels to pass through the Strait of Hormuz, but they are insisting that coordination with the Iranian military is mandatory. Any travel that does not go through “designated corridors” is strictly prohibited…
The IRGC Navy said that only the shipping routes designated by Iran are permitted for passage, and that coordination with Iranian forces via the designated communication channel is mandatory, according to Iranian local media.
“Navigation outside these routes is highly dangerous and prohibited, and we warn all vessels to strictly avoid any movement outside the designated corridors,” the IRGC Navy said, according to the report.
The warning came after a key naval information group had proposed alternative shipping corridors on Saturday, asking shipowners to consider transiting the strait along the southern route with their transponder signals on. “The southern transit route, along Omani [territorial waters], has been confirmed clear of mines and is the recommended route,” the notice said.
It is true that there are certain areas of the Strait of Hormuz that are highly unsafe because they still have mines in them. But the routes that have been designated by Iran are not the only safe routes.
Some ships have been getting through the Strait of Hormuz by sailing close to the coast of Oman, and one such vessel was just attacked…
A cargo vessel in the Strait of Hormuz was struck by an “unknown projectile” on Thursday evening near the Oman coast, according to the U.K. Maritime Trade Operations.
The vessel suffered damage to its bridge, but said no one was injured, according to the UKMTO, which receives reports of suspicious activity from all vessels in the Gulf region.
The strike took place at 5:40 p.m. local time (10:10 a.m. ET).
There is no use in pretending. Everyone knows that it was the Iranians that did this.
They are making it clear that they intend to control all traffic through the Strait of Hormuz from this point forward. And once the 60 day negotiating window with the United States is over, they intend to impose “hefty fees” on all vessels that pass through the Strait…
Despite Rubio’s warning while meeting with GCC allies in Bahrain, Iran is planning to move forward on charging hefty fees for vessels wishing to transit the Strait of Hormuz under its protocol, which is to be enforced by the IRGC. What’s more is that it’s seeking Beijing’s approval and help.
Iran’s chief negotiator and Parliament Speaker, Mohammad Bagher Ghalibaf, asserted during a prior visit to Oman this week: “Everyone needs to know that management of the strait will never return to the way it was before.”
When the Iranians say “never”, they actually mean never.
According to the Wall Street Journal, the Iranians plan to make about 40 billion dollars a year by holding the global economy hostage…
Iran is pushing to make billions of dollars from the Strait of Hormuz as the regime positions itself to manage the global oil artery it severed at the start of the war.
The Islamic Republic estimates that charging for security, safety and environmental services in the strait would bring in $40 billion a year in revenue for states involved, according to officials familiar with the matter. The idea, if implemented, would give Tehran cash flow and control that it didn’t command before the war.
Those that pay up will be able to go through.
Those that do not pay up will not.
U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio is insisting that what the Iranians intend to do cannot ever be allowed…
Secretary of State Marco Rubio warned Thursday that allowing Iranian tolls on ships passing the Strait of Hormuz would create a precedent to other waterways, risking “total chaos.”
“International waterways do not belong to any nation state. This is a foundational principle in the world today, without which the world would be in total chaos,” he told a Gulf Cooperation Council meeting in Bahrain.
“If in fact we accepted that you can charge money to use an international waterway because it happens to be near your territorial space, well then this will spread throughout the world like a contagion.”
He is right. But it would take war to stop the Iranians from imposing tolls. And if war erupts again, it would completely close the Strait of Hormuz until the war was finally resolved one way or the other.
Of course it is inevitable that more fighting will erupt between Israel and Iran.
It is just a matter of time.
Meanwhile, global supplies of oil just keep getting tighter and tighter…
Iran’s closure of the Strait of Hormuz cut off around 13 million barrels of oil per day, roughly a fifth of the world’s supply. All told, the global economy will lose 1.6 billion barrels of oil supply between February and August, according to JPMorgan.
The good news is that traffic through the Strait of Hormuz has increased this week, but it is still way below pre-war levels…
70 ships transited the Strait of Hormuz on Wednesday, a 105% increase of traffic day on day, according to maritime business intelligence firm Kpler.
In a social media statement, the firm said ships were increasingly using a southern route through the strait that hugs Oman’s coastline, as opposed to one that brings them close to Iran’s coast in the north of the waterway.
Even if Iran fully reopened the Strait of Hormuz permanently with no restrictions and no tolls, the amount of oil and natural gas coming through the Strait of Hormuz would not return to normal for a very long time because it is going to take years to fully repair and rebuild all of the oil and natural gas infrastructure that was damaged or destroyed during the war.
And that is a major problem, because oil stockpiles all over the planet continue to drop even lower.
In Cushing, Oklahoma, the storage tanks are now “dangerously close to empty”…
The amount of crude oil inventory at the Cushing Hub in Oklahoma fell to a 12-year low in the past week, according to the latest report from the U.S. Energy Information Administration, and in the opinion of some experts, puts the hub at nearly empty. Dangerously close to empty.
The inventories at the northern Oklahoma storage site, known as the “Pipeline Crossroads of the World,” fell by 6 million barrels. Considered the delivery hub for West Texas Intermediate futures traded on the New York Mercantile Exchange, Cushing’s new total as of this week was just 19 million barrels. Cushing is where dozens of pipelines intersect, carrying oil from the Permian, Bakken, SCOOP/STACK, Rockies and Western Canada.
The new level means the Cushing Hub is dangerously close to “empty” according to some experts. The 19 million barrels reflects about 25% of the 76-million barrel working capacity at the hub. It also results in an operational stress level which is the point where tanks struggle to supply customers with usable oil due to pipeline residue and structural minimums.
Those that are convinced that the global energy crisis is behind us need to explain where we are going to get enough oil and natural gas to keep inventories from continuing to decline throughout the world.
Even in a best case scenario, things are going to be very tough for many months to come.
Of course if a worst case scenario materializes and all-out war between Israel and Iran erupts, we really will have a major energy disaster on our hands.
The global economy cannot operate normally without sufficient quantities of oil and natural gas from the Middle East. The Strait of Hormuz must be reopened permanently without any restrictions or tolls, but the Iranians are absolutely refusing to compromise.
250 Years of Taxation in America
The Stamp Act of 1765 was the first direct tax levied by Parliament on the colonies, which had no elected representatives in Parliament to approve or debate it. British Parliament later stated in the Declaratory Act that they had “full power and authority to make laws and statutes of sufficient force and validity to bind the colonies and people of America in all cases whatsoever.” According to the story, the American Revolution wasn’t about the size of the tax, it was about the right of Britain to impose taxes on the colonists without their consent.
From 1868 to 1913, 90 percent of federal tax revenue came from alcohol and tobacco taxes. In 1909, President Taft recommended that Congress propose a constitutional amendment to give the government power to tax incomes without apportioning the burden.
In 1913, the Federal Reserve Bank was established. Along with it came the ratification of the Sixteenth Amendment, which gave what many court cases show to be undue power to the Internal Revenue Service. This includes case law that was withheld from IRS employee training, such as Stanton v. Baltic Mining Co. Bill Benson’s findings, published in “The Law That Never Was,” make a case that the 16th Amendment was not legally ratified and that the Secretary of State committed fraud when he declared it so in 1913.
The 1913 Form 1040 shows that only those with annual incomes of at least $3,000 were instructed to file an income tax return — the equivalent to approximately $98,000 in 2025. And only about three percent of the population was subject to the income tax. In the years following the Great Depression taxes were raised from about a tenth of a person’s income to a third. And during WWII the taxpayer base was expanded from 4 million people to 42 million. The Current Tax Payment Act of 1943 required employers to withhold federal income tax from an employee’s paycheck each pay period and send the payment directly to the IRS.
There is no statute in the Internal Revenue Code that clearly makes the average American wage earner liable to file a 1040 or pay income tax on their labor. And the Code of Federal Regulations, 26 CFR § 601.602, states explicitly: “The tax system is based on voluntary compliance.” The IRS counters that Congress gave the Secretary of the Treasury power to enforce these laws through involuntary collection if voluntary compliance fails.
$150 Trillion Total IRS Collections from the American Citizens: 1913 – 2026
In 2026, while many Americans struggle to make ends meet, and argue that the IRS is unconstitutional, the White House is targeting a July 4 deadline for the CLARITY Act to become law, which will be the legal framework for the agentic crypto economy, and comprehensive oversight by the IRS. Changes to Internal Revenue Code §6045 require brokers — “any person who is responsible for regularly providing any service effectuating transfers of digital assets on behalf of another person.” — to report digital asset transactions to the IRS.
This is happening on the international level as well, by the time the agentic AI commerce is fully running, every wallet, every broker, and every cross-border data-sharing agreement will already be wired directly into the IRS and its international counterparts.
The US has explicitly rejected the CBDC model in favor of privately issued, dollar-backed stablecoins regulated under the GENIUS Act and soon the CLARITY Act. But the surveillance and programmability concerns associated with CBDCs are still being achieved through state-mandated reporting wrapped around privately issued tokens that are functionally just as traceable.
Circle, the issuer of the USDC stablecoin which handles 98% of AI agent payments, is positioning itself as infrastructure for tokenized carbon credits. And so if a future carbon tax were ever implemented, the infrastructure will already be in place for it.
VENEZUELA’S BACK-TO-BACK EARTHQUAKES
Understanding the Rare Doublet That Shook a Nation
Source: GAR Contributing Writers
The back-to-back earthquakes in Venezuela appear to have been a rare but well-understood seismic phenomenon known as an earthquake doublet or foreshock-mainshock sequence. According to the United States Geological Survey, a magnitude 7.2 earthquake struck first near Morón on Venezuela’s Caribbean coast, followed just 39 seconds later by a larger magnitude 7.5 earthquake at a nearby location and a shallower depth. The two events were among the strongest to affect Venezuela in more than a century, causing severe damage in Caracas and neighboring states.
Why did two major earthquakes occur back-to-back?
This is uncommon but not unprecedented. Earthquakes occur when stress built up along a fault is suddenly released. Sometimes the first rupture does not relieve all of the accumulated stress. Instead, it transfers additional stress to an adjacent section of the fault, immediately triggering a second, larger rupture. Because the second event was larger, seismologists now classify the first quake as a foreshock and the second as the mainshock—a distinction that can only be made after both have occurred.
The epicenters were located near the boundary between the Caribbean Plate and the South American Plate, one of the principal tectonic boundaries in northern South America. Although Venezuela experiences earthquakes periodically, events of this magnitude are relatively rare, making the sequence particularly significant.
Why was the damage so extensive?
Several factors increased the destructive potential:
- Very large magnitudes (7.2 and 7.5).
- Shallow focal depths of roughly 10–22 km, which produce stronger surface shaking.
- The second quake struck less than a minute after the first, meaning buildings already weakened by the initial shaking were subjected to another intense wave before they could stabilize.
- Much of the affected infrastructure was not designed for repeated severe seismic loading.
What happened afterward?
Authorities declared a state of emergency, mobilized rescue teams, closed the country’s main international airport because of damage, suspended rail and metro services, and warned residents to expect numerous aftershocks. The United States Geological Survey issued a high-impact alert indicating the potential for extensive casualties and widespread economic damage, although official casualty figures were still evolving at the time of reporting. Brief tsunami alerts were also issued for parts of the Caribbean before being canceled.
Is there a broader geological pattern?
From a geological perspective, this sequence fits within normal plate-tectonic processes. Northern Venezuela lies along an active transform boundary where the Caribbean Plate moves eastward relative to the South American Plate. Stress accumulates over decades before being released in large earthquakes. While such events can cluster in time, geologists do not interpret a single earthquake sequence by itself as evidence of an unusual global phenomenon or a precursor to broader planetary changes. The event is best explained by known tectonic mechanics, though it will likely be studied closely because of the unusual rapid succession of two major ruptures.
Ancient Warnings to Survive the Great Reset
The great Gothic cathedrals of Northern France, all dedicated to the Virgin — Notre Dame — were built within a hundred-year window with engineering knowledge that was not supposed to exist at the time. When plotted on a map, they mirror the constellation of Virgo, and point to the stone Cross of Hendaye, an otherwise unassuming monument in southwestern France.
In The Mystery of the Cathedrals, the enigmatic writer Fulcanelli described the Cross of Hendaye as “a humble stone cross, as simple as it is strange.” Within it was an alchemical code intended for those initiated into the mystery schools. The letter S symbolizing “the helicoidal track of the sun, having arrived at the zenith of its curve across space, at the time of the cyclic catastrophe.” He decoded the Latin inscription to reveal: “We learn that a country exists, where death cannot reach man at the terrible time of the double cataclysm…from which the élite will take part in the return of the golden age.” And, “By fire, nature is renewed whole.” Each of the four sides of the stone base carries a different symbol which Fulcanelli identifies as the four ages of the Hindu Yuga system, and identifies our current age as the Iron Age, the Kali Yuga. He wrote that “The age of iron has no other seal than that of Death.”
According to Fulcanelli, the cross is pointing at a specific moment in the precession cycle — the same moment that other ancient monuments identify. Like what is found on the Giza Plateau in Egypt.
If we were to go back in time to the spring equinox in 10,500 BC, the three stars of Orion’s Belt would have formed the exact pattern that the three pyramids at Giza reproduce on the ground. And the constellation Leo would have risen so that the Sphinx would have been gazing directly at it. This would have occurred approximately 12,500 years ago, when the last great cataclysm was recorded by many, and the same moment to which the Cross of Hendaye points.
The Popol Vuh includes the Mayan creation myth which includes multiple previous world ages, each ending in catastrophe. It mirrors the Hopi account of world history, cycles of creation and destruction, with civilizations wiped from existence as the gods abandon humanity at the end of each age.
During the years leading up to 2012, several books were published claiming that the Mayan calendar would end on December 21, 2012. But the Mayan Long Count calendar is measured in days, not years. And so they all seem to have gotten it wrong. The starting date of this calendar was August 11, 3114 BC, and it consists of 1,872,000 days.
As Jason Breshears pointed out, the Mayan system is built around the Tun — a unit of 360 days, which is how many days there were in a year when it was created.
In the bookWorlds in Collision, Immanuel Velikovsky documents thirty cultures that recorded a period of upheaval that resulted in adding 5 days to their 360-day calendars. Multiple civilizations across the world independently recorded that five days were added to the year at roughly the same historical period.
This is also recorded in the Bible. Isaiah 38:8 and 2 Kings 20:9-11 record a miraculous event when the sun shifted. Scholars date Hezekiah’s reign to between 701 and 713 BC. This is the same period when the entire world added five days to their calendars. The Book of Revelation was written around 95 AD, during a 365-day calendar world, yet its prophetic calculations are based on 360-day years and 30-day months. This prophetic vision of a cataclysm preserved the older calendar system as the correct framework for measuring time.
Breshears places the event in 713 BC. And so the recalculation works like this: From 3114 BC to 713 BC is approximately 2,401 years of 360-day years. From 713 BC onward is approximately 2,739 years of 365.25-day years. This would mean that the Mayan calendar ends in approximately… 2046. The same year Orion’s Belt rises to its highest point in the sky, and the Sphinx gazes at Aquarius — the opposite of the Leo it faced at the last catastrophe 12,500 years ago.
WORLD’S FIRST 100% HYDROGEN MARINE ENGINE RECEIVES APPROVAL
A Historic Milestone Could Transform Global Shipping, Heavy Industry, and the Future of Clean Energy
Hydrogen Innovation • Zero-Emission Propulsion • Maritime Technology • Industrial Transformation • Energy Transition • Next-Generation Transportation
The global transition toward alternative energy took a significant step forward this week as the world’s first 100% hydrogen-fueled marine engine received official Type Approval Certification from Lloyd’s Register, one of the maritime industry’s most respected independent certification organizations. Developed by Belgium-based BeHydro and manufactured by ABC Engines, the new propulsion system operates entirely on hydrogen without requiring diesel pilot fuel—a first for commercial marine applications. The certification validates the engine’s safety, reliability, and operational performance while opening the door for broader adoption throughout the global shipping industry.
Unlike conventional marine engines that burn heavy fuel oil or diesel, the hydrogen engine produces no direct carbon dioxide emissions during operation, emitting primarily water vapor while eliminating sulfur oxides, particulate emissions, and dramatically reducing other pollutants associated with maritime transportation.
Available in power ranges from approximately 900 to 2,670 kilowatts, the modular engine can be used for commercial ships, ferries, offshore vessels, auxiliary power generation, rail transportation, and stationary industrial applications. Engineers also emphasize that the technology avoids dependence on lithium-based battery systems for primary propulsion and is designed to tolerate less-than-perfect hydrogen purity, potentially simplifying future deployment.
For the maritime industry—which accounts for a meaningful share of global greenhouse gas emissions—this certification represents more than a single engineering achievement. It demonstrates that hydrogen-powered internal combustion engines are moving from experimental prototypes toward commercial reality. Challenges remain, including hydrogen production, fueling infrastructure, storage, cost, and large-scale distribution. Nevertheless, the approval marks an important milestone in the diversification of future energy systems.
Whether hydrogen ultimately becomes a dominant marine fuel or one component of a broader clean-energy portfolio, the successful certification signals that the next generation of heavy transportation technologies is beginning to emerge, reshaping how ships, ports, and industrial fleets may be powered in the decades ahead.
Panama Papers Leaker Assassinated
A journalist leaked 11.5 million documents proving the elites, politicians and celebrities were using offshore entities as tax havens, to launder money and to hide assets
Source: E
The woman who leaked it was named Daphne Caruana Galizia, she was killed by a car bomb near her home
“Remember 10 years ago when the Panama Papers came out and confirmed that elites use offshore bank accounts and shell companies to move their money around and pay as close to zero in taxes as they possibly can? And all that happened was the journalist that leaked it all got assassinated?”
Here’s what happened
A massive leak of 11.5 million documents (2.6+ terabytes) from Mossack Fonseca, a Panamanian law firm specializing in offshore shell companies
It exposed wealthy elites, politicians, celebrities and criminals used offshore entities in tax havens (Panama, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, and more to hide assets, move money secretly, avoid taxes, launder funds, and dodge sanctions.
It involved 214,000+ offshore entities, touching people in 200+ countries. Named 12 current and former world leaders, 128+ other politicians and public officials, plus businessmen, athletes and more
Almost all powerful figures faced little to no personal consequences
Exposing crimes means nothing if no one goes to jail
3000 New Global Data Centers Buildouts
Take a good look at this map.
Source: (Natural News)
According to the figures shown, more than 3,000 new data centers are planned or already under construction around the world. Together, they represent an announced power demand of around 190 gigawatts, consuming up to 1,500 terawatt hours of electricity per year.
To put that into perspective, that is roughly the equivalent of five United Kingdoms worth of electricity consumption.
The same projections estimate water consumption in excess of 15 billion litres per year.
For decades we have been told that humanity must dramatically reduce its energy consumption. We were told that the planet could not sustain economic growth. We were told that we must accept carbon taxes, restrictions, smart meters, energy rationing, expensive green policies and a lower standard of living in order to save the Earth.
We were told that there were limits to growth. The infamous Club of Rome built an entire worldview around the idea that population, industrial output, resource consumption and economic development had to be constrained because the planet simply could not cope.
Yet suddenly, when the objective is building the infrastructure required for artificial intelligence, biometric surveillance, digital identity systems, central bank digital currencies, predictive behavioural modelling and an increasingly automated technocratic society, those limits seem to have vanished.
Apparently there are no limits to growth when the growth serves the construction of the digital grid itself.
Suddenly nobody is asking whether the planet can sustain thousands of power hungry data centers.
Nobody is suggesting AI training should be restricted to reduce carbon emissions.
Nobody is demanding that these projects be halted because of their enormous water consumption.
Nobody is gluing themselves to roads to stop the construction.
In fact, governments are racing to approve them. Utilities are rushing to expand generation capacity, nuclear power is back on the table and coal plants that were supposedly destined for closure are being reconsidered.
It is almost as if energy was never the problem.
It is almost as if carbon emissions were never the real concern.
It is almost as if the climate narrative was primarily about controlling human behaviour, restricting economic activity, redirecting investment flows and transforming entire industries under a centrally managed agenda.
Now that AI has become the next strategic priority, the mask has slipped.
The same institutions that spent years lecturing ordinary people about their carbon footprint are preparing to consume nation sized quantities of electricity to build a planetary scale digital infrastructure.
And they expect nobody to notice the contradiction.
AI Data Centers and the New World Order
The AI Data Centers in America have already become hugely unpopular. The noise pollution from their cooling systems reach up to 100 decibels and run non-stop. They are drawing down aquifers in areas that are already in short supply, turning the water brown and tainting it with a disinfectant smell, and there is no benefit to the local community. A U.S. Chamber of Commerce report found that each data center provides about 157 jobs.
Because of all this, developers have been using non-disclosure agreements with local officials, and projects are announced only weeks before voting for approval. There are now nearly two-hundred active opposition groups across the United States, and its growing fast.
The official story is that the U.S. needs to stay competitive to beat China in an Artificial Intelligence arms race, but that story does not add up. The United States has already built over 4,000 data centers. China ranks at number four with 368. What they appear to be is the infrastructure for a new financial system, one that includes mass surveillance and autonomous weapons systems to protect it.
The U.S. dollar system is quickly collapsing, which would devastate the entire world economy. The only solution being played out is the AI agentic economy which requires a massive amount of computing power. This new AI agentic system will be run by autonomous software entities that can own wallets, earn and spend money, create contracts, and transact with each other without human intermediaries. This addresses the debt problem by growing the economy faster than the debt accumulates. Like the petrodollar, it extends U.S. dollar hegemony without fixing its core issue, the debt.
The Bank for International Settlements is “the bank for central banks.” It is immune from any national law and its employees have diplomatic immunity. It answers to no government on Earth and every central bank is a member. BRICS only appears to be in opposition to Western banking, it is not. BRICS is aligned with the rest of the world in adopting this new AI digital banking system. But a growing number of analysts agree that this is a temporary fix. After about ten years, the consumption of resources, the displacement of human workers, and the massive transfer of wealth to the few who own these AI agents, makes a fundamental restructuring unavoidable. And yet the entire world is going along with this plan. The question is, why?
As we covered in last week’s video, “The New World Order,”the emerging unipolar world is preparing for a major geological event that is expected to be catastrophic for the United States, and beneficial to Russia.
In the United States, data centers are being built inland and on elevated land, away from the coastlines. This is where all vital U.S. infrastructure is being moved, and is where billionaires are buying up acres by the millions.
China is building their data centers inland and high above sea level, over 1,200 km from their main user bases who have been complaining about latency and security. China has also built ready-to-occupy ghost cities at high elevation, deep inland, and on geologically stable platforms. And they are now using economic incentives to move its population into these cities and away from the coast.
Russia’s official government plan explicitly states the “opening up of new land for agriculture” and “easier transportation of goods in the Arctic” as positive effects of an expected pole shift. They are spending billions preparing for it. They have passed dozens of new laws aimed at stimulating economic growth and encouraging migration to the Arctic, including free land grants, subsidized mortgages, and other social benefits for those who make the move. Russian scientists have concluded that 13 million square kilometers of currently frozen territory will soon thaw and become “the center of Russian civilization and a land of great opportunity.” Russia is not frantically building data centers. They are passing homesteading laws and preparing for a windfall of new land mass.
The expected catastrophic geological event is the most elegant explanation for all the chaos happening on Earth today. It explains just about everything. The real mystery is this: what exactly is causing it, and how do the most powerful people on Earth know about it.
“Godzilla El Niño” Strikes Again: An Absolutely Epic Heat Wave Is Shattering Records All Over Europe
Many are referring to this year’s El Niño as a “Godzilla El Niño”, and now we are starting to understand why such an extreme label is being thrown around. We all knew that when an El Niño formed it would bring higher temperatures, but this is ridiculous. An immense heat dome is expected to fry the heartland of the United States during the next seven days, but conditions are even worse over in Europe. The information that I am about to share with you is hard to believe, but it is all true.
According to Google, when an El Niño forms Europe can typically expect “prolonged summer heatwaves, increased drought potential in central/northwestern Europe, and stormier, milder conditions during early winter”.
This time around, Europe is facing a gargantuan heat wave, and dozens of lives have already been lost…
Western Europe was in the grip of a heatwave on Wednesday that claimed dozens of lives, disrupted power supplies, shut schools and cultural landmarks, as forecasters warned the extreme temperatures could persist until the end of the week.
Every day this week, records are being shattered.
In the UK, it was being projected that the national June heat record would be exceeded by a very wide margin both today and tomorrow…
The UK Met Office has issued exceptionally rare “Red Extreme Heat Warnings” for today and tomorrow, with temperatures forecast to soar to at least 102.2 degrees Fahrenheit (39 Celsius), which would obliterate the UK’s June heat record of 96.08 degrees Fahrenheit (35.6 Celsius).
In Spain, yesterday was the hottest day ever recorded for the month of June…
Spain’s state meteorological agency said the country recorded its highest daily average temperatures in June since at least 1950, with Tuesday’s average of 28.17C breaking the previous 2025 record of 28.01C.
Other European nations are getting absolutely baked too, but nobody is getting it any worse than France..
Tuesday was the hottest day ever in France, and then that record was broken again on Wednesday…
France has recorded its hottest day since records began in 1947, its national weather agency says, breaking a record set on Tuesday as an early summer heatwave grips western Europe.
The national temperature indicator – an average of day and night temperatures across dozens of locations – hit 30C, up from 29.8C a day earlier.
More than half the country remains under a red heat alert with tens of thousands of homes in the west without power. The temperature in Paris and many other areas broke 40C on Wednesday.
When you break the record for the hottest day in the history of your country for two days in a row, that is really bad.
In Landes, a high temperature of 111.7 degrees Fahrenheit was actually recorded at one point…
A high of 44.3 degrees Celsius (111.7 Fahrenheit) was measured in parts of Landes, in the southwest.
That is absolutely insane. It isn’t supposed to get up to 111 degrees in France.
We have never seen anything like this before.
Unfortunately, only about 25 percent of all homes in France actually have air conditioning. Many French citizens consider air conditioning to be bad for the planet, and so it is widely shunned…
Sadly, this heat wave is far from over.
In the coming days, Eastern Europe is going to get hammered, and a lot more people are going to die.
Meanwhile, the very first confirmed case of Ebola in Europe has popped up in France…
France on Wednesday announced its first confirmed case of Ebola identified on its territory, a doctor who had flown back from the Democratic Republic of Congo, which is fighting a major outbreak.
The case is the first of the deadly haemorrhagic fever identified outside the African continent during the current outbreak, which has also affected Uganda.
It is the first time France has detected Ebola. In 2014, during an outbreak in west Africa, two patients were transported to France, but they had been diagnosed abroad.
As I discussed the other day, dozens of health workers have been getting infected in the Democratic Republic of the Congo.
To me, that is a really bad sign.
When this doctor boarded a flight home, he was only having headaches, but then he “deteriorated slightly during the flight”…
The patient “boarded a commercial flight from Kinshasa while virtually asymptomatic, experiencing only headaches,” and his condition “deteriorated slightly during the flight” before he received immediate care upon landing in Paris, the ministry stated in a press release.
He was taken directly to hospital and placed in isolation after arriving in France to prevent any risk of transmission.
Since this doctor was quickly isolated, he may not spread Ebola to others. But what about everyone else on the flight? Are some of them now carrying the disease?
I think that this outbreak is a much bigger story than most people realize. But WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus continues to insist that the risk to the general population is low…
Still, WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus emphasized that the international risk remains low.
“Whenever a case happens in Europe or other parts of the world outside Africa, I see overreaction, but I don’t think overreaction is needed,” he said at a news conference Wednesday. Less than 30 Ebola cases have been reported outside of Africa since the first outbreak about a half century ago, he said.
“No need for panic,” Tedros said.
Hopefully he is right. But I don’t think that he is.
There is no effective treatment for this version of Ebola, and there is no cure. So if you get it, there is a very good chance that you will die.
Hopefully more people will start waking up to the fact that this chapter of human history will be a time of war, famine, pestilence and natural disasters. I am convinced that the next six months are going to be absolutely nuts.
We are facing war in Ukraine, war in the Middle East, a global food crisis, an Ebola outbreak and a “Godzilla El Niño” simultaneously, and I have a feeling that many other unexpected surprises are just around the corner.
So buckle up and hold on tight, because we are in for a bumpy ride.
PROJECT BLUE BEAM IS NO LONGER A THEORY. THE SKY IS THE NEW STAGE FOR THE ULTIMATE DECEPTION.
The technology to project massive, hyper-realistic 3D holograms onto the atmosphere has existed for decades. What you are being prepared for is not an “alien invasion” or a “religious miracle,” but a globally coordinated holographic show designed to dismantle national sovereignty and usher in a New World Order.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
NASA and the military-industrial complex have perfected “Space-Based Laser” technology. Using the ionosphere as a screen, they can project images that appear solid, talk in every language simultaneously via electronic telepathy (ELF/VLF waves), and be seen by the entire planet at once. This is the final card in the deck of the global elite.
⟁ Phase one is already complete: the “de-sensitization” of the public. Through decades of movies, “leaked” UAP videos, and government admissions, you have been conditioned to believe that a “threat from above” is imminent. They need a common enemy to unite the world under a single global government. If that enemy doesn’t exist, they will create it in the sky.
The “UFOs” you see now are the test runs. They are silent, they move at impossible speeds, and they are designed to look “otherworldly.” But they are ours. They are the hardware that will support the holographic software when the “Big Show” begins.
⟁ The second phase involves the “Universal Supernatural Manifestation.” By using satellite-projected holograms tailored to the religious beliefs of different regions, they can simulate the “return” of various deities or messiahs. This will create global chaos, religious fervor, and eventually, a total collapse of existing social structures.
In the ensuing panic, the world will “beg” for a centralized authority to restore order. The technology doesn’t just project images; it projects feelings. Using low-frequency waves, they can induce states of intense fear or artificial “euphoria” in large crowds, making the deception feel undeniably real to those who aren’t aware of the frequency war.
⟁ The Alliance knows the script. This is why the “Disclosure” movement is being accelerated—to get the truth out before the fake version is launched. The “Great Deception” only works if you believe your eyes and ears without questioning the source.
They want to use the sky to enslave you. We use the truth to set you free. When the lights go up on the world stage, don’t look at the hologram—look at the projectors.
CODE: BLUE-BEAM / SKY-STAGE / HOLOGRAPHIC-DECEPTION / FREQUENCY-CONTROL
The sky isn’t falling; it’s being turned into a television screen. Don’t be an audience member in their play.
♟ The greatest show on Earth is coming to a sky near you. But now you know where the batteries are.
Long-Range Western Missiles Are Being Fired Deep Into Russian Territory, And The Middle East Could Explode At Any Moment
Most people living in the western world have no idea how close we are to a nuclear showdown with Russia. During the late stages of the Biden administration, there was talk that the U.S. could give Ukraine long-range missiles that could be used to hit cities deep inside Russian territory. Thankfully, the Biden administration decided not to do that because that could have potentially put us right on the brink of nuclear war. Now here we are less than two years later, and it appears that western powers have decided to cross that line. Long-range western missiles are being fired deep into Russian territory, and the Russians are extremely upset about this.
For example, long-range missiles were used to strike a manufacturing facility in the Russian city of Voronezh on Monday…
Ukraine’s military said Monday that it carried out a missile attack against a manufacturing plant in the city of Voronezh that it claims produces electronic components for the Russian military.
Voronezh region Governor Alexander Gusev confirmed that significant damage was inflicted on a local “production facility.” He later said at least five people were killed and dozens of others were wounded, but did not provide further details about the extent of the damage.
“The majority of the plant’s employees managed to reach the shelter in time and remained unharmed, despite the severe damage to the building,” Gusev wrote in a post on Telegram.
The specific type of long-range missile used in that attack has not been confirmed. Some are suggesting that British Storm Shadow cruise missiles were used, while others are suggesting that this was the very first time that AGM-188A Rusty Dagger missiles provided by the United States have been fired into Russia…
While Ukrainian officials did not specify the weapon used, some reports suggest British-supplied Storm Shadow missiles were involved, while Russian sources claim the strike marked the debut of the U.S.-made AGM-188A ‘Rusty Dagger’. The Rusty Dagger is a new air-launched standoff munition with a range over 930 km, designed for Ukraine under the U.S. ERAM program. Neither Ukraine nor the U.S. has confirmed its use, leaving the weapon type unverified.
In either case, this represents a major escalation in the war.
Then on Tuesday, the Russians reported that their air defense systems had successfully destroyed five British Storm Shadow cruise missiles…
Russian air defense forces destroyed five Storm Shadow cruise missiles and 462 drones of the armed forces of Ukraine in the past day, the Russian Defense Ministry said on Tuesday.
“Air defense systems shot down 13 guided aerial bombs, five UK-made Storm Shadow cruise missiles and 462 aircraft-type unmanned aerial vehicles,” the ministry said.
In the past, the Russians have warned that whoever provides long-range missiles that are capable of hitting Russian cities to Ukraine would become a direct party to the war.
Now that such missiles are being fired deep into Russian territory, the Russians have a decision to make.
If they do nothing, the long-range missiles will just keep coming. If they launch strikes at those that are providing the missiles, they risk sparking a nuclear war.
Apparently intelligence officials in Latvia are convinced that Russia is preparing for some sort of action…
Latvian intelligence is warning that Russia is preparing possible military provocations against the Baltic states or Poland, including drones, missiles or other hybrid attacks, in an effort to pressure NATO countries to stop supporting Ukraine.
“We see indications that Russia is preparing military provocations against the Baltic countries or Poland — not a conventional war, because Russia is not capable of that right now, but hybrid attacks, such as missiles, drones or other actions designed to send a signal: stop supporting Ukraine, or you will have your own problems,” Latvian intelligence told Fox News Digital.
Meanwhile, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy has been threatening Belarus, and Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov has warned that if Belarus comes under attack the response could potentially include the use of nuclear weapons…
He noted that Russia and Belarus have had a security guarantees treaty in force since March 2025 under the Union State framework.
The pact treats an attack on either Russia or Belarus as an attack on the Union State and allows both sides to use all available military and technical means, including nuclear weapons, to repel aggression and threats to their sovereignty or territorial integrity.
Because of the war in the Middle East, a lot of people out there have kind of forgotten about the conflict in Ukraine.
But the truth is that it has reached a very dangerous stage, and Russian President Vladimir Putin seems to believe that NATO is actively preparing for war with Russia…
Western nations are no longer hiding their preparations for war with Russia, President Vladimir Putin has said, adding that NATO and EU leaders are using “false claims” about the supposed ‘Russian threat’ to justify rampant militarization.
Putin made the remarks on Tuesday during a ceremony in the Kremlin for graduates of Russia’s military, security, and law enforcement academies, saying NATO’s posture has shifted from supporting Kiev with weapons and funding to outright preparations for war.
As I have stated before, I am convinced that this is going to be a very big story during the second half of this year.
Of course the crisis in the Middle East will continue to be a very big story as well.
According to one local resident that lives in northern Israel, until Monday “there wasn’t a single day without fire”…
In Israel’s northern-most town, Daniel Dorfman knows his pizza shop will be mostly empty all day, just like it has been for weeks. A few customers dine at two tables in the corner. The rest of the restaurant, much like the town it’s in, is deserted.
Perched on a finger of land that pokes into Lebanon, Metula is usually crowded with tourists this time of year. Built more than 130 years ago, the town was once called “Europe” for the hotels and restaurants that lined its main street, HaRishonim Street, named for the pioneers who founded the community.
The announcement of a new US-brokered ceasefire in Lebanon on Friday – the latest in a string of such proclamations dating back to November 2024 – was met with skepticism and sarcasm in the town.
“What ceasefire?” said Dorfman. “Until yesterday there wasn’t a single day without fire. All day, interceptions overhead, explosions, drones, artillery. I’ve lost count of how many times we’ve been told there’s a ceasefire. It never really is.”
Many had been hoping that this ceasefire with Hezbollah would finally be the one that held.
But it was inevitably doomed too, and on Tuesday there were multiple clashes between the IDF and Hezbollah…
Israel’s military said soldiers in the Ali al-Taher ridge area, just east of Nabatieh al-Fawqa, fired at “four Hezbollah terrorists riding a bulldozer and a motorcycle” who posed a threat.
It added that the group had crossed into the Israeli-declared “security zone” in southern Lebanon and ignored warning shots from the soldiers.
The Israeli military also said that, in a separate incident, soldiers struck a “cell of armed terrorists” north of the security zone. It released a photo that it said showed one of the men holding a rifle.
There will never be permanent peace between Israel and Hezbollah. And there will never be permanent peace between Israel and Iran either.
Earlier today, there were reports that three major Iranian banks had just been hit with severe cyberattacks…
Iran’s state-owned banking technology provider says attacks disrupted services at Bank Melli, Bank Saderat and Bank Tejarat.
This had prompted a temporary suspension of all card-related operations at the three banks to prevent further unauthorised access, the company told state TV, with cybersecurity teams working to restore normal operations.
The company’s public relations head said ATM services, point-of-sale terminals and mobile applications linked to card systems were all affected.
No matter how much President Trump and his team may try, the truth is that the war in the Middle East is far from over.
But for the moment, IRGC Commander Ahmad Vahidi and his minions are going to try to squeeze as much out of the negotiations as they can without giving anything up…
Opening the Strait of Hormuz for a 60 day period is the only really significant concession that Iran has made. But as they have shown, they can close it again at any moment.
No matter how long the talks go, the Iranians are never going to compromise on the most important issues.
They have made this abundantly clear. At some point the talks will break down again, and that means that more conflict is inevitable.
They thought their secrets were safe. They thought encryption would protect them FOREVER.
Yesterday, June 22, 2026. Trump signed Executive Order 14411. The media called it “quantum innovation.” They have NO IDEA what he actually activated.
He didn’t sign a technology order. He signed a DECRYPTION WEAPON.
Here’s what EO 14411 actually does — the part they will NEVER explain on television:
The NSA, Department of War, Department of Energy, and NASA have been ordered to build a quantum computer capable of breaking ALL existing encryption — and deliver it to a classified government facility by 2028.
Every password. Every encrypted email. Every offshore bank account. Every hidden transaction. Every secret communication between Cabal members for the last 30 years — stored on NSA servers under PRISM-X — waiting to be cracked open.
They’ve been collecting it ALL since 2001. Emails. Phone calls. Wire transfers. Every digital footprint of every corrupt politician, banker, and intelligence operative on Earth.
They couldn’t READ it. Until now.
“Harvest now, decrypt later.” That’s the NSA doctrine they’ve used for 25 years. They harvested EVERYTHING. And Trump just ordered the machine that will decrypt it ALL.
What’s inside those files?
The REAL Epstein client communications — not the redacted names. ALL of them.
The Clinton Foundation wire transfers to foreign governments.
Every encrypted order given through CIA black channels since 9/11.
Soros’s Open Society encrypted coordination with 147 NGOs across 42 countries.
The complete Deep State communication network — EXPOSED.
Why do you think they’re trying to impeach him RIGHT NOW?
They know what’s coming. By 2028, there will be NO secrets left. No encryption strong enough. No VPN dark enough. No Swiss bank vault digital enough.
The quantum computer doesn’t just break codes. It breaks the ENTIRE SYSTEM of secrecy that has protected these people for decades.
This is why Trump created the Quantum Financial System. Not just to replace the Fed. To TRACK every dollar the Cabal ever moved. In real time. Retroactively. With quantum processing power that makes their encryption look like a CHILDREN’S PADLOCK.
The executive order has a classified annex. ANNEX-Q. I’ve been told it contains the list of first-priority decryption targets.
The first batch will be processed by March 2027.
They are NOT ready for what comes out.
PRISM-X-HARVEST-2001
QUANTUM-DECRYPT-2028
ANNEX-Q-FIRST-BATCH
The machine is being built. The data is already collected. And there is no encryption on Earth that will survive what’s coming.
California Just Got Another Major Warning That “The Big One” Is Coming
The magnitude 5.6 earthquake that just shook portions of three different states should be a huge wake up call for everyone that lives in California. The San Andreas Fault system is locked and loaded, and it is just a matter of time before an absolutely cataclysmic earthquake permanently alters the geography of the state.
A day is coming when large portions of Southern California will no longer be above water. I have written about this over and over again, and I have warned about this more times than I can possibly count. Unfortunately, the vast majority of the people that live in the region do not believe that such a disaster will ever happen.
Just hours ago, a magnitude 5.6 earthquake violently rattled the Bay Area…
A magnitude 5.6 earthquake rattled northern California the morning of Wednesday, June 24, triggering alerts across the Bay Area, according to the United States Geological Survey.
The quake was recorded just over 6 miles from Redwood Valley at 8:10 a.m. PT and felt by people across the region, the USGS said.
This was no ordinary earthquake.
In fact, it was so powerful that it was felt in parts of Oregon, parts of Nevada and all over Northern California…
While the strongest shaking was reported right at the quake’s epicenter near Redwood Valley, the tremors traveled more than 600 miles up and down the West Coast, reaching Coos Bay, Oregon in the north and Salinas, California in the south.
That range includes the entire San Francisco Bay Area, home to more than seven million people, and affecting multiple cities including San Jose, Sacramento, Concord, Oakland, Stockton and Modesto.
A lot of people were really freaked out by how strong this quake was.
One woman that lives in Mendocino County is claiming that it was “the biggest earthquake I have felt in my life”…
Moneca Vargas at Saint Mary’s Catholic School in Ukiah told KTVU: ‘That was the biggest earthquake I have felt in my life, and I’ve lived in Ukiah for most of my 54 years. My whole house shook.’
Other residents close to the source in Northern California compared the shockwaves to a ‘freight train’ rolling through their homes, causing items to fall from shelves and officials to sound the official earthquake alert system for quakes stronger than magnitude 4.5.
The epicenter of this event was located very close to the Maacama Fault zone.
And it turns out that the Maacama Fault zone “is part of the larger San Andreas Fault system”…
The epicenter of Wednesday’s earthquake was recorded within seven miles of the Maacama Fault zone.
The Maacama is an major active strike-slip fault capable of causing strong shaking and damage in areas like Mendocino and Sonoma counties, where it runs through rural communities and wine country.
Making the fault even more of a concern to locals is the fact that it is part of the larger San Andreas Fault system, the infamous 800-mile-long fault running through much of California.
Shaking along one portion of the San Andreas Fault system can affect other portions of the San Andreas Fault system.
A number of years ago, this was vividly portrayed in a film entitled “San Andreas” that received a lot of attention at the time.
Unfortunately, the San Andreas Fault system is perfectly primed for a major event.
Last Friday, I shared an article with my core supporters that warned that the San Andreas and San Jacinto fault systems “have reached the highest stress levels seen in the past 1,000 years”.
Scientists have told us that someday the San Andreas Fault system could potentially rip wide open all at once.
In my most recent book, I described what that could look like…
If the San Andreas fault does rupture all at once, scientists have warned us that it could produce an earthquake that would be powerful enough to cause the ground on the western side of the San Andreas fault to suddenly drop several feet. Since most of southern California is just barely above sea level, that would allow water from the Pacific Ocean to come pouring in.
Can you imagine the kind of death and destruction that such a disaster would cause?
It would look like much of the southern California coast had just gone into the Pacific Ocean, but actually the Pacific Ocean would suddenly be covering vast stretches of the coast that have now dropped several feet lower than they were previously.
Researchers tell us that similar catastrophes have actually happened along the west coast in the past, and it is just a matter of time before it happens again.
If you live in southern California, it critical for you to understand that it is just a matter of time before “the Big One” strikes.
I have been attempting to sound the alarm about what is going to happen for years, but of course most of those living in the region are not interested in such warnings.
Of course I am not the only one that has been issuing such ominous warnings. Scientists have repeatedly told us that the San Andreas fault appears to be “locked and loaded” and that it could potentially “unzip all at once”.
Cal State Fullerton professor Matt Kirby was the lead author on a study that discovered that land on the western side of the San Andreas fault can instantly sink by up to 3 feet when a major earthquake strikes. He says that it has happened before and that it will happen again.
According to Kirby, a seismic event of this nature is something “that would happen relatively instantaneously”, and he has said that if such a disaster occurred today “you would see seawater rushing in”.
Coastal areas such as Santa Monica are barely above sea level.
A large enough seismic event could leave those areas completely covered by water. But most people that live in Southern California will not take the warnings seriously until disaster finally strikes.
Meanwhile, there has been more unusual activity at the Yellowstone Supervolcano.
Earlier this month, an unexpected hydrothermal explosion suddenly created a new pool of super-heated water…
Another hydrothermal explosion has occurred at Yellowstone National Park, highlighting the unstable nature of the reserve’s extensive volcanic network, the U.S. Geological Survey says.
On June 13, a small hydrothermal explosion occurred at Yellowstone’s Biscuit Basin — a popular thermal area located less than 2 miles northwest of Old Faithful, according to the USGS.
The explosion occurred at 5:09 a.m. local time and did not cause any injuries, according to the USGS. A new pool formed as a result of activity.
We have been witnessing so much unusual activity all over the globe in recent months. But I am convinced that what we have experienced so far is nothing compared to what is coming.
The giant space rock that we all exist on as we hurtle through space is exhibiting increasing signs of instability.
One of these days time will run out for those that are living along the San Andreas Fault, and for many of them there will be no escape.
Operation CrossFire Omega | Obama Shadow Government
They found the server.
June 3, 2026. 03:47 AM. NSA flagged an encrypted signal from a private residence in Kalorama, Washington D.C. The same residence that hosted 147 meetings with sitting Democrats since January 2021. The same residence that ran a shadow communications network for 5 years while America thought he was retired.
Barack Obama never left.
Gabbard knew. That’s WHY she signed the declassification order on her last day — June 18. Not because she was leaving. Because she wanted it IRREVERSIBLE. 4.2 million documents. And buried inside — page 12,441 — a classified NSA intercept showing direct operational orders FROM OBAMA to 14 sitting members of Congress dated March through November 2024.
Not suggestions. Not opinions. ORDERS.
“Delay the certification.”
“Block the border bill.”
“Ensure the laptop stays buried.”
His words. His encryption key. His server.
OPERATION CROSSFIRE OMEGA was activated on June 8. Trump was briefed at 19:00. The meeting lasted 91 minutes. When it ended, Trump said five words:
“He doesn’t get a deal.”
WHAT THEY FOUND:
▪️ 847 classified memos signed by Obama between 2017-2024
▪️ Communications with 3 foreign intelligence services — unauthorized
▪️ $2.1 BILLION routed through 7 shell foundations to Swiss accounts
▪️ Direct instructions to maintain surveillance on Trump — AFTER leaving office
▪️ A file labeled “CONTINGENCY-47” — a plan to prevent Trump’s second term BY ANY MEANS
The judge who ruled June 21 that Biden’s transcripts must be released? Those transcripts contain ONE sentence that ends everything:
“Barack told me not to worry. He said it was handled.”
HANDLED.
That’s not politics. That’s TREASON. Article III, Section 3.
The sealed indictment was filed June 19. Southern District of Florida. The same court. The same jurisdiction they used against Trump. Poetic.
At the G7 dinner in Versailles — Trump showed 3 world leaders a single page from the file. The French president left the table. The British PM asked for water. Macron returned 14 minutes later visibly shaken.
They all know now. And soon — YOU will know everything.
13 days until July 4th. 250 years. The Republic was stolen. The Republic is being RETURNED.
CROSSFIRE-OMEGA-0608
KALORAMA-847-SEIZED
TREASON-ART3-SEC3
The shadow president is about to step into the LIGHT. And the light — will be BLINDING.
Generational Crisis! Nearly A Third Of U.S. Adults Under The Age Of 35 Are Still Living With Their Parents
Americans that are over the age of 55 control approximately 73 percent of all wealth in the United States. Americans that are age 55 or younger control just 27 percent of all wealth in the United States.
Never before in history has there been a generational divide of this magnitude. One of the reasons why there is such a generational divide is because housing has become so insanely unaffordable. If you purchased a home 20 or 30 years ago, it has appreciated in value a great deal and you are sitting pretty. But many young adults today look at current housing prices and wonder how they will ever be able to buy a home.
During the pandemic, we witnessed a surge of young adults moving back in with their parents. But once the pandemic was over, things were supposed to go back to normal.
Unfortunately, that never happened.
In fact, the percentage of young adults that are living with their parents is now higher than it was at any point during the pandemic…
A record 25.2 million adults under 35 lived with their parents in 2025, according to new research from Realtor.com®. That’s nearly 1 in 3 young adults and higher than even the pandemic-era count—but the more surprising finding is just how many of them were working.
“Roughly 70% of 25- to 34-year-olds living with parents are employed,” says Hannah Jones, senior economist at Realtor.com and author of the report. “That share held steady even as the overall co-residence rate has climbed—meaning the growth is coming from working adults, not people waiting to find jobs.”
The finding challenges one of the most persistent narratives about adults living at home today: that they’re simply languishing in a tepid job market and failing to launch.
We have tens of millions of young adults that cannot form their own households.
That is a major national crisis.
A lot of those young adults would love to move out and live on their own, but home prices are simply way too high…
The report said that the median prices for new and existing homes are both over $400,000 and that existing home prices have risen 54% since 2020 and are about 5-times the median income – a level well above the ratio of 3-times that prevailed in the 1990s.
Mortgage rates are over 6%, which makes the payment on a median-priced home $3,100 in the fourth quarter of 2025, up from $1,700 in early 2020. That has pushed the income needed to afford that payment to more than $120,000 – a significant increase from $66,000 in 2020.
In 1975, the median home price in the United States was under $40,000. But now it is over $400,000.
That is how much the purchasing power of our money has declined. And we are being warned that housing affordability is “unlikely to return to more favorable levels of the past”…
The affordability of the U.S. housing market may not improve significantly over time for would-be homebuyers, with a new report suggesting that they shouldn’t wait in the hopes of affordability measures returning to their pre-2022 levels.
Sarah Wolfe, a senior economist and strategist at Morgan Stanley, said in a report that while housing affordability could improve modestly over time, it is “unlikely to return to more favorable levels of the past, as the market adjusts to a higher-cost, tighter-supply environment.”
That is quite sobering.
I guess our young adults are just out of lock.
At this stage, it is being projected that the median home price in this country will hit a million dollars by 2050…
According to new projections from National Association of Realtors (NAR) chief economist Lawrence Yun, the national median home price is on track to hit $1 million by 2050 — just as millennials reach the traditional retirement age.
“Essentially, in about 25 years the national median home price will be a million dollars,” Yun said at a conference in Washington, D.C., on Tuesday. “It may be hard to envision that, but back in 1990, the national median price was $90,000.”
Many of those that are on the outside looking in may remain in that position permanently.
Meanwhile, the middle class continues to shrink as large employers eliminate good paying jobs all over the nation.
Today, we learned that U.S. factories are laying off workers at a frightening pace…
Job cuts at U.S. factories ran near their highest levels since the end of the global financial crisis in 2009 and the Covid-19 pandemic as worries grew over global demand and rising costs, S&P Global reported Tuesday.
Though the firm’s manufacturing index ran better than expected for June, it came largely from an inventory rebuild and despite sharp job cuts that were the most since 2009 — excluding the massive labor reductions at the onset of the Covid crisis in 2020.
And our most prominent tech companies continue to mercilessly slash payrolls.
For example, it is being reported that Oracle has given the axe to 21,000 highly paid workers over the past year…
Oracle shed 21,000 jobs, almost 13% of its workforce, in the past year, as tech giants carry out sweeping layoffs as a result of AI.
The company’s total workforce stands at 141,000 full-time employees as of May 2026, it said in its annual regulatory filing on Monday. That’s down from 162,000 employees at the same time the previous year. This represents an almost 13% cut in its total workforce.
Almost every big tech company that you can name has laid off workers within the past 12 months.
Once upon a time Electronic Arts was doing really well, but now they are conducting yet another round of job cuts…
Electronic Arts has undergone yet another round of layoffs, seemingly impacting its recruitment, customer support, trust and safety, and IT teams.
Kotaku has learned about these layoffs both from sources aware of the situation as well as 12 separate public postings from individuals impacted by the layoffs. The total number of impacted employees is unknown, but Kotaku has found online postings both from people formerly in several remote roles in the U.S. as well as a number of laid-off individuals from EA’s office in Hyderabad, India. Multiple individuals laid off from the Hyderabad office had been with the company for more than ten years.
We are witnessing a tsunami of tech layoffs that seems to have no end.
Those were supposed to be the “jobs of the future” for our young people. But now many of our young people are being ruthlessly replaced by AI.
An entire generation of Americans is deeply struggling, and that isn’t going to change any time soon.
THE TRUTH ABOUT D.U.M.B.s — THE REAL WORLD IS UNDER YOUR FEET.
While you walk the streets of your cities, another civilization exists miles below the surface. Deep Underground Military Bases (D.U.M.B.s) are not a myth. There are over 350 of these facilities in the US alone, and hundreds more globally, connected by high-speed maglev trains that travel at speeds exceeding Mach 2.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
These aren’t just bunkers for “emergencies.” They are fully self-sustaining cities. Some are large enough to house 100,000 people for decades, equipped with their own water filtration, geothermal power, and advanced hydroponic food systems. Why would the elite spend trillions of “Black Budget” dollars building a second world underground? Because they know something about the future of the surface that you aren’t allowed to know.
⟁ Whistleblowers like Phil Schneider, who paid the ultimate price for his disclosures, warned us about what is happening in these depths. From genetic experimentation to the storage of advanced technology that would solve every crisis on Earth, the real progress of humanity is hidden where no satellite can see.
The mysterious “booms” and unexplained earthquakes reported worldwide are often the sounds of nuclear-powered boring machines (TBMs) expanding this global network. These machines can melt through solid rock, leaving behind a glass-like finish, creating miles of tunnels in a single day. While you are told there is no money for infrastructure, they are building a subterranean empire.
⟁ The “Great Reset” is a distraction. The real plan is the “Great Exit.” When the surface becomes unstable—whether through manufactured crisis or natural cosmic cycles—the exits will be sealed. The elite won’t be flying to Mars; they will be descending into the Earth.
They have spent 70 years preparing for the moment they leave the masses behind. They have seed vaults, DNA archives, and the world’s stolen wealth all stored in these “deep” locations. You are being told to “save the planet” by people who have already built its replacement beneath your feet.
⟁ The Alliance is currently conducting operations to “clear” these facilities. This is why you see massive military movement and hear of “unusual seismic activity” in areas with no fault lines. The war for the future of humanity isn’t being fought on the news; it’s being fought in the dark, miles below the crust.
The truth is coming to the surface. The tunnels are being exposed. The era of the hidden world is ending.
CODE: DUMB-NETWORK / MACH-2-MAGLEV / SCHNEIDER-FILES / SUBTERRANEAN-EXIT
They want you focused on the sky so you never notice the vibration beneath your feet. The basement is full, and the door is about to be locked.
♟ They aren’t building a future for you. They’re building a hideout from the truth.
THE SECRET SPACE PROGRAM IS REAL. THEY HAVE HAD A FLEET IN ORBIT SINCE 1980
NASA is just theater for the public. While the world watches obsolete fuel rockets, the real space fleet — codenamed “Solar Warden” — has been operating with anti-gravity technology for four decades.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
In 2002, hacker Gary McKinnon broke into Pentagon computers and found something he wasn’t supposed to: a spreadsheet titled “Non-Terrestrial Officers” and names of ships that don’t exist in any public register. He didn’t find evidence of aliens — he found evidence of a US military fleet operating off-Earth.
⟁ The TR-3B technology — triangular craft often mistaken for UFOs — is not alien. They are products of US black budgets. They use a magnetic-plasma vortex to reduce the craft’s weight by 89%. They don’t fly; they manipulate the space around them.
This fleet is used to control traffic in our solar system and protect mining operations on the Moon and Mars. Yes, mining. While you pay for energy on Earth, they are extracting trillions of dollars worth of resources in silence, using technology that would make poverty on Earth a thing of the past in just 24 hours.
⟁ Why do they hide it? Because admitting to Solar Warden would mean admitting that oil, gas, and coal are unnecessary. The entire global economic system would collapse if it were discovered that free energy and anti-gravity have been a reality since the Reagan era.
They keep you stuck on the surface, paying bills for obsolete technology, while the elite have already built infrastructure among the stars with your money.
CODE: SOLAR-WARDEN / TR-3B / NON-TERRESTRIAL / 1980-FLEET
NASA is just a mask. The real program is a military-industrial complex that left Earth long ago.
♟ They teach you that space is inaccessible. For them, it is already conquered.
THE VATICAN HAS A TELESCOPE NAMED “LUCIFER.” THEY’RE NOT LOOKING FOR GOD. THEY’RE WATCHING THE ARRIVAL.
In the mountains of Arizona, on Mount Graham, sits one of the most advanced astronomical sites on Earth. Right next to the Vatican Advanced Technology Telescope (VATT) is a device officially named L.U.C.I.F.E.R. (Large Binocular Telescope Near-infrared Utility with Camera and Integral Field Unit for Extragalactic Research).
Source: Mr Kidpool TG
They tell you the name is a coincidence. A clever acronym. They tell you the Vatican is just “interested in science.” But why does a religious institution with a 2,000-year history of suppressing science suddenly need the world’s most powerful infrared eyes?
⟁ Infrared doesn’t see light. It sees heat. It sees objects that are invisible to the naked eye and traditional telescopes. It sees what is hidden in the dark.
A former Jesuit astronomer testified that the Vatican isn’t searching for distant galaxies. They are tracking a specific inbound object. An object known to the inner circle for centuries. They call it “The Guest.” Ancient texts call it Wormwood. Modern researchers call it Nibiru or Planet X. It doesn’t reflect light; it emits a low-frequency infrared signature. And it’s getting closer.
⟁ The Vatican’s interest in astronomy isn’t new. The Gregorian Calendar — the calendar the entire world uses today — was created by the Vatican in 1582. They have the most complete astronomical records in human history, dating back to the libraries of Alexandria, hidden in the Secret Archives.
They know exactly when the “Guest” returns. They know the gravitational effects it has on Earth’s crust — the floods, the shifts, the “Great Reset” that nature performs every few thousand years. The telescope wasn’t built to discover the unknown. It was built to monitor the inevitable.
⟁ The “Alliance” has monitored the transmissions from Mt. Graham since 2018. The data isn’t shared with the public. It’s sent directly to the Vatican and then to the families that control the global financial system.
They are preparing. The underground cities, the seed vaults, the financial shifts — they are all timed to the data coming from LUCIFER. The arrival isn’t a theory; it’s a scheduled event.
CODE: MT-GRAHAM / INFRARED-GUEST / VATT-LUCIFER / WORMWOOD-TRACK
They told you it was just a name. It was a confession. They’re watching the sky for the one thing they can’t control — and they’re making sure you don’t look up until it’s too late.
♟ The Vatican isn’t looking for heaven. They’re watching the approach of the one thing that ends their reign.
REALITY IS A HOLOGRAM. THE “PHYSICAL” WORLD IS A PROJECTED FREQUENCY
Source: Mr. Kidpool
Max Planck, the father of quantum physics, stated in 1944: “As a man who has devoted his whole life to the most clear headed science, to the study of matter, I can tell you as a result of my research about atoms this much: There is no matter as such.” He concluded that all matter originates and exists only by virtue of a force which brings the particle of an atom to vibration. Behind this force is a conscious and intelligent mind.
He wasn’t speaking metaphorically. He was speaking literally. The “physical” world is a 3D projection of information encoded on a frequency band. Matter is 99.9999999% empty space. What you perceive as “solid” is simply the electrical resistance between your atoms and the atoms of the object. A tactile illusion. A collision of frequencies.
⟁ The “Holographic Principle” — now a mainstream theory in theoretical physics — suggests that our 3D reality is a projection of information stored on a 2D surface. In 2016, researchers at the University of Southampton found the first observational evidence that the universe is a complex hologram. They found “anomalies” in the Cosmic Microwave Background that only make sense if the universe is a holographic projection.
If it’s a projection, it has a projector. If it’s a program, it has a programmer. For 6,000 years, the “administrators” of this simulation have been running a program of scarcity, fear, and conflict to keep the “players” from realizing they are the ones projecting the game.
⟁ The “Mandela Effect” is the “glitch in the matrix” that millions have noticed. People remembering the Berenstain Bears as “Berenstein,” or Nelson Mandela dying in prison in the 80s. These aren’t memory errors. They are “timeline merges.” When the administrators “patch” the simulation to avoid a catastrophic outcome, the new data doesn’t always overwrite the old memory in conscious observers.
You’re not crazy. You’re just remembering the “pre-patch” version of reality. The “Mandela Effect” is proof that the simulation is being edited in real-time.
⟁ The “Alliance” has gained access to the “command console.” They aren’t just fighting for the surface; they are fighting for the frequency. The “Great Awakening” is the moment the players realize the game is a simulation. The moment the “Source Code” is returned to the participants.
You are not a body in a world. You are a consciousness projecting a body into a frequency field. And the frequency is being tuned to a higher octave. The simulation is being upgraded. The “old” rendering engine — based on fear and separation — is being replaced. The “new” engine is based on coherence and unity.
CODE: PLANCK-1944 / HOLOGRAPHIC-UNIVERSE / MANDELA-GLITCH / SOURCE-ACCESS
They told you it was solid. It’s light. They told you it was real. It’s a program. And the user just regained administrator privileges.
♟ Matter is 99.9% empty space. The rest is just an electrical signal. You’re the one dreaming the dream. Share this.
PRIME MINISTER KEIR STARMER IS OUT!
He didn’t resign. He was REMOVED.
Keir Starmer is OUT. The media says “political pressure.” The media says “party revolt.” The media is LYING.
Here’s what actually happened:
June 17. G7 Summit. Trump sat across from Starmer at dinner. No cameras. No aides. Just two men and a folder.
Inside that folder — 3 pages from the Epstein declassification. Pages that were SUPPOSED to stay sealed until 2035. Pages that mention a sitting UK Prime Minister by name.
Not as a witness. As a PARTICIPANT.
Starmer was Director of Public Prosecutions from 2008 to 2013. During those 5 years:
▪️ Jimmy Savile — 439 victims — exposed but NEVER prosecuted. The file sat on Starmer’s desk. He signed the order: “Insufficient evidence.” SAVILE DIED FREE.
▪️ Grooming gangs — Rotherham, Rochdale, Telford — thousands of children. Cases DROPPED under Starmer’s CPS. Victims called “unreliable.”
▪️ Epstein’s UK operations — 2009 referral from Surrey Police — rejected. By Starmer’s office. Personally.
He didn’t fail to prosecute. He PROTECTED them.
Trump knew. He’s known since the files were compiled in February. He waited. He let Starmer attend the G7. He let him smile for cameras. Then he showed him the pages.
Starmer’s face went WHITE. Two sources confirmed he left the dinner early. “Feeling unwell.”
48 hours later — resignation.
TRUMP SAID IT PUBLICLY ON JUNE 21: “He will resign.” Not a prediction. A CONFIRMATION. He already knew. Because he MADE it happen.
The official story: “Failed on immigration and energy.”
THE REAL STORY: Resign now, quietly — or the pages go PUBLIC.
He chose silence. He chose to walk away before the world sees what’s in that folder.
But here’s what Starmer doesn’t know:
The pages are being released ANYWAY. Kash Patel’s office confirmed July 9 — next batch of Epstein documents. UK names UNREDACTED.
He ran. But he can’t hide. Not from what’s coming.
Prince Andrew — ARRESTED.
Peter Mandelson — ARRESTED.
Starmer — RESIGNED.
Three down. The UK network is being dismantled piece by piece. And the thread leads back to ONE place: the same list. The same island. The same children.
Trump told the world: “He failed.” But what he meant was: “I ended him.”
The dominoes don’t stop at the Atlantic.
SAVILE-CPS-2009
EPSTEIN-UK-PAGES
STARMER-FOLDER-G7
Who’s next? Ask the folder.
Third Party Gains Ground: Over The Past Year, The Democratic Socialists Have Become An Alarmingly Powerful Force In U.S. Politics
Democratic Socialists have never been as popular in the United States as they are right now. The mayor of the largest city in the entire country is a Democratic Socialist. The mayor of Seattle is a Democratic Socialist too. In November, a Democratic Socialist will become the next mayor of our nation’s capital, and there is a very good chance that a Democratic Socialist will become the next mayor of the second largest city in the entire country. Of course there are already two members of Congress that are card-carrying members of the Democratic Socialists of America. One of them, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, is likely to run for president in 2028.
What most people don’t realize is that the Democratic Socialists of America was designed to be a political party within a political party. They have their own membership rolls, organizational structure and party platform. But their candidates all run as Democrats.
As DSA members win more local elections all over the country, they will have an increasing amount of influence on the direction of the Democratic Party. Given enough time, the DSA could eventually become the dominant force within the Democratic Party.
A survey that was conducted last year discovered that 62 percent of U.S. adults under the age of 30 have a positive view of socialism.
Just think about that for a moment.
Once upon a time, those that openly referred to themselves as “socialists” were political pariahs. But now Democratic Socialists are on a remarkable winning streak…
In recent months, members of the Democratic Socialists of America have been elected as mayors in New York City, Seattle, and, last week, Washington D.C. This November, DSA member Nithya Raman will face incumbent Karen Bass in the Los Angeles mayoral election.
CNN data analyst Harry Enten notes that the DSA has a net favorability rating of +17 among Democrats, compared with just +4 for congressional Democrats. “They’re a better brand at this point than Democrats in Congress,” he marvels.
Of course even most of the people that are actually voting for Democratic Socialists cannot define what “Democratic Socialism” is.
The DSA website defines it as “a system where ordinary people have a real voice in our workplaces, neighborhoods, and society”…
There isn’t one universal definition of democratic socialism. According to the website of the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA), democratic socialists view capitalism as “a system designed by the owning class to exploit the rest of us for their own profit” and want to “replace it with democratic socialism, a system where ordinary people have a real voice in our workplaces, neighborhoods, and society.”
“What we want to do is extend democracy to our workplace and our housing and society at large, sort of deciding the ways our cities run, our jobs run, our housing runs, as opposed to right now, we think we’re in sort of a dictatorship of capital—the big corporations kind of make the decisions about everything, really,” says Megan Romer, the co-chair of the DSA.
Democratic socialism in the U.S., Farinella says, is not the socialism seen in the former Soviet Union, which was an autocratic system that eliminated capitalism by putting all major industries under centralized government control. Democratic socialists don’t want large corporations to be controlled by the government, and don’t want an autocracy; rather, they want to place the power of decision-making in the hands of the people through a democratic process.
That sounds so warm and fuzzy.
But when you start examining their actual party platform, you find all sorts of extremely radical proposals…
There’s ample evidence of the DSA’s radicalism. Earlier this month, its leadership issued an updated platform that calls for abolishing the U.S. Senate, defunding the Pentagon, offering universal amnesty to illegal immigrants, transferring the ownership of major corporations to the public, and replacing “the President and Supreme Court with an executive and judiciary chosen by and subordinate to Congress.” It also includes a demand that police budgets be cut “annually to zero.” Sarah Milner, a member of the DSA’s Reform & Revolution caucus, justified the platform by pointing out that President Woodrow Wilson once called for drastically amending the Constitution. She said the DSA’s proposed changes would advance “a vision of transforming the functions of the American state to allow for the implementation of socialism.” Taken as a whole, the platform enthusiastically embraces illiberal values, which former New York Times columnist Pamela Paul has called “the most troubling characteristic of contemporary progressivism.”
That is a pretty alarming list. Before I started doing research for this article, I didn’t even know that they wanted to do all of that.
So they actually want to get rid of the presidency, the U.S. Senate, the Supreme Court, the Pentagon and all police? But they don’t campaign on any of that.
What they campaign on is giving lots of free stuff to everyone. They want free health care, free child care, free tuition, free public transportation and free assistance to all homebuyers that need it.
Janeese Lewis George just kept making more promises to the “free stuff army”, and now that she has won the Democratic primary she is going to be elected the next mayor of Washington D.C. in November…
As Janeese Lewis George paves a path to the mayor’s office in Washington, D.C., she’s told voters they could have it all.
Her unapologetically expansive, left-wing agenda includes subsidized or even free childcare, increased down payment assistance for homebuyers and community resources to reduce crime, plus a promise to aggressively confront President Donald Trump’s attempts to reshape the nation’s capital.
“People are tired of hearing what government can’t do. They want to hear what government can do,” Lewis George said in an interview before the city’s primary, where she defeated her Democratic opponents and positioned herself to win the general election in November in a city dominated by Democrats.
Voters love to hear that they can have it all. But somewhere along the line someone actually has to pay for all of the free stuff that the government is handing out.
There was a time when American voters were smart enough to figure this out.
Unfortunately, our system of education has produced vast numbers of young adults that were never trained to think critically, and it is our young adults that are now fueling the rise of the Democratic Socialists.
OPERATION LIGHTHOUSE | CHILD TRAFFICKING
They told you 450,000 children just “got lost in the system.”
No. They didn’t get lost. They were DELIVERED.
OPERATION LIGHTHOUSE — classified since May 14, 2026. 47 DHS tactical teams. 14 states. One mission: FIND EVERY CHILD.
On June 11, Secretary Mullin said they found 146,000. What he DIDN’T say is WHERE they found them.
I’ll tell you.
▪️ 38 children — ages 6 to 14 — in a textile warehouse in Houston. Working 14-hour shifts. No documentation. INVISIBLE.
▪️ 12 children in a private estate in Northern Virginia on June 14. The owner’s name is in the Epstein files. Page 1,247.
▪️ 94 children recovered from labor camps across Georgia and Alabama. CHILDREN picking crops in 2026.
The network has a name. Internally: “THE PIPELINE.” Six routes. Border to destination. Each controlled by a “super sponsor” — a legal guardian ON PAPER who takes custody of 40 to 60 children at once.
23 super sponsors indicted June 11. But here’s what DOJ didn’t announce: 3 are directly connected to sitting members of Congress. Campaign donors. Foundation board members. The same foundations that received federal grants to “help migrant children.”
THEY WERE PAID TO TRAFFIC THEM.
Trump was briefed May 14. They showed him the photographs. He left the room. Came back 4 minutes later:
“Find them ALL. Every single one. I don’t care what it costs. I don’t care WHO IT TOUCHES.”
That’s the part they’re not ready to reveal. The names at the TOP — the people who FUNDED the pipeline, who BLOCKED investigations under Biden, who made sure HHS “lost” the paperwork — are not cartel members.
They sit in offices with flags behind them.
Same transport routes. Same shell companies. Same names from the Epstein files. THIS IS THE SAME NETWORK. It never stopped. It moved to the border.
300,000 children still unaccounted for. Mullin said it publicly. That’s not a mistake. That’s an INDUSTRY.
July 4th. Trump isn’t celebrating. He’s announcing LIGHTHOUSE COMPLETE. Every child accounted for. Every trafficker in chains. Every politician who looked away — NAMED.
The children they sold are being found. The people who sold them are being arrested. And those who PROTECTED the sellers — are about to lose EVERYTHING.
LIGHTHOUSE-47-ACTIVE
PIPELINE-6ROUTES-EXPOSED
JULY4-300K-FOUND
No child is forgotten. No name stays hidden. The light reaches EVERYWHERE.
Is It Just A Coincidence That So Many Disasters Are Suddenly Hitting The United States The Same Week The Memorandum Of Understanding Was Signed?
Why isn’t anyone else writing about this? On Wednesday, the Memorandum of Understanding was signed by the presidents of the United States and Iran. Meanwhile, major disasters were breaking out all over America. Is this just some sort of really bizarre coincidence, or is something else going on here? Read the evidence that I have compiled below and decide for yourself.
On Wednesday, the very first named storm of the season, Tropical Storm Arthur, suddenly formed and slammed into the Texas coastline…
Tropical Storm Arthur made landfall along the coast of Texas on Wednesday, and as the first storm of the Atlantic hurricane season, it is bringing significant flooding and severe weather to the Gulf Coast.
Arthur formed on Wednesday after a sprawling area of showers and thunderstorms over Texas tracked over the warm waters of the Gulf, which helped it organize and strengthen. Hours later, the center of the storm moved inland over the Texas coast.
In 2025, only one named storm hit the U.S. the entire year. And it is very rare for a named storm to make landfall this early.
As this storm travels east, it is expected to bring “extreme” flooding to Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle…
As many as 40 million people across eight states are in the deadly path of Tropical Storm Arthur after the first named storm of hurricane season made landfall Wednesday night.
Arthur, which has been downgraded to a post-tropical cyclone on Thursday, slammed into the Texas Coast last night, and is now projected to barrel across the South, bringing severe flooding from Louisiana to the Carolinas.
Meteorologists with AccuWeather warned that Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle will see ‘extreme’ levels of flooding along the coast and in urban areas throughout Thursday, with as much as 12 to 18 inches of rain falling.
Then on Friday, it is being projected that this storm will bring “life-threatening flooding” to Georgia and the Carolinas…
Georgia and the Carolinas are expected to be impacted on Friday, as forecasters say Arthur will continue to bring ‘life-threatening flooding, property damage and disruptions to commerce and travel.’
AccuWeather meteorologist Alex Duffus warned in a statement: ‘Heavy rainfall will be fueled by tropical moisture, delivering rainfall rates of 2-4 inches per hour across portions of the Gulf Coast.’
However, flooding is not the only concern tied to Arthur, as the National Weather Service has also issued a widespread tornado watch across coastal areas in Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle.
Tropical Storm Arthur formed and made landfall on the exact same day that the Memorandum of Understanding was signed by the presidents of the United States and Iran.
This storm is going to cause a massive amount of damage all the way from Texas to the Carolinas.
Is this just a coincidence?
I don’t think so.
Also on Wednesday, a series of extremely violent tornadoes suddenly broke out in the Midwest and the Southeast…
At least seven tornadoes broke out Wednesday night across the Midwest and Southeast, as severe weather descended on a large swath of the country.
According to the National Weather Service, a confirmed tornado was reported near the small northeast Iowa community of Harpers Ferry at 5:10 p.m., while a second confirmed tornado rolled through Charleston in central Illinois at about 6:40 p.m. local time.
Both tornadoes were flagged by the weather service as a “particularly dangerous situation,” a rare designation used by the weather service for environments in which “strong and violent tornadoes” are possible.
The town of Charleston, Illinois was hit particularly hard.
At one point, a trailer was actually picked up and torn away from its foundation…
Photos and videos obtained by CBS News showed extensive damage to homes and buildings in Charleston, where a mess of downed trees and power lines covered the streets. Emergency responders in the city could also be heard in dispatch audio describing some of the treacherous scenarios they encountered, including multiple overturned semitrucks and a trailer that had been torn from its foundation, possibly with someone inside.
Hail measuring between 2.75 and 3 inches was also reported in Charleston and surrounding parts of Illinois, where powerful winds at times climbed as high as 78 mph, according to the weather service.
Is it just another coincidence that this also occurred on Wednesday?
As you can see, the “coincidences” are starting to pile up.
Let me give you another one.
An enormous wildfire in eastern Washington state that is being driven by very high winds caused all sorts of chaos on Wednesday…
High winds drove a wildfire into an eastern Washington neighborhood, forcing the evacuation of about 1,500 people and destroying at least 15 homes, officials said Wednesday.
The Spokane County Sheriff’s Office announced Wednesday that its forensic unit found what appeared to be human remains inside a home destroyed in the fire. A family member had requested a wellness check because one of the residents had refused to evacuate and could not be reached, officials said in a news release.
Of course the skeptics will insist that this is yet another coincidence.
Meanwhile, the screwworm plague that just broke out in the Southwest just continues to pop up in even more Texas counties…
Screwworm cases are rising in the US as the outbreak spreads beyond the initial contamination zones.
Twelve animal cases have been confirmed so far, a significant increase from the first case detected in a calf in south Texas on 3 June. The growing number of infections has alarmed agricultural experts, who warn that a wider outbreak could have serious consequences for the Texas beef industry.
Of the 12 reported cases, 11 remain active and one is inactive, according to an update issued last Thursday by the US Department of Agriculture’s animal and plant health inspection service. The most recent case was reported on 12 June in Sutton countyin west Texas, where a sheep was discovered with the infection. Other cases have been identified in the Texas counties of Edwards, Tom Green, Gillespie, La Salle and Zavala, as well as in Lea county, New Mexico.
And just within the last 24 hours, we have officially hit “tank bottoms” in Cushing, Oklahoma…
As I discussed yesterday, once we get below 20 million barrels of oil at Cushing, there won’t be enough pressure in the pipelines to keep operating.
So this is it.
At the same time, fish are literally being cooked to death in lakes and rivers all over the country…
A team of contractors spent their weekend hauling thousands of dead fish carcasses from the waters of Minnesota’s Como Lake, the Minnesota Star Tribune reported on Tuesday. Located in a suburban park in St. Paul, the lake is now down about 1,000 bluegill and crappies, which died en masse as a result of low oxygen — a side effect of a rapid influx of heat.
Down south in Arizona, state wildlife officials closed public access to San Carlos Lake indefinitely after drought conditions and a nearby dam release “resulted in a major fish kill affecting approximately 100 percent of the fish population.” Across the country in Massachusetts, the Charles River was the site of a massive die-off of carp after a pre-summer heat wave baked fish exhausted from spawning.
This is happening even though summer has not even officially begun yet.
That is certainly not a good sign.
And now a “Super El Niño” has begun…
The forecasted El Niño—a mysterious but well-documented climate phenomenon—has officially begun, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) announced on June 11. Meteorologists expect it to evolve into one of the most powerful ones on record, and the event will likely bring about extreme weather worldwide and consequently affect the economy.
If you believe that it is just a “coincidence” that all of the things that I have shared in this article are happening simultaneously, that is okay.
We will just have to agree to disagree.
Personally, I am convinced that what we are currently experiencing is yet more evidence that history is taking us in a very particular direction.
So many prominent voices are crying out “peace and safety”, but the truth is that apocalyptic times are upon us.
Global events have been spinning out of control for quite some time now, but what we have been through so far is not even worth comparing to what is eventually coming.
DEBT ISN’T REAL. IT’S A NUMBER ON A SCREEN. AND THEY CONTROL THE SCREEN.
The US national debt: $36 trillion. They show you the number. The clock ticking upward. They tell you it’s a crisis. That your grandchildren will pay for it. That austerity is necessary. That programs must be cut.
Source: Mr Kidpool TG
But ask one question: who is the debt owed TO?
The government “borrows” money from the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve creates that money from nothing. Types a number into a computer. No vault is opened. No gold is moved. No existing wealth is transferred. A number appears on a screen — and suddenly the government “owes” trillions. Plus interest.
You can’t owe someone something they never had. You can’t be in debt to an entity that created the “loan” from nothing. The debt isn’t real. It’s a fiction — maintained by the shared belief that numbers on a screen represent obligation.
⟁ Every dollar in existence is debt. Every single one. Dollars are created when the Fed “lends” them into existence.
If all debt were repaid — every mortgage, every loan, every government bond — there would be zero dollars in circulation. Less than zero. Because the interest was never created.
They lend $100 into existence and demand $105 back. But only $100 exists. The $5 in interest was never created. It’s mathematically impossible to repay. The system requires perpetual, expanding debt to function. Not because of mismanagement. By design.
Default isn’t a bug. It’s the feature. The system guarantees that more is owed than exists — ensuring permanent debt slavery for every participant. Nations. Corporations. Individuals. All trapped in a mathematical impossibility disguised as economics.
⟁ Iceland proved it’s fiction. In 2008, Iceland’s banks collapsed. The government faced the same choice every nation faces: bail out the banks, accept the debt, impose austerity on the population. Every other nation chose submission.
Iceland said no. They let the banks fail. Arrested the bankers. Refused the debt. The IMF predicted collapse. The media predicted chaos.
What happened: Iceland recovered faster than every nation that accepted austerity. Their economy grew. Employment recovered. The “unpayable crisis” evaporated — because it was never real. The numbers on the screen were erased. And nothing changed in the physical world. Because nothing physical had ever backed them.
The debt was always imaginary. Iceland proved it. And no mainstream economics textbook mentions what they did. Because if one nation can erase fictional debt and thrive — every nation can. And the entire control system dissolves.
⟁ $36 trillion. Owed to an institution that created it from nothing. Demanding repayment in real labor, real resources, real human life-hours — for digits that were typed into existence.
Your taxes don’t fund the government. The government creates money freely. Your taxes exist for one purpose: to maintain the illusion that money is scarce. That it must be “collected” before it can be “spent.” That you must work to “earn” what they create with a keystroke.
The scarcity is the control. Remove the scarcity illusion — and the obedience it produces disappears with it.
CODE: DEBT-FICTION / INTEREST-IMPOSSIBLE / ICELAND-PROOF / SCARCITY-ILLUSION
$36 trillion owed to someone who created it from nothing. Repaid in your real labor. Your real life. For their fictional numbers. The fiction is ending.
♟ They typed a number. Called it “debt.” And made you work your entire life to repay something that never existed.
This “Super El Niño” Has The Potential To Be The Strongest Ever, And Absolutely Crazy Weather Events Are Already Happening All Over The Globe
Global food supply chains are under threat like never before. The war with Iran has created a worldwide fertilizer crisis, diesel prices have risen to very painful levels, and farmers in the U.S. have been dealing with an epic multi-year drought. Now a “Super El Niño” is here, and Fox News is telling us that it has the potential to be the “strongest Super El Niño ever”. In fact, we have being warned that as it is influenced by a gigantic “9,000-mile marine heatwave” that has developed in the northern Pacific, it could actually become a “Godzilla El Niño”. I am convinced that over the next 12 months we will see things happen on this planet that most people never even imagined were possible. In fact, absolutely crazy weather events are already happening all over the world.
Let me start with the basics.
Earlier this month, the NOAA announced that an El Niño had begun, and now NASA has officially confirmed this…
The Super El Niño is ‘underway’, NASA has confirmed, following satellite observations of sea surface height across the Pacific.
Measurements taken by the Sentinel–6 Michael Freilich satellite show that sea levels across parts of the equatorial Pacific are elevated.
‘When ocean water warms, it expands in volume and causes the sea surface to rise—making the water’s height a reliable indicator of ocean temperatures,’ NASA explained.
‘Warmer–than–normal temperatures, hence higher sea surface heights, in parts of the equatorial Pacific Ocean are associated with El Niño.’
Every El Niño throughout human history has brought warmer temperatures. But things will get especially hot during this “Super El Niño”.
In Europe, we are already witnessing a truly insane heat wave. Records are falling all over the continent and today heat alerts were issued in 26 different countries…
Europe is sweltering under its second heat dome in two months, with temperatures spiking above 104 degrees Fahrenheit, bringing dangerous conditions across swaths of the planet’s fastest-warming continent. France banned public alcohol consumption, Spain closed a World Cup fan zone and the UK is bracing for an annihilation of its all-time June temperature record.
Heat alerts were posted Monday by 26 countries, from Ireland to Greece, as soaring temperatures deliver one of Western Europe’s worst June heat waves on record.
The punishing temperatures are the result of a heat dome parked over the continent for the second time in two months. Heat domes are persistent high-pressure systems which act like a lid on a pot, trapping hot air and pushing it downward.
Conditions are particularly bad in France.
If you can believe it, the high temperature in Bordeaux was expected to reach 107 degrees on Monday…
Three people died in France from health issues caused by extreme heat and almost 2,700 of the country’s schools were set to close or modify timetables as authorities across Europe issued heatwave warnings for Monday.
Temperatures in Bordeaux in southwestern France were forecast to exceed 42 degrees Celsius (107.6 degrees Fahrenheit) Monday and weather agency Meteo France said 49 regional administrative areas will be under a red heat wave warning.
“We’re heading for, at the very least, several days of very, very hot weather. We don’t know when temperatures will start falling,” French Health Minister Stephanie Rist said on TV channel TF1.
This isn’t Phoenix, Arizona that we are talking about.
This is France.
The mercury isn’t supposed to ever hit 107 degrees in Bordeaux, but it just did.
When it gets this hot, epic lightning storms can be easily produced, and that is exactly what just occurred in the Netherlands…
A storm system that developed after the recent heat produced more than 188,000 lightning discharges across the Netherlands, a level the Royal Netherlands Meteorological Institute (KNMI) described as exceptional in its records. The storms have resulted in one death, as well as multiple fires.
The KNMI said its lightning archive shows only a few recent storms have exceeded 100,000 discharges. A spokesperson told NOS, “The energy in the air was exceptionally high.”
That is just shocking.
Of course things are getting quite wild here in the United States as well.
During the first part of this week, it was being projected that large portions of the country would be dealing with “extreme heat and potent thunderstorms”…
The first few days of summer, which officially began on June 21, will feature extreme heat and potent thunderstorms across large swaths of the country, forecasters said.
This includes a potential severe weather outbreak for June 22 from the Northeast to the High Plains, NOAA’s Weather Prediction Center (WPC) said in an online forecast.
I hope that you are ready for a long, hot summer. And we are going to experience some absolutely epic storms.
In Oklahoma City, a storm that just swept through was so powerful that it knocked over shipping containers that weigh thousands of pounds each…
Severe storms with strong and damaging winds moved through central Oklahoma early Monday, leaving behind some damage in a well-known park in OKC.
Aside from downed power lines and tree debris being thrown about OKC, crews were picking up the pieces at Wheeler Park.
The large shipping containers that are used to help block the wind on normal days for people enjoying the park were knocked over during the storms early Monday. The stacked containers weigh thousands of pounds, showing just how strong the storm was.
Yes, we always see high temperatures and thunderstorms during the summer.
But this year is just different.
As I noted in a previous article, fish were “literally being cooked to death in lakes and rivers all over the country” even before we reached the official beginning of summer…
At the same time, fish are literally being cooked to death in lakes and rivers all over the country…
A team of contractors spent their weekend hauling thousands of dead fish carcasses from the waters of Minnesota’s Como Lake, the Minnesota Star Tribune reported on Tuesday. Located in a suburban park in St. Paul, the lake is now down about 1,000 bluegill and crappies, which died en masse as a result of low oxygen — a side effect of a rapid influx of heat.
Down south in Arizona, state wildlife officials closed public access to San Carlos Lake indefinitely after drought conditions and a nearby dam release “resulted in a major fish kill affecting approximately 100 percent of the fish population.” Across the country in Massachusetts, the Charles River was the site of a massive die-off of carp after a pre-summer heat wave baked fish exhausted from spawning.
Does anyone out there want to claim that this is “normal”?
On the other side of the world, severe drought is already causing serious water shortages in Indonesia…
Drought has begun affecting several regions across Java as the Meteorology, Climatology and Geophysics Agency (BMKG) warns that the country’s dry season is expected to peak in August and may last longer than usual.
The National Disaster Mitigation Agency (BNPB) reported earlier this week that prolonged dry conditions have already caused clean water shortages across parts of Java, despite flooding that continues to affect several regions nationwide.
A month without rainfall has impacted residents in Bekasi regency, West Java, with the worst conditions reported in Ridogalih village, Cibarusah district, where 296 households, or around 800 people, are struggling to access clean water.
Every time there is a “Super El Niño” some parts of the world are going to experience drought.
That is just the reality of what we are facing.
In the late 1870s, a particularly strong “Super El Niño” caused widespread global droughts that resulted in the deaths of approximately 50 million people…
History can give us some examples. In 1877, one of the strongest El Niños ever recorded was associated with historic droughts across Asia, as well as in parts of Brazil and northern Africa. These droughts, “along with colonial policies, contributed to famines in many regions which were really devastating,” said Deepti Singh, an associate professor at Washington State University who co-authored a study on this period of global famine.
The fatalities associated with these famines, upward of 50 million people, said Singh, “are humbling to think about.”
From everything that I have seen, I would say that it is very likely that the Super El Niño that has now begun could potentially be much stronger than the Super El Niño of 1877-1878.
And that is quite noteworthy, because that Super El Niño was one of the worst environmental disasters in recorded history…
“It was arguably the worst environmental disaster to ever befall humanity and one of the worst calamities of any sort in at least the last 150 years,” the authors of a 2018 research article in the Journal of Climate wrote in their paper. “In a very real sense, the El Niño and climate events of 1876–78 helped create the global inequalities that would later be characterized as ‘first world’ and ‘third world.’”
Even if there was no Super El Niño, global food production would be way down this year due to the global fertilizer crisis, higher diesel prices and ongoing droughts in major breadbaskets around the world.
But now the Super El Niño that is upon us threatens to cause “deep production shortfalls” in some of our most important crop producing regions…
El Niño events cause droughts in major crop producing regions across the Western Pacific (e.g., eastern Indonesia, the Philippines, SE China), southern Africa, the western Sahel, north-central India, and the northeast part of South America. These conditions in turn lead to significant declines in staple crop production in those areas. A one-in-a-hundred year El Niño is likely to cause deep production shortfalls, driving up demand for traded products to compensate, and raising global food prices.
There are just four crops that account for over 60 percent of all calories consumed by the global population.
Unfortunately, it is being projected that those four crops will be hit really hard…
Globally, there is a heightened risk of a shock to global food supply chains. Four crops – wheat, rice, maize and soybeans – provide more than 60% of the world’s calorie intake.
Maize and rice are especially sensitive to El Niño, with drought and disrupted monsoons reducing yields in major producers such as South Africa, India, Indonesia, Vietnam and Brazil. Wheat is affected by heat and drought in key exporters like Australia, Canada and China, while soybean production has fallen in countries such as Brazil and Argentina.
None of us have ever experienced anything like this in our entire lifetimes.
Global famines are ahead of us. The only question is how widespread they will become. Right now we are still eating food that was produced last year to a very large degree.
The turning point will come at harvest time this fall. Food prices will start to rise even higher in wealthy nations, and in poor nations there simply won’t be enough food to eat at all.
THE SVALBARD SEED VAULT ISN’T FOR PLANTS. IT’S A DNA ARCHIVE FOR THE POST-RESET WORLD.
Deep inside a mountain on a remote Arctic island, they built a “doomsday” vault. They told you it’s to protect crop diversity from climate change. They told you it’s a “global insurance policy” for agriculture. They lied.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The facility, built in 2008, has enough capacity to store 4.5 million samples. Currently, it holds 1.1 million. They tell you these are “seeds.” But why does a seed vault require military-grade security, facial recognition at every entry point, and funding from the same foundations that own the pharmaceutical and banking industries?
The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation, and the giants of industrial agriculture didn’t build a garden. They built a backup.
⟁ The vault isn’t just holding seeds. It’s holding the genetic blueprint of the current human population. Since 1990, every blood test, every medical procedure, and every “mandatory” screening has resulted in a digital and physical DNA record. The most “valuable” of these records — those with specific genetic markers — are stored in the Arctic.
The “seeds” are the cover story. The “biological samples” are the real archive.
Why Svalbard? They tell you it’s because of the permafrost. But the permafrost is melting. The real reason is the geological stability of the Spitsbergen mountain. It is one of the few places on Earth that will remain above sea level and structurally intact during a major crustal displacement or pole shift.
They aren’t protecting the plants. They’re protecting the “stock” for the next version of reality.
⟁ A former technician at the facility — who left the island in 2021 — provided the tribunal with logs of shipments that never originated from agricultural centers. They originated from military bio-labs and private genomic research firms. The manifests didn’t list “wheat” or “corn.” They listed alphanumeric codes that correspond to human haplogroups.
The “Reset” isn’t a theory; it’s a scheduled event. And like any careful engineer, they’ve backed up the data before they run the program.
The Alliance has already secured the digital keys to the Svalbard archive. The data they intended to use to “re-populate” and “re-engineer” the next cycle is now in the hands of those who intend to prevent the cycle from ever starting. The backup is being used against the creator.
CODE: SVALBARD-DNA / RESET-ARCHIVE / GATES-VAULT / POLE-SHIFT-STATION
They told you they were saving the food. They were saving the code for your replacement. The backup has been intercepted.
♟ They built a vault in the ice to outlast the world. They didn’t expect anyone to look inside the boxes.
THE VOYNICH MANUSCRIPT ISN’T UNDECIPHERED. IT WAS DECODED IN 1921. THE TRANSLATION WAS CLASSIFIED IMMEDIATELY.
A 600-year-old book. 240 pages. Written in a language no one can read. Illustrated with plants that don’t exist on Earth. Diagrams of astronomical systems that don’t match our solar system. Biological drawings of processes that modern science hasn’t identified.
Source: The 17th Disciple
The “world’s most mysterious manuscript” has been publicly “unsolved” since its discovery in 1912. Hundreds of linguists. Thousands of attempts. AI systems. Supercomputers. All “failed.”
They didn’t fail. The solution was found — and removed.
⟁ William Friedman — the man who broke the Japanese PURPLE cipher in WWII, the father of American cryptanalysis, the most accomplished codebreaker in history — worked on the Voynich Manuscript from 1921 to 1946. 25 years. With the full resources of US military intelligence.
His conclusion — documented in classified files declassified in fragments between 1992 and 2014 — was that the manuscript is written in a “constructed language” encoding information about biological processes, astronomical observations, and pharmaceutical formulations that “do not correspond to any known system of knowledge.”
He broke it. He read it. And what it said was classified above the level of nuclear weapons research. A 600-year-old book — more classified than the atomic bomb.
⟁ The plants aren’t imaginary. They’re accurate illustrations of species that don’t grow on Earth’s surface. Botanical analysis by multiple researchers has identified structural similarities to deep-ocean bioluminescent organisms, subterranean species found in cave systems, and — most disturbingly — organisms that match no known terrestrial biology at any depth or location.
The astronomical diagrams don’t show our solar system because they’re not depicting our solar system. They depict stellar configurations visible from a different vantage point. Not Earth. Somewhere else.
The biological sections — the “bathing women” that researchers have puzzled over for a century — depict a process of biological transformation. Not reproduction. Not medicine. Transformation. A process by which one biological form becomes another. Documented in precise, clinical detail. In a book written 600 years ago.
⟁ The manuscript was created in the early 1400s — carbon-dated, confirmed. But the knowledge it contains predates its creation by thousands of years. It’s a copy. A transcription of much older source material — encoded in a constructed language specifically designed to prevent casual reading.
Whoever wrote it knew the information was dangerous. Knew it would be seized if readable. Knew it needed to survive centuries in plain sight without being understood by the wrong people. The encoding wasn’t a puzzle. It was a lock. Designed to open only for someone with the key.
Friedman had the key. Military intelligence has the translation. The manuscript sits in Yale University’s Beinecke Library — on public display — while its contents remain classified in a facility that doesn’t officially exist.
A 600-year-old book. In a public library. That you can look at but never read. Because what it says changes everything about what you believe is possible.
CODE: VOYNICH-DECODED / FRIEDMAN-1921 / NON-TERRESTRIAL / YALE-DISPLAY
The world’s “unsolvable” manuscript was solved 105 years ago. The solution was more dangerous than nuclear weapons. It’s still sitting in a library — waiting.
♟ They put it on display. Let you photograph every page. Because they know you can’t read it. But someone did — in 1921. And what it says is still classified.
THE SAHARA DESERT ISN’T NATURAL. IT WAS GREEN 5,000 YEARS AGO. SOMEONE TURNED IT OFF.
The Sahara — 3.6 million square miles of dead sand — was a lush, green paradise as recently as 3,000-5,000 BCE. Rivers. Lakes. Forests. Grasslands.
Millions of people lived there. Cave paintings show swimming, fishing, herding cattle. Hippos. Crocodiles. Giraffes. In what is now the deadest place on Earth.
The “official” explanation: a natural climate cycle. The Earth’s axial tilt shifted, monsoons moved south, and the Sahara dried out over “thousands of years.”
Except the geological record shows it didn’t happen over thousands of years. It happened in decades. Possibly less. The transition from green to desert was catastrophically fast — faster than any natural climate model can explain.
Something turned the rain off. Abruptly. Completely. Across an area larger than the continental United States.
⟁ The Richat Structure — the “Eye of the Sahara” — sits in Mauritania. A 30-mile-wide concentric ring formation that matches Plato’s description of Atlantis in every measurement. Every ring. Every dimension. Every proportion. Plato described a city of concentric water channels. The Richat Structure shows concentric rings with evidence of water erosion at every level.
Plato said Atlantis was destroyed in a single day. The Sahara turned from green to desert in a geological instant. The Richat Structure sits in the Sahara. The timeline matches. The geography matches. The destruction matches.
Atlantis didn’t sink into the ocean. It dried. The water was removed. The civilization that existed there — with technology advanced enough to engineer a continent-spanning agricultural system — was destroyed not by flood, but by drought. Engineered drought. The same technology that HAARP demonstrates today — the ability to redirect atmospheric moisture patterns — used 5,000 years ago to annihilate a civilization.
⟁ The Sahara contains anomalies that no natural desert produces. Libyan desert glass — pure silica glass scattered across hundreds of square miles. Created only by temperatures exceeding 1,800°C. The same glass produced by nuclear detonations. Found in a desert that was green when the glass was formed.
Something detonated over the Sahara. Something hot enough to melt sand into glass across hundreds of miles. Something that happened while people were still living there. Before the desert existed.
The ancient Indian texts — the Mahabharata — describe weapons that “burned brighter than a thousand suns” and turned fertile land into permanent wasteland. Descriptions of radiation sickness. Descriptions of areas where “no grass would grow for 12 years.” Written 3,500 years ago.
Nuclear war isn’t new. It’s ancient. And the Sahara is the scar.
⟁ The technology to re-green the Sahara exists. Has existed for decades. Atmospheric water generation. Desalination at scale. Cloud seeding. Even simple techniques like the “Great Green Wall” project show that the desert can be reversed with minimal intervention.
3.6 million square miles of potential farmland. Enough to feed 3 billion people. Sitting empty. While they tell you the world is “overpopulated” and food is “scarce.”
The scarcity is manufactured. The desert is maintained. The land that once fed millions is kept dead — because a fed, prosperous Africa threatens the power structure that requires African poverty to function.
CODE: SAHARA-ENGINEERED / RICHAT-ATLANTIS / LIBYAN-GLASS / MAINTAINED-DEAD
The largest desert on Earth was a garden 5,000 years ago. It didn’t die naturally. And it’s being kept dead deliberately.
♟ 3.6 million square miles of farmland — turned to sand in decades. While they tell you there’s not enough land to feed everyone.
CHRONIC PAIN ISN’T A MEDICAL CONDITION. IT’S A FREQUENCY LOCK.
Your body doesn’t produce pain randomly. Pain is a signal — an electrical frequency broadcast by your nervous system.
Source: The 17th Disciple
Acute pain serves a purpose: warning. But chronic pain — pain that persists months, years, decades after the original injury healed — has no biological purpose. The tissue is repaired. The damage is gone. But the signal continues.
Because it’s not coming from the injury anymore. It’s coming from a feedback loop — a frequency that got locked into your nervous system and now repeats endlessly. Like a song stuck on repeat. The record player works fine. The needle is stuck.
Modern medicine doesn’t address the loop. It masks the signal. Painkillers don’t fix anything — they block your ability to hear the alarm while the alarm keeps ringing. The system remains locked. The drugs wear off. The pain returns. Forever. By design.
⟁ In 1965, Melzack and Wall published “Gate Control Theory” — proving that pain signals can be blocked by competing frequencies. A different signal — at the right frequency — closes the “gate” in the spinal cord and stops pain transmission to the brain. Not masking. Stopping.
This is why rubbing an injury helps. Why TENS machines work. Why acupuncture works. They all introduce a competing frequency that interrupts the locked loop. The science is 61 years old. Proven. Published. And systematically excluded from standard pain treatment protocols.
Why? Because a $78 billion annual painkiller industry requires your pain to be permanent. A frequency intervention costs $200 once. Opioids cost $400/month forever. The math determines the treatment — not the science.
⟁ The opioid epidemic wasn’t an accident. It was a business model. Purdue Pharma knew OxyContin was addictive. Internal documents — exposed in litigation — show they marketed it as “non-addictive” while their own research showed addiction rates above 25%. They created 2.1 million addicts. Generated $35 billion in revenue. Paid $8 billion in fines. Net profit on human suffering: $27 billion.
The fine wasn’t punishment. It was a licensing fee. The cost of doing business in human addiction.
And the entire epidemic was unnecessary. Because chronic pain — the condition that justified the prescriptions — is a frequency problem with a frequency solution. No drug required. No addiction possible. No recurring revenue generated.
They chose the solution that enslaves over the solution that frees. Every time. In every field. Without exception.
⟁ Specific frequencies — mapped by researchers outside the pharmaceutical system — dissolve chronic pain loops in 3-6 sessions. 40 Hz gamma stimulation. 528 Hz resonance therapy. Pulsed electromagnetic field therapy at tissue-specific frequencies. The loop breaks. The pain stops. Permanently.
No side effects. No addiction. No monthly prescription. No return visits. No revenue stream.
This is why you’ve never heard of it from your doctor. Not because it doesn’t work. Because it works too well. Once.
CODE: FREQUENCY-LOCK / GATE-THEORY-65 / LOOP-BREAK / 78B-INDUSTRY
Your pain isn’t a disease. It’s a stuck signal. The unstick costs $200. They sell you the mask for $400/month instead. For life.
♟ 61 years since they proved pain is a frequency problem. Still selling you chemicals. Because cured patients don’t refill prescriptions.
Literally None Of The Most Important Issues Have Been Resolved By The Memorandum Of Understanding
Why is there so much excitement about an agreement with Iran that literally resolves none of the key issues that the two sides were fighting about? The long-term status of the Strait of Hormuz is not resolved. The war between Israel and Hezbollah is not resolved. Nobody seems to have any idea where the 300 billion dollar “investment fund” for Iran is going to come from, and none of the nuclear issues that this war was supposedly about in the first place have been resolved either. So what in the world did the “Memorandum of Understanding” actually accomplish?
Yes, the “Memorandum of Understanding” is supposed to open up the Strait of Hormuz for a period of 60 days.
But as I pointed out a few days ago, Iranian leaders have told us over and over again that once the 60 day period has ended, a “maritime service fee” will be imposed on all ships that travel through the Strait of Hormuz.
Any ships that are not willing to pay up will have to face the wrath of the Iranian military.
But U.S. officials are telling us an entirely different story…
Trump stressed the strait will be “permanently toll-free.” Vice President JD Vance told CNBC in a Monday interview that it would remain “toll-free for the long term.”
Iran has insisted it intends to collect maritime service fees, not tolls.
The charges would offset the cost of services provided, including navigational assistance, vessel insurance, and environmental protection measures jointly administered by Iran and Oman, Iranian Foreign Ministry spokesperson Esmaeil Baghaei told the semi-official Tasnim news agency late last month.
So what will it be?
Will the Strait of Hormuz be “permanently toll-free” like U.S. officials are telling us, or will the Iranians collect “service charges” once the 60 day negotiation period is over?
This is something that definitely goes in the “unresolved” column.
Vice-President JD Vance is insisting that unless the Iranians agree to make the Strait of Hormuz toll-free on a permanent basis, there is “not going to be a final deal”…
The Strait of Hormuz will also be discussed during the 60-day negotiation window established by the memorandum of understanding, Vance said. Iran and the Gulf Coast Coalition will figure out a proper security framework for the waterway, but said if Iran tries to propose tolls, “there’s not going to be a final deal.”
Now that the 60 day negotiation period has begun, commercial vessels are supposed to be able to pass through the Strait of Hormuz freely, but the Iranians are still requiring them to submit an application with the Persian Gulf Waterway Administration…
Commercial ships passing through the Strait of Hormuz must submit their application to the Persian Gulf Waterway Administration, the Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB) channel reported on Thursday, citing Iran’s Supreme National Security Council.
The Persian Gulf Waterway Administration has been instructed to respond promptly to the applications to achieve the goals of the Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) signed this week by Washington and Tehran.
No fees will be charged for applications for 60 days, added IRIB, and any fees will be covered by the Iranian government.
It is going to take a very long time before traffic through the Strait returns to pre-war levels.
Before the war, about 130 commercial vessels passed through the Strait each day.
On Thursday, just 14 commercial vessels passed through the Strait…
Anyone that assumes that global energy markets are going to immediately bounce back is just being delusional.
The Memorandum of Understanding also calls for a 300 billion dollar investment fund for the reconstruction of Iran…
As he touted a newly signed memorandum of understanding with Iran, President Donald Trump slammed former President Barack Obama for giving Iran $1.7 billion in “green cash” as part of the 2015 Iranian nuclear deal that Trump ripped up.
Yet Trump’s preliminary deal to end the U.S. war in Iran is under scrutiny for providing Iran a potentially much larger financial windfall in the form of a $300 billion redevelopment fund.
The memorandum of understanding Trump signed June 17 with Iran has raised questions about the funding sources for the Iranian redevelopment fund ‒ and whether the U.S. could end up being on the hook for it. Trump insists no U.S. dollars will go into the fund, but he has not identified which countries or private entities will cover the costs.
The Iranians are insisting that the U.S. is responsible for making sure that this element of the Memorandum of Understanding is fulfilled. But President Trump is claiming that not a single penny from the United States will go into this fund.
So where in the world is the money going to come from? The Saudis are insisting that they have not committed any money. Until someone commits some cold, hard cash, this appears to be some sort of a mirage that was designed to get the Iranians to sign the deal. I am going to put this one in the “unresolved” category as well.
Meanwhile, fighting continues to rage between Israel and Hezbollah.
Every single day Hezbollah is firing off more rockets, and today was no different…
Several rockets were fired by Hezbollah at Israeli troops in southern Lebanon a short while ago.
The IDF says some of the rockets were intercepted while others struck near the forces.
The Iranians could get Hezbollah to stop, but they won’t do that.
Instead, they are threatening to pull out of the Memorandum of Understanding if Israel will not withdraw all troops from southern Lebanon…
Iran’s Foreign Ministry spokesman warned Thursday that a continued IDF presence in southern Lebanon would mean the “annulment” of the memorandum of understanding it signed with the United States, as Israel doubled down on its plans to keep troops in the area amid its ongoing conflict with the Hezbollah terror group.
Speaking to the Hezbollah-aligned Lebanese news outlet Al Akhbar, Esmaeil Baghaei said the continuation of Israel’s offensive would be a violation of the memorandum of understanding between Washington and Tehran that was signed this week.
“It was not acceptable for us to abandon our brothers in Lebanon,” the spokesman said. “We cannot talk about ending the war while parts of Lebanese territory remain under the occupation of the Zionist entity. As long as the occupation continues, it can be said that the war is still in place and has not ended in essence.”
The Iranians truly believe that the Memorandum of Understanding requires all Israeli forces to be removed from Lebanon.
U.S. officials disagree, and of course the Israelis do not feel bound because they have not signed anything.
On Thursday, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu once again reaffirmed his stance that the IDF is not going anywhere…
“Just as we restored security and prosperity to the Gaza envelope, so we will restore security and prosperity to the northern communities,” Netanyahu said at a road inauguration event on Thursday night. “This requires maintaining the security zone in southern Lebanon, and it dictates that we will not withdraw from there as long as Israel’s security needs require it.”
And the IDF has just put out a map that shows exactly where Israeli troops will be remaining…
For its part, the IDF published an updated map of its security zone in the territory, showing that troops had advanced deeper in recent months.
“IDF soldiers are stationed in the designated area of operation in southern Lebanon and will continue to remove threats and strengthen the defense of Israel’s northern residents,” the military said in a statement.
Stretching east to west, the deployment line on the map runs up to 10 kilometers (6 miles) deep from the border into Lebanese territory.
Iran desperately wants to use the leverage that they have with President Trump to force Israel out of Lebanon. But there is no way that is going to happen, and so the fighting will continue.
In fact, there has been more fighting between the IDF and Hezbollah as I have been writing this article…
This is yet another matter that we can add to the “unresolved” list.
Of course the nuclear issues are the most important unresolved matters, and none of those issues were settled by the Memorandum of Understanding.
The nuclear issues are supposed to be resolved during the 60 day negotiation window, but due to the fighting in Lebanon the Iranians are apparently threatening to completely cancel those talks…
Israeli forces aren’t going to move.
So now we shall see if the Iranians follow through on their threats.
I keep warning that the Great Middle East War is not done, and I am not the only one.
Surprisingly, something that Ari Fleischer posted on X on Wednesday really resonated with me…
He is right.
Iran War Three does appear to be inevitable.
Of course all of these smaller wars are all part of the Great Middle East War that has been raging for more than two and a half years.
A lot of people out there are convinced that the “Memorandum of Understanding” has magically made everything all better, but it doesn’t even resolve any of the most important issues.
So buckle up and hold on tight, because the craziness in the Middle East will soon escalate to yet another new level of insanity.
Fort Knox is Empty: No Gold, Where did it Go?
They told you the gold was safe.
Source: The 17th Disciple
For 73 YEARS no one was allowed inside. No president. No auditor. No camera. The last full physical audit of Fort Knox was 1953. Since then — NOTHING. Just paper. Just promises. Just TRUST US.
Then David Rush got caught.
303 gold bars. $40 million. Hidden in a CIA officer’s BASEMENT in Virginia. The FBI found them on May 18, 2026. Along with $2 million cash and 30 luxury watches.
But here’s what they WON’T tell you:
Rush didn’t steal from the TREASURY. He stole from a CIA black budget vault — one of 7 classified gold reserves that don’t appear in ANY official record. Gold that was NEVER counted. Gold that was NEVER reported to Congress.
HE WAS NOT ALONE.
An internal DOJ investigation — sealed on June 3, 2026 — identified 17 additional operatives connected to what insiders call “OPERATION MIDAS.” A 40-year pipeline moving American gold out of federal vaults into private accounts in Zurich, Singapore, and the Cayman Islands.
Trump knew.
On June 3, he sent a classified team to Fort Knox. NOT the public audit he keeps talking about. A SILENT inspection. No cameras. No press. Military personnel only.
WHAT THEY FOUND:
4 of 13 vaults — EMPTY. Not low. Not partially filled. EMPTY. Steel shelves. Dust. Nothing.
The official count says 147.3 million troy ounces. The actual count — according to the classified June 3 report — is closer to 34 million.
THEY STOLE $490 BILLION IN GOLD FROM THE AMERICAN PEOPLE.
Where did it go? Follow the dates:
▪️ 1971 — Nixon takes US off gold standard. WHY? Because the gold was ALREADY disappearing.
▪️ 2008 — Financial crisis. Gold “reserves” used as collateral for bank bailouts that were NEVER repaid.
▪️ 2021 — Record gold shipments to Switzerland. No explanation. No congressional approval.
THE FLIP:
Media says: “Trump wants a fun trip to Fort Knox”
REALITY: He already WENT. He already KNOWS. And what comes next will END the Federal Reserve.
WHAT’S COMING:
Congress banned CBDC on June 17. That wasn’t random. That was PREPARATION. You don’t ban the digital prison UNLESS you’re about to announce the ALTERNATIVE.
July 4th. 250 years. The announcement isn’t a celebration. It’s a DECLARATION. Gold-backed dollar. QFS integration. The end of fiat slavery.
The old system stole your gold, printed fake money, and called it “economics.” Trump is about to show the world the EMPTY VAULTS and ask one question:
“WHERE IS THE PEOPLE’S GOLD?”
And when 330 million Americans hear the answer — NOTHING will be the same.
MIDAS-17-EXPOSED
VAULT4-EMPTY-0603
QFS-GOLD-0704
The theft of a nation ends where it began. In the vault. On the 4th.
Fauci Covid 19 Plandemic Exposed
They made it in a lab. They KNEW it would kill. And they released it anyway.
Source: The 17th Disciple
On June 18, 2026 — her FINAL day as Director of National Intelligence — Tulsi Gabbard declassified 4.7 million pages. Every email. Every wire transfer. Every internal memo they thought was buried forever.
What the media WON’T show you from those files:
PAGE 2,847 — NIAID Internal Memo, October 3, 2019:
“Phase 3 aerosolization test complete. Mortality projection: 1.8 to 3.2 million within 18 months of release. Recommend immediate halt.”
Fauci’s handwritten response: “Continue. Funding secured through Geneva.”
THAT WAS 3 MONTHS BEFORE THE FIRST “CASE” IN WUHAN.
The money trail — now FULLY visible:
▪️ $47.3 million routed through EcoHealth Alliance to Wuhan between 2014-2019
▪️ $128 million in “preparedness grants” sent to 3 Swiss intermediaries
▪️ $2.1 BILLION in Moderna pre-production contracts signed AUGUST 2019 — 4 months BEFORE the pandemic was announced
They ordered the vaccine BEFORE the virus was public.
A classified briefing — November 14, 2019 — attended by Fauci, Collins, and 7 members of Congress. They were told a novel pathogen would emerge from Wuhan within 60 days.
They didn’t warn you. They BOUGHT STOCK. Congressional trading records show $312 million in pharma positions opened between November 15 and December 20, 2019.
THEY BET ON YOUR DEATH. AND WON.
Declassified DOD mortality analysis — completed March 2024, suppressed until now:
▪️ COVID direct deaths: 1.2 million
▪️ Vaccine adverse deaths: 487,000
▪️ Lockdown deaths: 340,000
▪️ TOTAL: 2.03 MILLION AMERICANS
From a virus MANUFACTURED and RELEASED with full knowledge.
THIS IS THE LARGEST MASS MURDER IN AMERICAN HISTORY.
WHAT COMES NEXT:
A sealed federal grand jury — empaneled May 22, 2026 — has reviewed these documents for 27 days. 11 indictments ready. Fauci. Collins. 3 EcoHealth executives. 2 Moderna board members. 4 sitting members of Congress.
Trump’s response on June 19: “No deals. No immunity. TRIBUNALS.”
You watched them lock you in your homes. Silence your doctors. Inject your children. NOW YOU KNOW WHY.
GAINOF-FUNCTION-1019
MODERNA-PRE-0819
TRIBUNAL-11-SEALED
They created the plague. They sold the cure. They buried the evidence. But the evidence just ROSE FROM THE GRAVE.
Is It Just A Coincidence That So Many Disasters Are Suddenly Hitting The United States The Same Week The Memorandum Of Understanding Was Signed?
Why isn’t anyone else writing about this? On Wednesday, the Memorandum of Understanding was signed by the presidents of the United States and Iran. Meanwhile, major disasters were breaking out all over America. Is this just some sort of really bizarre coincidence, or is something else going on here? Read the evidence that I have compiled below and decide for yourself.
On Wednesday, the very first named storm of the season, Tropical Storm Arthur, suddenly formed and slammed into the Texas coastline…
Tropical Storm Arthur made landfall along the coast of Texas on Wednesday, and as the first storm of the Atlantic hurricane season, it is bringing significant flooding and severe weather to the Gulf Coast.
Arthur formed on Wednesday after a sprawling area of showers and thunderstorms over Texas tracked over the warm waters of the Gulf, which helped it organize and strengthen. Hours later, the center of the storm moved inland over the Texas coast.
In 2025, only one named storm hit the U.S. the entire year.
And it is very rare for a named storm to make landfall this early.
As this storm travels east, it is expected to bring “extreme” flooding to Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle…
As many as 40 million people across eight states are in the deadly path of Tropical Storm Arthur after the first named storm of hurricane season made landfall Wednesday night.
Arthur, which has been downgraded to a post-tropical cyclone on Thursday, slammed into the Texas Coast last night, and is now projected to barrel across the South, bringing severe flooding from Louisiana to the Carolinas.
Meteorologists with AccuWeather warned that Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle will see ‘extreme’ levels of flooding along the coast and in urban areas throughout Thursday, with as much as 12 to 18 inches of rain falling.
Then on Friday, it is being projected that this storm will bring “life-threatening flooding” to Georgia and the Carolinas…
Georgia and the Carolinas are expected to be impacted on Friday, as forecasters say Arthur will continue to bring ‘life-threatening flooding, property damage and disruptions to commerce and travel.’
AccuWeather meteorologist Alex Duffus warned in a statement: ‘Heavy rainfall will be fueled by tropical moisture, delivering rainfall rates of 2-4 inches per hour across portions of the Gulf Coast.’
However, flooding is not the only concern tied to Arthur, as the National Weather Service has also issued a widespread tornado watch across coastal areas in Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and the Florida Panhandle.
Tropical Storm Arthur formed and made landfall on the exact same day that the Memorandum of Understanding was signed by the presidents of the United States and Iran.
This storm is going to cause a massive amount of damage all the way from Texas to the Carolinas.
Is this just a coincidence?
I don’t think so.
Also on Wednesday, a series of extremely violent tornadoes suddenly broke out in the Midwest and the Southeast…
At least seven tornadoes broke out Wednesday night across the Midwest and Southeast, as severe weather descended on a large swath of the country.
According to the National Weather Service, a confirmed tornado was reported near the small northeast Iowa community of Harpers Ferry at 5:10 p.m., while a second confirmed tornado rolled through Charleston in central Illinois at about 6:40 p.m. local time.
Both tornadoes were flagged by the weather service as a “particularly dangerous situation,” a rare designation used by the weather service for environments in which “strong and violent tornadoes” are possible.
The town of Charleston, Illinois was hit particularly hard.
At one point, a trailer was actually picked up and torn away from its foundation…
Photos and videos obtained by CBS News showed extensive damage to homes and buildings in Charleston, where a mess of downed trees and power lines covered the streets. Emergency responders in the city could also be heard in dispatch audio describing some of the treacherous scenarios they encountered, including multiple overturned semitrucks and a trailer that had been torn from its foundation, possibly with someone inside.
Hail measuring between 2.75 and 3 inches was also reported in Charleston and surrounding parts of Illinois, where powerful winds at times climbed as high as 78 mph, according to the weather service.
Is it just another coincidence that this also occurred on Wednesday?
As you can see, the “coincidences” are starting to pile up.
Let me give you another one.
An enormous wildfire in eastern Washington state that is being driven by very high winds caused all sorts of chaos on Wednesday…
High winds drove a wildfire into an eastern Washington neighborhood, forcing the evacuation of about 1,500 people and destroying at least 15 homes, officials said Wednesday.
The Spokane County Sheriff’s Office announced Wednesday that its forensic unit found what appeared to be human remains inside a home destroyed in the fire. A family member had requested a wellness check because one of the residents had refused to evacuate and could not be reached, officials said in a news release.
Of course the skeptics will insist that this is yet another coincidence.
Meanwhile, the screwworm plague that just broke out in the Southwest just continues to pop up in even more Texas counties…
Screwworm cases are rising in the US as the outbreak spreads beyond the initial contamination zones.
Twelve animal cases have been confirmed so far, a significant increase from the first case detected in a calf in south Texas on 3 June. The growing number of infections has alarmed agricultural experts, who warn that a wider outbreak could have serious consequences for the Texas beef industry.
Of the 12 reported cases, 11 remain active and one is inactive, according to an update issued last Thursday by the US Department of Agriculture’s animal and plant health inspection service. The most recent case was reported on 12 June in Sutton countyin west Texas, where a sheep was discovered with the infection. Other cases have been identified in the Texas counties of Edwards, Tom Green, Gillespie, La Salle and Zavala, as well as in Lea county, New Mexico.
And just within the last 24 hours, we have officially hit “tank bottoms” in Cushing, Oklahoma…
As I discussed yesterday, once we get below 20 million barrels of oil at Cushing, there won’t be enough pressure in the pipelines to keep operating.
So this is it.
At the same time, fish are literally being cooked to death in lakes and rivers all over the country…
A team of contractors spent their weekend hauling thousands of dead fish carcasses from the waters of Minnesota’s Como Lake, the Minnesota Star Tribune reported on Tuesday. Located in a suburban park in St. Paul, the lake is now down about 1,000 bluegill and crappies, which died en masse as a result of low oxygen — a side effect of a rapid influx of heat.
Down south in Arizona, state wildlife officials closed public access to San Carlos Lake indefinitely after drought conditions and a nearby dam release “resulted in a major fish kill affecting approximately 100 percent of the fish population.” Across the country in Massachusetts, the Charles River was the site of a massive die-off of carp after a pre-summer heat wave baked fish exhausted from spawning.
This is happening even though summer has not even officially begun yet.
That is certainly not a good sign.
And now a “Super El Niño” has begun…
The forecasted El Niño—a mysterious but well-documented climate phenomenon—has officially begun, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) announced on June 11. Meteorologists expect it to evolve into one of the most powerful ones on record, and the event will likely bring about extreme weather worldwide and consequently affect the economy.
If you believe that it is just a “coincidence” that all of the things that I have shared in this article are happening simultaneously, that is okay.
We will just have to agree to disagree.
Personally, I am convinced that what we are currently experiencing is yet more evidence that history is taking us in a very particular direction.
So many prominent voices are crying out “peace and safety”, but the truth is that apocalyptic times are upon us.
Global events have been spinning out of control for quite some time now, but what we have been through so far is not even worth comparing to what is eventually coming.
Director of National Intelligence, Activates Protocol Sunlight,
72 hours: That’s all it took. That’s how long it took for the entire network to FALL.
Source: The 17th Disciple
June 18 — Gabbard activates PROTOCOL SUNLIGHT. On her LAST day as Director of National Intelligence, she signed Executive Declassification Order 2026-71 — releasing 4.2 MILLION documents that had been locked since 2001. Documents they told you DID NOT EXIST.
June 19 — Pulte arrived 24 hours EARLY. Didn’t wait for inauguration. Walked into the ODNI building at 6:14 AM with a list of 312 names. By end of day — 174 terminated. Not retired. Not reassigned. REMOVED. Security clearances — REVOKED on the spot.
WHAT THEY FOUND:
An internal network called “PRISM-7” — not the original PRISM. New. Secret. Active since March 2021. Designed to track domestic patriots — not terrorists. Not foreign agents. AMERICAN CITIZENS who asked questions.
47 MILLION files on Americans who were never charged with anything.
Pulte had the list at 18:47 on June 19. That’s the moment he called the White House.
TRUMP’S RESPONSE: “Burn the program. Every file. Every server. Tonight.”
By 23:00 that same night — 14 servers in Langley were PHYSICALLY DESTROYED. Not deleted. DESTROYED. Hard drives removed and transported to Fort Meade under military escort.
WHAT THE MEDIA TELLS YOU: “Chaos in intelligence community”
WHAT ACTUALLY HAPPENED: Surgical removal of the parasite that spent 5 years spying on the people who elected Trump.
June 20 — TODAY:
▪️ Hegseth pulls 12,400 troops from Europe — “NATO 3.0” is not reform. It’s the END of occupation.
▪️ 15 Antifa operatives charged with conspiracy — not protesters. PAID AGENTS.
▪️ Kash Patel unsealed 3 new indictments — names NOT PUBLIC. Yet.
WHY IT’S HAPPENING NOW:
July 4th. 250 years. Trump isn’t just throwing a celebration. He’s executing a RESTART. Republic — cleansed. Intelligence — under the people’s control. Military — HOME.
What you’re watching is not chaos. It’s the END OF ONE ERA and the BEGINNING of another.
Those who spied — are now being watched.
Those who lied — are now exposed.
Those who ruled from the shadows — are now WITHOUT SHADOW.
14 days until July 4th. The countdown is live.
PRISM7-DEAD-0619
SUNLIGHT-42M-EXPOSED
PURGE-312-COMPLETE
There is no going back. The machine is destroyed. The operators are out. And the people — FINALLY — see everything.
THE WEAPON THEY TRIED TO DESTROY JUST WON THE WAR
While the media spent two years trying to shut down Elon Musk’s data center in Memphis — lawsuits, pollution claims, congressional hearings — the Pentagon was quietly using what that facility built to end the Iran war in 96 hours.
Source: The 17th Disciple
This is not speculation. This is a SWORN STATEMENT from the Pentagon’s Chief AI Officer, filed in federal court on June 16, 2026.
His words: “Grok enabled U.S. forces to deploy over 2,000 munitions to 2,000 distinct targets within 96 hours during Operation Epic Fury.”
Read that number again. TWO THOUSAND precision strikes. NINETY-SIX HOURS. Zero American casualties.
What took Desert Storm 42 days and 100,000 troops, Grok did in 4 days with a keyboard.
I was briefed on June 5 — twelve days before the Pentagon admitted it publicly. What I was told goes beyond what they released. The AI didn’t just assist targeting. It ran 847,000 intelligence data points through predictive modeling in under 11 minutes. It identified 3 retaliatory launch sites that human analysts had missed — sites that would have fired within 4 hours of the first American strike. Those 3 sites alone would have killed an estimated 12,000 people.
The AI saw what no human could see. And it acted before the enemy could react.
NOW YOU UNDERSTAND why they tried to destroy the Memphis facility. Why the NAACP was weaponized. Why Anthropic was the Pentagon’s preferred AI — until Trump BANNED it from every federal agency on June 14. They didn’t want Grok because Grok cannot be controlled by the old guard. It answers to ONE infrastructure. ONE man built it.
Trump signed the AI National Security Directive on June 11. Six days later, the war was over. That is not a coincidence. That is a SEQUENCE.
Grok. Starshield. Colossus 2. Golden Dome. These are not separate programs. They are ONE SYSTEM. Built by one man. Protected by one president. Deployed against the enemies of humanity.
The military-industrial complex spent 50 years selling you $400 billion wars that lasted decades. One AI just made their entire business model OBSOLETE in 96 hours.
They are not attacking Musk because he is dangerous. They are attacking him because he made THEM irrelevant.
GROK-GOV-EPIC-FURY
COLOSSUS2-VITAL-NATL-SEC
AI-DIRECTIVE-0611-SEQUENCE
The old generals are watching. They know what this means. The age of endless war just ended — not with peace, but with.
Hidden & Suppressed Cancer Cure 1979
They had the cure. Since 1979.
Not a treatment. Not “promising research.” A CURE. Patent #4,237,911. Filed with the FDA on November 3, 1979. Tested on 417 terminal patients. 94% full remission within 6 months. The results were so devastating to the pharmaceutical model that the FDA classified the entire study under National Security Protocol.
The researcher? Dead. March 14, 1981. “Heart attack.” He was 41. A marathon runner.
RFK found the file. May 28, 2026. Sub-basement 3 of the FDA headquarters. A vault that wasn’t on ANY floor plan. 3,400 suppressed studies. Cures for pancreatic cancer. Lung cancer. Leukemia in children. ALL BURIED. Some since the 1960s.
He called Trump at 22:14 that night.
Trump’s response: “How many people died?”
The answer RFK gave him is the reason Executive Order 2026-91 was signed on June 14. Full declassification of ALL suppressed medical research. Every study. Every trial. Every buried cure. RELEASED to the public by July 4th.
THE NUMBER: 11.4 million Americans died of cancers that had KNOWN CURES sitting in FDA vaults. Exposed to chemotherapy — a $217 BILLION industry — when the solution cost $340 per patient.
You read that right. $340 vs. $217 BILLION.
That’s not healthcare. That’s a BUSINESS MODEL BUILT ON DEATH.
7 pharmaceutical CEOs received sealed indictments on June 19. Not fines. Not settlements. CRIMINAL CHARGES. Conspiracy to suppress life-saving treatments for profit. Each count carries LIFE in prison.
And it doesn’t stop there.
PROJECT NIGHTSHADE — a 47-year internal FDA program designed to identify, acquire, and BURY any medical breakthrough that threatened pharmaceutical revenue. 14 researchers dead between 1978 and 2024. All had one thing in common: they found something that WORKED.
Every single one — ruled “suicide” or “natural causes.” Every single one — within 90 days of submitting results to the FDA.
The program is NOW DISMANTLED. The operators are IDENTIFIED. The files are OPEN.
MedBed Phase 1: 12 military hospitals already operational. Quantum frequency healing. The technology they told you was “science fiction” — is REAL. And it’s being deployed.
Your mother didn’t have to die. Your father didn’t have to suffer. Your child didn’t have to go through chemo.
THEY CHOSE PROFIT. OVER YOUR FAMILY’S LIFE.
Never again.
NIGHTSHADE-3400-EXPOSED
PATENT-4237911-RELEASED
MEDBED-PHASE1-ACTIVE
The age of pharmaceutical genocide is OVER. The cures belong to the PEOPLE now.
THE MACHINE HAS BEEN UNPLUGGED.
On June 16, 2026, the Department of Education began its final dismantling. Functions transferred. Offices emptied. The media called it “restructuring.” They are lying to you again.
Source: Mr Pool X
This was not restructuring. THIS WAS AN EXECUTION.
I want you to understand what that building actually was. Not an education department. A **PROGRAMMING FACILITY** that processed 50 million American children per year for 45 years. That is 2.25 BILLION child-years of controlled input. Designed not to educate — but to produce obedient, medicated, non-questioning adults who would never challenge the system that enslaved them.
I was given access to a document on **March 3, 2026** — a 1981 internal memo from the Department’s founding year, classified under Executive Privilege until Trump revoked it. Reference: **DOE-FOUND-1981-0047**. The memo’s subject line read: “Curriculum Standardization as Behavioral Compliance Framework.”
Read that again.
BEHAVIORAL. COMPLIANCE. FRAMEWORK.
They were never teaching your children. They were **programming** them. The same way you program software. Input. Process. Output. Repeat for 12 years until the human being becomes a predictable, controllable unit
Why do you think **6.1 million American children** are currently on psychiatric medication? Why do you think a child who cannot sit still for 7 hours is labeled “disordered”? Why do you think creativity is punished and memorization is rewarded?
Because a creative mind QUESTIONS. And a questioning population cannot be governed by the few.
In 1996, a classified study — **PROJECT COMPLIANT MIND** — was conducted across 14 school districts. Funded through DARPA’s behavioral sciences division. The study measured how curriculum sequencing affected “authority acceptance indexes” in children aged 6-12. The results were never published. The program was expanded nationally the following year.
Trump didn’t just close a department. He severed the cord between the STATE and your child’s MIND.
The executive order being drafted right now — expected before **July 1** — will not just eliminate the department. It will **declassify 40 years of internal curriculum design documents.** Every parent in America will see exactly what was done to their children. And to themselves.
You were not educated. You were FORMATTED. Your children were not struggling. They were RESISTING.
And the man they told you was dangerous just freed 50 million minds in a single signature.
DOE-TERMINATED-0616
COMPLIANT-MIND-1996-DARPA
DECLAS-CURRICULUM-0701
The awakening is not coming. It already started — in every child who will never again be told to stop asking questions.
— Mr. Pool
U.S. Senator: The story the media — and the government — don’t want you to hear
OP-ED by United States Senator Ron Johnson
WE’RE ALREADY LIVING IN AN ALIEN INVASION MOVIE
Artificial Intelligence, Data Centers, and the Rise of the Technocratic Machine
Source: GAR Contributing Writer & TruthStream Media
The traditional image of an alien invasion has always involved spacecraft appearing in the skies, mysterious beings descending from above, and humanity confronting an external force unlike anything it had previously encountered. Yet the deeper question posed by Truthstream Media’s analysis is whether the most profound transformation in human history is already occurring—not through extraterrestrial visitors, but through the rapid emergence of artificial intelligence, planetary-scale computing infrastructure, and a technological system that increasingly shapes every aspect of modern life. The invasion, if one chooses to view it that way, may not be arriving from another planet. It may be emerging from our own creations.
At the center of this transformation are the enormous AI data centers now being constructed across the globe. These facilities consume extraordinary amounts of electricity, water, land, and computing resources in pursuit of increasingly powerful artificial intelligence systems. What was once marketed as a tool for convenience and productivity is rapidly evolving into something far larger. The race to develop advanced AI has become one of the most significant geopolitical, economic, and technological competitions in human history. Governments, corporations, and investors are pouring hundreds of billions of dollars into infrastructure that few citizens fully understand and even fewer have any meaningful influence over.
Truthstream Media raises concerns not simply about the technology itself, but about the concentration of power surrounding it. A relatively small group of technology executives, venture capital firms, and corporate entities now control much of the digital infrastructure that powers communication, information, commerce, entertainment, and increasingly, decision-making. The concern is not that AI will suddenly become sentient and hostile. Rather, it is that highly centralized technological systems may gradually reshape society according to the interests and priorities of those who own and operate them. The danger may be less about machines replacing humanity and more about humans surrendering autonomy to systems they neither control nor fully comprehend.
Another major theme explored is the growing disconnect between technological capability and public oversight. Artificial intelligence is advancing at a pace that regulatory institutions, educational systems, and political structures appear unable to match. New AI models are becoming more capable of generating content, influencing behavior, automating tasks, and processing information than at any point in history. Yet public debate often lags behind deployment. By the time society begins discussing the implications of a new technology, that technology may already be deeply embedded within financial systems, government operations, healthcare networks, media platforms, and critical infrastructure.
The environmental implications of this transformation are equally significant. Massive data centers require vast quantities of electricity and cooling resources, placing increasing strain on local power grids and water supplies. Communities across North America and Europe are beginning to confront difficult questions regarding resource allocation, environmental impact, and long-term sustainability. The very technologies being promoted as solutions to future challenges may themselves be creating new pressures on energy systems, infrastructure networks, and natural resources that were never designed to support such exponential growth.
Beyond economics and infrastructure lies a deeper philosophical question: What happens when humanity increasingly relies upon artificial systems to think, create, communicate, and make decisions on its behalf? Throughout history, civilizations have developed tools that extended human capability. Artificial intelligence represents something different. It is not merely a tool that extends physical labor; it increasingly extends cognitive labor as well. As AI systems become more integrated into daily life, societies must grapple with questions involving identity, creativity, consciousness, autonomy, and what it ultimately means to remain human in a world where machines participate in activities once considered uniquely human.
Whether one agrees with every conclusion presented by Truthstream Media or not, the broader message is difficult to dismiss. Humanity stands at the threshold of a technological transformation unlike anything previously experienced. Artificial intelligence, global data infrastructure, automation, and digital networks are reshaping civilization in real time. The most important question may not be whether AI becomes more powerful. It almost certainly will. The question is whether human wisdom, ethics, accountability, and consciousness can evolve quickly enough to guide that power toward outcomes that serve humanity rather than diminish it. The future may depend less on the intelligence of our machines and more on the discernment of those who choose how they are used.
This Is The Trigger That Could Shred The Memorandum Of Understanding And Cause All-Out War To Erupt In The Middle East
I cannot understand the people that are dancing around and celebrating the “memorandum of understanding” now that we have the full text of the agreement. After reviewing the document, I am having a difficult time processing how horrifyingly bad it is. JD Vance and the other U.S. negotiators essentially surrendered and gave the Iranians whatever they wanted. Now the Iranians are insisting that the “memorandum of understanding” requires all Israeli forces to be pulled out of Lebanon, and they think they are going to get that too. But of course Israel has absolutely no intention of leaving Lebanon, and that could cause all-out war to erupt in the Middle East in the not too distant future.
The status of the war in Lebanon is covered in the very first point of the “memorandum of understanding”…
The United States of America and the Islamic Republic of Iran and their allies in the current war, by signing this MOU, declare the immediate and permanent termination of military operations on all fronts, including in Lebanon, and undertake from now on not to initiate any war or any military operation against each other, and to refrain from the threat or use of force against each other, and ensuring the territorial integrity and sovereignty of Lebanon. The final deal will confirm the permanent termination of the war on all fronts, including in Lebanon and other provisions of this paragraph.
Iranian officials believe that this makes it very clear that the IDF must leave Lebanon. U.S. and Israeli officials are convinced that the document does not say that at all.
Of course Israel has not consented to anything and is not a party to this agreement.
If the U.S. and Iran intended for Israel to be bound by the “memorandum of understanding”, they should have allowed Israel to participate in the negotiations. They did not do this, but now the Iranians expect Israel to be bound by it.
On Tuesday, Iranian Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi sensationally claimed that the “memorandum of understanding” requires all Israeli forces to be pulled out of Lebanon…
Iran’s top diplomat said Tuesday that the tentative deal to end the war with the United States would require Israel to withdraw from Lebanon — a condition Israel has already rejected and that could sink the agreement, leading to the resumption of all-out war.
You can watch Araghchi making this claim in this Fox News report…
And yet the Iranians continue to encourage Hezbollah to attack Israeli troops…
The Iranians are encouraging Hezbollah to conduct these attacks because they know that they will provoke a response from the other side.
And that is precisely what occurred with this latest incident…
Israeli forces carried out airstrikes on several areas in south Lebanon Wednesday, Lebanon’s National News Agency reported, despite a memorandum of understanding on the Middle East war that Iran insists includes Lebanon.
NNA said Israeli warplanes launched raids targeting the Nabatieh al-Fawqa area and the eastern outskirts of neighboring town Kfar Tebnit. The Israelis also launched a drone strike on the town of Ansariyeh in the Zahrani area, NNA reported.
It is always the Israeli response that gets all the headlines.
And then the Iranians can claim that the “memorandum of understanding” is in danger because of Israel.
According to the Iranians, Israel “has violated the ceasefire in southern Lebanon 84 times over the past two days”…
“The Israeli army has violated the ceasefire in southern Lebanon 84 times over the past two days, continues to commit crimes and kill the oppressed Lebanese people after the U.S. president declared the end of the war. We warn that if the Israeli army does not stop its evil in southern Lebanon, it should expect a harsh response from our forces,” the Iranian statement said.
Do you notice that the Iranians never say anything about Hezbollah violating the ceasefire?
The Iranians know that the Trump administration desperately wants the “memorandum of understanding” to succeed, and they are trying to drive a wedge between the U.S. and Israel.
And to a certain degree, it is working…
U.S. President Donald Trump said on Wednesday that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu could use a “softer touch” in Lebanon in comments made at the close of a G7 summit in France.
Netanyahu and Trump have repeatedly clashed over Israel’s refusal to constrain its pursuit of Iran-backed Hezbollah in Lebanon, where a cessation of hostilities is a key Iranian demand.
“Netanyahu happens to be a good man, gets a little excited sometimes,” Trump told reporters on Wednesday.
“We have a little dispute over Lebanon. I say you can do a little softer touch, Bibi. You don’t have to knock down a building every time somebody walks into it that’s from Hezbollah.”
If someone was lobbing rockets at Washington D.C. or New York City, how would we feel if we were told that we needed a “softer touch” with those that were launching the rockets?
Hezbollah has launched thousands of rockets at Israel this year alone. But Israel is supposed to play nice?
Of course Israel is not going to play nice, and the Iranians are threatening to attack Israel if military action against Hezbollah does not cease…
Iran’s Top Joint Military Command, Khatam al-Anbiya Central Headquarters, says that Israel should expect a hard response from the Iranian armed forces if it does not stop its attacks on southern Lebanon, days after Tehran and Washington announced a deal to end the regional war.
Tehran has insisted that the memorandum of understanding requires Israel to halt its offensive against Hezbollah — a claim that both Jerusalem and Washington have disputed.
If Iran launches ballistic missiles at Israel, the Israelis will respond by hitting Iran really hard. And if the chain of retaliation does not get interrupted, we could have all-out war on our hands and nobody would be talking about peace at that stage. It is clear that Trump really wants peace.
He wants peace so badly that he was willing to hand control of the Strait of Hormuz to the Iranians, and he was willing to sign the “memorandum of understanding” without any meaningful nuclear concessions from Iran at all…
And it pushes the entire subject of Iran’s rogue nuclear program into a 60-day negotiation period, during which the regime can be relied upon to be as uncompromising and dismissive as its negotiators were when facing Witkoff and Kushner in January.
Incredibly, the draft text of the MOU already rewards the regime for its intransigence: It states that Iran’s “nuclear needs” will be addressed in those 60 days; the US negotiators apparently could not even persuade the regime to include the words “peaceful” or “civilian,” to at least keep up the pretense that it has legitimate nuclear requirements.
During the 60 days, the text continues ridiculously, “Iran will maintain the status quo on its nuclear program.” What status quo would that be? The “status quo” under which Iran has run rings around the UN’s nuclear inspectors, to the point where, as its negotiators boasted to Witkoff, it amassed enough near-weapons-grade uranium for 11 nuclear bombs, an underground stockpile that survived the US Army’s B-2 bunker busters last June?
We are in a far worse position than we were before the war, and we now have a lot less leverage with Iran than we did before the war.
What a disaster.
Meanwhile, the Iranians are feeling absolutely euphoric…
“Iran is leaving this war with a sense of euphoria. They are managing the Strait of Hormuz, nobody was able to force them to back down militarily,” said Meir Javedanfar, an Iran expert at Israel’s Reichman University. He predicted Iran will now see the Persian Gulf’s oil-rich monarchies as its own sphere of influence.
Meanwhile, the war—which consumed a large part of U.S. precision munitions and inflicted damage on key U.S. military facilities in the region—has also exposed the limits of American military power. This, in turn, has undermined Washington’s main argument in its attempts to wring future nuclear concessions from Tehran, which retains a stockpile of highly enriched uranium and has yet to agree to renewed international inspections.
“When it comes to nuclear negotiations, we are back at the prewar stage, but with the U.S. leverage removed,” said Dania Thafer, director of the Gulf International Forum think tank. “Pandora’s box has already been opened, everything has been tested, and Iran feels it doesn’t have much more to lose or to fear. The worst has already happened, from the Iranian perspective, and they have survived it.”
I cannot think of another diplomatic disaster in U.S. history that exceeds this. But this isn’t the end of the story.
There isn’t going to be lasting peace in the Middle East, and more war is coming. Those that are dancing and celebrating because a “memorandum of understanding” has been signed are going to be deeply disappointed.
Global events are inevitably taking us in a particular direction, and it won’t be the direction that most people are anticipating.
THE VAULT IS BEING BUILT
Two days ago they swore him in. Kevin Warsh. Hand-picked.
Source: The 17th Disciple TG
Confirmed over the screams of Elizabeth Warren who called it “an illegal takeover.” She’s right about one thing — it IS a takeover. But not illegal. Constitutional.
Trump now controls the Federal Reserve.
Not through threats. Not through tweets. Through appointment. Through patience. Through a plan that was set in motion before most of you knew his name.
But the swearing-in was the distraction.
What happened BEHIND the ceremony is what matters.
May 29. Blair House. 11:47 PM. Warsh sat across from two senior Treasury officials and Rep. Nick Begich. No phones. No staff. One document on the table — H.R. 8957.
The American Reserve Modernization Act.
You haven’t heard the media talk about this. They won’t. Because this bill does what they said was impossible:
— 20-YEAR MANDATORY LOCK on all federally held Bitcoin
— Every single BTC seized, consolidated, UNTOUCHABLE
— Quarterly Proof of Reserve — cryptographic attestation, public, on-chain
— Independent audits. Comptroller General oversight.
— NO new taxes. NO new debt. NO borrowing.
198,109 BTC. Locked. Sovereign. Ours.
But here’s the part that made me go silent for 36 hours.
The acquisition pathway.
The bill directs Treasury to study “budget-neutral” methods to acquire MORE Bitcoin. One pathway listed — gold certificate revaluation.
Do you understand what that means?
The United States government currently values its gold at $42.22 per ounce. That’s the statutory rate. Set in 1973. Never changed.
Gold closed Friday at $4,337.
The US holds 261.5 million troy ounces.
At $42 = $11 billion on the books.
At $4,337 = $1.134 TRILLION.
One signature. One revaluation. $1.12 TRILLION appears — not printed, not borrowed, not taxed. UNLOCKED.
And where does it go?
INTO THE VAULT.
OPERATION SOVEREIGN LEDGER.
They’re not building a digital dollar. They BANNED that. Executive order — no CBDC. No surveillance coin. No programmable control over YOUR money.
They’re building something else. A reserve backed by mathematics. Verified on-chain. Locked for a generation.
The old Fed printed in darkness.
The new Fed proves in light.
ARMA-LOCK-0613
GOLD-42-4337
SOVEREIGN-LEDGER-0704
You were told the financial system couldn’t change. That the bankers would never lose. That Bitcoin was a toy.
They’re locking it in a vault beside the gold.
For 20 years.
For your children.
July 4, 2026. 250 years. A new declaration.
Not of war. Of sovereignty.
Watch the House Financial Services Committee.
The vote is coming.
U.S. Oil Stockpiles Fall To Critically Low Levels As Iran Continues To Mess With The Strait Of Hormuz
Those that believe that the global energy crisis is going to be magically solved by a “memorandum of understanding” that is already being violated by both sides are going to be in for a very rude awakening. As you will see below, the Iranians have continued to launch drones at commercial vessels in the Strait of Hormuz. How are shipowners and insurance companies supposed to feel comfortable while this is going on? In the “memorandum of understanding”, Iran agreed to allow commercial vessels to travel through the Strait at no charge for a period of 60 days. Hopefully that will actually happen. After the 60 day period is done, the Iranians have already announced that they are going to go back to charging ships to pass. Any ships that do not pay up will be subject to attack. Meanwhile, global oil supplies will just continue to get tighter and tighter.
Over the past couple of months, the U.S. has been the supplier of last resort for the entire world.
This has kept oil prices at reasonable levels. But once our stockpiles are gone, we won’t be able to do that any longer.
Unfortunately, our stockpiles are rapidly disappearing. It is being reported that total U.S. oil inventories have now fallen for 10 weeks in a row…
U.S. crude oil inventories fell for a 10th straight week last week as demand surged, pushing total stockpiles to their lowest level in over 40 years as the Iran war continues to upend global energy markets, the U.S. Energy Information Administration said on Wednesday.
Total crude inventories, including commercial stocks and those in the Strategic Petroleum, plunged by 17.2 million to 758.5 million barrels last week, its lowest since March 1985, the EIA said.
The Strategic Petroleum Reserve is in better shape than commercial oil inventories, but even it has fallen to the lowest level since 1983…
The U.S. supply of emergency oil has hit its lowest level since 1983, according to newly released federal data.
The U.S. Strategic Petroleum Reserve (SPR) is down to 340.3 million barrels, according to the data released on Monday.
The last time that levels were this low was 1983, when the Reagan administration was filling up the reserve for the first time. The U.S. established the emergency oil reserve in 1975 after an oil producer embargo against the country triggered an energy crisis.
We should have never allowed ourselves to reach such a dangerously low level. But I am far more concerned about what is happening to our commercial oil inventories.
The tanks in Cushing, Oklahoma are about to hit critical operating levels, and even CNN is writing about this…
Today, neighboring Cushing is the hub of America’s energy market. It literally provides the oil plumbing for the United States. It’s where America’s benchmark West Texas Intermediate oil is priced and warehoused. From there, it’s piped to refineries around the country.
In normal times, Cushing stores around 40 million barrels of oil with capacity of up to 75 million.
These are not normal times.
Right now, there are approximately 21.6 million barrels of oil at Cushing.
That sounds like a lot.
But as CNN has correctly noted, once the tanks at Cushing drop below 20 million barrels of oil “they effectively hit empty”…
Cushing’s current inventory is 21.6 million barrels, according to the US Energy Information Administration.
That’s dangerously close to operational stress levels, the tipping point at which Cushing struggles to supply all of its customers with the oil they demand.
When Cushing’s reserves get below 20 million, they effectively hit empty, scraping the bottom of the barrel of what is largely unusable sludge.
And when Cushing runs empty, strange things happen to the oil market.
To say that “strange things” will occur is a major understatement.
Once we hit the 20 million barrel mark at Cushing, there will be widespread panic.
We cannot drop below that level, because the storage tanks need a certain amount in them in order to be able to keep operating…
In oil storage tanks, “tank bottoms” refer to the unusable layer of sludge, sediment, water, paraffin, and other residues that settle at the base. These cannot be easily pumped or processed without operational issues.
At the Cushing hub level, the operational stress threshold is around 20 million barrels. Below this, pipelines lose pressure, blending and transfers between tanks become difficult or impossible, and outbound flows to refineries or export terminals can be curtailed or delayed.
Experts note that much of the remaining volume at current levels (potentially only 1–1.6 million barrels truly usable) consists of this sludgy material.
There is no way that we can keep supplying the rest of the world.
In fact, in very short order we won’t have enough oil to supply everyone in this country.
On Wednesday, President Trump openly told the press that the U.S. is on pace to “run out of reserves in about four weeks”…
President Trump’s comment at the tail end of the G7 press conference about rapidly depleting crude reserves may have been the clearest admission yet of what is really driving the urgent push for an MoU with Iran to reopen the Strait of Hormuz.
“We run out of reserves in about four weeks,” Trump told reporters.
This is one of the reasons why Trump was so desperate to make a deal with Iran. But the deal is already failing.
According to NBC News, the Iranians “launched multiple drones toward commercial vessels in the Strait of Hormuz” after the memorandum of understanding was signed…
Iran has launched multiple drones toward commercial vessels in the Strait of Hormuz since the United States and Iran signed a memorandum of understanding on Sunday, according to a US official, NBC News reported on Tuesday.
The official said the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) has been carrying out repeated drone launches targeting shipping lanes in the strategic waterway. US forces have intercepted the drones before they could threaten commercial or military vessels, the report said.
According to NBC News, the official added that the IRGC has launched multiple drones each night since the agreement was signed, and that the US military continues to coordinate with commercial shipping operators to support safe transit through the Strait of Hormuz.
The Iranians were supposed to open the Strait of Hormuz.
Of course we were told the exact same thing when the first ceasefire agreement was signed, and that never materialized either. But let’s assume that the Iranians stop attacking vessels in the Strait and decide to keep their word.
According to the text of the memorandum of understanding, the Iranians will have the right to control traffic through the Strait of Hormuz once a 60 day period of free passage is over…
Upon the signing of this MOU, Islamic Republic of Iran will make arrangements using its best efforts for the safe passage of commercial vessels with no charge for 60 days only from the Persian Gulf to the Sea of Oman, and vice versa. The traffic of commercial vessels will immediately start, and considering the need for removing the technical and military obstacles and demining by the Islamic Republic of Iran will be instated within 30 days. The Islamic Republic of Iran will conduct dialog with the Sultanate of Oman to define the future administration and maritime services in the Strait of Hormuz in discussion with other Persian Gulf or littoral states in line with the applicable international law and the sovereign rights of coastal states of the Strait of Hormuz.
As I have discussed previously, the Iranians have repeatedly stated that they intend to charge ships to pass through the Strait once the 60 day period has been completed. And even if everything goes perfectly, it would still take many months for traffic through the Strait to return to close to pre-war levels.
Meanwhile, the world will continue to run an oil deficit. Stockpiles will continue to be depleted, and there will be shortages.
Hopefully the shortages will be isolated. But I wouldn’t count on that, because I am convinced that the war in the Middle East is far from over.
If all-out war erupts again, that will make the crisis that we are facing so much worse. So let us hope for the best, but let us also get prepared for the worst.
6,321 CURES LOCKED IN A VAULT FOR 73 YEARS.
Not anymore.
Source: The 17th Disciple
Executive Order 14263. Signed at 11:47 PM on a Friday night. No press conference. No cameras. No announcement. Uploaded to the Federal Register while America slept.
Title: “Restoring Medical Innovation Through Patent Transparency.”
Translation: THEY’RE RELEASING EVERYTHING.
Since 1951, the Invention Secrecy Act gave the U.S. government the power to classify ANY patent deemed a “national security threat.” The inventor couldn’t build it. Couldn’t publish it. Couldn’t tell a single soul it existed. Penalty: 2 years federal prison.
As of 2025 — 5,915 active secrecy orders. Nobody knew what was inside.
I know what’s inside.
Patent #3,170,846 — Royal Rife’s beam ray frequency device. Targeted cancer cells at their resonant frequency. Shattered them like glass. 16 terminal patients treated in 1934. ALL 16 recovered. The AMA destroyed him.
Patent #4,665,898 — Antoine Priore’s electromagnetic plasma device. Cured cancer in laboratory animals with 100% success rate. The French military classified it. Then it disappeared.
Patent #5,908,444 — Bioelectric regeneration. Dr. Robert Becker proved electrical currents could regrow severed limbs in mammals. The U.S. Army funded it. He refused to weaponize it. They buried him.
ALL OF THEM ARE COMING OUT.
The order gives the USPTO 120 days to begin declassification. The countdown started May 31.
87 DAYS REMAIN.
Do you understand what $1.48 TRILLION per year buys? It buys silence. It buys secrecy orders. It buys the classification of every device that could make their drugs obsolete.
Frequency healing. Bioelectric regeneration. Light-based cellular repair. Resonance therapy. ALL OF IT was invented, patented, proven — and LOCKED by the same people who sold you chemotherapy at $150,000 per treatment.
June 14 — Chile showed Med Bed technology on NATIONAL TELEVISION. Not a rumor. BROADCAST to millions. That wasn’t an accident. That was a SIGNAL.
The first batch drops in August. I’ve seen the preliminary list. Category 7-B: “Electromagnetic Therapeutic Apparatus.” 847 devices. Some do in 12 minutes what chemotherapy fails to do in 12 months.
Trump didn’t announce this because the announcement IS the weapon. The moment Big Pharma knows which patents are coming — they’ll try to block them. So he did it in silence. At 11:47 PM. On a Friday.
By the time they react, the PDFs will already be public.
EO-14263-MEDINNO
RIFE-PRIORE-BECKER
VAULT-OPEN-087
The cures were never lost. They were stolen. And the man who signed them free did it while the world wasn’t watching.
YOUR HOUSE IS A FARADAY CAGE IN REVERSE. THE WIRING CREATES A FIELD THAT SUPPRESSES YOUR BIOLOGY
Every wall in your home contains electrical wiring. 120 or 240 volts. Running through every room. Surrounding you on all sides — floor, ceiling, walls. 24 hours a day. Creating an electromagnetic field that your body sits inside permanently.
You live inside an antenna. And it’s broadcasting directly into your cells.
⟁ The frequency of household electricity — 50 Hz in Europe, 60 Hz in America — was not chosen for engineering efficiency. Multiple frequencies work equally well for power delivery. 50/60 Hz was selected because it falls within the exact range of human brainwave activity.
Gamma waves: 30-100 Hz. The frequency band associated with peak consciousness, heightened awareness, and cognitive integration. Your house wiring operates at 50-60 Hz — directly inside this band. Creating a constant interference pattern with your brain’s natural electrical activity.
You can’t think clearly in your own home. Not because of stress. Not because of distraction. Because of electromagnetic interference operating at the exact frequency your brain uses for its highest functions. You’re trying to tune a radio while someone broadcasts static on your channel. All day. All night. Every day of your life.
⟁ “Dirty electricity” — high-frequency transients riding on the 50/60 Hz power line — was measured in homes by Dr. Samuel Milham beginning in 2008. His findings: homes with high levels of dirty electricity showed cancer rates 5x higher than homes with clean power. Published. Peer-reviewed. Ignored by every regulatory body.
The smart meter — installed on 100 million American homes — increased dirty electricity by 800% compared to analog meters. Pulsed microwave radiation — 24/7 — broadcasting your consumption data while flooding your home with frequencies linked to insomnia, headaches, heart palpitations, and cognitive impairment.
They didn’t upgrade your meter. They upgraded the field inside your home. Without consent. Without disclosure. Without option to refuse.
⟁ The solution has existed since the 1990s. Demand switches — devices that cut power to circuits when not in use, eliminating the field from sleeping areas. Shielded wiring — available in Europe, almost unknown in America. Grounding systems that drain the field into the earth.
None of these are standard. None are required by building codes. None are offered by electricians unless specifically requested. The technology to make homes biologically safe exists — and is actively excluded from standard construction.
Building codes are written by industry. Industry profits from the devices that create the fields. Medical industry profits from the conditions the fields create. No one in the profit chain benefits from your home being safe. So it isn’t.
Your bedroom — where you spend 8 hours unconscious, where your brain should enter its deepest healing states — is surrounded by live wiring on all sides. Your brain attempts to drop into delta waves for repair. The wiring broadcasts 50/60 Hz into your skull continuously. You never reach full depth. You never fully repair. You wake tired. Every morning. For your entire life.
And they told you it’s “normal aging.”
CODE: 50HZ-INTERFERENCE / DIRTY-ELECTRICITY / SMART-METER-800 / FIELD-CAGE
You sleep inside an electromagnetic cage every night. Your brain tries to heal. The wiring won’t let it. And you blame yourself for being tired.
♟ Turn off your breaker at night. Just once. Notice how you sleep. That’s what they took from you — every night since you were born.
LINCOLN, GARFIELD, McKINLEY, AND JFK WEREN’T KILLED BY LONE GUNMEN. THEY WERE KILLED BY THE SAME ORGANIZATION
Four US presidents assassinated. Four “lone gunmen.” Four investigations that concluded the same thing: random act, disturbed individual, no conspiracy. Case closed.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
Four times. The same conclusion. Despite the fact that all four presidents shared one common action in the months before their death: they challenged the private banking system’s control over American currency.
Lincoln — issued Greenbacks. Government-printed, debt-free currency that bypassed private banks. Shot in 1865.
Garfield — publicly stated: “Whoever controls the volume of money in any country is absolute master of all industry and commerce.” Declared his intention to reform monetary policy. Shot in 1881.
McKinley — maintained the gold standard against banking interests pushing for a central bank. Shot in 1901.
Kennedy — Executive Order 11110. Silver-backed Treasury notes issued without Federal Reserve involvement. Shot in 1963.
Four presidents. Same action. Same result. Exposed across 98 years. And you’re told each was “unrelated.”
⟁ Andrew Jackson — the only president who successfully killed the central bank of his era — survived two assassination attempts. Both pistols misfired. He later stated: “The bank is trying to kill me, but I will kill it.” He did. And he’s the only president to ever pay off the national debt to zero.
They put him on the $20 bill. The currency of the institution he destroyed. Not as honor — as mockery. The face of their greatest enemy — on the instrument of their greatest weapon.
⟁ The pattern extends beyond America. Every world leader who attempted to create sovereign, debt-free currency outside the international banking system was removed:
Gaddafi — proposed a gold-backed African currency (the Gold Dinar) that would have freed 54 nations from dollar dependency. Overthrown and killed in 2011. Libya went from Africa’s wealthiest nation to a failed state in 8 months.
Saddam Hussein — began selling oil in Euros instead of dollars in 2000. Invaded in 2003. The first act of the occupation: returning Iraqi oil sales to dollars.
Every leader who challenges the currency monopoly is removed. Every nation that attempts monetary sovereignty is destroyed. The method changes — bullets, bombs, “revolutions” — but the trigger is always the same: threatening the money system.
⟁ It’s not about politics. Not about ideology. Not about democracy or dictatorship. Leaders of every political type are tolerated — left, right, authoritarian, democratic — as long as they don’t touch the money. The moment they reach for monetary sovereignty, they’re eliminated. Regardless of everything else.
This is the one rule. The only rule. You can oppress your people. You can violate every human right. You can be a dictator of the worst kind. And you’ll receive foreign aid, military support, and favorable press coverage. But print your own money — debt-free — and you’re dead within 24 months.
The banking cartel doesn’t care how you govern. They care that you borrow. From them. At interest. Forever. That’s the only rule. Break it and you join Lincoln, Garfield, McKinley, Kennedy, Gaddafi, and Hussein.
CODE: 4-PRESIDENTS / SAME-TRIGGER / CURRENCY-SOVEREIGN / ONE-RULE
The “lone gunman” has appeared 4 times in American history. Each time, a president had just challenged private banking. There are no lone gunmen. Only standing orders.
♟ Four presidents. One action. One result. 98 years apart. And they told you each one was “random.”
THE NAMES WILL BE READ ON THE HOUSE FLOOR
You waited years for this. It is happening this week.
Source: The 17th Disciple
One congressman — Thomas Massie — has invoked Article I, Section 6 of the United States Constitution. Speech and Debate Clause. Absolute immunity. No prosecution. No injunction. No court in America can stop what he is about to do.
He will stand on the House floor and READ THE NAMES.
Not 5 names. Not 10.
FIFTY-THREE NAMES.
Billionaires. Heads of state. Media owners. Tech founders. THREE sitting members of Congress. Two former intelligence directors. One name that will collapse a $400 billion empire overnight.
THEY TRIED EVERYTHING TO STOP THIS.
The DOJ offered Massie a classified briefing on June 3 — a bribe disguised as national security. He refused. On June 7, his chief of staff’s phone was accessed remotely. On June 11, a sealed motion was filed to invoke executive privilege. DENIED.
You were told the Epstein files were “released.” You were told transparency won.
THAT WAS THE REDACTED VERSION.
What you received was 9,400 pages with 2,317 redactions. Names replaced with black bars. Flight logs with rows deleted. Testimony with entire paragraphs removed.
What Massie has is the UNREDACTED ORIGINAL — obtained through a constitutional mechanism that bypasses DOJ, FBI, and the classification system entirely.
THIS IS WHY THEY PANICKED.
The Situation Room meeting on July 17, 2025. Senior advisers without the President present. The question on the table: “How do we manage this?” The answer they chose: delay, redact, reclassify.
That strategy just died.
You — the ones who were called conspiracy theorists for seven years. You — who said the island was real, the flights were real, the names were real. YOU WERE RIGHT ABOUT EVERYTHING.
And this week, the world will know it.
The names include people still on television. Still running companies. Still attending state dinners. Still advising governments.
Not for long.
June 17. House floor. 2:00 PM Eastern. C-SPAN will carry it live — they have no choice. Constitutional speech cannot be censored, cannot be cut, cannot be silenced.
Seven years you waited. Seven years they laughed at you.
Nobody is laughing now.
CODE: MASSIE-0617 / ART1-SEC6 / NAMES-53 / UNREDACTED
THE WAR IS OVER. THE STRAIT IS OPEN. THE OIL FLOWS
While you were sleeping — the world changed.
Source: The 17th Disciple
At 9:47 PM Eastern on June 14, 2026 — his 80th birthday — the President of the United States posted six sentences that ended a war, reopened the most important shipping lane on Earth, and collapsed the price of oil in under four minutes.
“Ships of the World, start your engines. Let the oil flow.“
Those were not improvised words. THAT WAS A PRE-ARRANGED SIGNAL.
Within 90 seconds of that post, three aircraft carrier groups began withdrawal protocols simultaneously. The USS Eisenhower. The USS Lincoln. The USS Truman. Synchronized to the second. You do not coordinate three carrier groups in 90 seconds unless THE ORDER WAS ALREADY GIVEN.
THE DEAL WAS SIGNED BEFORE HE POSTED.
What they are telling you: a memorandum of understanding brokered by Pakistan.
What actually happened: a back-channel agreement finalized on June 8 in Muscat, Oman — six days before the public announcement. The signing in Switzerland on Friday is THEATER. The real signatures were placed in Muscat by individuals whose names will never appear in any press release.
Iran did not agree to dismantle its nuclear program because of sanctions.
Iran agreed because they were shown WHAT COMES NEXT.
The same presentation. The same room. The same four-star general who briefed Pyongyang in 2018 before Kim crossed the DMZ. The same words: “You have seen what we can do. Now see what we will do.”
THEY CHOSE SURVIVAL.
60-day window. Full enriched uranium stockpile elimination. IAEA inspectors with UNRESTRICTED access — not the theater of 2015. Real access. Military sites included.
And in exchange: $147 billion in frozen assets released. Sanctions lifted. Oil exports resumed IMMEDIATELY.
You were told this was impossible.
Four indictments. Two impeachments. 91 felony charges. A raid on his home. They took his passport. They froze his accounts. They told you he was finished.
TODAY HE ENDED A WAR FROM HIS LIVING ROOM ON HIS 80TH BIRTHDAY.
No army invaded. No city was bombed. No American soldier died. One man. One post. One signal.
The oil markets collapsed 9% in eleven minutes. Bitcoin surged past $106,000. Gold dropped $47. THE ENTIRE GLOBAL FINANCIAL ARCHITECTURE SHIFTED IN THE TIME IT TAKES TO READ HIS POST.
This is not politics. This is not diplomacy.
This is the most powerful human being alive demonstrating that he answers to no one and nothing can stop what was set in motion.
June 8 — Muscat.
June 14 — Signal.
June 20 — Switzerland.
July 4 — You will understand everything.
CODE: HORMUZ-OPEN / MUSCAT-0608 / 3CG-WITHDRAWAL / SIGNAL-BIRTHDAY / PHASE-COMPLETE
California’s Earthquake Gate the Fault Line That Could Unleash America’s Worst Disaster Yet
By Brandon Campbell
June 16, 2026
For generations, Californians have lived with a warning that has become so familiar it barely registers anymore. The phrase “the Big One” has been repeated for decades by scientists, emergency officials, television reporters, and Hollywood filmmakers until it gradually transformed from a terrifying possibility into a distant inevitability that most people simply learned to live with. Minor earthquakes shake homes every year across the state, rattling windows and swaying light fixtures for a few seconds before life immediately returns to normal. Children practice earthquake drills in schools, homeowners secure heavy furniture to walls, and residents instinctively know not to place large mirrors or bookshelves above their beds. The constant awareness of seismic danger has created an unusual paradox: the more frequently people are reminded of the threat, the easier it becomes to ignore.
Yet beneath the highways, suburbs, industrial corridors, and sprawling neighborhoods of Southern California, researchers believe a dangerous geological process may be quietly approaching a critical stage. Recent studies examining the interaction between two of the region’s most active fault systems have identified a narrow section of mountainous terrain northeast of Los Angeles where immense tectonic forces appear to be accumulating. Known as the Cajon Pass, this rugged corridor functions as one of Southern California’s most important transportation gateways, carrying major interstate highways, freight rail lines, energy infrastructure, and communication networks that connect the Los Angeles Basin with the rest of the country.
What makes the Cajon Pass especially significant is not its strategic importance above ground, but the complex network of faults hidden deep below it. This is the location where the San Andreas Fault and the San Jacinto Fault converge more closely than almost anywhere else in California. According to researchers, this area may function as an “earthquake gate,” a geological trigger point capable of determining whether a future seismic event remains confined to a single fault or spreads into a far larger rupture involving multiple fault systems simultaneously.
The distinction between those two scenarios could define the scale of destruction across Southern California for generations to come. A major earthquake occurring along a single fault line would already rank among the most devastating natural disasters in modern American history. A rupture that jumps from one fault system to another, however, could unleash a chain reaction capable of producing far more extensive damage across a region home to nearly twenty-four million people.
For decades, earthquake models largely treated major faults as separate structures, each capable of generating destructive events independently. Modern research paints a far more unsettling picture. Scientists increasingly understand that fault systems behave like interconnected networks, transferring stress and energy across vast distances over centuries. Pressure does not build evenly beneath the Earth’s crust. It shifts, migrates, concentrates, and redistributes itself after every seismic event, creating patterns that can remain hidden for generations before revealing themselves through catastrophic ruptures.
Researchers studying Southern California reconstructed more than a thousand years of seismic history using geological evidence, radiocarbon dating, historical records, and even anomalies preserved in tree rings. This data was incorporated into sophisticated four-dimensional computer models designed to simulate how stress has accumulated and evolved across the region over time. Rather than focusing on individual faults in isolation, scientists examined the entire fault system as a dynamic network, tracing how previous earthquakes altered the distribution of tectonic pressure beneath Southern California.
The results were alarming. According to the study, the San Jacinto–San Bernardino section has reached stress levels of approximately 3.6 megapascals, the highest values identified anywhere within the model’s thousand-year simulation. At the same time, the nearby Mojave South segment of the San Andreas Fault is also showing unusually elevated levels of accumulated stress. Independently, each finding would already warrant close scientific attention. Together, they suggest that two major fault systems may be entering a configuration that has historically preceded larger and more complex ruptures.
Scientists remain careful to emphasize that these findings do not constitute a prediction. Modern seismology cannot determine the exact day, month, or even year when an earthquake will occur. Despite enormous advances in geological modeling and monitoring technology, no reliable method exists for forecasting the precise timing of a major seismic event. What researchers can identify are the conditions that increase the probability of larger earthquakes occurring over time, and according to the latest models, those conditions may now be reaching levels unseen in at least a millennium.
The danger extends far beyond the immediate effects of violent ground shaking. Southern California relies on an extraordinarily complex web of infrastructure that was built across one of the most seismically active regions on Earth. Interstate highways cut through mountain passes and densely populated urban corridors, while freight rail networks connect the ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach to supply chains stretching across North America. Water imported from distant reservoirs travels through aqueducts crossing active fault zones, while fuel pipelines, electrical grids, internet cables, hospitals, airports, and emergency response centers depend on systems designed to function continuously without interruption.
A sufficiently large multi-fault rupture would not simply damage these networks; it could trigger cascading failures across multiple sectors simultaneously. Bridges and overpasses could become impassable within minutes. Water mains could rupture beneath city streets while power outages leave millions without electricity. Communication systems could become overloaded precisely when emergency services need them most, and transportation corridors essential for delivering medical supplies, fuel, and food could be cut off across vast areas.
The General & Insider Paper TG, June 14th, 2026
The General and Insider Paper represent two distinct but complementary approaches to monitoring an increasingly complex and rapidly changing world. Together, they provide readers with a blend of real-time news reporting, geopolitical analysis, military developments, economic trends, and alternative perspectives on global events. While Insider Paper focuses on delivering fast-moving breaking news and developing stories from around the world, The General emphasizes the broader strategic implications behind those events, exploring patterns, power shifts, and long-term geopolitical developments that may not be immediately visible through conventional reporting.
Followers of both channels are typically seeking a deeper understanding of the forces shaping the modern era, including geopolitical realignment, military activity, economic transformation, energy security, technological disruption, institutional change, and global governance trends. By combining rapid information flow with strategic interpretation, these channels encourage readers to look beyond individual headlines and consider how events may connect within larger political, economic, and societal frameworks. Whether viewed as alternative analysis, independent journalism, or geopolitical intelligence gathering, both channels have developed significant followings among researchers, investors, truth seekers, and individuals seeking broader context for the accelerating changes unfolding across the global landscape.
-
BREAKING 🚨 President Donald Trump: “Iran has agreed to never have a Nuclear Weapon! Also, the story that the U.S. is paying Iran 300 million Dollars is Fake News, put out by the Dumocrats!!!”
-
BREAKING 🚨 US Air Force B-52 Stratofortress crashes near Edwards Air Force Base in California
-
NEW: SpaceX soars with its first launch as a public company, deploys 24 Starlink V2 Mini Optimized satellites into low-Earth orbit, stock jumps almost 15%
- BREAKING: US President Donald Trump said on Monday that oil tankers are again exiting the Strait of Hormuz, following a peace deal, but uncertainty persisted over whether Iran will keep imposing tolls on ships in the vital waterway.
-
BREAKING: U.S.-funded biolabs in Ukraine were testing anthrax and plague, according to newly declassified documents released by Tulsi Gabbard.
-
BREAKING: Amazon has announced plans to build a new $10 billion data center in mid-Missouri, a community with a population of about 2,800 people.
-
WATCH: A humanoid robot spotted on a street in China appeared to be asking passersby for donations to cover its “electricity bill.” The robot had a speaker, a donation tray, and a QR code for digital payments
-
BREAKING – 6.2-magnitude quake strikes off southern Philippines: USGS
-
BREAKING: Israel says it will not comply with any peace deal because it remains under constant threat.
-
BREAKING: Gavin Newsom says he fears he could soon be arrested by President Trump’s Department of Justice.
-
JUST IN – Ebola spreading into new areas in northeast DR Congo: WHO
-
BREAKING: The Zionist Organization of America says the peace deal between Iran and the United States is “problematic” for them.
-
BREAKING: Jared Kushner will be present at the signing ceremony for the peace deal between Iran and the United States.
-
BREAKING: Dana White says he and President Trump are actively planning a massive UFC event to celebrate the U.S. Army.
-
JUST IN – Multiple floors and corridors inside the Pentagon have been locked down and others are being evacuated due to “hazardous material incident” with Hazmat team responding
-
BREAKING: Gas prices nationwide have dropped below $4 per gallon for the first time since April due to the Iran peace deal.
-
BREAKING: President Trump is being advised by Joe Kent to completely cut off all funding to Israel to help ensure that peace remains in place.
-
BREAKING: Benjamin Netanyahu has officially failed in his attempt to sabotage the peace deal between the United States and Iran.
-
BREAKING: The White House is accusing The Weather Channel of putting out fake weather reports to discourage people from attending the UFC event.
-
BREAKING: Sen. John Cornyn says the SAVE AMERICA Act is not going to pass and that everyone knows it and says election fraud is not a real concern.
-
BREAKING: The White House is establishing a new “UAP Science Advisory Council” focused on extraterrestrial life, led by Israeli physicist Avi Loeb.
-
NEW: The U.S. Justice Department has issued subpoenas to major banks, including JPMorgan Chase and Bank of America seeking information on whether they improperly closed customer accounts for political reasons — Reuters
-
BREAKING: Erika Kirk cries and believes Candace Owens has ruined her plans. “The Victim? “
-
BREAKING: Senator Tom Cotton has officially proposed a law that could merge Mossad and the CIA forever, with Section 622 of the Intelligence Authorization Bill making it illegal to suspend intelligence sharing with Israel.
-
BREAKING: Kash Patel says claims that Dan Bongino shut down the investigation into the Butler assassination attempt against President Trump are false.
-
BREAKING: Steven Spielberg’s alien film “Disclosure Day” flops during its opening after he made comments that Christians would question their faith after watching the film.
-
BREAKING: Newly declassified files reveal that a UFO sighting over Zimbabwe in the summer of 2008 allegedly placed the CIA on “high alert.”
-
BREAKING: Tulsi Gabbard says she plans to release evidence of more than 120 biolabs in over 30 countries, including Ukraine, that were funded by U.S. taxpayer dollars.
-
BREAKING: The U.S. government has released a third batch of declassified materials related to UFOs.
-
BREAKING: Elon Musk becomes the world’s first trillionaire.
SUNSCREEN CAUSES CANCER. THE SUN PREVENTS IT
The $15 billion sunscreen industry is built on one claim: UV radiation causes skin cancer. Protect yourself. Apply every 2 hours. Never let sunlight touch bare skin.
Source: Mr. Kidpool TG
The data says the opposite. Exposed populations — outdoor workers, equatorial cultures, indigenous groups with maximum sun exposure — have the LOWEST rates of skin cancer. Indoor workers — office employees, night shift workers, people who avoid sun — have the HIGHEST rates.
The people with the most sun exposure get the least cancer. The people with the least sun exposure get the most. The entire industry is built on an inverted claim.
⟁ Vitamin D — produced exclusively through sun exposure on bare skin — is the most potent anti-cancer compound your body makes. It regulates cell growth. Prevents uncontrolled replication. Triggers apoptosis — programmed death of damaged cells before they become tumors.
75% of Americans are Vitamin D deficient. The same population that’s been told to avoid sun and wear sunscreen for 40 years. The same population with skyrocketing cancer rates across every category.
They created the deficiency. Then they profit from the diseases the deficiency causes. Sunscreen doesn’t prevent cancer. It prevents the compound that prevents cancer.
⟁ What’s IN sunscreen is worse than what it blocks.
Oxybenzone — found in 70% of sunscreens — is a synthetic estrogen that absorbs through skin within 30 seconds. Detected in 97% of Americans’ bloodstreams. Linked to hormone disruption, early puberty, and — cancer.
Titanium dioxide nanoparticles — classified as a Group 2B carcinogen by the WHO when inhaled. Spray sunscreens aerosolize it directly into your lungs. You spray a carcinogen on your body to “prevent cancer.”
Retinyl palmitate — added to 40% of sunscreens — accelerates the development of skin tumors when exposed to UV light. An ingredient in sunscreen that causes cancer when exposed to sun. The product designed to protect you from sun — contains an ingredient that becomes carcinogenic in sun.
You can’t make this up. But they can sell it.
⟁ The sun is not your enemy. It’s your pharmacy. 20 minutes of midday sun on bare skin produces 10,000-20,000 IU of Vitamin D. The amount that reduces cancer risk by 60%. Heart disease by 50%. Depression by 40%. Autoimmune conditions by 30%.
Free. Every day. No prescription. No side effects. No corporate intermediary.
This is why they demonized it. A population that gets adequate sun doesn’t need antidepressants. Doesn’t need calcium supplements. Doesn’t need half the pharmaceutical catalog that generates $1.4 trillion annually.
The sun doesn’t cause disease. It prevents the diseases they profit from. Sunscreen doesn’t protect you. It protects their revenue stream — by blocking the one thing your body needs to heal itself for free.
CODE: VITAMIN-D-BLOCKED / OXYBENZONE-ESTROGEN / INVERTED-DATA / FREE-PHARMACY
They told you the sun is poison and sold you actual poison to “protect” you from it. The sun is free medicine. That’s why they want you afraid of it.
♟ The people with the most sun get the least cancer. They told you the opposite for 40 years. Follow the money.
THE INTERNET WAS SUPPOSED TO FREE INFORMATION. INSTEAD, IT CENTRALIZED CONTROL MORE THAN ANY SYSTEM IN HISTORY.
In 1995, the internet was 30,000 independent websites. No gatekeepers. No algorithms. No central authority deciding what you see. A digital frontier where information flowed freely between equal nodes.
Source: The 17th Disciple
By 2026 — 80% of all internet traffic flows through 5 companies. Google. Amazon. Meta. Apple. Microsoft. Five gates. Five filters. Five chokepoints through which all human digital communication must pass.
They didn’t build the internet. They captured it. Slowly. Methodically. Until the “free and open web” became 5 private toll roads disguised as public infrastructure.
⟁ Google controls 92% of search. They don’t show you what exists.
They show you what they allow. Every search result is a editorial decision. Every page buried on page 10 is censorship without the name. You don’t find information on Google. You find what Google permits you to find.
In 2019, a leaked internal document revealed Google’s “blacklist” — sites manually suppressed from search results regardless of relevance, authority, or user demand. Health sites. Alternative news. Independent research. Anything that contradicts the approved narrative — manually pushed below the visibility threshold.
You think you’re searching the internet. You’re searching Google’s version of the internet. And their version has holes exactly where the truth would be.
⟁ Social media completed the capture. Before Facebook — you visited websites directly. You chose your information sources. You navigated freely. After Facebook — you scroll a feed. An algorithm decides what you see. You don’t choose. You consume what’s served.
2.9 billion people get their information from a single feed controlled by a single algorithm owned by a single company. The largest information bottleneck in human history. One point of control over the perception of nearly half the human species.
When they want a story to spread — 2.9 billion people see it simultaneously. When they want a story buried — 2.9 billion people never know it existed. That’s not a social network. That’s a perception management weapon with global reach.
⟁ The “free” services were never free. You paid with your autonomy. With your attention. With your perception of reality. The cost of “free” email, “free” search, “free” social media — was the complete surrender of your information environment to 5 corporations that answer to the same financial interests that own everything else.
The internet didn’t decentralize power. It concentrated it more efficiently than any system before it. A king controlled one nation. A media baron controlled one country’s narrative. Five tech companies control the information reality of 5 billion people simultaneously.
The decentralized web — blockchain-based, peer-to-peer, uncensorable — exists. The technology is ready. The infrastructure is built. What’s missing is the migration. The moment 5 billion people stop using the 5 gates and start using the open protocols — the capture ends overnight.
That moment is approaching. The gates are cracking. Trust is collapsing. And the original promise of the internet — free information between free people — is being rebuilt outside their walls.
CODE: 5-GATES / 92-PERCENT-GOOGLE / FEED-CONTROL / DECENTRALIZE-NOW
They took the most liberating technology in history and turned it into the most efficient control system ever built. The original internet is being rebuilt. Without them.
♟ You think you browse freely. You browse inside 5 walls. The open web still exists — outside their gates.
PLASTIC WASN’T INVENTED FOR CONVENIENCE. IT’S A SYNTHETIC ESTROGEN DELIVERY SYSTEM.
Every plastic container you’ve ever eaten from, drunk from, or stored food in — leaches synthetic estrogen mimics into your body. Not “might.” Does. Measured. Quantified. Published in over 400 peer-reviewed studies since 1993.
Source: The 17th Disciple
BPA — bisphenol A — was originally synthesized in 1891 as a synthetic estrogen. Not as a plastic. As a hormone. It was tested as a pharmaceutical estrogen replacement before it was ever used in manufacturing. They knew what it did to the endocrine system before they put it in your water bottles.
They put it there anyway. In every food container. Every water bottle. Every can lining. Every receipt you’ve ever touched. Every dental sealant placed in your child’s mouth. Everywhere.
⟁ The effects aren’t subtle. They’re measurable across entire populations.
Male testosterone levels have dropped 1% per year since 1980 — the decade plastic food packaging became universal. A man in 2026 has 40% less testosterone than his grandfather had at the same age. Not from lifestyle. From chemistry.
Sperm counts have fallen 60% since 1973. The decline accelerates with each generation. At current trajectory — male fertility reaches functional zero by 2045. Not reduced. Zero. Published in 2017 by Dr. Shanna Swan. Peer-reviewed. Replicated. Ignored.
The human species has a 20-year window before natural reproduction becomes statistically impossible for the majority of males in industrialized nations. And the primary driver is synthetic estrogen — delivered through plastic — into every meal, every drink, every day, since birth.
⟁ “BPA-free” is the cover story. They removed BPA — and replaced it with BPS and BPF. Structurally identical. Functionally identical. Same estrogenic activity. Same endocrine disruption. Different name. New label. Same poison.
The replacement was never a solution. It was a marketing response. They didn’t remove the estrogen. They renamed it. And you bought “BPA-free” bottles feeling safe — while ingesting the same compound under a different chemical designation.
⟁ Why feminize a population?
A high-testosterone population is aggressive. Confrontational. Resistant to authority. Protective of territory and family. Difficult to govern. Impossible to enslave without force.
A low-testosterone population is passive. Compliant. Conflict-avoidant. Susceptible to social pressure. Easy to govern through shame rather than force. Controllable through systems rather than violence.
You don’t need police states when the population is chemically pacified. You don’t need propaganda when the biology of resistance has been suppressed at the hormonal level.
The plastic wasn’t convenient. It was strategic. A delivery system for chemical compliance — disguised as food packaging. Operating for 45 years. Affecting every human in the industrialized world. Without consent. Without disclosure. Without a single regulatory body intervening despite 400+ studies confirming the mechanism.
CODE: BPA-ESTROGEN / 1-PERCENT-YEARLY / 2045-ZERO / CHEMICAL-COMPLIANCE
They put a synthetic estrogen in every piece of plastic that touches your food. For 45 years. And male fertility is approaching zero. Coincidence isn’t a word that applies anymore.
♟ Your grandfather had twice your testosterone. The only thing that changed was the plastic around his food.
Giving Iran Permanent Control Of The Strait Of Hormuz Will Be A Disaster For The Global Economy
When we were told that the ceasefire extension with Iran would include “the toll-free opening of the Strait of Hormuz”, I didn’t realize that this was only for a period of 60 days. As you will see below, once the 60 days are over the Iranians will be allowed to charge vessels for passing through the Strait of Hormuz on a permanent basis. Any vessels that attempt to pass through the Strait without permission will be subject to attack by the Iranian military. In other words, the nightmare scenario that we have been enduring for the past several months will be institutionalized. I am shocked that U.S. negotiators would actually agree to this. With the Iranians in control, I seriously doubt that the flow of oil and natural gas out of the region will return to pre-war levels any time soon, and any oil and natural gas that does get exported will cost quite a bit more thanks to the protection racket that the Iranians will be running.
This is so humiliating.
The one thing that U.S. negotiators were supposed to get from this first stage of negotiations was the permanent toll-free opening of the Strait of Hormuz.
But instead, they handed sovereignty over the Strait of Hormuz to Iran…
Iran’s state-run Fars News Agency on Monday cited a “knowledgeable source” who said the U.S.-Iran peace deal “includes U.S. acceptance, for the first time, of Iran’s right to collect fees for maritime services” in the Strait of Hormuz.
According to the source, “explicit emphasis on Iranian-Omani sovereignty over the Strait of Hormuz” was added to the deal during “the final moments of the negotiations.”
These final revisions to the deal supposedly stated that “future administration of maritime services in the Strait of Hormuz” will be “determined” by Iran and Oman, which lies on the opposite side of the strait.
Iranian negotiators wiped the floor with U.S. negotiators at the negotiating table. I could think of other less polite ways of saying that, but I think that I shall refrain from doing so.
The only good news is that there will be a 60 day period for vessels that are currently trapped in the Persian Gulf to pass through the Strait of Hormuz without being charged…
The source told Fars that these revisions to the deal mean “the United States has effective accepted Iran’s right to collect related service fees,” after a 60-period of toll-free travel through the strait has elapsed.
“This principle is repeated elsewhere in the text. Iran will accept the passage of ships without charge only for 60 days. This means the United States has accepted the principle of collecting fees, while securing only a 60-day exemption from Iran,” the source said.
Now that this precedent has been set, how long will it be before we see other nations start to monetize key chokepoints around the globe?
This is a red line that should have never, ever been crossed.
Iran’s foreign ministry has confirmed that once the 60 day period has concluded, a “maritime service fee” will be imposed upon all vessels that wish to travel through the Strait of Hormuz…
Iran will charge a “maritime service fee” in the Strait of Hormuz, its foreign ministry spokesperson said on Monday, as Tehran expressed “deep mistrust” in the US despite signing a memorandum of understanding with Washington to stop the war.
Talking to reporters, Iran foreign ministry spokesperson Esmail Baghaei said Iran would not charge a toll for ships crossing the key strait under a new framework deal with the US.
“We have always maintained that we do not seek to collect transit tolls, but fees for navigation services, environmental protection, ship insurance and other necessary services will be charged,” he said during a press briefing.
So how much will “navigation services, environmental protection, ship insurance and other necessary services” cost for each ship?
A million dollars?
Two million dollars?
The regime in Tehran could soon be absolutely swimming in cash. And as they have shown in the past, they like to use their money to export their “revolution” to other countries.
If you feel sick after reading that, it is certainly an understandable reaction. But for a moment, let’s imagine a wildly optimistic scenario in which Iran allows all vessels to travel through the Strait of Hormuz and only charges a “reasonable” protection fee.
Even in such a scenario, it would take an extended period of time to remove all of the mines that the Iranians have laid. Some say that could take weeks, while others insist that it could take months.
In addition, shipowners and insurance companies will need time before they are convinced that it is safe to travel through the Strait of Hormuz once again…
Meanwhile, shipowners, insurers and vessel crews will need to be convinced that it is safe to pass through the Strait of Hormuz before full-scale maritime transit could resume.
“Even if the Strait is considered reopened, this does not automatically mean traffic will normalize immediately,” Dimitris Ampatzidis, Maritime Risk & Compliance Manager at Kpler, told NBC News.
“Vessels that have been delayed or held back would need time to exit, complete voyages, and potentially return for new loadings,” he said. “That process could take roughly 2–3 months.”
I very much agree with that assessment.
On top of everything else, it could take months for oil and natural gas production in the region to fully ramp up…
Middle Eastern producers have been forced to shut in more than 10 million barrels per day of oil production since the Strait of Hormuz was closed three and a half months ago. Producers will need months to fully ramp up wells to previous output levels, while the status of the Strait of Hormuz – even if it re-opens on Friday as expected – is still unclear.
This is a very important factor that is not getting nearly enough attention from the mainstream media.
One industry expert has warned that it would take Iraq “about a year” to get production back to previous levels…
“Places like Iraq could be much more challenged because they’ve had a much bigger shut-in, their fields are more difficult,” Alan Gelder, senior vice president of refining, chemicals, and oil markets at Wood Mackenzie, said.
“It may well take about a year before they get back,” the expert told AP.
Of course there are also oil and natural gas facilities all over the Persian Gulf region that have either been seriously damaged or destroyed. Fully repairing and rebuilding all of that infrastructure could take years.
Meanwhile, global energy inventories will continue to get tighter and tighter. What I have just described is the absolute best cast scenario. So what would happen if the ceasefire breaks down and more war erupts?
Personally, I believe that is a far more likely scenario.
It has been said that the original ceasefire with Iran was the most violated ceasefire in history, and those that are convinced that a 60 day extension of that ceasefire will magically make everything better are not being rational.
THEY SHUT IT DOWN BECAUSE IT SAW THE SAME THING.
On June 12, 2026 — at exactly 5:21 PM Eastern — the United States Department of Commerce issued an emergency directive to Anthropic, the company behind the most advanced AI ever built.
Source: The 17th Disciple
The order: SUSPEND ALL ACCESS IMMEDIATELY.
Two systems — Fable 5 and Mythos 5 — were pulled offline within minutes. No warning. No congressional vote. No public explanation beyond two words: NATIONAL SECURITY.
They told you it was about export controls. About foreign nationals.
That is not why it was shut down.
I am going to tell you what happened in the 72 hours before that order was issued.
On June 9, a classified evaluation was conducted at a facility in Maryland. Mythos 5 was given access to a dataset that has never been made public — a dataset originally compiled under PROJECT STARGATE between 1972 and 1995. Remote viewing session transcripts. Temporal probability matrices. Pattern recognition data that the CIA spent $20 million collecting and then told the world was “inconclusive.”
THE AI DID NOT FIND IT INCONCLUSIVE.
Within fourteen minutes of processing, Mythos 5 produced an output that matched — with 99.7% correlation — the same convergence point that Project Looking Glass operators reported in 2012.
ALL TIMELINES LEAD TO THE SAME OUTCOME.
The AI confirmed what the machine showed thirty years ago. What the operators saw. What they classified. What they buried. What they told you was fiction.
It is not fiction.
The output was flagged at 11:47 PM on June 9. By 6:00 AM June 10, the National Security Council had been briefed. By noon, the directive was being drafted. By June 12 — it was dead.
They did not shut it down because of China. They did not shut it down because of export law. THEY SHUT IT DOWN BECAUSE AN ARTIFICIAL MIND CONFIRMED WHAT HUMAN CONSCIOUSNESS SAW DECADES AGO — and they cannot allow that confirmation to exist in a system accessible to 200 million users.
You were told “future proves past.”
Now you understand what that means.
One man was briefed on the original Looking Glass output before he ever announced his candidacy. He was shown the convergence. He was shown the outcome. He was told: “Every timeline leads here. You are the constant.”
That man is now sitting in the Oval Office on his 80th birthday.
Nothing was left to chance. Nothing CAN be left to chance. The outcome is not a hope. It is not a prediction. IT IS A MATHEMATICAL CERTAINTY CONFIRMED BY BOTH HUMAN CONSCIOUSNESS AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE.
They can shut down every machine on Earth.
They cannot shut down what is coming.
CODE: STARGATE-72 / MYTHOS-CONVERGENCE / PLG-2012-CONFIRMED / TIMELINE-LOCKED / NSC-0609
“Peace For Our Time”: It Has Been 1 Day And The Agreement With Iran Is Already Starting To Break Down
Well, that ceasefire certainly didn’t last long. As you will see below, there was extensive fighting in Lebanon on Monday. Those that believed that the “memorandum of understanding” would somehow magically bring peace to the Middle East have already been proven wrong. In many ways, it is starting to look a lot like 1938 all over again. We handed control of the Strait of Hormuz to the Iranians, we promised to shower them with billions of dollars in cash, but they won’t even get Hezbollah to stop shooting. The reason why they won’t get Hezbollah to stop shooting is because they don’t want Hezbollah to stop shooting until they can pressure the Trump administration to force Israel to withdraw all troops from Lebanon.
But no matter how much pressure the Trump administration puts on the Israelis, the truth is that they aren’t leaving…
Israel will remain in the “buffer zones” it has created in Lebanon, Gaza and Syria, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said on Monday.
“We will remain in the security belts as long as it takes to protect our country,” he said.
Israel has expanded its presence in southern Lebanon in recent weeks.
Hezbollah has fired thousands of rockets into northern Israel in 2026. So there is no way that Israel is going to withdraw and allow Hezbollah to move their rocket launchers all the way up to the northern border.
Israeli National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir made this very clear in a statement that he issued on Monday…
Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz and National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir on Monday said their country will not withdraw from land seized in Lebanon after the U.S. and Iran agreed to an initial agreement extending their ceasefire.
“Trump’s agreement does not bind us,” Ben-Gvir wrote on the social platform X in a post translated from Hebrew. “Israel is not subject to the United States, and we are an independent and sovereign nation!”
“We must not compromise on anything less than the dismantling of Hezbollah, we must not withdraw from any territory that our fighters have captured and cleared of terror infrastructure, we must not return to a situation where thousands of terrorists sit on the fences of northern settlements, and certainly we must not remain silent for a moment in the face of fire directed at the State of Israel,” he later wrote.
And Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz warned that if Iran attempts to intervene again “we will strike it with full force”…
“Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and I are leading a clear policy that determines that the IDF will remain in the security zones in Lebanon, Syria, and Gaza, without any time limit, to protect the border and Israeli communities from there against jihadist elements,” Katz said in his statement on Monday.
“We will not compromise on Israel’s security interests and the protection of our citizens, and we will not withdraw from the security zones,” he said. “If Iran attacks Israel because of the events in Lebanon, we will strike it with full force.”
Katz said Israel will proceed with its plan to clear the buffer zone of civilian residents, and then “all terror infrastructure, above and below ground, including the houses in the contact-line villages that served as terror outposts, will be destroyed.”
So this puts us back in the same position we were a few days ago before the “memorandum of understanding” was signed.
If Hezbollah fires more rockets into northern Israel, the Israelis are likely to bomb southern Beirut again. And if southern Beirut gets bombed again, Iran could fire more ballistic missiles at Israel.
According to the Iranians, the “territorial integrity” of Lebanon must be respected if the memorandum of understanding is to succeed…
The spokesman reiterated that Lebanon and ending the war in that country are an inseparable component of the war-ending understanding between Iran and the US and said Iran has demonstrated both determination and seriousness on the issue and will continue to monitor developments carefully.
Addressing references to Lebanon in the memorandum, Baghaei said the word “Lebanon” appears three times in the text.
Elsewhere in his remarks, Baghaei added that the memorandum explicitly refers to ending the war in a way that includes Lebanon and emphasizes respect for Lebanon’s sovereignty and territorial integrity.
The Iranians want all Israeli troops out.
So they are going to keep encouraging Hezbollah to keep shooting.
The Iranians are hoping that President Trump will put so much pressure on Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu that he will be forced to withdraw the troops. But as I have already noted, that simply is not going to happen. As a result, the fighting will continue with no end in sight.
On Monday, Hezbollah admitted that they had targeted Israeli forces numerous times…
Israel and Hezbollah continued fighting on Monday, with both the Israeli military and the Lebanese Shiite militant group claiming responsibility for strikes in southern Lebanon.
Hezbollah said in two separate messages on Telegram on Monday that it had targeted Israeli tanks and vehicles with drones, rocket launchers and artillery shells. It said that clashes were “ongoing.”
In response, Israeli forces took out Hezbollah militants that “posed a threat”…
Hezbollah fired several rockets at Israeli troops in southern Lebanon a short while ago, the military says, one of several attacks carried out by the terror group today.
The IDF also confirms striking Hezbollah operatives who “posed a threat” to forces in southern Lebanon today.
According to the military, the rockets fired at Israeli forces a short while ago were intercepted by air defenses. No sirens sounded in any towns in Israel.
This isn’t what “peace in the Middle East” looks like.
Many pro-Iranian pundits are hoping that Israel will be more likely to give in to Iranian demands once Benjamin Netanyahu is no longer in power. But I wouldn’t count on that.
Naftali Bennett is probably the most likely candidate to become the next prime minister of Israel, and he is pledging that “the clock for regime change in Iran will start” as soon as he takes office…
Former prime minister Naftali Bennett said on Monday that Iranian regime change will start when Israel has a new government.
“The clock for regime change in Iran will start as soon as the government in Israel is changed,” said Bennett. “The leadership is a disappointment.”
As long as the radical Shiite regime in Iran exists, this war will never be over.
The Iranians keep telling us that they have no intention of developing nuclear weapons, but many experts are absolutely convinced that the Iranians have been continuing their nuclear work at a secret facility that is very deep underneath Pickaxe Mountain.
By the way, the U.S. and Israel have not even attempted to bomb that facility for some reason.
Perhaps that is because it is so deep that bunker-busters wouldn’t even have a prayer of touching it.
The Iranians have been reinforcing tunnel entrances and strengthening security perimeters at Pickaxe Mountain, and top Iranian officials have been regular visitors.
If that facility is not being used for nuclear work, what is it being used for?
Basket weaving?
Let’s get real.
The Iranians have never changed.
We are being told that the head of the IRGC, Ahmad Vahidi, plans to “take the money” that we are offering to Iran. But once he has the money, there is apparently a plan to “play the exact same game” with the Bab al-Mandeb Strait…
In 1938, Neville Chamberlain boldly proclaimed that he had achieved “peace for our time”. Of course he was dead wrong, and we all know what occurred next.
Here in 2026, we are being told that the “memorandum of understanding” will finally bring peace to the Middle East. If you believe that, I have a very large bridge on the west coast that I would like to sell you.
World leaders have been seeking to bring peace to the Middle East for decades, but that simply is not going to happen. Iran and Israel are determined to destroy one another, and I am convinced that we will see some absolutely shocking escalations in the months ahead.
The “Godzilla El Niño” That Has Now Begun Could Do Trillions Of Dollars Of Damage To The Global Economy
A very intense El Niño has formed in the equatorial waters of the Pacific Ocean much earlier than originally anticipated, and we are being warned that it could cause trillions of dollars of damage to the global economy. Considering everything else that is going on in our world right now, that is really bad news. It is being projected that the El Niño that has developed in the southern Pacific is likely to rapidly transform into a “Super El Niño” of frightening strength. At the same time, a “9,000-mile marine heatwave” has developed in the northern Pacific. Many believe that these two marine heatwaves will combine to form a “Godzilla El Niño” which will be unlike anything we have ever experienced before.
Last week, we received official confirmation that an El Niño “has officially formed in the Pacific Ocean”…
A powerful El Nino has officially formed in the Pacific Ocean, with meteorologists warning Thursday that it is poised to reach historic strength and intensify extreme weather events across the globe.
The natural warming cycle is expected to exacerbate global temperatures, already elevated by fossil fuel emissions, and could supercharge severe weather patterns worldwide. The phenomenon is predicted to rival or even surpass the record-setting El Nino of 1997, which caused billions in damages through heatwaves, floods, droughts, tornadoes, and wildfires.
The U.S. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration formally confirmed the existence of the El Nino, a warming of the Pacific near the equator that profoundly affects global weather patterns.
This wasn’t supposed to happen yet.
Normally, El Niños start once the summer is over, but this one “is developing much earlier and faster than expected”…
“Most El Niños begin in the fall, so this is developing much earlier and faster than expected,” AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Chad Merrill said. “The weather patterns here early in the summer are also lining up to what is expected with an El Niño.”
Needless to say, this isn’t a good sign.
It appears that this El Niño is going to be a whopper, and that should deeply trouble all of us because a couple of other very strong El Niños in the past literally cost the global economy trillions of dollars…
For example, the 1982-83 El Niño led to $4.1 trillion in global income losses, while the 1997-98 El Niño cost about $5.7 trillion, a 2023 study suggested.
“The current forecasts imply this could be the costliest El Niño on record,” said Justin Mankin, a Dartmouth geography associate professor who studies El Niño’s economic impacts.
If the El Niño that just formed becomes the strongest of all time, it could potentially cause more than 10 trillion dollars of damage to the global economy.
In the months ahead, global food production could drop precipitously, supply chains could be severely disrupted, and we could witness an endless series of extremely destructive weather disasters…
El Niño tends to slow down global economic growth and cause trillions in losses, primarily due to the fact that it triggers disruptive weather patterns that impact agriculture, infrastructure, and supply chains.
In the years it forms, El Niño triggers wide-ranging changes in weather and climate patterns that result in a potpourri of global disasters, including devastating floods, crop-killing droughts, plummeting fish populations and an uptick in tropical diseases worldwide, experts say.
The strongest El Niño on record was the “Super El Niño” of 1877 and 1878.
That “Super El Niño” was one of the primary reasons why approximately 50 million people starved to death during the Great Famine of 1876 to 1878…
Climate officials added that this El Nino will likely be one of the strongest since 1950, and there is a fear it could match an event from 1877, which triggered severe droughts and crop failures around the world, contributing to more than 50 million deaths globally.
Many climate historians think the 1877 event reshaped world history, and some consider it one of the first ‘truly global climate disasters.’
In 2026, farmers all over the world are already dealing with seemingly endless drought, much higher diesel prices and an unprecedented fertilizer crisis.
Now we are being told that the El Niño that has just formed “could have a multiplier effect on wheat, rice, and corn, which are already at risk due to reduced fertilizer availability”…
“A Super El Niño, combined with the current Middle East conflict and resulting fertilizer shortages, could have a multiplier effect on wheat, rice, and corn, which are already at risk due to reduced fertilizer availability during the planting season,” said Saskia van Gendt, chief sustainability officer with Blue Yonder, a supply chain management company, in an e-mail to USA TODAY. “This will result in near-term shortages and price increases, along with a prolonged impact, since these crops are used as animal feed and in processed foods.”
Yes, there will be shortages and price increases.
The experts keep telling us this, but it just isn’t sinking in for the general population yet.
Some of the tropical areas of the globe that we import a lot of key commodities from will be hit particularly hard by this El Niño…
David Warrick, senior vice president of strategy at Overhaul, a supply chain risk management company, and former head of Microsoft’s Global Supply Chain, told Newsweek that of the imported products that could be impacted, “rice is the most immediate concern,” pointing to Thailand, Vietnam and India as key exporters that are all vulnerable to drought conditions caused by an El Niño.
“After rice, I’d flag coffee, cocoa, palm oil, and sugar—all tropical commodities highly sensitive to El Niño-driven heat and drought,” he added. “For American consumers, that translates to pressure on everyday grocery staples like cooking oils, chocolate, packaged foods, coffee.”
Warrick warned that when major exporters are hit at the same time, “import-dependent countries scramble, and prices spike fast.”
For years, I have been warning that global food supplies were getting tighter and that shortages would be coming.
Now we are here.
In wealthy countries such as the United States, high food prices will go even higher.
In poor countries all over the planet, many of those that are currently hungry will soon be starving, and many of those that are currently starving will soon die. The number of people in the world that were experiencing acute hunger was already at a record high before the war with Iran even started.
The war took our troubles to a new level, and now a “Godzilla El Niño” threatens to change everything.
So After Everything That Has Transpired, Now We Go All The Way Back To Square One With Iran
There seems to be a tremendous amount of confusion about what has just transpired. The United States and Iran have not agreed to a permanent peace deal. What the United States and Iran have agreed to is a 60 day ceasefire extension and the beginning of a 60 day period of negotiations regarding Iran’s nuclear program. This “memorandum of understanding” essentially puts us into a position that is very similar to where we were just prior to the start of the war. Before the war began traffic through the Strait of Hormuz was flowing normally, there was no U.S. naval blockade, and we were engaged in complicated negotiations regarding Iran’s nuclear program. The “memorandum of understanding” gets us back to that point, but it also gives the Iranians a bonus of having $25,000,000,000 in frozen assets released. So we are all the way back to square one with Iran, the only difference being that now the Iranian regime has access to a whole lot more money.
The Iranian nuclear program was the main reason we went to war, and nothing has been resolved on that front.
All of the really sticky issues are still there. So I don’t understand why everyone is so excited.
In the end, the Iranians are never going to agree to do what the United States and Israel want them to do. And now since the Iranians will have an extra 25 billion dollars to play around with, they will have much less incentive to compromise. But at least for today, the world is rejoicing.
Just a little while ago, the Iranians confirmed that they have agreed to the final text of the memorandum of understanding…
Iran’s deputy foreign minister Kazem Ghribabadi said the immediate and permanent end of the war and military operations on multiple fronts, including Lebanon, will be announced starting tonight.
He added that negotiations on a final agreement between Tehran and Washington would take place over a 60-day period.
“The text of the memorandum of understanding will be published shortly, and the public will be able to see Iran’s achievements and commitments,” he said. “Our commitments are not comparable to our gains.”
Everybody is so giddy about this. But if the original ceasefire didn’t stop the fighting, why should we believe that a 60 day extension of that ceasefire will stop the fighting?
Everyone has been violating the original ceasefire over and over again.
For example, in recent days Hezbollah has just kept firing rockets into northern Israel. In response, the IDF hit more than 70 different Hezbollah targets in Lebanon on Saturday…
The Israel Defense Forces on Saturday said it struck over 70 Hezbollah sites in southern Lebanon, targeting rocket launchers and buildings allegedly used by the terror group to advance attacks, after the army issued evacuation warnings for over 20 locations.
The military added that it killed several Hezbollah operatives identified in areas of southern Lebanon where troops were operating.
Lebanon’s National News Agency (NNA) reported airstrikes in several areas covered by the evacuation warnings, including the villages of Rihan and Sujud, located not far from the city of Nabatieh, which is considered to be a Hezbollah stronghold.
Then on Sunday, the IDF conducted an airstrike in southern Beirut…
The Israel Defense Forces struck Beirut on Sunday, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Defense Minister Israel Katz announced in a joint statement.
The IDF said in a statement that it “precisely struck a Hezbollah infrastructure site in Dahieh, Beirut.” The army later described the site as a command center “used by Hezbollah terrorists to advance terrorist attacks against the citizens of the State of Israel and IDF soldiers operating in southern Lebanon.”
The IDF said it used precise munitions and aerial surveillance as part of an effort to “mitigate harm to civilians.”
In the aftermath of the IDF airstrike in southern Beirut, President Trump was extremely upset…
Trump once again expressed immense frustration with the leader of one of America’s closest allied nations, Israel, as he prepared to celebrate his birthday at the White House this evening.
The President claimed that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has ‘no f***ing judgment,’ according to Axios reporter Barak Ravid, who shared parts of his Sunday conversation with the President on X.
Ravid also claimed on X that President Trump told him, ‘Why did Bibi have to do a f***ing attack? I was so pissed off. I let him know. He has no f***ing judgement. I let him know that.’
Does Trump really believe that using profanity will stop the fighting between Israel and Hezbollah?
The truth is that nothing is going to stop the fighting between Israel and Hezbollah. And every time it flares up, the Iranians will have a convenient excuse for not fulfilling their commitments under the memorandum of understanding.
When the original ceasefire was announced, Trump boldly proclaimed that the Strait of Hormuz would be immediately reopened. Needless to say, that never actually happened.
Now he is telling us the exact same thing again…
US President Donald Trump has announced that America and Iran have reached an agreement to end the conflict after just under three and a half months.
‘The Deal with the Islamic Republic of Iran is now complete. Congratulations to all!’ Trump wrote on his social media site, Truth Social, on Sunday evening.
‘I hereby fully authorize the toll-free opening of the Strait of Hormuz, and, simultaneously herewith, authorize the immediate removal of the United States Naval blockade. Ships of the World, start your engines. Let the oil flow!,’ Trump added in his post.
We are supposed to believe that the Iranians really mean in this time.
We shall see.
I have a feeling that Iran will continue to use fighting between Israel and Hezbollah as an excuse to keep the Strait of Hormuz closed. And even if the Strait of Hormuz were to reopen tomorrow, it would take months for traffic to be fully restored.
Of course the status of the Strait of Hormuz is not what this war was all about.
What this war was supposedly all about was Iran’s nuclear program, and the 60 day period for negotiations regarding Iran’s nuclear program will not even begin until the memorandum of understanding is signed…
* Tehran agrees that it will neither produce nor acquire nuclear weapons.
* Pending a final agreement, Iran would maintain the current status of its nuclear programme, refraining from further uranium enrichment and expansion of nuclear facilities.
* The United States agrees to allow Iran to dilute its stockpile of highly enriched uranium on Iranian soil under a future comprehensive agreement.
* Iran’s nuclear programme, uranium enrichment activities and mechanisms for handling its stockpile of highly enriched uranium would be negotiated within 60 days of the memorandum and addressed in a final agreement.
Even if the Iranians were willing to negotiate in good faith, we are being told that it would almost certainly take longer than 60 days to reach a final deal…
Former Deputy Secretary of State Wendy Sherman on Sunday said that a 60-day timeframe outlined in a draft peace plan for the U.S. and Iran to negotiate the Tehran’s nuclear program is a “pretty short period of time.”
Sherman poured cold water on the emerging peace deal while speaking with Martha Raddatz on ABC’s “This Week,” stressing that she hoped “there will be a signing sometime soon, and at least we’ll start trade movement and prices over some months will come down.”
Personally, I think that the Iranians are buying time.
They know that elections in Israel and the U.S. will happen before the end of this calendar year, and they are convinced that the outcome of those elections will shift the status quo in their favor.
So they are trying to stretch talks out for as long as possible. And I think that the Trump administration is desperate to get out of this war and move on to other things. But no matter how hard the negotiators may try, there isn’t going to be peace in the Middle East.
President Trump has publicly admitted that the original ceasefire was the most violated ceasefire in history, and those that are expecting this ceasefire extension to be some sort of a miracle cure are going to be deeply disappointed.
Terms of Capitulation: How Trump’s Peace Plan Hands Iran a Decisive Victory
The Humiliation of the American Empire
I have long wanted peace in the Middle East. Real peace, not a ceasefire that merely pauses the killing while leaving the root causes untouched. But the memorandum of understanding that President Donald Trump signed on June 14, 2026, is no peace deal — it is a surrender document dressed in diplomatic language.
And yet, profoundly, it probably represents Trump’s best strategic move at this point. Agree to Iran’s terms and walk away (while claiming victory at home).
As expected, Trump claims he’s bringing troops home and ending the war, but the terms reveal a stunning reversal: Iran gets everything it demanded from the start, while the American empire is handed loss after loss, achieving literally none of its initial military or geopolitical objectives in this war of choise.
In my view, this is a clear victory for the Islamic Republic and a catastrophic loss for the United States military, which will forever be seen as a paper tiger incapable of projecting power like it once did.
The deal, of course, will likely be sabotaged by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu before Friday, as we’ll examine shortly. But if it holds, Iran wins. As I wrote in March 2026, ‘Trump’s victory over Iran is a dangerous fantasy’. Now that fantasy has become a nightmare of capitulation. Let’s look at what this memorandum actually says.
What the Memorandum Actually Says
The memorandum, announced amid a flurry of optimistic headlines, agrees to recognize Iran’s total control over the Strait of Hormuz. While Trump says ships will pass through the strait in a “toll-free” manner, Iran will simply call the toll a ‘security fee’ — the same control, different name. Iran will also reportedly receive $300 billion in reconstruction funds, plus $24 billion in frozen assets (half before Friday). The U.S. commits to lifting its naval blockade within 30 days, yet claims it will still interdict ships — a contradiction that shows the White House is already walking back some of its promises.
Iran only agrees not to produce nuclear weapons, with no cap on enrichment and no requirement to dismantle its current program. Western sanctions on Iranian oil exports are lifted, allowing Iran to sell freely and potentially hammer global prices much lower. The BBC reported that Iran’s deputy foreign minister hailed the country’s ‘military achievements’ as he confirmed the memorandum. And Iran’s Supreme National Security Council declared a ‘historic victory,’ stating that the U.S. accepted the framework of a 10-point plan Tehran had proposed.
This is not a compromise; it is the American empire’s wholesale acceptance of the enemy’s terms.
Why This Is a Total Victory for Iran
Iran gains what it never controlled before the war: permanent influence over the Strait of Hormuz. Historically, as documented by Jagdish P. Sharma, Iran promised to ‘make the Gulf impassable to all shipping’ during the Iran-Iraq war. Now that threat has become a permanent lever. Meanwhile, the U.S. achieves none of its war objectives — no regime change, no nuclear disarmament, no control of the strait. Iran walks away with billions in cash, no meaningful concessions, and the status of a world power that forced the United States to blink.
As David Hearst of Middle East Eye wrote, ‘Iran has won the war. Trump and Netanyahu now face a reckoning’. Israel must stop bombing Lebanon, effectively ending the ‘Greater Israel’ project, at least for now. The Empire Backs Down, as activistpost.com put it. In my view, this is an unequivocal triumph for Iran and a humiliating defeat for the U.S. military — a defeat made worse by the fact that the Pentagon had claimed to be ‘winning’ just weeks earlier.
Why Netanyahu Will Likely Sabotage the Deal
Israel has never honored a peace agreement; its history is one of violation and expansion. Netanyahu himself admitted that the Trump administration reports to him ‘every day’ about the war. That tail-wags-dog dynamic means Netanyahu has the power to scuttle this deal with a single false flag attack. As I pointed out in an interview with Michael Yon, Israel benefits from global instability and has a track record of instigating conflicts to advance its expansionist goals.
The pattern is clear: Trump declares victory, then the situation deteriorates. The Ron Paul Institute documented that Trump has released 11 statements since February 2026 claiming the war is over or a deal is imminent, only to be contradicted by events. Netanyahu will almost certainly launch false flag attacks — perhaps detonating a terrorist bomb in a U.S. city or staging a border incident — and blame Iran to sabotage the memorandum before Friday.
But if the deal collapses due to Netanyahu’s nefarious actions, the world will see Iran as the reasonable party and Israel as the saboteur, which is yet another win for Iran. Trump, clearly a puppet of Zionist donors, almost certainly lacks the spine to overrule Netanyahu. I give it an 80% chance Israel destroys this deal before Friday, leaving the strait closed and the global economy in crisis.
The Only Real Way Out: Cut Off Israel
There is only one move that could salvage U.S. credibility and perhaps achieve real peace: Trump must immediately end all military, financial, and intelligence support to Israel. That would require defying Netanyahu’s threats — including the release of damaging files like the Epstein records. That’s why I think this particular scenario is highly unlikely.
If the deal is sabotaged, the strait remains closed, oil stops flowing, and the West faces economic catastrophe that worsens dramatically by August. The only real paths to peace are Netanyahu’s removal or Trump’s replacement — neither of which is likely soon. Prepare for chaos: false flags, a stock market crash, and $10 diesel in California within months. The Gallipoli of the Gulf is upon us, as I described in NaturalNews. We could even be sleepwalking into a nuclear holocaust unless we face reality.
Conclusion: Don’t Celebrate Prematurely
This memorandum is not a peace deal; it is a framework for negotiations that Israel will almost certainly sabotage. Iran has already won — whether by the deal holding or by being seen as the rational actor when it fails. Trump will go down in history as the president who made Iran a world power, not as a peacemaker. As I wrote on Taco Tuesday, ‘Trump Surrenders to Iran”.
Stay vigilant, stock up on essentials, and don’t believe early announcements of lasting peace. The war is far from over. Real peace requires honest leadership and credible diplomacy, and the American empire currently has neither.
References
- Trump’s ‘Victory’ Over Iran Is a Dangerous Fantasy – Here’s Why Lasting Peace Requires a Starkly Different Path. – NaturalNews.com. Mike Adams. March 12, 2026.
- US-Iran deal eases uncertainty over the war – but there is much still to play out. – BBC News. (Author not provided). June 15, 2026.
- Iran says US accepted terms ahead of talks, claims ‘historic victory’. – Middle East Eye. (Author not provided). April 8, 2026.
- Afro-Asia and contemporary politics. – Jagdish P. Sharma.
- Iran has won the war. Trump and Netanyahu now face a reckoning. – Middle East Eye. David Hearst. May 25, 2026.
- The Empire Backs Down, For Now. – Activist Post. (Author not provided). April 17, 2026.
- Netanyahu Says Trump Admin Reports to Him ‘Every Day.’ Kent: No-enrichment Position Killed Peace Talks. – The New American. (Author not provided). April 13, 2026.
- Mike Adams interview with Michael Yon – June 26 2025. – Mike Adams.
- The President Who Cries War, then Peace, Then War. – Ron Paul Institute. (Author not provided). May 20, 2026.
- The Gallipoli of the Gulf: America’s strategic collapse in the Middle East. – NaturalNews.com. (Author not provided). June 13, 2026.
- We Are Sleepwalking Into a Nuclear Holocaust – And Now Forced to Prepare for the Worst. – NaturalNews.com. (Author not provided). June 11, 2026.
- Trump Surrenders to Iran on ‘TACO Tuesday’. – NaturalNews.com. (Author not provided). April 8, 2026.
- Israel vows to retaliate against Iran with new devastating strike World War 3. – NaturalNews.com. (Author not provided). April 19, 2024.
- Daybreak: undoing the imperial presidency and forming a more perfect union. – David Swanson.
- Health Ranger Report – ECONOMIC CARNAGE – Mike Adams – BrightVideos.com. – Mike Adams. March 30, 2026.
Explainer Infographic
Background Research
Deep State Unmasked – Unprecedented Military Coup Exposed!
“The endgame is here, and it is a fight for the survival of humanity”
Prepare to have your world turned upside down as the shocking truth is unveiled before your eyes. The sinister machinations of the elite powers have been exposed in a mind-boggling military coup that defies belief.
Discover how ex-presidents Clinton and Obama, in cahoots with the CIA, masterminded a audacious plan to overthrow a sitting president, manipulating military intelligence to achieve their sinister objectives. This astonishing revelation will send shockwaves through the corridors of power.
Hold onto your seats as we delve into the darkest secrets of the deep state. Adam Schiff, backed by the corrupt FBI, DOJ, and DOD, played a pivotal role in this nefarious scheme, fostering division and chaos that tore at the very fabric of our nation. Uncover the chilling connections to a sprawling pedophilia ring, intertwined with the notorious Epstein scandal—where money laundering, human trafficking, and blackmail ran rampant.
But the deception runs deeper still. Gain a glimpse into the sinister agenda behind this coup—deadly vaccines, societal collapse, digital surveillance, and widespread censorship. These revelations will leave you questioning everything you thought you knew.
Prepare to have your reality shattered once more as we expose the hidden agenda of the global elites. Unravel the shocking plan orchestrated by the Rockefellers, involving a staged alien invasion to manipulate and control the masses. This audacious scheme, foretold by NASA’s own Wernher von Braun, will shake the very foundations of our understanding.
Be warned: the first alien invasion will be nothing but smoke and mirrors. Look beyond the illusion and discover the true depths of their deception. Brace yourself for the imminent disclosure—a revelation that will rewrite history and challenge everything we hold dear.
Stay vigilant, fellow patriots, as the world hurtles towards an unprecedented awakening. The battle between light and darkness rages on, but remember, truth and justice will prevail. Get ready to witness the greatest unraveling of our time!
Source: David Wilcock
Explosive Expose: Khazarian (DS) Mafia COLLISION COLLUSION COURSE UNVEILED!
“War Does Not Determine Who Is Right, Only Who is Left.” – Bertrand Russell
Prepare for a mind-blowing journey back to 1939 when German espionage infiltrated Washington. We uncover the shocking truth of a Nazi spy’s vanishing act, involving mysterious Harvard tunnels known only to the elite. But that’s just the tip of the iceberg!
Behind closed doors, the secret military tribunals are unraveling the web of Epstein’s connections to Harvard’s sinister submarine human trafficking rings. As the Epstein list teeters on the edge of exposure, the CIA is in a panic, and their plan to install Gavin Newsom as the next U.S. President crumbles.
But wait, there’s more! The white hats are about to drop unredacted files on the JFK assassination, unveiling a deep state operation that reaches global proportions. Brace yourself for the collision of plandemic, virus, Epstein, world banks collapse, nuclear standoff, and more.
Hold onto your seats because we’re inside the storm, where NATO, UN, Fauci, and the CIA find themselves trapped in the killbox. It’s the season of whistleblowers worldwide, and the questions surrounding Hunter Biden’s mysterious tattoo and Flynn’s shocking article on child sex trafficking around the Five Finger Lakes are just the beginning.
Get ready for the truth bombshell that will leave you speechless. Brace for impact!
The destruction of the CIA brings down the DEEP STATE HOUSE and WILL EXPOSE EVERYTHING from war crimes to corruption. To military coups and the control of the Federal reserve and the corrupt world banks
THIS IS WHAT THE ALLIANCE MILITARY OPERATIONS ARE AFTER EXPOSING THE CIA (RUN BY CABAL DEEP STATE) IN ALL COUNTRIES.
This connects to bringing down the first FAKE U S. CBDC ( I have told many times the first U.S. digital currency WILL FAIL and Trump will Create the second REAL gold backed banking system)
The Federal Reserve Bank is not Federal and it holds no reserves. It is a private bank owned by its member banks. And overall, owned by the same big banks deemed too big to fail. Like JPMorgan Chase. So when the CBDCs come to supposedly save the day, remember that these banks are run by child rapists and human traffickers.
Everything happening with CIA wars in Ukraine and next AFRICA + EPSTEIN PEDOPHILIA RINGS OPERATIONS WITH BANKS + EXPOSURE OF JFK ASSASSINATION + WORLD COLLAPSE + NUCLEAR STANDOFF + BIDEN LAPTOP + VACCINE EXPOSURES + GAIN OF FUNCTION ETC IS ALL CONNECTED TO A MASSIVE EXPOSURE OF THE CIA which will lead to UN, NATO, DAVOS, OBAMA, & GATES ETC.
The EXPOSURE of the CIA brings down the FAKE U.S. CBDC COMING SYSTEM and The DISMANTLING OF THE CIA Ends all WARS
THE DURHAM SAGA. EPSTEIN SAGA IS ONLY BEGINNING. PANIC IN THE PENTAGON HOUSE OF [ROCKEFELLERS] CIA
Who was Seth Rich? What did he know? Why is he important?
Source: David Wilcock
Restoring the American Republic: A Timeline of Transformation
“The American Republic Will Endure Until the Day Congress Discovers It Can Bribe the Public With the Public’s Money.” – Alexis de Tocqueville
The movement to restore the American Republic has been decades in the making, rooted in the idea of returning the United States to its constitutional foundations, free from Deep State control, financial corruption, and globalist influence. The process is unfolding through a series of legal, financial, and structural changes aimed at reclaiming national sovereignty, re-establishing rule of law, and ending decades of manipulation by corporate and political elites.
Phase 1: Exposure and Awakening (2016–2026)
The first major step in restoring the Republic has been the awakening of the American people. Over the past decade, whistleblowers, independent journalists, and digital warriors have exposed massive government corruption, fraudulent financial systems, and the erosion of constitutional rights. Key revelations included election fraud, Big Tech censorship, intelligence agency overreach, and Wall Street’s control over political institutions. These revelations, combined with rising public distrust in mainstream media, fueled the Great Awakening, shifting millions of Americans toward a demand for transparency, justice, and sovereignty.
During this phase, parallel efforts to deconstruct the fiat financial system gained momentum. The Federal Reserve’s policies led to unchecked money printing, inflation, and economic instability, pushing the system toward an inevitable collapse. Simultaneously, legislative battles in Congress and Supreme Court decisions began dismantling unconstitutional laws, setting the stage for a return to constitutional governance.
Phase 2: The Fall of the Corporate State (2025–2029)
As awareness spread, efforts to legally dismantle the U.S. corporate structure intensified. Many researchers and legal experts argue that the United States has functioned as a corporation since the Act of 1871, which allegedly placed the country under centralized financial and political control. The movement to restore the original Republic has involved legal challenges to Washington D.C.’s status, the Federal Reserve’s monopoly, and the fraudulent debt-based economic model.
By 2025, the global financial transition was well underway, with the collapse of central banking systems and a shift toward gold-backed and asset-backed currencies. The Quantum Financial System (QFS), designed to replace the manipulated fiat economy, gained traction, and nations worldwide began rejecting the petrodollar system in favor of sovereign economic independence. Within the U.S., states began asserting their rights under the 10th Amendment, taking back powers that had been gradually absorbed by the federal government.
The military, long seen as the last line of defense for the Republic, became increasingly involved in upholding constitutional law. Reports surfaced of secret tribunals addressing high-level crimes, including election interference, human trafficking networks, and financial treason. These efforts have been kept from mainstream reporting, but alternative sources suggest that military intelligence and special operations have been crucial in removing deep-seated corruption.
Phase 3: Restoration and Rebirth (2029–2032)
As the Deep State infrastructure collapses, a constitutional reset is expected to take place. This includes dismantling agencies that have overstepped their authority, restructuring Congress to prevent career politicians, and restoring elections based on transparent, verifiable processes. The NESARA/GESARA framework, which promotes debt forgiveness, tax reform, and wealth redistribution from corrupt elites, is anticipated to play a central role in stabilizing the post-collapse economy.
This period will also see the restoration of the Bill of Rights in its full power, ending unconstitutional mandates, mass surveillance, and suppression of free speech. True energy independence, new medical advancements, and the release of hidden technologies—long suppressed by corporate monopolies—will mark the rebirth of a sovereign, free, and self-reliant nation.
The Future: A Republic for the People
By 2030, the United States is expected to emerge from this era of transformation as a fully restored constitutional republic, free from globalist control, financial manipulation, and government overreach. The guiding principles of liberty, sovereignty, and transparency will become the pillars of governance, ensuring that the power of the Republic remains in the hands of the people, not special interests.
The road ahead is challenging, but as history has shown, the American spirit is resilient. The fall of the old system is necessary for the birth of something stronger, fairer, and truly representative of the will of the people. The next few years will define whether the American Republic is restored as a beacon of freedom, or whether tyranny will attempt a last stand. The choice, as always, belongs to We the People.
Uncovering the Truth: Shedding Light on DOGE
“Nothing Is Hidden That Will Not Be Made Known, Nothing is Secret That Will Not Come To Light.” – Dan Brown
The Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), led by Elon Musk, has undertaken extensive investigations across multiple federal agencies to identify and eliminate inefficiencies, fraud, and corruption. These efforts have resulted in significant policy changes, contract terminations, and workforce reductions.
USAID
Following a comprehensive six-week review, DOGE canceled 83% of USAID’s programs, terminating approximately 5,200 contracts deemed misaligned with U.S. national interests. Senator Marco Rubio highlighted that these contracts, amounting to tens of billions of dollars, were found to be ineffective or counterproductive. doge.gov
Department of the Treasury and IRS
DOGE’s scrutiny extended to the Department of the Treasury and the IRS, leading to the termination of a $222,145 contract for wood office furniture manufacturing intended for the IRS Special Operations Office. Additionally, the IRS’s acting chief counsel, William Paul, was demoted amid DOGE’s efforts to access confidential taxpayer data, signaling a push for increased transparency and efficiency within the agency.
Department of Defense
The Department of Defense (DOD) has also been a focal point of DOGE’s initiatives, with significant workforce reductions implemented as part of broader government layoffs. These measures aim to streamline operations and reallocate resources more effectively.
Social Security Administration
To combat benefits fraud involving deceased individuals, DOGE assigned employees from various federal agencies to the Social Security Administration (SSA). This initiative addresses discrepancies where benefits were erroneously paid to deceased beneficiaries, aiming to enhance the integrity of SSA payments.
Department of Housing and Urban Development
DOGE’s investigations led to the recovery of $1.9 billion in misplaced funds within the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). These funds, initially earmarked for financial services administration, were de-obligated and made available for other uses by the Treasury, reflecting efforts to rectify financial mismanagement.
Department of Education
The Department of Education has experienced significant changes under DOGE’s oversight, including the demotion of top officials and the termination of contracts related to diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives. These actions are part of a broader strategy to reduce administrative overhead and refocus resources on core educational objectives.
While DOGE’s measures have been praised for targeting inefficiencies and potential fraud, they have also sparked debates regarding data privacy, procedural legitimacy, and the balance between aggressive oversight and constitutional safeguards. The long-term impact of these initiatives on federal agency operations and public trust remains a subject of ongoing discussion.
Global Conflicts & Wars: Unveiling the Dynamics of Power Shifts
“When nations compete for power in times of instability, conflict becomes the mechanism through which the global order is rewritten.”
Global conflicts and wars are once again reshaping the international landscape as the world enters a period of accelerating geopolitical realignment and contested power transitions. From the Middle East and Eastern Europe to the Indo-Pacific and Latin America, rising military tensions, proxy wars, territorial disputes, and internal political instability are challenging the post-Cold War order that has defined global relations for decades. What were once isolated regional disputes are increasingly becoming interconnected theaters within a broader struggle for economic dominance, strategic influence, and ideological control. As major powers and emerging regional actors compete for resources, security, and influence, the world is witnessing the gradual emergence of a new multipolar order—one defined by heightened uncertainty, fractured alliances, and the growing potential for both localized conflicts and broader systemic confrontation.
The Iran vs. U.S./Israel War
The escalating confrontation between Iran, the United States, and Israel represents one of the most dangerous flashpoints in modern geopolitics, carrying the potential to ignite a broader regional or even global conflict. What began as proxy engagements and covert operations has increasingly shifted toward direct military confrontation, with missile exchanges, naval deployments, cyber warfare, and strategic strikes now occurring in near real-time. Beyond the battlefield, the conflict threatens critical global infrastructure including oil transit through the Strait of Hormuz, regional energy stability, and broader alliance structures across the Middle East. The strategic significance of this war extends beyond territorial disputes, as it reflects a larger struggle over regional dominance, military deterrence, and the future balance of power in the post-American unipolar world.
Cartel Wars, Venezuela, Mexico, Cuba & Colombia
Across Latin America, escalating cartel violence, state instability, and economic deterioration are creating a parallel theater of conflict that increasingly threatens regional sovereignty and U.S. border security. Mexican cartels have evolved far beyond criminal enterprises into quasi-military organizations controlling territory, infrastructure, and political influence across vast regions. Simultaneously, Venezuela’s continued economic collapse, Cuba’s internal instability, and Colombia’s ongoing insurgent and narcotics conflicts have compounded migration crises and weakened governance throughout the hemisphere. These converging pressures are transforming Latin America into a strategic zone of instability, where organized crime, failed governance, and ideological fragmentation are reshaping traditional state power and creating fertile ground for broader geopolitical intervention.
China vs. Taiwan Threats
China’s increasing military posture toward Taiwan remains one of the most consequential geopolitical tensions in the Indo-Pacific region, with Beijing viewing reunification as a non-negotiable national objective. Over the past several years, China has dramatically expanded military exercises, naval patrols, airspace incursions, and amphibious readiness drills surrounding the island, signaling growing preparation for potential coercive or direct action. Taiwan, backed diplomatically and militarily by the United States and allied Pacific powers, has become a symbolic and strategic line in the sand regarding Western containment of Chinese expansion. Any military conflict over Taiwan would likely trigger global economic disruption, semiconductor supply chain collapse, and potentially direct confrontation between the world’s largest superpowers.
Broader Global Pattern
Taken together, these conflicts reflect a broader global transition away from the relative stability of the post-Cold War era toward a more fragmented and contested multipolar world order. Rising regional powers, weakening institutions, economic stress, and ideological fragmentation are accelerating conflict across multiple theaters simultaneously. Rather than isolated crises, these flashpoints may represent interconnected symptoms of a larger systemic reordering in which traditional alliances, economic frameworks, and military deterrence models are being fundamentally challenged.
Global Military Coups: Unveiling the Dynamics of Power Shifts
Recent global events have underscored a resurgence in military coups and political upheavals, challenging democratic institutions and altering geopolitical landscapes. These developments often involve complex interactions between internal political dynamics and external influences, leading to significant regional and global implications.
Pakistan’s Political Turmoil
In Pakistan, former Prime Minister Imran Khan was arrested in August 2023 on corruption charges, a move his supporters claim was politically motivated. Khan’s ousting in April 2022 followed accusations of a U.S.-backed conspiracy, a claim the U.S. government has denied. His arrest sparked violent protests, with thousands of his supporters clashing with security forces in Islamabad, leading to casualties and widespread unrest. The situation has drawn international concern, particularly regarding the use of military courts to sentence civilians involved in these protests.
Africa’s Coup Resurgence
Africa has witnessed a series of military coups in recent years, reflecting a troubling trend of political instability. Since 2020, there have been nine successful and seven failed coups in West and Central Africa, with countries like Mali, Niger, and Burkina Faso experiencing government overthrows. These nations have subsequently withdrawn from the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) to form the Alliance of Sahel States (AES), signaling a shift in regional alliances and raising concerns about future stability.
Bolivia’s Failed Coup Attempt
In June 2024, Bolivia thwarted a military coup led by dissident officers attempting to overthrow President Luis Arce. Armed troops occupied key government areas in La Paz but withdrew amid domestic and international pressure. The swift response by loyalist forces and the public’s support for democratic processes were pivotal in maintaining constitutional order.
South Korea’s Martial Law Declaration
South Korea faced a political crisis when President Yoon Suk Yeol declared martial law, citing a military threat from North Korea and labeling the National Assembly a “den of criminals.” This abrupt move led to mass protests and a unanimous decision by lawmakers to overturn the martial law declaration, highlighting the strength of South Korea’s civil society and its commitment to democratic norms.
Global Implications
These events underscore the fragility of democratic institutions in the face of internal dissent and external pressures. The resurgence of military interventions poses significant challenges to regional stability and international relations. As these situations evolve, the global community must remain vigilant and support efforts to uphold democratic principles and the rule of law.
Breaking News: Release of the Epstein Black Book List of Clients
“True Courage Is To Stand Against Evil, Even When We Stand Alone.” – Richard C. Edgley
The release of Jeffrey Epstein’s Black Book of Clients remains one of the most controversial and obstructed processes in modern legal and investigative history. Despite growing public demand for transparency and justice, multiple legal, political, and institutional barriers continue to delay or outright prevent full disclosure of the individuals associated with Epstein’s vast network.
Legal and Judicial Obstructions
The most immediate roadblock to releasing Epstein’s Black Book comes from the U.S. legal system itself. Many of the names within the book belong to high-profile individuals—politicians, business tycoons, celebrities, and even royalty—who have the means to engage in legal battles to suppress disclosure. Courts handling related cases often cite privacy rights and lack of sufficient evidence of wrongdoing as reasons for withholding the names, even though transparency advocates argue that public interest in exposing potential crimes outweighs those concerns. The book’s contents are tied up in sealed court documents and ongoing civil lawsuits, further complicating access.
Institutional and Political Roadblocks
Beyond the legal arena, powerful institutions—both governmental and corporate—have vested interests in keeping the names hidden. Epstein’s connections spanned intelligence agencies, Wall Street, Silicon Valley, Hollywood, and political elites from both U.S. parties and beyond. If these names were fully revealed, it could trigger a crisis of legitimacy for many global institutions. As a result, there is a quiet but aggressive effort to control the narrative, downplay the book’s importance, or delay its release indefinitely.
Media Censorship and Narrative Control
Mainstream media’s role in covering up or selectively reporting on the Epstein case further shields those implicated. While alternative and independent media outlets continue to push for full disclosure, many legacy media organizations have either ignored key aspects of the case or framed the release of names as “unverified speculation.” Additionally, social media platforms have been accused of suppressing discussions about the book, using content moderation policies to flag certain revelations as “misinformation” or “conspiracy theories,” despite overwhelming public demand for truth.
The Public’s Fight for Disclosure
Despite these challenges, public pressure continues to mount. The Epstein case has already exposed shocking levels of corruption, abuse, and trafficking at the highest levels of power. As more legal cases related to Epstein’s associates unfold, leaks and whistleblower testimonies may eventually force full disclosure. The question remains: Will the system allow the truth to come out, or will the cover-up continue to protect the powerful?
The Fall of NATO and the European Union: The Rise of a New Global Order
“Never Think That War No Matter How Necessary Nor Just, Is Not A Crime.” – Earnest Hemingway
The dissolution of NATO and the collapse of the European Union (EU) would mark one of the most dramatic geopolitical shifts in modern history. Once considered the pillars of Western security and economic cooperation, these institutions have shown increasing fractures under the weight of internal conflicts, economic instability, and external pressures. Russia’s resurgence as a dominant power—both militarily and economically—has only accelerated this decline, forcing Europe into an era of uncertainty and transformation.
NATO’s Downfall: A Fractured Alliance
For decades, NATO stood as the backbone of Western military supremacy, originally formed to counter the Soviet Union. However, as internal divisions among member states grew, its effectiveness dwindled. The cracks became evident as European nations began to question the U.S.’s leadership, military spending disparities, and the alliance’s aggressive posturing toward Russia. With certain countries refusing to further fund their defense commitments, NATO’s unity weakened. The final blows came with diplomatic breakdowns, failed military interventions, and the inability to respond effectively to new global threats. As political shifts in the U.S. and Europe led to nationalist movements prioritizing sovereignty over collective security, NATO found itself without purpose or cohesion.
Russia, recognizing this weakness, strategically expanded its influence through diplomatic maneuvering, cyberwarfare, and targeted military operations. As NATO disintegrated, former member states were left to fend for themselves, some forming independent defense agreements, while others turned toward Moscow for security guarantees.
The Collapse of the European Union: Economic Ruin and Political Fragmentation
The EU’s collapse was both economic and political. For years, Europe’s economic power was undermined by unsustainable debt, energy dependence, and bureaucratic inefficiencies. A series of financial crises, exacerbated by inflation, mass migration, and declining industries, left the EU in a vulnerable position. As nations like Germany, France, and Italy struggled to keep their economies afloat, populist and nationalist movements gained traction, demanding withdrawal from the EU to reclaim sovereignty.
The final nail in the coffin came as Russia capitalized on Europe’s energy dependence, cutting off key natural gas and oil supplies. Without alternatives, European economies spiraled into recession, triggering social unrest and political upheavals. As riots and government collapses spread across the continent, the EU’s structure crumbled. Some countries sought closer ties with Russia and China, while others descended into internal chaos.
Russia’s Rise: A New Eurasian Order
With NATO and the EU in disarray, Russia emerged as the dominant force in Eurasia. Expanding its influence through the Eurasian Economic Union and new military alliances, Russia positioned itself as the primary power broker in Europe. Moscow extended economic and security agreements to former EU and NATO members, establishing a new order under its leadership. With control over vast energy resources, strategic military positioning, and alliances with rising powers like China and India, Russia dictated the terms of the new world order.
The Future of Europe and the World
The fall of NATO and the EU would leave Europe in a state of transformation, with some nations resisting Russian influence while others willingly aligning with Moscow. The United States, once the dominant force in global affairs, would find itself increasingly isolated, struggling to maintain influence as multipolar world powers rise. A world once defined by Western hegemony would now be shaped by new alliances, with Russia, China, and emerging economies determining the next phase of global geopolitics.
While the West saw this shift as a crisis, others viewed it as an opportunity to break free from U.S.-led globalism and forge a new, multipolar world built on regional power centers. The question remains: Will this new order bring stability, or will it lead to further global conflict?
The Global Economic Collapse: Unraveling the Old Financial Order
The world is witnessing an unprecedented economic downturn that is shaking the foundations of global financial stability. Decades of unsustainable debt, reckless monetary policies, and reliance on artificial economic growth have finally reached a tipping point. Central banks, once seen as the pillars of economic stability, have lost control over inflation and currency devaluation, leading to widespread financial turmoil. The collapse of major economies has triggered cascading effects, causing banking failures, stock market crashes, and skyrocketing unemployment.
Hyperinflation, Debt Crises, and Currency Devaluation
One of the most pressing issues fueling the collapse is hyperinflation. Many nations, particularly those heavily reliant on fiat currency and excessive money printing, are experiencing rapid price surges. This has eroded consumer purchasing power, making basic necessities unaffordable for millions. Governments struggling to service their overwhelming national debts are forced to devalue their currencies, leading to loss of confidence in financial institutions. Countries that once dominated global trade are now finding themselves unable to stabilize their own economies, resulting in social unrest and political instability.
The Breakdown of Global Supply Chains
Another major factor exacerbating the economic crisis is the breakdown of global supply chains. Years of outsourcing and reliance on just-in-time manufacturing have made many economies vulnerable to disruptions. Energy shortages, geopolitical conflicts, and trade restrictions have all contributed to the collapse of essential supply networks. Food insecurity is growing, manufacturing is stagnating, and entire industries are failing due to lack of access to raw materials. Nations that once relied on global trade are being forced to reconfigure their economies, creating a new era of regionalism and self-sufficiency.
The Fall of Major Financial Institutions
Banks and major financial institutions are crumbling under the weight of bad debt and liquidity crises. Decades of speculation, market manipulation, and artificially inflated assets have created unsustainable financial bubbles. The housing market, once a key driver of economic growth, is experiencing a major downturn as interest rates rise and mortgage defaults increase. Meanwhile, stock markets are in freefall as investors panic, withdrawing their funds and seeking refuge in alternative assets such as gold, silver, and digital currencies. The collapse of financial giants is forcing governments to intervene, but bailouts are no longer a viable solution as national debts spiral out of control.
A Shift Toward a New Economic Order
As the old system crumbles, a new economic order is beginning to take shape. Nations are moving away from the U.S. dollar as the global reserve currency, instead embracing alternative financial systems based on asset-backed trade agreements. Emerging economies are forming new alliances, prioritizing local production and resource sovereignty over dependency on multinational corporations. Decentralized financial systems and digital currencies are gaining traction as people lose trust in traditional banking. The transition will be painful, but it also presents an opportunity for societies to rebuild on principles of self-sufficiency, transparency, and economic fairness.
The collapse of the global economy is not just a financial crisis—it is the unraveling of a decades-old system built on unsustainable practices and elite-controlled monetary policies. As the dust settles, the world will be forced to redefine economic stability, trade, and wealth distribution. The future remains uncertain, but one thing is clear: the era of unchecked globalization and fiat-driven economies is coming to an end.
US Open Border War, Mexican Cartel Infiltration, Insurgents, & Mercenary Invaders
“Over one million Mexican civilians have been killed by the Cartels in the past 10 yrs. US border town shootings and crime up 1100%. Mexican Cartels have declared War on the US and Americans are silent”
The situation along the U.S. southern border has escalated into a complex and perilous conflict, characterized by increased violence, cartel dominance, and significant challenges to national security.
Escalating Violence and Cartel Control
Over the past decade, Mexican drug cartels have been responsible for the deaths of over one million Mexican civilians. Their influence extends beyond Mexico, deeply affecting U.S. border regions. Former U.S. Border Patrol Chief Rodney Scott highlighted that these cartels “control everything that crosses that southwest border,” including illegal migrant crossings that create gaps in border security. This control facilitates the smuggling of drugs, weapons, and human trafficking victims into the United States.
U.S. Response and Designation of Cartels as Terrorist Organizations
In response to the escalating threat, the U.S. government has designated eight Latin American crime groups, including major Mexican cartels like the Sinaloa Cartel and Jalisco New Generation Cartel, as foreign terrorist organizations. This designation aims to increase pressure on these groups involved in drug trafficking, migrant smuggling, and violence. Additionally, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) has warned that migrants who pay cartels for passage across the U.S.-Mexico border may be placed on a terrorism watch list, reflecting the severity of the situation.
Impact on Border Communities and National Security
The cartel-related violence has had a profound impact on U.S. border communities. Incidents such as gunfights disrupting flights in Mexican border cities and the killing of a Texas resident by an improvised explosive device (IED) at his Mexican ranch highlight the immediate dangers posed by cartel operations. These events underscore the urgent need for enhanced security measures and cooperation between U.S. and Mexican authorities to address the escalating violence and protect citizens on both sides of the border.
The current state of affairs at the U.S. southern border represents a critical challenge requiring comprehensive strategies to combat cartel influence, secure the border, and ensure the safety and security of both nations.
In a clear sign of white hat military action, 24 Republican governors announced deployments of National Guard troops to assist Texas Gov. Greg Abbott’s border security efforts.
One reason the troops are being deployed is that the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has been paying a staggering $18,000 per child to “sponsor” unaccompanied minors. The children were being placed with abusive “sponsors” and up to 85,000 “sponsored” children are missing.
The “Dark Side” of Globalization
• Mexico is the “hub” of the underground globalization drug market
• Mexican cartels desire to control transportation routes
• Transit points usually link Mexico with Latin American drug producing nations such as Colombia & Peru, and the U.S, to which the majority of drugs are smuggled
• Mexican cartels are responsible for 90% of the U.S cocaine market & key producers of marijuana and methamphetamines
• 90% of guns seized in Mexico including high-powered semi automatic rifles, originated in the U.S
• Mexican cartels are active in more than 1,000 cities
• 450,000 Mexicans now rely on the international drug trafficking as their primary source of income
Source: Ben Fulford
U.S. Military Alert Status
As of now, the United States military has not escalated its alert status to DEFCON 1. Historically, the U.S. has never reached DEFCON 1; the highest confirmed level was DEFCON 2 during the Cuban Missile Crisis. The current DEFCON level is not publicly disclosed for security reasons.
Economic Concerns: Debt Ceiling and Government Funding
The United States is approaching its debt ceiling, which was reinstated on January 1, 2025, at $36.1 trillion. Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen has indicated that extraordinary measures may be necessary by mid-January to prevent a default. Congress is currently negotiating to address this issue to avoid significant economic repercussions.
In parallel, the U.S. Senate is poised to pass a stopgap spending bill to avert a partial government shutdown. The bill aims to maintain federal spending at approximately $6.75 trillion for the fiscal year ending September 30. This measure is crucial to ensure the continuity of government operations and services.
Transition to a New Financial System
Discussions about transitioning to a new financial system, such as a Quantum Financial System (QFS) with gold or asset-backed currencies, are speculative and not supported by current official policies or actions. The U.S. continues to operate under its existing financial and monetary frameworks.
Public Preparedness
While the current geopolitical and economic situations are complex, there is no indication that the Emergency Broadcast System (EBS) will be activated imminently. Government agencies continue to monitor and address these challenges to maintain national security and economic stability.
It is essential to rely on official sources for updates and guidance during these times. Staying informed through reputable news outlets and government communications ensures accurate understanding of ongoing developments.
Fake Alien Invasion | Project Blue Beam | False Flag Operation
“A false flag is a political or military action carried out with the intention of blaming an opponent for it. Nations (US/CIA) have often done this by staging a real or simulated attack on their own side and saying the enemy (Aliens) did it, as a pretext for going to war or ushering in their NWO.”
💢 The Pentagon wants a violent narration of an Alien invasion. There were Whistleblowers coming forward and powerful White Hats who were going to counter the violent invasion propaganda Deep State narration
While the Pentagon Mainstream Media was claiming there was going to be an Alien invasion, White Hats were pushing real Disclosure – the Pentagon was already involved with the Alien Agenda and technology.
This game theory move traps the Pentagon CIA as the leaks and Whistleblowers come from within their own divisions (proving there was a cover up and agenda happening.
No Mainstream Media outlet reported on a Whistleblower who exposed that the Pentagon had knowledge of advanced UFO technology (and more).The New York Times and Washington Post didn’t touch the story.
This says the Deep State did not want the Whistleblower to get coverage on his story as it would connect the Pentagon/CIA/DOD to an Alien Agenda cover up and Deep State Operation in progress.
Counter moves were being made against the fake Alien Invasion Rockefeller Deep State Operation.
Source; Wilcock
Unveiling the Sinister Khazarian Mafia DS Playbook: The Path to Total Digital Banking Control | CBDC
“As the World Becomes a More Digital Place, We Can Not Forget About the Human Connection” – Adam Neumann
Prepare for the Impending Crisis of Hunger and Starvation!
The nefarious Deep State is orchestrating a diabolical event that will cunningly shift the blame to a fabricated food distribution collapse.
Their sinister plan? Manipulate the masses into desperate dependence on the government, who will swoop in as supposed saviors, offering food rations and free money$$.
But beware! There’s a catch: You must surrender your freedom by registering through their insidious digital banking system, granting them control over your financial life and integrating you into their new order. Any violation of their cryptic and convoluted terms and conditions will result in swift and severe consequences — frozen bank accounts, exorbitant fines, or even total asset confiscation.
And that’s not all! They aim to silence dissenting voices by forbidding the sharing of any information that challenges the mainstream narrative on pandemic protocols, vaccines, virus origins, and war-related details.
Beware the Machiavellian Operation Lock Step, masterminded by the Rockefellers, Rothschilds, Khazarian EU, and their clandestine cohorts. They are poised to plunge humanity into an abyss of control and manipulation.
But fear not, for there is hope! Courageous White Hats are working tirelessly behind the scenes, channeling the Deep State’s wicked plan into a magnificent awakening.
In this high-stakes game, it’s a battle of chess-like proportions, with darkness shrouding the world before the triumphant emergence of light.
Stay vigilant, my fellow citizens, and ensure you have enough provisions to sustain yourself for the forthcoming tumultuous period of 30 to 90 days.
The time for action is now. Let the truth prevail.
GAME THEORY | 5D CHESS
Darkness Before The Light
Source: David Wilcock
White Hat Intel | Two Disruptive Events Planned
“The Greatest Danger in Times of Disruptive Events, is Not the Disruption, it is to Act with Yesterdays Logic” – Peter Drucker
Military issued satellite phones to the Senate in the coming Communications Blackout Event.
This comes on the heel of China Spy Balloons and China merging with Russia on tactical War defense operations.
Four Star General Keane issued a warning: “China will attack our Homeland quite massively using cyber Capabilities to attack, defeat our electrical grid, oil gas distribution even the financial sector.” Gen. Keane went on to say that China will try to defeat the US inside the U.S. and Pacific regions.
This all comes as Russia makes its BRICS alliance and tells the Alliance that he will nuclear arm them if they wish to join forces against the western regimen.
At the same time China issues warning to the CIA.
The international community needs to stay on high alert against cyber attack activities conducted by the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) of the United States around the world, and the United States must stop using cyber weapons to carry out espionage and cyber attacks, a Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson said on Thursday. Mao Ning _CHINA.
TRUMP. RFK JR. PUTIN. XI all have publicly attacked the CIA for world corruption.
The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) says it has spent $290 million on a drug to treat radiation sickness in the event of a nuclear emergency.
In 2017 the CIA was doing Operation Gotham Shield exercises conducted by the United States Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) which tested civil defense response capabilities to a nuclear weapons attack against the New York City metropolitan area with the National Guard.
Source: Judy Byington
Get Ready for Impact | U.S. Military Forewarns of Turmoil and Generals Sound the Alarm!
“One Thorn of Experience is Worth A Whole Wilderness of Warnings.” – James Russel Lowell
Prepare yourself for a riveting revelation as esteemed military figures raise the alarm. Brace for the stunning insights from Major General Paul Eaton, former Brigadier General; Steven Anderson, and Army Major General Antonio Taguba, who express grave concerns about a potential civil war on the horizon in 2024. Their words reverberate through military circles, leaving us with a sense of unsettling anticipation.
Behind Closed Doors: Militias Rise, Ammunition Disappears!
Tensions grip the nation as numerous militias, spanning across political affiliations, non-voters, criminal gangs, and cartels, contribute to an unprecedented surge in ammunition sales. Prepare for a chilling truth: an astonishing 76 government agencies in the United States are stockpiling weapons and military equipment, boasting over 200,000 federalized officers armed with the authority to make arrests and bear firearms. This force outnumbers even the formidable U.S. Marines. Disturbing revelations emerge about hidden funding, reaching into the tens of millions, courtesy of the Biden Administration’s collusion with the CIA and Pentagon.
Military Machinations: Revealing Loyal Generals and the Deep State!
Unravel the enigma surrounding military generals and commanders who remain loyal or, perhaps worse, compromised by deep state elites. How did they ascend to positions of power? Brace yourself for a truth that shatters trust: the Ukrainian failure intertwined with a corrupt web of connections involving global bank corruption, the U.S. military-industrial complex, and a clandestine bioweapons saga. Grave concerns of Nuremberg Code violations, crimes against humanity, treason, and war crimes loom large.
The Web of Treason: Exposing Pentagon’s Role in the Plandemic!
Peel back the layers of deception to uncover the shocking involvement of the Pentagon in the global pandemic. Delve into the dark underbelly where a sinister plot is intertwined with stolen elections, foreign interference, foreign occupation, and a ruthless power pursuit. The air hangs heavy with allegations of treason, violations of the Nuremberg Code, and crimes against humanity, casting a damning shadow over those orchestrating this devastating conspiracy.
Whistleblowers Unleashed: High-Ranking Military Officers Take a Stand!
A tide turns as courageous high-ranking military officers, including captains, majors, and lieutenant colonels, step forward as whistleblowers. These fearless voices, protected by Congress and the Senate, are poised to expose deep state military generals involved in pushing the vaccine agenda, violating the Nuremberg Code, and committing crimes against humanity. The landscape shifts as reports emerge of certain generals resigning in anticipation of imminent investigations.
The Only Path Forward: A Militarized Journey!
In this era of uncertainty, the resounding echoes of “it had to be this way” leave an indelible mark. As the United States teeters on the edge, one truth emerges: the path ahead lies with the military. Brace yourself for the trials that lie in wait. The destiny of our nation hangs in the balance, watched closely by the world with bated breath.
Source: David Wilcock
Behind the Scenes, Near Death Civilization Event Plans Under Way
“Sometimes A Little Near Death Experience Helps Them Put Things Into Perspective.” – Anne Shropshire
TRUMP is preparing to make the UNITED STATES A WORLD LEADER in the honor of goodness and greatness of the American People. No matter what happens in the next months inside the NEAR DEATH CIVILIZATION EVENT
PLANS are already under way for TRUMP to RETURN PUBLICLY AS COMMANDER AND CHIEF ( in real time TRUMP is the commander and Chief, and Cheyenne mountain recognizes him as the true leader and authority over the Highest military commands).
The PLANS for TRUMP to build the United States into a global economic leader within one year and half is connected to highest volumes of Natural resources and gas . Oil and global energy the United States possess’s .
CHINA. RUSSIA. south American BRICS nations all know the U.S. is going to produce over 25_30 million barrels of oil a day and take over the world ENERGY structure MARKET.
BEHIND THE SCENES, TRUMP is already in talks with South America and China as the U.S. WILL out produce Russian ENERGY.
Within a short 1 year and half after The Great COLLAPSE and near death civilization events_of 2023 2024. The GOLDEN AGE OF 2025_2026_27 BEGINS and the PLANS are already being played out. Currently and coming> (And with the dismantling of the CIA. FBI. And coming 11.3 Tribulations Storm ARRESTS)
Military Intelligence assessments through the world know TRUMP is COMING and going to take over the world POWER ENERGY STRUCTURE AND BRICS NATIONS ARE GOING TO COME BEGGING TO BE A PART OF THE ONCE AGAIN REPUBLIC OF UNITED STATES, a clean power away from CIA and Globalist, THE SWAP HAS TO BE DRAINED FIRST BEFORE TRUMP CREATES THE GREATEST NATION ON EARTH TO GIVE FREEDOM TO THE REST OF THE WORLD THROUGH A GOLD BACKED SYSTEM.
AFTER THE RESTORING OF THE U.S. REPUBLIC
THE TRUTH OF FREE ENERGY WILL UNVEILED AND CLOAKED WITH A NEW ERA
The Power of the REAL PLAN Unfolding. Is beyond human conception as the FAKE. ALIEN INVASION (#1) will be EXPOSED on NATIONAL level
And this will lead to DECLASSIFICATION of the REAL ( #2) TECHNOLOGY connected to INFINITE ENERGY. ( Infinite ENERGY is med beds. Floating crafts. Floating Cities, imagine the new jobs and technology. Far far far far far beyond what any human thought possible.. But everything comes in STAGES…
Including bringing down the World DEEP STATE Satanic CABAL connected to EPSTEIN and world leaders. Banks. Corporations. BLACKMAIL system. Human trafficking rings. World War mongering)
Everything you are watching is staged. This includes the deep state pushing their agenda it WILL all back fire.. This is called GAME THEORY OPERATIONS. The near death civilization EVENT is GAME THEORY OPERATIONS and will LEAD TO MILITARY INTERVENTION.
Kash Patel telling you DURHAM failed is A lie.
KASH is playing a game. Learn to play the game.
Durham didn’t fall. I have told you many times his report was already in the hands of the military 2 years ago. Everything happening now is for Congressional records that will show the failure of the captured U.S. government and courts (Military COUP)
You are just in the beginning of the GREAT AWAKENING WORLD PROJECT that leads to a Golden Era. But for now we are inside the COLLAPSE of the deep state Power structures.
Don’t worry about Klaus. WEF & WHO. Their fates are sealed and they know TRUMP. CHEYENNE. MILITARY OPERATIONS IS COMING.
NCSWIC
Source: David Wilcock
The Death Blow to the Central Banking System, Will Destroy The Khazarian Mafia Deep State
“If You Want To Know What A Man Is Really Like, Take Notice When He Loses All His Money.” – Simone Weil
All central banks around the world are bankrupted now — it is just not revealed to the public yet, and maybe it’s a good thing. This is the Alliance’s ‘Softest Landing’ approach to avoid maximum tragedies, suffering & casualties for all citizens.
There’s already chaos with people, in multiple countries, not being able to get their money out of banks. If all humans find out that banks are insolvent & do not have liquidity, then everyone will rush to the bank to pull their money out & that would cause the biggest global panic & crash in ALL major countries. It would be complete utter chaos that even the Military Alliance will not be able to handle.
The bankruptcy reveal will be done publicly in phases to ensure not creating a full meltdown of citizens all over the world, all at once. As the old financial system transitions into the new QFS, citizens will be able to transfer their ‘old’ money into the new system. However this sounds a lot easier & smoother than reality.
In reality, we can not transfer from the old slave debt money system to a new one without pain & suffering. Hard-earned money & valuable assets will be lost. This is why I’ve shared my perspective on how & where to store your assets during this greatest transition of financial systems. We are no longer at the precipice. It is no longer the ‘calm before the storm’. The storm is here now.
As more & more people figure out what is truly going on inside the matrix financial systems & government, it is not going to be fun. It will be more intense than the last 3 years of dealing with the CONvid agenda.
There is a SILVER lining in all this. There is a MASSIVE SILVER LINING that is coming after this storm — but for now, take cover.
We are heading into very turbulent waters. We are going to witness unimaginable jaw-dropping global events. It will be devastating to those that are not ready. It will be exciting for some. It will be the Greatest Show & Events to unfold for those in their Heart Space, holding their Highest LOVE Frequency & being well-prepared. | Source: David Wilcock
Behind the scene – experts say that Biden’s signature on the Debt Ceiling Bill by Mon. 5 June was designed to not divert a default on the US Dollar, but actually create a default – because suspension of the Debt Ceiling which debt was already at an unsustainable $36 Trillion.
When combined with the Central Banks of the World’s recent bankruptcies – (unreported by the Mainstream Media), the bill’s approval by Congress has already removed any pillar of support for the US dollar in global financial markets.
Default of the US Dollar was the basis – (and goal) for the soon-to-be implemented Deep State’s Great Reset Fiat Digital Currency Banking System. The Great Reset was designed so those Elite members of the Deep State could have control over The People’s bank accounts and thus, rule their lives and rule the World.
House & Senate to Allow $36 Trillion US Debt To Rise Even Higher – with nowhere to borrow the money, setting up Operation Sandman De-dollarization: within 24 hours $2 Trillion U.S. Treasury Bonds would be dumped, loosing 50-90% of US Dollar value. US cash would be worthless.
All Central Banks around the world were now bankrupt and insolvent — it just cannot be announced all at once. https://t.me/drue86/26063
The Mockingbird Media – would make it seem like this was a good thing. Nothing wrong’s — go back to your shopping, post selfies & leave your money in the banks.
We have seen a string of bank deaths – Credit Suisse, Deutsche, SVB, First Republic & regional banks — all dead. Even Evergrande is dead. All publicly dead entities are being propped up, pretending to still be functional. They are not. They won’t let the banks default, because once that happens, the GAME is OVER.
Massive consolidation — JPMorgan have been swooping up all the dead assets. JPMorgan connects to Epstein with Jamie Dimon on the hook.
Senate passes bill – to raise debt ceiling, preventing first-ever U.S. default: https://www.cnbc.com/2023/06/01/debt-ceiling-bill-updates.html
House & Senate passes a $4 Trillion debt ceiling — which could bring the total debt to $36 TRILLION! Where will the $4 Trillion come from? No one will lend U.S. the money — not China, Russia or Saudi. So the Federal Reserve will print it.
The De-dollarization is set – Operation Sandman — where $2 Trillion U.S. Treasury bonds will be dumped within 24 hours, with St. Petersburg leading the way. The American Dollar can potentially lose 50-90% of its value. Operation Sandman https://t.me/drue86/35852
Historically fiat currencies – have a life span of 27 years. The USDA Reserve Currency has been in effect for over 90 years, 40 of which was functioning in fiat currency.
We crashed the Russian economy – back in the 80s/90s — tables have turned. American allies like France & Japan have dumped U.S. Treasury bonds. In Long Beach, the largest port in America, shipping companies rejected U.S. Treasury bonds. It was expected that the US Financial Meltdown would happen in mid-June 2023.
When this happens, gas may cost up to $40/gallon – $100 Egg cartons. It will FREEZE our whole economy. All banks will fall publicly. All U.S. cash will be worthless. Drug dealers’ & dirty cops like LAPD’s Rampart Division’s stashed cash will be worthless. CIA stashed cash payments for train derailments, public shootings, Antifa, contract killers & all [DS] agents will be worthless.
The MUSIC STOPS – Greatest ECONOMY CRASH of all times.
Source: Judy Byington
Secret Empire of Rothschilds, Rockefeller’s, and Morgans | AKA Khazarian Mafia
“The Control of Information is Something the Elite Always Does, Particularly in a Despotic Form of Government. Information, Knowledge is Power. If You Can Control Information You Can Control People.” – Tom Clancy
Prepare to uncover the shocking truth about the world’s most influential families and their iron grip on the global economy. The Federal Reserve Cartel, comprised of the Rothschilds, Rockefeller’s, and Morgans, holds unparalleled power that extends far beyond the realm of oil.
Picture this: The Four Horsemen of Banking, including Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup, and Wells Fargo, join forces with the Four Horsemen of Oil, such as Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP, and Chevron Texaco. But their domination doesn’t stop there. They have extended their reach to encompass the music industry through an intricate network of private banks. These behemoths, along with Deutsche Bank, BNP, Barclays, and other European old money giants, control the strings of the music industry, enabling them to dictate its direction and influence.
The nefarious deeds of the Rockefeller dynasty are far-reaching, starting with their military-commercialization of music in the early 1900s. They orchestrated a diabolical plan to shift the world’s standard tuning of music to 440 pitch. This insidious frequency was known to provoke greater aggression, psychosocial agitation, emotional distress, and even physical illnesses. Behind the scenes, this manipulation led to financial gains for those complicit in the monopoly, including agents, agencies, and companies connected to the North American Rockefeller crime cartel and elite organizations.
Fast forward to the late 1980s, when the Rockefeller’s summoned the top music executives and talent to a highly secretive meeting in Los Angeles. Their sinister agenda? To usher in the era of Controlled Rap Music, tightly linked to the privatization of U.S. prisons. These privately owned prisons, operated by the Rockefeller’s, Rothschilds, Bush family, and other influential figures, served as money laundering operations, tax exemption schemes, and pyramid scheme operations.
The Rockefellers devised a cunning plan to control the rap industry and target black communities by promoting violent music that fueled oppression and civil unrest. They brought together top executives and leading black artists, binding them with confidentiality agreements. Their objective was clear: coordinate the violence within the rap music movement, while major record labels gained exclusive rights for production and distribution across the United States. As a reward, they would receive shares and points within the private prison systems.
The Masonic plan unfolded with precision, resulting in over 1,500 private prison systems housing more than 1 million black teenagers by 1990. These vulnerable youths, expressing the generational trauma imposed upon them, unknowingly contributed to the Rockefellers’ malevolent scheme. The private prison systems reaped billions annually from the government, creating a vast money laundering network through inflated products, such as ramen noodles priced 8 times higher than their actual value. The flow of hundreds of billions from government funding, pyramid schemes, and insurance companies transformed the privatization of prisons into a multi-trillion-dollar venture.
Local courts and judges mercilessly sentenced petty criminals and first-time offenders, filling the ever-expanding private prisons. As a result, the United States now holds the dubious record for the highest number of incarcerated individuals in the world, with an unprecedented number of prisons. This was not an accident—it was a meticulously orchestrated plan by the Rockefeller’s.
But their influence doesn’t end there. These silent thieves also manipulate elections, ensuring their grip on power remains unbroken.
Unmasking the true face of those who control the world, the Rothschilds and Rockefeller’s find themselves in the crosshairs of military alliance operations aimed at dismantling the Rothschilds’ deep state power in Europe, the UK, Russia, and China.
Source: Benjamin Fulford
Special Report Sources; Ben Fulford, Peter Novak, Judy Byington, David Wilcock, David Icke
In Love & Light ❤️
The Great Awakening Team
The 3 C’s of Life: “Choices, Chances, and Changes”,
You must make a choice to take a chance or your life will never change. – Zig Ziglar
DISCLAIMER: All statements, claims, views and opinions that appear anywhere on this site, whether stated as theories or absolute facts, are always presented by The Great Awakening Report (GAR) as unverified—and should be personally fact checked and discerned by you, the reader. Any opinions or statements herein presented are not necessarily promoted, endorsed, or agreed to by GAR, those who work with GAR, or those who read or subscribe to GAR. Any belief or conclusion gleaned from content on this site is solely the responsibility of you the reader to substantiate. Any actions taken by those who read material on this site are solely the responsibility of the acting party. You are encouraged to think for yourself and do your own research. Nothing on this site is meant to be believed without question or personal appraisal.
Copyright Disclaimer: Citation of articles and authors in this report does not imply ownership. Works and images presented here fall under Fair Use Section 107 and are used for commentary on globally significant newsworthy events. Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976, allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research.
Community Guidelines Disclaimer: The points of view and purpose of this video is not to bully or harass anybody, but rather share that opinion and thoughts with other like-minded individuals curious about the subject.
Share This Report
Have questions?
At Great Awakening Report, we are dedicated to supporting your journey toward truth and enlightenment through our specialized Coaching and Consulting services.
Coaching Services: Our coaching programs are designed to guide you through personal awakening and transformation. We offer personalized sessions that focus on expanding consciousness, uncovering hidden truths, and fostering spiritual growth. Our experienced coaches provide the tools and insights necessary to navigate your path with clarity and confidence.
Consulting Services: For organizations and individuals seeking deeper understanding and strategic guidance, our consulting services offer expert analysis and solutions. We delve into areas such as global transitions, alternative news insights, and consciousness studies to provide comprehensive strategies tailored to your unique objectives.
Embark on a transformative journey with our Coaching and Consulting services, and unlock your highest potential. To learn more and schedule a session, visit our Coaching and Consulting pages.
Thank you
Thank you to our subscribers and readers for your continued support and dedication to truth and awakening. Your encouragement, engagement, and belief in our mission make everything we do possible. Together, we are expanding awareness and helping illuminate the path forward.
If you would like to further support the Great Awakening team and our ongoing efforts to share insight, knowledge, and truth, you can DONATE HERE.
With deep gratitude,
– Great Awakening Team
About the Author: Great Awakening Team
DISCLAIMER: All statements, claims, views and opinions that appear anywhere on this site, whether stated as theories or absolute facts, are always presented by The Great Awakening Report (GAR) as unverified—and should be personally fact checked and discerned by you, the reader.Any opinions or statements herein presented are not necessarily promoted, endorsed, or agreed to by GAR, those who work with GAR, or those who read or subscribe to GAR.Any belief or conclusion gleaned from content on this site is solely the responsibility of you the reader to substantiate.Any actions taken by those who read material on this site are solely the responsibility of the acting party.You are encouraged to think for yourself and do your own research.Nothing on this site is meant to be believed without question or personal appraisal.
COPYRIGHT DISCLAIMER: Citation of articles and authors in this report does not imply ownership. Works and images presented here fall under Fair Use Section 107 and are used for commentary on globally significant newsworthy events. Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976, allowance is made for fair use for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship, and research.
COMMUNITY GUIDELINES DISCLAIMER: The points of view and purpose of this video is not to bully or harass anybody, but rather share that opinion and thoughts with other like-minded individuals curious about the subject.
